first NEPN (master) to Glendale Union High School District No. 205 collection comparison
Click on the changed parts for a detailed description. Use the left and right arrow keys to walk through the modifications.
last 


Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: © 2010 by Arizona School Boards Association

© 2010 by Arizona School Boards Association

POLICY  MANUAL  AND 
ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GLENDALE UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 205

GLENDALE  UNION  HIGH  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  NO.  205

GLENDALE,  MARICOPA  COUNTY,  ARIZONA

INTRODUCTION

This Manual contains the policies of the Governing Board and administrative regulations of the Superintendent.  Policy and administrative regulation development in a modern, forward-looking school system is a dynamic, ongoing process.  New problems, issues, and needs give rise to the continuing necessity to develop new policies and regulations or to revise existing ones.  The loose leaf format has been selected for this Manual to facilitate its being kept up to date.

Each person to whom a copy of this Manual is assigned is charged with keeping it up to date as new policies and regulations are distributed by the District office.

How  to  Use  This  Manual

The Glendale Union High School District No. 205 is operated in accordance with policies established by the Board and regulations developed by the Superintendent.  The Board, which represents the state and local community, adopts policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements the policies through specific regulations and procedures.  The Board and administration evaluate the effects of the policies and procedures and revise them as necessary.

To promote harmony, efficiency, uniformity of interpretation, coordination of effort, and fairness to all concerned, this Manual will be accessible at the District office and at such other places as designated by the Superintendent.

How the Manual is organized.  The Manual is organized according to the classification system of the National School Boards Association.  The system provides an efficient means of coding, filing, and locating policies.

Please note:  All copies of this Manual are the property of the Glendale Union High School District No. 205.

There are twelve (12) major classifications, each identified by an alphabetical code:

     A     FOUNDATIONS AND BASIC COMMITMENTS
     B     SCHOOL BOARD GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS
     C     GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
     D     FISCAL MANAGEMENT
     E     SUPPORT SERVICES
     F     FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT
     G     PERSONNEL
     H     MEET AND CONFER
     I     INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM
     J     STUDENTS
     K     SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS
     L     EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS

Subclassification under each heading is based on logical sequence and alphabetical subcoding.  For an example of the subcoding system, examine the page immediately following the tab for Section A: FOUNDATIONS AND BASIC COMMITMENTS.

The pages that follow the tabs for each major section present the classification system, section by section, and serve as the tables of contents for the sections or "chapters" of this Manual.

How to find a policy.  To find a policy in the Manual, consider where the policy would be filed among the twelve (12) major classifications.  Refer to the table of contents for that section and glance down the listing until you find the term that most closely fits the topic you are seeking.  Use the code letters given for the term to locate the document that appears in alphabetical order by code within the particular section.  All documents in the Manual are coded in the upper right-hand corner.

If you can't find the term you are seeking, look up a synonym or other term you believe is related to the topic.

What if you can find the term and code, but there is no policy?  This probably means that the school system has not adopted a written policy in the particular area.  All terms used in the classification system appear in the sectional tables of contents and code finder to accommodate the coding, insertion, and location of policies that may be adopted later.  But there is another possibility.  A brief statement related to the policy you are seeking may be incorporated in a "superior" policy that covers the more general area.  This "superior" policy will be coded under the broader category.  To find it, read up the classification system.  For example, a policy statement that encompasses all meetings of the Board might be filed under "School Board Meetings" (BE) rather than the more restrictive heading "Regular Board Meetings" (BEA).

Using the symbols.  Various symbols are used in connection with the classification system.  They are for your use in locating and/or recognizing the authority of the statements.  Included are the following:

-R     This symbol following a code indicates that the statement is a regulation, not a policy, and is generally the direction of the Superintendent to the staff for the implementation of a Policy.  If there is more than one regulation, the "-R" will be followed by a letter; e.g., "-RA," "-RB," et cetera.

REGULATION

-E     Exhibit.  This symbol following a code indicates that the statement is a reference document.  The exhibit is there to show the form to be used or for the purpose of information which may support the policy or regulation.  If there is more than one reference document, the "-E" will be followed by a letter; e.g., "-EA," "-EB," et cetera.

EXHIBIT

Using References.  Implementation of policies requires coordination with other policies and regulations.  A policy does not usually stand alone, rather, there are other policies or regulations that may apply.  For example the policy on Suspension is an integral part of the implementation of the policy on Weapons in the School.  The Weapons policy specifies what weapons are and how extensive the discipline may be but does not contain the step by step due process procedure necessary to accomplish the suspension of the student.  That is found in the policy on Student Suspension.  To assist districts with this complexity of policy, there may be a side heading at the bottom of each policy (not regulation) identifying cross referenced material and/or legal references.  When implementing policies, these cross references and laws should be reviewed for applicability to the circumstances or fact pattern bringing about the use of the policy.

LEGAL REF.:  Pertinent legal references are given to inform the reader where in law certain statutes that relate to a policy may be found.  References direct the reader to the federal or state laws, pertinent regulatory pronouncements, important legal opinions and will occasionally cite case law.  It is important to mention here that other laws and/or court decisions may also be applicable to a particular policy but not all can be cited.  The following abbreviations are used in legal references:

A.A.C.  Arizona Administrative Code     
A.G.O.  Attorney General Opinion     
A.R.S.  Arizona Revised Statutes     
C.F.R.  Code of Federal Regulation     
P.L.  Public Law (federal law as it is identified by Congress).  Such laws will at some time after
            passage be codified in the United States Code
USFR     Uniform System of Financial Records     
U.S.C.  United States Code

CROSS REF.:  Certain policies are related to other policies.  Cross references are provided following many statements to help the reader find the related information.  This related information should be referenced for an in depth understanding of policy.

About  Board  Policies

Generally, the role of a Board is to set policy, and the role of the administration is to execute it.  The basic distinction as set forth by the National School Boards Association is:

●  Policies are principles adopted by the Board to chart a course of action.  They tell what is wanted and may include also why and how much.  They are broad enough to indicate a line of action to be taken by the administration in meeting a number of day-to-day problems; they need to be narrow enough to give the administration clear guidance.

●  Regulations are the detailed directions developed by the administration to put policy into practice.  They tell how, by whom, where, and when things are to be done.

●  Exhibits are checklists, sample documents, forms, and other informational items to assist in implementing policies or procedures.

●  The state and federal governments at times require governing boards to make detailed rules, or the Governing Board may decide that such rules are necessary.  In spite of the detailed nature of such rules, once adopted by the Board they become policy.

Therefore:

●  Where the Board has voluntarily adopted statements of principle or written regulations required by law or has established a position in particularly sensitive areas, and one or more of them are incorporated into policy, the entire statement is presented as policy.

●  Where the Board has adopted rules concerning its own operations (for instance, how it conducts meetings), these statements concerning operations of the Board also appear as policy.

As long as the administration operates within the guidelines of policy adopted by the Board, it may issue regulations without prior Board approval unless Board action is required by law or unless the Board has specifically directed that certain types of regulations be given Board approval.  The Board, of course, is to be kept informed of all District regulations issued by the administration, and all are subject to Board review.

In keeping with the definitions and rules of thumb, the current policies of the Board are presented in this Manual.

Is  the  Manual  Complete?

No.  The Manual contains all of the current written policies of the Board.  However, there is an almost continual need to draft and adopt new written policies and revise the existing ones.  Additionally, changes in state law and State Board of Education regulations may necessitate policy modifications.  No matter how well a policy manual is conceived and developed, it can never be totally comprehensive and absolutely up to date.  Therefore, as new policies are developed, they will be coded according to the classification system and issued for insertion into the Manual.

Order of precedence.  Board policies must be read and interpreted in conformance with the applicable state and federal statutes and regulations.  Wherever inconsistencies of interpretation arise, the law and regulations prevail.

Terminology

Whenever the term Superintendent appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as "Superintendent or a person designated by the Superintendent."

Whenever the term principal appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as "principal or a person designated by the principal."

Whenever the term District appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as the "Glendale Union High School District No. 205."

Whenever the terms Board or Governing Board appear in this Manual they are to be interpreted as the "Governing Board of the Glendale Union High School District No. 205."

Whenever the term day appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as any day in which the District or School Administrative Offices conduct business.

Whenever the term school day appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as any day in which the students are present for instruction.

Whenever the term parent appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as parent or legal guardian and the legal guardian is a person to whom custody of the child has been given by order of a court.

It is the expectation of the Board that this collection of policies provides a platform for harmony and efficiency in all areas of school operations.  This enables the Board to focus on its primary duty: the development of long-range plans and policies for the future of the School District.

Governing Board

Date of Manual Adoption:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: © 2017 by Arizona School Boards Association
Child Document: Non Existing

© 2017 by Arizona School Boards Association

POLICY  MANUAL  AND 
ADMINISTRATIVE  REGULATIONS



Master Document: __________ SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. __
Child Document: Non Existing

__________  SCHOOL  DISTRICT  NO.  __

__________,  __________  COUNTY,  ARIZONA

INTRODUCTION

This Manual contains the policies of the Governing Board and administrative regulations and exhibits of the Superintendent.  An electronic format has been selected for this Manual to facilitate access to current documents and to upload new and edited documents for Policy Services review.

How  to  Use  This  Manual

The ________________________________ School District No. ____ is operated in accordance with policies established by the Board and regulations developed by the Superintendent.  The Board, which represents the state and local community, adopts policies after careful deliberation, and the school administration implements the policies through specific regulations and exhibits.  The Board and administration evaluate the effects of the policies, regulations and exhibits and revise them as necessary.

The Manual will be accessible at the District office and at such other places as designated by the Superintendent, and through the Arizona School Boards Association website at http://azsba.org/.

How the Manual is organized.  The Manual is organized according to the classification system of the National School Boards Association.  The system provides an efficient means of coding, filing, and locating policies.

Please note:  All copies of this Manual are the property of the _____________________ School District No. ____.

There are twelve (12) major classifications, each identified by an alphabetical code:

A   FOUNDATIONS AND BASIC COMMITMENTS
B   SCHOOL BOARD GOVERNANCE AND OPERATIONS
C   GENERAL SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION
D   FISCAL MANAGEMENT
E   SUPPORT SERVICES
F   FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT
G   PERSONNEL
H   MEET AND CONFER
I   INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM
J   STUDENTS
K   SCHOOL - COMMUNITY RELATIONS
L   EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS

How to find a policy.  To find a specific policy in the Manual, determine where the policy would be found in the twelve (12) major classifications.  Open the electronic Manual on the Association Home Page.  Select the icon to the left of the District name to open the table of contents.  Select the policy section you want to access.  All documents in the Manual are coded in the center of the top page.

If you can't find the policy use the Advanced Search tab at the top of the page in PolicyBridge to search for policies that contain language related to your inquiry.

Using the symbols.  Various symbols are used in connection with the classification system.  They are for your use in locating and/or recognizing the authority of the statements.  Included are the following:

REGULATION

-R     This symbol following a code indicates that the statement is a regulation, not a policy, and is generally the direction of the Superintendent to the staff for the implementation of a Policy.  If there is more than one regulation, the "-R" will be followed by a letter; e.g., "-RA," "-RB," et cetera.

EXHIBIT

-E     Exhibit.  This symbol following a code indicates that the statement is a reference document.  The exhibit is there to show the form to be used or for the purpose of information which may support the policy or regulation.  If there is more than one reference document, the "-E" will be followed by a letter; e.g., "-EA," "-EB," et cetera.

Using References.  Implementation of policies requires coordination with other policies and regulations.  A policy does not usually stand alone.  For example the policy on Suspension is an integral part of the implementation of the policy on Weapons.  The Weapons policy specifies what weapons are and how extensive the discipline may be but does not contain the step by step due process procedure necessary to accomplish the suspension of the student.  That is found in the policy on Student Suspension.  To assist districts with this complexity of policy, there may be a side heading at the bottom of each policy (not regulation) identifying cross referenced material and/or legal references.  When implementing policies, these cross references and laws should be reviewed for applicability.

LEGAL REF.:  Pertinent legal references are given to inform the reader where in law certain statutes that relate to a policy may be found.  References direct the reader to the federal or state laws, pertinent government agency regulations, and selected legal opinions.  The following abbreviations are used in legal references:

A.A.C.  Arizona Administrative Code
A.G.O.  Attorney General Opinion
A.R.S.  Arizona Revised Statutes
C.F.R.   Code of Federal Regulation
P.L.       Public Law (federal law as it is identified by
                Congress).  Such laws will at some time after
                passage be codified in the United States Code
USFR   Uniform System of Financial Records
U.S.C.  United States Code

CROSS REF.:  Certain policies are related to other policies.  Cross references are provided following many statements to help the reader find the related information.  This related information should be referenced for an understanding of the policy.

About  Board  Policies

One of the Board’s primary roles is to adopt policy, and the role of the administration is to execute it.  The basic distinction as set forth by the National School Boards Association is:

A.  Policies are principles adopted by the Board to chart a course of action.  They tell what is wanted and may include also why and how much.  They are broad enough to indicate a line of action to be taken by the administration in meeting a number of day-to-day problems; they need to be narrow enough to give the administration clear guidance.

B.  Regulations are the detailed directions developed by the administration to put policy into practice.  They tell how, by whom, where, and when things are to be done.

C.  Exhibits are checklists, sample documents, forms, and other informational items to assist in implementing policies or procedures.

D.  The state and federal governments at times require governing boards to make detailed rules, or the Governing Board may decide that such rules are necessary.  In spite of the detailed nature of such rules, once adopted by the Board they become policy.

Therefore:

A.  Where the Board has voluntarily adopted statements of principle or written regulations required by law or has established a position in particularly sensitive areas, and one or more of them are incorporated into policy, the entire statement is presented as policy.

B.  Where the Board has adopted rules concerning its own operations (for instance, how it conducts meetings), these statements concerning operations of the Board also appear as policy.

As long as the administration operates within the guidelines of policy adopted by the Board, it may issue regulations without prior Board approval unless Board action is required by law or unless the Board has specifically directed that certain types of regulations be given Board approval.  The Board, of course, is to be kept informed of all District regulations issued by the administration, and all are subject to Board review.

Is  the  Manual  Complete?

No.  The Manual contains all of the current written policies of the Board.  However, there is an almost continual need to draft and adopt new written policies and revise the existing ones.  Additionally, changes in state law and State Board of Education regulations may necessitate policy modifications.  No matter how well a policy manual is conceived and developed, it can never be totally comprehensive and absolutely up to date.  Therefore, as new policies are developed and adopted, they will be coded according to the classification system and inserted into the Manual.

Order of precedence.  Board policies must be read and interpreted in conformance with the applicable state and federal statutes and regulations.  Wherever inconsistencies of interpretation arise, the law and regulations prevail.

Terminology

Whenever the term Superintendent appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as "Superintendent or a person designated by the Superintendent."

Whenever the term principal appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as "principal or a person designated by the principal."

Whenever the term District appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as the "___________."

Whenever the terms Board or Governing Board appear in this Manual they are to be interpreted as the "Governing Board of the __________."

Whenever the term day appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as any day in which the District or School Administrative Offices conduct business.

Whenever the term school day appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as any day in which the students are present for instruction.

Whenever the term parent appears in this Manual it is to be interpreted as parent or legal guardian and the legal guardian is a person to whom custody of the child has been given by order of a court.

It is the expectation of the Board that this collection of policies provides a platform for harmony and efficiency in all areas of school operations.  This enables the Board to focus on its primary duty: the development of long-range plans and policies for the future of the School District.

Governing Board

Date of Manual Adoption:



Master Document: A © DISTRICT MISSION AND BELIEF STATEMENT
Child Document: A DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT, EXIT OUTCOMES, AND CORE VALUES

A ©
DISTRICT  MISSION  AND 

BELIEF  STATEMENT,

EXIT  OUTCOMES,  AND  CORE  VALUES

"TO EMPOWER ALL STUDENTS FOR THE CHOICES AND

CHALLENGES OF THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY

(Provided as a placeholder.

Actual statements should reflect District's mission and beliefs)

             "SCHOOLS ARE FOR CHILDREN"

                    "SCHOOLS BELONG TO THE COMMUNITY"

                            "SCHOOLS ARE PEOPLE DEVELOPERS"

                                     "SELF-EFFORT EDUCATES"

The mission of the District is to provide comprehensive, success-oriented learning activities for young people in our schools.

These opportunities must be designed to develop the person's potential in the areas of academic ability and career vocational awareness, cultural appreciation, physical well-being, social development, and community contribution.

District Exit Outcomes:

●  Respect self, others and the environment.

●  Participate productively and responsibly in a rapidly changing society.

●  Communicate effectively.

●  Use cooperative and independent learning strategies.

●  Apply problem-solving processes.

●  Set and meet high standards.

The Core Values of the District are outlined below:

●  All students can learn.

●  Teachers make the difference.

●  Parents matter.

●  Expectations are high for everyone.

●  All decisions are student-centered and data-driven.

●  Resources are focused in the classroom.

●  Continuous improvement is embedded in our learning system.

●  Safe and orderly campuses are maintained by faculty and staff.

●  Our neighborhood schools are committed to stakeholder collaboration.

●  All students will participate in cocurricular/extracurricular activities.

●  All personnel are highly qualified and engaged in professional development.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The beliefs of the District are outlined below.

Students

We believe:

A.  Every student will be educated academically and socially so as to be a productive citizen.

B.  All students will have equal educational opportunities to achieve their individual potential.

C.  We have something to offer every student.

D.  Each student is unique.

E.  Successful education depends on parental commitment to education.

Teachers

We believe:

A.  Teachers are the foundation of a strong educational system.

B.  Teachers will maintain high expectations for themselves and their students.

C.  Teachers should serve as positive role models for students.

D.  Teachers will actively seek parent support and involvement.

Principals

We believe:

A.  A principal is the instructional leader of the school.

B.  A principal is the facilitator for a positive learning environment.

C.  A principal actively seeks parent support and involvement.

D.  A principal serves as a liaison between school and community.

E.  A principal maintains high expectations for students and staff members.

Governing  Board

We believe:

A.  Students are the number-one priority.

B.  The Board conveys the educational needs and desires of the community to the District and establishes policies accordingly.

C.  The Board maintains high expectations for the District and themselves in working toward excellence.

Superintendent

We believe:

A.  The Superintendent is the leader, implementer, and facilitator of a successful School District.

B.  The Superintendent promotes and upholds the positive educational climate of the School District.

Management  Principles

We believe:

A.  In human beings as the single most important element in all transactions.

B.  In behaving with uncompromising honesty and integrity.

C.  In challenging people to experience their full potential so each individual contributes to educational excellence.

D.  In reaching quality decisions through the involvement of people.

E.  In establishing priorities that respond to the needs of our students, staff members, and community, and serve as the driving force behind all of our actions.

F.  In focusing on excellence in everything we do.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: AA © SCHOOL DISTRICT LEGAL STATUS
Child Document: AA © SCHOOL DISTRICT LEGAL STATUS

AA ©
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  LEGAL  STATUS

The legally designated name of the District is School District No. 205 of Maricopa _____ of ______________ County.  The official name shall be Glendale Union High ______________ School District No. 205___.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-101
15-441
15-442

Arizona Constitution, Art. XI, Sections 1 - 4
Arizona Constitution, Art. XX, Paragraph 7



Master Document: AA-E ©
Child Document: AA-E ©

AA-E ©

EXHIBIT

SCHOOL  DISTRICT  LEGAL  STATUSGLENDALE

UNION HIGH (Legal Description)

__________ SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 205

GLENDALE, MARICOPA COUNTY, ARIZONA

Beginning at the Northwest corner of Section 4, T3N, R2E; thence East 6 miles to the Northeast corner of Section 5, T3N, R3E; thence South 4miles to the Southeast corner of Section 20, T3N, R3E; thence East 1 mile to the Northwest corner of Section 27, T3N, R3E; thence South 2 miles to the Southeast corner of Section 33, T3N, R3E; thence West 2 miles to the Northeast corner of Section 6, T2N, R3E; thence South 2 miles to the Southeast corner of section 7, T2N, R3E; thence West 3 miles to the Southwest corner of Section 11, T2N, R2E; thence North 1 mile to the Northwest corner of Section 11, T2N, R2E; thence West 1 ½ miles; South 1 mile through the Center of Section 9; thence West 1 ½ miles; thence South 1 mile to the Southeast corner of Section 18, T2N, R2E; thence West 3 miles to the Southwest corner of Section 14, T2N, R1E; thence North 3 miles to the Northwest corner of Section 2, T2N, R1E; thence East 1 ½ miles through the Center of Section 36, T3N, R1E; thence North 1 mile; thence East 2 ½ miles to the Northwest corner of Section 28, T3N, R2E; thence North 5 miles to the place of beginning.

_____

__________, __________ COUNTY, ARIZONA



Master Document: ABA © COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN EDUCATION
Child Document: ABA © COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN EDUCATION

ABA ©
COMMUNITY  INVOLVEMENT
IN  EDUCATION

The Board recognizes that the public has substantial resources of training and experience that could be useful to schools.  The strength of the local District is in large measure determined by the manner and degree to which these resources are utilized in an advisory capacity and to the degree that these resources are involved in supporting the improvement of the local educational program.

The advice of the public will be given careful consideration.  In the evaluation of such contributions, the first concern will be for the educational program as it affects the students.  The final decision may depart from this advice when in the judgment of the staff and the Board such advice is not consistent with goals adopted by the Board, consistent with current educational practice, or within the reach of the financial resources available.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-327

CROSS REF.: 
IJ - Instructional Resources and Materials
KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: ABAA © PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT
Child Document: ABAA © PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT

ABAA ©
PARENTAL  INVOLVEMENT

Based on the philosophy of the District, it is the intent of the Board that parental involvement in the District, at both the District and site levels, be defined in the broadest possible terms.

Further, it is the intent of the Board, under such a definition, that the Superintendent will, within the capabilities of the District staff and the financial limitations of the District, at both the District and school levels, incorporate to the maximum extent possible, a variety of activities, strategies, and mechanisms into the District and school structures that provide for the:

                                                                                  active involvement of,

                                                                                  active support to,

                                                                                  effective interaction with, and

                                                                                  development of

parents as active partners in a student support team effort that will enhance the capacity of all students to reach their optimum potential.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342

CROSS REF.: 
IHBD - Compensatory Education
KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: AC © NONDISCRIMINATION / EQUAL OPPORTUNITY
Child Document: AC © NONDISCRIMINATION / EQUAL OPPORTUNITY

AC ©
NONDISCRIMINATION / EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY

The Board is committed to a policy of nondiscrimination in relation to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, and disability.  This policy will prevail in all matters concerning staff members, students, the public, educational programs and services, and individuals with whom the Board does business.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
23-341
41-1463
Arizona Constitution, Ordinance Art. XX, Par. Seventh

20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 1681, Education Amendments of 1972, Title IX
20 U.S.C. 1703, Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972
29 U.S.C. 794, Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)
42 U.S.C. 2000, Civil Rights Act of 1964, Titles VI and VII
42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., Americans with Disabilities Act Arizona Constitution, Ordinance Art. XX, Par. Seventh

CROSS REF.: 
ACA - Sexual Harassment
GBA - Equal Employment Opportunity
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
IHBA - Special Instructional Programs and Accommodations for

                Disabled Students
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: AC-R ©
Child Document: AC-R ©

AC-R ©

REGULATION

NONDISCRIMINATION / EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY

Compliance  Officer

The Superintendent shall be the compliance officer.  Any person who feels unlawfully discriminated against or to have been the victim of unlawful discrimination by an agent or employee of the District or who knows of such discrimination against another person should file a complaint with the Superintendent.  If the Superintendent is the one alleged to have unlawfully discriminated, the complaint shall be filed with the President of the Board.

Complaint  Procedure

The District is committed to investigating each complaint and to taking appropriate action on all confirmed violations of policy.  The Superintendent shall investigate and document complaints filed pursuant to this regulation as soon as reasonable, within the established timelines.  In investigating the complaint, the Superintendent will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible.  The Superintendent shall also investigate incidents of policy violation that are raised by the Governing Board, even though no complaint has been made.

If after the initial investigation the Superintendent has reason to believe that a violation of policy has occurred, the Superintendent shall determine whether or not to hold an administrative hearing and/or to recommend bringing the matter before the Board.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a teacher or an administrator, the due process provisions of the District's Policy GCQF shall apply, except that the supervising administrator may be assigned to conduct the hearing.  In cases of serious misconduct, dismissal or suspension proceedings in accordance with A.R.S. 15-539 et seq. may be initiated.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a support staff employee, the Superintendent may follow due process and impose discipline under Policy GDQD if the evidence so warrants.  The Superintendent also may recommend a suspension without pay, recommend dismissal, or impose other appropriate discipline.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a student, the Superintendent may impose discipline in accordance with policies Policies JK, JKD and JKE.

If the Superintendent's investigation reveals no reasonable cause to believe policy has been violated, the Superintendent shall so inform the complaining party in writing.

Timelines

The complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar days after the complaining party knew or should have known that there were grounds for a complaint/grievance.

Once the written complaint has been filed using the forms provided by the District, the Superintendent shall require the immediate supervisor or site administrator to investigate and respond in writing to the complaining party within five (5) working days.

If the immediate supervisor or site administrator does not respond, the Superintendent will have ten (10) additional working days to respond in writing to the complaining party.

If the Superintendent does not respond within the established time, then the complaining party may request in writing that the issue be brought before the Board.  The Board will then review the record of the investigation and have thirty (30) days to respond to the complaining party in writing.



Master Document: AC-E ©
Child Document: AC-E ©

AC-E ©

EXHIBIT

NONDISCRIMINATION / EQUAL  OPPORTUNITY

COMPLAINT FORM
(To be filed with the compliance officer as provided in AC-R)

Please print:

Name _________________________________     Date ________________

Address ______________________________________________________

Telephone ________  Another phone where you can be reached _________

During the hours of _____________________________________________

E-mail address  ________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity  ______________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

Address ______________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                  Address                                  Telephone Number

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

____________________________________
Signature of Complainant

The compliance officer, as designated in AC-R, shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: ACA © SEXUAL HARASSMENT
Child Document: ACA © SEXUAL HARASSMENT

ACA ©
SEXUAL  HARASSMENT

All individuals associated with this District, including, but not necessarily limited to, the Governing Board, the administration, the staff, and students, are expected to conduct themselves at all times so as to provide an atmosphere free from sexual harassment.

Sexual harassment includes unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when made by a member of the school staff to a student or to another staff member, or when made by a student to another student where:

●  Submission

A.  Submission to such conduct is either explicitly or implicitly made a term or condition of an individual'

s employment

s employment or education; or

●  Submission

B.  Submission to or rejection of such conduct is used as a basis for employment or education

decisions affecting

decisions affecting such individual; or

●  Such

C.  Such conduct has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with an individual's educational or

work performance

work performance, or creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive employment or education environment.

Sexual harassment may include, but is not limited to:

●  Suggestive

A.  Suggestive or obscene letters, notes, invitations, derogatory comments, slurs, jokes, epithets, assault,

touching

 touching, impeding or blocking movement, leering, gestures, or display of sexually suggestive objects,

pictures

 pictures, or cartoons.

●  Continuing

B.  Continuing to express sexual interest after being informed that the interest is unwelcome.  (Reciprocal attraction between peers is not considered sexual harassment.)

●  Implying

C.  Implying or withholding support for an appointment, promotion, or change of assignment; suggesting that

a poor

a poor performance report will be prepared; suggesting that probation will be failed; implying or actually withholding grades earned or deserved; or suggesting that a scholarship recommendation or college

application will

application will be denied.

●  Coercive

D.  Coercive sexual behavior used to control, influence, or affect the career, salary, and/or work environment of another employee; or engaging in coercive sexual behavior to control, influence, or affect

the educational

the educational opportunities, grades, and/or learning environment of a student.

●  Offering

E.  Offering or granting favors or educational or employment benefits, such as grades or promotions,

favorable

 favorable performance evaluations, favorable assignments, favorable duties or shifts, recommendations, reclassifications, et cetera, in exchange for sexual favors.

Anyone who is subject to sexual harassment, or who knows of the occurrence of such conduct, should inform the compliance officer, as provided in ACA-R.

A substantiated charge against a staff member in the District shall subject such staff member to disciplinary action.

A substantiated charge against a student in the District shall subject that student to disciplinary action, which may include suspension or expulsion.

All matters involving sexual harassment complaints will remain confidential to the extent possible.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 
41-1461 et seq.
20 U.S.C. 1681, Education Amendments of 1972, Title IX
20 U.S.C. 1703, Equal Employment Opportunity Act of 1972
42 U.S.C. 2000, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended, Title VII

CROSS REF.: 
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity
GBA - Equal Employment Opportunity
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
IHBA - Special Instructional Programs and Accommodations for

               Disabled Students
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: ACA-R ©
Child Document: ACA-R ©

ACA-R ©

REGULATION

SEXUAL  HARASSMENT

Compliance  Officer

The Superintendent shall be the compliance officer.  Any person who feels unlawfully discriminated against or who has been the victim of unlawful discrimination by an agent or employee of the District or who knows of such discrimination against another person should file a complaint with the Superintendent.  If the Superintendent is the one alleged to have unlawfully discriminated, the complaint shall be filed with the President of the Board.

Complaint  Procedure

The District is committed to investigating each complaint and to taking appropriate action on all confirmed violations of policy.  The Superintendent shall investigate and document complaints filed pursuant to this regulation as soon as reasonable, within the established timelines.  In investigating the complaint, the Superintendent will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible.  The Superintendent shall also investigate incidents of policy violation that are raised by the Governing Board, even though no complaint has been made.

If after the initial investigation the Superintendent has reason to believe that a violation of policy has occurred, the Superintendent shall determine whether or not to hold an administrative hearing and/or to recommend bringing the matter before the Board.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a teacher or an administrator, the due process provisions of the District's Policy GCQF shall apply, except that the supervising administrator may be assigned to conduct the hearing.  In cases of serious misconduct, dismissal or suspension proceedings in accordance with A.R.S. 15-539 et seq. may be initiated.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a support staff employee, the Superintendent may follow due process and impose discipline under Policy GDQD if the evidence so warrants.  The Superintendent also may recommend a suspension without pay, recommend dismissal, or impose other appropriate discipline.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a student, the Superintendent may impose discipline in accordance with policies Policies JK, JKD and JKE.

If the Superintendent's investigation reveals no reasonable cause to believe policy has been violated, the Superintendent shall so inform the complaining party in writing.

Timelines

The complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar days after the complaining party knew or should have known that there were grounds for a complaint/grievance.

Once the written complaint has been filed using the forms provided by the District, the Superintendent shall require the immediate supervisor or site administrator to investigate and respond in writing to the complaining party within five (5) working days.

If the immediate supervisor or site administrator does not respond, the Superintendent will have ten (10) additional working days to respond in writing to the complaining party.

If the Superintendent does not respond within the established time, then the complaining party may request in writing that the issue be brought before the Board.  The Board will then review the record of the investigation and have thirty (30) days to respond to the complaining party in writing.



Master Document: ACA-E ©
Child Document: ACA-E ©

ACA-E ©

EXHIBIT

SEXUAL  HARASSMENT

COMPLAINT FORM
(To be filed with the compliance officer as provided in ACA-R)

Please print:

Name _________________________________     Date ________________

Address ______________________________________________________

Telephone ________  Another phone where you can be reached _________

During the hours of _____________________________________________

E-mail address  ________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity  ______________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

Address ______________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                  Address                                  Telephone Number

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

____________________________________
Signature of Complainant

The compliance officer, as designated in ACA-R, shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: AD © EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY / SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION
Child Document: AD EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY / SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION

AD ©
EDUCATIONAL  PHILOSOPHY /
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  MISSION

In our free and democratic society, the public school is one of the most highly valued institutions, enjoying a rich heritage and a noble mission Society is believed to be pluralistic and dynamic in nature; therefore, the school must preserve and protect the past while providing a means for orderly change to meet the challenges of the future.  The school should be responsive to the values and needs of society and answerable for its efforts.  The primary aim of the school is to provide for the intellectual growth of students in an atmosphere which fosters emotional maturity and social responsibility throughout life.

Students within our schools have varied talents and needs, they inherently desire to learn.  Learning is dynamic, developmental, life-long, and experiential.  It is most effective when motivated by the students' own needs and values.  Therefore, the educational process should stimulate curiosity and allow individuals to experiment, explore, and grow in an environment characterized by trust, respect, and tolerance for others.

The District consists of a community of people; students, teachers, administrators, parents,  and patrons, working together to achieve these ends.

As the means of fulfilling our philosophy as a District, the following goals are set forth:

●  The students should continue to acquire basic skills.

●  The students should understand the rights, privileges, and obligations of citizenship.

●  The students should understand sound mental and physical health principles and relate them to their own lives.

●  The students should be encouraged to make career plans.

●  The students should be able to understand and participate intelligently in the economic system.

●  The students should increase their capacity to understand and appreciate culture, beauty, and human achievement.

●  The students should appreciate the significance of the family for the individual and society, and the conditions conducive to successful family living.

●  The students should acquire skills which enable them to act as responsible individuals and as cooperative group members.

●  The students should develop knowledge and skills for the use of leisure time.

●  The students should continue to develop a positive self-image.

●  The students should have a positive attitude toward independent thought and life-long learning.

●  The students should continue to develop insight into ethical values.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The District was established by the state legislature, under the authority contained in the Arizona State Constitution, for the sole purpose of providing an education to the students of the District.  While the establishment of the District also provides other services, such as caring for students during the school day, providing employment to the school staff, and providing facilities for the use of the community, all of these services are necessarily subordinate to the District's prime function of providing an education to students. The Governing Board of the District is selected by the citizens of the community to ensure that this responsibility is accomplished.  However, the Board recognizes that it cannot accomplish this objective unless all of the sectors of the school community also accept and perform their responsibilities.  The Board considers the responsibilities of these elements of the school community to be as follows:

Staff

The Board fulfills its responsibility for the education of students by employing first a competent Superintendent, on whose recommendation it also employs a competent staff.  As a condition of this employment, the Board expects each staff member's best efforts to be exerted toward the accomplishment of the educational objectives of the District.  Because education is imparted primarily by teachers, the Board specifically places responsibility for maintaining and expanding educational ability on each teacher, to the end that each student may reach maximum potential and develop a sense of dignity and self-worth.

Parents

The Board recognizes that the ultimate responsibility for the well-being of all children rests with their parents.  All parents are expected to cooperate in the District's educational effort by ensuring maximum attendance of their children, by requiring that their children cooperate in the educational endeavor of the District, and by fostering an attitude in their children that recognizes the importance of education.

Community

The resources necessary to provide education for students are provided by members of the community through their taxes and other supporting services.  The Board's goal is that all members of the community, both individually and through their governmental, civic, and social organizations, will continue to support the educational activities of the District.

Students

Education is an opportunity provided to the children of the District by their community.  The Board expects that all students will learn to recognize the value of this opportunity, and will therefore work diligently to help ensure that their maximum potentials are realized.  The Board further expects that all students will recognize that their fellow students have the right to be educated, and will avoid any action that may interfere with their ability to exercise that right.

The Board believes that education should develop habits, attitudes, understanding, and skills necessary for a productive, satisfying life in our society.  Students should be taught to understand the duties and privileges of responsible citizenship as such duties and privileges relate to themselves as individuals and to the whole community.  The vast changes brought about by increasing technology, population, and urbanization must also be taught.  The input and support of the citizens of the community, and especially the professional staff, are solicited as the school community endeavors to develop the attitudes and abilities demanded in this age of rapid change.

In consideration of the accomplishment of these responsibilities by each sector of the school community listed above, the Governing Board, with the concurrence of each individual Board member, pledges its best efforts to ensure that the District is governed effectively and efficiently so that the goal of an appropriate and outstanding educational experience is available for all students of the District.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
Arizona State Constitution, Article XI, Section 1



Master Document: BA © SCHOOL BOARD OPERATIONAL GOALS
Child Document: BA © SCHOOL BOARD OPERATIONAL GOALS

BA ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  OPERATIONAL  GOALS

The Governing Board is responsible to the people of the District and, therefore, should be aware of opinions and attitudes in the community and of identified District needs.

As representatives of the people who own and support the schools, the Board accepts the responsibility to identify community attitudes and opinions and District needs and to require short- and long-range strategies that are responsive within the budgetary limitations of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341



Master Document: BAA © EVALUATION OF SCHOOL BOARD / BOARD SELF-EVALUATION
Child Document: Non Existing

BAA ©
EVALUATION  OF  SCHOOL  BOARD /
BOARD  SELF-EVALUATION

The Board may meet at least annually, not later than October 30, for the purpose of appraising its functioning as a Board and to evaluate Board performance.  The appraisal plan approved by the Board will be developed by the Board President working with the Superintendent.

Evaluation instruments for Board operation may be used in the process.

The Superintendent and others who regularly work with the Board may be asked to participate in all or a portion of the appraisal.

Areas of Board operations and relationships that may be appropriate to consider during the evaluation of Governing Board procedures may include, but are not limited to:

A.  Board meetings/decision-making process.

B.  Policy development/implementation.

C.  Board/District goal setting.

D.  Curriculum and instruction management/program.

E.  Fiscal management/resource allocation.

F.  School plant planning/management.

G.  Board member orientation.

H.  Board member development.

I.    Board officer performance.

J.   Board member relationships.

K.  Board-Superintendent relationship.

L.  Board-community relationship.

M.  Legislative and governmental relationships.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321

CROSS REF.: 
BDD - Board-Superintendent Relationship



Master Document: BAA-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

BAA-E ©

EXHIBIT

EVALUATION  OF  SCHOOL  BOARD /
BOARD  SELF-EVALUATION

ANNUAL SELF-APPRAISAL OF
THE GOVERNING BOARD

The following list of items pertaining to the operation of the Governing Board is the basis for an annual self-evaluation.  This may be carried out in conjunction with the annual evaluation of the Superintendent.

Please check the appropriate box for each item (S = satisfactory, N = needs improvement, U = unsatisfactory).

A.  Board  Relationship  with  the  Superintendent:

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  The Board imparts information on issues, needs, and complaints in a manner allowing the Superintendent the opportunity to solve related problems in a professional manner.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  The Board clearly interprets its position on controversial matters pertaining to the District, thereby enabling the Superintendent to properly carry out the wishes of the Board.

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  The Board disregards personalities and considers the recommendations of the Superintendent in an unbiased and objective manner.

S     N    U
o o o

(4)  The Board communicates views of personnel effectiveness, including views related to the Superintendent, in a confidential and professional manner.

B.  Board  Relationship  with  the  Community:

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  The Board recognizes that the citizens have entrusted them with the educational development of the children and youth of this community.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  The Board recognizes that the community expects their first and greatest concern to be in the best interest of each and every one of the young people without distinction as to who they are or what their background may be.

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  The Board enacts policies supporting the efforts of the administration in helping the people of this community to have the facts about their schools, to the end that they will readily provide the finest possible school program, school staff, and school facilities.

C.  Board  Relationships  Between 
     Members  During  Meetings:

 

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  Individual members of the Board treat other members of the Board and professional staff with respect during Board meetings.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  Differences of opinion influencing Board member votes are based on the issues at hand and not on a personality basis.

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  All members of the Board conduct themselves in such a manner as to emphasize that individual Board members have authority only when convened in a legally conducted Board meeting with at least a quorum present.

D.  Board  Relationships  with  Staff 
     and  Personnel:

 

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  The Board requires the Superintendent to recommend personnel for their consideration and consistently adheres to this procedure.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  The Board members make every effort to become acquainted with the personnel of the District.
 

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  The Board members' personal friendships with District personnel are maintained without allowing them to affect overall Board decisions and/or policies.

E.  Board  Relationship  to  the 
     Instructional  Program:

 

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  The Board makes an effort to keep informed about the instructional program by providing for periodic reports as deemed necessary and by periodic visitation in the schools.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  The Board attempts to gain information from the community pertaining to instructional program needs.

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  The Board maintains policies necessary to enable the educational staff to develop the educational program required to meet the needs of the community.

F.  Board  Relationship  to  the  Financial 
     Management  of  the  Schools:

 

S     N    U
o o o

(1)  The Board establishes the policies and provides the necessary resources to properly manage the finances of the District.

S     N    U
o o o

(2)  The Board requires the proper accountability for the expenditure of funds in the District.

S     N    U
o o o

(3)  The Board provides justified funding to maintain a high quality educational program in this District.

S     N    U
o o o

(4)  The Board keeps the community informed about the financial needs of the District.
 

 

G.  General  Statements:

  (1)    List in order of priority four (4) challenges the Board faces:

          (a)

          (b)

          (c)

          (d)

  (2)    List any weaknesses you have observed in the operation of the school system:


 

  (3)    List any significant accomplishments made by the school system during the past year:

 



Master Document: BB © SCHOOL BOARD LEGAL STATUS
Child Document: BB © SCHOOL BOARD LEGAL STATUS

BB ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  LEGAL  STATUS

The Arizona Constitution places the responsibility of establishing and maintaining public schools on the Arizona legislature and directs the legislature to provide for a state board of education, which has general supervision of the public schools.  It is further provided that local public schools under the general supervision of the State Board of Education shall be maintained, developed, and operated by locally elected boards.  Legally, then, local school boards are an extension instruments of the state government Arizona Legislature and derive their authority from the Arizona Constitution, Arizona statutes, and the regulations of the Arizona Administrative Code.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-421

Arizona Constitution, Art. XI, Section 1
Arizona Constitution, Art. XX, Paragraph 7



Master Document: BBA © BOARD POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Child Document: BBA © BOARD POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

BBA ©
BOARD  POWERS  AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES

The Board shall act as the general agent of the state of Arizona in carrying out the will of the people of this District in the matter of public education.

The Board is authorized under the laws of the state of Arizona to adopt all needed policies and regulations for the organization, evaluation, and governance in the District.

The Board performs the following basic functions necessary to the discharging of its responsibilities: legislative, executive, and appraisal:

●  The

A.  The legislative function is the policy-making aspect of the school system.  It is the policy of the Board to

retain and

retain and exercise full legislative authority and control over the schools by adopting general policies or by

acting directly

acting directly in matters not covered by its policies.

●  The

B.  The executive function of the Board is concerned with placing in operation existing Board policy.  Most of

this function

this function is delegated by the Board to its executive and administrative officer, the Superintendent.

●  The

C.  The appraisal function involves the determination of the efficiency of the school operation and an evaluation

of the

of the educational program of the District based on the policies as outlined in the policy manual.

The duties and obligations of an individual Board member include the following:

●  To

A.  To become familiar with the state's school laws, regulations of the State Department of Education, and

District policies

District policies, rules, and regulations.

●  To

B.  To have a general knowledge of the educational aims and objectives of the system.

●  To

C.  To work harmoniously with other Board members without neglecting a proper share of the work or trying

to dominate

to dominate the Board.

●  To

D.  To vote and act in Board meetings impartially for the good of the District.

●  To

E.  To accept the will of the majority vote in all cases, and give wholehearted support to the resulting policy.

●  To

F.  To accept the responsibility for confidentiality in appropriate matters, especially those dealing with

personnel and

personnel and the divulging of privileged information that could cost the District money, support, or public confidence.

●  To

G.  To represent the Board and the District to the public in a manner that promotes both interest and support.

●  To

H.  To refer complaints to the proper school authorities and to refrain from individual counsel and action.

● 

I.   To perform other appropriate duties that may arise.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341
15-342

A.G.O. 
I81-054



Master Document: BBAA © BOARD MEMBER AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Child Document: BBAA © BOARD MEMBER AUTHORITY AND RESPONSIBILITIES

BBAA ©
BOARD  MEMBER  AUTHORITY  
AND  RESPONSIBILITIES

All powers of the Board lie in its action as a public body.  A "meeting" is defined as the gathering, in person or through technological devices, of a quorum of members of a public body to discuss, propose or take legal action, including any deliberations with respect to such action that has been properly noticed, pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes.

Individual Board members exercise authority over District affairs only by way of votes taken at a legal meeting of the Board.  An individual Board member has authority only when and to the extent that the Board, by vote, has so delegated such authority.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341
15-342
15-381

CROSS REF.: 
AA - School District Legal Status
BBA - Board Powers and Responsibilities



Master Document: BBBA © BOARD MEMBER QUALIFICATIONS
Child Document: BBBA © BOARD MEMBER QUALIFICATIONS

BBBA ©
BOARD  MEMBER  QUALIFICATIONS

(Governing Board Membership)

A person who is a registered voter of this state and has been a resident of the District for one (1) year immediately preceding the day of election is eligible for election to the office of Governing Board member.

No employee of the District or the spouse of such employee may hold membership on the Governing Board of this District.

A Governing Board member is ineligible to serve simultaneously as a member of any other Governing Boardschool district governing board, except that a Governing Board member may be a candidate for nomination or election for any other Governing Board governing board if serving in the last year of a term of office.

Five-Member  Board  Same
Household  Limitation

By legislative restriction applicable to five (5) member Boards, persons related as immediate family and having the same household within four (4) years:

●  Shall A.  Shall not serve simultaneously on the Governing Board.

●  Are B.  Are ineligible to be a candidate for nomination or election to the Governing Board, except when a member is serving is serving in the last year of a term of office.

●  Are C.  Are ineligible to be simultaneous candidates for nomination or election to the Governing Board.

A qualified elector residing in the District may bring an action in Superior Court to enforce these restrictions.

For purposes of this policy, the definitions of "immediate family" and "household of residence" set out in A.R.S. 15-421 shall apply.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-421
38-201

38-296.01

Arizona Constitution, Article VII, Section 15



Master Document: BBBB © BOARD MEMBER OATH OF OFFICE
Child Document: BBBB © BOARD MEMBER OATH OF OFFICE

BBBB ©
BOARD  MEMBER  OATH  OF  OFFICE

Oath  of  Office

Board members shall take and subscribe to the oath prescribed for public officers pursuant to A.R.S. 38-231, and forward the acknowledged oath on the same day to the County School Superintendent.  The person taking the oath shall file a copy of the acknowledged oath in the District office.  The District office shall keep such copy on file as long as the Board member remains on the Governing Board and for a period of five (5) years after last serving on the Board.

Time  of  Oath  (Governing  Board  Members)

When a different time is not prescribed, the oath of office shall be taken and subscribed after the Board member has notice of appointment or, if elected, at any time after receipt of the certificate of election, or before commencement of the term of office.

Familiarization  with
Open  Meeting  Law

A newly elected or appointed Governing Board member shall, at least one (1) day before taking office, review the Arizona open meeting law (OML) material prepared by the attorney general.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-426
38-231
38-232
38-233
38-431.01
Attorney General Arizona Agency Handbook, Chapter 7, Open Meetings



Master Document: BBBC © BOARD MEMBER RESIGNATION
Child Document: BBBC © BOARD MEMBER RESIGNATION

BBBC ©
BOARD  MEMBER  RESIGNATION

Any Board member who desires to resign from the Governing Board shall send a letter of resignation to the office of the County School Superintendent, with a copy to the Secretary of State, giving the effective date of resignation.  The resigning Board member shall furnish a copy of such letter to each other member of the Board and to the Superintendent prior to the date on which said resignation is to become effective.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-302
38-101
38-291
38-294



Master Document: BBBB-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

BBBB-E ©

EXHIBIT

BOARD  MEMBER  OATH  OF  OFFICE

Oath  of  Office

In addition to any other form of oath or affirmation specifically provided by law, any officer or employee shall take and subscribe to the following oath or affirmation before entering upon the duties of such appointed office or employment.

State of Arizona, County of _____________________________________________, I, [type or print name], do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution and laws of the State of Arizona; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same, and defend them against all enemies, foreign and domestic, and that I will faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of the office of [name of office] according to the best of my ability, so help me God (or so I do affirm).



____________________________________
(Signature of officer or employee)

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-231



Master Document: BBBD © BOARD MEMBER REMOVAL FROM OFFICE
Child Document: BBBD © BOARD MEMBER REMOVAL FROM OFFICE

BBBD ©
BOARD  MEMBER  REMOVAL
FROM  OFFICE

A Board member's position may be considered vacant or the Board member may be removed from office for reasons included in A.R.S. 38-291.  These reasons are:

●  Death A.  Death of the person holding the office.

●  Insanity B.  Insanity of the person holding the office, when judicially determined.

●  Resignation C.  Resignation of the person holding the office and the lawful acceptance of the resignation.

●  Removal D.  Removal from office of the person holding the office.

●  The E.  The person holding the office ceasing to be a resident of the district for which he was elected.●  Absence

F.  Absence from the state by the person holding the office, without permission of the legislature, beyond

the period

the period of three (3) consecutive months.

●  The

G.  The person holding the office ceasing to discharge the duties of office for the period of three (3)

consecutive months

consecutive months.

●  Conviction

H.  Conviction of the person holding the office of a felony or an offense involving a violation of official duties.

●  Failure

I.    Failure of the person elected or appointed to such office to file an official oath within the time prescribed

by law

by law.

● 

J.   A decision of a competent tribunal declaring void the election or appointment of the person elected

or appointed

or appointed to the office.

●  Failure

K.  Failure of a person to be elected or appointed to the office.

●  A

L.  A violation of

section

section 38-296

by

 by the person holding the office.

Every public officer holding an elective office, either by election or by appointment, is subject to recall from such office by the qualified electors of the electoral district from which candidates are elected to that office.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
19-201
19-202
19-202.01
19-209
19-216
38-291
38-296
38-431.07



Master Document: BBBE © UNEXPIRED TERM FULFILLMENT
Child Document: BBBE © UNEXPIRED TERM FULFILLMENT

BBBE ©
UNEXPIRED  TERM  FULFILLMENT

Any vacancy of a Governing Board member, as defined in A.R.S. 38-291, may be filled by appointment by the County School Superintendent as prescribed by state law.  Such appointment shall be until the next regular election, at which time a successor shall be elected to serve the unexpired portion of the term.  The County School Superintendent may call for an election to fill a vacancy on a local Governing Board as an alternative to appointment.

When a vacancy occurs, the Governing Board may, within thirty (30) days after notification of the vacancy, submit to the County School Superintendent up to three (3) names for consideration of an appointment to fill the vacancy.  The County School Superintendent is not required to appoint a Governing Board member from the list of names submitted by the Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-302
38-291

A.G.O. 
I82-111
Arizona Constitution, Article VII, Section 15



Master Document: BCA © BOARD MEMBER ETHICS
Child Document: BCA BOARD MEMBER ETHICS

BCA ©
BOARD  MEMBER  ETHICS

As a member of the Governing Board:

●  I shall listen.

●  I shall represent the entire community without fear or favor.

●  I shall inform myself on the proper duties and functions of a Governing Board member.  I shall learn the school law of the State of Arizona.

●  I shall accept office as a Governing Board member only as a means of unselfish service.

●  I shall recognize the integrity of my predecessors and associates and the merit of their work.

●  I shall recognize that school business may be legally transacted only in regular meetings of the Governing Board.

●  I shall recognize that authority rests with the Governing Board only in legal session, and that a Governing Board member has no authority except at a regular meeting of the Governing Board.

●  I shall immediately inform the Superintendent of any significant District problem brought to my attention.

●  I shall recognize that to promise in advance of a meeting as to how I will vote on any question which is to be considered is to close my mind and agree not to think through other facts and points of view which may be presented at the meeting.

●  As a member of a non-partisan board, I shall make no commitments to any group or committee requesting my influence.

●  I shall observe the right and obligation of teachers to teach.

●  I shall consider myself a trustee of public education and shall do my utmost to defend it, protect it, and conserve it.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Board members will strive to improve public education, and to that end will:

A.  Attend all Board meetings insofar as possible, and become informed concerning the issues to be considered at those meetings;

B.  Recognize that decisions should be made only after discussion at publicly held Board meetings;

C.  Render all decisions based on the available facts and independent judgment, and refuse to surrender that judgment to individuals or special-interest groups;

D.  Encourage the free expression of opinion by all Board members, and seek systematic communications between the Board and students, staff, and all elements of the community;

E.  Work with other Board members to establish effective Board policies and to delegate authority for the administration of the schools to the Superintendent;

F.  Communicate to other Board members and the Superintendent expressions of public reaction to Board policies and school programs;

G.  Be informed about current educational issues by individual study and through participation in programs providing needed information, such as those sponsored by state and national school boards associations;

H.  Support the employment of persons best qualified to serve as school staff members, and insist on a regular and impartial evaluation of all personnel;

I.  Avoid being placed in a position of conflict of interest, and refrain from using their Board position for personal or partisan gain;

J.  Take no private action that will compromise the Board or administration, and respect the confidentiality of information that is privileged under applicable law; and

K.  Remember always that a Board member's first and greatest concern must be the educational welfare of the students attending the public schools.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: BCB © BOARD MEMBER CONFLICT OF INTEREST
Child Document: BCB © BOARD MEMBER CONFLICT OF INTEREST

BCB ©
BOARD  MEMBER  CONFLICT
OF  INTEREST

Voting  Restrictions

Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a Governing Board member shall be eligible to vote on any budgetary, personnel, or other question that comes before the Board, except that it shall be unlawful for a member to vote on a specific item that concerns the appointment, employment, or remuneration of such member or any person related to such member as a dependent as defined in A.R.S. 43-1001. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 15-323]

Employment  Limitation

No dependent, as defined in Section 43-1001, of a Governing Board member may be employed in the District, except by consent of the Board. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 15-502]

No employee of the District or the spouse of such employee may hold membership on the Governing Board of the District. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 15-421]

Conflict  of  Interest

Any Board member or employee of the District who has, or whose relative has, a substantial interest in any contract, sale, purchase, or service to the District shall make known that interest in the official records of the District and shall refrain from voting upon or otherwise participating in any manner as a Board member or employee in such contract, sale, or purchase. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 38-503]

Any Board member or employee who has, or whose relative has, a substantial interest in any decision of the District shall make known such interest in the official records of the District and shall refrain from participating in any manner as a Board member or employee in such a decision. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 38-503]

Purchases  from  Governing  Board 
Members  for for  Districts  with 
3,000  or  More  Students

School district procurement rules are required for all purchases of service from Governing Board members, regardless of the dollar amount.  Purchases of servicesfor services may only be made after public competitive bidding.  Purchases of supplies, materials, and equipment from Board members are subject to the following:

●  Purchases for goods or services A.  Purchases for supplies, materials, and equipment are limited to three hundred dollars ($300) per transaction;

●  Total B.  Total purchases within any twelve (12) month period are limited to one thousand dollars ($1,000);

●  The C.  The purchases comply with the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) guidelines for oral and written quotationswritten quotations.

●  The D.  The Board has, by majority vote, adopted or reconfirmed a policy authorizing such purchases within the preceding the preceding twelve (12) month period.

[LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 38-503; 15-323; A.G.O. I84-012; I06-002]

Purchases  from  Governing  Board 

Members  for  Districts  with 

Fewer  than  3,000  Students

School district procurement rules are required for all purchases of service from Governing Board members, regardless of the dollar amount.  Purchases for services may only be made after public competitive bidding.  Purchases of supplies, materials, and equipment from Board members are subject to the following:

A.  Purchases less than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) comply with the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) guidelines for oral and written quotations;

B.  Purchases of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) and above comply with the school district procurement rules for public competitive bidding;

C.  Each purchase is approved by the Governing Board;

D.  The amount of the purchase is included in the Board's meeting minutes.

[LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 15-323; A.G.O. I06-002]

Filing  of  Disclosures

The District shall maintain for public inspection in a special file all documents necessary to memorialize all disclosures of substantial interest made known pursuant to the statutory conflict-of-interest provisions. [LEGAL REF.: A.R.S. 38-509]

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-213
15-323
15-421
15-502
38-481
38-503
38-509
43-1001
A.G.O. 
I84-012
I87-035

I88-013
I06-002

CROSS REF.: 
BBBA - Board Member Qualifications
DJE - Bidding/Purchasing Procedures



Master Document: BCB-E ©
Child Document: BCB-E

BCB-E ©

EXHIBIT

BOARD  MEMBER  CONFLICT
OF  INTEREST

I, _______________________________, do hereby indicate that I am presently a member of the Glendale Union High School District Governing Board, and that I (or my relative[s] _________________________________________________ ) have a substantial interest in the contract, sale, purchase, service to or decisions made by the Glendale Union High School District Governing Board.  Description of the conflict is as follows:, do hereby indicate:

1.  That I am presently an officer/employee of the ____________________________

_______________________________ __________School District;

2.  That I (or my relative[s]: _____________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________) have a substantial interest in the contract, sale, purchase, or service to or decision by the ____________________________________ ______________________________________________Governing Board as described below.

3.  That I shall refrain from participating in any manner in my capacity as an employee or officer of _____________________________________________________________________I also declare that I shall refrain from participating in any manner in my capacity as Governing Board member in

School District in such contract, sale, purchase, service to, or decisions decision by the Governing Board unless specifically permitted to do so by law.

______________________     ________________________________________

                  Date                                                      Signature

                 Date                                                  Signature

 

Description of Conflict:



Master Document: BDA © BOARD ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING
Child Document: BDA © BOARD ORGANIZATIONAL MEETING

BDA ©
BOARD  ORGANIZATIONAL  MEETING

For the purpose of organization of the Governing Board, the Board shall meet at the most convenient public facility in the District.  (If a public facility is not available within the District, the Board may meet at any available public facility convenient to all Board members, regardless of the county or school district in which the facility is located.)  Such meeting shall be held between January 1 and January 15 next following the election.

The meeting shall be called to order by the President of the Board for the preceding year.  If that person is not a member of the Board, a temporary president shall be elected and the meeting shall be called to order by the temporary president.  The person calling the meeting to order shall preside until a successor is chosen.

The new President of the Board shall take office upon election.

Whenever there is a vacancy in the office of President, the Board shall elect a new officer to fill the vacancy during the unexpired term of office.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

In addition to the organizational meeting described in this policy, the Board may elect a Board President at any time, for any reason, providing that the matter has been properly placed and noticed on the Board agenda consistent with the open meeting law and adopted by the Board.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
38-431 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 
BDB - Board Officers
BE - School Board Meetings
BEC - Executive Sessions/Open Meetings
BEDA - Notification of Board Meetings



Master Document: BDB © BOARD OFFICERS
Child Document: BDB BOARD OFFICERS

BDB ©
BOARD  OFFICERS

President

The officers duties of the Governing Board shall consist of those prescribed in the Arizona Revised Statutes.

President:

●  The President shall preside at Governing Board meetings and perform all duties imposed by the Arizona Revised Statutes.  Upon a majority vote of the quorum, the President shall call all special meetings and all executive sessions that may be deemed necessary.

●  It shall be the duty of the President to call a meeting for the organization of the Board between January 1 and January 15 next following the election.  No meeting for organization shall be held unless each member of the Governing Board has received three (3) days written notice of the meeting, signed by two members of the Governing Board.  In the event that the President is not a continuing member, the Clerk shall call the meeting for the organization of the Governing Board.

●  The President of the Governing Board is authorized to assume the Clerk's workload during an absence, except during official meetings.

Clerk:

●  The Clerk shall perform, or cause to be performed, all duties imposed by statute.  The Clerk shall serve in the absence of the President and in the performance of this service, exercise all powers of the President.

●  The Clerk is authorized to use the signature stamps of other members of Governing Board, plus the Clerk's own signature, on papers that are routine matters.  (This includes vouchers that have been approved in advance.)

●  The Clerk is to assume the task of examining the purchase orders, and recommending their approval at the regular meetings.

●  The Clerk is authorized to sign documents and employment contracts that have been approved by the Governing Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

President of the Board shall be as follows:

A.  Preside over all meetings and conduct meetings in accordance with Arizona law and policies of the District.

B.  Consult with the Superintendent and, on behalf of the Governing Board as a whole, approve items to be placed on the agenda for each meeting.

C.  Encourage and maintain orderly and democratic participation.

D.  Keep all discussions factual and on the subject at hand.

E.  Allow for full and complete exploration of each item of business.

In the absence of the President of the Board, the Board members shall select a temporary president, which selection shall be recorded in the minutes.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321

CROSS REF.: 
BEDB - Agenda
BEDBA - Agenda Preparation and Dissemination



Master Document: BDD © BOARD - SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONSHIP
Child Document: BDD © BOARD - SUPERINTENDENT RELATIONSHIP

BDD ©
BOARD - SUPERINTENDENT  RELATIONSHIP

The establishment of policies is the responsibility of the Board, and the execution of those policies is a function of the Superintendent.

The Superintendent is the chief executive officer of the School District and is responsible for the professional leadership and skill necessary to translate the policies of the Board into administrative action.

The Superintendent is responsible for the administration of the District.  The Superintendent may delegate the necessary authority to other employees and develop such procedures and regulations as the Superintendent considers necessary to ensure efficient operation of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-503



Master Document: BDE © BOARD COMMITTEES
Child Document: BDE © BOARD COMMITTEES

BDE ©
BOARD  COMMITTEES

Committee work of the Board shall usually be done by members of the Board sitting as a committee of the whole.  The Board shall not establish standing or permanent committees, and there shall be no standing or permanent committees composed of the Board members.  If a temporary committee is appointed, it shall serve only for the time needed for its designated purpose.  Committee recommendations shall be advisory only.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431

CROSS REF.: 
BDF - Advisory Committees



Master Document: BDF © ADVISORY COMMITTEES
Child Document: BDF © ADVISORY COMMITTEES

BDF ©
ADVISORY  COMMITTEES

The Board may, by majority vote, appoint ad hoc committees when deemed advisable.  Recommendations of such committees cannot be binding on the Board; they may be advisory only.  These committees will be responsible for presenting to the Board recommendations for action based on research and facts.  Any such committee shall automatically be dissolved upon completion of its assignment.

The Governing Board and the Superintendent President shall develop guidelines for each committee.  These guidelines shall be approved by the Board prior to the first meeting of each committee and will include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

●  A.  A written, specific statement of the purpose of the committee.

●  The B.  The dates on which interim and final reports of the committee are to be rendered.

●  The C.  The date or event upon which the committee will be terminated.

●  The D.  The extent to which facilities, supplies, equipment, and clerical support will be provided to each committee.

The Superintendent will ensure that the following actions are taken for each committee established by the Board:

●  Each A.  Each committee member will be briefed on the requirements of the Arizona Open Meeting Law Law (A.R.S. 38-431) as it applies to committees of the Board.

●  Notices B.  Notices and agendas of all meetings of the committee will be posted.

●  All C.  All meetings will be open for public attendance.●  Minutes will be

D.  If an executive session is authorized, all applicable requirements as presented in Policy BEC, Executive Sessions/Open Meetings will be followed.

E.  Minutes will be taken and made available for public inspection three (3) working days after the meeting.

A representative of the Board and the Superintendent will serve as ex-officio members of all advisory committees.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431 et seq.

CROSS REF.:  

BEC - Executive Sessions/Open Meetings



Master Document: BDG © SCHOOL ATTORNEY
Child Document: BDG © SCHOOL ATTORNEY

BDG ©
SCHOOL  ATTORNEY

The Governing Board may employ an attorney to represent the District if the county attorney consents.  The purpose for which an attorney is hired shall be set forth in writing by the Board. 

The Governing Board may employ legal counsel without the consent of the county attorney when, in its discretion, it deems it advisable.

Compensation and purpose should be determined at the time of employment of private counsel.

The Superintendent and the President of the Board shall be designated as the representatives of the District who may confer with counsel.  The District will not be responsible for fees that accrue because of unauthorized individual Board member or staff consultation with private counsel.

Copies of all written requests for opinions and opinions of private counsel shall be furnished by the Superintendent to all Board members.  Requests for opinions requiring research or substantial amounts of work on the part of private counsel shall be in writing when practicable.  Only the Board President and Superintendent may contact private counsel by telephone or in person regarding matters pertaining to the day-to-day operation of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
11-532
15-341
15-343
38-431.07



Master Document: BDH © BOARD CONSULTANTS
Child Document: BDH © BOARD CONSULTANTS

BDH ©
BOARD  CONSULTANTS

The District may employ consultants when appropriate to carry out tasks or projects that enhance the effectiveness of District operations 1) when the District does not have the specialized competency on its staff or 2) when such assignments would be burdensome to the school staff when added to their full-time assignments.  The kinds of assistance sought from consultants may include, but will not necessarily be limited to 1) conducting fact-finding studies, surveys, and research; 2) providing counsel or services requiring special expertise; and 3) assisting the Board in developing policy and program recommendations.  The employment of specific consultants, within the budgeted funds of the District, will be the responsibility of the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-343
A.A.C. 
R7-2-1061 et seq.
R7-2-1117 et seq.



Master Document: BE © SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS
Child Document: BE SCHOOL BOARD MEETINGS

BE ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  MEETINGS

The Board shall transact all business at official meetings of the Board.  These may be either regular or special meetings, defined as follows:

●  Regular A.  Regular meeting - the usual official legal-action meeting, scheduled and held regularly.

●  Special B.  Special meeting - an official legal-action meeting called between scheduled regular meetings to consider only specifically only specifically identified topics.

Every meeting of the Board, regular or special, shall be open to the public except for an executive session that is held in accordance with state law.  A "meeting" is defined as the gathering, in person or through technological devices, of a quorum of members of a public body to discuss, propose or take legal action, including any deliberations with respect to such action, that has been properly noticed, pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes.

Under certain circumstances a member of the Governing Board may be physically absent from a regular or special meeting, but may still participate in the meeting by telephone or video conferencing.

In order to participate telephonically or by video conferencing at a regular or special meeting of the Governing Board, the member 1) must be located out of Maricopa County unless the absence is due to illness or injury, 2) must give timely notice to the President or Clerk at least three (3) days prior to the regular meeting unless due to illness or injury, and 3) must make the physical arrangements for participating by way of the telephone or video conferencing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Board member may give notice during a regular meeting that participation at the next regular meeting will be by telephone or video conferencing.

The privilege of participating telephonically or by video conferencing shall not exceed three (3) times in a four (4) month period unless due to illness or injury or an emergency situation wherein the Board member intends to but cannot physically make it to the meeting.  The telephone call or the video conferencing shall be in place at least five (5) minutes before the meeting is called to order.  The long distance telephone expenses for participating by telephone or video conferencing shall be borne by the Board member utilizing the privilege.

No more than one (1) member of the Governing Board may participate at a meeting by telephone or video conferencing unless a majority of the physically-present members approve or due to an emergency situation.  No telephonic or video conferencing is allowed for advisory meetings, study sessions or executive sessions.

This privilege shall not be available to the President of the Governing Board unless due to an illness or injury or emergency situation wherein the President intends to but cannot physically make it to the meeting.  If this occurs, the physically-present Clerk of the Board shall conduct the meeting.  The President may participate electronically as a member but not as the President.

Notice of all Governing Board meetings, regular and special, shall be posted in compliance with the requirements prescribed by A.R.S. 38-431.02 and described in Board Policy BEDA.

Regular  Board  Meetings

The Governing Board shall hold a regular meeting at least once each month during the regular school year and may hold other meetings as often as called.  If action has been taken and documents approve approved at a meeting, they may be signed subsequently by individual Board members.Regular Board meetings shall be scheduled on the first (1st) and third (3rd) Wednesday of each calendar month at 7:30 p.m. in the Board Room at the Glendale Union High School District Administrative Center unless otherwise designated at a previous

meetingChoose this:

The _______ and ___________________________ of each month during the regular school year are designated as the regular Board meeting dates.  The Board may hold other meetings as often as called.

Or choose this:

The _____________________________ of each month during the regular school year is designated as the regular Board meeting date.  The Board may hold other meetings as often as called.

A regular meeting may be rescheduled or canceled:

●  By A.  By majority vote of the Board when noticed as a meeting agenda item.

●  By B.  By declaration of the Board President, or if the President is unavailable another member of the Board, in  in consultation with the Superintendent, when a significant event beyond the Board's control renders attendance renders attendance at the meeting unsafe or unreasonable in light of the circumstance, such as:

■  Significantly 1.  Significantly inclement weather conditions, or

■  A 2.  A local, state, or national emergency of a magnitude it intervenes to the extent that convening of convening of the meeting is inadvisable.

●  When C.  When the absence of a quorum of the Board will render the meeting impermissible.

Every regular meeting of the Board shall be open to the public, and the Board shall meet at the most convenient public facility in the District.  ( If a public facility is not available within the District, the Board may meet at any available public facility convenient to all Board members, regardless of the county or school district in which the facility is located.)

Special  Board  Meetings

Special meetings may be called whenever deemed necessary.  Written or telephoned notice of all special meetings shall be given to the members of the Board at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the time stated for the meeting to convene.  Said notice shall indicate the purpose of the special meeting.  No business other than the matters specified in the notice shall be transacted at such meeting.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-843
38-431 et seq.
A.G.O. 
I79-45

CROSS REF.: 
BEC - Executive Sessions/Open Meetings
BEDA - Notification of Board Meetings
BEDB - Agenda
BEDC - Quorum



Master Document: BEC © EXECUTIVE SESSIONS / OPEN MEETINGS
Child Document: BEC © EXECUTIVE SESSIONS / OPEN MEETINGS

BEC ©
EXECUTIVE  SESSIONS / OPEN  MEETINGS

The Board may enter into executive session after the following requirements have been met:

● 

A.  A notice of the executive session has been provided to the Board members and the general public stating

the provision

the provision of law authorizing the executive session in accordance with Board Policy BEDA.

●  The

B.  The Board has first been convened in open meeting, for which notice, stating the specific provision of

law authorizing

law authorizing the executive session, has been given.

●  The

C.  The Board President has identified the section or sections of A.R.S. 38-431.03

that

 that authorize the holding

of the

of the executive session and has stated the language of the section(s) and a general description of the

matters to

matters to be considered.

●  The

D.  The executive session is authorized by a vote in open session, either during the current Governing

Board meeting

Board meeting or at a prior meeting of the Board designating the time and the date of the future executive session.

The Governing Board shall provide any officer, appointee, or employee to be considered or discussed at a meeting with written notice of the executive session as is appropriate but not less than twenty-four (24) hours for the officer, appointee, or employee to determine whether the discussion or consideration should occur at a public meeting.

No final action, decision, or vote shall be taken while the Board is in executive session, except as provided by law.

The Board shall reconvene the open meeting after an executive session prior to adjourning the meeting.

During the executive session, all persons present in the executive session will be read the admonition on the confidentiality of the executive session minutes and deliberations.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-843
38-431.01
38-431.02
38-431.03
A.G.O. 
I79-45
I79-4949     
I79-126
I79-136
I80-118
I80-146
I81-058
I81-060
I81-090

CROSS REF.: 
BBBB - Board Member Oath of Office
BEDA - Notification of Board Meetings
BEDG - Minutes
JKD - Student Suspension



Master Document: BEC-EA ©
Child Document: BEC-E ©

BEC-E ©EA ©

EXHIBIT

EXECUTIVE  SESSIONS / OPEN  MEETINGS

MINUTES

________________   ________________   __________________________
            Date                           Time                                    Place

I.  Record the names of persons present (Only Board Members, individuals provided for by statute, and other persons whom the Board determines are reasonably necessary for the purposes of the executive session may be present).  Indicate who and when anyone leaves or enters during the executive session:

II.  Specify the section of A.R.S. 38-431 under which the executive session was called and a general description of the respective topic(s).  The same information should have been indicated on the agenda:

III.  (Read prior to each executive session:)

All persons present are hereby reminded that it is unlawful to disclose or otherwise divulge to any person who is not now present, other than a current member of the Board, or pursuant to a specific statutory exception, anything that has transpired or has been discussed during this executive session.  Failure to comply is a violation of A.R.S. 38-431.03.

IV.  Items of discussion (if the session is held under authority of A.R.S. 38-431.03, Subsection A, paragraphs 4, 5, or 7, an accurate description of all instructions given must be included):

 

 



Master Document: BEC-EB ©
Child Document: BEC-EB ©

BEC-EB ©

EXHIBIT

EXECUTIVE  SESSIONS / OPEN  MEETINGS

Form 7.5
Notice of Meeting and Possible Executive Session of a Public Body

Sections 7.6.8 and 7.10.1
NOTICE OF MEETING AND POSSIBLE EXECUTIVE SESSION OF THE
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]

Pursuant to A. R.S. § 38-431.02, notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of public body] will hold a meeting open to the public on [date, time, and exact location] for the purpose of deciding whether to go into executive session. If authorized by a majority vote of the [name of public body], the executive session will be held immediately after the vote and will not be open to the public.

The agenda for the meeting is as follows:

[Include a general description of the matters to be discussed or considered, but exclude information that would defeat the purpose of the executive session. See Form 7.7 (Sample Notice and Agenda)]

                                                                                      [OR]

A copy of the agenda for the meeting will be available at [location where the agenda will be available] at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

This executive session is authorized under A.R.S. § 38-431.03, Subsection (A), paragraph [list applicable provision].

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.

___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEC-EC ©
Child Document: BEC-EC ©

BEC-EC ©

EXHIBIT

EXECUTIVE  SESSIONS / OPEN  MEETINGS

Form 7.6
Notice of Combined Public Meeting and Executive Session

Sections 7.6.8, 7.7.4, and 7.10.1
NOTICE OF COMBINED PUBLIC MEETING AND EXECUTIVE SESSION OF
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]

Pursuant to A. R.S. § 38-431.02, notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of public body] will hold a meeting open to the public on [date, time, and exact location]. As indicated in the agenda, pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.03(A) [specific paragraph that justifies the executive session]. The [name of public body] may vote to go into executive session, which will not be open to the public, to discuss certain matters.

The agenda for the meeting is as follows:

[List the specific matter to be discussed, considered, or decided. See Form 7.7 (Sample Notice and Agenda). Identify those matters that may be discussed or considered in executive session and identify the paragraph of A.R.S. § 38-431.03(A) authorizing the executive session, but exclude information that would defeat the purpose of the executive session.]

                                                                             [OR]

A copy of the agenda for the meeting will be available at [location where the agenda will be available] at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.

___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEC-ED ©
Child Document: BEC-ED ©

BEC-ED ©

EXHIBIT

EXECUTIVE  SESSIONS / OPEN  MEETINGS

Form 7.13
Employee Notice of Executive Session

Section 7.9.4

[DATE]

[Name and Address of Officer or Employee who is the
subject of discussion at the executive session]

Dear [Name of employee]:

This is to advise you that the [name of public body] will meet in executive session at its next meeting on [date, time, and exact location] to discuss [describe nature of matters to be discussed or considered].  You may request that the discussion take place during the [name of public body's] public meeting rather than in executive session, by contacting the undersigned not later than [date and time by which notification must be given*].

Any person with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.

Very truly yours,

____________________________________
[authorized signature]

* Since the public body must post its notice of either a public meeting or an executive session at least twenty-four hours before the meeting, the deadline for the employee to exercise his or her right to demand a public meeting must be more than twenty-four hours before the meeting.



Master Document: BED © MEETING PROCEDURES / BYLAWS
Child Document: BED © MEETING PROCEDURES / BYLAWS

BED ©
MEETING  PROCEDURES / BYLAWS

The President of the Board is responsible for the orderly conduct of the meeting and shall rule on such matters as the time to be allowed for public discussion, the appropriateness of the subject being presented, and the suitability of the time for such a presentation.  All such rulings are subject to review by the Board at a subsequent meeting, properly noticed, as long as the matter is included on the agenda.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: BEDA © NOTIFICATION OF BOARD MEETINGS
Child Document: BEDA © NOTIFICATION OF BOARD MEETINGS

BEDA ©
NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

A statement shall be conspicuously posted on the District's website specifying where all notices of the Governing Board meetings are posted, including the physical and electronic locations, and give additional public notice as is reasonable and practicable as to all meetings.

The District shall post all Governing Board public meeting notices on its website and give additional public notice as is reasonable and practicable as to all meetings.  When the District has complied with all other public notice requirements of A.R.S. 38-431.02, the Board is not precluded from holding a meeting for which notice was posted when a technological problem or failure either:

●  prevents A.  prevents the posting of public notice on the District website, or

●  temporarily B.  temporarily or permanently prevents use of all or part of the District's website.

When an executive session of the Board is scheduled a notice of the executive session stating the provision of law authorizing the executive session and including a general description of the matters to be considered shall be provided to:

●  the A.  the members of the Governing Board, and

●  the B.  the general public.

At least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting notice shall be given to the members of the Governing Board and to the general public by posting in the designated public place(s) the time and place, and the meeting agenda or any change in the meeting agenda.  The notice shall include an agenda of the matters to be discussed, considered or decided at the meeting, or include information on how the public may obtain a copy of the agenda.

The twenty-four (24) hour notice period:

●  May A.  May include Saturday when, in addition to any website posting, the public has twenty-four (24) hour access access to the physical posting location.

●  Does B.  Does not include Sundays and other holidays prescribed in A.R.S. 1-301.

A twenty-four (24) hour meeting notice is not required in the case of an actual emergency, however, notice shall be given and procedures followed in accordance with the requirements of 38-431.02 as are appropriate to the circumstances.

The Governing Board shall provide any officer, appointee, or employee to be considered or discussed at a meeting with written notice of the executive session as is appropriate but not less than twenty-four (24) hours for the officer, appointee, or employee to determine whether the discussion or consideration should occur at a public meeting.

A meeting may be recessed and resumed with less than twenty-four (24) hours notice when proper initial meeting notice was given and, before recessing, public notice is given specifying the time and place the meeting will be resumed or identifying the method by which such notice shall be publicly given.

When the Governing Board intends to meet at a regular place and time on a regular day, date or event for a specified calendar period, the District may post notice of the beginning of the applicable calendar period and the period for which the notification is valid.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
1-301
15-321
15-341
38-431.01
38-431.02

A.G.O. 
I79-45

CROSS REF.: 
BE - School Board Meetings
BEC - Executive Sessions/Open Meetings
BEDB - Agenda



Master Document: BEDA-EA ©
Child Document: BEDA-EA ©

BEDA-EA ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.1
Disclosure Statement

Section 7.6.3.1
STATEMENT OF LOCATIONS WHERE ALL NOTICES OF THE MEETINGS
OF THE [NAME OF PUBLIC BODY] WILL BE POSTED

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.02, the [name of public body] hereby states that all notices of the meetings of the [name of public body] and any of its committees and subcommittees will be posted [identify the location where notices will be posted and include the hours during which such locations are open to the public, for example, "in the lobby of the State Capitol located at 1700 West Washington, Phoenix, Arizona, and at the press room of the State Senate Building, 1700 West Washington, Phoenix, Arizona.  Both locations are open to the public Monday through Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. except legal holidays."]  Such notices will indicate the date, time, and place of the meeting and will include an agenda or information concerning the manner in which the public may obtain an agenda for the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.

___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]



Master Document: BEDA-EB ©
Child Document: BEDA-EB ©

BEDA-EB ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.2
Notice of Public Meeting of a Public Body

Sections 7.6.3, 7.7.4, 7.10.1
NOTICE OF PUBLIC MEETING OF THE
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.02, notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of public body] will hold a meeting open to the public on [date, time, and exact location].

The agenda for the meeting is as follows:

[List the specific matters to be discussed, considered, or decided. See Form 7.7 (Sample Notice and Agenda)]

                                                                            [OR]

A copy of the agenda for the meeting will be available at [location where the agenda will be available] at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.

___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEDA-EC ©
Child Document: BEDA-EC ©

BEDA-EC ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.3
Notice of Public Meeting of a Subcommittee or
Advisory Committee of a Public 
Body

Sections 7.6.3, 7.10.1
NOTICE OF MEETING OF THE [NAME OF SUBCOMMITTEE OR
ADVISORY 
COMMITTEE] OF THE [NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]

Pursuant to A. R.S. § 38-431.02, notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of committee] of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of committee] of the [name of public body] will hold a meeting open to the public on the [date, time, and exact location].

The agenda for the meeting is as follows:

[List the specific matters to be discussed, considered or decided. See Form 7.7 (Sample Notice and Agenda)]

                                                                            [OR]

A copy of the agenda for the meeting will be available at [location where the agenda will be available] at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEDA-ED ©
Child Document: BEDA-ED ©

BEDA-ED ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.4
Notice of Regular Meetings of a Public Body

Sections 7.6.3, 7.6.6, 7.7.4, and 7.10.1
NOTICE OF REGULAR MEETINGS OF THE
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.02(F), notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of public body] will hold regular meetings on the [specific day of month] of each month during the year [year]. The meetings will begin at [time] and will be held at [exact location].

A copy of the agenda for the meeting will be available at [location where the agenda will be available] at least twenty-four hours in advance of the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature] 

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEDA-EE ©
Child Document: BEDA-EE ©

BEDA-EE ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.8
Certification of Posting of Notice

Section 7.6.9
CERTIFICATION OF POSTING OF NOTICE

The undersigned hereby certifies that a copy of the attached notice was duly posted at [place] on [date and time] in accordance with the statement filed by the [name of public body].

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


_______________________________________
[name and title of person signing the certification]



Master Document: BEDA-EF ©
Child Document: BEDA-EF ©

BEDA-EF ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.9
Special Notice of Emergency Meeting

Section 7.7.9
SPECIAL NOTICE OF AN EMERGENCY MEETING OF
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY] HELD [DATE]

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.02(D), notice is hereby given that an emergency session of the [name of public body] was held on [date, time, and exact location].

At the emergency session the [name of public body] [describe the specific matters discussed, considered, or decided, or in the case of matters considered in an emergency executive session, a general description of the matters considered, provided that no information is included that would defeat the purpose of the executive session].

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.

___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]



Master Document: BEDA-EG ©
Child Document: BEDA-EG ©

BEDA-EG ©

EXHIBIT

NOTIFICATION  OF  BOARD  MEETINGS

Form 7.12
Notice of Action to be Ratified

Sections 7.6.4, 7.10.1, and 7.12.2
NOTICE OF PUBLIC MEETING OF THE [NAME OF PUBLIC BODY]
FOR THE PURPOSE OF RATIFYING PAST ACTION TAKEN
IN VIOLATION OF OPEN MEETING LAW

Pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.05, notice is hereby given to the members of the [name of public body] and to the general public that the [name of public body] will hold a meeting open to the public on [date, time, and exact location].

The purpose of the meeting is to ratify an action of the [name of public body] that may have been taken in violation of the Open Meeting Law. This action involved:

[Describe the action.]

The public may obtain a detailed written description of the action to be ratified, and all deliberations, consultations, and decisions by members of the public body that preceded and relate to this action to be ratified at [identify the location and include hours] at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting.

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature] 

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEDB © AGENDA
Child Document: BEDB © AGENDA

BEDB ©
AGENDA

The agenda shall list the specific matters to be discussed, considered or decided at the meeting.  The Governing Board may discuss, consider or make decisions only on matters listed on the agenda and other matters related thereto.  (Subject to A.R.S. 38-431.02)

Unless changed by a majority vote of Board members present at a meeting, the order of business shall be as follows:

Regular meetings:

●  Call A.  Call to order

●  Adoption B.  Adoption of the agenda (discussion of items is not in order)

●  Pledge C.  Pledge of allegiance

●  Board D.  Board Meeting minutes not previously approved

●  Information E.  Information only items (Items to be heard only; the Board will not propose, discuss, or take legal action during the during the meeting unless the specific matter is properly noticed for legal action.)

■  Summary 1.  Summary of current events

⇒  Superintendent

♦  Celebrations

a.  Superintendent

i.  Celebrations and recognitions

⇒  Governing b.  Governing Board members■  Reports

2.  Reports (Notice must be specific as to

the

type of report that will be given, subject matter and whom will

be making

be making the report

.

)

●  Public F.  Public comments (members of the Governing Board shall not discuss or take legal action on matters raised during raised during an open call to the public unless the matters are properly noticed for discussion and legal action)

●  Action G.  Action items (Matters on which the Governing Board may take legal action during the meeting)

■  Consent 1.  Consent agenda items (When so presented, should fully describe the matters on the agenda and inform the inform the public where more information can be obtained)

■  Specific 2.  Specific items of District business (as listed for consideration, may include various categorical areas as the as the business of the District necessitates Board discussion, deliberation, and action)

●  Information H.  Information and Discussion items (Matters about which the Board may engage in discussion but will take no action no action during the meeting)

●  Information I.    Information items (The Board will not propose, discuss, or take legal action during the meeting)

■  Requests 1.  Requests for future agenda items

●  AdjournmentJ.  Adjournment

Special meetings:

●  Call A.  Call to order

●  Items B.  Items for which the special meeting was called (May include timely action, discussion, and information items as items as conditioned for regular meetings)

●  Announcements

●  AdjournmentC.  Announcements

D.  Adjournment

Executive sessions:

●  An A.  An executive session may be scheduled, as necessary, during either a regular or special meeting.  (See Arizona See Arizona Attorney General Agency Handbook Section 7.6.7)

■  When 1.  When an executive session is to be held, the notice must state the specific provision of law authorizing the authorizing the executive session.

■  The 2.  The Board may vote to hold an executive session for the purpose of obtaining legal advice from the Boardthe Board's attorney on any matter listed on the agenda pursuant to A.R.S. 38-431.03(A)(3).

Emergency meetings

In the case of an actual emergency, the Governing Board, after giving such notice as is appropriate to the circumstances, may act on an emergency matter or call an emergency meeting in accordance with the requirements set out in A.R.S. 38-431.02.  The emergency meeting shall follow the order of business for a special meeting.  An emergency meeting shall be subsequently followed by the posting of a public notice within twenty-four (24) hours declaring that an emergency session has been held and setting forth the information specified by 38-431.02.  Chapter 7 of the Arizona Agency Handbook shall be consulted for guidance when an emergency action or meeting is being considered.

Accommodations  for  the  Disabled

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name of designated agency contact person] at [telephone number and TDD telephone number].  Requests should be made as early as possible to allow time to arrange the accommodation.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431
38-431.01
38-431.02
38-431.03

CROSS REF.: 
BDB - Board Officers

BEC - Executive Sessions/Open Meetings



Master Document: BEDB-E ©
Child Document: BEDB-E ©

BEDB-E ©

EXHIBIT

AGENDA

Form 7.7
Sample Notice and Agenda of Public Meeting and Executive Session

Sections 7.6.4, 7.6.8, 7.7.2, 7.7.4, and 7.10.1
NOTICE AND AGENDA OF MEETING OF THE
ARIZONA COMMISSION ON THE ENVIRONMENT

Pursuant to A.R.S.

§

§ 38-431.02, notice is 

hereby given to the members of the Arizona Commission on the Environment and to the general public that the Arizona Commission on the Environment will hold a meeting open to the public on January 21, 2000, beginning at 8:30 a.m. in Room 201, Health Building, 1740 West Adams, Phoenix, Arizona. As indicated in the following agenda, the Arizona Commission on the Environment may vote to go into executive session, which will not be open to the public, to discuss certain matters.

The agenda for the meeting is as follows:

I.     Call to Order. (Chairman Smith)

II.    Approval of Minutes of October 19, 1999 Meeting.

III.   Committee Reports. (Oral reports of the following committees and discussion thereon.)

1.  Computer Committee.  Report by the chair of the Commission's Advisory Committee on proposals

for

     acquiring

for acquiring a new computer system for the Commission.

IV.   Personnel.

1.  Consideration of applicants for Director of the Commission.  The Commission may vote to discuss

this

     matter

this matter in executive session pursuant to A. R.S.

§

§ 38-431.03(A)(1). The names of the applicants may

be

     obtained

be obtained by contacting the Commission's Executive Secretary.

2.  Selection of Director of the Commission.  The Commission may defer a decision on this matter to a

later

     date

later date.

V.    Litigation.

1.  State v. Acme Polluters.  Discussion and decision concerning possible settlement. The Commission

may

     vote

may vote to discuss this matter with the Commission's attorneys in executive session pursuant to A.R.S. §



     

38-431.03(A)(3) and (4). The Commission may decide the matter in the public meeting or defer

decision

     to

decision to a later date.

2.  Instituting Litigation. Discussion with and instruction to the Commission's attorneys concerning the

filing

     of

filing of an enforcement action against The Brown Corporation. The Commission may discuss this matter

in

     executive

in executive session pursuant to A.R.S.

§

§ 38-431.03(A)(2), (3), and (4). The Commission may decide

the

     matter

the matter in the public meeting or defer decision to a later date.

VI.    Consent Agenda.

Approval of routine warrants, purchase orders, travel claims, employee leave and transfer requests, and employee resignations. (Documentation concerning the matters on the consent agenda may be reviewed at the Commission's office.) Any matter on the Consent Agenda will be removed from the Consent Agenda and discussed as a regular agenda item upon the request of any Commission member.

1.  Approval of purchase order numbers 1204, 1205, and 1206 for purchase of computer equipment.

2.  Approval of travel claims for employees John Q. Smith and Mary M. McGee.

3.  Approval of resignation of Daniel Warren and resolution to thank Daniel Warren for ten years of service.

VII.   Call to the Public.

This is the time for the public to comment. Members of the Board may not discuss items that are not on the agenda. Therefore, action taken as a result of public comment will be limited to directing staff to study the matter or scheduling the matter for further consideration and decision at a later date.

VIII.  Summary of Current Events.

The chief administrator, presiding officer or a member of the board may present a brief summary of current events pursuant to A.R.S.

§

§ 38-431.02(K). The Board will not discuss or take action on any current event summary.

The Board may discuss future dates for meetings and direct staff to place matters on future agendas.

IX.    Future Meeting Dates and Items for Future Agendas.

A copy of the agenda background material provided to Commission members (with the exception of material relating to possible executive sessions) is available for public inspection at the Commission's office, Room 402, Health Building, 1740 West Adams, Phoenix, Arizona.

Dated this 7th day of January, 2000.

                                                                      ARIZONA COMMISSION ON THE ENVIRONMENT

                                                                                Chris Jones

                                                                         Executive Secretary

Persons with a disability may request a reasonable accommodation, such as a sign language interpreter, by contacting [name, telephone number, TDD telephone number]. Requests should be made as early as possible to arrange the accommodation.



Master Document: BEDBA © AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION
Child Document: BEDBA © AGENDA PREPARATION AND DISSEMINATION

BEDBA ©
AGENDA  PREPARATION  AND  DISSEMINATION

Regular  Meetings

The Superintendent will prepare Board meeting agendas in consultation with the Board President.

The Superintendent, with the with the approval of the Board President, on behalf of the Governing Board as a whole, may may place items on the agenda.  Any Board member proposing an item for consideration of placement on the agenda will notify the Board President or the Superintendent in writing of the particular item of business at least five (5) working days before the meeting.

The agenda and supporting materials shall be distributed to the Board members not less than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the meeting.

Upon request, copies of the agenda shall be available to the public and the press.

Special  Meetings

Whenever possible, the procedures for agenda preparation and dissemination used for regular meetings will be used for special meetings.

These procedures may be altered by the Superintendent during an emergency or when compliance would be impractical.  However, the Superintendent shall comply with all legal requirements in scheduling special meetings.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 

BDB - Board Officers



Master Document: BEDC © QUORUM
Child Document: BEDC © QUORUM

BEDC ©
QUORUM

A quorum consisting of a majority of the Board membership shall be necessary to conduct any business.  In the event that a quorum is not present within ____________ (____) minutes of the time scheduled, the meeting may be canceled and another meeting scheduled, with due and proper notices as prescribed by policy and law.

When there is a vacancy of one (1) or more members on the Governing Board, a majority of the members remaining constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except that a single Board member does not constitute a quorum.

Efforts shall be made to fill vacancies on the Governing Board as soon as is practicable.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
1-216
15-321

A.G.O. 
I84-165

CROSS REF.: 
BBBE - Unexpired Term Fulfillment



Master Document: BEDD © RULES OF ORDER
Child Document: BEDD © RULES OF ORDER

BEDD ©
RULES  OF  ORDER

The Board prescribes rules for its meetings as follows:

●  It

A.  It shall hold a regular meeting at least once each month during the regular school year and may hold

other meetings

other meetings as often as called.

●  Each

B.  Each action item shall require a motion, and all motions shall require seconding.

●  The

C.  The President may make or second motions, and may vote on all motions.

●  A

D.  A motion to adjourn is in order at any time.  Such a motion shall require a second and a majority vote. 

No discussion

No discussion is in order.

●  A

E.  A motion to table is in order at any time.  Such a motion requires a second and is limited to being

considered only

considered only once on any given agenda item.  No discussion is in order.

F.  Rules of order may be subject to suspension only upon a majority vote of the members of the Board present at a meeting.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
BED - Meeting Procedures/Bylaws
BEDA - Notification of Board Meetings
BEDB - Agenda
BEDBA - Agenda Preparation and Dissemination
BEDC - Quorum
BEDF - Voting Method
BEDG - Minutes
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings
BGF - Suspension/Repeal of Policy



Master Document: BEDF © VOTING METHOD
Child Document: BEDF © VOTING METHOD

BEDF ©
VOTING  METHOD

Votes on all motions and resolutions shall be by ayes and , nays .  No secret ballots shall be used.or abstentions.

At the discretion of the Board President or on the request of a member, a show-of-hands or roll-call vote shall be made and the vote of members shall be recorded.  On a voice vote, members may request that their own votes be recorded.

All motions shall be carried by a majority of the members who vote, or as otherwise required by law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
1-216
15-321
38-431
A.G.O. 
I78-237

CROSS REF.: 
BEDC - Quorum
BEDD - Rules of Order
BEDG - Minutes



Master Document: BEDG © MINUTES
Child Document: BEDG © MINUTES

BEDG ©
MINUTES

Written or recorded minutes shall be taken of all regular and special Board meetings, including executive sessions, and shall include the information required by A.R.S. 38-431.01.  The written minutes or recording shall be available for public inspection three (3) working days after the date of the meeting, except for confidential executive session minutes.  Written minutes or a recording not yet approved by the Governing Board shall be marked as "draft" or "unapproved."  The minutes or recording shall not be withheld from the public pending approval and must be in a form readily accessible to the public.

Copies of unapproved written minutes, in print or digital form, shall be distributed to all Board members prior to the next meeting.  The Board will take action at a subsequent meeting to amend and/or approve the written minutes.

Copies of the confirmed minutes will be sent to each school's administrator, Media Center, front office for posting, local Glendale Union Education Association (GUEA) representative, and to the GUEA president

The Superintendent shall oversee the preparation of written or recorded minutes of all executive sessions, as required by A.R.S. 38-431.01.  The Superintendent will provide confidential copies of unapproved written minutes, in print or digital form, to all Board members prior to the next meeting.

The Superintendent shall assure that permanent archival files of all approved Governing Board meeting minutes and related required materials are maintained in accordance with A.R.S. 39-101 and standards established by Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records (ASLAPR).  Regular and special Board meeting minutes shall be filed separately from Board executive session minutes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-843
38-421
38-431.01
38-431.03
39-101

39-121

39-122
41-1347
41-1351
A.G.O. 
I80-198
Attorney General Arizona Agency Handbook, Chapter 7,Open Meetings
ASLAPR General Retention Schedule for School Districts and Charter Schools

CROSS REF.: 
BED - Meeting Procedures/Bylaws



Master Document: BEDG-R ©
Child Document: BEDG-R ©

BEDG-R ©

REGULATION

MINUTES

(Minutes of Open Session Governing Board Meetings,
Board Subcommittees and Advisory Committees)

For meetings other than executive sessions, minutes are to contain at least the following information:

●  Date

A.  Date, time, and place of meeting.

●  Members

B.  Members of the Governing Board recorded as either present or absent.

●  General

C.  General description of the matter considered.

●  An

D.  An accurate description of all legal actions proposed, discussed or taken, and the name of the Board

member who

member who proposed each motion.

●  Names

E.  Names of the persons, as given, making statements or presenting material to the Governing Board and

a reference

a reference to the legal action about which they made statements or presented material.

A

meeting, for the purposes of the open meeting statutes, is the gathering of a quorum of Governing Board members at which they discuss, propose or take legal action, including any deliberations by a quorum with respect to such action.  [38-431]

It is therefore necessary to remember that:

●  the

A.  the coming together of a quorum of Governing Board members:

■  in

1.  in person or by technological devices such as speakerphone, Internet, or other device,

■  including

2.  including study sessions, work sessions, and retreats,

■  regardless

3.  regardless of whether or not any voting is scheduled to occur,

●  or

B.  or of a subcommittee or advisory committee appointed by or at the direction of the Board, or which is to report to

report to

the Board,

■  is

1.  is a "meeting" and, therefore,

■  minutes

2.  minutes must be taken and processed as required by statute and specified above.



Master Document: BEDG-EA ©
Child Document: BEDG-EA ©

BEDG-EA ©

EXHIBIT

MINUTES

Form 7.10
Minutes of Public Meeting

Sections 7.8.1 and 7.8.2
MINUTES OF PUBLIC MEETING OF THE
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY] OF MEETING HELD [DATE]

A public meeting of the [name of public body] was convened on [date, time, and exact location]. Present at the meeting were the following members of the [name of public body]: [names of members present]. Absent were: [names of members absent]. The following matters were discussed, considered, and decided at the meeting:

  1. [Generally describe all matters discussed or considered by the public body.]
  2. [Describe accurately all legal actions proposed, discussed, or taken and the names of persons who proposed each motion].
  3. [Identify each person making statements or presenting material to the public body, making specific reference to the legal action about which they made statements or presented material.]
  4. [Other required information. See Section 7.8.2(6), (7), (8).]


Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature] 



Master Document: BEDG-EB ©
Child Document: BEDG-EB ©

BEDG-EB ©

EXHIBIT

MINUTES

Form 7.11
Minutes of Executive Session

Sections 7.8.1, 7.8.3
MINUTES OF EXECUTIVE SESSION OF THE
[NAME OF PUBLIC BODY] HELD [DATE]

An executive session of the [name of public body] was convened on [date, time, and exact location]. The [name of public body] voted to go into executive session at a public meeting on [date, time, and exact location]. Present at the executive session were the following members of the [name of public body]: [names of members present]. Absent were: [names of members absent]. Also attending the executive session were: [names of those present including the reasons for their presence, for example, attorney for the public body, etc.]

The following matters were discussed and considered at the meeting:

  1. [Generally describe the matters discussed or considered by the public body.]
  2. [Describe all instructions given to attorneys or designated representatives pursuant to A.R.S. § 38-431.03(A)(4), (5) and (7).]
  3. [If the executive session is held as an emergency session, include the statement of reasons for the emergency consideration. See Section 7.8.2(7).]
  4. [Include such other information as the public body deems appropriate, including information necessary to establish that executive session was proper and appropriate. See Section 7.8.3(5).]

Dated this _________ day of ___________________________, 20____.


___________________________________
[name of public body]


By_________________________________
     [authorized signature]



Master Document: BEDH © PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS
Child Document: BEDH PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AT BOARD MEETINGS

BEDH ©
PUBLIC  PARTICIPATION  AT
BOARD  MEETINGS

All regular and special meetings of the Board shall be open to the public.

The Board invites the viewpoints of citizens throughout the District, and considers the responsible presentation of these viewpoints vital to the efficient operation of the District.  The Board also recognizes its responsibility for the proper governance of the schools and therefore the need to conduct its business in an orderly and efficient manner.  The Board therefore establishes the following procedures to receive input from citizens of the District:

●  Any

A.  Any individual desiring to address the Board shall complete a form (

Public Participation at a Governing Board Meeting

Request to Address Board) and give

this form

this form to the

Administrative Assistant to the Governing Board

Superintendent prior to the start of the Board meeting.

●  The

B.  The Board President shall be responsible for recognizing speakers, maintaining proper order, and

adhering to

adhering to any time limit set.

  Questions of fact asked by the public on an agenda item shall, when appropriate, be answered by the President or referred to the Superintendent for reply.  Questions

 Questions requiring investigation shall be

referred to

referred to the Superintendent for later report to the Board.  Questions or comments on matters that are

currently under

currently under legal review will not receive a response.

●  If

C.  If considered necessary, the President shall set a time limit on the length of the comment period.  In order

to ensure

to ensure that each individual has an opportunity to address the Board, the President may also set a time

limit for

limit for individual speakers.

●  Members of the public may be recognized by the President to assist the Board with information for the conduct of its official business.

●  Personal

D.  Personal attacks upon Board members, staff personnel, or other persons in attendance or absent

by individuals

by individuals who address the Board are discouraged.  Presenters are cautioned that statements

or representations

or representations concerning others that convey an unjustly unfavorable impression may subject

the presenter

the presenter to civil action for defamation.  Policies KE, KEB, KEC, and KED are provided by the

Board for

Board for disposition of legitimate complaints, including those involving individuals.  Upon conclusion of the open call to the public, individual members of the Board may respond to any criticism made by an individual who has addressed the Board.

The Superintendent shall ensure that an adequate supply of public participation request forms are available a copy of this policy is posted at the entrance to the Board meeting room, and that an adequate supply of forms is available.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431.01

CROSS REF.: 
BDB - Board Officers
BHC - Board Communications with Staff Members
BHD - Board Communications with the Public
KEB - Public Concerns/Complaints about Personnel



Master Document: BEDH-E ©
Child Document: BEDH-E

BEDH-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC  PARTICIPATION  AT
BOARD  MEETINGS

REQUEST TO ADDRESS BOARD

I request permission to address the Governing Board on the following item on the agenda:

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

_________________      __     ___________________________________________
(Date)                                                               (Name and Telephone Number)

                                                                                   ____________________________________________
                                                                                   (Street Address)

                                                                                   ____________________________________________
                                                                                   (City)                                                                          (State)                                     (Zip)

                                                                                   ____________________________________________
                                                                                   (E-mail Address)

                                                                                   ____________________________________________
                                                                                   (Representing)



Master Document: BG © SCHOOL BOARD POLICY PROCESS
Child Document: BG © SCHOOL BOARD POLICY PROCESS

BG ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  POLICY  PROCESS

It is the intent of the Board to adopt policies so that they may serve as guidelines for its own operations and for the successful and efficient functioning of the District.

Policy adoption is one of the Board's chief responsibilities.  Suggestions regarding the content of policies may originate with a member of the Board, the Superintendent, a staff member, a parent, a student, a consultant, a civic group, or any resident of the District.  A careful and orderly process shall be used in examining such proposals.  The policy proposals shall be referred to the administration for detailed study prior to recommendation(s) being provided to the Board.  The Board may take action in accordance with Policy BGB after hearing the Superintendent's recommendations.

The policies of the Board are framed and intended to be interpreted within the context of applicable laws and regulations.

Changes in needs, conditions, purposes, and objectives may require revisions, deletions, and additions to the policies.  The District will welcome suggestions for ongoing policy review and revision.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341



Master Document: BGB © POLICY ADOPTION
Child Document: BGB © POLICY ADOPTION

BGB ©
POLICY  ADOPTION

Adoption of new policies or the revision or repeal of existing policies is the responsibility of the Board.  The Board shall adhere to the following procedure in considering and adopting policy proposals to ensure that they are fully studied before final action:

●  First and second A.  First meeting - the proposal shall be presented for review.

●  Third B.  Second meeting - the proposal shall be presented for discussion and action.

During discussion of a policy proposal, the views of the public, staff members, and the Board may result in changes.  A change shall not require that the policy go through an additional review except as the Board determines that the change requires further study and that an additional review would be desirable.

Policies may be adopted or amended at a single meeting of the Board in a Board-declared emergency.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: BEDI © NEWS MEDIA SERVICES AT BOARD MEETINGS
Child Document: Non Existing

BEDI ©
NEWS  MEDIA  SERVICES  AT
BOARD  MEETINGS

Local news media representatives shall be welcome to attend all regular or special meetings of the Board with the exception of executive sessions.  In the event that representatives of the news media are unable to attend a regular or special meeting, the Superintendent may provide a periodic summary of Board actions.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431.01
38-431.03



Master Document: BGC © POLICY REVISION AND REVIEW
Child Document: BGC POLICY REVISION AND REVIEW

BGC ©
POLICY  REVISION  AND  REVIEW

In an effort to keep its written policies up to date so they may be used consistently as a basis for Board action and administrative decision, the Superintendent will consult with the Board in seeking Board authorizes the Superintendent to seek consulting assistance from a source that provides such services.  The District shall rely on the consulting service in conjunction with the functioning of the District as indicated by reactions of the school staff, the students, and the community to provide insight into the effect of the policies it has adopted.  The Superintendent shall develop procedures to permit the District to utilize the policy consulting service in a manner that assures maximization of the District's return on its investment in the service.

The Superintendent is responsible for calling to the Board's attention policies that are out of date or in need of revision.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
BGE - Policy Communication/Feedback



Master Document: BGD © BOARD REVIEW OF REGULATIONS
Child Document: BGD © BOARD REVIEW OF REGULATIONS

BGD ©
BOARD  REVIEW  OF  REGULATIONS

The Superintendent has the responsibility for carrying out, through administrative regulations, the policies established by the Board.  The administrative regulations shall specify required actions and reflect the detailed arrangement under which the District will be operated.

Before issuance, regulations shall be properly titled and coded in conformance with the policy classification system selected by the Board.

The Board reserves the right to review all administrative regulations.  The Superintendent shall provide a copy of each District regulation to each Board member prior to distribution.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: BGC-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

BGC-R ©

REGULATION

POLICY  REVISION  AND  REVIEW

The District is a subscriber to the Policy Services Program of the Arizona School Boards Association (ASBA).  This service will assist the District in the amendment of District policies or in the adoption of new policies originated by the District.

The procedure listed below will be followed to ensure the expeditious review and consideration of policy updates received from the ASBA Policy Services Program and all newly proposed policies:

A.  A master file of policy updates (Policy Services Advisories) will be kept by the Superintendent.

B.  Upon receipt, a copy of each update will be forwarded to the appropriate member(s) of the Superintendent's staff.

C.  The designated staff member may review and evaluate the update and recommend action to the Superintendent, including any proposed changes needed to adapt the update to specific circumstances within the District.

D.  If changes or new policies are recommended, the Superintendent will send a copy of the update to ASBA Policy Services for review or contact ASBA Policy Services by phone to discuss the proposed changes.

E.  Following review by ASBA Policy Services, the updated policy or any newly proposed policies will be placed on the Board agenda for a first review by the Board.

F.  Following the first review, if any proposals are made for further changes, such changes will be sent to ASBA Policy Services for review or discussed with them by phone.

G.  If no changes are proposed, or after any such proposed changes have been reviewed by ASBA Policy Services, the updated policy will be placed on the Board agenda a second time for action by the Board.

H.  Following adoption by the Board, the Superintendent will send a copy of the adopted policy and the date of adoption to ASBA Policy Services.

I.    ASBA Policy Services will produce the final adopted copy of the policy and return the final copy to the District.

J.  The Superintendent will reproduce sufficient copies of the new policy, as received from ASBA Policy Services, and forward a copy to each person who is assigned a policy manual, with instructions as to how it is to be incorporated into the policy manual.



Master Document: BGF © SUSPENSION / REPEAL OF POLICY
Child Document: BGF © SUSPENSION / REPEAL OF POLICY

BGF ©
SUSPENSION / REPEAL  OF  POLICY

The operation of any section or sections of Board policies not established and required by law or vested by contract may be temporarily or permanently suspended by a majority vote of Board members present at a regular or special meeting.  An action under this policy would not require the two (2) presentations indicated in Policy BGB (Policy Adoption) to reinstate a suspended policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: BHC © BOARD COMMUNICATIONS WITH STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: BHC © BOARD COMMUNICATIONS WITH STAFF MEMBERS

BHC ©
BOARD  COMMUNICATIONS  
WITH  STAFF  MEMBERS

Official communication between the Board and employees will occur as follows:

●  An

A.  An employee will first communicate on school- or employment-related matters at the administrative level. 

Any employee

Any employee who exhausts the opportunity of discussing a matter at the various administrative levels may

then communicate

then communicate in writing with the Board on the matter.  No anonymous communication will be considered

by the

by the Board.

●  Any

B.  Any employee who wishes to address the Board in the employee's capacity as a parent, District resident,

or individual

or individual, rather than as an employee, may do so by following the procedures in Policies BEDH and BHD.

●  Official

C.  Official communications, policies, directives, Board concerns, and Board action(s), as appropriate, will

be communicated

be communicated to employees by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341
38-431.01
38-431.02

CROSS REF.: 
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings



Master Document: BGE © POLICY COMMUNICATION / FEEDBACK
Child Document: Non Existing

BGE ©
POLICY  COMMUNICATION / FEEDBACK

The Superintendent shall develop procedures to ensure that employees, patrons, and Board members shall have access to a current policy manual that contains the policies and administrative regulations of the District.

The manual is intended both as a tool for District management and as a source of information to patrons, staff members, and others about how the District operates.  To that end, each Board member and administrator shall have ready access to a copy of the manual.  In addition, a manual shall be available at such places as the Superintendent may determine for use by staff members, students, and patrons.

Each administrative regulation shall be so designated and included in the manual on a separate sheet(s) accompanying the policy with which it is associated.

All policy manuals shall remain the property of the District and shall be subject to recall at any time.

The Board's policy manual shall be considered a public record and shall be open for inspection during regular business hours at the District administration office and at places designated by the Superintendent.

The master copy of the manual will be securely maintained in the Superintendent's office.  It is this copy that will be used to resolve any discrepancies in language existing in other copies.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: BHD © BOARD COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE PUBLIC
Child Document: BHD © BOARD COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE PUBLIC

BHD ©
BOARD  COMMUNICATIONS 
WITH  THE  PUBLIC

Official communication between the Board and the community is subject to the following:

●  Any

A.  Any community member who exhausts the opportunity of discussing a matter at the administrative level

may communicate

may communicate with the Board in writing.  No anonymous communication will be considered by the Board.

●  A

B.  A member of the community who wishes to address the Board in person may do so by following

the procedures

the procedures in Policy BEDH.

●  Official

C.  Official communications, policies, Board concerns, and Board action, as appropriate, will be imparted to

the community

the community by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings



Master Document: BGE-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

BGE-R ©

REGULATION

POLICY  COMMUNICATION / FEEDBACK

Each person to whom a policy manual is issued will be responsible for the maintenance, control, and updating of the manual.

All changes to the policy manual will be issued by the Superintendent, with a change memorandum listing codes, pages to be removed, and pages to be inserted.  After making the changes, a copy of the change memorandum shall be filed by the Superintendent.  After the updated pages have been placed into a policy manual, the outdated pages that have been superseded must be removed and destroyed.  All policy manuals are subject to recall and/or inspection at any time to ensure that they are properly updated.

The master copy of the policy manual shall be maintained by the Superintendent.  It is this copy that shall be used to resolve any discrepancies in language existing in other copies.

The Superintendent will maintain one (1) copy of all outdated pages for historical and reference purposes.

LEGAL REF.: 
Uniform System of Financial Records



Master Document: BIA © NEW BOARD MEMBER ORIENTATION / HANDBOOK
Child Document: BIA © NEW BOARD MEMBER ORIENTATION / HANDBOOK

BIA ©
NEW  BOARD  MEMBER 
ORIENTATION / HANDBOOK

A member-elect - or any person designated for appointment as a member-elect - of the Board is to be afforded the Board's and the staff's fullest measures of courtesy and cooperation.  The Board and staff shall make every effort to assist the member-elect to become fully informed about the Board's functions, policies, procedures, and problems.

In the interim between election or appointment and actually assuming office, the member-elect shall be invited to attend appropriate meetings and functions of the Board and is to receive appropriate reports and communications normally sent to Board members.

The member-elect is to be provided access to appropriate publications and aids, including the Board's Policy Manual and Administrative Regulations and publications of the state and national school boards associations.

The Board President and members of the administrative staff will also confer with the member-elect as necessary on special problems or concerns.

Board members-elect will be encouraged to attend meetings or workshops specifically designed for Board members-elect.  Their expenses at these meetings may be reimbursed by the District in accordance with law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
38-431.01



Master Document: BIB © BOARD MEMBER DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES
Child Document: BIB © BOARD MEMBER DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES

BIB ©
BOARD  MEMBER  DEVELOPMENT 
OPPORTUNITIES

Governing Board members are encouraged to attend workshops presented by the county, state, and national school boards associations.  Professional journals and books in the school libraries shall be available to every Board member.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342



Master Document: BIBA © BOARD MEMBER CONFERENCES, CONVENTIONS, AND WORKSHOPS
Child Document: BIBA © BOARD MEMBER CONFERENCES, CONVENTIONS, AND WORKSHOPS

BIBA ©
BOARD  MEMBER  CONFERENCES,
CONVENTIONS,  AND
WORKSHOPS

In keeping with the need for continuing in-service training and development for its members, the Board encourages the participation of all members at appropriate Board conferences, workshops, and conventions.  However, in order to control the investment of time and funds necessary to implement this policy, the Board establishes these principles and procedures for its guidance:

●  The

A.  The Board will periodically decide which meetings appear to be most promising in terms of producing

direct and

direct and indirect benefits to the District.

●  Funds

B.  Funds for participation at such meetings will be budgeted on an annual basis.  When funds are limited,

the Board

the Board will designate which of its members would be the most appropriate to participate at a given meeting.

  With

 With the prior approval of the Board, Board members may participate in meetings other than those

authorized in

authorized in the budget.

●  When

C.  When a conference, convention, or workshop is not attended by the full Board, those who do participate

will be

will be requested to share information, recommendations, and material acquired at the meeting.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342

CROSS REF.: 
DKC - Expense Authorization/Reimbursement



Master Document: BID © BOARD MEMBER COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES
Child Document: BID © BOARD MEMBER COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES

BID ©
BOARD  MEMBER  COMPENSATION 
AND  EXPENSES

Board members may be reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection with any school business authorized by the Board.

Reimbursement amounts shall not exceed the maximum amounts established pursuant to A.R.S. 38-624.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
38-621
38-622
38-623
38-624
38-625

CROSS REF.: 
DKC - Expense Authorization/Reimbursement



Master Document: BIE © BOARD MEMBER INSURANCE / LIABILITY
Child Document: BIE © BOARD MEMBER INSURANCE / LIABILITY

BIE ©
BOARD  MEMBER 
INSURANCE / LIABILITY

General

Pursuant to statute, Governing Board members are immune from personal liability with respect to all acts done and actions taken in good faith within the scope of their authority during duly constituted regular and special meetings.  However, the Governing Board may procure insurance or may establish a self-insurance program for the management and administration of a system for direct payment of benefits, losses, or claims, or any combination of insurance and direct payments, including risk-management consultation, to provide payment of any property loss sustained or lawful claim of liability or fortuitous loss made against the District or its employees or officers, if the employees or officers are acting in the scope of their employment or authority.

The District shall secure general liability, property damage, and workers' compensation insurance coverage, and shall secure performance and payments bonds for all construction projects.

Participation  in  Group  Insurance
Plans  of  the  District

Governing Board members and their dependents are eligible to participate in health, accident, life, or disability insurance plans made available to employees of the District if the Board members pay the full premiums associated with such coverage and participation of the members and their dependents does not result in an expenditure of District monies.

Former Board members, their spouses, dependents, and surviving spouses or dependents of Board members or former Board members may continue to participate in the health, accident, life, or disability insurance benefits provided to employees of the District if the following conditions are met:

●  Former

A.  Former Board members must have served at least four (4) consecutive years on the Board, must have

been covered

been covered under the insurance plan while serving as Board members, and must pay the full premiums for

the insurance

the insurance coverage.  Such participation must not result in an expenditure of District monies.

●  The

B.  The spouse and dependents of a Board member or former Board member may continue participation in

the insurance

the insurance plan if they pay the full premium for the insurance coverage and their participation does not

result in any

result in any expenditure of District monies.

●  For

C.  For a surviving spouse or dependents of a Board member or former Board member to be eligible

for continued coverage

for continued coverage, the deceased Board member or former Board member must have served four (4)

consecutive years

 consecutive years and have been covered under the insurance plan while serving on the Board.

●  The

D.  The surviving spouse and/or dependents of a deceased Board member who was eligible for coverage while

in office

in office will be eligible for continued coverage.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-382
15-387

A.G.O. 
I90-038



Master Document: BJ © SCHOOL BOARD LEGISLATIVE PROGRAM
Child Document: BJ © SCHOOL BOARD LEGISLATIVE PROGRAM

BJ ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  LEGISLATIVE  PROGRAM

The Board may will participate in legislative programs through conferences with the state and national school boards associations.

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to actively participate in the development of legislation that has a positive effect on educational programs of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: BK © SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERSHIPS
Child Document: BK © SCHOOL BOARD MEMBERSHIPS

BK ©
SCHOOL  BOARD  MEMBERSHIPS

The Board may choose to be a member of and participate in school boards associations at the state, county, regional, and national levels.  The Superintendent will ensure that the subject of school boards association membership is addressed during budget preparation.

The District shall not spend monies for memberships in an association that attempts to influence the outcome of an election, as determined by state and federal law.

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-511



Master Document: BKA © LIAISON WITH SCHOOL BOARDS ASSOCIATIONS
Child Document: BKA © LIAISON WITH SCHOOL BOARDS ASSOCIATIONS

BKA ©
LIAISON  WITH  SCHOOL 
BOARDS  ASSOCIATIONS

In addition to informational liaison between itself and the various school boards associations, the Board shall be officially represented in the associations' affairs through the election and appointment of delegates and/or observers to the governing bodies of these organizations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342



Master Document: CA © ADMINISTRATION GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: CA © ADMINISTRATION GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

CA ©
ADMINISTRATION  GOALS / 
PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

The District administration is responsible, within the guidelines established by Board policy, for the direction and coordination of students and staff members in their efforts to reach educational goals adopted by the Board.

The Board expects the administration to specialize in:

●  the A.  the processes of decision making and communication;

●  planningB.  planning, organizing, implementing, and evaluating educational programs;

●  the C.  the demonstration of educational leadership;

●  the D.  the development and maintenance of close working relationships and channels of communication within the District within the District and the community;

●  the E.  the minimization of misunderstandings; and

●  the F.  the development of cooperation toward attaining the educational goals adopted by the Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: CB © SUPERINTENDENT
Child Document: CB © SUPERINTENDENT

CB ©
SUPERINTENDENT

The Board shall employ a Superintendent, who shall enforce the statutes and rules of the state of Arizona and the federal government, and the policies of the Governing Board of the District.

The administration of the school system in all aspects is the responsibility of the Superintendent, whose functions shall be carried out in accordance with the policies of the Board.

The Superintendent may establish regulations for the administration of the District that are in compliance with applicable statutes or regulations of the Arizona Administrative Code and the policies of the Governing Board.  These regulations are binding on the employees of this District and students in the schools.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-503



Master Document: CBA © QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE SUPERINTENDENT
Child Document: CBA © QUALIFICATIONS AND DUTIES OF THE SUPERINTENDENT

CBA ©
QUALIFICATIONS  AND  DUTIES 
OF  THE  SUPERINTENDENT

(Performance Responsibilities)

The Superintendent shall have appropriate qualifications as determined by the Governing Board by action taken at a public meeting. 

The Superintendent shall supervise, either directly or through delegation, all activities and all personnel of the school system according to the laws of the state of Arizona, rules of the Arizona State Board of Education, and adopted policies of the Governing Board.

The Superintendent is the District's chief executive officer and the administrative head of all divisions and departments of the school system.  It is the Superintendent's duty to administer the policies of the Board and to provide leadership for the entire school system.  The Superintendent is the professional consultant to the Board and, in this capacity, makes recommendations to the Board for changes in Board policies and the educational program.

The Superintendent provides the initiative and the technical guidance for the improvement of the total program of the school system.  The delegation of authority for the operation of the various functions of the school system is one of the Superintendent's duties.  The Superintendent is, however, responsible to the Board for all functions of the District, including those listed below.

Education:

●  Administers A.  Administers the development, coordination, maintenance, and evaluation of the educational program, including  including the special education program.

●  Supervises B.  Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools.

●  Keeps C.  Keeps informed of modern educational thought and practices by advanced study, by visiting school systems elsewheresystems elsewhere, by attending educational conferences, and by other appropriate means.

●  Keeps D.  Keeps the public informed about modern education practices, educational trends, and the policies, practices, and  and problems in the District schools.

Management:

●  Ensures A.  Ensures that all activities of the District are conducted in accordance with the laws of the state of Arizona, the regulations the regulations of the Arizona Board of Education, and the policies of the Governing Board.

●  Assumes B.  Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the District and for the preparation of the annual budgetannual budget, and submits it to the Board for review and approval.

●  Establishes C.  Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school funds in accordance in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to direction and approval of the Board.

●  Maintains D.  Maintains or has maintained adequate records for the schools, including, but not limited to:

■  

1.  financial accounts,

■  

2.  business and property records,

■  

3.  personnel,

■  

4.  school population,

■  

5.  student records including verifiable documentation of each student's residency in this state

in accordance

in accordance with guidelines and forms adopted by the Arizona Department of Education, and

■  

6.  scholastic records.

●  Provides E.  Provides suitable instructions and regulations to govern the maintenance of District properties.

●  Provides F.   Provides suitable instructions and regulations to govern the safety and transportation of students.

●  Assumes G.  Assumes responsibility for the use of buildings and grounds.

●  Recommends H.  Recommends the locations and sizes of new school sites and of additions to existing sites; the locations and locations and sizes of new buildings; the plans for new school buildings; all appropriations for sites and buildings; and  and improvements, alterations, and changes in the buildings and equipment of the District.

●  I.   Oversees the processing and submission of required reports.

●  J.   Interprets the budget and finances to the community.

●  Remains K.  Remains current on new legislation and implements laws to the best advantage of the District.

Governing  Board:

●  Attends A.  Attends and participates in all meetings of the Board and its committees, except when excused by the Board.

●  Takes B.  Takes prompt action to implement all directives of the Board.

●  Advises C.  Advises the Board on the need for new and/or revised policies.

●  Provides D.  Provides timely advice to the Board on the implication of changes in statutes or regulations affecting educationaffecting education.

●  Informs E.  Informs and advises the Board about programs, practices, and problems of the schools, and keeps the Board informed Board informed of the activities operating under the Board's authority.

●  Prepares F.  Prepares and submits to the Board recommendations relative to all matters requiring Board action, placing before placing before the Board such facts, objective information, and reports as are needed to ensure the making of informed of informed decisions.

●  Develops G.  Develops and implements rules and regulations in keeping with Board policy.

●  Acts H.  Acts as chief public relations agent for the District.

●  Acts I.    Acts on own discretion if action is necessary in any matter not covered by Board policy, reports such action to the to the Board as soon as practicable, and recommends policy guidance in the future.

Personnel:

●  Recommends A.  Recommends to the Board the appointment or dismissal of all employees of the District.

●  Ensures B.  Ensures that all employees are evaluated in accordance with the schedule established by the Board.

●  Determines C.  Determines assignments, defines the duties, and coordinates and directs the work of all employees of the Districtthe District.

●  Recommends D.  Recommends all promotions, demotions, and salary changes to the Board.

●  Communicates E.  Communicates to all employees all actions of the Board relating to personnel matters, and receives from employees from employees all communications to be made to the Board.

The Superintendent shall have a valid fingerprint card issued pursuant to A.R.S. 41-1758.03.

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-503
15-802
38-201
41-1758

A.A.C. 

R7-2-603

CROSS REF.: 
CBI - Evaluation of Superintendent



Master Document: CBCA © DELEGATED AUTHORITY
Child Document: CBCA © DELEGATED AUTHORITY

CBCA ©
DELEGATED  AUTHORITY

The Governing Board delegates to the Superintendent, among other powers, the authority to perform the following acts:

●  To A.  To give notice to teachers, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-536, of the Board's intention not to offer a teaching contract.

●  To B.  To give notice to teachers, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-538.01, of the Board's intention not to offer a teaching contract teaching contract and to dismiss the teacher.

●  To C.  To give notice to an administrator or certificated school psychologist, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-503, of the Boardthe Board's intention not to offer a new contract.

●  To D.  To issue to teachers, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-536, 15-538, and 15-539, written preliminary notices of inadequacy of inadequacy of classroom performance, reporting such issuance to the Governing Board within ten ten (10) school days.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-503
15-536
15-538
15-538.01
15-539



Master Document: CBI © EVALUATION OF SUPERINTENDENT
Child Document: CBI © EVALUATION OF SUPERINTENDENT

CBI ©
EVALUATION  OF  SUPERINTENDENT

The Governing Board shall evaluate the Superintendent at least once each year.

The evaluation(s) shall relate to the Superintendent's duties, responsibilities, and progress toward established goals.

The Superintendent shall provide each member of the Board a copy of the evaluation instrument not later than November 10.  The Board President shall schedule a meeting not later than December 18, when the Board will devote an executive session to the evaluation of the Superintendent's performance, to discuss working relationships between the Superintendent and the Board, and to review the Superintendent's contract (with the Superintendent present).  If the Superintendent's contract is in its first year, this initial evaluation will not be a comprehensive evaluation, but will be used to allow the Board to communicate its perspective on the Superintendent's performance to date and to allow the Board and the Superintendent to communicate on performance matters.  Additional first-year evaluations may be completed by the Board at the Board's discretion or upon invitation by the Superintendent; however, the first fully comprehensive evaluation will be that which occurs in July November of the Superintendent's second year.

Any meetings of the Board to compile evaluations, or meetings to discuss the evaluations with the Superintendent, shall be held in executive session unless the Superintendent requests that any such meeting be held in open session.  Board members shall have the opportunity to discuss with the Superintendent any item(s) on which the Board member fails to achieve consensus.

A copy of any written evaluation shall be given to the Superintendent.  If in disagreement with such evaluation, the Superintendent may respond in writing to the Governing Board.

Upon the conclusion of the evaluation, the Governing Board may determine whether any changes in the compensation and benefits or contract term of the Superintendent are warranted, subject to the following:

If the Superintendent's contract with the School District is for multiple years, the School District shall not offer to extend or renegotiate the contract  contract until no earlier than fifteen (15)  months months before the expiration of expiration of the contract.

If the Superintendent's contract with the School District is for a single year, on or before May 15 of each year the Board shall offer a contract for the next school year to the Superintendent unless on or before April 15 the Board gives notice to the Superintendent of the Board's intention not to offer a new administrative contract; this contract may or may not be for the position of Superintendent.

The evaluation and any comments by the Superintendent shall become a part of the Superintendent's personnel file.

Adopted:  November 16, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-503

CROSS REF.: 
CBA - Qualifications and Duties of the Superintendent



Master Document: CBI-E ©
Child Document: CBI-E

CBI-E ©

EXHIBIT

EVALUATION  OF  SUPERINTENDENT

Part A.

 

Evaluation Domains

I.

 

Strategic PlanningII.

 

Student AchievementIII.

 

Community RelationsIV.

 

Resource ManagementV.

 

Quality PersonnelVI.

 

Professional Qualities

VII.  Board Relations

_________________________________________________________________________

I.  Strategic Planning

A.  Planning

Provides proactive leader- ship and vision and assists the Governing Board in the development of long-term goals and strategies aligned to the District's mission.  Incorp- orates plans to address other evaluation domains.

Develops a planning process to address contin- uous improvement target areas as requested by the Governing Board.  Re- sponds to and addresses issues raised by Board members and recom- mends needed policy changes.

Planning is not an on-going process focused on continuous improve- ment.  Reactively brings policy issues before the Board.  Fails to regularly review policy manual for needed updates.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  Continuous Improvement

Takes a proactive leadership role in the development and improve- ment of the District.  Creates a culture of collaboration among staff members.

Complies with direction and suggestions of the Governing Board regard- ing District improvement.  Delegates authority as appropriate.

Maintains current District practices without seeking opportunities for improve- ment.  Disregards needed input from staff members and makes reactive decisions.

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

II.  Student Achievement

A.  Curriculum

Ensures that the Curriculum and Instruc- tion department functions effectively in providing guidance and support to teachers and admin- istrators District-wide.  Ensures that all teachers understand the curri- culum and supporting resources that are available to them.  Assists District leadership in staying abreast of current research and professional literature.

Ensures that all District curriculum is aligned to state standards.

Delegates responsibility to monitor the development and implementation of the District curriculum to others without a structure to maintain on-going communication with the Governing Board and staff members.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  Assessment

Oversees the District assessment system to ensure that adequate data is collected, analyzed and shared with the Governing Board, District staff and community members as appropriate.  Provides leadership in the use of technology to maximize the effectiveness of the assessments and the analysis of the resulting data.

Provides leadership to maintain the current assessment system.  Makes decisions related to the use of District resources to maintain current system.  Ensures that assessments are aligned to the District curriculum and revised as necessary.

Delegates responsibility to monitor the development and implementation of the District assessment sys- tem to others without a structure to maintain on-going communication with the Governing Board and staff members.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

C.  Instruction

Ensures that all teachers are provided professional development to ensure the consistent use of the Essential Elements of Instruction.  Supports ad- ministrators in monitor- ing classroom instruction and the use of instruc- tional aides as appro- priate.  Ensures that additional research-based instructional strategies are implemented and mon- itored as needed.

Works with admin- istrators, mentors and the Curriculum and Instruc- tion department to main- tain current instructional strategies.  Monitors the need for continuous improvement in classroom instruction and works with administrators to develop plans to ensure improve- ment.

Delegates the monitoring of classroom instruction effectiveness to others.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

III.  Community Relations

A.  School-Community Visibility

Attends numerous school and community events as representative of the District.  Develops pro- active relationships with school, parent, community leaders and the media.  Facilitates proactive, effective communication among District, schools and community.  Acts as advocate for students and District staff.  Promotes recognition of student, staff, District achieve- ments.

Attends school and community events as representative of the District.  Relationships with staff, parents and community members maintained through rou- tine channels.  Adequate communication exists in traditional channels.  En- sures that the Com- munity Relations depart- ment functions effectively.

Does not regularly attend school or community events.  Relationships with staff, parents and teachers are not adequately developed.  Communi- cation is reactive and sporadic.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  External Partnerships

Develop on-going relation- ships with outside agencies, organizations and individuals to represent District pro- grams and priorities.  Provides information and develops relationships to advance the goals of the District.

Collaborates with outside agencies, organizations and individuals.  Provides information as requested.

Participates in a limited degree in the relationships with agencies, organi- zations and individuals.  Fails to provide infor- mation as requested.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

C.  Crisis Management

Works proactively to develop a comprehensive crisis plan that addresses District-wide and school issues, including parent communication, student and staff needs and community partnerships.

Works effectively with media and schools in the event of a crisis to ensure accurate, timely com- munication in the event of a school crisis.

Provides information related to crisis manage- ment as requested.

 

    5                      4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

IV.  Resource Management

A.  Fiscal Management

Seeks input from the Board, administration and staff and makes recom- mendations to keep the District fiscally sound and positioned to support continuous improvement.  Budget recommendations reflect long-range, stra- tegic initiatives, goals and priorities of the District.

Manages the budgetary process in a proactive manner.  Demonstrates an understanding of the budgetary process and provides guidance to ensure the alignment of recommendations and District goals.

Provides budget reports that are unclear and inadequate.  Budget re- commendations are not aligned to District priorities.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  Facilities Management

Oversees development of a strategic plan to maximize the utilization and cost effectiveness of facilities.

Provides effective over- sight of facilities to ensure that they are operated and maintained at the highest standards.

Provides limited oversight of facilities to the detri- ment of the District.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

V.  Quality Personnel

A.  Development of District Administration

Develops and implements effective programs to recruit, select and mentor District and school administrators.  Provides multiple opportunities for administrators to demon- strate their strengths.  Helps administrators create professional growth plans and provides on-going feedback to administrators regarding areas needing improve- ment.  Conducts timely and comprehensive an- nual evaluations of District administrators and principals.

Works to select and mentor administrators as needed.  Provides informal feedback on performance to administrators when requested.  Completes an- nual evaluations as prescribed by Board policy.

Delegates responsibility for selection of admin- istrators to others.  Rarely provides performance feed- back and does not routinely complete admin- istrative evaluations.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  Recruitment and Retention of Highly Qualified Faculty

Oversees the development, implementation and evaluation of an effective strategic plan to attract and retain highly qualified teachers.  Ensures that appropriate records are maintained to meet state and federal reporting requirements.  Works pro- actively with the Glendale Union Education Associ- ation in dealing with employee issues.  Ensures that Governing Board policies relating to employment are consis- tently followed including evaluation, discipline and staffing procedures.

Oversees the current staff and practices used to hire teachers.  Ensures that the Human Resources depart- ment works effectively.  Ensures that employee records are maintained.  Works effectively with the Glendale Union Education Association in dealing with employee issues.  Ensures the Board policies relating to employment are followed.

Delegates teacher recruit- ment or hiring or the maintenance of employee records.  Works reactively with the Glendale Union Education Association.  Fails to monitor ad- herence to Board policies relating to employment.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

C.  Professional Development

Oversees the development, implementation and eval- uation of a strategic plan to address professional development needs of all employees.  Ensures that professional development activities are aligned to District core values and goals.

Assists in developing professional development opportunities for employee groups.  Helps to gather input and align resources used to provide targeted professional development opportunities.

Uninvolved in professional development activities.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

VI.  Professional Qualities

A.  Professional Qualities

Models highest standards of performance and ethics.  Demonstrates sound judg- ment, proactively seeks information and advice, evaluates facts.  Com- municates effectively through written and spoken word.  Actively listens and understands the importance of strategic communication.  Provides on-going, pro- active communication to District staff.

Models appropriate professional and ethical behavior.  Utilizes infor- mation in decision- making.  Communication is responsive to requests for information.  Provides opportunity for dialogue with District staff.

Decisions and actions bring professionalism and ethical standards into question.  Decisions are reactive and do not reflect the core values of the District.  Communication with District staff is sporadic and ineffective.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

 

VII.  Board Relations

A.  Communications with the Governing Board

Proactively provides infor- mation and updates to Board members.  Struc- tures meeting agendas to provide updates by District leaders for District programs and priorities.  Collaborates with Board to develop plan to enhance communication with Board.

Provides information and updates as requested.  Develops and maintains appropriate meeting agen- das.  Regularly reviews agenda with Board members for clarification.  Communicates with Board members using criteria developed by the Governing Board and Superintendent.

Fails to provide timely updates to Board members.  Provides infor- mation reactively.

 

    5                      4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

B.  Board Engagement

Proactively works with the Board leadership to plan agendas and study sessions, resulting in efficient meetings and effective treatment of critical issues.  Provides Board members opportun- ities to engage in proactive discussion of critical issues and projects.

Addresses issues in meeting agendas, study sessions and discussion through routine communi- cation as needed.

Insufficient time and attention are devoted to District issues during meetings and study sessions.

 

   5                       4                             3                              2                      1

¬¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾¾®

  
Exceeds Expectations        Meets Expectations         Needs Improvement

Comments

Areas of Strength

 Opportunities for Improvement

                                    Evaluation Rating Symbols

                     O
 = Outstanding; S = Satisfactory; N = Needs Improvement;

                                        U = Unsatisfactory; X = Not Observed

Note:  Any rating of outstanding, needs improvement, or unsatisfactory requires the evaluator to list specific information in the Comments section that justifies and supports such rating.


A.  Education

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

A.  Administers the development, coordination, maintenance, and evaluation of the educational program, including the special education program.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

B.  Supervises methods of teaching, supervision, and administration in effect in the schools.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

C.  Keeps informed of modern educational practices and thought by advanced study, by visiting school systems elsewhere, by attending educational conferences, and by other appropriate means.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

D.  Keeps the public informed about modern education practices, educational trends, and the policies, practices, and problems in the District schools.

Comments  regarding  Section A:






 

 

B.  Management

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

A.  Ensures that all activities of the District are conducted in accordance with the laws of the state of Arizona, the regulations of the Arizona Board of Education, and the policies of the Governing Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

B.  Assumes responsibility for the overall financial planning of the District and for the preparation of the annual budget, and submits it to the Board for review and approval.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

C.  Establishes and maintains efficient procedures and effective controls for all expenditures of school funds in accordance with the adopted budget, subject to direction and approval by the Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

D.  Maintains or has maintained adequate records for the schools, including financial accounts; business and property records; and personnel, school population, and scholastic records.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

E.  Provides suitable instructions and regulations to govern the maintenance of school properties.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

F.  Provides suitable instructions and regulations to govern the transportation of students.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

G.  Assumes responsibility for the use of buildings and grounds.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

H.  Recommends the locations and sizes of new school sites and of additions to existing sites; the locations and sizes of new buildings; the plans for new school buildings; all appropriations for sites and buildings; and improvements, alterations, and changes in the buildings and equipment of the District.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

I.  Oversees the processing and submission of required reports.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

J.  Interprets the budget and finances to the community.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

K.  Remains current on new legislation and implements laws to the best advantage of the District.

Comments regarding Section B:

 


C.  Governing Board

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

A.  Attends and participates in all meetings of the Board and its committees, except when excused by the Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

B.  Takes prompt action to implement all directives of the Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

C.  Advises the Board on the need for new and/or revised policies.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

D.  Provides timely advice to the Board on the implication of changes in statutes or regulations affecting education.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

E.  Informs and advises the Board about programs, practices, and problems of schools, and keeps the Board informed of the activities operating under the Board's authority.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

F.  Prepares and submits to the Board recommendations relative to all matters requiring Board action, placing before the Board such facts, objective information, and reports as are needed to ensure the making of informed decisions.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

G.  Develops and implements rules and regulations in keeping with Board policy.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

H.  Acts as chief public relations agent for the District.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

I.  Acts on own discretion if action is necessary in any matter not covered by Board policy, reports such action to the Board as soon as practicable, and recommends policy guidance in the future.

Comments regarding Section C:




D.  Personnel

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

A.  Recommends to the Board the appointment or dismissal of all employees of the District.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

B.  Ensures that all employees are evaluated in accordance with the schedule established by the Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

C.  Determines assignments, defines the duties, and coordinates and directs the work of all employees of the District.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

D.  Recommends all promotions, demotions, and salary changes to the Board.

O    S    N    U    X

o   o    o   o   o

E.  Communicates to all employees all actions of the Board relating to personnel matters, and receives from employees all communications to be made to the Board.

Comments regarding Section D:     

    

 

Summary:

 

 

 



Master Document: CCB © LINE AND STAFF RELATIONS
Child Document: CCB © LINE AND STAFF RELATIONS

CCB ©
LINE  AND  STAFF  RELATIONS

Unless otherwise specifically limited by statute or Board action, any of the powers and duties specifically assigned to the Superintendent may be delegated to others serving under the Superintendent.  However, the Superintendent shall continue to be responsible to the Board for the satisfactory execution of the delegated power and duties.

Lines of authority shall be clearly outlined by the Superintendent by means of organization charts, job descriptions, and administrative regulations and directives.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-353



Master Document: CE © ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCILS, CABINETS, AND COMMITTEES
Child Document: CE © ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCILS, CABINETS, AND COMMITTEES

CE ©
ADMINISTRATIVE  COUNCILS,  CABINETS, 
AND  COMMITTEES

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish advisory councils, cabinets, and committees when deemed necessary for proper administration of Board policies and for the improvement of the total educational program.  All cabinets, councils, and committees created by the Superintendent shall be for the purpose of obtaining to a maximum degree the advice and counsel of the personnel, clients, and patrons of the District.

The number, composition, and work to be done by such cabinets, councils, and committees shall be defined by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: CFD-R ©
Child Document: CFD-R

CFD-R ©

REGULATION

SCHOOL - BASED  MANAGEMENT

(School Councils/Annual School Improvement)

The goal of the District's commitment to annual school improvement is to assure that each graduating class has achieved the District's exit outcomes, has met state and District standards in order to graduate and is prepared to meet the choices and challenges of the 21st century.

The Governing Board authorizes the establishment of School Councils at each school site in accordance with A.R.S. 15-351.  The Board also supports the creation of Design Teams to assist in the development and implementation of strategies that will promote student attainment of the District's curricular outcomes and the state's content standards.

Purpose  of  the  School  Council

The School Council's purpose is to work collaboratively with the principal, local administrative team and department chairpersons to:

●  Review school and student performance goals annually.

●  Create Design Teams to assist in developing and implementing strategies and programs at the building level that will promote student attainment or annual improvement of the District's mission/vision, curricular outcomes and state content standards.

●  Communicate school and student performance information to the school's stakeholders.

●  Approve the appropriate expenditure of non-designated tax credit donations.

School  Council  Membership

Each school shall establish a school council in accordance with A.R.S. 15-351.  The Governing Board established the initial number of School Council members, as provided in state statute.  The Board determined that a maximum of four (4) teachers and four (4) parents (or guardians) shall participate on the School Council during the initial year of implementation.  Thereafter, the School Council will determine the number of members and will establish a selection process for filling vacancies.

School councils will include representation from the following groups, as specified in state statute:

●  Parents or guardians

●  Community

●  Teachers

●  Noncertificated employees

●  Students

●  School Principal

Principals shall notify the preceding groups of the opportunity to participate on the School Council and inform them of the selection process specified in A.R.S. 15-351.  Each group shall select its School Council appointees and shall submit the names of its representatives to the principal.  The initial representatives shall be selected at public meetings held at the school site.

Note:  The number of teachers and parents (or guardians) of pupils enrolled in the school shall always be equal and shall always constitute a majority of the council membership.  Vacancies will be filled, as needed, in accordance with state statutes, as soon as practicable.

Training  School  Council  Members

Schools will provide in-service training highlighting the following components as needed:

●  Philosophy and process for annual school improvement.

●  Description of the role, purpose and responsibilities of the School Council, Design Teams, and department chairpersons to promote annual school improvement.

●  Process for data analysis.

●  Criteria and process for selecting School Council members.

●  Group processing and identification of group norms.

Design Team

Design Teams may be created to work on local school improvement plans as determined by the review of data analysis by the school council.

●  Design team projects must have a goal, as determined by the School Council, a stated objective and an evaluation component to determine the level of success.

●  Design Teams will include local stakeholders with a desire to address the specified goal.

●  At least one (1) member of the Design Team should be a school employee trained in the group processing strategies provided to the School Council.

●  The Design Team should not only design an improvement plan but should work to insure both the implementation of the plan and the evaluation of the plan for success.  Design Teams will report their progress to the School Council at intervals determined by the School Council.

School  Council  Chairperson

The principal shall serve as the chairperson of the School Council unless another member is selected by majority vote.  The School Council may operate with co-chairpersons.

The chairperson shall be elected for a one (1)-year term that begins on July 1 and concludes on June 30 of each year.

The following criteria will be used in the event that someone other than the principal is selected to serve as School Council chairperson:

●  Minimum of one (1) year's experience on the School Council.

●  Completion of training in the District's process for annual school improvement and group process strategies.

●  A current employee at the school with a minimum of three (3) years of service as a District teacher or administrator.

Communication  Plan

Each School Council will create and implement an effective model to assure communication among all stakeholders.

District endorses shared decision making contingent upon a school council fulfilling the following elements:

A.  Curricular and instructional implementation strategies/designs must fulfill the mission statement and adopted beliefs of the District.

B.  The school council should carefully follow the processes, including brainstorming, consensus building, and pyramiding.  This is "vision" creation, as opposed to a problem-solving process.

C.  The school council must fully analyze and explore current resources and assess options for reaching their vision of excellence.

D.  The school council, with approval by the principal, will, at scheduled intervals, monitor and evaluate implementation based on a written evaluation plan.  The evaluation plan must include some demonstrably valid, quantifiable measures of progress.

Role  and  Responsibility  of 

the  School  Council

The council:

A.  Is advisory to the school administrative staff.

B.  Is a representative group that solicits input from parents, community, and staff members.

C.  Reviews literature and data.

D.  Makes recommendations for school improvement.

E.  Monitors implementation structure for new instructional designs.

F.  Provides local leadership and representation in the school decision-making structure.

There may be a tendency for a school council to lose its understanding of extended ownership to groups affected by its decisions, and, in effect, become a new local bureaucracy.  To avoid this result, employees must be aware and remind one another that the movement to shared decision making at the school level is not for the purpose of creating new, smaller bureaucracies to replace a larger bureaucracy, but, rather, a movement to involve all constituencies in fulfilling the mission and beliefs of the District.

Proposal  Outline

Shared-decision-making proposals are for the purpose of creating new and effective curricular and instructional strategies/designs and increasing student learning.  All proposals shall be submitted to the principal and shall, as nearly as possible, follow the outline identified below.

Shared decision making - curricular and/or instructional strategy/design plan process - proposal requirements:

A.  Documentation that the new curricular and instructional design was developed in conjunction with parents,

      students, teachers, and support personnel.

B.  Documentation of parent, student, teacher, and support staff support of the program.

C.  Proposal development:

1.  Needs assessment.

2.  Goals.

3.  Measurable performance objectives.

4.  Proposal implementation (activities):

a.  Staffing.

b.  Materials, supplies, equipment.

c.  Facilities.

d.  Staff training.

e.  Support services.

5.  Time line (calendar of events).

6.  Evaluation design.

7.  Budget.

D.  Statement(s) of assurances that the proposal is:

1.  To increase the efficiency and effectiveness of the school.

2.  To increase academic achievement for "all" students.

E.  Provision of a dissemination plan.

F.  Provision of a monitoring plan.

Conflict  Resolution

If a school council's curricular and/or instructional strategy/design plan conflicts with an existing Board-approved program or policy, the following steps can be taken:

A.  The school council shall attempt to design an alternative plan that arrives at the same intended outcomes without violation or conflict with the Board-approved program or policy.

B.  If this cannot be accomplished, the school council may request a waiver for a strategy/design plan that conflicts with existing Board-approved programs or policies.

C.  If a plan requires waivers, it must be approved by the principal and brought to the Superintendent for approval and possible submission to the Board.

D.  Waivers may be granted for temporary and specific periods of time and will be evaluated in light of the plan's ability to better implement the mission statement and adopted beliefs of the District.

Requests  for  Additional  Authority

Additional responsibilities and authority may be delegated to a school council if deemed necessary by the Board.  The school council may request additional authority to accomplish delegated responsibilities by submitting a written proposal to the Superintendent, which must contain the elements identified below.

A.  The principal's statement of support.

B.  Motion of the council to request additional authority and vote count.

C.  Specific authority requested and reason for request, analyzing how the request will improve the program for all children.

D.  Possible impact of additional authority on personnel use and cost of programs to be improved.

E.  Suggested date of termination of authority unless reapproved by the Governing Board.



Master Document: CFD © SCHOOL - BASED MANAGEMENT
Child Document: CFD SCHOOL - BASED MANAGEMENT

CFD ©
SCHOOL - BASED  MANAGEMENT

(School Councils/Annual School Improvement)

The Governing Board endorses the concept of annual school improvement and authorizes school councils to create design teams that assist in the development and implementation of strategies that will promote student attainment of the District's mission/vision, curriculum outcomes and state content standards.  All members of the school councils must be trained in a model for attaining annual school improvement, a process for data analysis, the criteria and process for selecting school council members, group processing strategies and a process for identifying group norms.  In addition, at least one (1) member of a design team must have been trained in a model for attaining annual school improvement and in the group processing strategies provided to the school council members.  The Governing Board may assign additional areas of responsibility to school councils in accordance with A.R.S. 15-351.

The Governing Board also embraces the concept of accountability.  School and District student achievement results will be reported annually to the Governing Board during a scheduled Board meeting and/or through study sessions, as needed or requested by the Board.

The Governing Board, has the ultimate responsibility to determine what its District stakeholders desire in terms of student performance.  Those performances are currently defined by the:

●  District mission/vision statement;

●  District outcomes for all content areas; and

●  State standards for grades nine (9) through twelve (12).

The school principal, in conjunction with the administrative team and department chairpersons, will review previous school and student performance data and identify annual goals for improvement.  The goals and the improvement plans will be shared with school councils annually.

School councils will include representation from each of the following groups and will comply with the operational requirements identified in A.R.S. 15-351:

●  Parents or guardians

●  Community

●  Teachers

●  Noncertificated employees

●  Students

●  School principal

The Governing Board will consider requests for waiver of existing Board policies if such waivers are required to implement a plan developed consistent with this policy.  A request for waiver must be approved by the Superintendent and brought to the Governing Board for approval as a pilot program for the following school year.  Waivers will be granted on a one (1) or two (2) year basis, and will be evaluated on the basis of the plan's ability to better serve the District mission and learner exit outcomes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

, having only one (1) school or fewer than six hundred (600) students, is not required under Arizona statutes to have a program of school-based management as outlined in Arizona statutes, and the Governing Board elects not to have such a program.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-351
15-352
15-353
A.G.O. 

I99-018 43-1089.01

CROSS REF.: 
BDD - Board-Superintendent Relationship
CCB - Line and Staff Relations



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: CI TEMPORARY ADMINISTRATIVE ASSIGNMENTS

CI
TEMPORARY  ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSIGNMENTS

(Appearances by Administrators
as Representatives of the District)

Administrative employees who are authorized to make presentations to public officials and make such presentations during working hours shall do so only as representatives of the District.  Employees who are not so authorized shall not make such statements during working hours.

An administrative employee who makes such a presentation shall identify himself/herself as a District representative, shall present views consistent with the Governing Board's position, and shall make a written report to the Governing Board within ten (10) days.

Nothing in this policy shall preclude an administrator from making a presentation as an individual or as a member or representative of a professional group as long as the presentation is made on the employee's own time or carries the approval of the Governing Board.

Adopted: December 1, 2010



Master Document: CCB-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

CCB-R ©

REGULATION

LINE  AND  STAFF  RELATIONS

(School Administration)

The primary duty of a principal is to administer and supervise the instructional program.  A principal, as the educational leader of the school, will administer and supervise the school in accordance with policies and administrative regulations of the District.

A principal will be directly responsible to and will report only to the Superintendent and will keep the Superintendent informed of the conditions and needs of the school.  All duties, authority, and responsibilities of the principal will be delegated only by the Superintendent.  These duties include, but are not limited to, the following:

A.  A principal is responsible for the operation of the educational program of the school.

B.  A principal is responsible for the supervision and evaluation of the building staff members.

C.  A principal will maintain discipline on the part of personnel and students.

D.  A principal will care for and protect the building, the equipment, the grounds, and other school property.

E.  A principal will maintain school records and prepare reports.

F.  A principal will take reasonable precautions to safeguard the health and welfare of students and staff members, will report accidents, will formulate plans for emergencies, and will conduct evacuation drills each school month and keep written records of such drills.

G.  A principal will be responsible for maintaining a close relationship with the community and should interpret the educational program to the citizens of the District.

H.  A principal will, by advanced study, by visits to school systems in other areas, by attendance at educational conferences, and by other means remain well informed relative to modern educational thought and practice.

I.  A principal will distribute a parental satisfaction survey to the parent of every child enrolled at the school, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-353.



Master Document: CH © POLICY IMPLEMENTATION
Child Document: CH © POLICY IMPLEMENTATION

CH ©
POLICY  IMPLEMENTATION

The Superintendent has the responsibility for carrying out, through administrative regulations, the policies established by the Board.  The administrative regulations shall specify required actions and reflect the detailed arrangement under which the District will be operated.

The policies adopted by the Board and the administrative regulations developed to implement policy are designed to promote an effective and efficient school system.  All employees and students shall comply with Board policies and administrative regulations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: CH-R ©
Child Document: CH-R ©

CH-R ©

REGULATION

POLICY  IMPLEMENTATION

Principals, directors, and others designated by the Superintendent shall establish procedures for conducting activities within their individual units that are consistent with administrative regulations and Board policies.



Master Document: CHCA © HANDBOOKS AND DIRECTIVES
Child Document: CHCA © HANDBOOKS AND DIRECTIVES

CHCA ©
HANDBOOKS  AND  DIRECTIVES

Curriculum guides, manuals, handbooks, pamphlets, and similar publications will be presented to the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee for approval prior to publication.  The Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee shall ensure that all such publications are consistent with Board policies and administrative regulations.

Copies of all such publications shall be provided to the Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: CHCA-R ©
Child Document: CHCA-R

CHCA-R ©

REGULATION

HANDBOOKS  AND  DIRECTIVES

All curriculum guides, manuals, handbooks, pamphlets, and similar publications shall be reviewed by the principal or the principal's designeesupervisor, and shall be forwarded to the Superintendent for approval prior to printing and distribution.



Master Document: CHD © ADMINISTRATION IN THE ABSENCE OF POLICY
Child Document: CHD © ADMINISTRATION IN THE ABSENCE OF POLICY

CHD ©
ADMINISTRATION  IN  THE 
ABSENCE  OF  POLICY

The Superintendent shall have the authority to implement action if a situation should develop that is not covered by established Board policy.  It is the Superintendent's duty to inform the Board of any such action and of the need to develop an official policy.

Adopted: December 1, 2010 date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: CFD-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

CFD-E ©

EXHIBIT

SCHOOL - BASED  MANAGEMENT

SCHOOL COUNCILS

Research has identified characteristics of effective schools.  Such research makes it clear that the most influential unit of effective school change or improvement is the individual school demonstrating the following characteristics:

A.  Consensus on explicit instructional goals and beliefs (mission statement).

B.  District-level support for school improvement; Governing Board, administration, and staff commitment to current research and the District-adopted mission statement.

C.  Ongoing staff development and training.

D.  High level of parental involvement and support.

E.  Individual school autonomy and flexibility in the development of new curricular and instructional designs.

F.  Collaborative, collegial instructional planning.

G.  A focus on basic skills acquisition.

H.  An emphasis upon higher-order cognitive skills.

I.   Teacher responsibility for effective instructional and classroom management decisions and practices.

J.   Teacher/parent accountability and acceptance of responsibility for student performances.

K.  A safe, orderly, and disciplined school climate.

L.  Strong instructional leadership.

M. Frequent monitoring of student progress.

N.  Measurable student performance outcomes.



Master Document: CK © ADMINISTRATIVE CONSULTANTS
Child Document: CK © ADMINISTRATIVE CONSULTANTS

CK ©
ADMINISTRATIVE  CONSULTANTS

Professional consultants from the Arizona School Boards Association, the Arizona Department of Education, universities, and colleges, as well as other resource persons, may be used when such consultive services will be helpful in the improvement of the instructional program.  All consultants shall be approved by the Superintendent prior to the invitation and arrangement for such visitation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-343



Master Document: CM © SCHOOL DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT
Child Document: CM © SCHOOL DISTRICT ANNUAL REPORT

CM ©
SCHOOL  DISTRICT  ANNUAL  REPORT

The Board shall make an annual report to the County School Superintendent on or before October 1 each year in the manner and form and on the forms prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction or County School Superintendent.  The Board shall also make reports directly to the County School Superintendent or the Superintendent of Public Instruction whenever required.

If the District has been assigned a letter grade of A pursuant to A.R.S. 15-241 during at least two (2) out of the last three (3) consecutive years and has not been assigned a letter grade of C, D, or F during the same three (3) years the District may receive exemptions from statutes and rules prescribed in statute.  Should the District believe it qualifies for an exemption the District may submit a request for exemption to the Arizona State Board of Education.  The State Board of Education shall review and may approve the exemption submitted by the District.  The State Board of Education will not approve exemptions that directly apply to specific areas as noted in A.R.S. 15-215.

Guaranteed  Energy  Cost  Saving
Contract  Annual  Reports

The District shall report to the School Facilities Board annually, not later than October 15, actual energy and cost savings pursuant to a guaranteed energy cost savings contract.

The District shall also report for any guaranteed energy cost savings contract to the Department of Commerce Energy Office and the School Facilities Board:

●  The A.  The name of the project

●  The B.  The qualified provider

●  The C.  The total cost of the project

●  The D.  The expected energy and cost savings

The District shall retain savings achieved by a guaranteed energy cost saving contract, which may be used to pay for contract and project implementation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-213.01
15-215

15-341

15-904

CROSS REF.: 
DBF - Budget Hearings and Reviews/Adoption Process
DIC - Financial Reports and Statements



Master Document: DA © FISCAL MANAGEMENT GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: DA © FISCAL MANAGEMENT GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

DA ©
FISCAL  MANAGEMENT  GOALS / 
PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

The Governing Board recognizes that money and its management constitute the foundation of the entire school program.  To make that support as effective as possible, the Board intends to:

●  Encourage A.  Encourage short- and long-range planning through the best possible budgeting procedures.

●  Explore B.  Explore all practical and legal sources of monetary income.

●  Guide C.  Guide the expenditure of funds to achieve the greatest educational returns.

●  Require D.  Require maximum efficiency in accounting and reporting procedures.

●  MaintainE.  Maintain, within budget limits, a level of per-student expenditure needed to provide high-quality education.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: DB © ANNUAL BUDGET
Child Document: DB © ANNUAL BUDGET

DB ©
ANNUAL  BUDGET

The Superintendent is directed to formulate the annual budget, considering at all times that resources must be utilized to produce the most positive effect on the student's opportunity to gain an education.

The Superintendent shall be responsible for reviewing budgetary requests, providing guidelines and limitations, and presenting the proposed budgets and documentation necessary for Board study, review, and action.

The Governing Board shall be informed if the proposed budget could require an increase in the primary property tax levy of the District over the preceding year's tax levy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-821
15-905
15-905.01
15-910
15-919
15-2201



Master Document: DBC © BUDGET PLANNING, PREPARATION, AND SCHEDULES
Child Document: DBC © BUDGET PLANNING, PREPARATION, AND SCHEDULES

DBC ©
BUDGET  PLANNING,  PREPARATION,  
AND  SCHEDULES

Each school year the Superintendent shall prepare and disseminate a budget preparation schedule to accomplish all required budgetary actions for the following school year.  This schedule will, at as a minimum, provide specific dates for the accomplishment of all state-mandated actions.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-481

15-824

15-904

15-905

15-905.01

15-952

15-991

CROSS REF.: 
DBF - Budget Hearings and Reviews/Adoption Process



Master Document: DBC-R ©
Child Document: DBC-R ©

DBC-R ©

REGULATION

BUDGET  PLANNING,  PREPARATION, 
AND  SCHEDULES

The

Finance Department

business manager will prepare a schedule of budget deadlines for presentation to the Superintendent each year.  This schedule will cover all actions necessary to prepare the budget for the following school year.

The following items may be included in the recommended budget schedule:

●  Specific

A.  Specific date for receipt of unit budgets from administrators.

●  Date

B.  Date for initial meeting on the budget with appropriate staff members.

●  Dates for the

C.  Date(s) for student membership and attendance reports.

●  Date

D.  Date(s) for estimates on the maintenance and operations and capital budgets.

●  Date

E.  Date for completion of employee compensation consideration(s).

●  Date

F.  Date for preparing financial projections for all categories and subcategories to be included in the

proposed budget

proposed budget(s) for the ensuing fiscal year.

●  Date

G.  Date for determining if the proposed budget(s) is (are) in excess of the District's truth in taxation base

limit

limit [A.R.S. 15-905.01]. 

■  When

1.  When the base limit will be exceeded a decision must be made whether to publish the truth in

taxation notice

taxation notice separately or in combination with the proposed budget or budget summary.

■  Either

2.  Either publication procedure requires publication at least ten (10) days but not more than twenty (20)

days

 days prior to the truth in taxation hearing.

■  The

3.  The truth in taxation hearing may be held in conjunction with the proposed budget hearing.

●  The

H.  The Governing Board shall not later than July 5 and not less than ten (10) days before:

■  Publish

1.  Publish or mail to each household in the District a copy of the proposed budget or a summary of

the proposed

the proposed budget for consideration of the residents or taxpayers of the District, and a notice of

the public

the public hearing and Board meeting.

■  Furnish

2.  Furnish to the Superintendent of Public Instruction and County School Superintendent, in

electronic format

electronic format, the proposed budget and summary of proposed budget for the budget year.

■  Submit

3.  Submit to the Department of Education the proposed budget which shall prominently display

this information

this information about the School District on the website maintained by the Department.  If the

School District

School District maintains a website, the School District shall post a link to the website of the

Department of

Department of Education where this information about the School District is posted.

● 

I.   The Governing Board shall not later than July 15 and not less than ten (10) days after posting or mailing

the notice

the notice of the public hearing and Board meeting:

■  Conduct

1.  Conduct the public hearing and present the proposed budget to the persons attending

and

the hearing, and

⇒  If

a.  If a truth in taxation hearing is required it must be conducted prior to the budget hearing.

■  Immediately

2.  Immediately following the public hearing the President shall call the Governing Board meeting to

order for

order for the purpose of adopting the budget.

● 

J.   Not later than July 18:

■  The

1.  The adopted budget shall be filed by the Governing Board with the County School Superintendent (

who shall

who shall immediately transmit a copy to the Board of Supervisors).

■  The

2.  The adopted budget shall be submitted electronically to the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

■  The

3.  The adopted budget shall be submitted to the Department of Education.  The Department

shall prominently

shall prominently display this information about the School District on the website maintained by

the Department

the Department.  If the School District maintains a website, the School District shall post a link to

the website

the website of the Department of Education where this information about the School District is posted.

●  File

K.  File with the Superintendent of Public Instruction within thirty (30) days from the action date:

■  The

1.  The publisher's affidavit of publication confirming publication of the proposed budget, or

■  An

2.  An affidavit affirming the proposed budget was mailed to each household in the School District, or

■  An

3.  An affidavit noticing that the proposed budget was posted on the Department of Education website.

Override Election:

●  Date

A.  Date(s) for override, if applicable.

●  Date

B.  Date for budget hearing on following year's budget.

■  At

1.  At least ninety (90) days before a proposed override election (first [1st] Tuesday following the first [1st]

Monday

 Monday in November, order override election to present proposed override budget to electors. 

Must also

Must also prepare alternate budget without override increase in event voters reject the proposed

override budget

override budget.

■  At

2.  At least thirty-five (35) days before override election, mail or distribute to households where

qualified electors

qualified electors reside the informational report prepared by County School Superintendent.

■  When

3.  When a determination is made to cancel the override election, the request must be made to the

County School

County School Superintendent at least eighty (80) days before the override election date.

Annual Financial Report:

Not later than October 15 of each year the Governing Board shall:

●  Prepare

A.  Prepare and distribute the

annual 

annual financial report for the prior fiscal year.

●  Electronically

B.  Electronically submit a copy of the financial report to the County School Superintendent.  The report

shall be

shall be approved by the County Superintendent in an electronic procedure prescribed by the Department

of Education

of Education.

●  Electronically

C.  Electronically submit a copy of the financial report to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.

●  Submit

D.  Submit a copy of the annual financial report for the prior fiscal year to the Department of Education. 

The Department

The Department shall prominently display this information about the School District on the website

maintained by

maintained by the Department.  If the School District maintains a website, the School District shall post a link to

the website

the website of the Department of Education where this information about the School District is posted.

Not later than November 15 of each year the Governing Board shall publish the annual financial report:

●  In

A.  In a newspaper of general circulation within the School District, or

●  In

B.  In the official newspaper of the county as defined in A.R.S. 11-255, or

●  By

C.  By mailing a copy to each household in the District, or

●  By

D.  By electronic transmission of the information to the Department of Education for posting on the Department'

s website

s website, or

■ 

If the Board chooses this option the School District shall post a link on the District's website to the

report on the Department's

report on the Department’s website.

All forms and technical requirements for each respective form shall be as prescribed in A.R.S. 15-904.



Master Document: DBF © BUDGET HEARINGS AND REVIEWS / ADOPTION PROCESS
Child Document: DBF © BUDGET HEARINGS AND REVIEWS / ADOPTION PROCESS

DBF ©
BUDGET  HEARINGS  AND  REVIEWS / 
ADOPTION  PROCESS

At least ten (10) days before and not later than July 5, the Governing Board shall publish notice of the public hearing and Board meeting to be held no later than July 15 to present the proposed budget for consideration of the residents or taxpayers of the District and shall submit the proposed budget to the Department of Education.  The Department shall prominently display the budget information on the website maintained by the Department.  If the District maintains a website, the District shall post a link to the website of the Department of Education where this information about the District is posted. 

If a truth-in-taxation notice and hearing is required under A.R.S. 15-905.01, the Board may combine the budget notice and hearing with the truth-in-taxation notice and hearing.

The publishing of the proposed budget and notice of the hearing and meeting shall be in accordance with A.R.S. 15-905.  If a truth-in-taxation notice and hearing is necessary, the notice shall be in accordance with A.R.S. 15-905.01.  If the Board determines to combine the budget and truth-in-taxation hearings, publication of a combined notice must satisfy the requirements of both A.R.S. 15-905 and 15-905.01.

Immediately following the public hearing the President shall call to order the Board meeting for the purpose of adopting the budget.  A Board member may, without creating a conflict of interest, participate in adoption of a final budget even though the member may have substantial interest in specific items included in the budget.

The Board shall adopt the budget and enter the budget as adopted in its minutes.

Not later than July 18, the Governing Board shall submit the adopted budget to the Department of Education.  The Department shall prominently display the District budget information on the website maintained by the Department.  If the District maintains a website, the District shall post a link to the website of the Department of Education where this information about the District is posted.

Filing of the budget shall be according to state law.     [See Regulation DBC-R]

If the Governing Board receives notification that one (1) or more of the District's categorical budgets are in excess of its authorized limit, the Board shall revise the affected budget(s) in accordance with A.R.S. 15-905.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-903
15-905

15-905.01
15-911

15-915

15-948

CROSS REF.: 
DBC - Budget Planning, Preparation and Schedules



Master Document: DBI © BUDGET IMPLEMENTATION
Child Document: DBI © BUDGET IMPLEMENTATION

DBI ©
BUDGET  IMPLEMENTATION

In order to determine if budgeted expenditures are in keeping with the adopted budget, a monthly report of expenditures and revenues shall be presented to the Board.  Variances within budget categories shall be a part of this report.

An expenditure in excess of a major subsection of the maintenance and operation budget shall require Board approval.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-905



Master Document: DBJ © BUDGET TRANSFERS
Child Document: DBJ © BUDGET TRANSFERS

DBJ ©
BUDGET  TRANSFERS

Periodically throughout the year, the budget will be reconciled to the actual expenditures of the District.

The Governing Board may authorize the expenditure of monies budgeted within the maintenance and operation section of the budget for any subsection within the section in excess of amounts specified in the adopted budget only by action taken at a public meeting of the Governing Board and if the expenditures for all subsections of the section do not exceed the amount budgeted.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-905



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DFB-R

DFB-R  

REGULATION

REVENUES  FROM  SCHOOL - OWNED
REAL  ESTATE

Schools are required to expend civic center funds in accordance with the following:

●  State statutes

●  Governing Board policy

●  School District procurement rules

●  District equity guidelines

State  Statutes

A.R.S. 15-342 and 15-1105 require civic center funds to be first expended for civic center school purposes which includes maintaining the facilities rented and then surplus monies in the civic center school fund may be used for maintenance and operations or unrestricted capital outlay.

Governing  Board  Policy

Policy DFB (D-1450); Revenues from School-Owned Real Estate.

School  District  Procurement  Rules

Civic center fund monies are considered District funds and are subject to all required procurement guidelines (quotes, bids, etc.) and purchasing rules.

District  Equity  Guidelines

It has been a long standing practice of the District to aim for equity across schools in all extracurricular activities.  The District does not allow civic center funds to be used to create inequity in basic uniforms, athletic opportunities, salaries, staffing, etc.  Local administrators should seek Superintendent approval in advance for potential civic center expenditures that might be deemed to create substantial inequity in this manner.



Master Document: DD © FUNDING PROPOSALS, GRANTS, AND SPECIAL PROJECTS
Child Document: DD © FUNDING PROPOSALS, GRANTS, AND SPECIAL PROJECTS

DD ©
FUNDING  PROPOSALS,  GRANTS, 
AND  SPECIAL  PROJECTS

The Governing Board is to be kept informed of possible sources of state, federal, and other funds for the support of the schools and/or for the enhancement of educational opportunities.  The Superintendent is to apprise the Board of its eligibility for general or program funds and to make recommendations for Board action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-206
15-207
15-208
15-209
15-210



Master Document: DD-E ©
Child Document: DD-E ©

DD-E ©

EXHIBIT

FUNDING  PROPOSALS,  GRANTS, 
AND  SPECIAL  PROJECTS

RESOLUTION

WHEREAS, participation in programs funded in whole or in part by federal funds requires that a participating district demonstrate that the district meets the requirement of comparability between schools that receive federal funding and those that do not receive such funding, and that the district provide for equivalency of access to district staffing, equipment, and materials by all district schools, based on student per-capita allocations and individual schools' needs analyses, and, in addition, that all schools and programs have equivalent access to district support operations including but not limited to maintenance, transportation, and warehousing operations support; and

WHEREAS, budgets for staffing, textbooks, equipment, supplies, and services for district schools will be provided for at all schools without supplanting special funding provided from any source with nonsupplanting requirements; and

WHEREAS, expenditures budgets for schools participating in Title I programs will be provided for on the same per-capita basis as budgets for schools not participating in the program; and

WHEREAS, the Glendale Union High ________________________________________ School District No. 205 ____ intends to participate in such programs and receive federal funds;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED that the Governing Board of the Glendale Union High _________________________________ School District No. 205 ____ hereby directs the Superintendent to ensure that said district does in fact comply with such mandates for comparability and equivalency of access for the period of any grant under which such funds are received.

This resolution was moved, seconded, and passed at a meeting of the Glendale Union High School District No. 205 ___________________________ Governing Board on ____________________, 20____.

ATTEST:

____________________________________
President

 

 



Master Document: DDA © FUNDING SOURCES OUTSIDE THE SCHOOL SYSTEM
Child Document: DDA FUNDING SOURCES OUTSIDE THE SCHOOL SYSTEM

DDA ©
FUNDING  SOURCES  OUTSIDE 
THE  SCHOOL  SYSTEM

The District may submit proposals to private foundations and other sources of financial aid for subsidizing such activities as innovative projects, feasibility studies, long-range planning, research and development, or other educational needs.

The process for participation in grant application is:

●  Grant applicant discusses proposal with Curriculum Coordinator.  If Coordinator is proposing an application, the discussion will be with Curriculum and Instruction.

●  Grant applicant reviews proposal with principal/supervisor.

●  Principal/supervisor discusses proposal with Associate Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction.

●  Associate Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction brings application proposal to Cabinet.

●  Associate Superintendent and principal sign off on application.

Timelines permitting, grant proposals are to be approved by the Board before being submitted to the funding agency.  The Superintendent shall establish administrative guidelines for the processing of proposal ideas to the Board for its approval.

The Governing Board may receive, hold, and dispose of any gift, grant, or bequest of property or equipment in accordance with state law and the intent of the instrument conferring title.

The Governing Board may also accept gifts, grants, or devises of money.  The disposition of unused funds from these sources shall be in accordance with law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
KCD - Public Gifts/Donations to Schools



Master Document: DFA © REVENUES FROM INVESTMENTS
Child Document: DFA © REVENUES FROM INVESTMENTS

DFA ©
REVENUES  FROM  INVESTMENTS

The Board will annually consider and vote on a request to the County Treasurer to authorize investments for the following fiscal year.  The Superintendent shall ensure that this question is placed on an agenda for a Board meeting in June of each year.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-996

15-1024
15-1025

A.G.O. 
I80-099
I82-090



Master Document: DFB © REVENUES FROM SCHOOL - OWNED REAL ESTATE
Child Document: DFB © REVENUES FROM SCHOOL - OWNED REAL ESTATE

DFB ©
REVENUES  FROM  SCHOOL - OWNED
REAL  ESTATE

Revenues collected from rental or lease of school-owned real estate shall be deposited in the Civic Center fund.  Monies from sale of school-owned real estate shall be deposited as allowable under state statutes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-1102
15-1105
15-1106



Master Document: DFD © GATE RECEIPTS AND ADMISSIONS
Child Document: DFD © GATE RECEIPTS AND ADMISSIONS

DFD ©
GATE  RECEIPTS  AND  ADMISSIONS

Admission prices to athletic contests will be established by the Governing Board.Admission receipts from school events shall be adequately controlled.  The Superintendent is responsible for the proper collection, supervision, disbursement, and/or remittance of these fees.

Admission to school events for which an admission is charged ordinarily will be by purchased ticket or special pass only.  Adequate records will be maintained for accounting purposes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1121 to 15-1126



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DGD-EA

DGD-EA  

EXHIBIT

CREDIT  CARDS

INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYEE PROCUREMENT CARD
(P-CARD) PROCEDURES

Employee Name: __________________________    Location: _______________

Indicate Primary Card Use:    Maintenance Supply     Civic Center Supply

Classroom Supply: _____________________    Other: _____________________

Authorization  and  Purchase  Process

1.  P-cards are to be secured by the administrator (O&R Assistant Principal/Facilities Supervisor).

2.  Staff requests authorization to use the P-card.

3.  Purchases are limited to department supplies only. 

a.  Capital purchases are prohibited.

b.  Food purchases are only allowed for culinary programs.

4.  Once the purchase is complete, the staff member returns P-card along with a signed receipt to the administrator.

5.  Administrator forwards the receipt to the Accounts Payable department for reconciliation.

a.  Receipts are to be submitted within one (1) day of the purchase.

b.  Blue plastic envelopes will be used to transfer receipt through District mail.

6.  Lost receipts require a memo from the administrator detailing and authorizing the purchase.

a.  Recurring loss of receipts will result in cancellation of P-card privileges for the staff member.

General  Limits  and  Information

7.  Purchase limits are two thousand dollars ($2000) per month and reset the twenty-eighth (28th) of each month.

8.  Five hundred dollars ($500) for a single purchase limit.

a.  Splitting purchases are prohibited.

b.  Purchases over five hundred dollars ($500) require a District purchase order.

9.  Four (4) transactions are allowed per day.

10.  Also be aware that the P-card has limits on the business types in which it can be used.

a.  If a valid purchase is blocked, please call the Business Manager at (623) 435-6085 or the Chief Financial Officer at (623) 435-6692 to resolve the issue.

11.  Lost or stolen cards are to be reported immediately to the Business Manager or the Chief Financial Officer. 

12.  Commerce Bank Customer Care phone number is 1-800-892-7104 or VISA at 1-800-VISA-911.

By my signature I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the District's credit/procurement card policy and regulations.  Furthermore, I affirm that I will not use the credit/procurement card for personal reasons and that I have been advised of the purchase limitations associated with the use of the card.  I understand that a violation of this agreement may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination, and possible legal action.

_______________________________________          _____________________
Employee Signature                                                        Date

_______________________________________          _____________________
Administrator Signature                                                  Date

Return signed copy to the Accounts Payable Department



Master Document: DFF © INCOME FROM SCHOOL SALES AND SERVICES
Child Document: DFF © INCOME FROM SCHOOL SALES AND SERVICES

DFF ©
INCOME  FROM  SCHOOL 
SALES  AND  SERVICES

Career  and  Technical  Education

Vocational  Activity  Income

Through certain career and technical education vocational activities, students may provide goods and services at a charge to the public.  These activities are designed for educational purposes, not to make a profit or to be competitive with business in the community.

The charges for work performed and goods sold through these activities will be kept current with costs for the particular service or item offered for sale.

Advertising  Income

A District advertisement fund shall be established for the deposit of revenues if the District sells advertising.

All revenues collected will be deposited and accounted for in accordance with the Uniform System of Financial Records.  Monies in the advertising funds are not subject to reversion.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-1121

CROSS REF.: 
KHB - Advertising in Schools



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DGD-EB

DGD-EB  

EXHIBIT

CREDIT  CARDS

MAINTENANCE SUPERVISOR PROCUREMENT CARD
(P-CARD) PROCEDURES

Maintenance Supervisor Name: _______________________________________

Location: _________________________________________________________

Authorization  and  Purchase  Process

1.  P-cards are to be secured by the supervisor.

2.  Authorize purchases by issuing P-card to card holder.

3.  Purchases are limited to maintenance supplies only. 

a.  Capital purchases are prohibited.

4.  Once the purchase is complete, the staff member returns P-card along with the receipts to the supervisor.

5.  Supervisor reviews, signs, and forwards the receipt(s) to the Accounts Payable department for reconciliation.

a.  Receipts are to be submitted within one (1) day of the purchase.

b.  Clear plastic envelopes will be used to transfer receipt through District mail.

6.  Lost receipts require a memo from the supervisor detailing and authorizing the purchase.

a.  Recurring loss of receipts will result in cancellation of P-card privileges for the staff member.

General  Limits  and  Information

7.  Purchase limits are two thousand dollars ($2000) per month and reset the twenty-eighth (28th) of each month.

8.  Five hundred dollars ($500) for a single purchase limit.

a.  Splitting purchases are prohibited.

b.  Purchases over five hundred dollars ($500) require a District purchase order.

9.  Four (4) transactions are allowed per day.

10.  Also be aware that the P-card has limits on the business types in which it can be used.

a.  If a valid purchase is blocked, please call the Business Manager at (623) 435-6085 or the Chief Financial Officer at (623) 435-6692 to resolve the issue.

11.  Lost or stolen cards are to be reported immediately to the Business Manager or the Chief Financial Officer. 

12.  Commerce Bank Customer Care phone number is 1-800-892-7104 or VISA at 1-800-VISA-911.

By my signature I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the District's credit/procurement card policy and regulations.  Furthermore, I affirm that I will not use the credit/procurement card for personal reasons and that I have been advised of the purchase limitations associated with the use of the card.  I understand that a violation of this agreement may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination, and possible legal action.

_______________________________________          _____________________
Maintenance Supervisor Signature                                 Date

_______________________________________          _____________________
Administrator Signature                                                  Date

Return signed copy to the Accounts Payable Department



Master Document: DG © BANKING SERVICES
Child Document: DG © BANKING SERVICES

DG ©
BANKING  SERVICES

The Board, by majority vote, shall designate one (1) or more banks as depository for the safeguarding of school auxiliary and revolving funds.

Each designated depository shall furnish proper security for such deposits in the amount designated by the Board and in accordance with law.

Each designated depository shall be advised not to cash checks payable to the District but to deposit checks only to the District auxiliary accounts.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-1126



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DGD-EC

DGD-EC  

EXHIBIT

CREDIT  CARDS

DECLINING BALANCE PROCUREMENT CARD
(P-CARD) PROCEDURES

Employee Name: __________________________    Location: _______________

Department: ______________________    Annual School Year Limit: $_________

Authorization  and  Purchase  Process

1.  Declining Balance P-cards are to be secured by the administrator (O&R Assistant Principal).

2.  Staff requests authorization to use the P-card.

3.  Purchases are limited to department supplies only. 

a.  Capital purchases are prohibited.

b.  Food purchases are only allowed for culinary programs.

4.  Once the purchase is complete, the staff member returns P-card along with a signed receipt to the administrator.

5.  Administrator forwards the receipt to the Accounts Payable department for reconciliation.

a.  Receipts are to be submitted within one (1) day of the purchase.

b.  Blue plastic envelopes will be used to transfer receipt through District mail.

6.  Lost receipts require a memo from the administrator detailing and authorizing the purchase.

a.  Recurring loss of receipts will result in cancellation of P-card privileges for the staff member.

General  Limits  and  Information

7.  Purchase limits are five hundred dollars ($500) for a single purchase or the yearly limit of the P-card if it is less than five hundred dollars ($500).

a.  Splitting purchases are prohibited.

b.  Purchases over five hundred dollars ($500) require a District purchase order.

8.  Four (4) transactions are allowed per day.

9.  P-card balances reset every July 1.

10.  Budget amounts can be reset at the request of the administrator.

11.  Also be aware that the P-card has limits on the business types in which it can be used.

a.  If a valid purchase is blocked, please call the Business Manager at (623) 435-6085 or the Chief Financial Officer at (623) 435-6692 to resolve the issue.

12.  Lost or stolen cards are to be reported immediately to the Business Manager or the Chief Financial Officer. 

13.  Commerce Bank Customer Care phone number is 1-800-892-7104 or VISA at 1-800-VISA-911.

By my signature I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the District's credit/procurement card policy and regulations.  Furthermore, I affirm that I will not use the credit/procurement card for personal reasons and that I have been advised of the purchase limitations associated with the use of the card.  I understand that a violation of this agreement may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination, and possible legal action.

_______________________________________          _____________________
Employee Signature                                                        Date

_______________________________________          _____________________
Administrator Signature                                                  Date

Return signed copy to the Accounts Payable Department



Master Document: DEC © FUNDING FROM FEDERAL TAX SOURCES
Child Document: Non Existing

DEC ©
FUNDING  FROM  FEDERAL
TAX  SOURCES

(Impact Aid Program)

Regardless of any other law, if the District receives assistance pursuant to Title VIII of the Elementary and Secondary Education of 1965, as amended (Impact Aid Program), the District shall establish a local level fund designated as the Impact Aid Fund and deposit the Impact Aid monies received in the Fund.

The District shall separately account for monies in the Fund and shall not combine monies in the Fund with any other source of local, state, and federal assistance.  Monies in the Fund shall be expended pursuant to federal law only for the purposes allowed by Title VIII and A.R.S. 15-905.  The District shall account for monies in the Fund according to the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) as prescribed by the Auditor General.

If the District has established an Impact Aid Fund, the Superintendent of Public Instruction shall separately account for monies in the District's Impact Aid Fund in the annual report required by A.R.S. 15-255.

Monies in the Fund are considered federal monies and are not subject to legislative appropriation.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-905
20 U.S.C. 7701, Title VIII - Impact Aid Program

CROSS REF.: 
IHBJ - Indian Education
KJGA - Relations with Parents of Children Educated Pursuant to
               Federal Impact Aid Programs



Master Document: DGA © AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES
Child Document: DGA © AUTHORIZED SIGNATURES

DGA ©
AUTHORIZED  SIGNATURES

Authorized signatures for all checking accounts shall be approved by the Board.

On accounts required by statute to have two (2) signatures, the signatories shall be as specified by the statutes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-1122
15-1126



Master Document: DGD © CREDIT CARDS
Child Document: DGD © CREDIT CARDS

DGD ©
CREDIT  CARDS

(Credit Cards and/or Procurement Cards)

Use  of  Credit  Cards/
Procurement  Cards

The Governing Board acknowledges that instances may occur when ready payment for goods or services is in the District's best interest.  The Superintendent is responsible for the implementation of all aspects of the District credit/procurement card program.  The Board authorizes the Superintendent to secure and assign controlled-limit credit/procurement cards to designated personnel.  District-assigned credit/procurement cards may not be used for personal expenditures.

The use of credit/procurement cards is to be closely monitored and payment of statements for authorized purchases are to be made as promptly as possible to avoid fees and charges for the use of such cards.

The Superintendent is directed to develop regulations for the use of District-assigned credit/procurement cards.  Such regulations are subject to Board review and approval. 

The Board reserves the right to revise or rescind this policy at its sole discretion.

Definition  of  Credit/
Procurement  Card

The District defines "credit card" and "procurement card" as a form of payment in lieu of cash, purchase order, or check.  The credit/procurement card must bear the applicable company logo.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
38-621
38-622
38-623
38-624
38-625
Uniform System of Financial Records

CROSS REF.: 
DKC - Expense Authorization/Reimbursement



Master Document: DGD-R ©
Child Document: DGD-R

DGD-R ©

REGULATION

CREDIT  CARDS

(Credit Cards and/or Procurement Cards)

Purposes,  Conditions,  and  Limits

The issuance and use of a credit/procurement card is to provide an alternative purchasing mechanism when traditional payment/procurement methods are not feasible.  Cards shall be issued in the District's name and if applicable, the user's name.  The employee issuing cards shall maintain a complete list of designated card users.  Physical security of cards shall be maintained at all times.  The District shall cancel or inactivate cards, or recover the cards if possible, upon loss, theft, or misuse; when a card is no longer needed; and upon the card holder's separation from the District's employment when the card is in the user's name.  For cards issued in the District's name a specific employee shall be designated by the Superintendent to track who has the cards and account for all card transactions.

A credit/procurement card may be used to facilitate the payment of travel expenses such as hotels, meals and registrations for training and education while conducting District business, including fuel for District-owned vehicles.

Purchasing control limits shall be based on single transaction limits and monthly purchase limits for each card holder.  Purchase limits shall be established based on the types of transactions for which the card is being used.  Personnel issued credit/procurement cards shall be determined by the Superintendent to have a legitimate need and whose use of the card is necessary for effective purchasing.  Personnel designated to use credit/procurement cards shall be advised by the Superintendent of their purchasing control limits.

Authorized  Card  Holders

Persons designated as authorized credit/procurement card holders must agree to abide by the procedures described in this regulation. 

The holders will be held liable for any unauthorized use of a District-assigned credit/procurement card, which may result in disciplinary action up to and including the loss of employment and other actions provided by law.  All card users, including users of cards issued only in the District's name, shall sign a user agreement acknowledging receipt and understanding of the District's policies and regulations for the cards use.  The agreement shall authorize the District to withhold wages for the amount of any improper purchase; pursuant to the Fair Labor Standards Act.  To the extent permitted by law card users shall be held personally liable for card transactions that are contrary to laws, rules, policies and regulations, including applicable penalties and interest.  The user agreement shall contain a statement expressing possible disciplinary actions for the misuse of a District credit/procurement card.

Except for business department personnel performing authorized office duties, no person other than a designated holder is to have access to or use of a District-assigned credit/procurement card.

Authorized card holders shall receive training on the use of the card that addresses purchase limitations, advanced purchasing approval, necessary purchase documentation, and the District's payment process regimen.

Scope

The credit/procurement card is to be used only when the items and/or services to be purchased are for the official use of the District.  No personal use of a credit/procurement card is allowed.

District-assigned credit/procurement cards may be used only when one (1) of the following conditions exists:

●  When A.  When a vendor will not accept a purchase order or offer billing terms.

●  When B.  When the purchase must be made during an "emergency."  For the purpose of this regulation, emergency emergency means payment for a purchase must be made before the next accounts payable check run.  An approved purchase requisition must be processed to document the emergency.●  When A memo bearing the Superintendent's signature of approval must be presented explaining the circumstances and nature of the emergency.

C.  When certain purchases could be made more efficiently and cost effective.

●  When D.  When a revolving fund check cannot be used.

●  When departments have credit/procurement cards for the purchases of department related supply items.

●  When maintenance credit/procurement cards are limited to maintenance supply items only.

●  When fuel credit/procurement cards are limited to fuel or for emergency tire and auto repairs only.

●  When used by the Purchasing Director or the Information and Technology Department for emergency capital item purchases.

●  When the Purchasing Director, Superintendent, Associate Superintendent and Assistant Superintendent for Human Resources purchase conference registration, air travel, car rental, and lodging.

Credit/Procurement  Card 
Purchasing  Limitations

District-established credit/procurement card purchasing limitations shall be established by the Superintendent.  The Superintendent shall establish card user and single transaction limits and monthly purchase limits for each card.  Such limits shall be established based on the type of transactions for which the card is to be used.

The following are District-established credit/procurement card purchasing limitations:

● 

A

single

purchase

may not exceed a maximum of five hundred dollars ($500).

●  Cumulative purchases by a card holder may not exceed two thousand dollars ($2,000) during a statement month.

●  The Purchasing Director has higher single purchase and monthly limits as necessary.

●  Single purchase and monthly limits can be higher when requested by the administrator and approved by the Purchasing Director, Procurement Card Administrator, or business office.

A purchase made using a District-assigned credit/procurement card may not violate any District purchasing policy or regulation.  All purchases must be appropriate and in the best interest of the District.  Violation may result in termination of the employee's credit/procurement card privileges.

Credit/Procurement  Card  Transaction 
Requirements  for  Physical,  Verbal, 
and  Internet  Orders

When a District-assigned credit/procurement card is required for a physical, verbal or internet purchase, the following steps must be taken:

●  All credit/procurement cards must be secured by the administrator or supervisor.

●  Prior administrative/supervisor approval is required for all A.  Prior to use of the credit/procurement card, the card holder is to submit a purchase order requisition form to the District business office accompanied by the following:

B.  A detailed description of the items and/or services to be purchased using the credit/procurement card purchases.

●  Receipts and related documents must be signed by the administrator or supervisor.

●  All Receipts and other related documents must be submitted to the business office.

●  For purchases with no or lost receipts, administrator or supervisor must provide a memo approving the purchase.  The memo must also include the vendor name, items purchased, and amount(s) of the purchase.

●  Purchases made by the Purchasing Director must have a prior completed and authorized purchase order requisition.

●  Capital purchases must have a prior completed and authorized purchase order requisition.

●  Travel and conference registration purchases must have a prior approval Professional Visit Request. 

C.  The date the purchase will be made.

D.  The actual amount of the purchase.  If the actual amount is not known an estimate may be stated, but the amount of the purchase cannot exceed the stated amount.

E.  Proper account coding information.

F.  Signatures of the requester and the approving authority.

G.  The holder must verify that a purchase order has been created and approved before a credit/procurement card transaction occurs.

H.  When a credit/procurement card is used the card holder must promptly submit all receipts and other related documentation to the business office.  The documentation should clearly indicate the employee making the purchase and the specific school purpose for the expenditure.  Receipts for fuel or vehicle repairs are to include the vehicle license number. 

Supporting  Purchase  Documentation

Employees using cards shall submit all supporting documentation to the District monthly.  Supporting documentation shall include:

A.  Purchasing requisition, purchase order, invoice, packing slip, receiving report, and transaction receipt, as applicable.  If original receipts are not available because they are lost or illegible, the card user shall request a copy of the receipt from the vendor or complete an affidavit detailing the purchase date, vendor, product, cost, tax and other charges, and reason the receipt is not available.

B.  A description of the item(s) purchased and the specific District purpose for the expenditure.

C.  The card user's signature and date the document was submitted to the District.

D.  Documentation of the purchase of fuel or vehicle repair, the license number of the vehicle, and odometer reading of the vehicle.

E.  Transactions, such as Internet, phone, and fax transactions may result in card charges before goods or services are received.  Such transactions are allowed purchases that are normally prepaid in order to procure the item or to receive a discounted price.  In such instances the District shall ensure that all relevant aspects of Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) VI-G are adhered to for each purchase.

Credit/procurement card statements must be addressed directly to the business office and not to the card holder.  All purchase transaction receipts must be reconciled to the monthly credit/procurement card statements prior to entry on an expense voucher.  As credit/procurement card companies may charge fees and interest, payments must be made in a timely manner to avoid finance charges.

Use  of  a  Credit/Procurement

Card  for  Travel

Reservations must be made through the purchasing office.  A completed professional leave form must be submitted along with the necessary information.  The business office will provide the credit/procurement card information to the selected vendor.

Payment  Process  Regimen

The Superintendent shall ensure that approval, verification, and payment duties are separate among different employees.  A copy of the billing statement shall be sent directly to the District.  Electronic statements may be accepted if provided to card users by the financial institution or the District.  Upon receipt of the billing statement the card user should complete the transaction log and submit the log, billing statement, and all other supporting documentation for review and approval.  The reviewer shall:

●  Confirm A.  Confirm that all supporting documentation is complete and was submitted in a timely manner.

●  Verify B.  Verify that each purchase transaction appearing on the card user's billing statement is an appropriate, legitimate  legitimate District purchase that was approved, and within the individual's authorized purchase limits.

●  For C.  For travel expenses, verify the expenses do not exceed allowable reimbursement amounts as prescribed by the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR)

      USFR and are supported by a properly approved travel claim.

●  Initial D.  Initial and date the reconciliation document for review.

●  Submit E.  Submit reconciled statements and supporting documentation.

All receipts shall be reconciled and reviewed monthly and if possible, prior to payment of the monthly bill.  Payments shall be made in a timely manner to avoid late fees and finance charges.  Card balances shall be paid in full each billing cycle.  Should the reconciliation or review identify any items that were not a valid purchase, it shall be reported to the Superintendent and disputed.

Periodic  Review

The District shall periodically compare budget and actual expenditures to ensure purchases remain within budget limits, or available cash balance, as applicable and shall monitor the types of purchases and vendor usage to ensure compliance with District procurement policies and regulations, and USFR purchasing guidelines. 

The review process shall include strategies that are employed to detect improper or fraudulent transactions.

Rebates  and  Incentives

Credit cards or procurement cards may contain provisions for the District to receive cash rebates or incentives in the form of rebates.  Should this occur the District shall treat rebates as miscellaneous revenue or as a deduction of expenditures.

Should a rebate be received in the same fiscal year as the original expenditure, including the encumbrance period, the rebate may be recorded as a reduction of the original expenditure.  Otherwise, the District shall record the rebate as miscellaneous revenue in the original expenditure or in the Auxiliary Operations Fund.



Master Document: DH © BONDED EMPLOYEES AND OFFICERS
Child Document: DH © BONDED EMPLOYEES AND OFFICERS

DH ©
BONDED  EMPLOYEES
AND  OFFICERS

The Governing Board requires bonding of student activities treasurers and other school employees to cover fidelity and loss of money.  The amount of bond will be prescribed by the Board, except that no revolving fund shall be established unless the designated custodian is bonded for an amount equal to twice the amount of the fund.  In determining the amount and type of other bonds, the Board will consider the amount of money in accounts during the period of time covered by the bond.  The cost of bonding shall be paid by the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1101
15-1122
15-1126



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DICA FUND BALANCE REPORTING

DICA
FUND  BALANCE  REPORTING

Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB) Statement No. 54 establishes guidelines for the reporting of fund balances.  The business office is assigned the authority, in consultation with District auditors, to assign fund balances for specific purposes.

In addition to GASB Statement No. 54, the District's fund balance reporting will comply with current guidance established by the Arizona Auditor General.

Adopted:  September 19, 2012



Master Document: DI © FISCAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING
Child Document: DI © FISCAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING

DI ©
FISCAL  ACCOUNTING  AND  REPORTING

The Superintendent shall be ultimately responsible for receiving and properly accounting for all funds of the District.

The Uniform System of Financial Records developed by the State Department of Education and the Auditor General's Office shall be used to provide for the appropriate separation of accounts and funds.

The Superintendent shall provide to the Board periodic financial reports showing the financial condition of the District.

The Superintendent shall also be responsible for student accounting and shall report enrollment and attendance as required by the state.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-239
15-271
15-272
15-901



Master Document: DIA © ACCOUNTING SYSTEM
Child Document: DIA © ACCOUNTING SYSTEM

DIA ©
ACCOUNTING  SYSTEM

Records of all phases of the business operation shall be kept in strict accordance with the Uniform System of Financial Records, other applicable laws, and the policies of the Board.

The District may apply to the State Board of Education (SBE) to assume accounting responsibility, in which case the District shall develop and file with the SBE an accounting responsibility plan as specified in A.R.S. 15-914.01.  An approval by the SBE for the District to assume accounting responsibility compels the District to contract with an independent certified public accountant for an annual financial and compliance audit.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-239
15-914.01
15-271
15-272

CROSS REF.: 
DI - Fiscal Accounting and Reporting
DIC - Financial Reports and Statements



Master Document: DIB © TYPES OF FUNDS / REVOLVING FUNDS
Child Document: DIB © TYPES OF FUNDS / REVOLVING FUNDS

DIB ©
TYPES  OF  FUNDS / REVOLVING  FUNDS

General  Purpose  Revolving  Fund

A general purpose revolving fund shall be established, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-1101, at a local bank in the account name of the Glendale Union High __________________ School District No. 205____.  Drafts drawn on the account shall be signed by the employee in charge of the fund or other designated person.  The fund shall be managed in the manner prescribed by the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR).

No revolving fund may be established unless the designated employee in charge is bonded for an amount equal to twice the amount of the fund.  The cost of the bond shall be a proper charge against the District.

Auxiliary  Operations  Fund

The auxiliary operations fund shall consist of monies raised with the approval of the Board in pursuance of and in connection with all activities of school bookstores and athletic activities.

Fund monies shall be accounted for in accordance with the requirements of the USFR.

After authorization by the Board, fund monies shall be deposited in a bank account designated as the auxiliary operations fund.  Disbursements from the fund shall be authorized by the Board.

Disbursements shall be made by check signed by two (2) employees of the District designated by the Board.  Persons authorized by the Board to sign checks shall be bonded, and the cost shall be charged against the fund.

Auxiliary operations fund monies may be invested and reinvested by the Board.  All monies earned by investment shall be credited to the auxiliary operations fund.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1101

15-1124
15-1125

15-1126

15-1154

CROSS REF.: 
JJF - Student Activities Funds



Master Document: DGD-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

DGD-E ©

EXHIBIT

CREDIT  CARDS

DISTRICT-ASSIGNED CREDIT/PROCUREMENT
CARD HOLDER AGREEMENT

By my signature I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the _________________________ School District's credit/procurement card policy and regulations, and that I have been provided sufficient opportunity to ask questions related to the District's credit/procurement card policy and regulation.  Furthermore, I affirm that I will not use the credit/ procurement card for personal reasons and that I have been advised of the purchase limitations associated with the use of the card.  I understand that a violation of this agreement may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination, and possible legal action.

________________________________     ___________________
Signature                                                      Position

________________________________     ___________________
Printed name                                                Date signed



Master Document: DIC © FINANCIAL REPORTS AND STATEMENTS
Child Document: DIC © FINANCIAL REPORTS AND STATEMENTS

DIC ©
FINANCIAL  REPORTS
AND  STATEMENTS

Prior to October 15 of each year, the Superintendent shall present to the Board the annual financial report for the previous fiscal year and the Governing Board shall submit the annual financial report for the previous fiscal year to the Department of Education, which shall prominently display this information about the District on the website maintained by the Department. 

The District annual financial report shall be published by November 15 either in a newspaper of general circulation within the District, by electronic submission to the Department of Education for publication on its web site, in the official newspaper of the county, or by mailing to each household in the School District.  If published electronically as indicated above, a link shall be posted on the School District web site to the state department's web site.

The Superintendent shall also ensure that a report of expenditures of public funds and student activity funds is provided to the Board on a monthly basis.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-271

15-302

15-904

15-919.06
15-977
15-991

CROSS REF.: 
CM - School District Annual Report
DBC-R - Budget Planning, Preparation and Schedules



Master Document: DID © INVENTORIES
Child Document: DID INVENTORIES

DID ©
INVENTORIES

The Superintendent shall establish a program to implement District inventory procedures, which shall include inventory of land, buildings, and equipment as required in the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR).

The acquisition threshold for capitalizing items and entering them on the general fixed assets listing shall be five thousand dollars ($5,000) or greater.  Items having an acquisition cost greater than one thousand dollars ($1,000) but less than five thousand dollars ($5,000) shall be placed on the stewardship listing.  General fixed assets and stewardship items shall be inventoried as specified by the USFR.

The District will use the straight-line method of depreciation and the half-year convention.  Useful lives and capitalization thresholds will be determined by the Arizona Association of School Business Officials (AASBO), International Guidelines, or as determined by the administration.  Salvage value will be zero (0) unless otherwise determined by the administration.  Depreciation of fixed assets will be assigned a functional category based on projected functional use of the asset as determined by the administration.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
Uniform System of Financial Records



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DJA REQUISITIONS AND PURCHASE ORDERS

DJA
REQUISITIONS  AND  PURCHASE  ORDERS

Monies for the purchase of supplies and equipment are allocated in the District budget.  To purchase supplies and equipment from these funds, it is necessary to have a purchase requisition initiated by a member of the staff and approved by the administrator principal.  The requisition should then be forwarded to the District purchasing/business office for processing.

To assure delivery at the time of need, supplies should be requisitioned at least thirty (30) days in advance and equipment should be requisitioned from sixty (60) to ninety (90) days prior to scheduled use.

Purchase orders for all supplies and equipment that are requisitioned will be issued by the Administrator of Purchasing.  The School District will not be responsible for the payment of any materials or supplies which have not been properly requisitioned and purchased.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: DID-R ©
Child Document: DID-R

DID-R ©

REGULATION

INVENTORIES

The business manager has responsibility to assist the Superintendent in developing procedures for maintaining District inventories.  The District will follow the prescribed minimum internal control policies and procedures provided by the Uniform System of Financial Records to meet compliance requirements for inventories.

A copy of the complete inventory shall be on file in the office of the Director of Purchasingbusiness manager.  A detailed listing of capital assets such as land, buildings, machinery and equipment, vehicles, infrastructure, and easements must be established as prescribed by the Governmental Accounting Standards Board (GASB).  Assets, including lands and buildings, and improvements to land and/or existing buildings, having a total acquisition cost of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more will be tagged, marked, capitalized and included in the general fixed-assets inventory.  To comply with the requirements of GASB Statement number 34, accurate, complete, and up-to-date documentation including, but not limited to, the following shall be maintained:

●  An A.  An inventory record registering for each item the:

■  description1.  description;

■  year 2.  year of acquisition;■  method

3.  method of acquisition;

■  funding 4.  funding source;

■  cost 5.  cost or estimated cost;

■  salvage 6.  salvage value;

■  estimated 7.  estimated useful life;

■  function8.  function(s) for which the asset is used.

●  A B.  A depreciation schedule that:

■  includes 1.  includes all exhaustible capital assets, by type, with examples;

■  excludes 2.  excludes non-exhaustible capital assets and construction in process;

■  is 3.  is based on locally-determined estimated useful life, typically in years;

■  projects 4.  projects residual value at the end of useful life;

■  identifies 5.  identifies the method used for calculating depreciation;

■  identifies 6.  identifies the selected averaging condition, where applicable.

●  A C.  A disposal listing of items removed from the inventory, including at minimum the date and method of disposal.

A stewardship inventory shall also be maintained for all equipment, including vehicles, with a cost of one thousand dollars ($1,000) or more but less than the capital asset threshold.  The inventory must identify each item's description, identification (tag) number, location, and the month and year of acquisition.

For insurance and other purposes, an inventory of items with an acquisition cost of less than one thousand dollars ($1,000) may be maintained.

The District shall conduct a physical inventory of listed equipment:

●  at A.  at least every two (2) years for items: 

■  purchased 1.  purchased with federal funds;

■  with 2.  with an acquisition cost of five thousand dollars ($5,000) or more.

●  at B.  at least every three (3) years:

■  for 1.  for all capital equipment;

■  for 2.  for items on the stewardship list, where such list exists.

Facility administrators shall implement the procedures, maintain lists, and provide reports as requested on the contents of their buildings.

Each administrative unit shall assist in completing an annual inventory of all capital furniture and equipment, library media, and textbooks at its location.

Facility administrators shall require any employee who desires to remove an item from one school or department for use in another to submit a written transfer request form to the purchasing officebusiness manager.  Written approval must be obtained from the Purchasing Director business manager prior to the relocation of an item.

Supply records shall be kept, which will show:

A.  The name of the individual receiving the supplies.

B.  The date received.

C.  The disposition of the supplies.

A perpetual inventory shall be maintained for all supplies warehoused by the District.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DJB RESTRICTIONS ON PURCHASING FROM LOCAL ACCOUNTS

DJB
RESTRICTIONS  ON  PURCHASING
FROM  LOCAL  ACCOUNTS

All local accounts must be solvent at the time a purchase is made.  Solvency shall be construed as including cash or inventory on hand.

The Student Council or a cooperating organization designated by the council may provide financial support for a specific activity on condition of later reimbursement.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: DIE © AUDITS / FINANCIAL MONITORING
Child Document: DIE © AUDITS / FINANCIAL MONITORING

DIE ©
AUDITS / FINANCIAL  MONITORING

The Governing Board directs the Superintendent to implement procedures that assure District compliance with all state and federal requirements for financial monitoring and audits.  Contingent upon prescribed qualifying criteria, such requirements may include, but are not limited to, procedural reviews by the Office of the Auditor General and the federal Single Audit Act Amendments of 2003and OMB Compliance Supplement June 2016.

The procurement of the necessary services shall be consistent with the District's policy on bidding and purchasing procedures.  Any allocation of costs for the services shall conform to the requirements of the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR).

A final report of each separate fiscal management review shall be presented to the Board for examination and discussion.  After a report has been presented to the Board, it will become a matter of public record, and its distribution will not be limited.  Copies of a final report shall be filed with appropriate state and other authorities.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-239
15-914
15-2111
41-1279.04
41-1279.05
41-1279.07
41-1279.21
41-1279.22
A.A.C. 
R7-2-902
USFR - Audit Requirements

2 CFR Part 200 Appendix XI, Compliance Supplement



Master Document: DIE-R ©
Child Document: DIE-R ©

DIE-R ©

REGULATION

AUDITS / FINANCIAL  MONITORING

Each program, instructional unit, and department shall prepare and maintain such financial records as are directed by the Superintendent.  The documents shall be accurate and of essential sufficiency to enable the District to comply with all requirements for financial monitoring and audits, both internal and external.

In addition to special reviews that may be conducted as necessary, the District will comply with the following minimum requirements to demonstrate proper management of and accountability for its fiscal resources:

●  Whenever

A.  Whenever the District's expenditure of federal financial assistance is less than five hundred thousand

dollars

dollars ($500,000) during a fiscal year, the District shall be subject to a procedural review conducted by the

Office of

Office of the Auditor General at times determined by the Auditor General, subject to the following provisions:

■  Districts

B.  Districts that have adopted a Maintenance and Operations Fund (M&O) budget of two million

dollars

dollars ($2,000,000) or more shall contract with an independent certified public accountant to conduct an annual financial statement audit in accordance with generally accepted governmental auditing standards.

■  Districts

C.  Districts that have adopted a Maintenance and Operations Fund (M&O) budget between seven

hundred thousand

hundred thousand dollars ($700,000) and two million dollars ($2,000,000) shall contract with an independent

certified public

certified public accountant to conduct a biennial financial statement audit in accordance with generally

accepted governmental

accepted governmental auditing standards.

●  Whenever

D.  Whenever the District's combined expenditure from all sources of federal financial assistance is five

hundred thousand

hundred thousand dollars ($500,000) or more during a fiscal year, the District shall contract with an approved independent auditor to conduct an annual financial audit.  The audit shall be performed in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards in compliance with the requirements of the federal Single Audit Act Amendments of 2003 and any implementing regulations of the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).

To the extent permitted by federal law, the District:

●  may

A.  may convert to a biennial audit schedule when the previous annual audit contained

no

no significant

negative findings

negative findings,

defined

 defined as the District having received a letter of noncompliance issued by the auditor general;

●  shall

B.  shall convert back to an annual audit whenever an audit produces significant negative findings;

●  may

C.  may convert back to a biennial audit schedule when the two (2) previous audits have not contained

and significant

any significant negative findings.

The Superintendent shall be promptly informed of any material deficiency that is discovered during a monitoring or auditing process.



Master Document: DJ © PURCHASING
Child Document: DJ © PURCHASING

DJ ©
PURCHASING

(Purchasing Ethics Policy)

The District's Governing Board members and employees shall not use their offices or positions to receive any valuable things or benefits that would not ordinarily accrue to them in the performance of duties if the things or benefits are of such value or character as to manifest a substantial and improper influence upon the performance of their duties.

This policy should not be construed to prohibit District Governing Board members and employees from accepting inexpensive novelty advertising items and holiday gifts or occasional business meals.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-213
15-323
38-503
38-504



Master Document: DJE © BIDDING / PURCHASING PROCEDURES
Child Document: DJE © BIDDING / PURCHASING PROCEDURES

DJE ©
BIDDING / PURCHASING  PROCEDURES

The Superintendent shall be responsible for all purchasing, contracting, competitive bidding, and receiving and processing of all bid protests, in accordance with the Arizona school district procurement rules, including A.A.C. R7-2-1141 et seq.  A contract shall not be awarded to an entity that does not verify employment eligibility of each employee through the E-verify program in compliance with A.R.S. 23-214 subsection A.  Each contract shall contain the warranties required by A.R.S. 41-4401 relative to the E-verify requirements.

The Superintendent shall prepare regulations to assure the District conforms to proper procedures and practices. shall ensure that all aspects of bidding and purchasing procedures conform to federal and state laws, rules and regulations.  Administrative regulations shall be established to assure the District is in full compliance, including contracting with small and minority businesses, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms.  (2 C.F.R. 200.321).

Purchases  Not  Requiring  Bidding

Purchases of less than ten thousand dollars ($10,000) or less may be made at the discretion of the Superintendent.  Such procurements are not subject to competitive purchasing requirements, however reasonable judgment should be used to ensure the purchases are advantageous to the District.

Verbal price quotations will be requested from at least three (3) vendors for a transaction transactions of at least ten thousand dollars ($10,000) but less than fifty thousand dollars ($50,000).  The price quotations should be shown on, or attached to, the related requisition form.  If three (3) verbal quotations cannot be obtained, documentation showing the vendors contacted that did not offer price quotations, or explaining why price quotations were not obtained, shall be maintained on file in the District office.

Written price quotations will be requested from at least three (3) vendors for transactions of at least fifty thousand dollars ($50,000) but not more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).  If three (3) written price quotations cannot be obtained, documentation showing the vendors contacted that did not offer written price quotations, or explaining why written price quotations were not obtained, shall be maintained on file in the District office.

The District is not required to engage in competitive bidding in order to place a student in a private school that provides special education services if such placement is prescribed in the student's individualized education program and the private school has been approved by the Department of Education Division of Special Education pursuant to A.R.S. 15-765.  The placement is not subject to rules adopted by the State Board of Education before November 24, 2009 pursuant to A.R.S. 15-213.

The District may, without competitive bidding, purchase or contract for any products, materials and services directly from Arizona Industries for the Blind, certified nonprofit agencies that serve individuals with disabilities and Arizona Correctional Industries if the delivery and quality of the goods, materials or services meet the District's reasonable requirements.

Intergovernmental agreements and contracts between school districts or between the District and other governing bodies as provided in A.R.S. 11-952 are exempt from competitive bidding under the procurement rules adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to A.R.S. 15-213.

The District is not required to engage in competitive bidding to make a decision to participate in insurance programs authorized by A.R.S. 15-382.

The District is not required to obtain bid security for the construction- manager-at-risk method of project delivery.

Unless otherwise provided by law, contracts for materials or services and contracts for job-order-contracting construction services may be entered into if the duration of the contract and the conditions of renewal or extension, if any, are included in the invitation for bids or the request for proposals and if monies are available for the first fiscal period at the time the contract is executed.  The duration of contracts for materials or services and contracts for job-order-contracting construction services shall be limited to no more than five (5) years unless the Board determines that a contract of longer duration would be advantageous to the District.  Once determined, the decision should be memorialized in meeting minutes and in the contract/bid file.  Payment and performance obligations for succeeding fiscal periods are subject to the availability and appropriation of monies.  The maximum dollar amount of an individual job order for a job-order-contracting construction service shall be one million dollars ($1,000,000) or as determined by the Board.

Online  Bidding

Until such time as the State Board of Education adopts rules for the procurement of goods and information services by school districts and charter schools using electronic, online bidding, the District may procure goods and information services pursuant to A.R.S. 41-2671 through 2673 using the rules adopted by the Department of Administration in implementing 41-2671 through 2673.

Purchases  Requiring  Bidding

Sealed bids and proposals shall be requested for transactions to purchase construction, materials, or services costing more than one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).  All transactions must comply with the requirements of the Arizona Administrative Code and the Uniform System of Financial Records.

Registered  Sex  Offender  Prohibition

All purchase orders, agreements to purchase, and contracts for services to be provided by personnel other than District employees must include the following statement on the document:

Registered Sex Offender RestrictionPursuant to this order, the named vendor agrees by acceptance of this order that no employee of the vendor or a subcontractor of the vendor, who has been adjudicated to be a registered is required to register as a sex offender, pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3821, will perform work on District premises or equipment at any time when District students are, or are reasonably are reasonably expected to be, present.  The vendor further agrees by acceptance of this order that a violation of this condition this condition shall be considered a material breach and may result in a cancellation of the order at the District's discretions discretion.

Adopted:  December 18, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
11-952

15-213

15-213.01

15-213.02

15-239

15-323

15-342

15-382

15-765

15-910.02

23-214

34-101  et seq.

35-391 et seq.

35-393 et seq.

38-503

38-511

39-121

41-2632

41-2636

41-4401

A.A.C. 

R7-2-1001  et seq.

A.G.O. 

I83-136

I87-035

I06-002

USFR:  VI-G-8 et seq.

2 C.F.R. 200.321

CROSS REF.: 
BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
DJG - Vendor/Contractor Relations
GBEAA - Staff Conflict of Interest
JLIF - Sex Offender Notification



Master Document: DJE-R ©
Child Document: DJE-R ©

DJE-R ©

REGULATION

BIDDING / PURCHASING  PROCEDURES

All District purchases shall be in accordance with the relevant sections of the Arizona Revised Statues (including, but not limited to to 15-213, 15-323, and and 38-503), the Arizona school district procurement rules set out in A.A.C.A.A.C. R7-2-1001 through 1195, and with the following.

Requesting  Quotations

Requests for price quotations are to include adequate details and be issued with sufficient lead time to enable vendors to effectively respond.  When a contract is to be awarded on the basis of price and additional factors those factors are to be included in the request for quotations.  Such factors should include, but are not limited to, the following:

●  Submittal A.  Submittal requirements including:

■  Date 1.  Date and time due;

■  Type 2.  Type and manner by which quotations may be received (e.g., telephone, written, fax, e-mail, prepared form prepared form);

■  Physical 3.  Physical or digital address to which quotations are to be delivered.

●  Specific B.  Specific information the quotation must include.

●  Whether C.  Whether or not negotiations may be held.

●  Options D.  Options that may be made pursuant to a purchase contract, i.e., extensions and renewals.

●  Contracts E.  Contracts for job-order-contracting services shall be limited to no more than five (5) years unless the Board determines Board determines that a contract of longer duration would be advantageous to the District and has provided for such such duration as a part of bid documents and conditions of renewal or extension within contract language.   Such  Such determination should be memorialized in writing and kept in the meeting minutes and contract/bid file.

●  Uniform F.  Uniform terms and conditions included in the request by text or reference.

●  Such G.  Such additional terms, conditions, and instructions as are applicable to the purchase under consideration.

All requests for written quotations shall be at the direction of the Superintendent or a person designated by the Superintendent.

When a vendor is selected on the basis of factors other than lowest price, the reasons shall be documented and filed with the price quotations.  Documentation of the quotations process and details including vendor names, persons contacted, telephone numbers and identification of other communication procedures, price results, and determinations are to be documented and retained by the District in a procurement file that includes the pertinent requisition form and purchase order. 

A written contract or purchase order must be approved prior to a purchase being made.

Cumulative  and  Like 
Item  Purchases

An analysis shall be performed annually to determine the extent of the District need to purchase like items.  Prior year purchases and applicable demographic, program, and planning data are to be utilized for projecting quantity and cost of like items to fulfill the anticipated need.  The outcomes of calculating the projected quantity and cost factors to acquire like items shall inform the determinations as to the appropriate procurement processes to be applied.  The proper competitive purchasing strategies must be applied to assure District compliance with the procurement laws and rules.  Splitting of orders or other purchasing practices devised to circumvent allowable procurement practices are prohibited.  The cumulative costs of purchasing like items by any and all means of acquisition are to be tracked to assure that no purchases are permitted that will result in violation of Governing Board policies and lawful procurement practices.

Multiple  Year  Purchases

Under  Bid  ThresholdPurchases  Totaling  Less 

Than  One  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars

The District may enter into contracts of less than the current bid threshold per A.R.S. 41-2534 and 15-213 one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for a period up to five (5) years, as follows:

●  When A.  When the terms and conditions of renewal or extension are included in the solicitation for bids;

●  When B.  When monies are available for the first fiscal year at the time of contracting;

●  When C.  When the competitive purchasing method is appropriate to the projected cumulative cost over the term of the of the multiple year contract.

Multiple  Year  Purchases

Over  Bid  ThresholdPurchases  Totaling  More 

Than  One  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars

The District may enter into contracts for more than the current bid threshold one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) for a period up to five (5) years, as follows:

●  The A.  The Governing Board has determined in writing that:

■  The 1.  The estimated requirements cover the contract period and are reasonable and continuing;

■  A 2.  A multi-term contract will serve the District's best interest by encouraging competition or promoting economies promoting economies in procurement;

■  If 3.  If monies are not appropriated or available in future years the contract will be cancelled.

If multiple-year quotations are used, the District shall:

●  Document A.  Document the time period that the pricing is valid;

●  Determine B.  Determine the vendor will honor the pricing for the multi-year period;

●  Written C.  Secure and maintain written affirmation with the vendor that, although it is the District's intent to purchase certain purchase certain quantities, all purchases are subject to the availability of funds.

Multiple  Awards  to  More
Than  One  Contractor

Generally, the District should not use multiple awards allowing more than one (1) vendor to supply the same goods or service.  However, there are instances in which the District may make multiple awards.  If that instance arises, the request for proposals or invitation for bids should clearly state whether multiple awards may be used so bidders can consider that information when pricing their proposals or bids.

A multiple award to more than one (1) vendor should be made only when the District has determined and documented in writing that a single award is not advantageous to the District.  The award should also be limited to the least number of suppliers necessary to meet the District's requirements.

Bidding  Methods

Sealed bids or proposals will be requested when an award is to be made for a transaction to purchase construction, materials, or services costing more than the current bid threshold per A.R.S. 15-213 and 41-2534.one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000).  The Superintendent must review the expenditure and make a recommendation to the Board for final action.  The Board reserves the right to waive any informality in, or reject, any or all bids or any part of any bid.  Any bid may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of bids.

The bidder to whom the award is made may be required to enter into a written contract with the District.

Pursuant to the procurement code, contracts can be let for a period not to exceed five (5) years.

Definitions

The definition of a term used in this regulation shall be interpreted as being synonymous with the definition of that term listed at at R7-2-1001.

Prospective  Bidders'  Lists

The District shall compile and maintain a prospective bidders' list.  Inclusion of the name of a person shall not indicate whether the person is responsible concerning a particular procurement or otherwise capable of successfully performing a District contract.

Persons desiring to be included on the prospective bidders' list shall notify the District.  Upon notification, the District shall mail or otherwise provide the person with the District procedures for inclusion on the bidders' list.  Within thirty (30) days after receiving the required information, the District shall add the person to the prospective bidders' list unless the District makes a determination that inclusion is not advantageous to the District.

Persons who fail to respond to invitations for bids for two (2) consecutive procurements of similar items may be removed from the applicable bidders' list after mailing a notice to the person.  This notice shall not be required if the two (2) invitations for bids which were not responded to both contained the notice that bidders' names may be removed from the bidders' list if they fail to respond to invitations for bids for two (2) consecutive procurements of similar items.  Persons may be reinstated upon request.

Prospective bidders lists shall be available for public inspection, unless the District makes a written determination that it is in the best interest of the District that they should be confidential or private and should not be open for inspection pursuant to A.R.S. 39-121.

Competitive  Sealed  Bidding

If the intended procurement is for construction to cost less than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000), the rules established for the simplified school construction procurement program described

at 

at R7-2-1033

 may

may be followed.  In all other cases, adequate public notice of the invitation for bids shall be given as provided

in 

in R7-2-1022

 or

or as provided

in 

in R7-2-1024, which are outlined below, and shall indicate that any bid protest shall be filed with the District representative, who shall be named therein.

If notice is given pursuant

to 

to R7-2-1024, notice also may be given as provided

in 

in R7-2-1022.  If fewer than five (5) prospective bidders are included on the bidders list, the notice must also be given as provided

in 

in R7-2-1022.  When the invitation for bids is for the procurement of services other than those described

in 

in R7-2-1061

 through 

through R7-2-1068

 and 

and R7-2-1117

 through 

through R7-2-1123, Specified Professional Services, notice also shall be given as provided

in 

in R7-2-1022.

R7-2-1022:

In the event there are four (4) or less prospective bidders on the bidders' list, the notice shall include publication in the official newspaper of the county within which the school district is located for two (2) publications which are not less than six (6) nor more than ten (10) days apart.  The second publication shall not be less than two (2) weeks before bid opening.  The time of publication may be altered if deemed necessary pursuant

to 

to R7-2-1024.A.

R7-2-1024:

Invitation for bids shall be issued at least fourteen (14) days before the time and date set for bid opening in the invitation for bids unless a shorter time is deemed necessary for a particular procurement as determined by the school district.

The school district shall mail or otherwise furnish invitation for bids or notices of the availability of invitation for bids to all prospective bidders registered with the school district for the specific material, service or construction being bid.

The time and date at which a bid is called due shall be during regular working hours at a regular place of school business or during a public meeting of the Governing Board at its regular meeting place.

Invitations to bid will be sent to all vendors who have requested to bid or who have applied to be placed on a bid list appropriate to the items being sought.

A bid call relating to "construction projects" must describe the nature of the work to be performed and where complete plans, if necessary, may be obtained.  Deposits may be required for plans and specifications in good order.  A certified check, cashier's check, or surety bond for ten percent (10%) of the bid must accompany each bid, but will be returned to unsuccessful bidders.  The successful bidder must present performance and payment bonds for one hundred percent (100%) of the bid within five (5) working days after notification of the award.

Each sealed bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to the District, clearly marked on the outside of the envelope, "Sealed Bid for ________________."  The bids shall be opened publicly and read aloud at the time and place stated in the invitation.  Awards shall be made with reasonable promptness to the lowest responsible, qualified vendor, taking into consideration all factors set forth in policy.  Price shall not be the sole factor in making the bid award.  When out-of-state bidders are not to pay sales/use tax, the amount of such tax shall not be a consideration in determining the low bidder.  All proposed contracts for outside professional services in excess of the amount calculated by the State Board of Education and made applicable for the year in which the transaction will occur, may be reviewed by the attorney for the District prior to entering into the contract.  The policies relating to outside professional services apply only to services required by law to be placed on bid, and even those policies may be set aside if a state of emergency is declared.  If a state of emergency is declared, a memorandum will be issued justifying such a declaration, which will be filed in the District's records.

The use of bidding, contracting, or purchasing specifications that are in any way proprietary to one (1) supplier, distributor, or manufacturer is prohibited unless no other resource is practical for the protection of the public interest.

The Board reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to accept the bid that appears to be in the best interest of the District.  The Board reserves the right to waive informalities in any bid or to reject any bid, all bids, or any part of any bid.  Any bids may be withdrawn prior to the scheduled time for the opening of the bids.  Any bids received after the opening begins shall not be accepted.  Opening of bids shall not be delayed to accommodate late bid responses.  Submitted bids shall be honored for at least thirty (30) days or as otherwise stated in the invitation.  All information relating to a bid shall be retained and made available for public inspection after the bids are awarded, and prospective bidders shall be notified of this in the invitation or specifications relating to the bid call.

Multistep  Sealed  Bidding

The multistep sealed bidding method may be used if the Governing Board determines that:

●  Available A.  Available specifications or purchase descriptions are not sufficiently complete to permit full competition without technical without technical evaluations and discussions to ensure mutual understanding between each bidder and the District;

●  Definite B.  Definite criteria exist for evaluation of technical offers;

●  More C.  More than one (1) technically qualified source is expected to be available; and

●  A D.  A fixed-price contract will be used.

The District may hold a conference with bidders before submission or at any time during the evaluation of the unpriced technical offers.

The multistep sealed bidding method may not be used for construction contracts.

When the multistep sealed bidding method is determined to be advantageous to the District, the procedures set out in R7-2-1036 and  and 1037 shall be followed.

Competitive  Sealed  Proposals

If, pursuant to to R7-2-1041, the Governing Board determines in writing that the use of competitive sealed bidding is either not practicable or not advantageous to the District, a contract may be entered into by competitive sealed proposals.  The Governing Board may make a class determination that it is either not practicable or not advantageous to the District to procure specified types of materials or services by competitive sealed bidding.  The competitive sealed proposal method may not be used for construction contracts.  The Governing Board may modify or revoke a class determination at any time.

If competitive sealed bidding is neither practicable or advantageous, competitive sealed proposals may be used if it is necessary to:

●  Use A.  Use a contract other than a fixed-price type;

●  Conduct B.  Conduct oral or written discussions with offerors concerning technical and price aspects of their proposals;

●  Afford C.  Afford offerors an opportunity to revise their proposals;

●  Compare D.  Compare the different price, quality, and contractual factors of the proposals submitted; or

●  Award E.  Award a contract in which price is not the determining factor.

Procedures to be applied subsequent to the issuance of an invitation for bids are to be consistent with the requirements set out in in R7-2-1025 through  through 1032.

Competitive sealed proposals shall be solicited through a request for proposals.  The request for proposals shall set forth those factors listed above for competitive sealed bids that are applicable and shall also state:

●  The A.  The type of services required and a description of the work involved;

●  The B.  The type of contract to be used;

●  An C.  An estimate of the duration the service will be required;

●  That D.  That cost or pricing data is required;

●  That E.  That offerors may designate as proprietary portions of the proposals;

●  That F.  That discussions may be conducted with offerors who submit proposals determined to be reasonably susceptible reasonably susceptible of being selected for award;

●  The G.  The minimum information that the proposal shall contain;

●  The H.  The closing date and time of receipt of proposals; and

●  I.   The relative importance of price and other evaluation factors.● 

Procurement of information systems and telecommunications systems shall include, as criteria in the request for proposal, evaluation factors of the total life cycle cost and application benefits of the information systems or telecommunication systems.

● 

Procurement of earth-moving, material-handling, road maintenance and construction equipment shall include, as criteria in the request for proposal, evaluation factors of the total life cycle cost including residual value of the earth-moving, material-handling, road maintenance and construction equipment.

A request for proposals shall be issued at least fourteen (14) days before the closing date and time for receipt of proposals unless a shorter time is determined necessary by the District.

Notice of the request for proposals shall be issued in accordance

with 

with R7-2-1022.

Before submission of initial proposals, amendments to requests for proposals shall be made in accordance

with 

with R7-2-1026.  After submission of proposals, amendments may be made in accordance

with 

with R7-2-1036(C).

Specified  Professional  Services
and  Construction  Services

When the procurement of construction services or services to be provided by certain professionals are under consideration, designated District personnel shall become fully familiar with and informed on the requirements established in Arizona Revised Statutes Title 34.  The assigned District personnel are to seek assistance from qualified consultants, attorneys, and bond counsel as is necessary and applicable to the projects being considered, including but not limited to determinations of the training, qualifications, experience, fitness, licensure, prior performance, and bonding of potential providers.  Procurement activities, including securing the services of persons to assist District personnel as referenced above shall be in accordance with all relevant requirements prescribed by federal and state law and the rules of federal, state, county, and municipal agencies for the acquisition, performance and reporting of the services being sought and acquired.

Procurement  of  Services  by  Certain
Other  Classes  of  Providers

The purchase of services to be provided by clergy, certified public accountants, physicians, dentists, and legal counsel shall be as specified

in 

in R7-2-1061

 through 

through R7-2-1068.  The procurement of services by an architect, engineer, land surveyor, assayer, geologist, or landscape architect is to be accomplished in compliance

with 

with R7-2-1117

 and 

and 1118.  Procurement procedures related to purchasing services from the professional providers are to conform

to 

to R7-2-1119

 through 

through 1122.

Contract  Requirements

Care is to be exercised to assure the District's procurement practices conform to the general contract requirements set out

at 

at R7-2-1068

through 

through 1086

 and

and the accompanying conditions described

in 

in R7-2-1091

 through 

through 1093.

Preparation  of  Specifications

Specifications for goods, services, and construction items are to be prepared in the manner prescribed by

rules 

rules R7-2-1101

 through 

through 1105.

Construction  Procurement  Procedures

Preparation for inviting bids for construction and the steps to be followed in the construction procurement process shall be guided by and consistent

with 

with R7-2-1109

 through 

through 1116.

Emergency  Purchases

An exception to the above procedures for price competition may be made in the event of an emergency involving the health, safety, or welfare of school personnel or students.  In such an emergency, declared by the Superintendent, emergency purchase action may be taken without price competition, if necessary.  Even under emergency conditions, price competition should be sought if it will not unacceptably delay the correction of the condition requiring emergency procedures.  If emergency purchases are made without price competition, a complete written description of the circumstances pursuant to to A.A.C.   R7-2-1057 shall be included in the procurement file and maintained in the District office.

Sole-Source  Procurements

A contract may be awarded for a material, service, or construction item without competition if the Governing Board determines in writing that there is only one (1) source for the required material, service, or construction item.  The District may require the submission of cost or pricing data in connection with an award pursuant to A.A.C.

 

R7-2-1053

.  Sole-source procurement shall be avoided, except when no reasonable alternative source exists.  A copy of the written evidence and determination of the basis for the sole-source procurement shall be retained in the procurement file by the District.

The District shall, to the extent practicable, negotiate with the single supplier a contract advantageous to the District.

Cooperative  Purchasing  Agreements

Procurements in accordance with intergovernmental agreements and contracts between the District and other governing bodies as authorized by A.R.S. 15-952 are exempt from competitive bidding requirements under A.R.S. 15-213.  Inspection of and payment for materials and services acquired under a cooperative purchasing agreement are the obligation of the District.

Due  Diligence

The District is responsible for ensuring that all procurements are done in accordance with school district procurement rules whether the procurement is done independently or through a cooperative purchasing agreement.  The District shall develop and follow a clear plan prescribing the purchasing practices to be followed.  The plan will describe the elements of internal control and auditing to assure the District's procedures are sufficient to confirm the adequacy of the procurements practices and that the accountability of all personnel engaged in procurement practices is regularly evaluated and corrective measures taken when necessary.  The due diligence activities shall include the use of the applicable sections of the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) Compliance Questionnaire for school districts when assessing the quality of the procurements procedures and the competence of the persons performing the procedures.  Day-to-day and periodic formal checks of due diligence performance are to be documented and retained in a procurement file.



Master Document: DJE-E ©
Child Document: DJE-E ©

DJE-E ©

EXHIBIT

BIDDING / PURCHASING  PROCEDURES

Required  Contract  Content

Each contract for the procurement of goods or services shall include a clause requiring the Contractor to certify that the contractor does not have scrutinized business operations in Sudan nor scrutinized business operations in Iran.

The following language is suggested:

●  In accordance with A.R.S. Sections 35-391 et seq. and 35-393 et seq., the offeror hereby certifies that the offeror does not have scrutinized business operations in Sudan nor scrutinized business operations in Iran.  (Added to Offer/Acceptance Form Certification)

Cancellation  of  Contracts

Within three (3) years after the execution of any contract made by the District, the District may cancel such contract if any person significantly involved in initiating, negotiating, securing, drafting, or creating the contract on behalf of the District is, at any time while the contract or any extension of the contract is in effect, an employee or agent of any other party to the contract in any capacity or a consultant to any other party of the contract with respect to the subject matter of the contract.

Such cancellation by the District shall be effective when written notice from the Board is received by all other parties to the contract unless the notice specifies a later time.

In addition to the right to cancel a contract, as provided above, the District may recoup any fee or commission paid or due any person significantly involved in initiating, negotiating, securing, drafting, or creating the contract on behalf of the District from any other party to the contract arising as the result of the contract.

Notice of this provision shall be included in every contract to which the District is a party.  Such notice could read:

In accordance with A.R.S. 38-511, if a person significantly involved in a District contract becomes an employee, agent, or consultant to any other party of the contract with respect to the subject matter of the contract, the District may cancel the contract within three (3) years of execution and recoup any fee or commission paid to such person.



Master Document: DJG © VENDOR / CONTRACTOR RELATIONS
Child Document: DJG © VENDOR / CONTRACTOR RELATIONS

DJG ©
VENDOR / CONTRACTOR  RELATIONS

Fingerprinting  Requirements

A contractor, subcontractor or vendor, or any employee of a contractor, subcontractor or vendor, who is contracted to provide services on a regular basis at an individual school shall obtain a valid fingerprint clearance card pursuant to A.R.S. 41-1758 et seq.  The Superintendent, or a principal subject to approval by the Superintendent, may exempt from the requirement to obtain a fingerprint clearance card a contractor, subcontractor, or vendor whom the Superintendent or principal has determined is not likely to have independent access or unsupervised contact with students as part of their normal job duties while performing services to the school or to the School District.  The exemption shall be given in writing and a copy filed in the District office.

The Superintendent shall develop uniform District criterion for making a determination of whether or not an exemption will be granted.

Required  Contract  Provisions

Each District contract shall contain the provisions of statute paraphrased below and the Superintendent shall implement procedures to randomly verify the records of contractor and subcontractor employees to ensure compliance with these warranties.

The contract or agreement with each contractor shall contain the warranties indicated below:

●  Each A.  Each contractor shall warrant compliance with all federal immigration laws and regulations that relate to their their employees and that they have verified employment eligibility of each employee through the E-Verify programVerify program.  The contractor shall acknowledge that a breach of this warranty shall be deemed a material breach material breach of the contract subject to penalties up to and including termination of the contract.

●  The B.  The contractor further acknowledges that the School District retains the legal right to inspect the papers of any contractor any contractor or subcontractor employee who works on the contract to ensure compliance by the contractor or subcontractoror subcontractor

The contractor shall facilitate this right by notice to his employees and supervisors.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-512
23-214
41-1758 et seq.

41-4401
Public Law 92-544

CROSS REF.: 
DBF - Budget Hearings and Reviews/Adoption Process
DIC - Financial Reports and Statements
DJE - Bidding/Purchasing Procedures



Master Document: DJG-R ©
Child Document: DJG-R ©

DJG-R ©

REGULATION

VENDOR / CONTRACTOR  RELATIONS

A District appointed contract liaison shall at random times request contractor and subcontractor employment records.  Intermittently and without prior notice, the District appointed liaison to each contractor shall request from the individual contractor and subcontractor employees the information required on the I-9 form.  Such information shall be used to verify the employee's right to work status and the contractor and subcontractor compliance with contract warranties.  A report of the result of this inquiry shall be made to the Superintendent.



Master Document: DJGA © SALES CALLS AND DEMONSTRATIONS
Child Document: DJGA © SALES CALLS AND DEMONSTRATIONS

DJGA ©
SALES  CALLS  AND  DEMONSTRATIONS

Sales representatives for school services, supplies, or other materials are not permitted to call on teachers or other school staff members except with prior authorization from the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: DJGA-R ©
Child Document: DJGA-R ©

DJGA-R ©

REGULATION

SALES  CALLS  AND  DEMONSTRATIONS

When appropriate, the principal may give permission to sales representatives of educational products to see members of the school staff at times that will not interfere with the educational program.



Master Document: DK © PAYMENT PROCEDURES
Child Document: DK © PAYMENT PROCEDURES

DK ©
PAYMENT  PROCEDURES

In order to receive appropriate discounts and maintain good vendor relations, the Board directs the prompt payment of salaries and bills, but only after due care has been taken to assure that such amounts represent proper obligations of the District for services and/or materials received.

The Superintendent will implement procedures for the review of purchase invoices to determine that items or services are among those budgeted, itemized goods or services have been satisfactorily supplied, funds are available to cover payment, and invoices are in order and for the contracted amounts.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-304
15-321
15-906



Master Document: DK-E ©
Child Document: DK-E ©

DK-E ©

EXHIBIT

PAYMENT  PROCEDURES

RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING THE EXECUTION OF
WARRANTS BETWEEN BOARD MEETINGS

WHEREAS, A.R.S. 15-321 sets forth the procedures for execution of warrants drawn on the District, and

WHEREAS, said statute provides that an order for salary or other expense may be signed between Board meetings if a resolution to that effect has been passed prior to the signing and that order is ratified by the Board at the next regular or special meeting of the Governing Board;

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that said statutory procedure be, and herein is, ordered for use in the District in accordance with the provisions of A.R.S. 15-321.

This resolution was moved, seconded, and passed at a meeting of the Glendale Union High School District No. 205 ________________________ Governing Board on ____________________, 20____.

ATTEST:

____________________________________
President



Master Document: DKA © PAYROLL PROCEDURES / SCHEDULES
Child Document: DKA © PAYROLL PROCEDURES / SCHEDULES

DKA ©
PAYROLL  PROCEDURES / SCHEDULES

The District will establish two (2) or more days in each month as fixed paydays for payment of wages in accord with Arizona Statute.  Employees may choose to have their salaries paid in full upon the last pay date following completion of their assignments or may annualize their pay.  Employees who choose to receive payment of wages beyond the period in which the wages were earned (deferred payment) will be subject to Internal Revenue Service (IRS) penalties unless they provide a written election of such deferral prior to the first duty day of the year of deferral.  Forms for such deferral shall be made available.  Any change to the election must be made prior to the first duty day of the fiscal year of the deferment.

An employee who quits the service of the District shall be paid all wages due on the regular payday for the pay period during which termination occurs.  Such wages may be paid by mail if requested.

An employee who is discharged from service of the District shall be paid all wages due within ten (10) calendar days from the date of discharge.

Adopted:  May 11, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
23-351
23-353

CROSS REF.: 
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members



Master Document: DKA-E ©
Child Document: DKA-E

DKA-E   E © 

EXHIBIT

PAYROLL  PROCEDURES / SCHEDULES

PAY PLAN SELECTION FORM

Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Section 409A (deferred compensation) requires that pay plan changes can only be made prior to the beginning of work each fiscal year (July 1) and the pay plan choices remain in effect the entire fiscal year.

◻  Current (continuing) employees or new employees hired before each July 1, Pay Plan selection is irrevocable once work begins each fiscal year (July 1).

◻  New employees hired after each July 1, Pay Plan selection is irrevocable once employment begins (first day of work).

◻  In prior years, employees that were on a deferred pay plan (twenty-six [26] pays) could make a hardship request.  The request allowed the employee to receive all pay due to them as if they were on a non-deferred pay plan (twenty [20] pays).  Under this new regulation, this can no longer be allowed.

◻  Effective date is July 1, 2008 and each July 1, thereafter.

Employee Name

DEFERRED WAGE PAYMENT ELECTION FORM

By my signature I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the School District's policy on deferred wages.  Furthermore, by my signature on this form I am electing to defer payment of my wages on an annualized basis consisting of twenty-six (26) payments.  I understand that any change from an annualized election of payment requires that I notify the District prior to the beginning of duty for the fiscal year in which the change is being given.

_________________________

   Work Location

_______     ______

Pay  Plan  Choice  for  Teachers,  Ten-Month

and  Nine-Month  Contracted  Employees


(Default Pay Plan is PLAN 26)

◻  Plan 20 -  Pays divided evenly throughout the school year with no balance of contract (balloon) payment at the end of the school year.

◻  Plan 26 - Contract divided by twenty-six (26) pays with a balance of contract (balloon) payment of about three (3) to five (5) pays at the end of the school year.

Pay  Plan  Choice  for  Seasonal  Coaching

and  Extra  Assignments


(Default Pay Plan is PLAN A)

◻  Plan A - Pays divided evenly throughout the season with no balance of contract (balloon) payment at the end of the season.

◻  Plan B - One (1) payment at the end of the season.

◻  Plan C - One (1) payment at the end of the school year.  Occurs the first payroll after school has ended.

Pay  Plan  Choice  for  Department  Chair

(Default Pay Plan is PLAN A)

◻  Plan A - Pays divided evenly throughout the school year with no balance of contract (balloon) payment at the end the school year.

◻  Plan B - One (1) payment at the end of the school year.  Occurs the first payroll after school has ended.

Pay  Plan  Choice  For  Hourly  Extra  Duty

Games, Activities, Lunch Duty, Drivers Ed.,

Local Workshops, Classroom Substitute, etc.

(Default Pay Plan is PLAN A)

◻  Plan A - Payment occurs bi-weekly on each payroll.

◻  Plan B - Payment occurs on the first payroll after the end of each quarter - Four (4) payments.

◻  Plan C - Payment occurs on the first payroll after the end of each semester - Two (2) payments.

◻  Plan D - Payment occurs on the first payroll after the end of the school year - One (1) payment.

Employee Name

_____________

Signature                                                      Position

______________________________

   Date

__     _______________

Return Form to District Payroll Department

____

Printed name                                                Date signed



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: DM-R

DM-R 

REGULATION

CASH  IN  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS

Cash requires a strong system of internal control because it is more susceptible to manipulation than any other asset.  Therefore, the Assistant Principal for Operations (APOR), activity sponsors, student treasurers and the bookstore manager should ensure the following prescribed policies and procedures are followed consistently at each school to adequately safeguard and properly account for Student Activities Fund cash.

●  The APOR is designated as the assistant student activities treasurer.

●  The APOR and the bookstore manager shall develop and provide appropriate training materials to the activity sponsors and student treasurers.

●  Student Activities Fund should include only monies of student clubs, organizations, school plays, or other student entertainment that are raised through efforts of students with the approval of the local administration.

●  Monies should be physically safeguarded.

●  All monies collected by school employees and student treasurers shall be deposited to the bookstore daily in accordance with procedures outlined in the Uniform System of Financial Records Appendix H.

●  Segregation of duties between cash handling and recordkeeping should be maintained to the extent possible understanding that bookstore staff is limited.

●  Monies received should be deposited to the bank intact daily, if material, or intact at least weekly.

●  Any disbursement shall be authorized by or on behalf of the student members of the particular club or organization by preparing an approved requisition.

●  Disbursements from the student activities accounts shall be by check, signed by two (2) persons, one (1) of whom shall be the assistant student activities treasurer and one (1) of whom shall be any other person authorized to sign by the Governing Board.

●  Disbursements must be made by prenumbered and numerically controlled checks.  Cash should be available in a student club's account before a disbursement is made.  Expenditures in excess of cash should be approved by the APOR.

●  Void checks should be so stamped to prevent reuse and numerically filed with other canceled checks.

●  Student Activities Fund monies may be invested and reinvested by the local school.  All monies earned by investment shall be credited to the Student Activities Fund of that school.

●  The bookstore manager shall maintain an accurate detailed record of all revenues and expenditures of the Student Activities Fund.  Accounts records showing the balances due the respective student organizations as provided in A.R.S. 15-1121 shall be kept by the bookstore manager and shall be open to inspection by officers of the student bodies concerned.  Copies of the records shall be presented to the Governing Board of the School District not less than once during each calendar month.

●  Written bank reconciliations should be prepared monthly by the bookstore manager and reviewed by the APOR.  The reconciliations should be signed and dated when reviews are completed.

●  Revolving fund, auxiliary petty cash, athletic fund, and change funds should be reconciled at least monthly so that total cash plus disbursement documentation equals the imprest balance.

●  Account detail should be provided to each sponsor and student treasurer at least monthly.



Master Document: DKB © SALARY DEDUCTIONS
Child Document: DKB SALARY DEDUCTIONS

DKB ©
SALARY  DEDUCTIONS

The Superintendent shall establish procedures that conform to all requirements of the law and all policies of the District, that ensure employees receive paychecks not later than the stated payroll dates, and that ensure all amounts withheld from employee compensation are remitted and reported appropriately, correctly, and timely.

Involuntary  Deductions 

(Public  Record)

Federal and Arizona income taxes, Social Security (OASI/FICA), and employee contributions to the Arizona State Retirement System (ASRS) will be deducted as mandated by state and federal statutes.  All other deductions must be authorized by the Board and the employee unless ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction.

All employees will be paid in accordance with the annual payroll schedule.  Certificated employees are offered optional pay plans.  A form to indicate the desired pay plan is available at the District office.

All payroll deductions must have official authorization and will be considered continuing on an annual basis.  It is the responsibility of the employee to make sure that all official forms have been completed, signed, and filed with the business office in order for deductions to be made or discontinued.  The business office wishes to cooperate in every way possible, but legal limitations prevent making deductions without proper authorization.

Voluntary employee payroll deductions will be made in equal amounts from twenty-six (26) pays for twelve (12)-month employees and twenty (20) pays for all other employees.

Voluntary  Deductions  and  Redirections
(Not  Public  Record)

The following deductions and redirections have been authorized by the Board:

●  Insurance A.  Insurance premiums for staff members or dependents who are being covered under Board-approved Section 125 Section 125 cafeteria programs.

●  Direct B.  Direct deposits of net payroll with financial institutions.

●  Employees may select an investment provider from the list of approved District providers.  A salary reduction agreement must be completed, signed, and returned to the District payroll department.  For more detailed information and requirements, refer to the appropriate 403b/457b plan documents, universal availability notice and deduction authorization forms.

●  Credit union deposits.

●  U.C.  Tax-sheltered annuities for companies approved by the District.

D.  Credit union deposits.

E.  U.S. Savings Bonds.

●  Professional F.  Professional dues.

●  Contributions G.  Contributions to qualified charitable organizations.

●  Contributions H.  Contributions to a public school for the support of extracurricular activities or character education programs of the of the public school.

Health and Accident Insurance:

●  Coverage under the District major medical, dental and life insurance plans will be available to all eligible employees.

●  Employees desiring to have additional coverage for dependents will be given an opportunity to arrange for payroll deductions for this purpose.

●  All eligible employees will have the opportunity to establish a dependent care reimbursement account and medical savings account.

Other Deductions:

●  Direct deposit.

●  Desert Schools Federal Credit Union payroll deduction by specified dollar or percentage amount to savings or checking accounts.

●  See employee guides or salary schedules for other authorized voluntary payroll employee deductions.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-121
15-135
23-352
42-2001
43-401



Master Document: DKC © EXPENSE AUTHORIZATION / REIMBURSEMENT
Child Document: DKC EXPENSE AUTHORIZATION / REIMBURSEMENT

DKC ©
EXPENSE  AUTHORIZATION / 
REIMBURSEMENT

School employees who incur expenses in carrying out their authorized duties shall be reimbursed by the District upon submission of allowable supporting receipts, provided that prior authorization has been granted by the Superintendent.

No reimbursement will be made for travel from place of residence to and from school or central office.

Employees assigned to more than one school will be reimbursed for mileage one (1)-way between schools.

Mileage for homebound teachers will be paid for the distance traveled daily between the first student's home and the last student's home

Reimbursement amounts shall not exceed the maximums established pursuant to A.R.S. 38-624.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
38-621 et seq.
38-624
Uniform System of Financial Records USFR:  VI.I.

CROSS REF.: 
EEB - Business and Personnel Transportation Services



Master Document: DM © CASH IN SCHOOL BUILDINGS
Child Document: DM © CASH IN SCHOOL BUILDINGS

DM ©
CASH  IN  SCHOOL  BUILDINGS

Monies collected by school employees and by student treasurers shall be handled in accordance with prudent business procedures as outlined by the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR).  All monies collected shall be receipted, accounted for, and directed without delay to the proper location of deposit.

In no case shall money be left overnight in school buildings, except in safes provided for safekeeping of valuables.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: DN © SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSITION
Child Document: DN © SCHOOL PROPERTIES DISPOSITION

DN ©
SCHOOL  PROPERTIES  DISPOSITION

Sale  or  Lease  of  Property

The Board may sell or lease to the state, a county, a city, another school district or a tribal government agency any school property required for public purpose provided the sale or lease of the property will not affect the normal operation of a school within the District.

Disposition  of  Surplus  Materials

The School District shall determine the fair market value of excess and surplus property.  Except as provided in A.R.S. 15-342, surplus materials, regardless of value, shall be offered through competitive sealed bids, public auction, established markets, trade-in, posted prices, or state surplus property.  If unusual circumstances render the above methods impractical, the District may employ other disposition methods, including appraisal or barter, provided the District makes a determination that such procedure is advantageous to the District.  Only United States Postal Money Orders, certified checks, cashier's checks, or cash shall be accepted for sales of surplus property unless otherwise approved by the District or for sales of less than one hundred dollars ($100).

Exceptions for Disposition  of  Learning 
Materials  and  Equipment

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish regulations for the disposal of surplus or outdated learning materials to nonprofit community organizations when it has been determined that the cost of selling such materials equals or exceeds estimated market value of the learning materials.

The Board may sell used equipment to a charter school before attempting to sell or dispose of the equipment by other means.

Competitive  Sealed  Bidding

Notice of the sale bids shall be publicly available from the District at least ten (10) days before the date set for opening bids.  Notice of the sale bids shall be mailed to prospective bidders, including those on lists maintained by the District pursuant to A.A.C. R7-2-1023.  The notice of the sale bids shall list the materials offered for sale; their location; availability for inspection; the terms and conditions of sale; and instructions to bidders, including the place, date, and time set for bid opening.  Bids shall be opened publicly pursuant to the requirements of A.A.C. R7-2-1029.

The award shall be made, in accordance with the provisions of the notice of the sale bids, to the highest responsive and responsible bidder, provided that the price offered by such bidder is acceptable to the District.  If the District determines that the bid is not advantageous to the District, the District may reject the bids in whole or in part and may resolicit bids, or the District may negotiate the sale, provided that the negotiated sale price is higher than the highest responsive and responsible bidder's price.

Auctions shall be advertised at least two (2) times prior to the auction date in a newspaper of the county as defined in A.R.S. 11-255.  Advertisements must be at least seven (7) days apart.  All of the terms and conditions of any sale shall be available to the public at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to the auction date.

Before surplus materials are disposed of by trade-in to a vendor for credit on an acquisition, the District shall approve such disposal.  The District shall base this determination on whether the trade-in value is expected to exceed the value realized through the sale or other disposition of such materials.

An employee of the District or a Governing Board member shall not directly or indirectly purchase or agree with another person to purchase surplus property if said employee or Board member is, or has been, directly or indirectly involved in the purchase, disposal, maintenance, or preparation for sale of the surplus material.

State  Surplus  Property  Manager

Except as provided in A.R.S. 15-342, the District may enter into an agreement with the State Surplus Property Manager for the disposition of property pursuant to Article 8 of the Arizona Procurement Code [A.R.S. 41-2601 et seq.) ] and the rules promulgated thereunder.

Donation  of  Surplus

The Board may donate surplus or outdated learning materials, educational equipment and furnishings to nonprofit community organizations where the Board determines the anticipated cost of selling the learning materials, educational equipment or furnishings equals or exceeds the estimated market value of the materials.

Offer  to  Sell

The Board may offer to sell outdated learning materials, educational equipment or furnishings at a posted price commensurate with the value of the item to pupils who are currently enrolled in the District before those materials are offered for public sale.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-189
15-341
15-342
A.A.C. 

R7-2-1131

A.G.O. 

I80-036

I80-189

U.S.F.R. Sec. III-J-5(10); App. B(6)

CROSS REF.: 
BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
GBEAA - Staff Conflict of Interest
IJJ - Textbook/Supplementary Materials Selection and Adoption



Master Document: EA © SUPPORT SERVICES GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: EA © SUPPORT SERVICES GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

EA ©
SUPPORT  SERVICES  GOALS / 
PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

In order to provide services that are supportive of the educational program, the Board establishes these broad goals:

●  To A.  To provide a physical environment for teaching and learning that is safe and pleasant for students, staff membersstaff members, and the public.

●  To B.  To provide safe transportation for students who ride the school bus to and from school.

●  To C.  To provide services, resources, and assistance responsive to the needs of the educational programs.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: EB © ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PROGRAM
Child Document: EB © ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY PROGRAM

EB ©
ENVIRONMENTAL  AND 
SAFETY  PROGRAM

The Superintendent will establish procedures to protect the safety of all students, employees, visitors, and others present on District property or at school-sponsored events.

The practice of safety shall also be considered a facet of the instructional plan of the District schools by virtue of educational programs in sex offender awareness, traffic and pedestrian safety, driver education, fire prevention, indoor air quality (IAQ), and emergency procedures, appropriate for students at different grade levels.  General areas of emphasis shall include, but not be limited to: in-service training; accident record keeping; plant inspection; driver and vehicle safety programs; fire prevention; school site selection; and emergency procedures and traffic safety problems relevant to students, employees, and the community.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911

15-151

15-341

15-507

23-403

23-408

CROSS REF.: 
EBAA - Reporting of Hazards/Warning Systems
ECB - Building and Grounds Maintenance
JLIF - Sex Offender Notification



Master Document: EB-R ©
Child Document: EB-R

EB-R ©

REGULATION

ENVIRONMENTAL  AND 
SAFETY  PROGRAM

Responsibilities of the

District

maintenance supervisor:

●  Maintain

A.  Maintain an overall safety program in maintenance and operation of buildings and grounds.

●  Provide

B.  Provide specialized assistance as requested by school principal.

C.  Coordinate with the District Indoor Air Quality Coordinator who will:

Monitor indoor air quality.

D.  Document District responses to the biennial information on improving and  maintaining the indoor air quality (IAQ) in school buildings, which is  required by A.R.S. 15-2002(A)(14) to be distributed to school districts by the School Facilities Board.

Responsibilities of the school principals:

●  Schedule

A.  Schedule regular inspections.

●  Post

B.  Post required state and federal safety regulations and maintain appropriate safety records.

●  Arrange

C.  Arrange for the correction of defects reported to them by employees in the building by requesting

assistance from

assistance from the maintenance department.

●  Cooperate

D.  Cooperate in the correction of defects reported by the maintenance department or other school administrators.

E.  Implement procedures to monitor and maintain safe indoor air quality.

Responsibilities of the transportation

department

supervisor:

●  Maintain

A.  Maintain standards for certification of school bus drivers.

●  Maintain

B.  Maintain standards for periodic inspection and maintenance of school buses.

●  Maintain

C.  Maintain standards for school bus operation and idling procedures for gasoline, diesel, and alternative fuel engines which minimize air pollution by buses.

Responsibilities of other employees:

●  Report

A.  Report promptly to the principal of the school or immediate supervisor any events or situations which may cause increased air pollution within the school or on the campus and any defects in buildings, grounds,

or equipment

or equipment that might prove injurious to the safety, health, or comfort of students, employees, or

other persons

other persons.

●  Take

B.  Take reasonable precaution for the safe use of buildings, grounds, and equipment by students.

Responsibilities of students:

●  Avoid

A.  Avoid the following behaviors:

■  Setting

1.  Setting off a false fire alarm.

■  Misusing

2.  Misusing the fire alarm system, fire extinguishers, or other fire protection and safety equipment.

■  Setting

3.  Setting a fire in the building or on the school grounds.

●  Report

4.  Taking any action or creating any situation which either directly or indirectly affects indoor air quality in an adverse manner.

B.  Report promptly to the principal of the school or other appropriate school employee any defects in buildings,

grounds

 grounds, indoor air quality, or equipment that might prove injurious to the safety, health, or comfort

of employees

of employees, students, or other persons.

Responsibilities of other individuals utilizing school buildings:

●  Refrain

A.  Refrain from abusing safety equipment, such as fire extinguishers, alarm systems, et cetera.

●  Report

B.  Report promptly to the Superintendent or another school employee any defects in buildings, grounds, indoor air quality, or equipment that might prove injurious to the safety, health, or comfort of students, employees,

or

 or other persons.



Master Document: EBAA © REPORTING OF HAZARDS / WARNING SYSTEMS
Child Document: EBAA © REPORTING OF HAZARDS / WARNING SYSTEMS

EBAA ©
REPORTING  OF  HAZARDS / 
WARNING  SYSTEMS

(Pesticide Application Notice)

The intent of this policy is to ensure that students, employees, and parents/ guardians receive adequate notice prior to pesticide application.

In accord with A.R.S. 15-152, the District shall:

●  Provide A.  Provide notice of pesticide application during a regular school session to students, employees, and parentsand parents/guardians, given in a form reasonably calculated to provide a warning at least forty-eight (48) hours prior  hours prior to such application.

●  Provide continuing instruction for students absenting themselves.

●  Post the areas scheduled to receive pesticide application.

●  Maintain written records of pesticide applicationB.  Provide for oral notification to pupils and employees during the regular school session.

C.  Provide written, electronic or telephonic notification to parents or guardians at least forty-eight (48) hours prior to the application of pesticides.

Pest-control applicator(s) employed by the District shall provide the school contact person with notice at least seventy-two (72) hours prior to the date and time the application of pesticides is to occur, including in such notice the brand name, concentration, rate of application, pesticide label, material safety data sheet, the area or areas where the pesticide is to be applied, and any use restrictions required by the pesticide label.  Prior to the application, the applicator shall provide the school contact person with a written reapplication preapplication notification containing the following information:

●  The A.  The brand name, concentration, rate of application, and any use restrictions required by the label of the herbicide the herbicide or specific pesticide.

●  The B.  The area or areas where the pesticide is to be applied.

●  The C.  The date and time the application is to occur.

●  The D.  The pesticide label and the material safety data sheet.

In case of pesticide applications performed for or by public health agencies or emergency applications because of immediate threat to the public health, the licensed applicator shall give the school office oral and, if possible, written notice, with posting of the area to be treated in accord with A.R.S. 32-2307.

The Superintendent may require the pest-control applicator to fill out and make all required postings in accord with statute and with District policy and regulation.  The name and telephone number of the applicator shall be attached to any posting.

Only a certified applicator may apply pesticides at a school.

The Superintendent shall prepare regulations for the implementation of this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-152
32-2301

32-2307

32-2311.01

CROSS REF.: 
IKEA - Make Up Opportunities



Master Document: EBAA-R ©
Child Document: EBAA-R ©

EBAA-R ©

REGULATION

REPORTING  OF  HAZARDS /
WARNING  SYSTEMS

(Pesticide Application Notice)

The school administrator shall be the contact person for providing information regarding pesticide application activities at the school, including but not limited to giving oral and written notification, supervising the posting of notifications as required, and maintaining records of pesticide-application notifications.

Oral  and  Written  Notice

All oral and written notification shall contain, at a minimum, the date, time, general areas to be treated, and brand name of the pesticide to be applied.  During the regular school session, and not less than forty-eight (48) hours prior to pesticide application, notification shall be provided in the manner indicated below.

●  Oral A.  Oral notification to all students and school employees shall be provided by means of:

■  School 1.  School public address systems; or

■  Assembly 2.  Assembly communications; or

■  Staff 3.  Staff meeting announcements; or

■  Any 4.  Any similar means reasonably calculated to provide sufficient notice in advance of pesticide application.

●  Written B.  Written notification to the parents or guardians of enrolled students shall be provided by means of:

■  Weekly 1.  Weekly school lunch menus; or

■  Special 2.  Special communications; or■  Newsletters

3.  Newsletters; or

■  Any 4.  Any similar means reasonably calculated to provide sufficient notice in advance of pesticide application.

Posting  of  Notice

No less than forty-eight (48) hours prior to pesticide application, signs measuring at least eight and one half inches by eleven inches (8 1/2" x 11") shall be posted to identify pesticide application areas.  The signs shall display:

●  The A.  The words "warning - pesticides."

●  The B.  The registration number issued by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

●  The C.  The date and time of the application.

●  A D.  A phone number for the school contact person and one (1) for the licensed pesticide applicator.

The signs shall be placed at:

●  The A.  The main entrance to all buildings where pesticide is to be applied.

●  Playing B.  Playing fields where pesticide is to be applied.

The signs may be removed no less than forty-eight (48) hours after the pesticide is applied.

CROSS REF.: 
IKEA - Make Up Opportunities



Master Document: EBBB © ACCIDENT REPORTS
Child Document: EBBB © ACCIDENT REPORTS

EBBB ©
ACCIDENT  REPORTS

Adequate and prompt accident reporting is essential if similar accidents are to be prevented.  If there are injuries or property damage, prompt reports are also vital in assuring the District of insurance coverage.

Reports will be filed on accidents that take place on school property or that involve school vehicles, students, or staff members on school-sponsored trips, including staff members on authorized school business trips.  Such reports are required whether or not there are any immediately evident injuries or damage to property.

Any employee of the District who suffers a job-related injury/accident must file a report with the District business office within five (5) days after the date of occurrence.  Should circumstances render the individual unable to submit such a report within five (5) days, the time limit may be extended.

Injury accidents should be promptly reported to the District's liability carrier determined by the conditions established with the carrier. 

The administration shall establish procedures for filing accident reports, and shall make sure reports include details that 1) might be helpful in preventing similar accidents in the future, 2) are needed for filing insurance claims, and 3) might be important in case of litigation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
23-427

23-904

CROSS REF.: 
GBGC - Employee Assistance
GBGD - Workers' Compensation



Master Document: EBBB-R ©
Child Document: EBBB-R ©

EBBB-R ©R ©

REGULATION

ACCIDENT  REPORTS

(Student Accidents)

Employees are to report to the nurse or office any accident involving injury to a student who is at school.

For any student who is injured on school grounds, in a school building, or in connection with a school-related or approved activity, an accident report form is to be completed by an employee who is at the scene of the accident.

A student who is ill should be sent to the nurse or the office, with an appropriate pass.  If a student is sent home (only with parent approvalknowledge), the teacher will be notified.  Students are discharged to go home only from the office.

Any special health concern should be reported to the nurse.

A written report of an accident shall be made by the school principal or the principal's designee to the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee not later than noon of the school day following the incident.  The insurance carrier shall be notified as appropriate.

After reviewing each accident report, the Superintendent will forward the report to the school nurse, who will maintain a file of accident reports.



Master Document: EBBB-E ©
Child Document: EBBB-E

EBBB-E ©

EXHIBIT

ACCIDENT  REPORTS

STUDENT ACCIDENT REPORT

School _________________________     __      Date of report _______________

School address __________________________________________________

Name  __________________________  Sex:  _______________________________  

Sex:   ◻ Male   ◻ Female   Female     Grade ____Age __     Date of Birth ____   ___________

Home address  __________________________________________________

Phone __________________________      Teacher      Teacher _____________________

E-mail address  __________________________________________________

Time of accident:  Hour __________ ◻ a.m. ◻ p.m.   Date ________________

Place of accident:  ◻ School building   ◻ School grounds   ◻ To or from school

                              ◻ Interscholastic athletics

Witness name _________________   Address _________________________

Phone number  ________________   Title/Position  _____________________

__________________________________________

Description of Accident:

How did the accident happen?  What What occurred and how did it occur?  Using quotation marks appropriately, what did the student state?   (Use quotes.)  Where  Where was the student?  Describe first aid given.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

____________________________
Signature of person reporting

___________________________________________

Was the parent or other individual notified? ◻ No ◻ Yes  Yes   When? ___________

Name of individual notified ____________________    How   How? ______________

By whom?  _____________________________________________________

First aid treatment __________________ By  By whom?____________________

◻ Called 911; Sent to: ◻ Home ◻ Physician ◻ Class  ◻__________ ____ Hospital

How was student transported? ______________________________________

◻ District office notified.   Time _________   By whom? __________________

___________________________________________

Location      ◻ Athletic field     ◻ Playground     ◻ Classroom     ◻ Corridor 
     of            ◻ Cafeteria     ◻ Dressing room     ◻ Gymnasium     ◻ Home ec. 
accident:     ◻ Bus    ◻ Science lab    ◻ Rest room    ◻ School grounds   
                    ◻ Shop   ◻ Showers   ◻ Stairs   ◻ Bus stop   ◻ Other: ________

Follow-up:

Report to law enforcement agency or fire department?      ◻ Yes   ◻ No

Agency/Dept. _____________________    Date of Report:  ­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­­_______________

Officer ID Number ________________    D.R./I.R. # _____________________

Agency/Dept. Response ___________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Other __________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Total number of days absent: _______        Nature of injury:        ◻ Abrasion
◻ Amputation         ◻ Animal bite        ◻ Avulsed tooth         ◻ Fracture  
◻ Human bite      ◻ Laceration     ◻ Puncture     ◻ Scratches     ◻ Sprain 
◻ Strain  ◻ Other: _______________________________________________

Part of body injured:     ◻ Ankle    ◻ Arm    ◻ Back     ◻ Clavicle    ◻ Elbow
◻ Eye    ◻ Face  ◻ Finger    ◻ Foot    ◻ Hand    ◻ Head    ◻ Knee    ◻ Leg
◻ Nose ◻ Scalp ◻ Toe ◻ Tooth ◻ Wrist  ◻ Other: _____________________

_______________________   _______   ____________________   _______
Superintendent  Superintendent's signature          Date         signature        Date        H/A or Nurse signature        Date



Master Document: EBC © EMERGENCIES
Child Document: EBC © EMERGENCIES

EBC ©
EMERGENCIES

The Superintendent will develop and maintain District emergency plans for each school, department, and other facilities in the District and will coordinate such plans with the local law enforcement, fire, medical and hospital authorities as necessary.  Training components for staff and students shall be included in the Superintendent's emergency plans.

Emergency response plans are confidential and exempt from public disclosure.  The District shall not release emergency response plans to the public as part of a public records request.  [A.R.S. 41-1803(G)]

The plans will be in accordance with minimum standards developed jointly by the Department of Education and the Division of Emergency Management within the Department of Emergency and Military Affairs.  The plans will designate specific emergency drills to be conducted.  Local responders shall periodically be invited to review the plan(s).

Emergency plans developed by the Superintendent will be presented annually to the Board.

Adopted:  October 16, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
41-1803



Master Document: EBCD © WEATHER - RELATED AND EMERGENCY CLOSINGS
Child Document: EBCD © WEATHER - RELATED AND EMERGENCY CLOSINGS

EBCD ©
WEATHER - RELATED  AND 
EMERGENCY  CLOSINGS

The decision to delay opening of school or to dismiss school early will be made by the Superintendent.

The Board members If possible, the Board President will be informed of such decisionsdecision and will be notified when all students have departed from school.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: EBCD-R ©
Child Document: EBCD-R ©

EBCD-R ©

REGULATION

WEATHER - RELATED  AND 
EMERGENCY  CLOSINGS

Delayed  Opening

If the Superintendent decides to delay the opening of school, the police and the local broadcast media will be notified, requesting that they assist in disseminating the information.

All staff members will report to their assigned schools to assist in the supervision of students.

School  Closing

If the Superintendent decides to cancel classes for the day, parents the police and local broadcast media will be notified through appropriate channelsand asked to assist in disseminating the information.

Early  Dismissal

If the Superintendent decides to dismiss school early, the procedure shown below will be followed for early dismissal of students:

●  Students A.  Students will be released from school only after the principal has ascertained that appropriate notice has been has been given to parents or guardians.  Staff members may be released by the principal when they are no longer needed no longer needed to supervise students.

●  The B.  The principal will remain at the school until all students have departed.



Master Document: ECA © SECURITY
Child Document: ECA © SECURITY

ECA ©
SECURITY

The Superintendent will develop plans and procedures that will:

●  Enhance A.  Enhance the security of District property.

●  Minimize B.  Minimize fire hazards.

●  Provide C.  Provide for the keeping of records and funds in a safe place.

●  Protect D.  Protect against vandalism and burglary.

●  Provide E.  Provide for the prosecution of vandals.

●  Provide F.  Provide for and encourage employee responsibility for furniture, textbooks, reference material, and other District other District materials, equipment, and supplies assigned to the employee's care.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3715



Master Document: ECA-R ©
Child Document: ECA-R ©

ECA-R ©

REGULATION

SECURITY

Access to school buildings and grounds will be established by the Superintendent in accordance with the following:

●  Unlimited A.  Unlimited access - the Superintendent, assistant superintendent, business manager, and maintenance supervisormaintenance supervisor.

●  Limited B.  Limited access - school principals, assistant principals, teachers, custodians to their assigned buildings, and extracurricular and extracurricular sponsors, counselors, and supervisors for their respective areas or activities.

Possession of keys shall be in accordance with the following principles:

●  A.  A log of key assignments shall be maintained by the office of the Superintendent or other designated office.

●  Unassigned B.  Unassigned duplicate keys shall be maintained in a safe or a secured box.

●  Individuals C.  Individuals assigned keys may not duplicate or loan them.

●  All D.  All keys must be surrendered when no longer needed or upon request by the Superintendent.

●  The E.  The loss of a key must be reported to the Superintendent upon discovery of the loss, and the employee may be may be required to pay for rekeying or replacing all affected locks.

●  Use F.  Use of keys for unauthorized purposes will be cause for surrender of keys.  Employees will be subject to discipline to discipline and/or dismissal for unauthorized use of keys.

●  A G.  A set of master keys and/or duplicates of keys shall be kept in the custody of the Superintendent.

●  The H.  The employee will sign a receipt for keys assigned.  The receipt will list the applicable rules.



Master Document: ECA-E ©
Child Document: ECA-E

ECA-E ©

EXHIBIT

SECURITY

KEY SECURITY

KEY CONTROL SIGN OUT FORM

Glendale Union High School District 205        School _________________________

By signing this form you agree to the following:

Any person who, for oneself or for another, misuses a key to any building or other area owned, operated, or controlled by the District without authorization from the Governing Board/Superintendent is guilty of a Class 3 misdemeanor.  Misuse of such a key, in this regard, includes:

●  Manufacturing A.  Manufacturing or causing the manufacture of a District key.

●  Duplicating B.  Duplicating or causing the duplication of a District key.

●  Possessing an unauthorized C.  Possessing a District key.●  Using an unauthorized

D.  Using a District key.

●  Permitting E.  Permitting the use of a District key by unauthorized person.

All keys must be surrendered when no longer needed or upon request by the Superintendent (or the Superintendent's designee).  The loss of a key must be reported immediately to the Superintendent (or the Superintendent's designee) upon discovery of the loss, and the employee may be required to pay for rekeying or replacing all affected locks.  Use of keys for unauthorized purposes will be cause for surrender of keys.  Employees will be subject to discipline and/or dismissal for unauthorized use and/or misuse of keys.

Employee Name (Please type or print) ___________________________________

Signed __________________________________________    Date ____________

Permanent check out

Key #

Room #/description

Initial and date

In

Out

     
     
     

Temporary check out

Key #

Room #/description

Initial and date

In

Out

     
     
     

Instructions:

1.  All persons (staff and non-employees) issued a key must complete this form.

2.  Signature acknowledges understanding of the rules and responsibilities.

3.  Initial and date when keys are issued and returned.

4.  Top copy provided to the recipient.

5.  Bottom copy to be retained by school office.and students who are in violation of the above are subject to disciplinary action.

 



Master Document: ECAC © VANDALISM
Child Document: ECAC © VANDALISM

ECAC ©
VANDALISM

The Superintendent is authorized to sign a criminal complaint and to press charges against perpetrators of vandalism against school property.

Students who destroy school property through vandalism or arson, or who create a hazard to the safety of other people on school property, may be referred to law enforcement authorities.  Such students who are caught vandalizing school property shall be subject to disciplinary action, including but not limited to suspension and expulsion.  A conference with the student's parents will be required.

Parents and students shall be made aware that the law provides that parents are liable for the willful destruction of property by a minor in their custody or control.

The District may file suit to recover the cost of vandalism from the student and/or parent(s).

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
12-661
15-842



Master Document: ECAC-R ©
Child Document: ECAC-R ©

ECAC-R ©

REGULATION

VANDALISM

The principal will establish a system through which students and members of the school community can report any instance of vandalism or suspected vandalism.  Each employee of the District shall report to the principal or other administrator every perceived incident of vandalism and, if known, the names of those responsible.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: ECF ENERGY CONSERVATION

ECF
ENERGY  CONSERVATION

It is the belief of the Governing Board that the wise use of energy must be a national priority to which all individuals and private and governmental entities must be seriously committed.

The declining levels of energy resources and the rising costs of energy, coupled with the need for the citizenry to develop an awareness of and a concern for the problem, prompt the Governing Board to establish the following tenets in order to provide direction for the establishment of appropriate operational guidelines.

●  The District shall comply with national and state guidelines governing energy conservation.

●  Staff and students shall be sensitive to and exercise diligence in complying with operational guidelines which have been established locally.

●  An examination of energy needs, sources, and conservation shall be encouraged through the development and/or use of curricular materials in appropriate existing courses.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: ECAD © SCHOOL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY REPLACEMENT / RESTITUTION
Child Document: ECAD © SCHOOL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY REPLACEMENT / RESTITUTION

ECAD ©
SCHOOL  AND  PERSONAL  PROPERTY  
REPLACEMENT / RESTITUTION

(Personal Property)

The District shall not assume responsibility for the loss of, or damage to, personal property stored, installed, or used on school premises.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: ECF-R

ECF-R 

REGULATION

ENERGY  CONSERVATION

(Utility Reduction Recommendations)

Students and staff of the District should be made aware of their responsibility regarding Environmental Stewardship.  The District must make efficient use of our natural resources.  Procedures follow that reduce inefficiencies in the use of electricity, fossil fuels, and water and reduce the production of solid waste.  The District's goal is to optimize the use of natural resources in the school on a daily basis yet maintain a comfortable learning environment.

The Utility Reduction Program is designed to reduce energy and natural resource consumption by a minimum of ten percent (10%).  Implementation and success of the resource conservation plan is a joint responsibility of administrators, teachers, students, and the community.  Cooperation of each of us is essential for success.  The plan calls for a people-oriented approach to resource management based on the following considerations:

●  Every employee and student is expected to contribute to the District's efforts to conserve energy and natural resources.  Every person will be expected to be an "energy saver."

●  All unnecessary lighting in unoccupied areas must be turned off.  Teachers and custodians are asked to turn on lights only in the areas in which they are working.  All lights will be turned off when teachers and students leave school.  Custodians will turn on lights only in the immediate area in which they are working.  Safety lighting will be held to the minimum level necessary for safe passage.

●  Computers, copy machines, and all other office equipment are expected to be used at their most efficient level.

●  The facilities supervisor at each school or building will be responsible for complete and total shutdown of the facility when students are not present.  A checklist of items to consider will be available.

●  A school closure of two (2) or more days will be viewed as an "energy conservation opportunity."  The facilities supervisor will be responsible for the complete and total shutdown of the school building when closed for weekends and during extended vacation (fall break, winter break, spring break and summer).  A checklist of items to consider will be available.

●  Heating and cooling level guidelines are established as listed below.

The task force recognizes that energy conservation will require cooperation and some sacrifice by all employees, students, and patrons of the District.  It is the hope of the District to see a meaningful energy conservation program that will lead to more efficient use of natural resources that leads to a reduced burden on the District budget.

Guidelines  for  Operating  Lighting
and  Miscellaneous  Equipment

Lighting:

●  Lights in classrooms should not be turned on unless definitely needed.  In classrooms with lighting levels, the light can be adjusted to the task.  Teachers are asked to make certain that lights are off when leaving the classroom, even for a short period of time.

●  Lights in gymnasiums, multi-purpose rooms, and cafeterias should not be left on unless they are being utilized or going to be used within fifteen (15) minutes.

●  All outside lights should be turned off during daylight hours (adjust time clocks and check dusk/dawn sensors).

●  Hallway and "common" lighting should be turned off at the end of the instructional day.

●  Night custodians should turn lights on only in their work area.

●  Field lighting is to be only on when the fields are in use.  It is the responsibility of the Assistant Principal for Operations, the athletic trainer, and coaches to see that field lights are turned off immediately after practice or an event.

Miscellaneous Equipment:

●  Classroom and Media Center televisions and projectors should be turned off when not in use (no TV clocks).

●  Employees are not allowed to bring personal appliances (refrigerators, heaters, microwaves and coffee makers) to their work stations.  It is incumbent upon the local school to provide reasonable accommodations for employee needs.

●  In the event an employee feels his/her work area is not operating within the District's standard, the employee must first notify maintenance and, if necessary, their immediate supervisor.

Guidelines  for  Operation  of  Heating,
Ventilating  and  Air  Conditioning
(HVAC)  Systems

General Guidelines:

●  HVAC systems should always be operated in the most economical and efficient way possible and only for the amount of time required to provide the required climate for a specific activity.  In the fall, heating equipment will be ready to be turned on by October 1.  All air conditioning will be turned off by November 1.  In the spring, cooling equipment will be serviced and ready to be turned on April 1.  All heating equipment will be turned off by May 1.

●  The facilities supervisors should monitor weather reports.  It is their responsibility to make adjustments to the HVAC control system time clocks and the District energy management system (EMS) to compensate for changes in the weather, i.e., boilers and fans should start later when weather is warmer and earlier when weather is cold and windy.

●  When the temperature is expected to change significantly over a weekend, clocks and the EMS should be adjusted to provide proper temperatures on Monday morning.

●  Every opportunity to decrease HVAC system operating times should be considered by the maintenance department.  For example, the heating system requirements should be reduced on days of early dismissal, cancelled school, and cancelled games and activities.

●  The facilities supervisor is responsible to insure adequate heating and cooling is maintained to protect buildings and contents.

School Days:

●  On regular school days, the HVAC system time clocks should be adjusted to provide the following temperatures from the time of teaching staff occupancy to the time of end of contract day in the majority of classrooms in the buildings.  Temperatures are measured four (4) feet above floor level on either the wall opposite the heating unit or in the center of the room.  Thermostats must be set at seventy-eight degrees (78°) in summer and seventy degrees (70°) in winter.

●  Acceptable temperature deviation from set point is plus or minus two degrees Fahrenheit (2° F).

●  After class or activity hours, all areas should be adjusted to target night energy efficiencies.  Where possible complete shutdown should be initiated.

●  Close doors and windows during the winter and summer months.

●  Window blinds/drapes are to be closed at the end of each day.

School Vacation Days (Winter, Spring,
Summer), Weekends and Holidays
:

●  On vacation days, weekends and holidays when school is not in session, the entire building shall be operated on a target night low limit setting of sixty degrees Fahrenheit (60° F) and night high limit settings of eighty-five degrees Fahrenheit (85° F).

●  If offices are occupied by regularly assigned staff, zoning shall be used in lieu of operating the central heat plant.  Maximum thermostat settings for zoned areas shall be the same as school day operation.

●  Normal heat and ventilation may be provided for scheduled activities and athletic contests.  If possible, only the area of the activity should be heated and ventilated, and temperature maximums shall be the same as a regular school day.

Guidelines  for  the  Operation  of
Domestic  Hot  Water  Heaters

School Days:

●  Thermostats for hot water heaters will be set so water temperature at all sinks will not exceed one hundred ten degrees Fahrenheit (110° F).

●  Thermostats for hot water heaters that service kitchens will be set at one hundred eighty degrees Fahrenheit (180° F).

●  When available, time clocks will be set to provide for maximum efficiency.

Weekends and School Vacation Days:

●  Hot water heaters will be set on vacation setback.

Guidelines for Water:

●  Water saving devices:  Install to decrease consumption, such as toilet dams, flappers, flow reduction valves, faucet aerators and cooling system devices.

●  Design landscapes that require less water.  Avoid unnecessary landscaping additions and alterations.  Favor drought-resistant plants.

●  Use timers to ensure that, when possible, watering is done in the early morning or evening.

Other Task Force Recommendations:

●  The District administration should review Board Policy ECF "Energy Conservation" to ensure it aligns with energy conservation efforts, promotes future development of energy conservation, and promotes conserving natural resources.

●  The District should develop an ongoing Energy Conservation Committee made up of representatives of every District school and the District office.  It would be the responsibility of that committee to further District efforts at energy conservation and to monitor the District's results.

●  Each school should form a local school energy conservation committee that will monitor individual school efforts and encourage further efforts toward energy conservation, including expanding solar applications, converting to new energy efficient lighting, and promoting the efficient use of our natural resources.

●  Each school should undergo an energy efficiency audit to identify areas for immediate attention and for future improvement.  Inefficient equipment and conditions should be remedied as they become affordable.

●  The District should assess an appropriate energy fee to all rentals and non-District uses of facilities.



Master Document: ECB © BUILDING AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE
Child Document: ECB BUILDING AND GROUNDS MAINTENANCE

ECB ©
BUILDING  AND  GROUNDS 
MAINTENANCE

Adequate maintenance of buildings, grounds and property is essential to efficient management of the District.

The Board directs a continuous program of inspection and maintenance of school buildings and equipment.  Wherever possible, maintenance shall be preventive and will focus on providing an on-going healthy learning environment for both students and school personnel.  Emphasis will be placed on the implementation of a District Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Management Plan in order to minimize indoor air pollution.

The Superintendent shall appoint the Director of Facilities to a District IAQ Coordinator who will develop and implement inspection, maintenance, repair, use, and disposal schedules as applicable for buildings, HVAC systems, new construction and renovations, chemicals and other materials.

Routine preventative maintenance means services that are performed on a regular schedule at intervals ranging from four (4) times a year to once every three (3) years, or on the schedule of services recommended by the manufacturer of the specific building system or equipment.

The Superintendent shall oversee the development and implementation of routine preventative routine preventative maintenance guidelines covering the District's:

●  plumbing A.  plumbing systems,●  electrical

B.  electrical systems,

●  heatingC.  heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems,

●  special D.  special equipment and other systems, and●  roofing

E.  roofing systems, including visual inspections performed by District personnel to search for signs of

structural stress

structural stress and weakness.

A roofing inspection is required to be:

●  Accomplished

A.  Accomplished prior to any repair or replacement of roof elements or roof mounted equipment performed

in accordance

in accordance with the requirements of the local building official requiring a permit.

●  Conducted

B.  Conducted by a registered structural engineer or other professional with appropriate skills, training

and certification

and certification.

Preventive District preventive facilities maintenance guidelines shall be submitted to the School Facilities Board for review and approval.

Adopted:  November 5, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342.01
15-2002
15-2031
15-2032

15-2131
15-2132

CROSS REF.: 
EB - Environmental and Safety Program
JLIF - Sex Offender Notification



Master Document: ED © MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
Child Document: ED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT

ED ©
MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT 
MANAGEMENT

The District shall provide for the central purchasing, receiving, warehousing, and distribution of supplies, equipment, and materials common to the requirements of all schools.

All District property will be inventoried and assigned at the time delivery is made.  Control of District property shall be through but not limited to an accurate fixed asset inventory system of all District land, land improvements, buildings, building improvements, furniture and equipment.  The fixed asset inventory system will include all assets as required by the uniform system of financial records.

The official inventory record will be maintained at the District office.  All employees are obligated to report any change that would affect it.  Each employee is responsible to take an accurate inventory of assets under their control at least once annually and report to the District office.

The District will use the straight-line method of depreciation and the half-year convention.  Useful lives and capitalization thresholds will be determined by Arizona Association of School Business Officials (AASBO), International Guidelines, or as determined by the administration.  Salvage value will be zero (0) unless otherwise determined by the administration.  Depreciation of fixed assets will be assigned a functional category based on projected functional use of the asset as determined by the administration.

Employees accepting delivery of merchandise for the District are responsible for verifying that the nature, quality, and description of the merchandise delivered conform to the delivery slip.  All merchandise shall be inspected at the time of unpacking, and any damage shall be immediately reported to the principal and the purchasing department.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

A District warehouse shall be operated as an adjunct of the business office to store and distribute supplies as requisitioned by staff members.

All materials needed for instruction, business, and custodial operations of the individual schools shall be ordered from the warehouse when available from that source.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-213



Master Document: EDB © MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Child Document: EDB © MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

EDB ©
MAINTENANCE  AND  CONTROL 
OF  MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT

Employees are responsible for the proper care of all District facilities, equipment, and property in their custody or control.

Control of District property shall be through, but not limited to, an accurate inventory of all District furniture and equipment that exceeds one thousand dollars ($1,000) in value.

The Superintendent may establish procedures for transferring surplus or other materials and equipment.

Preventive  Maintenance

The Superintendent shall establish a preventive-maintenance program that will extend the useful life for District equipment.

The Superintendent is authorized to use the services of specialists for such maintenance, and provision(s) shall be made in the annual budget for such services.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-721 et seq.
Uniform System of Financial Records: III-G-2

CROSS REF.: 
DID - Inventories



Master Document: EDB-R ©
Child Document: EDB-R ©

EDB-R ©

REGULATION

MAINTENANCE  AND  CONTROL
OF  MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT

Surplus  Equipment

Property that is surplus at any unit shall be transferred to the Purchasing Director business manager for reassignment to other District locations where a need may exist for the equipment.

Transfer  of  Equipment

All transfer of property within a school or other District location must first have the approval of the principal or department head.  Transfers of equipment from one school to another must be approved by the Purchasing Directorbusiness manager, whether the transfer is temporary or permanent.



Master Document: EDBA © MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS
Child Document: EDBA © MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS

EDBA ©
MAINTENANCE  AND  CONTROL 
OF  INSTRUCTIONAL  MATERIALS

Students using District-provided instructional materials and department equipment, textbooks, subject-matter materials, supplementary books, or instructional computer software are responsible for loss of or any damage to these items.  A student who needs a second copy of a textbook shall be required to pay for it.

Monies collected for these items shall be used in addition to budgeted monies for purchase of instructional materials and department equipment, new textbooks, subject-matter materials, supplementary books, or instructional computer software.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-727
15-729

CROSS REF.: 
JQ - Student Fees, Fines, and Charges



Master Document: EDC © AUTHORIZED USE OF SCHOOL - OWNED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
Child Document: EDC AUTHORIZED USE OF SCHOOL - OWNED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

EDC ©
AUTHORIZED  USE  OF  SCHOOL - OWNED
MATERIALS  AND  EQUIPMENT

District equipment may be used by school or nonschool agencies and individuals for purposes that are not in conflict with any Arizona Revised Statute(s), federal or state rules or regulations, or Board policies, subject to the following:

●  The

A.  The District shall not incur any expense due to the use of materials or equipment.

●  Rental

B.  The Superintendent shall establish procedures for approval of the use of materials or equipment, or shall submit requests to the Governing Board for review and action.

C.  The District shall not be in competition with any local business firm that could provide like equipment.

D.  Rental fees will be charged or waived, as appropriate, by the District.  Income from charges will be

deposited to

deposited to the civic center fund.

●  Any

E.  Any person or agency using such materials or equipment that is lost or damaged during such period of

use shall

use shall be required to reimburse the District for repair or replacement.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1105

CROSS REF.: 
KF - Community Use of School Facilities



Master Document: EE © TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
Child Document: EE © TRANSPORTATION SERVICES

EE ©
TRANSPORTATION  SERVICES

In the budgeting process, the Governing Board may grant appropriations for transportation.

Transportation of students is a privilege extended to students in the District, and is not a statutory requirement except for necessary transportation of students with disabilities as indicated in their respective individual education programs.

The responsibility for the operation of student transportation shall be vested in the Superintendent.  Reasonable efforts shall be made to eliminate any particular hazards that might adversely affect the safety and welfare of any student.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-764
15-921
15-922
15-923
15-945
15-946
28-900
28-901



Master Document: EEAA © WALKERS AND RIDERS
Child Document: EEAA WALKERS AND RIDERS

EEAA ©
WALKERS  AND  RIDERS

The Board authorizes the administration to provide regular school bus transportation to and from school for the following categories:

●  Students

A.  Students with disabilities who require transportation, as indicated in their respective individual

education programs

education programs.

●  Students

B.  Students living within a one (1) mile radius of the school where hazardous or difficult routes exist and

where other

where other arrangements cannot be provided.

■  Students

C.  Students who are residents within a school attendance area and:

1.  If common school students, live more than one (1) mile from the school.

2.  If high school students, live more than a mile and a half (1 1/2) from the school.

●  Buses will not stop more often than one-fourth (1/4) mile while picking up or discharging students.  In conformance with state recommended guidelines, every effort shall be made to avoid picking up and discharging students on major streets.

●  Transportation

D.  Transportation for pupils who do not reside within an established school attendance area, limited to

no more

no more than twenty (20) miles each way to and from the school of attendance or to and from a pickup

point

point on

a

regular transportation route or for the total miles traveled each day to an adjacent school for

eligible nonresident

eligible nonresident pupils who meet the economic eligibility requirements established under the National

School Lunch and

School Lunch and Child Nutrition Acts (42 United States Code sections 1751 through 1785) for free or reduced-

price

price lunches.

●  Transportation

E.  Transportation for homeless students to their school of enrollment, if it is the school of origin, will be

arranged as

arranged as needed by the school liaison for homeless students.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-764
15-816.01
15-901
15-922
28-797
28-900
28-901
A.G.O. 
I80-025
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001

CROSS REF.: 
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students



Master Document: EEAE © BUS SAFETY PROGRAM
Child Document: EEAE BUS SAFETY PROGRAM

EEAE ©
BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

The safety and welfare of student riders is to be the first consideration in all matters pertaining to transportation.  Toward that end, all District transportation department personnel, bus operators, and bus passengers shall comply with the rules adopted pursuant to A.R.S. 28-900 and the Minimum Standards for School Buses and School Bus Drivers promulgated by the Arizona Department of Administration and adopted as Chapter Nine of A.A.C. Title 17, and shall immediately report to the Superintendent any violation of rules or state statutes that threatens the health, safety, or welfare of a passenger.

Bus evacuation drills shall be conducted at least twice every school year at the school and shall include every passenger who rides a school bus and is in school on the day of the evacuation drill.  Each bus driver shall participate in at least two (2) evacuation drills during each school year.  The bus evacuation drill shall be conducted in compliance with the requirements set out by the Arizona Department of Public Safety for such a drill.

All vehicles used to transport students shall be maintained in such condition as to provide safe and efficient transportation service with a minimum of delays and disruption of such service due to mechanical or equipment failure.  Buses shall be replaced at such intervals as will provide good equipment at all times.

Students shall not be put off the bus until reaching their destination.

In addition to the regular state inspections, each school bus shall be inspected by the driver daily, before each use, to ascertain that it is in safe condition and equipped as required by all provisions of law, and that all equipment is in good working order.

Each school bus owned by, or contracted to, the District will conform to all applicable federal and state requirements as provided by the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 and A.A.C. Title 917, Chapter 179.

Each driver of a District-owned or District-contracted school bus, as defined by and covered by the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 and A.A.C. Title 917, Chapter 179, will conform to all requirements of the Act and such state statutes, rules and regulations governing the operation of the vehicle.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-843
15-922
28-101
28-900
28-984

A.A.C. 
R17-9-102
R17-9-104
R17-9-106
R17-9-108
Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986
49 U.S.C. 30101 (Standards and Compliance - School Buses and

     School Bus Equipment)



Master Document: EEAE-R ©
Child Document: EEAE-R ©

EEAE-R ©

REGULATION

BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

A.A.C. R17-9-104 states, with respect to the authority of bus drivers, "Passengers shall comply with all instructions given to them by a school bus driver.  A passenger or nonpassenger who has boarded the school bus and refuses to comply with the school bus driver's instructions may be surrendered into the custody of a person who is authorized by the school to assume responsibility for the passenger or nonpassenger."

Student behavior on a school bus should be the same as that in a well-ordered classroom with the exception that students are free to talk, but with no screaming or shouting.



Master Document: EEAE-EA ©
Child Document: EEAE-EA ©

EEAE-EA ©

EXHIBIT

BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

This checklist may be used by District officials as a guide for transportation documents or transportation handbooks.

Arriving at pickup point:

●  Be

A.  Be on time.  Leave home in good time so that you will arrive at the pickup point before the school bus.

●  If

B.  If you have to walk along the road to reach the bus stop, walk on the left side facing oncoming traffic.

●  Walk

C.  Walk on the shoulder of the road where possible, and not on the traveled portion.

●  If

D.  If other students are waiting at the bus stop, get in line without pushing or crowding and stay off the roadway.

Board the bus:

●  Line

A.  Line up in single file parallel to the roadway, with younger students in front, so they can board first.

●  Wait

B.  Wait until the bus comes to a complete stop before attempting to get on board.

●  Board

C.  Board the bus quickly but without crowding or pushing.

●  Never

D.  Never run on the bus, as the steps or floor may be slippery, especially in wintertime.  Place your foot

squarely on

squarely on the step, not on the edge, and use the handrail.

●  Be

E.  Be particularly careful if you are carrying books or parcels, as it is difficult to see the steps and to hold

the handrail

the handrail.

●  Go

F.  Go directly to your seat and sit straight, well to the back of the seat, and face the front of the bus.

Conduct on the bus:

●  The

A.  The bus will not move until all passengers are seated.

●  Remain

B.  Remain seated throughout the trip, and leave your seat only when the bus has reached its destination

and comes

and comes to a complete stop.

●  Keep

C.  Keep your books and parcels on your lap or put them under the seat or on the luggage rack.

●  Keep

D.  Keep the aisle clear.

●  Do

E.  Do not talk to the driver except in case of emergency.

●  Avoid

F.  Avoid doing anything that might disturb or interfere with the driver.  Refrain from loud or boisterous talking

or yelling

or yelling.

●  Never

G.  Never stick hands, arms, head, or feet out of the windows of the bus.

●  Do

H.  Do not open windows without the driver's permission.

● 

I.   Do not throw anything within the bus or out of a window; you might injure a pedestrian or force a motorist

to make

to make a dangerous maneuver.

● 

J.   Do not touch the emergency door or exit controls or any of the bus safety equipment.

●  Do

K.  Do not discard refuse in the bus.

●  Eat

L.  Eat at home or school, but not on the bus.

● 

M. Obey promptly the directions and instructions of the school bus driver.

Prohibited items:

●  Tobacco

A.  Tobacco is not allowed in a school bus.

●  Alcoholic

B.  Alcoholic beverages shall not be carried in a school bus.

●  Insects

C.  Insects, reptiles, or other animals shall not be transported in a school bus.  [A.A.C. R17-9-104]

●  No

D.  No weapon, explosive device, harmful drug, or chemical shall be transported in a school bus.

Exit from the bus:

●  Remain

A.  Remain seated until the bus has reached its destination and comes to a complete stop.

●  Do

B.  Do not push or crowd when leaving the bus.

Crossing the highway:

●  If

A.  If you must cross the road, walk to a point about ten (10) feet in front of bus but do not cross until you can

see that

see that the driver has indicated that it is safe to do so.

●  As

B.  As you cross the road, look continuously to the right and left.  At an intersection, look in all directions.

●  Cross

C.  Cross at right angles.  Never cross the highway diagonally.

●  Walk

D.  Walk briskly across the road, but do not run.

●  Never

E.  Never cross the road behind the bus.

Accident or other emergency:

●  In

A.  In case of an accident or emergency, older students should help the driver to maintain order and

assist younger

assist younger students.

●  Stay

B.  Stay in the bus unless otherwise directed by the driver.

●  If

C.  If you have to leave the bus, stay in a group and obey the driver's instructions.

●  Do

D.  Do not expose yourself or others to needless hazard.

Procedures followed upon student misbehavior on school bus:

●  When

A.  When a student misbehaves on a bus for the first time, the driver will explain to the offender the necessity

for good

for good behavior.

●  If

B.  If, after talks and warning, the rider continues to violate the rules, the driver will inform the student that the

rule violation

rule violation will be reported to the principal.  This report will include the use of a written form that lists the

offense and

offense and the action taken by the principal.

●  Upon

C.  Upon receiving the complaint and discussing it with the driver, the principal will then call the student to

the office

the office and warn the student that the parents must be notified that the student will be put off the bus

if misbehavior

if misbehavior reoccurs.

●  If

D.  If poor conduct continues, the driver will again report the incident to the principal.  After discussion it will

be decided

be decided whether to take the bus-riding privilege away from the student, and, if so, for how long.

●  When

E.  When a student is not allowed transportation by school bus, the principal will inform the parents of the penalty,

the

 the reason for it, and how long the penalty will last.  In such cases, the parents become responsible for

seeing that

seeing that their child gets to and from school safely.

●  A

F.  A student who is put off one (1) bus will be refused transportation by all drivers for the specified period of time.


(This section on student misbehavior shall be made available to parents and students in copy form.)



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: EEAE-EC

EEAE-EC 

EXHIBIT

BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

REQUEST FOR STUDENT TRIP

                 School _______________________

Out of State        Overnight           Over 3 hours            Less than 3 hours

Type of Trip:         Field                   Activity                    Club

Name of Group  _____________________   Group Sponsor(s)  _______________

Destination (Be Specific): _______________________  Round Trip Mileage  _____

Day(s) of Week Trip Planned For: _________________  Date of Trip:  __________

Departure Time: __________________              Return Time: _________________

No. of Students: __________________              No. of Chaperones: ____________

Names of Chaperones (10:1 ratio for overnight trips):  _______________________

__________________________________________________________________

Purpose of Trip: _____________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Transportation:  (Transportation Request to be submitted with this request.)

District Vehicle - Type/Size Needed  ___________________________________

Paid by (circle)  D.O.   CTE   SP. Ed   Club Acct. No. _____  (Attach Purchase Req.)

Cost of Transportation:  Mileage @ $1.25 ______    Driver @ $15 per hour ______

Total Cost _______________________

Commercial Carrier: (Must be on approved list):

Name of Company:  _________________________________________________

Private Vehicles(s): (Permission Slip Required)

Lodging/Accommodations:

Camping Out - Location  ____________________________________________

Hotel - Name Location  _____________________________________________

Other - Description/Location _________________________________________

Paid by (circle)  D.O.   CTE   SP. Ed   Club Acct. No. _____  (Attach Purchase Req.)

Substitute Teacher(s):

No. of Substitutes Needed ____   No. of Days ____ or List Period(s)  ___________

Paid by (circle)  D.O.   CTE   SP. Ed   Club Acct. No. _____  (Attach Purchase Req.)

Cost of Substitute(s):      One or two periods $25 per hour.

Three or more periods $100. 

Total Cost ___________________

Signature of Sponsor _________________________  Date Submitted __________

___________________________  Date ______   __ Approved   __ Not Approved
            Principal Signature

___________________________  Date ______   __ Approved   __ Not Approved
      Superintendent Signature

Approval of Governing Board:

Note:  Complete all items.  Submit to school Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources (APOR) at least three (3) weeks prior to the Board Meeting at which the request will be considered.  (A timeline for Board approval trip requests is on file in the principal's office).  The goldenrod copy is to be kept by the local administrator.  All other copies should go to the Superintendent's office.

5 Copies:  White - Superintendent   Green - Bookstore   Yellow - Returned to APOR
                 Pink - Transportation    Goldenrod - Kept by APOR



Master Document: EEAE-EB ©
Child Document: EEAE-EB

EEAE-EB EB ©

EXHIBIT

BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

SCHOOL  BUS  INCIDENT  REPORT

Category:  Parent ___ School ___ Public ___ Homeowner ___ Other _________Regular Ed ______ Special Needs _______ Driving _______ Other __________Contact Person: _____________________________  Phone: _______________Location of Incident:

Bus No.                                     Driver's Name                                      Date

__________________________ Date/Time: ____________School: ____________________   Bus No. __

Type of Incident

________  Driver: ______________Route: _________ a.m. ____ p.m. ____  Athletic: __________  Trip: __________

Student Name or Witness: ___________________________________________'s Name

Incident:  _________________________________________________________

   o  Failure to remain seated                o  Throwing objects on bus

   o  Refusing to obey driver                  o  Hanging out of window

   o  Fighting                                          o  Spitting

   o  Profanity                                         o  Disobeying bus monitor

   o  Lighting matches                            o  Bothering others (see comment)

   o  Smoking on bus                             o  Vandalism

   o  Throwing objects out of bus           o  Other (see comment)

Comments: _________________________________________________

________________

___________________________________________________________

______

___________________________________________________________

______

Signature: __________________________________________________

_______________

Report Completed By: __________________  Reply Requested: Yes ___ No ___

Follow Up of Action TakenAction taken by school: ___________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

______

___________________________________________________________

______

_________________________________________________________________

Date Closed: _____________   Name: __________________________________

All incident reports must be submitted to the Director of 

Transportation within twenty-four (24) hours.

____________________________________

_____________________________



Signature of School Official



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: EEAE-ED

EEAE-ED 

EXHIBIT

BUS  SAFETY  PROGRAM

DISTRICT TRANSPORTATION REQUEST
(For Trips Other Than Scheduled Athletics)

Trip Request No. ___________________

Requests must be submitted to the Assistant Principal of Operations/ Resources (AP/OR) three (3) weeks prior to the trip to be considered for scheduling.  When approved, the AP/OR will forward the white and yellow copies to the Local School Transportation Department on or before Tuesday two (2) weeks prior to the trip.  The goldenrod copy will be returned to the person requesting the transportation, and the AP/OR will keep the pink copy.  Late requests will be considered only if an emergency situation exists and there are available vehicles/drivers.

If the Governing Board or Superintendent's approval is required, complete that process as prescribed.

Destination ______________________   Address ___________________________
                   If more than one, please indicate                                             Be Specific

Field Trip ______________
                   Name of Class

Club Trip ______________
                  Name of Club

Other Trip _______________________

   Check here if trip can be shuttled.
       Driver does not need to stay with group.

   Wheelchair bus is needed.
      Bus Aide needed (Circle)   Yes     No

   Van/Mini Bus is needed for students

   Vehicle is needed for equipment (When vehicle is used for transporting equipment,
no students shall be on board.)

Total Number of Passengers shall not Exceed Total Number Requested

Group/Team/Organization Is Responsible For
Driver's Meals/ Lodging

Please provide transportation for:  __________    __________    __________
                                                           No. of               No. of               No. of
                                                       Wheelchairs       Students       Chaperones
                                                                                                      (
*All chaperones
                                                                                                                               must be cleared
                                                                                                                               through school
)

Paid by (circle)    D.O.    CTE    SP.Ed    Club Acct. No. ___________________

                                                          Trip Date              A.M.                 P.M.

Departure time from school           ___________   ___________   ___________ 

Return time to school (estimated)  ___________   ___________   ___________

Cost of Transportation:

      Mileage @ $1.25 ______  Driver @$15 per hour ______  Total Cost ______

          *Attach a detailed itinerary with white copy for each trip over 3 hours.
               It is the driver's responsibility to adhere to the time scheduled
                                             and the approved trip.

Exact Pick Up
Location: __________________________________________________________

Storage space needed on vehicle for:  ___________________________________

________________________________________________        ______________
         Person Requesting Transportation - Please Print                            Date

Approved By:

_______________________________        _______________________________     
   Local Administrator's - Please Print                 Local Administrator - Signature

Form distribution: 
     White and Yellow to Local Transportation - 2 weeks prior to departure of trip;
     
Pink - Assistant Principal of Operations/Resources;  Goldenrod - Sponsor/Coach/Teacher



Master Document: EEAEA © BUS DRIVER REQUIREMENTS, TRAINING, AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Child Document: EEAEA © BUS DRIVER REQUIREMENTS, TRAINING, AND RESPONSIBILITIES

EEAEA ©
BUS  DRIVER  REQUIREMENTS,  TRAINING, 
AND  RESPONSIBILITIES

Bus drivers employed by the District or employed by contractors who provide transportation services to the District shall comply with applicable provisions of the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 and all applicable requirements of the state of Arizona.

The District will assume the cost of required physical examinations, and the drivers will assume the cost of obtaining valid commercial driver's licenses as required by law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
28-857

28-3228

A.A.C. 
R17-4-508 et seq.



Master Document: EEAEAA © DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEES
Child Document: EEAEAA © DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEES

EEAEAA ©
DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL  TESTING  OF
TRANSPORTATION  EMPLOYEES

The District is committed to the establishment of a drug and alcohol misuse prevention program that meets or exceeds all applicable requirements of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 (Omnibus Act).  All statements in this document will be interpreted so as to conform to the Department of Transportation rules.

Each employee of the District who is required to have a commercial driver's license (CDL) for performance of job functions shall be prohibited from:

●  Reporting A.  Reporting for duty or remaining on duty to perform safety-sensitive functions as defined in 49 CFR 382.107 while 107 while having an alcohol concentration of 0.04 or greater. [49 CFR 382.201]

●  Being B.  Being on duty or operating a commercial motor vehicle (school bus) while the driver possesses alcohol, unless  unless the alcohol is manifested and transported as part of a shipment.  This includes the possession of medicines of medicines containing alcohol (prescription or over-the-counter), unless the packaging seal is unbroken.  [49 CFR 382.204]

●  Using C.  Using alcohol while performing safety-sensitive functions.  [49 CFR 382.205]

●  Performing D.  Performing safety-sensitive functions within eight (8) hours after using alcohol.  [49 CFR 382.207 and R17and R17-9-102]

●  Using E.  Using alcohol within eight (8) hours following an accident or prior to undergoing a postaccident alcohol test, whichever  whichever comes first.  [49 CFR 382.299]

●  Refusing F.  Refusing to submit to an alcohol or controlled substance test as required under postaccident, random, reasonable  reasonable suspicion or follow-up testing requirements in DOT rules.  [49 CFR 382.211]

●  Reporting G.  Reporting for duty or remaining on duty, requiring the performance of safety-sensitive functions, when the driver the driver uses any controlled substance, except when the use is pursuant to the instructions of a physician who has who has advised the driver that the substance does not adversely affect the driver's ability to safely operate a commercial operate a commercial motor vehicle.  [49 CFR 382.213]

●  Reporting H.  Reporting for duty, remaining on duty, or performing a safety-sensitive function if the driver tests positive for controlled for controlled substances.  [49 CFR 382.215]

A driver will inform the supervising administrator of any therapeutic drug use.  [49 CFR 382.213]

Drugs as used in this policy refers to controlled substances as covered by the Omnibus Act and to drugs circumscribed by the Arizona Revised Statutes, Title 13, Chapter 34.

All drivers shall be subject to preemployment/preduty drug and alcohol testing, including reasonable suspicion, random, and postaccident testing in accord with the regulations of the Omnibus Act.  If applicable, return to duty and follow up testing shall be required in accord with regulations of the Omnibus Act.  [49 CFR 382.301 et seq.]

All offers of employment with the District for drivers will be made contingent upon preemployment test results.  An applicant testing positive for alcohol or controlled substances will not be employed.  [49 CFR 382.505]

A transportation employee who refuses to submit to drug and alcohol testing or whose test results are positive may be disciplined in accordance with District policy up to and including being terminated from employment.  [A.R.S. 15-513]

Each driver who engages in the conduct prohibited herein shall:

●  Be A.  Be advised of resources available to the driver in evaluating and resolving problems associated with drug or alcohol or alcohol use, including the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of substance abuse professionals and counseling and counseling and treatment programs.

●  Be B.  Be evaluated by a substance abuse professional, who shall determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs employee needs to resolve drug or alcohol problems.

●  Before C.  Before return to duty in a safety-sensitive position, undergo a return-to-duty alcohol test with a result indicating less indicating less than 0.02 or a substance test with a verified negative result.

●  If D.  If identified as needing assistance by a substance abuse professional, be evaluated by a substance abuse professional abuse professional to determine if that driver has properly followed any rehabilitation program prescribed, and be subject be subject to unannounced follow-up tests following return to duty in accord with federal regulations.  [49 CFR 382.605]

The District shall assume the cost for the initial evaluation by a substance abuse professional to determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in resolving problems associated with alcohol misuse and controlled substances use.  Evaluation and rehabilitation of the employee, if the employee is allowed to return to work in any position, shall be in accordance with 49 CFR 382.605 and by a substance abuse professional paid by the employee.

The School District shall assume the costs of the drug and alcohol testing of a transportation employee.  If the results of the test are positive, the School District may charge the costs of the test to the tested employee.  The cost charged to the employee is limited to the actual costs incurred as a result of testing.  If the results of a test are negative, the School District shall not charge the costs of testing to the tested employee.  [A.R.S. 15-513]

The Superintendent is responsible for supervision of the District drug and alcohol misuse prevention program.  The Superintendent will develop procedures for the implementation of the program in compliance with the applicable provisions and regulations of the Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991 and Arizona Revised Statutes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-513
13-3402
49 U.S.C. 31306, (Omnibus Transportation Employee Testing Act of 1991)
49 C.F.R. Part 40
49 C.F.R. Part 382
49 C.F.R. Part 395

CROSS REF.: 
GBEC - Drug-Free Workplace
GBECA - Nonmedical Use or Abuse of Drugs or Alcohol



Master Document: EEAEAA-R ©
Child Document: EEAEAA-R ©

EEAEAA-R ©

REGULATION

DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL  TESTING  OF
TRANSPORTATION  EMPLOYEES

Circumstances  Under  Which  Tests 

for  Drivers  Are  to  Be  Given

All information obtained in the course of testing of drivers shall be protected as confidential medical information.  Except as required by law or expressly authorized or required in 49 CFR 382.405, no information that is to be maintained pursuant to 49 CFR 382.401 shall be released.

Random:

● 

A.  A minimum of fifty percent (50%) of drivers shall be tested annually for drugs and twenty-five percent (25%)

of

 of drivers shall be tested annually for alcohol, subject to the Federal Highway Administration's

administrator raising

administrator raising or lowering the annual percentage rate in accordance with regulations.  [49 CFR 382.305] 

Random testing

Random testing selection shall be as follows:

■  Employees

1.  Employees are to be placed in and remain in a pool for random selection.

■  A

2.  A valid random selection procedure will be used.

■  Tests

3.  Tests will be given at least once each quarter.

■  Dates

4.  Dates of testing will not be announced.

●  Random

B.  Random drug and alcohol testing may be combined.  For example, when testing at fifty percent (50%)

drug random

drug random rate and twenty-five percent (25%) alcohol random rate, half of the randomly selected drivers

chosen for

chosen for testing could be tested for both drugs and alcohol, while the rest could be tested only for drugs.

Postaccident:

●  Drivers

A.  Drivers are required to submit to drug and alcohol testing as soon as possible following a "Department

of Transportation

of Transportation (DOT) accident" that involves the loss of human life or for which the driver receives a

citation under

citation under state or local law for a moving traffic violation arising from the accident.  [49 CFR 382.303]

●  A DOT accident

B.  A DOT accident is defined as an occurrence involving a commercial motor vehicle operating on a public

road that

road that results in:

■  A

1.  A fatality; or

■  Bodily

2.  Bodily injury to a person who, as a result of the injury, immediately receives medical treatment

away from

away from the scene of the accident; or

■  One

3.  One (1) or more motor vehicles incurring disabling damage as a result of the accident, requiring

the vehicle

the vehicle to be transported away from the scene by a tow truck or other vehicle.  [49 CFR 390.5]

●  If

C.  If a driver is seriously injured and cannot submit to testing at the time of the accident, the driver shall

provide the

provide the necessary authorization for obtaining hospital reports and other documents that may indicate

whether there

whether there were any drugs or alcohol used by the driver prior to the accident.  [49 CFR 382.303]

●  A

D.  A driver who is subject to postaccident testing shall remain readily available for such testing or may

be deemed

be deemed by the District to have refused to submit to testing.  Nothing in this section shall be construed

to require

to require the delay of necessary medical treatment or to prohibit the driver from leaving the scene of

an accident

an accident for a period necessary to obtain assistance in responding to the accident, or to obtain

necessary medical

necessary medical care.  [49 CFR 382.303]

●  No

E.  No driver required to take a postaccident alcohol test shall use alcohol for eight (8) hours following

the accident

the accident, or until the driver undergoes a postaccident alcohol test, whichever occurs first.  [49 CFR 382.303]

●  The

F.  The following actions are to be taken in a postaccident testing situation:

■  Treat

1.  Treat injuries.

■  Work

2.  Work with law enforcement officials.

■  Explain

3.  Explain the need for testing.

■  Obtain

4.  Obtain the driver's permission for testing, if possible.

■  Work

5.  Work with the medical facility to obtain the necessary documents and test information.

■  Collect

6.  Collect specimens promptly.

■  Document

7.  Document events.

The results of a breath or blood test for the use of alcohol or a urine test for the use of drugs conducted by federal, state, or local officials having independent authority for the test shall be considered to meet the requirements for postaccident testing if the results are obtained by the School District.  [49 CFR 382.305]

Reasonable suspicion:

● 

A.  Reasonable

suspicion

suspicion is defined to mean that the District believes the behavior, speech, body odor,

or appearance

or appearance of a driver while on duty are indicative of the use of alcohol and/or controlled substances.

  The

 The conduct must be witnessed by a supervisor or District official trained in the detection of

probable alcohol

probable alcohol and drug use by observing indicators in a person's appearance, behavior, speech, and performance, in accordance with 49 CFR 382.603.  If it is at all possible, the witness should not conduct

the alcohol

the alcohol test, in order to prevent the introduction of bias to the testing procedure.

●  Alcohol

B.  Alcohol testing is authorized only if the observations are made during, just before performing, or just

after performing

after performing a safety-sensitive function.  A written record shall be made of the observations leading to

an alcohol

an alcohol and/or controlled substance test.  This record is to be signed by the supervisor who made

the observations

the observations.

●  If

C.  If a reasonable suspicion alcohol test is not administered within two (2) hours following the observations,

the witness

the witness shall prepare and maintain on file a record stating the reasons the alcohol test was not

administered promptly

administered promptly.  In addition, if not administered within eight (8) hours, all attempts to administer the test shall cease.

  A

 A record shall be prepared and maintained stating why the alcohol test was not administered.  [49 CFR 382.307]

●  Reasonable

D.  Reasonable suspicion testing should include the following considerations:

■  Focus

1.  Focus on safety.

■  Verify

2.  Verify reasonable suspicion if possible.

■  Observe

3.  Observe the employee's appearance, behavior, speech, and performance.

■  Inform

4.  Inform the employee in private of any suspicion.

■  Inquire

5.  Inquire in private about any observations or suspicions.

■  Review

6.  Review the findings.

■  Upon

7.  Upon concluding that reasonable suspicion exists, transport the employee to a testing site.

■  Document

8.  Document events.

Return-to-duty testing:

● 

A.  A driver who has been prohibited from performing a safety-sensitive function after engaging in

conduct regarding

conduct regarding alcohol misuse or controlled substance use prohibited by U.S. Department of

Transportation regulations

Transportation regulations, and before returning to duty, shall undergo a return-to-duty test, which must indicate

a concentration

a concentration of less

then

than 0.02 for breath alcohol and/or a negative result for controlled substances.  [49 CFR 382.309 and 382.605(C)]

●  When

B.  When a driver has been determined to be in need of assistance in resolving problems associated with

alcohol misuse

alcohol misuse and/or controlled substance use, the driver will be subject to unannounced follow-up alcohol and/

or controlled

or controlled substance testing.  The driver will be subject to a minimum of six (6) follow-up tests in the

first twelve

first twelve (12) months.  The follow-up testing period shall not exceed sixty (60) months.  Follow-up testing

for alcohol

for alcohol shall be administered only when the driver is performing, just before performing, or just

after performing

after performing a safety-sensitive function.  [49 CFR 382.311 and 382.605(C)]

Referral:

● 

Each driver who engages in conduct prohibited by 49 CFR 382.

201

201 et seq. shall be evaluated by a

substance abuse

substance abuse professional, who shall determine what assistance, if any, the employee needs in resolving

problems associated

problems associated with alcohol misuse and controlled substance use.  [49 CFR 382.605]

Driver  Training

A copy of materials explaining the requirements of the Omnibus Act and the District's policies and procedures with respect to meeting such requirements will be distributed to each driver prior to the start of alcohol and controlled substance testing and to each driver hired or subsequently transferred into a driving position.  The District shall provide written notice to representatives of employee organizations of the availability of this information.  [49 CFR 382.601]

These materials shall include detailed discussions of at least the following:

●  The

A.  The identity of the person designated to answer employee questions about the materials.

●  The

B.  The categories of employees subject to this part of the regulation.

●  Sufficient

C.  Sufficient information about safety-sensitive functions performed by such drivers to make clear what part

of the

of the work day a driver must be in compliance with the rule.

●  Specific

D.  Specific information concerning driver conduct that is prohibited by the rule.

●  The

E.  The circumstances under which a driver will be tested for alcohol and/or controlled substances by rule.

●  The

F.  The procedures that will be used to test for the presence of alcohol and controlled substances, to protect

the driver

the driver and the integrity of the testing processes, to safeguard the validity of the test results, and to ensure

that the

that the results are attributed to the correct driver.

●  The

G.  The requirement that the employee submit to alcohol and controlled substance tests administered in

accord with

accord with Omnibus Act regulations.

●  An

H.  An explanation of what constitutes a refusal to submit to an alcohol or controlled substance test and

the attendant

the attendant consequences.

● 

I.   The consequences for drivers found to have violated the rule, including requirements for removal from duty.

● 

J.   Consequences for a driver having a concentration of 0.02 but less than 0.04 in a breath alcohol test.

●  Information

K.  Information concerning the effects of alcohol and controlled substance use on an individual's health, work,

and personal

and personal life; signs and symptoms of an alcohol or controlled substance problem (the driver or a co-worker);

and

 and available methods of intervention, including confrontation and referral.  [49 CFR 382.601]

Policies, regulations, and consequences based on the District's independent authority outside of the Omnibus Act shall be presented and clearly and obviously described as being based on independent authority [49 CFR 382.601].  All such references shall be placed in bold within the document and shall contain applicable statutory citations.

Each driver must provide a signed receipt for the materials.  [49 CFR 382.401(c)(5)(iii)].  Written notice of the availability of this information shall be provided to representatives of employee organizations.  [49 CFR 382.601(a)(2)]

Supervisor  Training

Persons designated to determine whether reasonable suspicion exists to require a driver to undergo reasonable-suspicion testing shall receive at least sixty (60) minutes of training on alcohol misuse and at least an additional sixty (60) minutes of training on controlled substance use.  The training shall cover the physical, behavioral, speech, and performance indicators of probable alcohol misuse and use of controlled substances.  [49 CFR 382.603]



Master Document: EEAEAA-E ©
Child Document: EEAEAA-E ©

EEAEAA-E ©

EXHIBIT

DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL  TESTING  OF
TRANSPORTATION  EMPLOYEES

RECORDS RETENTION

The District shall maintain records of its alcohol misuse and prevention program in a secure location with controlled access.  The records are to be kept as indicated below.

How long is the employer required to

keep records?  [49 CFR 382.401(c)(1)]

● 

A.  Five years:

■  Records

1.  Records of alcohol test results showing concentrations of 0.02 or more.

■  Records

2.  Records of driver-verified positive controlled substance tests.

■  Documentation

3.  Documentation of refusals to take required tests.

■  Calibration

4.  Calibration documentation.

■  Driver

5.  Driver evaluation and referrals.

■  A

6.  A copy of each annual calendar year summary.

● 

B.  Two years:

■ 

Records related to the alcohol and controlled substance collection process and training.

● 

C.  One year:

■ 

Records of negative and canceled drug test results and alcohol test results with concentrations of

less than

less than 0.02.

What types of records must be kept?

● 

A.  Records relating to the collection process,



as

 as follows[49 CFR 302.401(c)(1)]:

■  Collection

1.  Collection logbook, if used.

■  Documents

2.  Documents relating to the random selection process.

■  Calibration

3.  Calibration documents for evidential breath testing devices.

■  Documentation

4.  Documentation of breath alcohol technician training.

■  Documents

5.  Documents regarding decisions to administer reasonable-suspicion tests.

■  Documents

6.  Documents regarding decisions of postaccident tests.

■  Documents

7.  Documents verifying existence of a medical explanation of the inability of a driver to provide an

adequate breath

adequate breath or urine specimen for testing.

■  Consolidated

8.  Consolidated annual calendar year summaries as required by 49 CFR 382.403.

● 

B.  Records relating to driver's test results  [49 CFR 382.401(c)(2)]:

■  Employer

1.  Employer's copy of alcohol test forms, including the results of the test.

■  Employer

2.  Employer's copy of drug test chain of custody and control form.

■  Documents

3.  Documents sent by the medical review officer (MRO) to the employer, including those required

by 49

by 49 CFR 382.407(a).

■  Documents

4.  Documents related to refusal by any driver to submit to a drug or alcohol test required by the rules.

■  Documents

5.  Documents presented by a driver to dispute the results of an alcohol or substance abuse test

required by

required by the rules.

● 

C.  Records related to other violations.

● 

D.  Records related to evaluations:

■  Records

1.  Records pertaining to a determination by a substance abuse professional (SAP) concerning a driver'

s need

s need for assistance.

■  Records

2.  Records concerning a driver's compliance with recommendations of the SAP.

● 

E.  Records relating to education and training:

■  Materials

1.  Materials on alcohol misuse and drug use awareness, including a copy of the employer's policy on both.

■  Documentation

2.  Documentation of compliance with the requirements of 49 CFR 382.601, including the driver's

signed receipt

signed receipt for materials.

■  Documentation

3.  Documentation of training provided to supervisors for determining the need for reasonable-

suspicion testing

suspicion testing for alcohol misuse or use of controlled substances.

■  Certification

4.  Certification that any training that has been conducted complies with the requirements for such training.

● 

F.  Records relating to drug testing:

■  Agreements

1.  Agreements with the collection site facilities, laboratories, medical review officers, and consortia.

■  Names

2.  Names and positions of officials and their roles in the employer's alcohol and controlled

substance testing

substance testing program.

■  Monthly

3.  Monthly laboratory statistical summaries of urinalysis required by 49 CFR 40.29(g)(6).

■  The

4.  The employer's drug and alcohol testing policy and procedures.

How must these records be reported?

● 

All records must be kept in prescribed form and be supplied to DOT when requested.  The District will

be notified

be notified whether to submit the records.  [49 CFR 382.403(b)]

What happens if records are not kept properly?

● 

Penalties can be severe; for example, just an error in paperwork can mean a fine of up to five

hundred dollars

hundred dollars ($500) for each violation.  Other violations can be penalized as high as ten thousand

dollars

dollars ($10,000) per occurrence and loss of federal funding.  [49 U.S.C. 521(b)]

Where are records to be located? 

● 

All records required shall be maintained as required by 49 CFR 390.31 and shall be made available

for inspection

for inspection at the employer's principal place of business within two (2) business days after a request

by an

by an authorized representative of the Federal Highway Administration.  [49 CFR 382.401(d)]

What summary records are required?

●  The

A.  The District must prepare by March 15th of each year, and maintain, an annual calendar year summary of

the results

the results of all controlled substance and alcohol testing performed during the previous calendar year.

●  Each

B.  Each summary that contains verified positive controlled substance test results and alcohol screening tests

with concentrations

with concentrations of .02 or greater or any other violations or alcohol misuse must include the following elements:

■  The

1.  The number of drivers subject to 49 CFR 382.

■  The

2.  The number of drivers subject to testing under the alcohol misuse or drug use rules of more than one (1)

DOT

 DOT Agency - identified by each Agency.

■  The

3.  The number of urine specimens collected, by type of test (e.g., random, reasonable suspicion,

et

 et cetera).

■  The

4.  The number of positives verified by an MRO for type of test and type of drug.

■  The

5.  The number of negative drug tests verified by an MRO, by type of test.

■  The

6.  The number of persons denied a position as drivers following preemployment verified positive

drug testing

drug testing and/or alcohol testing with concentrations of 0.04 or greater.

■  The

7.  The number of drivers with MRO-verified positive tests for multiple controlled substances.

■  The

8.  The number of drivers who refused to submit to alcohol or drug tests required by 49 CFR 382.

■  The

9.  The number of supervisors who have received required alcohol training during the reporting period.

■ 

10. The number of supervisors who have received required controlled substances training during

the reporting

the reporting period.

■ 

11. The number of screening alcohol tests, by type of test.

■ 

12. The number of confirmation alcohol tests, by type of test.

■ 

13. The number of confirmation alcohol tests with concentrations of 0.02 or greater but less than 0.04,

by type

by type of test.

■ 

14. The number of confirmation alcohol tests with concentrations of 0.04 or greater, by type of test.

■ 

15. The number of drivers returned to duty, after complying with a SAP's recommendation in this

reporting period

reporting period, who had previously had verified positive drug test results or engaged in prohibited

alcohol misuse

alcohol misuse.

■ 

16. The number of drivers who were administered drug and alcohol tests at the same time with both

verified positive

verified positive drug test results and alcohol test results with concentrations greater than 0.04.

■ 

17. The number of drivers who were found to have violated any nontesting prohibition of 49

CFR 382

CFR 382.403(b) and any action taken in response to the violation.

●  Each

C.  Each employer with an annual calendar year summary that contains only negative drug test results,

alcohol screening

alcohol screening test results of less than 0.02, and no other violations may prepare and submit either a

standard summary

standard summary form with information as listed above or an "EZ" report form.  The abbreviated "EZ" form

requires selected

requires selected information from the list above.  [49 CFR 382.403]

Who may have access to the records?

●  The

A.  The covered employee, to the employee's records, upon written request.

●  The

B.  The employer.

●  The

C.  The Secretary of Transportation, upon request.

●  Any

D.  Any DOT agency, upon request.

●  Any

E.  Any state or local official with regulatory authority over the employee, upon request.

●  Any

F.  Any person or employer, upon the employee's written request.

●  National

G.  National Transportation Safety Board may review postaccident test information upon request and as a part

of an

of an accident investigation.  [49 CFR 382.405]

Are the records relating to the drug and

alcohol testing program confidential?

● 

Yes; therefore, they are not subject to disclosure under the Inspection of Public Records, A.R.S. 39-121 et seq., with the possible exception of the Annual Calendar Year Summary once released to the DOT.  [49 CFR 382.405]



Master Document: EEAEB © BUS PURCHASING AND MAINTENANCE
Child Document: EEAEB © BUS PURCHASING AND MAINTENANCE

EEAEB ©
BUS  PURCHASING  AND  MAINTENANCE

The District and all contractors who provide transportation services to the District shall comply with applicable provisions of the Commercial Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1986 and all applicable requirements of the state of Arizona that pertain to vehicle standards, periodic inspection, and maintenance of school buses.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-349
28-984

A.A.C. 
R17-9-105 et seq.



Master Document: EEAEC © STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES
Child Document: EEAEC © STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

EEAEC ©
STUDENT  CONDUCT  ON 
SCHOOL  BUSES

Students are required to conduct themselves in the bus, prior to boarding the bus, and subsequent to leaving the bus in a manner consistent with established standards for classroom behavior.

When a student fails to practice proper conduct, the bus driver will inform the principal of the misconduct, which may then be brought to the attention of the parents.

Students who become serious disciplinary problems related to school transportation may have their riding privileges suspended.  In such cases, the parents of the students involved become responsible for seeing that their children get to and from school safely.

Students riding on special-activity buses are under the direct supervision of the bus driver in cooperation with sponsor(s).  Students who do not conduct themselves properly will be denied the privilege of riding on special-activity buses.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
EEAE - Bus Safety Program
JIC - Student Conduct
JK - Student Discipline



Master Document: EEAF © SPECIAL USE OF BUSES
Child Document: EEAF © SPECIAL USE OF BUSES

EEAF ©
SPECIAL  USE  OF  BUSES

School buses may be used for the transportation of students participating in school-sponsored activities under the following conditions:

●  Bus A.  Bus usage for educational field trips or educationally related activities by student organizations may be considered be considered an extension of classroom activities.

●  The B.  The Board delegates to the administration authority concerning requests for noncurricular usage.  In such cases, the  the student organization or group making the trip will be required to reimburse the District for all or a portion of the of the cost of the transportation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1105



Master Document: EEAG © STUDENT TRANSPORTATION IN PRIVATE VEHICLES
Child Document: EEAG © STUDENT TRANSPORTATION IN PRIVATE VEHICLES

EEAG ©
STUDENT  TRANSPORTATION 
IN  PRIVATE  VEHICLES

During school or school-sponsored functions, students may be transported only in school-approved vehicles operated by District-authorized personnel unless specific approval by the Superintendent has been obtained.

The Board specifically forbids any employee to transport students for school purposes without prior authorization by the Superintendent.

Each District employee authorized to use a private vehicle for District purposes shall be notified in writing that the employee's automobile insurance is the primary coverage and District insurance coverage is secondary.

The Superintendent may develop regulations to govern the use of private vehicles for transporting students.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: EEAG-R ©
Child Document: EEAG-R ©

EEAG-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  TRANSPORTATION 
IN  PRIVATE  VEHICLES

The use of a private vehicle for transporting students requires written permission from the Superintendent.

●  This

A.  This permission may be in the form of a standing permit for employees who use their own vehicles

regularly for

regularly for school purposes.  The permit will state the particular purpose, and whether it includes transportation

of students

of students.

●  For

B.  For each special trip involving students, including field trips, a special permit must be obtained in advance

for the

for the specific trip.

●  Each

C.  Each employee authorized to use a private vehicle for school business purposes will be required to

present proof

present proof of insurance to the District.

●  No

D.  No student will be sent on school errands with the student's own vehicle, an employee's vehicle, or a District-owned vehicle.



Master Document: EEB © BUSINESS AND PERSONNEL TRANSPORTATION SERVICES
Child Document: EEB BUSINESS AND PERSONNEL TRANSPORTATION SERVICES

EEB ©
BUSINESS  AND  PERSONNEL
TRANSPORTATION  SERVICES

(District Travel Policy)

Administrative  Requirements

Administrators shall be responsible for making certain that the use of school vehicles is not abused inside or outside the District, and it is the responsibility of such administrative personnel to assure that all travel has final approval from the District administration office.  Use of private vehicles for school purposes must be approved by the Superintendent.

District  Vehicles

The District will acquire and maintain such vehicles as the Governing Board deems necessary for the efficient operation of the District.  All District vehicles are to be clearly identified as the property of the Glendale Union High School District.  The identification is to be permanently attached to the vehicle and comply with Statute.

Assignment of Vehicles:

●  Student transportation and utility vehicles will be assigned to District sites by the Administrator of Facilities, based on need.

●  Staff vehicles will be assigned by the Director of Operations and Resources, based on need.

●  All District vehicles are to be kept on District property overnight except when used on a trip which has had the prior approval of the Governing Board.

Maintenance and Repair of Vehicles:

●  The repair and maintenance of District vehicles will be under the supervision of the School Safety Administrator.

Use of District Vehicles:

●  All District vehicles shall be used only for District business except when loaned or leased with prior approval of the Governing Board.

●  School vehicles may be used, when available, for athletic trips, field trips and activity trips.

●  School vehicles may be rented from the District when available, at a charge sufficient to cover the costs involved, for non-instructional trips, such as club trips.

●  When used for student trips, a responsible adult approved by the authorizing administrator must be in each vehicle.

●  All driver training cars on loan from automotive manufacturers or dealers must be used exclusively in the instructional program, unless there is contractual arrangement to the contrary.

Requests for Use of Vehicles:

●  A transportation request shall be completed and submitted to the appropriate administrator by anyone requesting District transportation

Use  of  School  Vehicles

No school vehicle shall be used for personal business, unless the personal business is incidental to a school-related trip.  On a space-available basis, an employee's family may be included on an out-of-town trip if approval is granted by the Superintendent.  Only Governing Board members or District employees may drive the vehicle.  A school vehicle shall not be taken to an employee's home at night unless the employee has permission from the Superintendent.

Use  of  Private  Vehicle

Only when authorized by the Superintendent, a private vehicle may be used at the mileage rate set by the District, and reimbursement for mileage will be given to the owner of the private vehicle.  Credit for mileage outside the District will be given for school business only.  An employee using a private vehicle for a school trip shall not claim mileage for any purely personal use of the vehicle during said trip.

Each District employee authorized to use a private vehicle for District purposes shall be notified in writing that the employee's automobile insurance is the primary coverage and District insurance coverage is secondary.

Accident  Report

Any accident (no matter how minor) in a school vehicle or in any private vehicle while on school business is to be reported immediately to the District transportation office, or to an administrator if the accident occurs after school hours.  The business office shall immediately report the accident to the District's insurance company.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
38-538

USFR:  VI.I.

CROSS REF.: 
DKC - Expense Authorization/Reimbursement



Master Document: EEBD © BUSINESS TRANSPORTATION RECORDS AND REPORTS
Child Document: EEBD © BUSINESS TRANSPORTATION RECORDS AND REPORTS

EEBD ©
BUSINESS  TRANSPORTATION 
RECORDS  AND  REPORTS

Records and reports will be maintained as mandated by law or rules and as may be necessary to carry out transportation goals and objectives.  The records shall be available for inspection by the Superintendent and other authorized officials.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-901
15-903

A.A.C. 
R17-4-612



Master Document: EF © FOOD SERVICES
Child Document: EF © FOOD SERVICES

EF ©
FOOD  SERVICES

The District food service program shall strive to provide well-balanced meals that are nourishing, available at moderate prices, and served in a pleasant surrounding.

The Board shall establish prices to be paid by students for school meals and the price charged to adults who purchase meals.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures to implement this policy and shall formulate a plan to provide free or reduced price meals for all eligible students.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
11-195 et seq.

15-239

15-242

15-342
15-1151
15-1152
15-1153
15-1154
15-1155
15-1157
15-1158
15-1251
Arizona Department of Education:  The Arizona Nutrition Standards

Public Law 111-296, Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010 Sec. 205 -

     Equity in School Lunch Pricing

Richard B Russell National School Lunch Act 42 U. S. C. 1751 et  seq.
Child Nutrition Act of 1966 42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq. Arizona Department of Education: The Arizona Nutrition Standards

CROSS REF.: 
GDN - Supervision of Support Staff Members
JL - Student Wellness



Master Document: EF-R ©
Child Document: EF-R ©

EF-R ©

REGULATION

FOOD  SERVICES

District and school administrators will work together to provide a safe, accessible and compliant food service program and shall observe the following directives in operating the food services programs.

Meals in schools.  Each school shall:

●  Provide A.  Provide meals at a reasonable price and accordingly shall use state allocated food services funds to supplement to supplement federal funds as a means of keeping prices within reach of paying students. 

●  Encourage B.  Encourage students to participate in each school's meal program while still allowing meals to be brought from homefrom home

●  Provide C.  Provide modified meals, upon a physician's written request, for students with food allergies or other special food special food needs.  (The allergies would be of a life threatening or severe reaction nature.)

Menu.

Each school that includes grades kindergarten (K) through eight (8) shall:

Ensure that nutritious foods are available as an affordable option whenever food is sold or served and that Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value (FMNV) as defined by United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and the Arizona Department of Education (ADE) are prohibited.  This includes all food and beverages sold and/or served to students at school during the normal school day exclusive of school parties. 

Each school that includes grades nine (9) through twelve (12) are:

●  Prohibited from the sale of Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value ( FMNV ) in the dining, serving, and kitchens areas during breakfast and lunch periodslunch periods.  

Each school  school, (kindergarten [K] through twelve [12]) shall inform families, upon request, about the ingredients and nutritional value of the foods served.

Competitive foods.  Competitive foods mean any foods sold in competition with the National School Breakfast and Lunch Program to students during the meal periods.  The principal may approve the sale of competitive foods if:

●  All A.  All income from the sale of such foods accrue to the benefit of:

■  The 1.  The nonprofit school food service; or

■  The 2.  The school or student organizations approved by the District.

●  They B.  They are sold in locations other than the dining, serving, and kitchen areas. 

●  The C.  The school promotes an overall school environment that encourages students to make healthy food choices. 

●  The D.  The competitive foods meet the state nutrition standards.

Pricing, posting, and expenses.  The school meal program must be nonprofit.  Pricing for student meals shall be established considering market share, creation and loss of revenue and shall be reviewed and adjusted periodically as necessary.  The District in compliance with Section 205 of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010, shall provide the same level of support for lunches served to students who are not eligible for free or reduced price lunches as they are for lunches served to students eligible for free lunches.  Revenue generation should not take precedence over the nutritional needs of students.  Prices for adult meals and catering shall be reviewed periodically and shall reflect direct cost of operations.  Revenues received are to be used only for the operation or improvement of the program.

Schools shall ensure that:

●  The A.  The sale price of any food items sold including a reimbursable meal shall be posted in the dining area.

●  School B.  School meal program facilities used by outside organizations or individuals must have approval from the school the school principal or food service supervisor.

●  If C.  If outside organizations or individuals use the food service facilities, a qualified staff member must be on duty.

●  All D.  All food items and/or consumable supplies purchased through the food service program and all labor used for a for a special meal function must be reported.  The sponsoring agency must be billed for the food, labor and other costs other costs of the special function.  All special meal functions must operate on a self-sustaining basis. 

●  Each E.  Each person who eats a school meal must pay the regular price for the meal with two (2) exceptions: 

■  Students 1.  Students who have an approved free or reduced-price income application on file for the current school yearschool year.

■  Food 2.  Food service employees who are paid from school lunch funds.

●  No F.  No person is permitted to take food or garbage from the food service program for personal use.

Training.  The school meal program director/supervisor will develop ongoing in-service and staff development training opportunities for staff in the area of food safety, nutrition, and customer service.

Eligibility.  Principals will ensure that families are aware of need-based programs for free or reduced price meals and encourage eligible families to apply.  The confidentiality of students and families applying for or receiving free or reduced priced meals shall be maintained.

Dining environment.  Principals shall ensure that students and staff have adequate space to eat meals in pleasant surroundings and shall have adequate time to eat, relax, and socialize.  Safe drinking water and convenient access to facilities for hand washing and oral hygiene shall be available.

Student workers.  Students shall be allowed to assist with meal preparation and service if mutually agreeable between the parent, teacher, and food service staff.  Student workers must receive documented food safety and sanitation training.

Denial of meals as disciplinary action.  School personnel shall not withhold food from students as punishment.  Disciplinary action, which indirectly results in the loss of meals, is allowable (such as suspension from school).  Any student attending school, who is not allowed to eat in the cafeteria for disciplinary reasons, shall have a reimbursable meal made available to them.

Feeding Senior Citizens.  The District may enter into an agreement to provide meals for persons sixty (60) years of age or older and their spouses, or any group of such persons.

Student, Parent, Teacher and Community Involvement.  The District shall promote activities to involve student and parents in the food/nutrition program.  Activities may include menu planning, enhancement of the eating environment, program promotion and related student-community support activities.  Schools are encouraged to use the school meal program to teach students about good nutrition practices.  School faculties and the general community should be involved in activities to improve the overall acceptability of the food service program.  Each school should welcome and encourage parents to eat with students.

Recordkeeping.  The District must keep complete and accurate records of the school meal program to serve as a basis for claims for reimbursement and for audit and review purposes.  All records and tickets must be kept in accordance with the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program State Guidance Manual. 

Safety inspections.  The District is required to obtain a minimum of two (2) food safety inspections each school year.

Other food salesFood sales by student or adult entities or organizations shall be permitted provided these sales ensure optimum student participation in the school meals program and are in compliance with state and federal regulations.

When meals or snacks are offered to students in organized after-school education or enrichment programs, they should be provided by the food services program.



Master Document: EF-E ©
Child Document: EF-E ©

EF-E ©

EXHIBIT

FOOD  SERVICES

CODE OF STANDARDS

The duties of any officer, employee, or agent of the District who has occasion to handle school food or monies shall be performed in a manner consistent with good business practices.  This shall include prohibition of:

●  Solicitation

A.  Solicitation or acceptance of gratuities, favors, or anything of monetary value from contractors,

potential contractors

potential contractors, or parties to subagreements.

●  Participation

B.  Participation in awards or administration of contracts to firms in which the employee, or any member of

the employee

the employee's immediate family, has a financial or other interest.

If financial interest is not substantial, or the gift is unsolicited and of nominal intrinsic value, the officer, employee, or agent of the District shall conform to the requirements of Policies BCB, DJ, or GBEAA.

Penalties or other disciplinary actions for infractions will be based on the seriousness of the violations.  Disciplinary actions may include, but are not limited to:

●  A.  A written disciplinary report filed in the individual's personnel file.

●  Suspension B.  Suspension of duties.

●  Termination C.  Termination of employment.

●  Prosecution D.  Prosecution by legal authorities.

Distribution  Instructions

These standards are incorporated into the general operation policy manual of the District and are reviewed regularly by the Superintendent or the Governing Board.  Copies of these standards are to be distributed to all personnel who have occasion to handle school food, monies, or supplies, together with their supervisors and program directors.

CROSS REF.: 
BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
DJ - Purchasing
GBEAA - Staff Conflict of Interest
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members



Master Document: EFC © FREE AND REDUCED - PRICE FOOD SERVICES
Child Document: EFC © FREE AND REDUCED - PRICE FOOD SERVICES

EFC ©
FREE  AND  REDUCED - PRICE 
FOOD  SERVICES

Upon Board approval, the District shall enter into an agreement with the Arizona Department of Education to participate in the National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program and to receive commodities donated by the United States Department of Agriculture.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures with respect to determining eligibility of children for free and reduced price meals which follow federal regulations and state guidelines.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-242
15-1151

15-1152

15-1153

15-1154

15-1155

15-1157

15-1158
15-1251
Administrative Regulations, USFR, Section VI, Food Services
Richard B Russell National School Lunch Act 42 U. S. C. 1751 et  seq.
Child Nutrition Act of 1966 42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq.
Arizona Department of Education: The Arizona Nutrition Standards

CROSS REF.: 
GDN - Supervision of Support Staff Members
JL - Student Wellness



Master Document: EFC-R ©
Child Document: EFC-R

EFC-R   R © 

REGULATION

FREE  AND  REDUCED - PRICE 
FOOD  SERVICES

Free and reduced price meals will be provided to all students who are eligible.     The District shall have an approved free and reduced-price policy statement on file at the Arizona Department of Education.

The supervisor of the school meal program is designated to determine which individual children are eligible for free or reduced price meals and to ensure compliance with all policies, rules and regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture and the Arizona Department of Education.

In providing free and reduced-price meals, the District shall:

Provide for public announcements.  Near the beginning of the school year, an announcement must be made to notify the public of the availability of the National School Lunch Program (NSLP), the School Breakfast Program (SBP), the School Milk Program (SMP), and the Food Commodity Program (FCP).  The notice must include the eligibility criteria for reduced price meals and/or milk.  The public news release will be provided to the local news media.  The District shall submit a public/press release to local employment offices and major employers contemplating layoffs in the attendance area of the school.  Copies of the public release shall be made available upon request to any interested party. 

Send notices to households (Parent Letter).  A letter or notice informing households about the availability of the school meal program is to be distributed at the beginning of each school year.

The letter must state the option of free and reduced price benefits.  An application form must be distributed to all households of children in attendance at the school who were not determined eligible through Direct Certification match results or from the migrant/homeless/runaway list.  The application should not be distributed earlier than July 1, or no more than thirty (30) days prior to the beginning of the school year, whichever is later.   New students enrolling in school after the school year begins must be provided a letter/notice and application form when they enroll.

Applications for free or reduced price meals programs shall be available to students at all times during the regular school day.

Provide for Foreign Language TranslationsIn schools where a significant number or proportion of the population eligible to be served needs information in a language other than English, the District must make reasonable efforts, considering the size and concentration of such population, to send appropriate non-English language household letters/notices and application forms to such households.  Schools will provide households with assistance in completing applications through the use of foreign language personnel.

Enforce Confidentiality/Disclosure of Eligibility.  All procedures shall insure that names of children eligible to receive free or reduced-price meals shall not be published, posted, or announced in any manner.  Information such as family size, income and social security numbers shall remain confidential and shall not be shared for any purpose.  No individual indicators of participation shall be maintained in the permanent record of any pupil not otherwise allowed by law.

Disclosure may be made of aggregate information, such as the number of children eligible for free or reduced price meals, to any program or individual.  Aggregate information shall not identify children.

Ensure Nondiscrimination Practice.  There shall be no overt identification of any eligible children by use of special tickets, special tokens, serving lines, separate entrances, separate dining areas, or by any other means.  When more than one (1) lunch, breakfast or type of milk is offered, the children shall have the same choice of meals that is available to those children who pay the full price.  Children shall not work for their meal unless other children are required to do so as part of their educational training.

No child shall be discriminated against because of race, color, national origin, religion, age, sex or handicap.

Parents/guardians who appeal the challenge of decisions on applications and school officials� officials' challenges to the correctness of information contained in an application or of continued eligibility of any students for free or reduced-price meals shall have a fair hearing.  During an appeal and hearing, the student will continue to receive free or reduced-price meals.



Master Document: EFDA © COLLECTION OF MONEY / FOOD TICKETS
Child Document: EFDA COLLECTION OF MONEY / FOOD TICKETS

EFDA ©
COLLECTION  OF  MONEY /
FOOD  TICKETS

Meal  Charges for lunches served in the school cafeterias and snack bars will be sufficient to make the food service operations entirely self-sustaining insofar as is practicable.  All receipts from cafeterias and snack bars will be deposited to the District cafeteria fund.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The Board shall permit students to incur reasonable charges for replacement meal tickets or special meal arrangements, and parents/guardians shall be contacted for payment.

The District shall inform students and parents/guardians in writing of the District's policy regarding missing tickets and the students' responsibility for their tickets.  The notice shall be provided to all households at the time they begin participating in the food services program.

A minimum of three (3) replacements, or special meal arrangements resulting from three (3) lost or stolen tickets, shall be allowed each student within the school year (includes initial ticket plus three [3] replacements).

Each school shall maintain a list of students who have reported missing tickets in the current school year and the number of occurrences for each student.  This list must always be reviewed to determine if the student already has the three (3) ticket replacements or special arrangements prior to denying a meal to a student without a lunch ticket.

At least one (1) advance written warning shall be given to the student and parent/guardian prior to refusal to allow additional meals or ticket replacements.  The written warning shall outline previous problems with meal tickets and explain the procedure should the student fail to have a meal ticket during the remainder of the school year.

Meals shall be provided to students in pre-kindergarten, kindergarten, and for disabled students unable to take full responsibility for a meal ticket.

The District may not charge a fee for replacement meal tickets for computerized meal counting systems when the ticket is used only for food services purposes.

The District may charge a replacement fee for each meal ticket replacement when tickets are used for additional school activities and purposes.

Reasonable charges shall not exceed $____________ per student for each school year.

No lunch charges will be allowed under any circumstances during the last ten (10) days of the school year.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
The Child Nutrition Act (42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq.)



Master Document: EFE © COMPETITIVE FOOD SALES / VENDING MACHINES
Child Document: EFE © COMPETITIVE FOOD SALES / VENDING MACHINES

EFE ©
COMPETITIVE  FOOD  SALES / 
VENDING  MACHINES

Vending  Machines

Vending machines may be located on school campuses. 

Vending machines will only dispense foods that meet nutrition standard guidelines as set forth by the Arizona Department of Education Child Nutrition Programs and the U.S. Department of Agriculture requirements for foods and beverages that are sold individually.  Vending machines shall not compete with the District food service program.

Competitive  Food  Sales

Competitive food sales and marketing will be consistent with nutrition education and health promotion.  As such, schools will limit food and beverage marketing to the promotion of foods and beverages that meet nutrition standards for meals or for foods and beverages sold individually.  School-based marketing of Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value (FMNV) is prohibited.  The promotion of healthy foods, including fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and low-fat dairy products is encouraged.

Allowable marketing activities that promote healthful behaviors include vending machine covers promoting water; pricing structures that promote healthy options in á la carte lines or vending machines; sales of fruit for fund-raisers; and coupons for discount health and fitness memberships. 

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-242 Nutrition Standards
The National School Lunch Act (42 U. S. C. 1751 et seq.)

     and the Child Nutrition Act

   (42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq.), as amended.

CROSS REF.: 
JL - Student Wellness
LC - Relations with Education Research Agencies



Master Document: EG © OFFICE SERVICES
Child Document: EG OFFICE SERVICES

EG ©
OFFICE  SERVICES

All offices in the District shall be open during the school year from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, except during holidays and as otherwise stipulated by the Superintendent.

The workday for teachers will consist of teaching five (5) regular classes, supervision of extracurricular activities, and one (1) hour for conferences and preparation.  The workday will be from twenty (20) minutes before the first period until 3:35 p.m. daily, except when the principal assigns staff or members thereof to be present at extracurricular activities, special events, or other school functions that occur outside the specified work hours.  Teachers having a class before the regular first period may be off duty one (1) hour earlier.  In case of emergency or extended session, the Governing Board shall establish the workday. 

Hours for all other staff shall   Hours of the working day shall be assigned by supervisors.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
Arizona Constitution, Article 18, Section 1



Master Document: EGAD © COPYRIGHT COMPLIANCE
Child Document: EGAD COPYRIGHT COMPLIANCE

EGAD ©
COPYRIGHT  COMPLIANCE

School equipment and personnel cannot be used for any printing work for Parent-Teacher Association (P.T.A.) or for professional, charitable, or character-building organizations.  The only exception to this policy is when an individual school duplicates notices of the parent group meetings directly connected with a specific activity in the school.

The District does not condone violations of the United States copyright law.  Subject to certain specific exceptions, the owner of a copyright has the exclusive rights to reproduce, distribute, perform, or display the copyrighted work, or to authorize such reproduction, distribution, performance, or display by others.

An exception to the exclusive rights enjoyed by copyright owners is the doctrine of fair use.  The fair use of a copyrighted work for purposes of teaching, scholarship, or research is not an infringement of copyright.  All of the following factors shall be considered in determining fair use:

●  The A.  The purpose and character of the use, including whether the use is of a commercial nature or for nonprofit educational nonprofit educational purposes.

●  The B.  The nature of the copyrighted work.

●  The C.  The amount and importance of the portion used in relation to the copyrighted work as a whole.

●  The D.  The effect of the use upon the potential market for or value of the copyrighted work.

A further exception shall be performance or display of a work by instructors or students in the course of face-to-face teaching activities in a classroom or other similar place devoted to instruction.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
17 U.S.C. 101 et seq.



Master Document: EGAE © MAIL AND DELIVERY SERVICES
Child Document: EGAE © MAIL AND DELIVERY SERVICES

EGAE ©
MAIL  AND  DELIVERY  SERVICES

A mail service system shall be maintained within the District so that in-District communications and communications from outside sources may be delivered to the intended recipients in the most practicable way.  All materials distributed in the District shall contain the date and the name of the person issuing the information.

The use of District mail facilities and personnel for the distribution of materials and communications shall be restricted to materials and communications that further the official school business and the educational purposes of the District.

The District shall not be liable for items lost or opened, nor for any damage or injury incurred by any individual as a result of the use of this mail service.

The Superintendent may establish procedures for implementation of this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: EGAEA © ELECTRONIC MAIL
Child Document: EGAEA ELECTRONIC MAIL

EGAEA ©
ELECTRONIC  MAIL

Electronic communications (including records made with other software and sent in e-mail) which are sent or received by the Board or District employees pertaining to the business of the school may be subject to public disclosure and inspection as public records and discovery in litigation as evidence in support of a claim.  Use of electronic mail should conform to the same standards of judgment, propriety, and ethics as other forms of school business-related communications.  Board members, officers and employees may create electronic records through the use of e-mail on their private computers or borrowed computers when communicating about school business-related issues.  All business-related electronic communications

generated from outside the District e-mail system should be copied to the District IT Department

by Board members, officers and employees are to be turned over to the school records office to be sorted and have their value as a record determined.  For these reasons a record keeping system for electronic communications shall be established in which those types of electronic communications:

A.  shall be categorized in the same manner as is required for paper records,

B.  shall be stored in a way permitting ease of record retrieval,

C.  and shall contain explicit sender and receiver identification.

The following guidelines shall be adhered to in order to establish a record keeping procedure for such communications.

● 

A.  A repository for electronic communications shall be established at the direction of the Superintendent.

●  Once the

B.  All school business-related communications, including communications from private computers used by school Board members, officers and employees shall be segregated to a file folder and then to a location designated by the District so that these records may be maintained  and inspected by any person upon request, unless the materials are otherwise made confidential by law.

C.  The determination of record status shall be on the same basis as is used for paper records.

D.  Once the communication is transferred to the records maintenance location and into the

recordkeeping system

recordkeeping system the original electronic version may be deleted.  The version maintained in the proper

recordkeeping system

recordkeeping system is the official copy and must be retained for the same period as required for other forms of the

same record

same record series.

●  A

E.  A retrieval system for electronic mail and data transmitted with mail shall be established that will

permit reasonable

permit reasonable access to the records with a minimum of effort, identifying the recipient and the sender.

Adopted: 

December 1, 2010

date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S.

38-431.01 et seq.

39-101

39-121 et seq.

41-1343

41-1346

A.G.O

I05-004

20 U.S.C. 1232g Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

General Retention Schedule for All State Agencies and Political Subdivisions

     for Records



  

Received via E-mail

20 U.S.C. 1232g Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

CROSS REF.: 
BDF - Advisory Committees
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings
BHC - Board Communications with Staff Members
BHD - Board Communications with the Public
CFD - School-Based Management (School Councils)
EGD - Use of Technology in Office Services
EHB - Data/Records Retention (Records Management)



Master Document: EGD © USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN OFFICE SERVICES
Child Document: EGD USE OF TECHNOLOGY IN OFFICE SERVICES

EGD ©
USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  IN
OFFICE  SERVICES

Electronic communications (including records made with other software and sent in e-mail) which are sent or received by the Board or District employees pertaining to the business of the school may be subject to public disclosure and inspection as public records and discovery in litigation as evidence in support of a claim.

All Board members and selected staff are encouraged to participate in Open Meeting Law (OML) and Public Records Law training within the first thirty (30) days after becoming a member of the Board or the date of employment, as is applicable.  In order to encourage the Board, individual Board members, staff communicating with or on behalf of the Board and members of councils/committees of the Board to comply with the requirements of the Open Meeting Law ( OML ) and Public Records Law, the following guidelines shall be followed:

Guidelines:

●  E

A.  E-mail or any other electronic messaging service shall not be used as a substitute for deliberations at

Board meetings

Board meetings or for other communications or business properly confined to Board meetings.

●  E

B.  E-mail or any other electronic messaging service may be used to disseminate factual information, such

as agenda

as agenda packet, suggestions for public agenda items and reminders regarding committee meeting times,

dates and

 dates and places.

●  Confidential

C.  Confidential information about employees, students or other Board members shall not be included in e-

mail communications

mail communications due to the risk of improper disclosure.

●  Should

D.  Should electronic devices be utilized for participation or attendance at public meetings, the public

in attendance

in attendance including media representatives shall have the same access to the electronic input as

the Governing

the Governing Board members.

●  The

E.  The following statement shall be used on all Board member and staff electronic communications:  "To ensure compliance with the Open Meeting Law, Board member recipients of this message

are required to comply with all provisions of the Open Meeting Law."●  Board

should not forward it to other Board members nor should Board members reply to this message."

F.  Board members shall communicate with staff members and the public by following procedures established

in policy

in policy.

Records Retention:

● 

Each Board member or staff member computer user shall segregate or store electronic

communications pertaining

communications pertaining to the business of the District to or from members of the Board or staff to a file folder and

then to a location

then to a location designated by the District so that these records may be maintained and inspected by

any person

any person upon request, unless otherwise made confidential by law.

Compliance

In the event a Board member(s) fails to comply with the guidance of Board policy, the matter shall be referred to the Board President, who will meet with and/or discuss the matter and the Board policy with the Board member(s).  The Board President may request that the Board's legal counsel participate in the meeting and/or discussion.

In the event an employee fails to comply with the guidance of Board policy, that employee may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including possible termination.

The Superintendent may develop procedures to assist in compliance with the Open Meeting Law and the Public Records Law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431.01 et seq.
39-101

39-121  et seq.

41-1343
41-1346

A.G.O
I05-004
20 U.S.C. 1232g Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

General Retention Schedule for School Districts and Charter Schools -

     Electronic

   Communications and Social Networking Records

20 U.S.C. 1232g Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

CROSS REF.: 
BDF - Advisory Committees
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings
BHC - Board Communications with Staff Members
BHD - Board Communications with the Public
CFD - School-Based Management (School Councils)
EGAEA - Electronic Mail
EHB - Data/Records Retention (Records Management)
EHB-R - Data/Records Retention (Records Management Program)



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: EGE © OFFICE SERVICES RECORDS AND REPORTS

EGE ©
OFFICE  SERVICES  RECORDS 
AND  REPORTS

Refer to Policy EHB.



Master Document: EHB © DATA / RECORDS RETENTION
Child Document: EHB © DATA / RECORDS RETENTION

EHB ©
DATA / RECORDS  RETENTION

(Records Management)

All required records and any other records that are deemed necessary or helpful will be prepared in a manner consistent with law and the requirements of the Uniform System of Financial Records.  An administrative records management program approved by the Governing Board shall be established and maintained, and copies of the retention schedules shall be submitted to the Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records (ASLAPR).

Records management standards adopted by the ASLAPR for the maintenance and storage of the District's public records provides for the maintenance and storage of records either on paper or in an electronic format, or a combination of paper and electronic format.

The Governing Board is the custodian of the official copies of all records, required or optional, and the Superintendent shall be responsible for protecting such records on behalf of the Board.  As a part of the records management program, the Superintendent may assign management responsibilities to other employees by naming the employee positions and a general description of the records assigned to their jurisdiction.

Adopted:  November 6, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-271
15-272
15-341

15-521
23-721
23-926
23-962
38-421
38-423
38-424
39-101
39-103
39-121
41-1346 et seq.
44-1373

A.A.C.

R7-2-803



Master Document: EHB-R ©
Child Document: EHB-R ©

EHB-R ©

REGULATION

DATA / RECORDS  RETENTION

(Records Management Program)

Records shall be prepared and managed as outlined below.

Business  and  Financial  Records

Management of the following records is the responsibility of the business manager:

●  Annual A.  Annual District budget.

●  Audit B.  Audit reports.

●  Financial C.  Financial statements.

●  Capital D.  Capital levy plan.●  Bids

E. ●  Contracts  Bids.

F.  Contracts (except employment).

●  DeedsG. ●  Leases Deeds.

H.  Leases/lease purchases.

●  I.   Inventory (history records of general fixed assets).

●  J.   Records identified in the Uniform System of Financial Records.

Other  District  Records

The current year's records will be kept in the District administration office.  When practical to do so, but no later than during the second immediate past year, all paper records will be grouped, bundled together, and labeled, with the disposal date noted on the label.  Records created and/or maintained in an electronic format will be preserved in a manner approved by the Records Management Division of the Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records (ASLAPR).  Retention periods noted will refer to the number of years after the end of the fiscal year in which the records were made or superseded, as specified in the General Retention Schedules for School Districts and Charter Schools.

All records shall be managed in compliance with the requirements of the Records Management Division of the Arizona State Library, Archives, and Public Records (ASLAPR).  Due to the ongoing process by the ASLAPR to revise existing and add new retention schedules for school districts and charter schools, the current point-in-time status of records retention requirements must be confirmed prior to determining disposition of the subject records by accessing the General Retention Schedule for Schools School Districts and the Standards and Guidelines for Electronic Records available on the ASLAPR website at:

http://www.lib.az.us/records/school.aspx

and
http://www.lib.az.us/records/Standards_and_Guidelines.aspx



Master Document: EI © INSURANCE PROGRAMS / RISK MANAGEMENT
Child Document: EI © INSURANCE PROGRAMS / RISK MANAGEMENT

EI ©
INSURANCE  PROGRAMS / 
RISK  MANAGEMENT

The Board has the responsibility to maintain an adequate property, casualty, and liability insurance program to protect the property of the District against fire, vandalism, and theft; to protect the Board members and employees against general liability resulting from the discharge of their duties; and to offer protection in case of injury for employees while acting in behalf of the school.  The Board may also authorize a voluntary insurance program for students and employees.

The responsibility of administering the total insurance program shall be delegated to the Superintendent, who will seek and consider input from the staff.  Underlying such administrative delegation, there will first be prepared, for review and approval, specifications for insurance coverage of various types so that the insurance may be placed by competitive bid.  Any recommended modification of these specifications will be brought before the Board for review and action.  The District will make every effort to obtain insurance at the most economical cost, consistent with required service.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-381
15-382
15-383
15-384
15-386
15-387
15-388
15-502

A.G.O. 
I80-216



Master Document: FA © FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: FA © FACILITIES DEVELOPMENT GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

FA ©
FACILITIES  DEVELOPMENT  GOALS / 
PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

Priority in the development of facilities shall be based on identified educational needs and on programs developed to meet those needs.

The Board establishes these broad goals for development:

●  To

A.  To integrate facilities planning with other aspects of planning in a comprehensive educational program.

●  To

B.  To base educational specifications for school buildings on identifiable learner needs.

●  To

C.  To design for sufficient flexibility to permit program modification or the installation of new programs.

●  To

D.  To design school buildings as economically as feasible, providing that learner needs are effectively

and adequately

and adequately met by the design.

●  To

E.  To involve the community, school staff members, available experts, and the latest in related

current development

current development and research in building plans and specifications.

●  To

F.  To analyze life-cycle costs as they compare with capital expenditures versus a maintenance and

operations expense

operations expense projection.

●  To

G.  To analyze the core facility as it relates to future expansion.

●  To

H.  To design school buildings for community use when feasible.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342
15-2002 et seq.
15-2031



Master Document: FCB © RETIREMENT OF FACILITIES
Child Document: FCB © RETIREMENT OF FACILITIES

FCB ©
RETIREMENT  OF  FACILITIES

(Closing a School Facility)

If it is determined the Board needs to consider closing a school facility the Board may consult with the Arizona School Facilities Board (SFB) for technical assistance and for information on the impact of closing a school.  The information provided from the SFB shall not require the Board to take or not take any action.

The Board recognizes the impact closing a school has on the community, the students who attend the school being considered, the projected impact on other schools in the District, and the District.  In response the Board shall discuss and consider a proposed school closing at a scheduled Board meeting.  The Superintendent shall present at a Board meeting demographic data related to present and future school facility needs along with information related to a school closing.

Following a decision to sell or lease a vacant and unused building or a vacant and unused portion of a building, the District may not prohibit a charter school from negotiating to buy or lease the property in the same manner as other potential buyers or lessees. The District shall attempt to obtain the highest possible value under current market conditions for the sale or lease of the vacant and unused building or the vacant and unused portion of a building.  

Community members shall be provided an opportunity to address the consideration at the Board meeting.

Adopted:  October 19, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
38-431.01

CROSS REF.: 
JC - School Attendance Areas



Master Document: FEA © EDUCATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION
Child Document: FEA EDUCATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION

FEA ©
EDUCATIONAL  SPECIFICATIONS 
FOR  CONSTRUCTION

In the construction of new or remodeled educational facilities, the Board requires the Superintendent to develop a set of comprehensive educational specifications.  In conferences with the architect, the following specifications and statutory references shall be discussed for design inclusion:

●  Information A.  Information concerning the plan of school organization and estimated enrollment in the proposed building.  Whenever possible schools will be planned and built to accommodate two thousand (2,000) students.●  A

B.  A description of the proposed curriculum and the teaching methods and techniques to be employed.

●  A C.  A schedule of space requirements, including an indication of relative locations of various spaces.  Each school site will be approximately forty (40) acres.●  A

D.  A desired layout of special areas and the equipment needed for such areas.

●  An E.  An outline of mechanical features and special finishes desired.

●  Standards F.  Standards established by the School Facilities Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-2001 et seq.
34-461

41-1492  et seq.

41-2163
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
29 U.S.C. 794, Rehabilitation Act, (Section 504)
42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., The Americans with Disabilities Act



Master Document: FF © NAMING FACILITIES
Child Document: FF NAMING FACILITIES

FF ©
NAMING  FACILITIES

In naming facilities, the Governing Board District will consider names derived from significant geographic locations, historical events, events deemed to be important in the communities served by the District and names of individuals who have made significant or events of community significance, as well as worthy deceased individuals who:

A.  Have made unique contributions to the District

.

The word facility refers to any building, including but not limited to the gymnasiums, athletic stadiums, athletic fields, or other areas on property owned or operated by the District.

The Governing Board encourages members of the communities served by the District to create sustainable scholarships, awards and events in memory of significant individuals rather than seeking to name a District facility after the individual.

The Governing Board will consider naming facilities or portions of any school facility after significant individuals who have

; and

B.  Have been deceased for at least

five

ten (

5

10) years.

 

In the event that a person is honored by having a District facility named after him/her, a plaque shall be on permanent display, on or near the facility, to inform the public of the significant contribution or service of the individual.  The plaque shall be of sufficient size to honor the individual, shall not detract from the aesthetics of the facility and shall be constructed of a material suitable for the climate and environment in which it will be located.  The Governing Board shall determine whether the plaque meets the intent of this policy.

The recommendation and the rationale for naming or renaming facilities will be made by the school principal to the Superintendent.  The Superintendent shall share the recommendation and the rationale with the Governing Board.  Naming of District facilities requires action of the Board and will take place in accordance with Arizona open meeting law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

this policy, the word facility refers to any school building, administration building, gymnasium, stadium, athletic field, or playground.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: FF-R

FF-R  

REGULATION

NAMING  FACILITIES

(The Naming of a School Facility for an Individual)

The Governing Board receives many requests to name a school facility for an individual.  Because of the Board's inability to honor all such requests, the Board instead encourages the creation of sustainable scholarships, awards and events in memory of significant individuals.  Occasionally, the Board will consider naming a facility for an individual who has made significant contributions to the District.

Naming  a  School  Facility  Process

School and Community Interest in
the Naming of a School Facility
:

●  A District employee, parent or community member interested in naming a facility i.e., gymnasium, stadium, athletic field, or other area on school property for an individual will discuss the interest with the principal of the school.  The principal will explain the criteria set forth in Policy FF.

●  The principal completes the Initial Naming Form and brings the request to the Superintendent and/or Cabinet for approval to move forward in the naming process.

●  If approved, the principal brings the naming request to Executive Council for input.

●  When approval is granted and input received, the principal forms a Special Naming Committee.

Special Naming Committee - a special committee appointed by the principal to research and recommend to the Governing Board the naming of a facility for an individual.  The committee serves for one (1) naming request.  A new committee is appointed for each request.

●  A special naming committee is appointed and chaired by the principal.  The committee must be made up of at least seven (7) members:

■  The principal;

■  The District employee, parent or community member making the request;

■  Two (2) teachers;

■  One (1) Student Council representative; and

■  Two (2) parents.

●  The Special Naming Committee must research the back ground of the individual the facility is to be named for and rational including the significant contributions made by the individual for the naming of the facility.

●  The Special Naming Committee must determine the appropriate level of recognition.  The committee will consider the following levels of recognition in lieu of the naming of a facility: 1) creation of sustainable scholarships, 2) awards, and 3) events.

●  The Special Naming Committee must create a budget and independent funding sources that fully cover the creation and installation of the plaque.

●  The Special Naming Committee must conduct a faculty presentation seeking input and support.  (Faculty Support Form)

●  The Special Naming Committee must conduct a community presentation seeking input and support.  (Community Support Form)

●  The Special Naming Committee must present the research and supporting documents to the Superintendent/Cabinet that:

■  outlines the merits of the individual;

■  documents support from staff and community;

■  presents budget and funding sources;

■  shows photographs, professional drawings and diagrams; and

■  insures legal compliance.

The Superintendent decides to move the request to the Governing Board or back to the Special Naming Committee for needed revisions.

●  After Superintendent approval, the Special Naming Committee provides the Governing Board with a presentation that:

■  outlines the merits of the individual;

■  documents support from staff and community;

■  presents budget and funding sources;

■  shows photographs, professional drawings and diagrams; and

■  insures legal compliance.

●  The Governing Board will accept or deny the recommendation.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: FF-EA

FF-EA  

REGULATION

NAMING  FACILITIES

NAMING A SCHOOL FACILITY -
INITIAL RATIONALE FORM

The Governing Board will consider naming facilities after significant individuals who have been deceased for at least five (5) years.  In the event a person is honored, a plaque shall be on permanent display to inform the public of the significant contribution or service of the individual.

_________________________________          _________________________________
                      High School                                               Requested School Facility

_________________________________          __________________________________
         Name of Significant Individual                                        Deceased Date

Rationale for naming facility/significant contributions (attach additional information as necessary):

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________          ____________________________     
                               Principal                                                                   Date



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: FF-EB

FF-EB  

REGULATION

NAMING  FACILITIES

NAMING A SCHOOL FACILITY -
FACULTY SUPPORT

The naming of a District facility is considered to be a high honor.  As such, the name of the facility should be easily identifiable with the school.  The contributions of the individual should be well known and documented within the school community.  The following school faculty endorse the naming of the school facility based upon the individual's significant contributions (attach additional pages as necessary):

                   Name                                                Address                                  Phone No.

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: FF-EC

FF-EC  

REGULATION

NAMING  FACILITIES

NAMING A SCHOOL FACILITY -
COMMUNITY SUPPORT

The naming of a District facility is considered to be a high honor.  As such, the name of the facility should be easily identifiable with the school.  The contributions of the individual should be well known and documented within the school community.  The following school community people endorse the naming of the school facility based upon the individual's significant contributions (attach additional pages as necessary):

                   Name                                                Address                                  Phone No.

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________

________________________       _____________________________       _____________



Master Document: GA © PERSONNEL GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: GA © PERSONNEL GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

GA ©
PERSONNEL  GOALS / PRIORITY  
OBJECTIVES

The Board recognizes that dynamic and efficient staff members dedicated to education are necessary to maintain a constantly improving educational program.  The Board is interested in its personnel as individuals, and it recognizes its responsibility for promoting the general welfare of the staff members.

Duties of these staff members shall be outlined and assigned by the Superintendent.

Additionally, the Board establishes, as personnel service goals, the following:

●  Recruiting

A.  Recruiting, selecting, and employing the best-qualified personnel to staff the school system.

●  An

B.  An employee appraisal program that will contribute to the continuous improvement of staff performance.

●  Professional

C.  Professional development and in-service training programs for employees that will improve their rates

of performance

of performance and retention.

●  Deployment

D.  Deployment of the available personnel to ensure that they are utilized as effectively as possible

within budgetary

within budgetary constraints.

●  Human

E.  Human relationships necessary to obtain maximum staff performance and satisfaction.

●  A

F.  A staff compensation program sufficient to attract and retain qualified employees within the fiscal limitations

of the

of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-502
15-503



Master Document: GB © GENERAL PERSONNEL POLICIES
Child Document: GB © GENERAL PERSONNEL POLICIES

GB ©
GENERAL  PERSONNEL  POLICIES

Personnel policies adopted by the Governing Board are to serve as guidelines for the efficient and successful functioning of the District.

The policies are framed and intended to be interpreted within the context of applicable laws and regulations.  Changes in the laws and agency rules, as well as in the needs, conditions, purposes, and objectives of the District may result in revisions, deletions, and additions to the policies.  Therefore, to the extent permitted or required by law, District personnel policies may be modified, amended, or repealed at any time as the Board determines to be in the best interest of the District.  No person shall be deemed to have a vested right to continuing employment or benefits associated with District employment except as may be required by law and provided in the respective employee's written contract or employment agreement.   The policies, regulations, exhibits, and other documents in this Policy Manual do not form any part of any employment contract or employment agreement between the School District and any individual employee.

Wherever inconsistencies of interpretation arise, the law and regulations prevail.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342
15-546



Master Document: GBA © EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
Child Document: GBA © EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY

GBA ©
EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITY

Discrimination against an otherwise qualified individual with a disability or any individual by reason of race, color, religion, sex, age, or national origin is prohibited.  Efforts will be made in recruitment and employment to ensure equal opportunity in employment for all qualified persons.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-904
41-1461
41-1463
41-1465

CROSS REF.: 
AC - Nondiscrimination
ACA - Sexual Harassment
IHBA - Special Instructional Programs and Accommodations for Disabled Students
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: GBA-R ©
Child Document: GBA-R ©

GBA-R ©

REGULATION

EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITY

Compliance  Officer

The Superintendent shall be the compliance officer.  Any person who feels unlawfully discriminated against or to have been the victim of unlawful discrimination by an agent or employee of the District or who knows of such discrimination against another person should file a complaint with the Superintendent.  If the Superintendent is the one alleged to have unlawfully discriminated, the complaint shall be filed with the President of the Board.

Complaint  Procedure

The District is committed to investigating each complaint and to taking appropriate action on all confirmed violations of policy.  The Superintendent shall investigate and document complaints filed pursuant to this regulation as soon as reasonable, within the established timelines.  In investigating the complaint, the Superintendent will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible.  The Superintendent shall also investigate incidents of policy violation that are raised by the Governing Board, even though no complaint has been made.

If after the initial investigation the Superintendent has reason to believe that a violation of policy has occurred, the Superintendent shall determine whether or not to hold an administrative hearing and/or to recommend bringing the matter before the Board.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a teacher or an administrator, the due process provisions of the District's Policy GCQF shall apply, except that the supervising administrator may be assigned to conduct the hearing.  In cases of serious misconduct, dismissal or suspension proceedings in accordance with A.R.S. 15-539 et seq. may be initiated.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a support staff employee, the Superintendent may follow due process and impose discipline under Policy GDQD if the evidence so warrants.  The Superintendent also may recommend a suspension without pay, recommend dismissal, or impose other appropriate discipline.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a student, the Superintendent may impose discipline in accordance with policies Policies JK, JKD and JKE.

If the Superintendent's investigation reveals no reasonable cause to believe policy has been violated, the Superintendent shall so inform the complaining party in writing.

Timelines

The complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar days after the complaining party knew or should have known that there were grounds for a complaint/grievance.

Once the written complaint has been filed using the forms provided by the District, the Superintendent shall require the immediate supervisor or site administrator to investigate and respond in writing to the complaining party within five (5) working days.

If the immediate supervisor or site administrator does not respond, the Superintendent will have ten (10) additional working days to respond in writing to the complaining party.

If the Superintendent does not respond within the established time, then the complaining party may request in writing that the issue be brought before the Board.  The Board will then review the record of the investigation and have thirty (30) days to respond to the complaining party in writing.



Master Document: GBAC © INDIAN PREFERENCE IN EMPLOYMENT
Child Document: Non Existing

GBAC ©
INDIAN  PREFERENCE  IN  EMPLOYMENT

A provision of the 1964 Civil Rights Act allows private and government employers on or near a federal trust Indian reservation to publicly announce and practice a policy giving preferential treatment in hiring to Indian candidates.  Indian preference may supersede the equal employment opportunity laws contained in Subchapter VI, Chapter 21 (Civil Rights) of Title 42, U.S. Code.

Therefore, the following exceptions may apply, notwithstanding any other rule, regulation, or policy (e.g., GBA) of the Governing Board.

Indian means, for purposes of the District's Indian Preference in Employment policy, "any person who is presently an enrolled member of a federally recognized tribe."

As used in this policy, the term Indian preference in employment shall mean that in the selection process Native American candidates who meet or surpass qualifications for a position shall be given preference for positions established by the Governing Board.  The preference standards for each position shall be outlined by the Governing Board prior to opening the position for interested applicants.

The Governing Board may waive any of the above requirements by a formal vote.  Such waiver shall apply only to individual employment as determined by the Board on a case-by-case basis.  In each case where a waiver of Indian preference occurs, the Board shall make a record of the occurrence, which shall be included in the official minutes of the Board.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
41-1463
25 U.S.C. 450e
42 U.S.C. 2000e-2(1)

CROSS REF.: 
GBA - Equal Employment Opportunity



Master Document: GBA-E ©
Child Document: GBA-E ©

GBA-E ©

EXHIBIT

EQUAL  EMPLOYMENT  OPPORTUNITY

COMPLAINT FORM
(To be filed with the compliance officer as provided in GBA-R)

Please print:

Name _______________________________      Date __________________

Address  ______________________________________________________

Telephone __________  Another phone where you can be reached ________

During the hours of   _____________________________________________

E-mail address  _________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity  _______________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Address _______________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                      Address                                Telephone Number

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

____________________________________
Signature of Complainant

The compliance officer, as designated in GBA-R, shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: GBB © STAFF INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING
Child Document: GBB © STAFF INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

GBB ©
STAFF  INVOLVEMENT  IN 
DECISION  MAKING

It shall be the policy of the Board to encourage employee participation in the decision making for the District.  The Superintendent is authorized to establish such committees as necessary to recommend policies and regulations that will enhance the operation of the District.

In recommending policies to the Board and in the development of regulations for the operation of the District, the Superintendent may involve at the planning stage, whenever feasible, any employees who may be affected by such provisions.

The Superintendent shall establish, with certificated and support staff employees, channels for the ready intercommunication of ideas and feelings regarding the operation of the schools.  The Superintendent shall weigh with care the counsel given by employees and inform the Board of such counsel in presenting recommendations for Board action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: GBEA © STAFF ETHICS
Child Document: GBEA STAFF ETHICS

GBEA ©
STAFF  ETHICS

(Statement of Ethics for School Employees)

All  Employees

All employees of the District are expected to maintain high standards in their school relationships.  These standards must be idealistic and at the same time practical, so that they can apply reasonably to all staff members.  The employees acknowledge that the schools belong to the public they serve for the purpose of providing educational opportunities to all.  However, every employee assumes responsibility for providing leadership in the school and community.  This responsibility requires the employee to maintain standards of exemplary conduct.  It must be recognized that the employee's actions will be viewed and appraised by the community, associates, and students.  To these ends, the Board adopts the following statements of standards.

The school employee:

●  Makes A.  Makes the well-being of students the fundamental value of all decision making and actions.

●  Maintains B.  Maintains just, courteous, and proper relationships with students, parents, staff members, and others.

●  Strives C.  Strives for the maintenance of efficiency and knowledge of developments in the employee's field of work.

●  Fulfills D.  Fulfills job responsibilities with honesty and integrity.

●  Directs E.  Directs any criticism of other staff members or of any department of the school system toward improving the District.  Such constructive criticism is to be made directly to the school administrator who has the responsibility for improving the situation.

●  Supports F.  Supports the principle of due process and protects the civil and human rights of all individuals.

●  Obeys G.  Obeys local, state, and national laws and does not knowingly join or support organizations that advocate, directly or indirectly, the overthrow of the government.

●  Implements H.  Implements the Governing Board's policies and administrative rules and regulations.

●  I.   Refrains from using school contacts and privileges to promote partisan politics, sectarian religious views, or selfish propaganda of any kind.

●  Pursues J.  Pursues appropriate measures to correct any laws, policies, or regulations that are not consistent with sound educational goals.

●  Avoids K.  Avoids using position for personal gain through political, social, religious, economic, or other influence.

●  Maintains L.  Maintains the standards and seeks to improve the effectiveness of the profession through research and continuing and continuing professional development.

●  M. Stresses the proper use and protection of all school properties, equipment, and materials.

●  Honors N.  Honors all contracts until fulfillment or release.

In the performance of duties, employees shall keep in confidence such information as they may secure unless disclosure serves District purposes or is required by law.

All  Teachers

First Principle

The primary obligation of the teaching profession is to guide children, youth, and adults in the pursuit of knowledge and skill; to prepare them in ways of democracy; and to help them become happy, useful, self-supporting citizens.  The ultimate strength of the nation lies in the social responsibility, economic competence, and moral strength of the individual.

In fulfilling the obligations of this First principle, the teacher will:

●  Deal justly and impartially with students regardless of their physical, mental, emotional, political, economic, social, or religious characteristics.

●  Recognize the differences among students and seek to meet their individual needs.

●  Encourage students to formulate and work for high individual goals in the development of their physical, intellectual, creative, and spiritual endowments.

●  Aid students to develop an understanding and appreciation not only of the opportunities and benefits of American democracy but also of their obligations to it.

●  Respect the right of every student to have confidential information about himself/herself withheld except when its release is to authorized agencies or is required by law.

●  Accept no remuneration for tutoring except in accordance with approved policies of the Governing Board.

Second Principle

The members of the teaching profession share with parents the task of shaping each student's purpose and acts toward socially acceptable ends.  The effectiveness of many methods of teaching is dependent upon cooperative relationships with the home.

In fulfilling the obligations of the Second principle, the teacher will:

●  Respect the basic responsibility of parents for their children.

●  Seek to establish friendly and cooperative relationships with the home.

●  Help to increase the student's confidence in his/her own home and avoid disparaging remarks which might undermine that confidence.

●  Provide parents with information that will serve the best interests of their children, and be discreet with information received from the parents.

●  Keep parents informed about the progress of their children as interpreted in terms of the purpose of the school.

Third Principle

The teaching profession occupies a position of public trust involving not only the individual teacher's personal conduct, but also the interaction of the school and community.  Education is most effective when these many relationships operate in a friendly, cooperative, and constructive manner.

In fulfilling the obligations of this Third principle, the teacher will:

●  Adhere to any reasonable pattern of behavior accepted by the community for professional persons.

●  Perform the duties of citizenship, and participate in community activities with due consideration for his/her obligations to students, family and self.

●  Discuss controversial issues from an objective point of view.

●  Recognize that the public schools belong to the people of the community; encourage lay participation in shaping the purposes of the school; and strive to keep the public informed of the educational program which is being provided.

●  Respect the community in which he/she is employed and be loyal to the school system, community, state, and nation.

●  Work to improve education in the community and to strengthen the community's moral, spiritual, and intellectual life.

Fourth Principle

The members of the teaching profession have inescapable obligations with respect to employment.  These obligations are nearly always shared employer-employee responsibilities based upon mutual respect and good faith.

In fulfilling the obligations of this Fourth principle, the teacher will:

●  Conduct professional business through the proper channels.

●  Refrain from discussing confidential and official information with unauthorized persons.

●  Apply for employment on the basis of competence only, and avoid asking for a specific position known to be filled by another teacher.

●  Seek employment in a professional manner, avoiding such practices as the indiscriminate distribution of applications.

●  Refuse to accept a position when the vacancy has been created through unprofessional activity, or pending controversy over professional policy, or the application of unjust personnel practices and procedures.

●  Adhere to the conditions of a contract until service there under has been performed, the contract has been terminated by mutual consent, or the contract has otherwise been legally terminated.

●  Give and expect due notice before a change of position is to be made.

●  Be fair in all recommendations that are given concerning the work of other teachers.

●  Accept no compensation from producers of instructional supplies when such recommendations affect the local purchase or use of such teaching aids.

●  Engage in no gainful employment outside of his/her contract where the employment affects adversely his/her professional status, or impairs his/her standing with students, associates, and the community.

●  Cooperate in the development of school policies and assume his/her professional obligations thereby incurred.

●  Accept his/her obligation to the employing Board for maintaining a professional level of service.

Fifth Principle

The teaching profession is distinguished from many other occupations by the uniqueness and quality of the professional relationships among all teachers.  Community support and respect are influenced by the standards of teachers and their attitudes toward teaching and other teachers.

In fulfilling the obligations of the Fifth principle, the teacher will:

●  Treat with other members of the profession in the same manner as he/she wishes to be treated.

●  Stand by other teachers who have acted on his/her behalf and at his/her request.

●  Speak constructively of other teachers, but report honestly to responsible persons in matters involving the welfare of students, the school system, and the profession.

●  Maintain active membership in educational organizations; and, through participation, strive to attain the objectives that justify such organized groups.

Seek to make professional growth continuous by such procedures as study, research, travel, conferences, and attendance at professional meetings.

●  Make the teaching profession so attractive in ideals and practices that sincere and able young people will want to enter it.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.A.C. 
R7-2-205



Master Document: GBEAA © STAFF CONFLICT OF INTEREST
Child Document: GBEAA © STAFF CONFLICT OF INTEREST

GBEAA ©
STAFF  CONFLICT  OF  INTEREST

Employment  of  Close  Relatives

No person employed by the District may be directly supervised by a close relative (father, mother, son, daughter, sister, brother, or spouse).  This policy will apply for summer or part-time work as well as for full-time employment.

A dependent of a Board member (a person more than half of whose support is obtained from a Board member) cannot be hired in the District except by consent of the Board.  The spouse of a Board member cannot be employed by the District.

Business  Relations

Any employee who has, or whose relative has, a substantial interest in any decision of the District shall make known this interest in the official records of the District, and shall refrain from participating in any manner as an employee in such a decision.

Vendor  Relations

No employee of the District will accept gifts from any person, group, or entity doing, or desiring to do, business with the District.  The acceptance of any business-related gratuity is specifically prohibited, except for widely distributed, advertising items of nominal value.

This policy should not be construed to deem unacceptable inexpensive novelty advertising items of general distribution.  Acceptance of business meals and holiday gifts for general consumption are acceptable under this policy.

District  Purchases
from  Employees

The District is required to follow the school district procurement rules for all purchases must comply with competitive purchasing rules for any acquisition of goods or services from District employees regardless of the dollar amount.  The District may acquire equipment, material, supplies, or services from its employees only under an award or contract let after public competitive bidding [A.R.S. 38-503; A.G.O. I06-002].  The requirement applies to any purchase using District monies, including extracurricular activities fees, tax credit contributions, and monies held in trust by the District such as student activities monies, when a District employee acts as the vendor.  Oral and written quotations do not satisfy the public competitive bidding requirements.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-323
15-421
15-502
38-481
38-501 et seq.
38-503
A.G.O. 
I06-002

CROSS REF.: 
BCB - Board Member Conflict of Interest
DJE - Bidding/Purchasing Procedures



Master Document: GBEAA-E ©
Child Document: GBEAA-E ©

GBEAA-E ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  CONFLICT  OF  INTEREST

I, _____________________________________________________, do hereby indicate:

1.  That I am presently an officer/employee of the Glendale Union High School District No. 205____________________________

_______________________________ School District;

2.  That I (or my relative[s]:  _______________________________________

________________________________________________________) have a substantial interest in the contract, sale, purchase, or service to or decision by the Glendale Union High School District _______________________________ Governing Board as described below.

3.  That I shall refrain from participating in any manner in my capacity as an employee or officer of the Glendale Union High __________________________________

School District in such contract, sale, purchase, service to, or decision by the Governing Board unless specifically permitted to do so by law.


________________________     ___________________________________
                   Date                                                             Date                                                  Signature

 

Description of Conflict:



Master Document: GBEB © STAFF CONDUCT
Child Document: GBEB © STAFF CONDUCT

GBEB ©
STAFF  CONDUCT

All employees of the District are expected to conduct themselves in a manner consistent with effective and orderly education and to protect students and District property.  No employee shall, by action or inaction, interfere with or disrupt any District activity or encourage any such disruption.  No employee, other than one who has obtained authorization from the appropriate school administrator, shall carry or possess a weapon on school grounds.  All employees shall at all times attempt to maintain order, abide by the policies, rules, and regulations of the District, and carry out all applicable orders issued by the Superintendent.

Potential consequences to employees of the District who violate these rules may include, but are not limited to:

●  Warning.

●  Reprimand.

●  Suspension.

●  Dismissal.

●  Removal A.  Removal from school grounds.

●  Both B.  Both civil and criminal sanctions, which may include, but are not limited to, criminal proceedings under Title 13Title 13, Chapter 29, Arizona Revised Statutes.

●  Having C.  Warning.

D.  Reprimand.

E.  Suspension.

F.  Dismissal.

G.  Having consideration given to any such violations in the determination of or establishment of any pay or salary in salary in later contracts or employment, if any.

Reporting  Suspected 
Crimes  or  Incidents

Staff members are to report any suspected crime against a person or property that is a serious offense, involves a deadly weapon or dangerous instrument or that could pose a threat of death or serious injury to employees, students or others on school property.  All such reports shall be communicated to the Superintendent who shall be responsible for reporting to local law enforcement.

A person who is employed by the School District or is an applicant for employment with the School District, who is arrested for or charged with any nonappealable offense listed in section 41-1758.03, subsection B and who does not immediately report the arrest or charge to the person's supervisor or potential employer is guilty of unprofessional conduct and the person shall be immediately dismissed from employment with the School District or immediately excluded from potential employment with the School District.  A person dismissed from employment for failure to report being arrested for or charged with a nonappealable offense has no right to appeal under the provisions of A.R.S. 15-539, subsection GF.  Prior to an action to terminate for failure to report, an employee will be given the opportunity to provide a written explanation of circumstances or events which they believe mitigate the failure to report.

Use  of  Physical  Force  by 
Supervisory  Personnel

Any administrator, teacher, or other school employee entrusted with the care and supervision of a minor may use reasonable and appropriate physical force upon the minor to the extent reasonably necessary and appropriate to maintain order.  Similar physical force will be appropriate in self-defense, in the defense of other students and school personnel, and to prevent or terminate the commission of theft or criminal damage to the property of the District or the property of persons lawfully on the premises of the District.

The threat or use of physical force is not justified as a response to verbal provocation alone, nor when the degree of physical force used is disproportionate to the circumstances or exceeds that necessary to avoid injury to oneself or to others or to preserve property at risk.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
13-3102
13-3111
13-3411
15-341
15-342
15-507
15-509
15-511

15-514
15-521
15-539
15-550
38-531
38-532
41-770
41-1758.03
A.A.C. 
R7-2-205

CROSS REF.: 
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring
GCMF - Professional Staff Duties and Responsibilities
JIC - Student Conduct
JK - Student Discipline
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: GBEB-R ©
Child Document: GBEB-R ©

GBEB-R ©

REGULATION

STAFF  CONDUCT

No employee, while on or using school property, otherwise acting as an agent, or working in an official capacity for the District shall engage in:

●  Physical A.  Physical or verbal abuse of, or threat of harm to, anyone.

●  Causing B.  Causing damage, or threat of damage, to property of the District or property of a member of the community or a or a visitor to the school when the property is located on premises controlled by the District.

●  Forceful C.  Forceful or unauthorized entry to or occupation of District facilities, including buildings and grounds.

●  UseD.  Use, possession, distribution, or sale of alcohol or of drugs or other illegal substances.

●  Use E.  Use of profane or abusive language, symbols, or conduct.

●  Failure F.  Failure to comply with lawful direction of District officials, security officers, or any other law-enforcement officerenforcement officer, or failure to identify oneself to such officials or officers when lawfully requested to do so.

●  The G.  The carrying or possession of a weapon on school grounds without authorization from the appropriate school administratorschool administrator.

●  A H.  A violation of District policies and regulations.

●  I.   Any conduct violating federal, state, or applicable municipal law or regulation.

●  J.   Any other conduct that may obstruct, disrupt, or interfere with teaching, research, service, administrative, or disciplinary or disciplinary functions of the District, or any other activity sponsored or approved by the Board.

K.   The use of District resources, as defined in A.R.S. 15-511 and District Policy GBI, Staff Participation in Political Activities, to influence the outcome of an election.

In addition to the foregoing, all staff members are expected to:

●  Thoroughly A.  Thoroughly acquaint themselves with the rules, regulations, and other information applicable to them contained them contained within the policies of the Board.

●  Conduct B.  Conduct themselves in a manner consistent with effective and orderly education and to protect the students and students and the District property.

●  Maintain C.  Maintain order in a manner consistent with District policies and regulations.

●  Comply D.  Comply promptly with all orders of the Superintendent and the administrator who is their immediate supervisorimmediate supervisor.

●  Dress E.  Dress and maintain a general appearance that reflects their position and does not detract from the educational program educational program of the school.

●  Comply F.  Comply with the requirement of A.R.S. 15-515 by immediately reporting to the Superintendent or the administrator the administrator who is their immediate supervisor:

■  A 1.  A violation of A.R.S. 13-3102 [possession of a deadly weapon on school grounds].

■  A 2.  A violation of A.R.S. 13-3111 [possession of a firearm by a minor without authorization (in Maricopa and Pima and Pima Counties and where otherwise adopted by local ordinance)].

■  A 3.  A violation of A.R.S. 13-3411 [possession, use, or intent to sell marijuana, peyote, or dangerous or narcotic or narcotic drugs, or intent to sell prescription-only drugs in a drug-free school zone (i.e., school grounds and grounds and the area within three hundred [300] feet and public property within one thousand [1,000] feet of school of school grounds, the area at a school bus stop, and a school bus)].

Any administrator receiving a report of a violation of A.R.S. 13-3102, 13-3111, or 13-3411 shall immediately report such violation to a peace officer in compliance with A.R.S. 15-515.

Employees of the District who violate these rules are subject to disciplinary action.



Master Document: GBEB-E ©
Child Document: GBEB-E ©

GBEB-E ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  CONDUCT

NOTIFICATION CONCERNING
NONAPPEALABLE OFFENSES

Notice is herein provided, in accordance with A.R.S. 15-550, that any employee of a public school district or charter school in this state who is arrested for or charged with one (1) or more of the offenses listed below as nonappealable offenses precluding that person from receiving a fingerprint clearance card shall immediately report the arrest or charge to the person's supervisor or the person shall be immediately dismissed from employment with the public school district or charter school.  A person dismissed from employment for failure to report being arrested for or charged with a nonappealable offense has no right to appeal under the provisions of A.R.S. 15-539, subsection F.

  
  1.   Sexual abuse of a vulnerable adult.

  2.   Incest.

  3.   First or second degree murder.

  4.   Sexual assault.

  5.   Sexual exploitation of a minor.

  6.   Sexual exploitation of a vulnerable adult.

  7.   Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor.

  8.   Commercial sexual exploitation of a vulnerable adult.

  9.   Child prostitution as prescribed in section 13-3212.

 10.  Child abuse.

 11.  Abuse of a vulnerable adult.

 12.  Sexual conduct with a minor.

 13.  Molestation of a child.

 14.  Molestation of a vulnerable adult.

 15.  A dangerous crime against children as defined in section 13-705.

 16.  Exploitation of minors involving drug offenses.

 17.  Taking a child for the purpose of prostitution as prescribed in 
         
section 13-3206.

 18.  Neglect or abuse of a vulnerable adult.

 19.  Sex trafficking.

 20.  Sexual abuse.

 21.  Production, publication, sale, possession and presentation of obscene
        items as prescribed in section 13-3502.

 22.  Furnishing harmful items to minors as prescribed in section 13-3506.

 23.  Furnishing harmful items to minors by internet activity as prescribed
        in section 13-3506.01.

 24.  Obscene or indecent telephone communications to minors for commercial
        purposes as prescribed in section 
13-3512.

 25.  Luring a minor for sexual exploitation.

 26.  Enticement of persons for purposes of prostitution.

 27.  Procurement by false pretenses of person for purposes of prostitution.

 28.  Procuring or placing persons in a house of prostitution.

 29.  Receiving earnings of a prostitute.

 30.  Causing one's spouse to become a prostitute.

 31.  Detention of persons in a house of prostitution for debt.

 32.  Keeping or residing in a house of prostitution or employment in
        prostitution
.

 33.  Pandering.

 34.  Transporting persons for the purpose of prostitution, polygamy and
         concubinage.

 35.  Portraying adult as a minor as prescribed in section 13-3555.

 36.  Admitting minors to public displays of sexual conduct as prescribed in
        section 13-3558.

 37.  Unlawful sale or purchase of children.

 38.  Child bigamy.
 


Further, an employee who is convicted of one (1) or more of the above listed offenses shall immediately:

●  Surrender A.  Surrender any certificates issued by the department of education.

●  Notify B.  Notify the person's employer or potential employer of the conviction.

●  Notify C.  Notify the department of public safety of the conviction.

●  Surrender D.  Surrender the person's fingerprint clearance card.

By my signature I acknowledge receipt of a copy of this notification concerning nonappealable offenses.


___________________________________     ___     __________________________

                       Employee Employee signature                                                 DateDate



Master Document: GBEBB © STAFF CONDUCT WITH STUDENTS
Child Document: GBEBB © STAFF CONDUCT WITH STUDENTS

GBEBB ©
STAFF  CONDUCT  WITH  STUDENTS

Employees are expected to exercise general supervision over the conduct of students, not only while in the school roomschoolroom, but also before and after school and during recess.  At all times teachers and other staff members will accord students the dignity and respect that they deserve, and avoid embarrassing any student unnecessarily.

Students are expected to regard all school employees as individuals who are employed to provide direct or indirect contributions to learning.  While students are to have considerable latitude in making choices for themselves, they shall be required to respect the rights of all school employees and other students, and interference with those rights will not be tolerated.

Students shall not have the right to interfere with the efforts of instructional staff members to coordinate or assist in learning, to disseminate information for purposes of learning, or to otherwise implement a learning program.  Nor shall a student have the right to interfere with the motivation to learn or the learning activities and efforts of other students.  No student shall have the right to interfere with or disrupt any employee's work activities.

All personnel employed by the District are expected to relate to students of the District in a manner that maintains social and moral patterns of behavior consistent with community standards and acceptable professional conduct.

Relationships between staff members and students that include "dating," "courtship," or "romantic involvement" are prohibited.  These behaviors deviate from ethical or professional standards and shall be deemed unacceptable and contrary to the expectations of District governance.

Staff/student relationships shall reflect mutual respect between staff members and students and shall support the dignity of the entire profession and educational process.

Violations of the above shall be considered serious and may result in severe disciplinary action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341
15-514

CROSS REF.: 
JIC - Student Conduct



Master Document: GBEBC © GIFTS TO AND SOLICITATIONS BY STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GBEBC © GIFTS TO AND SOLICITATIONS BY STAFF MEMBERS

GBEBC ©
GIFTS  TO  AND  SOLICITATIONS 
BY  STAFF  MEMBERS

Gifts

Students, parents, and other patrons of the District shall be discouraged from the routine presentation of gifts to employees.  This shall not be interpreted as intended to discourage acts of generosity in unusual situations, and simple remembrances expressive of affection or gratitude shall not be regarded as violations of this policy.

Gifts to students by staff members shall be discouraged.  Simple remembrances on certain occasions to all students in a class or section shall not be regarded as a violation of this policy.

Solicitations

A school employee's position in the District shall not be used to influence parents or students to purchase books or other merchandise, except for materials approved by the Superintendent for use in the classroom.

Staff-member solicitation(s) of other employees and/or students for any profit, nonprofit, or charitable groups, institutions, or organizations must have the approval of the Superintendent in advance.

No other solicitations shall be made by or of employees during official duty time.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321



Master Document: GBEC © DRUG - FREE WORKPLACE
Child Document: GBEC © DRUG - FREE WORKPLACE

GBEC ©
DRUG - FREE  WORKPLACE

No employee shall violate the law or District policy in the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use, on or in the workplace, of alcohol or any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, or any other controlled substance, as defined in schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1308.11 through 1308.15.

Workplace includes any school building or any school premises and any school-owned vehicle or any other school-approved vehicle used to transport staff members or students to and from school or school activities or on school business.  Off school property, the workplace includes any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event, or function where students or staff members are under the jurisdiction of the District.  In addition, the workplace shall include all property owned, leased, or used by the District for any educational or District business purpose.

Any employee who has been convicted under any criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace, as defined above, shall notify the supervisor within five (5) days thereof that such conviction has occurred.

As a condition of employment, each employee shall abide by the terms of the District policy respecting a drug-free workplace.

Any employee who violates this policy in any manner is subject to discipline, which may include, but is not limited to, dismissal.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
13-3401 et seq.
15-341
41 U.S.C. 702, Drug-free workplace requirements for Federal grant recipients.
21 C.F.R. 1308.11 et seq.
34 C.F.R. Part 85

CROSS REF.: 
EEAEAA - Drug and Alcohol Testing of Transportation Employees



Master Document: GBEC-EA ©
Child Document: GBEC-EA ©

GBEC-EA ©

EXHIBIT

DRUG - FREE  WORKPLACE

NOTICE TO EMPLOYEES

YOU ARE HEREBY NOTIFIED that it is a violation of Policy GBEC for any employee to violate the law or District policy in the manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use, on or in the workplace, of alcohol or any narcotic drug, hallucinogenic drug, amphetamine, barbiturate, marijuana, or any other controlled substance, as defined in schedules I through V of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812) and as further defined by regulation at 21 C.F.R. 1308.11 through 1308.15.

Workplace includes any school building or any school premises and any school-owned vehicle or any other school-approved vehicle used to transport staff members or students to and from school or school activities or on school business.  Off school property, the workplace includes any school-sponsored or school-approved activity, event, or function where students or staff members are under the jurisdiction of the District.  In addition, the workplace shall include all property owned, leased, or used by the District for any educational or District business purpose.

YOU ARE FURTHER NOTIFIED that it is a condition of your employment that you will comply with Policy GBEC, and will notify your supervisor of your conviction under any criminal drug statute for a violation occurring in the workplace, not later than five (5) days after such conviction.

Any employee who violates the terms of the District's drug-free workplace policy in any manner is subject to discipline, which may include, but is not limited to, dismissal and/or referral for prosecution.-

  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  - 

-  -

I have been provided with two (2) copies of

this

this Notice to

Employees

Employees for my review and signature.  I understand that a signed copy will be placed in my personnel file.


_____________________________________     _____________________

___

Signature                                                                  Date



                           Signature                                                     Date



Master Document: GBEC-EB ©
Child Document: GBEC-EB ©

GBEC-EB ©

EXHIBIT

DRUG - FREE  WORKPLACE

In order to comply with federal funding requirements, the District shall:

●  Gather

A.  Gather information relative to availability of local community drug and alcohol counseling, rehabilitation,

and reentry

and reentry programs that are available to employees and make such information available to employees.

●  Provide

B.  Provide each employee a copy of standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions

that apply to

that apply to alcohol and drug violations.  Use Exhibit GBEC-EA to notify employees that compliance

with such

with such standards is mandatory.

The District should perform a biennial review of the programs to:

●  Ensure

A.  Ensure that disciplinary sanctions for employees are consistently enforced.

●  Determine

B.  Determine program effectiveness and implement change to the program if needed.



Master Document: GBECA © NONMEDICAL USE OR ABUSE OF DRUGS OR ALCOHOL
Child Document: GBECA NONMEDICAL USE OR ABUSE OF DRUGS OR ALCOHOL

GBECA ©
NONMEDICAL  USE  OR  ABUSE  OF 
DRUGS  OR  ALCOHOL

The District's posture in dealing with employees who engage in the nonmedical use of drugs and/or the abuse of alcohol is to be one of constructive confrontation in a supportive environment and supportive relationship.  This approach is based on the following premises:

●  Each employee is responsible for the employee's own actions.

●  Each employee is a role model for students.

●  Each employee who seeks help is to be given the opportunity to do so in a supportive environment.

●  The District shall not ignore employee problems.

●  Constructive confrontation will be utilized to make employees aware of opportunities and choices for help.

●  Efforts to maintain confidentiality will be made by the District.

●  Outside referrals to nonschool personnel will be provided, at employee expense, to employees who indicate an interest.

●  Employees will be required to provide information on progress in dealing with problems.

●  Opportunities for self-referral will be provided.

●  As recommended by outside professional sources, the District will consider support to an employee during reentry into the workplace.

●  The District's right to intervene is based on (1) a basic concern for the health and welfare of the persons whom it employs and (2) the right to expect quality job performance.

●  School employees are human and should not be considered any less vulnerable or immune to human stress than any other person.

●  In spite of the above, school employees whose nonmedical use of drugs or use of alcohol endangers the health and safety of students or other employees may of necessity be dealt with summarily.

Employee  Drug  Use  or  Abuse

Employee  Drug  Use,  Abuse

or  Possession

The nonmedical use, abuse, or possession of drugs and/or use or possession of alcohol is forbidden on District property or at District-sponsored activities.  Employees determined to be in possession of, using, or abusing drugs or using alcohol shall be reported immediately to the employee's principal or supervisor.  The Superintendent shall be notified immediately.

The Superintendent shall conduct an investigation in consultation with legal counsel as necessary.  Employees that violate this policy may be disciplined up to and including termination.  If the investigation shows sufficient evidence to suggest that the employee was involved with distribution or otherwise in violation of the law, law enforcement authorities shall be notified.

Medical  Marijuana

The District recognizes Arizona's medical marijuana law and shall not discriminate against a person in hiring, termination or imposition of any term or condition of employment or otherwise penalize a person on the basis of the person's status as an eligible medical marijuana cardholder, or as a registered qualifying patient, having a positive drug test for marijuana components or metabolites, unless the person used, possessed or was impaired by marijuana on District property, at a District event, or during the hours of the persons regular or extended hours of employment, or as prescribed by law.

Adopted:  April 2, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
13-3401 et seq.
15-341
23-493
23-493.03
36-2801 et seq.
41 U.S.C. 702, Drug-free workplace requirements for Federal grant recipients.
34 C.F.R. Part 85

CROSS REF.: 
EEAEAA - Drug and Alcohol Testing of Transportation Employees



Master Document: GBECB © ALCOHOL USE BY STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GBECB © ALCOHOL USE BY STAFF MEMBERS

GBECB ©
ALCOHOL  USE  BY  STAFF  MEMBERS

(Illegal Drugs)

The use or possession of intoxicants or illegal drugs on school property or at school events is prohibited.

Any person in violation of the provisions of the above paragraph shall be subject to removal from school property and shall be subject to prosecution in accordance with the provisions of the law.

Staff members of the District who are in violation of the provisions of this policy shall be subject to disciplinary actions in accordance with the provisions of school regulations.

A staff member who apparently has consumed alcoholic beverages or illegal drugs on or off school property and/or before a school activity will not be allowed to be on school property or to participate in school activities.  Staff members who violate this policy will be subject to the same penalties as for possession and/or consumption on school property.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

An employee of the District who, pursuant to local conditions or an employment contract with the District, resides on District property or resides in District housing may possess and use alcohol at the employee's residence subject to the following restrictions:

A.  The employee shall not possess (except for possession at said residence), sell, offer to sell, transfer, use, or be under the influence of alcohol while on duty.

B.  Any alcohol consumption that occurs on school property when the employee is not on duty shall be done in moderation and shall occur within the employee's residence.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341



Master Document: GBEF © STAFF USE OF DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICES
Child Document: Non Existing

GBEF ©
STAFF  USE  OF  DIGITAL  COMMUNICATIONS
AND  ELECTRONIC  DEVICES 

Social media is the use of web-based and mobile technologies to communicate through interactive dialogue.  Social media technologies include but are not limited, to blogs, picture-sharing, vlogs, wall-postings, e-mail, instant messaging, music-sharing, crowdsourcing, voice over IP (VoIP), Facebook, LinkedIn, My Space, Twitter, You Tube, and any successor protocol to transmit information.  Mobile technologies are any devices that: transmit sounds, images, texts, messages, videos, or electronic information; electronically records, plays, or stores information; or accesses the Internet, or private communication or information networks.  Current examples are Smartphones such as BlackBerry, Android, iPhone, and other such mobile technologies and subsequent generations of these and related devices.

The Governing Board recognizes how web-based and mobile technologies are fundamentally changing opportunities to communicate with individuals or groups and how their use can empower the user and enhance discourse.  The Board equally recognizes that the misuse of such technologies can be potentially damaging to the District, employees, students and the community.  Accordingly, the Governing Board requires all employees to adhere to adopted policies and to utilize digital communications and electronic devices in a professional manner at all times.

The Board establishes the following parameters:

District employees

A.  shall adhere to all Governing Board policies related to technologies including but not limited to the use of District technology, copyright laws, student rights, parent rights, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), staff ethics, and staff-student relations;

B.  are responsible for the content of their posting on any form of technology through any form of communication;

C.  shall only use District controlled and approved technologies when communicating with students or parents;

D.  shall ensure that technologies used to communicate with students and District staff are maintained separate from personal technologies used to communicate with others;

E.  shall not use District owned or provided technologies to endorse or promote a product, a cause or a political position or candidate;

F.  in all instances must be aware of his/her association with the District and ensure the related content of any posting is consistent with how they wish to present themselves to colleagues, community members, parents and students;

G.  shall not use District logos or District intellectual property without the written approval of the Superintendent;

H.  shall use technologies to enhance and add value to communications with all recipients and be respectful of those with whom they communicate;

I.  shall immediately report all misuse or suspected misuse of technology to their direct supervisor/administrator who in turn will immediately report to the Superintendent;

J.  shall comply with all applicable records management parameters established by Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records.

The Superintendent shall communicate the above to all employees of the District at the beginning of each school year and to newly hired employees as part of the hiring process.

The Superintendent shall establish which technologies are approved for use by employees to communicate with parents and students.  Approved technologies shall be communicated to the Board and employees prior to the start of every school year, to newly elected Board members prior to taking office, and to newly hired employees as part of the hiring process.  

The Superintendent shall determine which records retention and management guidelines as established by the Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records are applicable to this Board policy and communicate these guidelines to the Board and employees prior to the start of every school year, to newly elected Board members prior to taking office, and newly hired employees as part of the hiring process.

Violations of this policy may result in disciplinary action up to and including termination and may constitute a violation of federal or state law in which case appropriate law enforcement shall be notified.  The Superintendent shall report violations of this policy to the Board and shall make reports to the appropriate law enforcement agency when determined necessary.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-514

CROSS REF.: 
GBEA - Staff Ethics
GBEB - Staff Conduct
GBEBB - Staff Conduct With Students
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction
JIC - Student Conduct



Master Document: GBED © SMOKING BY STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GBED © SMOKING BY STAFF MEMBERS

GBED ©
SMOKING  BY  STAFF  MEMBERS

The possession or use of tobacco products, tobacco substitutes, electronic cigarettes, other chemical inhalation devices, or vapor products is products is prohibited in the following locations:

●  School A.  School grounds.●  School

B.  School buildings.

●  School C.  School parking lots.

●  School D.  School playing fields.

●  School E.  School buses and other District vehicles.

●  OffF.  Off-campus school-sponsored events.

Under the provisions of A.R.S. 36-798.03, a person who violates the prohibition is guilty of committing a petty offense.

The prohibitions do not apply to an adult when possession or use of the tobacco products are for demonstration purposes as a necessary instructional component of a tobacco prevention or cessation program that is:

●  Approved A.  Approved by the school.

●  Established B.  Established in accord with Arizona Revised Statute 15-712.

Adopted:  February 4, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3622
15-341
15-712
36-798.03
20 U.S.C. 6083

CROSS REF.: 
JICG - Tobacco Use by Students KFAA - Smoking on School Premises at Public Functions



Master Document: GBGB © STAFF PERSONAL SECURITY AND SAFETY
Child Document: GBGB © STAFF PERSONAL SECURITY AND SAFETY

GBGB ©
STAFF  PERSONAL  SECURITY 
AND  SAFETY

Threats

The Superintendent shall establish procedures that provide for the protection of any employee who is threatened with harm by an individual or a group while carrying out assigned duties.

Eye  Protective  Devices

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for every student, teacher, and visitor in public schools that shall require the wearing of appropriate eye protective ware while participating in or when observing vocational, technical, industrial arts, art, or laboratory science activities.

The Board shall equip the schools with eye protective ware.

Schools may receive and expend federal, state, and local monies to provide eye protective devices.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-1203
13-1204
13-2911
15-151
15-507



Master Document: GBGB-R ©
Child Document: GBGB-R ©

GBGB-R ©

REGULATION

STAFF  PERSONAL  SECURITY 
AND  SAFETY

Threats

Any employee who is threatened with harm by an individual or a group while carrying out assigned duties shall immediately notify the school principal or supervisor.  The principal or supervisor shall then immediately notify the Superintendent's office of the threat and together they shall take immediate steps in cooperation with the employee to provide every reasonable precaution for the employee's safety.  Precautionary steps, including any advisable legal action, shall be reported to the Superintendent's office at the earliest possible time.

Eye  Protective  Devices

Every student, teacher, and visitor in public schools shall wear appropriate eye protective ware while participating in or when observing vocational, technical, industrial arts, art, or laboratory science activities involving exposure to:

●  Molten A.  Molten metals or other molten materials.

●  CuttingB.  Cutting, shaping, and grinding of materials.

●  Heat C.  Heat treatment, tempering, or kiln firing of any metal or other materials.

●  Welding D.  Welding fabrication processes.

●  Explosive E.  Explosive materials.

●  Caustic F.  Caustic solutions.

●  Radiation G.  Radiation materials.

The Board shall equip the schools with eye protective ware.

Schools may receive and expend federal, state, and local monies to provide eye protective devices.

For purposes of this procedure, eye protective ware means devices meeting the standards of the U.S.A. Standard Safety Code for head, eye, and respiratory protection, Z21-1959, and subsequent revisions thereof, approved by the United States of America Standards Institute, Inc.



Master Document: GBGC © EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE
Child Document: GBGC © EMPLOYEE ASSISTANCE

GBGC ©
EMPLOYEE  ASSISTANCE

Physical  or  Emotional  Examination 

of  Employees Employees may be required by the Superintendent, for purposes of employment or retention, to submit to such tests or examinations as a licensed physician deems appropriate.

When, in the opinion of the immediate supervisor and/or the Superintendent, the employee's physical or emotional condition warrants, the District may require a complete examination, at District expense, by a licensed physician selected by the District.

OSHA  Compliance  Procedures

The Superintendent shall have procedures for complying with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), including an exposure-control plan, methods of compliance, work-practice controls, postexposure evaluation and follow-up, and administering vaccine to employees exposed to Hepatitis B virus.

All employees who as a result of their employment have had significant exposure to bloodborne pathogens (Hepatitis B/Human Immunodeficiency Virus) are required to report the details of the exposure in writing to the District and are required to follow postexposure evaluation and follow-up activities in accordance with Arizona and federal laws.  An employee who chooses not to complete these reporting requirements will be at risk of losing any claim to rights.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-505
23-901
23-902
23-904

23-906
23-908
23-961
23-962

CROSS REF.: 
EBBB - Accident Reports
GBGD - Workers' Compensation



Master Document: GBGC-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GBGC-E ©

EXHIBIT

EMPLOYEE  ASSISTANCE

BLOODBORNE PATHOGEN REQUIREMENTS

Exposure  Control  Plan

Employee(s) with occupational exposure to human blood, human blood components, products made from human blood, or pathogenic microorganisms, including but not limited to Hepatitis B virus or HIV, shall comply with this Exposure Control Plan designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.

This Exposure Control Plan contains the following elements:

A.  The exposure determination outlined below.

B.  The schedule and method of implementation.

C.  The procedure for the evaluation of circumstances surrounding exposure.

A copy of this Exposure Control Plan shall be accessible to employees.

This Exposure Control Plan shall be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever necessary to reflect new or modified tasks and procedures that affect occupational exposure, and to reflect new or revised employee positions with occupational exposure.

This Exposure Control Plan shall be made available to the Assistant Secretary of Labor and the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration upon request for examination and copying.

Exposure  Determination

The District has determined that employee positions may involve the following levels of exposure to bloodborne pathogens as a collateral function to the primary job description:

A.  High risk - Coaches, physical education instructors, custodians, certain special education program personnel, playground duty personnel, health services personnel, and security personnel.

B.  Moderate risk - Regular instructional program personnel, other special education program personnel, school level office personnel, maintenance personnel, food services personnel, and special assignment personnel (e.g., counselors, librarians).

C.  Low risk - District level office personnel.

Methods  of  Compliance

General.  Universal precautions shall be observed by all District employees to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.  Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials.

Engineering and work practice controls:

A.  Engineering and work practice controls shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee exposure.  If occupational exposure remains after institution of these controls, personal protective equipment shall also be used.

B.  Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or replaced on a regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness.

C.  The District shall provide hand-washing facilities that are readily accessible to employees.

D.  When provision of hand-washing facilities is not feasible, the District shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes.  When antiseptic hand cleansers or towelettes are used, hands shall be washed with soap and running water as soon as feasible.

E.  The District requires that employees wash their hands immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment.  Supervisory personnel shall ensure compliance.

F.  The District requires that employees wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact of such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials.  Supervisory personnel shall ensure compliance.

G.  Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be bent, recapped, or removed except as noted below.  Shearing or breaking of contaminated needles is prohibited.

1.  Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps shall not be recapped or removed unless no other alternative is feasible or such action is required by a specific medical procedure as determined by a competent medical professional qualified to make such determination.

2.  Such recapping or needle removal must be accomplished through the use of a mechanical device or a one-handed technique.

H.  Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated reusable sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers until properly reprocessed.

I.   Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure.

J.   Food and drink shall not be kept in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, or cabinets, or on countertops or benchtops where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present.

K.  All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these substances.

L.  Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is prohibited.

M. Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be placed in a container that prevents leakage during collection, handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping.

1.  The container for storage, transport, or shipping shall be labeled or color coded according to law and closed prior to being stored, transported, or shipped.  When a facility utilizes "universal precautions" in the handling of all specimens, the labeling/color coding of specimens is not necessary, provided containers are recognizable as containing specimens.  This exemption applies only while such specimens/containers remain with the facility.  Labeling or color coding is required when such specimens/containers leave the facility.

2.  If outside contamination of the primary container occurs, the primary container shall be placed within a second container that prevents leakage during handling, processing, storage, transport, or shipping and is labeled or color coded according to the requirements of this standard.

3.  If the specimen could puncture the primary container, the primary container shall be placed within a secondary container that is puncture resistant in addition to the above characteristics.

N.  Equipment that may become contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be examined prior to servicing or shipping and shall be decontaminated as necessary, unless the decontamination of such equipment or portions of such equipment is not feasible as determined by a supervisory employee assigned to make such determination.

1.  A readily observable label in accordance with law shall be attached to the equipment stating which portions remain contaminated.

2.  This information shall be conveyed to all affected employees, the servicing representative, and/or the manufacturer, as appropriate, prior to handling, servicing, or shipping so that appropriate precautions will be taken.

Personal protective equipment:

A.  Provision.  When occupational exposure occurs, the District shall provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate personal protective equipment such as, but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation devices.  Personal protective equipment will be considered "appropriate" only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee's work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time that the protective equipment will be used.

B.  Use.  The District requires that all exposed employees use appropriate personal protective equipment unless the District documents that a specific employee temporarily and briefly declined to use personal protective equipment when, under rare and extraordinary circumstances, it was such employee's professional judgment that in the specific instance its use would have prevented the delivery of health care or public safety services or would have posed an increased hazard to the safety of the worker or co-worker.  When the employee makes this judgment, the circumstances shall be reported by the employee and investigated and documented by the District in order to determine whether changes can be instituted to prevent such occurrences in the future.

C.  Accessibility.  Appropriate personal protective equipment in the appropriate sizes must be readily accessible at the work site or issued to employees.  Hypoallergenic gloves, glove liners, powderless gloves, or other similar alternatives shall be readily accessible to employees who are allergic to the gloves normally provided.

D.  Cleaning, laundering, and disposal.  The District shall clean, launder, and dispose of personal protective equipment required in this standard, at no cost to the employee.

E.  Repair and replacement. The District shall repair or replace personal protective equipment as needed to maintain its effectiveness, at no cost to the employee.

F.  Any garment(s) penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible.

G.  All personal protective equipment shall be removed prior to leaving the work area.

H.  When personal protective equipment is removed it shall be placed in an appropriately designated area or container for storage, washing, decontamination, or disposal.

I.   Gloves.  Gloves shall be worn when it can be reasonably anticipated that the employee may have hand contact with blood, other potentially infectious materials, mucous membranes, and nonintact skin; when performing vascular access procedures; and when handling or touching contaminated items or surfaces.

1.  Disposable (single-use) gloves, such as surgical or examination gloves, shall be replaced as soon as practical when contaminated or as soon as feasible if they are torn, punctured, or their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

2.  Disposable (single-use) gloves shall not be washed or decontaminated for reuse.

3.  Utility gloves may be decontaminated for reuse if the integrity of the gloves is not compromised.  However, they must be discarded if they are cracked, peeling, torn, punctured, or exhibit other signs of deterioration or when their ability to function as a barrier is compromised.

Housekeeping:

A.  General.  The work site must be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition.  The District shall establish, attach hereto, and implement an appropriate written schedule for cleaning and the method of decontamination based upon the location within the facility, type of surface to be cleaned, type of soil present, and tasks or procedures being performed in the area.

B.  All school activity areas are cleaned daily.

C.  In cleaning operations involving human blood, a cleaning solution consisting of ten to one (10:1) ratio of water and bleach will be used.

D.  All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials.

1.  Contaminated work surfaces shall be decontaminated with an appropriate disinfectant after completion of procedures, immediately or as soon as feasible when surfaces are overtly contaminated or after any spill of blood or other potentially infectious materials, and at the end of the work shift if the surface may have become contaminated since the last cleaning.

2.  Protective coverings - such as plastic wrap, aluminum foil, or imperviously backed absorbent paper used to cover equipment and environmental surfaces - shall be removed and replaced as soon as feasible when they become overtly contaminated or at the end of the work shift if they may have become contaminated during the shift.

3.  All bins, pails, cans, and similar receptacles intended for reuse that have a reasonable likelihood of becoming contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be inspected and decontaminated on a regularly scheduled basis and cleaned and decontaminated immediately or as soon as feasible upon visible contamination.

4.  Broken glassware that may be contaminated shall not be picked up directly with the hands.  It shall be cleaned up using mechanical means such as a brush and dust pan, tongs, or forceps.

5.  Reusable sharps that are contaminated with blood or other potentially infectious materials shall not be stored or processed in a manner that requires employees to reach by hand into the containers where these sharps have been placed.

E.  Regulated waste:

1.  Contaminated sharps discarding and containment:

a.  Contaminated sharps shall be discarded immediately or as soon as feasible in containers that are:

I.    Closable.

II.   Puncture resistant.

III.  Leakproof on sides and bottom.

IV.  Labeled or color coded.

b.  During use, containers for contaminated sharps shall be:

I.    Easily accessible to personnel and located as close as is feasible to the immediate area where sharps are used or can be reasonably anticipated to be found (e.g., laundries).

II.   Maintained upright throughout use.

III.  Replaced routinely and not be allowed to overfill.

c.  When moving containers of contaminated sharps from the area of use, the containers shall be:

I.    Closed immediately prior to removal or replacement to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

II.   Placed in a secondary container if leakage is possible.  The second container shall be:

                                                i.    Closable.

                                                ii.    Constructed to contain all contents and prevent
                                                       leakage during handling, storage, transport, or
                                                       shipping.

                                                iii.   Labeled or color coded.

d.  Reusable containers shall not be opened, emptied, or cleaned manually or in any other manner that would expose employees to the risk of percutaneous injury.

2.  Other regulated waste containment:

a.  Regulated waste shall be placed in containers that are:

I.    Closable.

II.   Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

III.  Labeled or color coded.

IV.  Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

b.  If outside contamination of the regulated waste container occurs, it shall be placed in a second container.  The second container shall be:

I.     Closable.

II.    Constructed to contain all contents and prevent leakage of fluids during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

III.   Labeled or color coded.

IV.  Closed prior to removal to prevent spillage or protrusion of contents during handling, storage, transport, or shipping.

3.  Disposal of all regulated waste shall be in accordance with applicable regulations of the United States, states, territories, and political subdivisions of states and territories.

F.  Laundry:

1.  Contaminated laundry shall be handled as little as possible, with a minimum of agitation.

a.  Contaminated laundry shall be bagged or containerized at the location where it was used and shall not be sorted or rinsed in the location of use.

b.  Contaminated laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers labeled or color coded.  When a facility utilizes universal precautions in the handling of all soiled laundry, alternative labeling or color coding is sufficient if it permits all employees to recognize the containers as requiring compliance with universal precautions.

c.  Whenever contaminated laundry is wet and presents a reasonable likelihood of soak-through of or leakage from the bag or container, the laundry shall be placed and transported in bags or containers that prevent soaking-through and/or leakage of fluids to the exterior.

2.  Employees who have contact with contaminated laundry must wear protective gloves and other appropriate personal protective equipment.

3.  When a facility ships contaminated laundry off-site to a second facility, which does not utilize universal precautions in the handling of all laundry, the facility generating the contaminated laundry must place such laundry in bags or containers that are labeled or color-coded.

Hepatitis  B  Vaccination  and  Postexposure 
Evaluation  and  Follow-up

General:

A.  The District shall make available the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational exposure, and postexposure evaluation and follow-up to all employees who have had an exposure incident.

B.  The District requires that all medical evaluations and procedures, including the hepatitis B vaccine, and vaccination series and postexposure evaluation and follow-up, including prophylaxis, are:

1.  Made available at no cost to the employee.

2.  Made available to the employee at a reasonable time and place.

3.  Performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician or by or under the supervision of another licensed health care professional.

4.  Provided according to recommendations of the U.S. Public Health Service current at the time these evaluations and procedures take place, except as specified in this section on hepatitis B vaccination and postexposure evaluation and follow-up.

C.  The District requires that all laboratory tests be conducted by an accredited laboratory at no cost to the employee.

Hepatitis B vaccination:

A.  Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received the training required and within ten (10) working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously received the complete hepatitis B vaccination series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons.

B.  The District shall not make participation in a prescreening program a prerequisite for receiving hepatitis B vaccination.

C.  If the employee initially declines hepatitis B vaccination but at a later date while still covered under the standard decides to accept the vaccination, the District shall make available hepatitis B vaccination at that time.

D.  The District requires all employees who decline to accept hepatitis B vaccination that is offered to sign the following statement:

I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection.  I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself.  However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time.  I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease.  If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.

A.  If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine is recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service at a future date, such booster dose(s) shall be made available.

Postexposure evaluation and follow-up. Following a report of an exposure incident, the District shall make immediately available to the exposed employee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, including at least the following elements:

A.  Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, and the circumstances under which the exposure incident occurred.

B.  Identification and documentation of the source individual, unless the District can establish that identification is infeasible or prohibited by state or local law.

1.  The source individual's blood shall be tested as soon as feasible, and after consent is obtained, in order to determine HBV and HIV infectivity.  If consent is not obtained, the District shall establish that legally required consent cannot be obtained.  When the source individual's consent is not required by law, the source individual's blood, if available, shall be tested and the result documented.

2.  When the source individual is already known to be infected with HBV or HIV, testing for the source individual's known HBV or HIV status need not be repeated.

3.  Results of the source individual's testing shall be made available to the exposed employee, and the employee shall be informed of applicable laws and regulations concerning disclosure of the identity and infectious status of the source individual.

C.  Collection and testing of blood for HBV and HIV serological status:

1.  The exposed employee's blood shall be collected as soon as feasible and tested after consent is obtained.

2.  If the employee consents to base-line blood collection, but does not give consent at that time for HIV serologic testing, the sample shall be preserved for at least ninety (90) days.  If within ninety (90) days of the exposure incident the employee elects to have the base-line sample tested, such testing shall be done as soon as feasible.

D.  Postexposure prophylaxis, when medically indicated, as recommended by the U.S. Public Health Service.

E.  Counseling.

F.  Evaluation of reported illnesses.

Information provided to the health care professional:

A.  The health care professional responsible for the employee's hepatitis B vaccination shall be provided a copy of this document.

B.  The health care professional evaluating an employee after an exposure incident shall be provided the following information:

1.  A copy of this document.

2.  A description of the exposed employee's duties as they relate to the exposure incident.

3.  Documentation of the route(s) of exposure and circumstances under which exposure occurred.

4.  Results of the source individual's blood testing, if available.

5.  All medical records relevant to the appropriate treatment of the employee, including vaccination status, that are the District's responsibility to maintain.

Health care professional's written opinion.  The District shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating health care professional's written opinion within fifteen (15) days of the completion of the evaluation.

A.  The health care professional's written opinion for hepatitis B vaccination shall be limited to whether hepatitis B vaccination is indicated for an employee and whether the employee has received such vaccination.

B.  The health care professional's written opinion for postexposure evaluation and follow-up shall be limited to the following information:

1.  That the employee has been informed of the results of the evaluation.

2.  That the employee has been told about any medical conditions resulting from exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials that require further evaluation or treatment.

C.  All other findings or diagnoses shall remain confidential and shall not be included in the written report.

Medical record keeping. Medical records required by this standard shall be maintained.

Communication  of  Hazards 
to  Employees

Labels:

A.  Warning labels shall be affixed to containers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious material, and other containers used to store, transport, or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials, except as provided in law.

B.  These labels shall contain the "biohazard" label.

C.  These labels shall be fluorescent orange or orange-red or predominantly so, with lettering or symbols in a contrasting color.

D.  Labels are required to be affixed as close as feasible to the container by string, wire, adhesive, or other method that prevents their loss or unintentional removal.

E.  Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.

F.  Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products that are labeled as to their contents and have been released for transfusion or other clinical use are exempted from the labeling requirements of this section on communication of hazards to employees.

G.  Individual containers of blood or other potentially infectious materials that are placed in a labeled container during storage, transport, shipment, or disposal are exempted from the labeling requirements.

H.  Labels required for contaminated equipment shall be in accordance with this section and shall also state which portions of the equipment remain contaminated.

I.   Regulated waste that has been decontaminated need not be labeled or color coded.

Information and training:

A.  All employees with occupational exposure shall participate in a training program, which must be provided at no cost to the employees and during working hours.

B.  Training shall be provided as follows:

1.  At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may take place.

2.  Within ninety (90) days after the effective date of the standard.

3.  At least annually thereafter.

C.  For employees who have received training on bloodborne pathogens in the year preceding the effective date of the standard, only training with respect to the provisions of the standard that were not included need be provided.

D.  Annual training for all employees shall be provided within one (1) year of their previous training.

E.  The District shall provide additional training when changes such as modification of tasks or procedures or institution of new tasks or procedures affects the employee's occupational exposure.  The additional training may be limited to addressing the new exposures created.

F.  Material appropriate in content and vocabulary to educational level, literacy, and language of employees shall be used.

G.  The training program shall contain at a minimum the following elements:

 1.  An accessible copy of the regulatory text of this standard and an explanation of its contents.

 2.  A general explanation of the epidemiology and symptoms of bloodborne diseases.

 3.  An explanation of the modes of transmission of bloodborne pathogens.

 4.  An explanation of the District's Exposure Control Plan and the means by which the employee can obtain a copy of the written plan.

 5.  An explanation of the appropriate methods for recognizing tasks and other activities that may involve exposure to blood and other potentially infectious materials.

 6.  An explanation of the use and limitations of methods that will prevent or reduce exposure, including appropriate engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment.

 7.  Information on the types, proper use, location, removal, handling, decontamination, and disposal of personal protective equipment.

 8.  An explanation of the basis for selection of personal protective equipment.

 9.  Information on the hepatitis B vaccine, including information on its efficacy, safety, method of administration, the benefits of being vaccinated, and that the vaccine and vaccination will be offered free of charge.

10.  Information on the appropriate actions to take and persons to contact in an emergency involving blood or other potentially infectious materials.

11.  An explanation of the procedure to follow if an exposure incident occurs, including the method of reporting the incident and the medical follow-up that will be made available.

12.  Information on the postexposure evaluation and follow-up that the District is required to provide for the employee following an exposure incident.

13.  An explanation of the labels and/or color coding required.

14.  An opportunity for interactive questions and answers with the person conducting the training session.

H.  The person conducting the training shall be knowledgeable in the subject matter covered by the elements contained in the training program as it relates to the workplace that the training will address.

Record  Keeping

Medical records:

A.  The District shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure as defined herein.

B.  This record shall include:

1.  The name and Social Security number of the employee.

2.  A copy of the employee's hepatitis B vaccination status, including the dates of all hepatitis B vaccinations and any medical records relative to the employee's ability to receive vaccination.

3.  A copy of all results of examinations, medical testing, and follow-up procedures.

4.  The District's copy of the health care professional's written opinion.

5.  A copy of the information provided to the health care professional.

C.  Confidentiality. The District shall ensure that employee medical records required  by law are:

1.  Kept confidential.

2.  Not disclosed or reported, without the employee's express written consent, to any person within or outside the workplace, except as required by law.

D.  The District shall maintain the records required by law for at least the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years.

Training records:

A.  Training records shall include the following information:

1.  The dates of the training sessions.

2.  The contents or a summary of the training sessions.

3.  The names and qualifications of persons conducting the training.

4.  The names and job titles of all persons attending the training sessions.

B.  Training records shall be maintained for three (3) years from the date on which the training occurred.

Availability:

A.  The District shall ensure that all records required to be maintained shall be made available, upon request, to the Assistant Secretary of Labor and the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration for examination and copying.

B.  Employee training records required by law shall be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, to employee representatives, to the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and to the Assistant Secretary of Labor.

C.  Employee medical records required by law shall be provided upon request, for examination and copying, to the subject employee, to anyone having written consent of the subject employee, to the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and to the Assistant Secretary of Labor.

Transfer of records:

A.  The District shall comply with the legal requirements involving transfer of records.

B.  If the District ceases to do business and there is no successor district to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the District shall notify the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, at least three (3) months prior to their disposal, and transmit them to the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, if required by the Director of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration to do so, within that three (3) month period.



Master Document: GBGCA © WELLNESS PROGRAMS
Child Document: GBGCA © WELLNESS PROGRAMS

GBGCA ©
WELLNESS  PROGRAMS

Measles  (Rubeola)

It shall be a condition of employment that, unless exempted, all employees, including substitutes, shall present proof of immunity to rubeola (measles) prior to reporting for work.

Evidence of immunity to measles shall consist of:

●  A.  A record of immunization against measles with a live virus vaccine given on or after the first birthday; or

●  A B.  A statement, signed by a licensed physician or a state or local health officer, that affirms serologic evidence of evidence of having had measles.

●  Anyone C.  Anyone born prior to January 1, 1957 shall be considered to be immune to measles.  (Rubeola)

German  Measles  (Rubella)

Similarly, unless exempted, all employees, including substitutes, shall present proof of immunity to rubella (German measles) prior to reporting for work.

Evidence of immunity to rubella shall consist of:

●  A.  A record of immunization against rubella given on or after the first birthday; or

●  A B.  A statement, signed by a licensed physician or a state or local health officer, that affirms serologic evidence of evidence of having had rubella.

General  Information

Exempted employees include those with medical contraindications for receiving vaccines and those who refuse immunization for religious reasons.

Nonimmune employees, including those who utilize the exemption, shall, in the event of an outbreak of either disease, be put on leave without pay, or they may use accumulated sick leave during the period they are excluded from work due to the outbreak.  If a staff member does not have any earned sick leave, a salary deduction of one (1) contract day will be made for each day of authorized leave used.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
36-624
A.A.C. 
R9-6-347

R9-6-360

R9-6-704
A.G.O. 
I88-037



Master Document: GBGCA-R ©
Child Document: GBGCA-R ©

GBGCA-R ©

REGULATION

WELLNESS  PROGRAMS

Unless legally exempted, all staff members must show proof of immunity to measles and rubella [see GBGCA].

Measles  (Rubeola)

Acceptable proof of immunity to measles shall consist of:

●  A.  A record of immunization against measles with a live virus vaccine given on or after the first birthday; or

●  A B.  A statement, signed by a licensed physician or a state or local health officer, that affirms serologic evidence of evidence of having had measles.

●  Anyone C.  Anyone born prior to January 1, 1957 shall be considered to be immune to measles.  (Rubeola)

German  Measles  (Rubella)

Evidence of immunity to rubella shall consist of:

●  A.  A record of immunization against rubella given on or after the first birthday; or

●  A B.  A statement, signed by a licensed physician or a state or local health officer, that affirms serologic evidence of evidence of having had rubella.

General  Information

In the event of an outbreak of either disease, memory of immunization date is not acceptable; medical documentation of immunity is required.

Staff members who are not in compliance shall be put on leave without pay until they are in compliance.

In the event of an outbreak of measles or rubella, nonimmune staff members, including those who utilize the exemption, must be excluded from school.

Implementing  Policy

The District shall generate a list of all employees to identify those who need proof of immunity to measles.

The Superintendent shall distribute information about the District's policy on measles and rubella.

The Superintendent shall collect proof of immunity from staff members and compile a list denoting immunity or nonimmunity of staff members.

Nonimmune staff members shall be referred for vaccine to a physician or the County Health Department.  Their records will be updated as they receive vaccine.

Maintaining  Policy

Throughout each school year, new staff members shall be required to show proof of immunity before employment.

A list of nonimmune employees shall be maintained and updated throughout the year.



Master Document: GBGCB © STAFF HEALTH AND SAFETY
Child Document: GBGCB © STAFF HEALTH AND SAFETY

GBGCB ©
STAFF  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY

(Communicable Diseases)

It is the policy of the School District to take reasonable and lawful measures to protect students and staff members from the transmission of communicable diseases.  The Superintendent is authorized to adopt such procedures as are necessary to implement this policy in a manner consistent with state and federal laws.

Exclusion  from  School

A staff member who has a communicable disease shall be excluded from school only if the staff member presents a direct threat to the health or safety of others in the school workplace.  The outbreak control measures and other directives of the Department of Health Services (DHS) and local health agencies shall be acted upon as the best medical knowledge and judgments with regard to the exclusion of a staff member who has a communicable disease that is addressed by DHS regulations.  The communicable diseases specifically addressed by DHS regulations are listed at A.A.C. R9-6-203 et seq.

A staff member who has a chronic communicable disease, such as tuberculosis or HIV/AIDS, shall not be excluded unless a significant risk is presented, to the health and safety of others, which cannot be eliminated by reasonable accommodation.  The Superintendent shall consult with legal counsel and health professionals, as necessary, to ensure that exclusion of a staff member with a chronic communicable disease will not violate the staff member's rights under the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act.

The school nurse or other person designated by the Superintendent must reassess a staff member who is excluded from school because of a communicable disease before the staff member returns to work.  The District may require a physician's written medical release as a condition for the staff member's return to work.

Reporting  and  Notification

The District shall report by telephone to its local health agency each diagnosed and suspected case of a communicable disease as set out in regulation Regulation JLCB-R.

If an outbreak of a communicable disease occurs in a school setting, the Superintendent or the school nurse shall promptly inform staff members who are known to have special vulnerability to infection.  The District does not assume any duty to notify an employee of health risks caused by the presence of a communicable disease in the school setting unless the at-risk employee has notified the District of the conditions when notification is needed.

Confidentiality

The District shall make reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality of staff members' medical conditions.  All medical information relating to employees is confidential.  The identity of a staff member who has a communicable disease and/or the nature of the communicable disease may be disclosed only to:

●  Staff A.  Staff members who must have such information to carry out their duties under this policy; or

●  Staff B.  Staff members or students (or their parents/guardians) who must have such information to protect themselves from themselves from direct threat to their health or safety.

Inquiries or concerns by staff members or others regarding communicable diseases or a staff member who is known or believed to have a communicable disease shall be directed to the Superintendent or the school nurse.

Universal  Precautions

The District shall follow the "Universal Precautions Standard" set forth in the attached Exhibit GBGCB-E to protect employees who are at risk of being exposed to blood and body fluids in the course of their work.

Food  Service  Workers

The District shall follow the guidance of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services concerning infectious and communicable diseases transmitted through the handling of food, and special precautions required for food services workers.

HIV/AIDS

Current medical information indicates that HIV can be transmitted by sexual intercourse with an infected partner, by injection of infected blood products, and by transmission from an infected mother to her child in utero or during the birth process.  None of the identified cases of HIV infection in the United States are known to have been transmitted in a school setting or through any other casual person-to-person contact.  There is no evidence that HIV is spread by sneezing, coughing, shaking hands, hugging, or sharing toilets, food, water, or utensils.  According to best medical knowledge and judgments, the use of the "universal precautions" and other procedures that implement this policy are sufficient to protect staff members and students from transmission of HIV at school.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
36-621
36-624
A.A.C. 
R9-6-203 et seq.

R9-6-355
29 U.S.C. 794 et seq. Rehabilitation Act, (Section 504)
42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq. (Americans with Disabilities Act)
29 C.F.R. 1630.1 et seq. (ADA guidelines)
29 C.F.R. 1910.10 et seq. (OSHA Universal Precautions Standard)

CROSS REF.: 
GBGC - Employee Assistance
GBGCA - Wellness Programs
JLCB-R - Immunizations of Students



Master Document: GBGCB-E ©
Child Document: GBGCB-E ©

GBGCB-E ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY

COMMUNICABLE DISEASES

Handling  Body  Fluids  in  School

The following guidelines are meant to provide simple and effective precautions against transmission of disease for all people potentially exposed to the blood or body fluids of any person (student and/or school employee).  No distinction is made between body fluids from persons with a known disease or those from persons without symptoms or with an undiagnosed disease.

The body fluids of all people should be considered to contain potentially infectious agents.  The

term

term body

fluids

fluids includes blood, semen, drainage from scrapes and cuts, feces, urine, vomit, respiratory secretions (such as nasal discharge), and saliva.

●  Whenever

A.  Whenever possible, avoid direct skin contact with body fluids.  Disposable gloves are recommended

when direct

when direct hand contact with body fluids is anticipated.  If extensive contact is made with body fluids, hands

must be

must be washed afterwards.  Gloves used for this purpose should be put in a plastic bag, secured, and

disposed of daily

disposed of daily.

●  If

B.  If direct skin contact does occur, hands and other affected skin areas of all exposed people shall be

routinely washed

routinely washed with soap and water.

●  Proper

C.  Proper handwashing requires the use of soap and water and vigorous washing under a stream of

running water

running water for approximately ten (10) seconds.

●  Clothing

D.  Clothing and other nondisposable items that are soaked through with body fluids should be rinsed

and placed

and placed in plastic bags.  If presoaking is required to remove stains, rinse or soak the item in cold

water prior to bagging

water prior to bagging.  Clothing should be sent home with the student for washing, with appropriate

directions to

directions to parents and teachers (

see

see laundry instructions below).  Always wear gloves when handling items

that have

that have come in contact with body fluids.

●  Contaminated

E.  Contaminated disposable items shall be handled with disposable gloves, put in a plastic bag, secured,

and disposed

and disposed of daily.

●  Body

F.  Body fluid spills on hard surfaces (i.e., floors, countertops, books, et cetera) shall be disinfected with

bleach

bleach (diluted to ten [10] parts water and one [1] part bleach).  Gloves shall always be worn during cleanup.

●  Cleaning

G.  Cleaning equipment:

■  Nondisposable

1.  Nondisposable cleaning equipment (such as dust pans, brooms, and buckets) shall be

disinfected by thoroughly

disinfected by thoroughly rinsing in diluted bleach (ten [10] parts water and one [1] part bleach).  Mops shall

be soaked

be soaked in the disinfectant after use and then rinsed with hot water.  The disinfectant solution

shall be

shall be promptly disposed of down a drain pipe.

■  Disposable

2.  Disposable cleaning equipment (such as paper towels, the vacuum bag, or sweepings) shall be

placed in

placed in plastic bags, secured, and disposed of daily.  No special handling is required for vacuuming equipment.  Gloves shall always be used during cleanup.

●  Laundry

H.  Laundry instructions:

■ 

Clothing soaked with body fluids shall be washed separately from other items.  Presoaking may

be required

be required for heavily soiled clothing.  Otherwise, wash and dry as usual.  If the material can be bleached,

add

 add one-half (1/2) cup of household bleach to the wash cycle.  If the material is not colorfast, add one-half (1/2) cup of all-fabric bleach to the wash cycle.

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
36-621 et seq.
A.A.C. 
R9-6-101 et seq.



Master Document: GBGD © WORKERS' COMPENSATION
Child Document: GBGD © WORKERS' COMPENSATION

GBGD ©
WORKERS'  COMPENSATION

All employees shall be covered by workers' compensation insurance for any accident while on assignment, including an accident on school property or while on official business off school property.  An employee must report any such accident to the supervisor's office immediately, since a report on the time of the accident, persons involved, and how it happened is required.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-505
23-901
23-902
23-904

23-906
23-908
23-961
23-962

CROSS REF.: 
EBBB - Accident Reports
GBGC - Employee Assistance



Master Document: GBGD-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GBGD-R © 

REGULATION

WORKERS'  COMPENSATION

Any employee who has an accident, no matter how slight, while on duty shall notify the supervisor immediately.  Failure to follow this procedure could result in the loss of workers' compensation benefits.

After being notified by an employee, the supervisor shall complete and submit the Report of Industrial Injury to the District office.

The Superintendent, upon receiving the supervisor's report, shall, within ten (10) days after notification, submit the Report of Industrial Injury to the insurance carrier.

Compensation  Claims

When a job-related injury/accident requires medical attention and absence from the workplace, the following conditions shall apply:

A.  The physician will be responsible for reporting the circumstances of the injury to the District, the Industrial Commission, and the District's insurance carrier.

B.  During the first seven (7) days of absence due to a job-related injury/accident, the employee will be placed on sick leave, provided the employee has accumulated sufficient sick leave.

C.  If a job-related injury/accident results in more than seven (7) days absence, the insurance carrier will be responsible for handling the claim for lost pay.  During such period the employee may be directed to:

1.  Endorse over to the District the payments received from the insurance carrier, continue to receive a regular salary, and be charged sick leave.  When the amount of the insurance payment is determined and received by the District, the employee's sick leave record will be adjusted for that fraction of the time paid by the insurance carrier (e.g., the insurance carrier pays one-half [1/2] of the normal salary of the employee, the sick leave will be adjusted on a pro rata basis); or

2.  Draw compensation from the insurance carrier, provide the District with a record of such payment, and receive payment for sick leave pay for the uncompensated portion of missed time, up to the limit of accumulated sick leave.

D.  In no event will an employee receive a combined salary and worker's compensation in excess of the employee's regular salary.

E.  An employee who has used all accumulated sick leave will be removed from the payroll and will receive only such amounts as are paid by the District's insurance carrier.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GBGD-RA

GBGD-RA 

REGULATION

WORKERS'  COMPENSATION

District employees who are injured while performing their duties are protected under Arizona Workers' Compensation laws.  Injuries must be reported as instructed in the Teacher Guide and the Support Staff Guide.  The District may direct an injured worker's first office visit to a physician or clinic of the District's choice.  Afterwards, the employee may go to any qualified physician for treatment.

In all cases where an employee is injured on the job, the Governing Board is obligated for pay only to the extent of accumulated sick leave.  An employee absent from work due to valid workers' compensation injuries will receive regular pay during the period of absence for a maximum period equal to the employee's accumulated sick leave as of the date of injury.  Discretionary days are used first.  This benefit only covers the initial absence from date of injury to return to work, unless extended by the Governing Board.  This benefit does not apply to physician visits or an absence after the employee returns to work, unless extended by the Governing Board.  All indemnity payments received by the employee from the insurance carrier during this period must be transferred to the District.

Upon the employee's return to his/her assigned job, the number of days charged against the employee's accumulated sick leave will be restored but not to exceed the number of accumulated days as of the date of injury.  Days may only be restored once unless extended by the Governing Board.  An employee does not earn sick leave during the period of absence.

Any employee injured while performing his/her duties will be subject to drug and alcohol testing.  Any employee who refuses to take, or who tests positive on a confirmatory test on any drug and alcohol test required by the District, and who does not timely and successfully refute the test results by explanation or retesting may be discharged.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GBGD-RB

GBGD-RB 

REGULATION

WORKERS'  COMPENSATION

Purpose

The purpose of this administrative regulation is to provide guidance to District employees injured while performing their normal work duties.  In accordance with Governing Board Policy and Arizona Revised Statute 23-908(F) the District may direct injured workers to a physician or clinic chosen by the District, who shall make one examination of the injured employee in order to ascertain the character and extent of the injury.  Workers are free to choose their own doctor after this examination.

Procedures  Following  an  Injury

If the injury is life threatening obtain the quickest medical treatment, then as soon as possible continue the following procedures.

Employee shall:

●  Notify supervisor as soon as possible.

●  Within twenty-four (24) hours of injury, report to the school nurse/District facilities secretary.  The nurse may provide initial first aid and will obtain information for filing the injury report.

●  The initial visit for medical treatment must be made to a provider from the District insurance carrier's provider network.

●  Following each treatment, report and provide copies documenting medical treatment to supervisor/school administration.  This would include all medical directives as to days off from work, work restrictions and future appointments.  (The school should forward copies to District Medicaid Specialist for review and filing with Personnel Department).

●  Provide supervisor/school administration with copies of all return to work authorizations prior to returning to work.

●  Contact the District payroll department if any payments are received from the insurance carrier.

●  Upon returning to work, notify District payroll department to verify leave reinstatement and reactivate payroll status.

School Nurse shall:

●  Provide needed first aid.

●  File injury report with District Medicaid Specialist and Industrial Commission of Arizona (ICA).

Medicaid Specialist shall:

●  File claim with District insurance carrier.

Benefits

Once a claim has been accepted for benefits, the insurance carrier will pay one hundred percent (100%) of all reasonable medical expenses related to the work injury.

If the employee is off work eight (8) or more calendar days as a result of the injury, the employee can receive compensation benefits for lost wages until the physician says the employee is able to work.

Compensation payments are based on two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the employees' average monthly wage (which cannot exceed the statutory maximum of two thousand four hundred dollars [$2,400] per month).

Light  Duty/Modified  Duty

The District recognizes that it is beneficial to the District and the employee to return to work as soon as possible.  In some cases the worker may be able to only perform part of their job duties.  In these cases an employee is encouraged to return to work under the following conditions:

●  The employee supervisor/school administration must determine the duties performed are meaningful and beneficial to the District.

●  Employee provides written medical directions outlining any restrictions.

●  The duties performed are not expected to re-injure or adversely affect the employees' recovery.

Accumulated Sick Leave Benefit:

●  An employee absent from work due to valid workers' compensation injuries will receive regular pay during the period of absence for a maximum period equal to the employees' accumulated sick leave as of the date of injury.

●  Discretionary days are used first.

●  This benefit only covers the initial absence from date of injury to return to work, unless extended by the Governing Board.

●  This benefit does not apply to physician visits or an absence after the employee returns to work, unless extended by the Governing Board.

●  All compensation benefit payments received by the employee from the insurance carrier during this period must be transferred to the District payroll department.

●  Upon the employee's return to his/her assigned job, the number of days charged against the employee's accumulated sick leave will be restored but not to exceed the number of accumulated days as of the date of injury.

●  Days may only be restored once unless extended by the Governing Board.  An employee does not earn sick leave during the period of absence.

Industrial  Commission  of
Arizona  and  Appeals

If an employee disagrees with the insurance carrier regarding the claim or benefits, the employee may contact the ICA.  The employee may request a hearing regarding the disagreement.

●  The ICA is primarily responsible for monitoring the activities of insurance carriers and for deciding disputes that arise between claimants, employers and insurance carriers.  It receives claims from attending physicians and injured workers.  It notifies the appropriate insurance carrier and employer so that the claim can be processed.

●  The Claims Division ensures that workers' compensation claims are processed in accordance with existing state laws and rules.

●  The Hearing Division resolves legal disputes that arise in workers' compensation cases.  A wide variety of issues may be referred to the Hearing Division, ranging from compensability, continuing benefits, supportive care, reopening of claims, and loss of earning capacity.



Master Document: GBGD-E ©
Child Document: GBGD-E ©

GBGD-E © 

EXHIBIT

WORKERS'  COMPENSATION

EARLY RETURN TO WORK

Determining  if  a  Job  Offer  can  be
Made  for  Early  Return  from  an
Illness  or  Injury

The District need only consider an early return when a job that can be performed by the early return employee is available.  Creation of a position is not required.

When considering an early return assignment the District should:

●  Analyze A.  Analyze the job and determine its purpose and essential functions.

●  Consult B.  Consult with the employee to determine the precise job limitations imposed by the attending physician.

●  Determine C.  Determine if the employee can perform the duties of the job.

●  Analyze D.  Analyze the risk of reinjury or deterioration of the employee's condition.

Adjustments in the job description for personal accommodations such as an amenity or convenience that is not job related shall not be the responsibility of the District.  The District shall require that all aspects of the job description be performed adequately.



Master Document: GBI © STAFF PARTICIPATION IN POLITICAL ACTIVITIES
Child Document: GBI STAFF PARTICIPATION IN POLITICAL ACTIVITIES

GBI ©
STAFF  PARTICIPATION  IN 
POLITICAL  ACTIVITIES

The Board recognizes the right of its employees, as citizens, to engage in political activity.  However, school time, personnel, equipment, supplies, materials, buildings, or other resources may not be used to influence the outcomes of elections.

A staff member, a person acting on behalf of the District or a person who aids another person acting on behalf of the District shall be guided by the following:

A.  No employee shall engage in political activities upon property under the jurisdiction of the Board.  Employees in their individual capacities may exercise their political liberties on property leased from the school for that purpose.

B.  The prohibition on the use of public resources to influence the outcome of bond, budget override and other tax-related elections includes the use of School District-focused promotional expenditures that occur after an election is called and through election day.  This prohibition does not include routine School District communications which are messages or advertisements that are germane to the functions of the School District and that maintain frequency, scope and distribution consistent with past practices or are necessary for public safety.

C.  Campaigning and other election activities must be done in off-duty hours, when not working in an official capacity or representing the District, and without the participation of District employees or students acting in the capacity of District or school representatives.

D.  Invitations to participate in election activities on a given campus, except when extended by groups leasing or using school facilities, shall be permitted only when such invitations are to all candidates for the office.  The rental use of District property by a private person or entity that may lawfully attempt to influence the outcome of an election is permitted if it does not occur at the same time and place as a related District-sponsored forum or debate.

E.  Political circulars or petitions may not be posted or distributed in school.

F.  The collection of campaign funds and/or the solicitation of campaign workers is prohibited on school property.

G.  Students may not be given written materials to influence the outcome of an election or to advocate support for or opposition to pending or proposed legislation.

H.  Students may not be involved in writing, addressing or distribution of material intended to influence the outcome of an election or to advocate support for or opposition to pending or proposed legislation.

Employees of the District may not use the authority of their position to influence the vote or political activities of any subordinate employee.

District employees who hold elective or appointive office are not entitled to time off from their school duties for reasons incident to such offices, except as such time may qualify under the leave policies of the Board.

The discussion and study of politics and political issues, when such discussion and study are appropriate to classroom studies, are not precluded under the provisions of this policy.

District employees shall be permitted time as provided in statute, if required, to vote in the primary or general election.

The District may distribute informational reports on a proposed budget override election as provided in A.R.S. 15-481 and on a proposed bond election as provided in A.R.S. 15-491 if those informational reports present factual information in a neutral manner, except for those arguments allowed under A.R.S. 15-481.

Nothing in this policy shall preclude the District from producing and distributing impartial information on elections other than District budget override elections or reporting on official actions of the Governing Board.

The District shall not make expenditures for literature associated with a campaign conducted by or for a District official.

Adopted:  May 4, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-481
15-511
15-903
16-402
A.G.O.
I15-002



Master Document: GBJ © PERSONNEL RECORDS AND FILES
Child Document: GBJ © PERSONNEL RECORDS AND FILES

GBJ ©
PERSONNEL  RECORDS  AND  FILES

Professional employees are required to supply the District office with current and complete official transcripts of all college credits.

It is the duty and responsibility of each certificated employee to keep such certification current.

The District will maintain a complete and current official personnel file for each District employee.  Employees will be advised of, and will be permitted to review and comment on, all information of a derogatory nature to be placed in their respective personnel files.  The employee may prepare a written reply to such information, and such reply, if any, will be appended to the information in the file.

Records reasonably necessary or appropriate to maintain an accurate knowledge of disciplinary actions regarding staff members and the staff members' responses will be maintained.  Disciplinary action records shall be open to inspection and copying unless such inspection and disclosure of records or information in the records is contrary to law.

The District may create such subfiles within a personnel file as are appropriate to ensure confidentiality of those files made confidential by law and efficient use of the file.  Access to personnel files will be limited to authorized District officials and employees authorized to handle personnel files.  Individual Board members may only inspect confidential staff files when specifically authorized by the Board, as evidenced by action of a quorum of the Board in a legal meeting properly noticed.  Employees may review their own files by making written requests to the Superintendent.  Materials obtained prior to an employee's employment, such as confidential recommendations or interview notes, will not be available for review by the employee.

Unless otherwise specifically provided by law, a school district shall not:

●  Use A.  Use an individual's social security number on forms of identification.

●  Transmit B.  Transmit to another individual material that contains both the individual's social security number and the individualthe individual's financial institution account number.  This does not preclude the transmission of documents of documents of enrollment, amendment, termination, or contracting for financial services nor does it preclude transmitting documents confirming the accuracy of the numbers previously submitted.

The Superintendent shall prepare procedures to implement this policy and A.R.S. 44-1373 which restricts use of personal identifying information.

Documents within a personnel file may be reviewed by the public only to the extent that disclosure is compelled as a public record.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-302
15-502
15-537
23-926
23-1361
23-1362
38-233
39-121 et seq.
41-1346 et seq.

41-1482

CROSS REF.: 
DKA - Payroll Procedures/Schedules
KDB - Public's Right to Know/Freedom of Information



Master Document: GBJ-E ©
Child Document: GBJ-E ©

GBJ-E ©

EXHIBIT

PERSONNEL  RECORDS  AND  FILES

A person or entity shall not, unless specifically provided by law:

●  Intentionally

A.  Intentionally communicate or make an individual's social security number available to the general public.

●  Print

B.  Print an individual's social security number on any card required for the individual to receive services.

●  Require

C.  Require the transmission of an individual's social security number over the internet unless providing a

secure connection

secure connection or the social security number is encrypted.

●  Require

D.  Require the use of an individual's social security number to access a web site unless a password or

unique personal

unique personal identification number or other authentication device is also required to access the site.

●  Print

E.  Print a number that the person or entity knows to be an individual's social security number on any

materials that

materials that are mailed to the individual unless required by law to place these numbers on the material. 

■  This

1.  This does not preclude the transmission of documents of enrollment, amendment, termination, or contracting for financial services nor does it preclude transmitting documents confirming the accuracy of the numbers previously submitted. 

■  No

2.  No requirement is made to check third party submitted numbers and unless the recipient of the number has actual knowledge that the number is or includes the individual's social security number, the person or entity may print the number on materials that are mailed to the individual. 

■  No

3.  No prohibition on mailing the individual any copy or reproduction of a document that includes a social security number is made if the social security number was included on the original document before January 1, 2005. 

■  The

4.  The exception is that if a social security number has been used inconsistent with the use described above after January 1, 2005, so long as the usage is continuous, the person or entity may continue to use the number subject to the conditions below:

⇒  If

a.  If the use stops for any reason then the social security number cannot be used and the use

reverts to

reverts to the conditions bulleted above.

⇒  Each

b.  Each year the entity must provide the individual with an annual written disclosure of the individual'

s right

s right to stop the use of the social security number as prohibited above.

⇒  If

c.  If an individual requests in writing, the person or entity must stop using the number in any

manner conflicting

manner conflicting with the law.  No fee or charge is allowed, and the entity shall not deny services to

the individual

the individual because of the request.

The law does not prohibit the collection, use or release of a social security number required by the laws of this state or the United States or for internal verification or administrative purposes.

Unless otherwise provided by law, after January 1, 2005 documents or records recorded and made available on the recording entity's web site shall not contain more than five (5) numbers reasonably identifiable as part of a social security number and shall not contain financial account numbers.  A penalty of five hundred dollars ($500) for each act of recording is possible.



Master Document: GBK © STAFF GRIEVANCES
Child Document: GBK © STAFF GRIEVANCES

GBK ©
STAFF  GRIEVANCES

Effective communication between District employees, the administrative staff, and the Board is essential for proper operation of the schools.  The Governing Board, therefore, authorizes the Superintendent to establish a grievance procedure for employees as the prescribed means of resolving grievances at the earliest date and the lowest possible administrative level.

Such procedure shall provide for Board review of any grievance that cannot be resolved at the administrative level.  In such instances, the affected individual may request that the Governing Board review the situation.  Such request shall be in writing and shall contain the basis for the appeal, including the act or acts out of which the grievance arose, identification of the Board policies and/or administrative regulations involved, and the remedy sought.  Within five (5) working days following notification of the Superintendent's decision, any written request for appeal shall be submitted to the Superintendent for transmittal to the Board.  The Governing Board, at a time of its choosing, shall review the grievance and issue a response within fifteen (15) working days , or its next meeting following such review.

The decision of the Governing Board is final.

Adopted:  August 3, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-532



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GBJA CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION

GBJA  
CONFIDENTIAL  INFORMATION  AND
DISCLOSURE  OF  INFORMATION

(Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act of 1996 [HIPAA]  Privacy  Policy)

This policy is pursuant to prescribed regulations under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA).  The District recognizes its obligations to comply with the regulations, which call for the rights of privacy regarding protected health and medical information.  The Administrator of Operational Support, the HIPAA privacy officer, along with designated staff are responsible for assuring that the regulations provided for under HIPAA are administered and communicated pursuant to HIPAA regulations.

Protected Health Information (PHI) is information that relates to a health or medical condition or care of an individual or to the payment for care, which information permits the identification of the individual.  This could be an employee, an employee's spouse or family member.  Examples of PHI include reports of diagnosis and treatment submitted with a benefit claim form, records related to an eligibility determination by a claims administrator, or a statement generated by a health insurance company reflecting payment for specific medical care.

The HIPAA Privacy Rule confers rights upon employees with respect to their protected health information (PHI).  Each employee has the right to receive a notice explaining how the District will use PHI and how the employees will exercise other rights under the HIPAA Privacy Rule.

From time to time, the District obtains and/or is the recipient of medical information, records or documents regarding employees.  Except as set forth below, the information, records and documents may not be disclosed without proper authorization or permission unless it is 1) subject to subpoena and/or 2) excluded from coverage of the privacy rule.

The privacy rights of employees include the right to review and copy PHI; to amend PHI which is erroneous, inaccurate or outdated; to receive an accounting of certain disclosures of PHI; and to lodge complaints with the privacy officer and/or with the federal Department of Health and Human Services.

Retaliation for having filed a complaint is prohibited.

Exclusions.  Certain medical information is not within the coverage of the Privacy Rule and, as such, is not subject to this policy.  These include, among other, medical certification or information submitted regarding a request for Family and Medical Leave Act; medical leaves of absence; Pregnancy Disability Act leave; a sick pay claim form; information concerning questions of accommodation or hardship under the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or other similar laws; information obtained regarding an industrial injury or accident (worker's compensation); and information obtained pursuant to the drug testing policy.

Authorizations.  In certain circumstances, health/medical information may have to be made available, whether it is made to the employee, the District, the health care provider, or the insurance carrier.  In these circumstances a signed authorization may be utilized.  Generally, the authorization will contain the following elements:

●  A description of the information to be disclosed and purpose for the use of the information.

●  Specific identification of the person authorized to make the disclosure.

●  Notice that the information may be re-disclosed without further protection after it is disclosed pursuant to the authorization.

Authorizations should be applicable only to specific information to be disclosed.  However, depending upon circumstances, an employee may execute an authorization for the general release of health/medical information.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: GBK-R ©
Child Document: GBK-R

GBK-R ©

REGULATION

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

Definitions

A grievance is a complaint by a District employee alleging a violation or misinterpretation, as to the employee, of any District policy or regulation that directly and specifically governs the employee's terms and conditions of employment.  The term grievance shall not apply to any matter for which the method of review is prescribed by law, or the Governing Board is without authority to act.  The suspension or dismissal of employees is covered by statute and, therefore, is not a grievable matter.  Assignment, reassignment, or transfer of an employee to another position or duties is not grievable beyond the Superintendent unless there is a reduction in compensation or the Superintendent requests that it go to the Board.

A grievant shall be any employee of the District filing a grievance.

Terms and conditions of employment means the hours of employment, the compensation thereforetherefor, including fringe benefits, and the employer's personnel policies directly affecting the employee.  In the case of professional employees, the term does not include educational policies of the District.  A day is any day during which the District conducts business.  The immediate supervisor is the lowest-level administrator having line supervisory authority over the grievant.  At any level in the grievance process, an association representative may be requested by the grievant if the employee is an association member.

Informal  Level

Before filing a formal written grievance, the grievant must attempt to resolve the matter by one (1) or more informal conferences with the immediate supervisor and, if requested by the girevant, a Glendale Union Education Association (G.U.E.A.) representative.  The first of these informal conferences must be conducted within ten (10) days after the employee knew, or should have known through documentation, of the act or omission giving rise to the grievance.  A second or any subsequent conference must occur within five (5) days after the initial informal conference, or any subsequent conference.

Formal  Level

Level I.  Within fifteen (15) days after the employee knew, or should have known through documentation, of the act or omission giving rise to the grievance, the grievant must present the grievance in writing to the immediate supervisor.

The grievance shall be a clear, concise statement of the circumstances giving rise to the grievance, a citation of the specific article, section, and paragraph of the policy or regulation that directly and specifically governs the employee's terms and conditions of employment that are alleged to have been violated, the decision rendered at the informal conference, and the specific remedy sought.

The immediate supervisor shall communicate a decision to the employee in writing within five (5) days after receiving the grievance.

Within the above time limits either party may request a personal conference to attempt to resolve the matter.

Level II.  In the event the grievant is not satisfied with the decision at Level I, the decision may be appealed to the Superintendent within five (5) days after receipt of the decision.

The appeal shall include a copy of the original grievance, the decision rendered, and a clear, concise statement of the reasons for the appeal.  The Superintendent shall communicate a decision within five (5) days after receiving the appeal.  Either the grievant or the Superintendent may request a personal conference within the above time limits.

Level III.  If the grievant is not satisfied with the decision at Level II, the grievant may, within five (5) days, submit an appeal in writing to the Superintendent for consideration by the Governing Board.

The Governing Board or Grievant may request in writing that the grievance be submitted to advisory arbitration by so notifying the clerk of the Board within ten (10) days after receipt of the Level II decision or the failure of the Superintendent to render a decision after the Level II hearing.

The Governing Board and the Grievant shall jointly select an advisory arbitrator.  The advisory arbitrator’s recommendations shall be submitted in writing to the Governing Board and the Grievant.  The advisory arbitrator’s recommendations shall be consistent with existing statutes.

The Governing Board shall take official action on the report of the advisory arbitrator within fifteen (15) days, or its next meeting, and shall render its decision in writing to all parties concerned.

All costs and expenses for the services of the advisory arbitration shall be borne by the party that requests the hearing.  As an exception to this provision, costs may be shared equally by both parties when mutually agreed to do so.

General  Provisions

Section 1.  Failure at any step of this procedure to appeal a grievance to the next step within the specified time limits shall be deemed an acceptance of the decision rendered at that step, and there shall be no further right of appeal.  Failure to file a grievance within the timelines specified after within fifteen (15) days after the employee knew, or should have known through documentation, of the circumstances upon which the grievance is based shall constitute a waiver of that grievance.

Section 2.  The filing or pendency of any grievance under the provisions of this policy shall in no way operate to impede, delay, or interfere with the jurisdiction of the Governing Board or the Superintendent.

Section 3.  Reprisals shall not be taken against the employee, any party in interest, any G.U.E.A. representative, or any other participant in the grievance procedure by reason of such participation.



Master Document: GBK-EA ©
Child Document: GBK-EA ©

GBK-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

LEVEL I                                                                             GRIEVANCE FORM A

FORMAL  GRIEVANCE  PRESENTATION

To be completed by grievant within five (5) days after the last informal conference but no later than fifteen (15) days after the employee knew or should have known of the act or omission giving rise to the grievance.

                                                        Date of last informal
Grievant  __________________    presentation  _________________________

                                                        Immediate
School  ___________________     supervisor  ___________________________

Assignment  ______________________________________________________

Policy or regulation alleged to have been violated  ________________________

Statement  of  grievance:






 

Action  requested:






 

____________________________________
Signature of grievant



Master Document: GBK-EB ©
Child Document: GBK-EB ©

GBK-EB ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

LEVEL I                                                                           GRIEVANCE FORM B

DECISION  OF  IMMEDIATE  SUPERVISOR

To be completed by immediate supervisor within five (5) days after formal filing.

Grievant _______________________________________________________

Date of formal grievance presentation ________________________________

School  ________________________________________________________

Immediate supervisor _____________________________________________

Decision  of  immediate  supervisor
and  reasons  therefor:







 

Date of decision _____________     _________________________________
                                                          (Signature of immediate supervisor)

-  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  -  - 

Grievant's response [to be completed by the grievant within five (5) days after the decision]:

     ◻o      I accept the above decision of the immediate supervisor.

     ◻o      I hereby refer the above decision to the Superintendent, with reasons 

            
    detailing  with reasons detailing nonacceptance at Level I and any any 

              relief sought (Level II).
 

Date of response ____________     _________________________________
                                                          (Signature of grievant)



Master Document: GBK-EC ©
Child Document: GBK-EC ©

GBK-EC ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

LEVEL II                                                                           GRIEVANCE FORM C

REFERRAL  TO  SUPERINTENDENT

To be completed by grievant within five (5) days of immediate supervisor's response.

Grievant _______________________________________________________

Date of formal presentation ________________________________________

Detail  reasons  for  nonacceptance  of  grievance
decisions  and  any  relief  sought:







 

◻ o      The attached grievance is hereby referred to the Superintendent.



Date of referral _____________     _________________________________
                                                        (Signature of grievant)



Master Document: GBK-ED ©
Child Document: GBK-ED ©

GBK-ED ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

LEVEL II                                                                           GRIEVANCE FORM D

DECISION  OF  SUPERINTENDENT

To be completed by the Superintendent within five (5) days.

Grievant _______________________________________________________

Date of formal grievance presentation ________________________________

Date appeal received by Superintendent ______________________________

Date hearing held by Superintendent (optional) _________________________

Decision  of  Superintendent 
and  reasons  therefore:







 

Date of decision ____________     __________________________________
                                                        (Signature of of Superintendent)

______________________________________________________________

Grievant's response [to be completed by grievant within five (5) days after the decision]:

     ◻o      I accept the above decision of the Superintendent.

     ◻o      I hereby appeal to the Governing Board for a review
              of this grievance 
(Level III).


Date of response ___________     _________________________________
                                                        (Signature of grievant)



Master Document: GBK-EE ©
Child Document: GBK-EE ©

GBK-EE ©

EXHIBIT

STAFF  GRIEVANCES

LEVEL III (Final Action)                                                     GRIEVANCE FORM E

REVIEW  BY  GOVERNING  BOARD

Grievant _______________________________________________________

Date of formal grievance receipt  ____________________________________

     ◻o     The attached grievance is hereby appealed to the Governing

             Board for the 

            Governing Board for a review.   

Detail  reasons  for  nonacceptance  of  grievance
decision  at  Level  II  and  any  relief  sought:







 

Date appeal received by Governing Board ____________________________

BOARD RESPONSE:

     ◻ o   The Board affirms the Superintendent's response.

     ◻o   Board rejects the Superintendent's response.

     ◻o   Board modifies the Superintendent's response as follows:

 

 

[TO BE COMPLETED WITHIN FIFTEEN (15) DAYS OF REVIEW]



Master Document: GBP © PROHIBITED PERSONNEL PRACTICES
Child Document: GBP © PROHIBITED PERSONNEL PRACTICES

GBP ©
PROHIBITED  PERSONNEL  PRACTICES

Disclosure  Protected

It is a prohibited personnel practice for any District employee, who has control over personnel actions, to take reprisals against another employee for a disclosure of a matter of public concern, by that other employee, to a public body when the employee believes there has been:

●  A.  A violation of law.

●  MismanagementB.  Mismanagement, a gross waste of monies, or an abuse of authority.

An employee, or former employee, who believes that an adverse personnel action taken is the result of such person's disclosure of information under A.R.S. 38-532 shall make a complaint to the Board.  The Board shall make a determination pursuant to the rules under A.R.S. 41-785.

Reporting  Protected

A governing board or school district employee who has control over personnel decisions shall not take unlawful reprisal against an employee for good-faith reports about certificated personnel engaged in conduct involving minors that is reportable under A.R.S. 13-3620 (Reporting Child Abuse).  Unlawful reprisal means an action taken by a governing board that results in:

●  Disciplinary A.  Disciplinary action.

●  Transfer B.  Transfer or reassignment.

●  SuspensionC.  Suspension, demotion, or dismissal.

●  An D.  An unfavorable performance evaluation.

●  Other E.  Other significant changes in duties or responsibility that are inconsistent with the employee's salary or salary or employment classification.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-514
23-425
38-532
41-785



Master Document: GCA © PROFESSIONAL STAFF POSITIONS
Child Document: GCA © PROFESSIONAL STAFF POSITIONS

GCA ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  POSITIONS

Professional staff positions are created only with the approval of the Board.  The District will attempt to activate a sufficient number of positions to accomplish the District's goals and objectives.

Before recommending the establishment of any new position, the Superintendent will present a job description for the position that specifies the qualifications, the performance responsibilities, and the method by which the performance of such responsibilities will be evaluated.  The establishment of any new position will require Governing Board approval.

The Superintendent will maintain a comprehensive and up-to-date set of job descriptions of all positions in the school system.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-501
15-502
15-503

CROSS REF.: 
CCB - Line and Staff Relations



Master Document: GCB © PROFESSIONAL STAFF CONTRACTS AND COMPENSATION
Child Document: GCB PROFESSIONAL STAFF CONTRACTS AND COMPENSATION

GCB ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
CONTRACTS   AND  COMPENSATION

Salaries in the District will be differentiated in relationship to duties and responsibilities.

The Superintendent will provide recommendations on salaries and fringe benefits to the Board.

The Board at any time may establish, within the budgetary constraints of the District, the salaries and benefits for all employees necessary for the succeeding year.

Subject to the terms of employment contracts, the Governing Board at any time may reduce salaries or eliminate certificated teachers in the District in order to effectuate economies in the operation of the District or to improve the efficient conduct and administration of the District's schools.  Notice of a general salary reduction shall be given each certificated teacher affected.  These provisions do not apply to salary reductions from classroom site fund money.

Supplemental  Services  Contract

Staff members who meet specific qualifications may contract for supplemental services by working beyond their contractual duties.  Participation in this program is encouraged for employees who are within one to three (1-3) years of retirement.

The  Program

A participant in this program may earn a maximum lifetime amount of three thousand dollars ($3,000) for a project which is mutually agreed upon by the employee and the Administrator for Personnel after consultation with, and recommendations by, the principal and/or supervisor of the employee.

The program participant may be assigned a special project(s) designed to provide assistance to the District and/or other employees.  Special projects might include, but are not limited to, activities such as curriculum development, research projects, updating reference bases, an additional work project at the local school or working with new and inexperienced employees.

Qualifications  for  Participation

In order to qualify, the employee must have been employed full-time by the District for a minimum of fifteen (15) years.  An employee shall be considered full-time when the employee has met the conditions for full-time employment as prescribed in state law or Governing Board policy including salary schedules.

A combination of age and service which qualifies the employee for benefits from the Arizona State Retirement System within a period of three (3) years.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502

15-503

15-544
15-952
15-977

CROSS REF.: 
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring

GCO - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: GCBA © PROFESSIONAL STAFF SALARY SCHEDULES
Child Document: GCBA PROFESSIONAL STAFF SALARY SCHEDULES

GCBA ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
SALARY  SCHEDULES

Administrators

The Board will enter into an individual contract with each member of the administrative staff commensurate with the requirements of the position.  This contract shall describe the general services to be rendered by the employee in return for financial and other considerations.  Additionally, the employee's job description, detailing the more specific performance responsibilities of the contracted position and the mode of evaluating performance, shall be incorporated into the contract by reference.  All terms and conditions of contracts with administrative staff members are to conform with the requirements of the Arizona Revised Statutes.

Other  Certificated  Personnel

The salary schedule pertains to personnel holding provisional, basic, or standard certificates at the elementary or secondary levels.

Initial Placement on Salary Schedule.  New teachers entering the system with prior teaching service, who have met academic and professional qualifications for Arizona State Department of Education certification, will be given a maximum credit of five (5) _____ years for substantiated experience, i.e., placed on the sixth (6th) _____ step of the salary schedule.

Verified previous experience recognized for the purpose of placement on the salary schedule is defined as any previous full-time certificated teaching in any public school.  For a teacher to receive credit for previous teaching experience, the teacher must furnish the office of the Superintendent full information concerning the previous teaching records.  When the experience has been verified, credit will be given by the District.

Days intended for participation in professional association activities are not to be compensated under an employee's contract or other employment agreements.  For the purpose of this policy, professional association activities for which compensation is not available do not include in-service training in the certificated employee's assigned area of employment.

Substitutes

Pay for substitute teaching will be established by the Board.

The Superintendent may recommend to the Governing Board an adjustment in pay for substitute teaching when a substitute is to serve in one capacity or position for an extended length of time.

Advancement  on  Salary  Schedule

Vertical and horizontal advancement on the salary schedule will be in accordance with the salary schedule currently in effect.  Vertical advancement is limited to one (1) step per year.

Reasons for denial of vertical advancement on the salary schedule include but are not limited to:

A.  Lack of adequate disciplinary control.

B.  Insufficient effort and time given to assigned duties or failure to engage in  a reasonable amount of extracurricular activity.

C.  Lack of cooperation with the administration in carrying out adopted policies of the school.

D.  Unprofessional conduct.

Other  Contract  Provisions

Any person who does not work the full term as set up by salary schedule shall be paid on a prorated basis for the number of days to be worked for the remainder of the school year; this shall include school days taught plus the number of days required for orientation.

For newly hired, critical, and difficult-to-fill certificated personnel positions placed on the teachers' salary schedule, differentials above the stated schedule may be paid.

A teacher who is or has been employed by or teaching at a charter school, and was previously employed by the School District, shall receive the benefits, protections, and preferences granted under A.R.S. 15-187.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
15-504
15-941

CROSS REF.: 
GCCE - Professional/Support Staff Conferences/Visitations/Workshops

GCO-RB - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCB-E

GCB-E 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
CONTRACTS   AND  COMPENSATION

SUPPLEMENTAL  SERVICES  CONTRACT

Employee Name __________________________   Work Location _____________

Social Security No. ________________________

Qualifications  for  Participation

1.  The employee must have been employed full-time by the District for a minimum of fifteen (15) years.  An employee shall be considered full-time when the employee has met the conditions for full-time employment as prescribed in state law or Governing Board policy including salary schedules.

2.  A combination of age and service which qualifies the employee for benefits from Arizona State Retirement System within a period of three (3) years.

My project will take from ______________________ to ______________________

Description  of  Project
(Please use the other side of form or attach a copy of your project)
 

This is how I would like my three thousand dollar ($3000) supplement to be paid:
(Supplement will be paid upon the completion of the project)

   Lump sum payment     To be paid on _____________________

   To my 403b/457b account          AIG Valic

   MetLife

   Security Benefit

   Vanguard

Employee Signature  _______________________________     Date ___________

Administrative  Signature ____________________________    Date ___________

 

  Return form to District Human Resources Department.



Master Document: GCBC © PROFESSIONAL STAFF SUPPLEMENTARY PAY PLANS
Child Document: GCBC © PROFESSIONAL STAFF SUPPLEMENTARY PAY PLANS

GCBC ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF
SUPPLEMENTARY  PAY  PLANS

(Extra-Duty Pay)

The Superintendent will recommend to the Board an extra-duty pay schedule each year for its review and action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502



Master Document: GCBD © PROFESSIONAL STAFF FRINGE BENEFITS
Child Document: GCBD © PROFESSIONAL STAFF FRINGE BENEFITS

GCBD ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
FRINGE  BENEFITS

The Governing Board will review professional staff fringe benefits each year during the budget process and may modify the benefits to meet the best interest of the District.

Minimum standards of eligibility for fringe benefits will be determined by the Board annually.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-187
15-502

CROSS REF.: 
DKB - Salary Deductions
GCBA - Professional Staff Salary Schedules



Master Document: GCC © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES AND ABSENCES
Child Document: GCC © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES AND ABSENCES

GCC ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
LEAVES  AND  ABSENCES

(Absent Without Leave)

An employee shall be deemed "absent without leave" when absent from work because of:

●  A.  A reason that conforms to a policy currently in effect but the maximum days provided for in that policy will that policy will be exceeded; or

●  A B.  A reason that does not conform to any policy currently in effect; or

●  Failure C.  Failure to report to work without prior notification to the Superintendent.

In no case shall an employee be compensated for time lost due to being absent without leave.

An employee who is absent from work without prior approval is subject to disciplinary action, as is one who was unable to obtain prior approval due to unusual circumstances and such approval is denied upon the employee's return.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: GCCB © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF PERSONAL / EMERGENCY / RELIGIOUS LEAVE
Child Document: Non Existing

GCCB ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
PERSONAL / EMERGENCY /
RELIGIOUS  LEAVE

Each staff member will be granted personal leave not to exceed two (2) days per year.  No more than ten percent (10%) of the staff or other groupings of employees may take personal leave at any one time.  Requests for personal leave must be received at least four (4) working days prior to the first day of leave, and must be approved by the principal.

Requests shall be acted upon in order of receipt, and the availability of substitutes, if necessary, may limit the number of requests granted at any one (1) time.

Personal leave will not be granted during the following periods:

A.  On the day immediately preceding or following a holiday or vacation.

B.  During the first two (2) weeks of school or the last two (2) weeks of school.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-510



Master Document: GCCA © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF SICK LEAVE
Child Document: GCCA © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF SICK LEAVE

GCCA ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
SICK  LEAVE

Sick leave for District personnel is a designated amount of compensated leave that is to be granted to a staff member who, through personal or family illness, injury, or quarantine, is unable to perform the duties assigned.  Family, for purposes of sick leave, shall include:

          Spouse               Grandparents

          Children              Grandchildren

          Parents               Like relations created by marriage

          Siblings                  (e.g., stepchild, father-in-law, et cetera)

Family illness, for purposes of sick leave, shall not exceed a period of three (3) days, unless an approval is granted by the Superintendent.

Sick leave is only for the purpose of recuperative activities, e.g., obtaining medical care or treatment, procuring medications or other prescribed materials, convalescing at home or at a medical facility, or other therapy or activity prescribed by the employee's physician or health practitioner, with verification required if requested by the Superintendent.  The District may, at District expense, require the employee to submit to medical or psychiatric examination by a physician or psychiatrist selected by the District to determine 1) whether or not the continued use of sick leave is appropriate or 2) whether return to duty is appropriate.

Sick leave may include other excused absences, such as medical, dental, or optical examination or treatment impossible to schedule on nonduty days.

Each staff member shall be credited with a sick leave allowance at the rate of one (1_____ (__) days per month up to ten (10) or twelve (12) days, determined by the number of months employed:           

Twelve (12) month

employment       twelve

employment     twelve (12) days

           

Ten (10) month

employment            ten

employment          ten (10) days

The unused portion of such allowance shall accumulate without limitation.to a maximum of _____ (__) days, at which time no more sick leave can be accumulated.  As accumulated sick leave days are used and drop below _____ (__) days, an eligible employee may again accumulate sick leave up to the maximum limit.

When a staff member exhausts all days of accumulated sick leave, an unpaid leave of absence must be requested, pursuant to District policy.

Sick leave of any staff member who does not serve a full school year shall be prorated at the rate of one (1) day per month.

Sick leave may be used for childbirth during the time the physician verifies that the employee is physically unable to perform her normal duties.  If the If an employee does not wish to return to her duties following childbirth, an extended leave of absence must be requested, consistent with existing District policy.

Upon request, the staff member shall inform the Superintendent of the following:

A.  Purpose for which sick leave is being taken.

B.  Expected date of return from sick leave.

C.  Where the staff member

who is or will be the father or the grandparent of a newborn child will be allowed one (1) days of sick leave for the birth.  In the event of medical complications, more than one (1) day of sick leave may be allowed.

Upon request, the staff member shall inform the Superintendent of the following:

●  Purpose for which sick leave is being taken.

●  Expected date of return from sick leave.

●  Where the staff member may be contacted during the leave.

Any employee who can be shown to have willfully violated or misused the District's sick leave policy or misrepresented any statement or condition will be subject to discipline, which may include reprimand, suspension, and/or dismissal.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

may be contacted during the leave.

Use  of  Earned  Paid

Sick  Time

Earned paid sick time shall be provided to an employee by an employer for:

A.  An employee's mental or physical illness, injury or health condition; an employee's need for medical diagnosis, care, or treatment of a mental or physical illness, injury or health condition; an employee's need for preventive medical care;

B.  Care of a family member with a mental or physical illness, injury or health condition; care of a family member who needs medical diagnosis, care, or treatment of a mental or physical illness, injury or health condition; care of a family member who needs preventive medical care;

C.  Reasons related to child care, domestic violence, sexual violence, abuse or stalking, and legal services as described in A.R.S. 23-373.

Earned paid sick time shall be provided upon the request of an employee.  Such request may be made orally, in writing, by electronic means or by any other means acceptable to the employer.  When possible, the request shall include the expected duration of the absence.

When the use of earned paid sick time is foreseeable, the employee shall make a good faith effort to provide notice of the need for such time to the employer in advance of the use of the earned paid sick time and shall make a reasonable effort to schedule the use of earned paid sick time in a manner that does not unduly disrupt the operations of the employer.

An employer that requires notice of the need to use earned paid sick time where the need is not foreseeable shall provide a written policy that contains procedures for the employee to provide notice.  An employer that has not provided to the employee a copy of its written policy for providing such notice shall not deny earned paid sick time to the employee based on non-compliance with such a policy.

An employer may not require, as a condition of an employee's taking earned paid sick time, that the employee search for or find a replacement worker to cover the hours during which the employee is using earned paid sick time.

Earned paid sick time may be used in the smaller of hourly increments or the smallest increment that the employer's payroll system uses to account for absences or use of other time.

For earned paid sick time of three (3) or more consecutive work days, an employer may require reasonable documentation that the earned paid sick time has been used for a purpose covered by A, B, or C, above.  Documentation signed by a heath care professional indicating that earned paid sick time is necessary shall be considered reasonable documentation for purposes of this section

As defined in statute (A.R.S. 23-371), "family member" means:

A.  Regardless of age, a biological, adopted or foster child, stepchild or legal ward, a child of a domestic partner, a child to whom the employee stands in loco parentis, or an individual to whom the employee stood in loco parentis when the individual was a minor;

B.  A biological, foster, stepparent or adoptive parent or legal guardian of an employee or an employee's spouse or domestic partner or a person who stood in loco parentis when the employee or employee's spouse or domestic partner was a minor child;

C.  A person to whom the employee is legally married under the laws of any state, or a domestic partner of an employee as registered under the laws of any state or political subdivision;

D.  A grandparent, grandchild or sibling (whether of a biological, foster, adoptive or step relationship) of the employee or the employee's spouse or domestic partner; or

E.  Any other individual related by blood or affinity whose close association with the employee is the equivalent of a family relationship.

Notice:

A.  Employers shall give employees written notice of the following at the commencement of employment or by July 1, 2017, whichever is later: employees are entitled to earned paid sick time and the amount of earned paid sick time, the terms of its use guaranteed in statute, that retaliation against employees who request or use earned paid sick time is prohibited, that each employee has the right to file a complaint if earned paid sick time as required by statute is denied by the employer or the employee is subjected to retaliation for requesting or taking earned paid sick time, and the contact information for the commission where questions about rights and responsibilities under can be answered.

B.  The required notice required shall be in English, Spanish, and any language that is deemed appropriate by the Industrial Commission of Arizona.

C.  The amount of earned paid sick time available to the employee, the amount of earned paid sick time taken by the employee to date in the year and the amount of pay the employee has received as earned paid sick time shall be recorded in, or on an attachment to, the employee's regular paycheck.

D.  The Industrial Commission of Arizona shall create and make available to employers, in English, Spanish, and any language deemed appropriate by the commission, model notices that contain the information for employers' use in complying with the statute.

E.  Employer violation of the notice requirements shall be subject to a civil penalty as prescribed in A.R.S. 23-364.

Accrual:

A.  Employees of an employer with fifteen (15) or more employees shall accrue a minimum of one (1) hour of earned paid sick time for every thirty (30) hours worked, but employees shall not be entitled to accrue or use more than forty (40) hours of earned paid sick time per year, unless the employer selects a higher limit.

B.  Employees of an employer with fewer than fifteen (15) employees shall accrue a minimum of one hour of earned paid sick time for every thirty (30) hours worked, but employees shall not be entitled to accrue or use more than twenty-four (24) hours of earned paid sick time per year, unless the employer selects a higher limit.

C.  Earned paid sick time shall begin to accrue at the commencement of employment or on July 1, 2017, whichever is later.  An employer may provide all earned paid sick time that an employee is expected to accrue in a year at the beginning of the year.

D.  An employee may use earned paid sick time as it is accrued, except that an employer may require an employee hired after July 1, 2017, to wait until the ninetieth calendar day after commencing employment before using accrued earned paid sick time, unless otherwise permitted by the employer.

E.  Employees who are exempt from overtime requirements under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 United States Code section 213(A)(1)) will be assumed to work forty (40) hours in each work week for purposes of earned paid sick time accrual unless their normal work week is less than forty (40) hours, in which case earned paid sick time accrues based upon that normal work week.

F.  Earned paid sick time shall be carried over to the following year, subject to the limitations on usage indicated above for employees of employers with fifteen (15) or more employees and employees of employers with fewer than fifteen (15) employees.  Alternatively, in lieu of carryover of unused earned paid sick time from one (1) year to the next, an employer may pay an employee for unused earned paid sick time at the end of a year and provide the employee with an amount of earned paid sick time that meets or exceeds the requirements in statute that is available for the employee's immediate use at the beginning of the subsequent year.

G.  If an employee is transferred, but remains employed by the same employer, the employee is entitled to all earned paid sick time accrued and is entitled to use all earned paid sick time as provided in this section.

H.  When there is a separation from employment and the employee is rehired within nine (9) months of separation by the same employer, previously accrued earned paid time that had not been used shall be reinstated.  Further, the employee shall be entitled to use accrued earned paid sick time and accrue additional earned paid sick time at the re-commencement of employment.

I.  When a different employer succeeds or takes the place of an existing employer, all employees of the original employer who remain employed by the successor employer are entitled to all earned paid sick time they accrued when employed by the original employer, and are entitled to use earned paid sick time previously accrued.

J.  At its discretion, an employer may loan earned paid sick time to an employee in advance of accrual by such employee.

Any employer with a paid leave policy, such as a paid time off policy, who makes available an amount of paid leave sufficient to meet the accrual requirements of this section that may be used for the same purposes and under the same conditions as earned paid sick time under this article is not required to provide additional paid sick time.

Nothing in statute shall be construed as requiring financial or other reimbursement to an employee from an employer upon the employee's termination, resignation, retirement or other separation from employment for accrued earned paid sick time that has not been used.

Retaliation  Prohibited

It shall be unlawful for an employer or any other person to interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of, or the attempt to exercise, any right protected in statute.

An employer shall not engage in retaliation or discriminate against an employee or former employee because the person has exercised protected rights.  Such rights include but are not limited to the right to request or use earned paid sick time pursuant to the statute; the right to file a complaint with the commission or courts or inform any person about any employer's alleged violation; the right to participate in an investigation, hearing or proceeding or cooperate with or assist the commission in its investigations of alleged violations and the right to inform any person of his or her potential rights.

It shall be unlawful for an employer's absence control policy to count earned paid sick time taken as an absence that may lead to or result in discipline, discharge, demotion, suspension, or any other adverse action.

Protections of this section shall apply to any person who mistakenly but in good faith alleges violations of this policy based on the supporting statutes.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-187
15-502

23-363

23-364

23-371

23-372

23-373

23-374

23-375

CROSS REF.: 
GCBA - Professional Staff Salary Schedules



Master Document: GCCC-EA ©
Child Document: GCCC-EA ©

GCCC-EA ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

CERTIFICATION OF HEALTH CARE PROVIDER
(Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993)
When completed, this form goes to the employee.

1.  Employee's Name  _____________________________________________

2.  Patient's Name (If different from employee) __________________________

3.  A definition of "serious health condition" under the Family and Medical Leave Act is provided near the end of this form.  Does the patient's condition1 qualify under any of the categories described?  If so, please check the applicable category.

(1) ___  (2) ___  (3) ___  (4) ___  (5) ___  (6) ___, or None of the above ___

___________________________________________

4.  Describe the medical facts which support the patient's certification, including a brief statement as to how the medical facts meet the criteria of the category checked above:

 

5.  a.  State the approximate date the condition commenced, and the probable
          duration of the condition (and also the probable duration of the patient's
          present incapacity2 if different):

 

     b.  Will it be necessary for the employee to take work only intermittently or
          to work on a less than full schedule
 as a result of the condition
          (including for treatment described in Item 6 below)?
 

          If yes, give the probable duration:
 

     c.  If the condition is a chronic condition (condition 4) or pregnancy, state
          whether the patient is presently incapacitated2 and the likely duration and
          frequency of episodes of incapacity2:

 

___________________________________________

               1     Here and elsewhere on this form, the information sought relates only to
             the condition for which the employee is taking FMLA leave.

               2     "Incapacity," for purposes of FMLA, is defined to mean inability to work,
             attend school or perform other regular daily activities due to the serious
             health condition, treatment therefore, or recovery therefrom.

6.  a.  If additional treatments will be required for the condition, provide an
          estimate of the probable number of such treatments.
 

          If the patient will be absent from work or other daily activities because of
          treatment on an intermittent or part-time basis, also provide an
          estimate of the probable number of and interval between such treatments,
          actual or estimated dates of treatment if known, and period required
          for recovery if any:
 

     b.  If any of these treatments will be provided by another provider of health
          services
 (e.g., physical therapist), please state the nature of the
          treatments:
 

     c.  If a regimen of continuing treatment by the patient is required under
          your supervision, provide a general description of such regimen
          (e.g., prescription drugs, physical therapy requiring special equipment):

___________________________________________

7.  a.  If medical leave is required for the employee's absence from work
    
      because of the employee's own condition (including absences due
          to pregnancy or a chronic condition), is the employee unable to perform
          work
 of any kind?
 

     b.  If able to perform some work, is the employee unable to perform any
          one (1) or one (1) or more of the essential functions of the
          employee's job 
(the employee or the employer should supply you with
          information about the essential job functions)?  If yes, please list the
          essential functions the employee is unable to perform:
 

     c.  If neither a. nor b. above applies, is it necessary for the employee to be
          absent from work for treatment?

___________________________________________

8.  a.  If leave is required to care for a family member of the employee with a
          serious health condition, does the patient require assistance for basic
          medical or personal needs or safety, or for transportation?

     b.  If no, would the employee's presence to provide psychological comfort
          be beneficial to the patient or assist in the patient's recovery?

     c.  If the patient will need care only intermittently or on a part-time basis,
          please indicate the probable duration of this need:

 

___________________________________________

_________________________________       _________________________
Signature of Health Care Provider                   Type of Practice

_________________________________       _________________________
Address                                                            Telephone Number

_________________________________       _________________________
                                                                         Date

_________________________________       _________________________

To be completed by the employee needing family leave to care for a family member:

State the care you will provide and an estimate of the period during which care will be provided, including a schedule if leave is to be taken intermittently or if it will be necessary for you to work less than a full schedule:





_________________________________       _________________________
Employee Signature                                         Date


Definitions

A "Serious Health Condition" means an illness, injury impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves one (1) of the following:

1.  Hospital Care

Inpatient care (i.e., an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical care facility, including any period of incapacity2 or subsequent treatment in connection with or consequent to such inpatient care.

2.  Absence Plus Treatment

    (a)  A period of incapacity2 of more than three (3) consecutive calendar days (including any subsequent
          treatment or period of incapacity2 relating to the same condition), that also involves:

          (1)  Treatment3 two (2) or more times by a health care provider, by a 
                nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health 
                care provider, or by a provider of health care services (e.g., physical 
                therapist) under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider; or

          (2)  Treatment by a health care provider on at least one (1) occasion 
                which results in a regimen of continuing treatment4 under the 
                supervision of the health care provider.

3.  Pregnancy

Any period of incapacity due to pregnancy, or for prenatal care.

4.  Chronic Conditions Requiring Treatments

    A chronic condition which:

(1)  Requires periodic visits for treatment by a health care provider, or by a 
      nurse or physician's assistant under direct supervision of a health care 
      provider;

(2)  Continues over an extended period of time (including recurring 
      episodes of a single underlying condition); and

(3)  May cause episodic rather than a continuing period of incapacity2 
      (e.g., asthma, diabetes, epilepsy, etc.).

5.  Permanent/Long-term Conditions Requiring Supervision

A period of Incapacity2 which is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not be effective.  The employee or family member must be under the continuing supervision of, but need not be receiving active treatment by, a health care provider.  Examples include Alzheimer's, a severe stroke, or the terminal stages of a disease.

6.  Multiple Treatments (Non-Chronic Conditions)

Any period of absence to receive multiple treatments (including any period of recovery therefrom) by a health care provider or by a provider of health care services under orders of, or on referral by, a health care provider, either for restorative surgery after an accident or other injury, or for a condition that would likely result in a period of Incapacity2 of more than three (3) consecutive calendar days in the absence of medical intervention or treatment, such as cancer (chemotherapy, radiation, etc.), severe arthritis (physical therapy), and kidney disease (dialysis).

This optional form may be used by employees to satisfy a mandatory requirement to furnish a medical certification (when requested) from a health care provider, including second or third opinions and recertification (29 C.F.R. 825.306).

___________________________________________

    3  3 Treatment includes examinations to determine if a serious health condition exists and evaluations of the condition.  Treatment does not include routine physical examinations, eye examinations, or dental examinations.

  4  A regimen of continuing treatment includes, for example, a course of prescription medication (e.g., an antibiotic) or therapy requiring special equipment to resolve or alleviate the health condition.  A regimen of treatment does not include the taking of over-the-counter medications such as aspirin, antihistamines, or salves: or bed-rest, drinking fluids, exercise, and other similar activities that can be initiated without a visit to a health care provider.



Master Document: GCCC-EB ©
Child Document: GCCC-EB ©

GCCC-EB ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

EMPLOYER RESPONSE TO EMPLOYEE REQUEST
FOR FAMILY OR MEDICAL LEAVE
(Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993
Optional Use Form - See 29 C.F.R. § 825.300)

Date:  ___________________________

To:     _________________________________________________________
                                                      (Employee's Name)

From: _________________________________________________________
                              (Name of Appropriate Employer Representative)

Subject:  REQUEST FOR FAMILY/MEDICAL LEAVE

On ________________________, you notified us of your need to take
                           (Date)
family/medical leave due to:

◻ The birth of a child, or the placement of a child with you for adoption
       or foster care; or

◻A serious health condition that makes you unable to perform the 
       essential functions for your job; or

◻A serious health condition affecting your ◻ spouse, ◻ child, 
       ◻ parent, for which you are needed to provide care; or

◻A qualifying exigency (as the Secretary shall, by regulation, determine)
       arising out of the fact that the spouse, or a son, daughter, or parent of the
       employee is on active duty (or has been notified of an impending call or
       order to active duty) in the Armed Forces in support of a contingency
       operation.

You notified us that you need this leave beginning on ____________________.                                                                                                                                                                                           (Date)

and that you expect leave to continue until on or about ___________________.
                                                                                                     (Date)

Except as explained below, you have a right under the FMLA for up to twelve (12) weeks of unpaid leave in a twelve (12) month period for the reasons listed above.  Also, your health benefits must be maintained during any period of unpaid leave under the same conditions as if you continued to work, and you must be reinstated to the same or an equivalent job with the same pay, benefits, and terms and conditions of employment on your return from leave.  If you do not return to work following FMLA leave for a reason other than:  1) the continuation, recurrence, or onset of a serious health condition which would entitle you to FMLA leave; or 2) other circumstances beyond your control, you may be required to reimburse us for our share of health insurance premiums paid on your behalf during your FMLA leave.

This is to inform you that: (check appropriate boxes: explain where indicated)

1.  You are ◻ eligible ◻ not eligible for leave under the FMLA.

2.  The requested leave  ◻ will ◻ will not be counted against your annual
     FMLA leave entitlement.

3.  You ◻ will ◻ will not be required to furnish medical certification of a
     serious health condition.  If required, you must furnish certification by
     ________________ (insert date; must be at least fifteen [15] days after 
     you are notified of this requirement), or we may delay the commencement 
     of your leave until the certification is submitted.

4.  You may elect to substitute accrued paid leave for unpaid FMLA leave.  We 
     ◻ will ◻ will not not not require that you substitute accrued paid leave for
     unpaid FMLA leave.  If paid leave will be used, the following conditions will
     apply:  (Explain)

5.  (a)  If you normally pay a portion of the premiums for your health insurance,
           these payments will continue during the period of FMLA leave.
           Arrangements for payment have been discussed with you, and it is
           agreed that you will make premium payments as follows: (Set forth dates,
           e.g., the tenth [10th] of each month, or pay periods, etc., that specifically
           cover the agreement with the employee.)

     (b)  You have a minimum thirty (30)-day (or, indicate longer period, if
           applicable) gace period in which to make premium payments.  If payment
           is not made timely, your group health insurance may be cancelled,
           provided we notify you in writing at least fifteen (15) days before the date
           that your health coverage will lapse, or, at our option, we may pay your
           share of the the premiums during FMLA leave, and recover these pay-
           ments from you upon your return to work.  We  ◻ will ◻ will not pay
           your share of health insurance premiums while you are on leave.

     (c)  We ◻ will ◻ will not do the same with other benefits (e.g., life insurance,
           life insurance, disability insurance, etc.) while you are on FMLA leave.  If
           we do pay your premiums for other benefits, when you return from leave
           you ◻ will ◻ will not be expected to reimburse us for the payments
           made on your behalf.

6.  You  ◻ will ◻ will not be required to present a fitness-for-duty certificate
     prior to being restored to employment.  If such certification is required but not
     received, your return to work may be delayed until certification is provided.

7.  (a)  You ◻ are ◻ are not a "key employee" as described in § 825.217 of the
           FMLA regulations.  If you are a "key employee:" restoration to  employ-
           ment may be denied following FMLA leave on the grounds that such
           restoration will cause substantial and grievous economic injury to the
           District as discussed in § 825.218.

     (b)  We o have o have not determined that restoring you to employment at
           the conclusion of FMLA leave will cause substantial and grievous
           economic harm to us.  ([a] and/or [b] may be explained if requested.  See
           §825.219 of the FMLA regulations.)

8.  While on leave, you ◻ will ◻ will not be required to furnish us with periodic
     reports every __________________________ (indicate interval of periodic
     reports, as appropriate for the particular leave situation) of your status and
     intent to return to work (see § 825.309 of the FMLA regulations).  If the
     circumstances of your leave change and you are able to return to work
     earlier than the date indicated on the reverse side of this form, you ◻ will
     ◻ will not be required to notify us at least two (2) work days prior to the date
     you intend to report to work.

9  You  ◻ will ◻ will not be required to furnish recertification relating to a
    serious health condition.  (Explain below, if necessary, including the interval
    between certifications as prescribed in §825.308 of the FMLA regulations.)

This optional use form may be used to satisfy mandatory employer requirements to provide employees taking FMLA leave with written notice detailing specific expectations and obligations of the employee and explaining any consequences of a failure to meet these obligations.  (29 C.F.R. 825.300(b).)



Master Document: GCCC-EC ©
Child Document: GCCC-EC ©

GCCC-EC ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

YOUR RIGHTS UNDER THE FAMILY AND
MEDICAL LEAVE ACT OF 1993

The Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) requires covered employers to provide up to twelve (12) weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave to "eligible" employees for certain family and medical reasons.  Employees are eligible if they have worked for their employer for at least one (1) year, and for one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) hours over the previous twelve (12) months, and if there are at least fifty (50) employees within seventy-five (75) miles.  The FMLA permits employees to take leave on an intermittent basis or to work a reduced schedule under certain circumstances.

Reasons for Taking Leave

Unpaid leave must be granted for any of the following reasons:

●  To A.  To care for the employee's child after birth, or placement for adoption or foster care;

●  To B.  To care for the employee's spouse, son or daughter, or parent who has a serious health condition; or

●  For C.  For a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the employee's job.

At the employee's or employer's option, certain kinds of paid leave may be substituted for unpaid leave.

Advance Notice and Medical Certification

The employee may be required to provide advance leave notice and medical certification.  Taking of leave may be denied if requirements are not met.

●  The A.  The employee ordinarily must provide thirty (30) days advance notice when the leave is "foreseeable."

●  An B.  An employer may require medical certification to support a request for leave because of a serious health conditionhealth condition, and may require second or third opinions (at the employer's expense) and a fitness for duty report to report to return to work.

Job Benefits and Protection:

●  For A.  For the duration of FMLA leave, the employer must maintain the employee's health coverage under any any "group health plan."

●  Upon B.  Upon return from FMLA leave, most employees must be restored to their original or equivalent positions with equivalent positions with equivalent pay, benefits, and other employment terms.

●  The C.  The use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that accrued prior to the start of an employeestart of an employee's leave.

Unlawful Acts by Employers

FMLA makes it unlawful for any employer to:

●  interfere A.  interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided under FMLA.

●  discharge B.  discharge or discriminate against any person for opposing any practice made unlawful by FMLA or for involvement for involvement in any proceeding under or relating to FMLA.

Enforcement:

●  The A.  The U.S. Department of Labor is authorized to investigate and resolve complaints of violations.

●  An B.  An eligible employee may bring a civil action against an employer for violations.

FMLA does not affect any federal or state law prohibiting discrimination, or supersede any state or local law or collective bargaining agreement which provides greater family or medical leave rights.

For Additional Information

If you have access to the Internet visit the FMLA website: http://www.dol.gov/ esa/whd/fmla.  To locate your nearest Wage-Hour Office, telephone the Wage-Hour toll-free information and help line at 1-866-4USWAGE (1-866-487-9243): a customer service representative is available to assist you with referral information from 8am to 5pm in your time zone; or log onto the following at http://www.wagehour.dol.gov.

A Spanish translation of this form may be downloaded
at http://www.dol.gov/whd/fmla/index.htm



Master Document: GCCC PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY
Child Document: GCCC PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES OF ABSENCE WITHOUT PAY

GCCC GCCC  
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

[FMLA POLICY WHEN FEWER THAN 50 EMPLOYEES]

The District recognizes that on occasion extenuating circumstances arise that may necessitate absence from duty that is not covered by other specific leave provisions of the District.  To address such situations, a leave of absence, without pay, may be granted a member of the certificated or support staff for not longer than one (1) year.

Leave of absence may be requested for, but not limited to, the following purposes:

●  For a A.  For additional education that relates to the employee's primary assignment.  A plan of contemplated course work must be presented.

B.  To provide for an unpaid leave in a situation where the employee will be absent from work because of 1) a reason that conforms to a policy currently in effect but the maximum number of days provided for in that policy will be exceeded, or 2) failure to report to work without prior notification to the Superintendent.

C.  For a leave of absence that benefits or is in the best interest of the District, as determined by the Board upon review upon review of the application.

●  For leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act.

A leave of absence requested pursuant to this policy may be:

●  Approved A.  Approved by the Superintendent if the leave period does not exceed twelve (12) weeks; or

●  Recommended B.  Recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Governing Board if the leave period exceeds twelve exceeds twelve (12) weeks.

A request for leave of absence shall not be denied by the District if the employee is entitled to the leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act.  All other applications for leave of absence may be granted or denied by the District, in its sole discretion.

Each request for such a leave of absence shall be in a written application stating the purpose, starting date, and duration of the leave of absence, the reasons for its necessity or desirability, and any other information the applicant deems relevant to the request.

The leave of absence shall be only for the purpose and duration approved and may not be extended without written approval by the District.

All rights of continuing status (certificated teachers only), retirement, salary increments, and other benefits shall be restored at the level earned when the leave was granted.  All accrued sick, vacation, personal, and other paid leave shall be applied to the leave period unless otherwise agreed to by the District or prohibited by the Family and Medical Leave Act.

Family  and  Medical 

Leave  Act  (FMLA)

The District shall fully comply with the Family and Medical Leave Act and all interim and final regulations interpreting the FMLA issued by the U.S. Department of Labor.  Accordingly, all portions of this policy that pertain to the FMLA shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the FMLA and its regulations.  Subject to the conditions set forth herein, any eligible employee of the District may take up to twelve (12) weeks of leave (FMLA leave) measured backward for each employee from the first time such employee uses leave under FMLA without pay, for any one (1) or more of the following reasons:

●  Because of the birth of a child of the employee and in order to care for such child.

●  Because of the placement of a child with the employee for adoption or foster care.

●  In order to care for the spouse or a son, daughter, or parent of the employee, if such person has a serious health condition.

●  Because of a serious health condition that makes the employee unable to perform the functions of the position of such employee.

●  Because of any qualifying exigency (as the Secretary shall, by regulation, determine) arising out of the fact that the spouse, or a son, daughter, or parent of the employee is on active duty (or has been notified of an impending call or order to active duty) in the Armed Forces in support of a contingency operation.

An eligible employee is one who has been employed by the District at least twelve (12) months and who has completed at least one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) hours of service immediately prior to the time the FMLA leave is to commence.

Serious health condition means an illness, injury, impairment, or physical condition that involves inpatient care in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical facility, or outpatient care with continuing medical treatment by a licensed physician.  Any employee who has been employed by the District at least twelve (12) months and who has completed at least one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) hours of service immediately prior to the time the leave is to commence shall be eligible for FMLA leave.

Special conditions applicable to FMLA.  Entitlement to leave for the birth of a child or the placement of a child for adoption or foster care ends at the expiration of a twelve (12)-month period, beginning on the date of the event.  An eligible employee who is the spouse, son, daughter, parent, or next of kin of a covered servicemember shall be entitled to a total of twenty-six (26) workweeks of leave during a twelve (12)-month period to care for the servicemember.  The leave described to care for a covered servicemember shall only be available during one (1) single twelve (12)-month period.

A husband and wife working for the District may be limited to a total of twelve (12) weeks of leave during each applicable twelve (12)-month period for leave for the birth of a child or the placement of a child for adoption or foster care and to care for an employee's parent with a serious health condition.  The aggregate number of workweeks of leave to which both the husband and wife may be entitled under covered servicemember family leave combined with leave as described in the previous sentence shall be limited to twenty-six (26) workweeks during one (1) single twelve (12)-month period.

The District shall not require an employee to substitute accrued sick leave for FMLA leave used by reason of a birth, adoption, or foster placement.  An employee shall substitute accrued vacation or other paid leave for FMLA leave used by reason of a birth, adoption, or foster placement, to the extent available by policy, unless otherwise agreed to by the District.  In any other circumstance, an employee's accrued sick, vacation, or other paid leave shall be substituted for FMLA leave, to the extent available by policy, unless otherwise agreed to by the District.

Notice.  An employee must provide at least thirty (30) days notice before the FMLA leave is to begin if the need for the leave is foreseeable based on an expected birth, placement for adoption, or foster care, planned medical treatment for a serious health condition, or military service leave of the employee or family member.  If thirty (30) days notice is not practicable, notice must be given as soon as practicable.  The notice shall be in the form of a request for leave of absence as specified in this policy.  The District may deny FMLA leave to any eligible employee until such time as the employee has provided the required notice.

Certification.  All FMLA leave shall be supported by medical certificate provided by the employee's health provider in the form of the exhibit accompanying this policy.  In any instance where the FMLA leave must be preceded by thirty (30) days notice, the medical certificate should accompany the request for leave of absence.  In any other instance, the medical certificate should be provided within fifteen (15) days after the FMLA leave commences.

Certification of active military duty or call to active duty in support of a contingency operation for purpose of receiving family leave shall be required under the same conditions as FMLA certification for leave indicated above.

The employee may be requested (at the District's expense) to provide recertification of medical conditions in support of leave if the District feels that the circumstances so warrant and notice is given.  Recertification shall not be required for intervals shorter than thirty (30) days.

Whenever a medical certification or recertification is required of an employee, notice describing such requirement and providing the form of such certification shall be provided to the employee.  An employee shall not be denied FMLA leave or other rights under the FMLA unless a notice required by FMLA in such situation has first been provided to the employee.

In the case of continuation, recurrence, or onset of a serious health condition to the employee, covered family of the employee (including a servicemember being cared for by an employee) and the employee is unable to return to work, certification issued by the health care provider of the entity with the serious health condition shall be required to support the inability of the employee to return to work.

Intermittent or reduced time (IRT) leave. FMLA leave may be taken intermittently or on a reduced leave schedule under the following circumstances:

●  If medically necessary to care for a family member or for the employee's own serious  health condition;

●  Because of any qualifying exigency the spouse, or a son, daughter, or parent, of the employee is on active duty, or notified of an impending call or order to active duty in support of a contingency operation; or

●  If approved by the District.

The District may, for the term of the leave, transfer the employee to an alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits.

If the IRT leave is for an instructional employee (one whose principal function is to instruct students in a class, small group, or as individuals), the District can require the employee either to take leave for a period or periods of a particular duration not greater than the duration of the planned treatment or to transfer temporarily to an available alternative position with equivalent pay and benefits that provides better accommodation of recurring periods of leave, provided the leave is:

●  Requested to care for a qualifying family member or as a result of the employee's serious health condition preventing job performance;

●  Foreseeable, based upon planned medical treatment; and

●  For more than twenty percent (20%) of the working days in the leave period.

The employee may be granted leave under these circumstances, subject to reasonable efforts to schedule treatment so as not to unduly disrupt the educational program.

Special end-of-semester circumstances for instructional employees.  Under each of the following conditions, leave for an instructional employee may be required to continue to the end of the academic semester:

●  Leave begins more than five (5) weeks before the end of the semester, leave is for at least three (3) weeks, and return to employment would occur during the last three (3) weeks of the semester.

●  Leave other than for the employee's serious health condition begins within the last five (5) weeks of the semester, leave is for greater than two (2) weeks duration, and return to employment would occur during the last two (2) weeks of the semester.

●  Leave other than for the employee's serious health condition begins within the last three (3) weeks of the semester and leave exceeds five (5) working days.

Employee notification. With each request for FMLA leave, the employee shall be notified:

●  About FMLA by provision of the FMLA fact sheet (Exhibit EE).

●  As appropriate concerning the expectations, obligations, and consequences of taking FMLA leave per 29 C.F.R. 825.301 of FMLA.

●  That FMLA leave may be withheld until a requested notice is provided or the time frame is met.

●  That if leave is granted to an employee who is unable to perform the work required, restoration may be denied until the employee has complied with the request to provide medical certification of ability to return to work.

The District will post notices in conspicuous places on the District premises that provide a summary of FMLA and information on how to file a charge for an FMLA violation.

Health care continuation.  An employee taking FMLA leave shall be entitled to have the health care plan in which the employee is participating continue under the same terms and conditions applicable to actively working employees.  The District shall require the repayment of any health care premiums paid by the District for continuing coverage during the period of the FMLA leave if the employee fails to return to work after the FMLA leave expires and the failure to return is not due to circumstances beyond the employee's control.

Position restoration.  Upon return from FMLA leave, an employee shall be restored to the same position held before the FMLA leave commenced or to an equivalent position with equivalent pay, benefits, and working conditions.  The District requires an employee to provide a medical certificate from a health care provider that the employee is able to resume work before returning from FMLA leave for a serious personal health condition.  The District may delay the return of an instructional employee from FMLA leave at the end of a semester, in accordance with Section 825.602 of FMLA rules.  The District may deny restoration of position to any key employee (i.e., one who is among the highest-paid ten percent [10%] of all employees of the District), in accordance with Section 825.218 of FMLA rules.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

As the District has fewer than fifty (50) employees within a seventy-five (75) mile radius, District personnel are not eligible for provisions of the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA).

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-510Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993
29 C.F.R. Part 825

Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993



Master Document: GCCC-ED ©
Child Document: GCCC-ED ©

GCCC-ED ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

MILITARY FAMILY LEAVE

On January 28, 2008, President Bush signed into law the The National Defense Authorization Act for FY 2008 (NDAA), Public Law 110-181. , Section 585(a) of the NDAA , amended the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (FMLA) to provide eligible employees working for covered employers two (2) important new leave rights related to military service:

(1)  New Qualifying Reason for Leave.  Eligible employees are entitled to up to twelve (12) weeks of leave because of "any qualifying exigency" arising out of the fact that the spouse, son, daughter, or parent of the employee is on active duty, or has been notified of an impending call to active duty status, in support of a contingency operation.  By the terms of the statute, this provision requires the Secretary of Labor to issue regulations defining "any qualifying exigency."  In the interim, employers are encouraged to provide this type of leave to qualifying employees.

(2)  New Leave Entitlement.  An eligible employee who is the spouse, son, daughter, parent, or next of kin of a covered servicemember who is recovering from a serious illness or injury sustained in the line of duty on active duty is entitled to up to twenty-six (26) weeks of leave in a single twelve (12)-month period to care for the servicemember.  This provision became effective immediately upon enactment.  This military caregiver leave is available during "a single twelve (12)-month period" during which an eligible employee is entitled to a combined total of twenty-six (26) weeks of all types of FMLA leave.

Additional information on the amendments and a version of Title I of the FMLA with the new statutory language incorporated are available on the FMLA amendments Web site at http://www.dol.gov/esa/whd/fmla/ NDAA_fmla.htm.

A Spanish translation of this form may be downloaded
at http://www.dol.gov/whd/fmla/index.htm



Master Document: GCCC-EE ©
Child Document: GCCC-EE ©

GCCC-EE ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
LEAVES  OF  ABSENCE  WITHOUT  PAY

FACT SHEET NO. 28:
THE FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT OF 1993

The U.S. Department of Labor's Employment Standards Administration, Wage and Hour Division, administers and enforces the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) for all private, state and local government employees, and some federal employees.  Most federal and certain congressional employees are also covered by the law and are subject to the jurisdiction of the U.S. Office of Personnel Management or the Congress.

The FMLA became effective on August 5, 1993 for most employers and entitles eligible employees to take up to twelve (12) weeks of unpaid, job-protected leave in a twelve (12)-month period for specified family and medical reasons.  Amendments to the FMLA by the National Defense Authorization Act for FY 2008 (NDAA).  Public Law 110-181, expanded the FMLA to allow eligible employees to take up to twelve (12) weeks of job-protected leave in the applicable twelve (12)-month period for any "qualifying exigency" arising out of the fact that a covered military member is on active duty, or has been notified of an impending call or order to active duty, in support of a contingency operation.  The NDAA also amended the FMLA to allow eligible employees to take up to twenty-six (26) weeks of job-protected leave in a "single twelve (12)-month period" to care for a covered servicemember with a serious injury or illness.

Employer  Coverage

FMLA applies to all public agencies, including state, local and federal employers, local education agencies (schools), and private-sector employers who employed fifty (50) or more employees in twenty (20) or more workweeks in the current or preceding calendar year, including joint employers and successors of covered employers.

Employee  Eligibility

To be eligible for FMLA benefits, an employee must:

●  work

A.  work for a covered employer;

●  have

B.  have worked for the employer for a total of twelve (12) months;

●  have

C.  have worked at least one thousand two hundred fifty (1,250) hours over the previous twelve (12) months; and

●  work

D.  work at a location in the United States or in any territory or possession of the United States where at least

fifty

fifty (50) employees are employed by the employer within seventy-five (75) miles.

While the twelve (12) months of employment need not be consecutive, employment periods prior to a break in service of seven (7) years or more need not be counted unless the break is occasioned by the employee's fulfillment of his or her National Guard or Reserve military obligation (as protected under the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act (USERRA)), or a written agreement, including a collective bargaining agreement, exists concerning the employer's intention to rehire the employee after the break in service.  See, special

rules 

rules for returning reservists under USERRA.

Leave  Entitlement

A covered employer must grant an eligible employee up to a total of twelve (12) workweeks of unpaid leave during any twelve (12)-month period for one (1) or more of the following reasons:

●  For

A.  For the birth and care of a newborn child of the employee;

●  For

B.  For placement with the employee of a son or daughter for adoption or foster care;

●  To

C.  To care for a spouse, son, daughter, or parent with a serious health condition;

●  To

D.  To take medical leave when the employee is unable to work because of a serious health condition; or

●  For

E.  For qualifying exigencies arising out of the fact that the employee's spouse, son, daughter, or parent is

on active

on active duty or call to active duty status as a member of the National Guard or Reserves in support of

a contingency

a contingency operation.

A covered employer also must grant an eligible employee who is a spouse, son, daughter, parent, or next of kin of a current member of the Armed Forces, including a member of the National Guard or Reserves, with a serious injury or illness up to a total of twenty-six (26) workweeks of unpaid leave during a "single twelve (12)-month period" to care for the servicemember.

Spouses employed by the same employer are limited in the amount of family leave they may take for the birth and care of a newborn child, placement of a child for adoption or foster care, or to care for a parent who has a serious health condition to a combined total of twelve (12) weeks (or twenty-six [26] weeks if leave to care for a covered servicemember with a serious injury or illness is also used).  Leave for birth and care, or placement for adoption or foster care, must conclude within twelve (12) months of the birth or placement.

Under some circumstances, employees may take FMLA leave intermittently - taking leave in separate blocks of time for a single qualifying reason - or on a reduced leave schedule - reducing the employee's usual weekly or daily work schedule.  When leave is needed for planned medical treatment, the employee must make a reasonable effort to schedule treatment so as not to unduly disrupt the employer's operation.  If FMLA leave is for birth and care, or placement for adoption or foster care, use of intermittent leave is subject to the employer's approval.

Under certain conditions, employees or employers may choose to "substitute" (run concurrently) accrued paid leave (such as sick or vacation leave) to cover some or all of the FMLA leave.  An employee's ability to substitute accrued paid leave is determined by the terms and conditions of the employer's normal leave policy.

"Serious health condition" means an illness, injury, impairment, or physical or mental condition that involves either:

●  Inpatient

A.  Inpatient care (i.e., an overnight stay) in a hospital, hospice, or residential medical-care facility,

including any period

including any period of incapacity (i.e., inability to work, attend school, or perform other regular daily activities)

or subsequent

or subsequent treatment in connection with such inpatient care; or

●  Continuing

B.  Continuing treatment by a health care provider, which includes:

■  A

1.  A period of incapacity lasting more than three (3) consecutive, full calendar days, and any

subsequent treatment

subsequent treatment or period of incapacity relating to the same condition, that also includes:

⇒  treatment

a.  treatment two (2) or more times by or under the supervision of a health care provider (i.e.,

in

 in-person visits, the first within seven

(

[7

)

] days and both within thirty

(

[30

)

] days of the

first day

first day of incapacity); or

⇒  one

b.  one (1) treatment by a health care provider (i.e., an in-person visit within seven

(

[7

)

] days of

the first

the first day of incapacity) with a continuing regimen of treatment (e.g., prescription medication,

physical

 physical therapy); or

■  Any

2.  Any period of incapacity related to pregnancy or for prenatal care.  A visit to the health care provider

is not

is not necessary for each absence; or

■  Any

3.  Any period of incapacity or treatment for a chronic serious health condition which continues over

an extended

an extended period of time, requires periodic visits (at least twice a year) to a health care provider,

and may

and may involve occasional episodes of incapacity.  A visit to a health care provider is not necessary

for each

for each absence; or

■  A

4.  A period of incapacity that is permanent or long-term due to a condition for which treatment may not

be effective

be effective.  Only supervision by a health care provider is required, rather than active treatment; or

■  Any

5.  Any absences to receive multiple treatments for restorative surgery or for a condition that would

likely result

likely result in a period of incapacity of more than three (3) days if not treated.

Maintenance  of  Health  Benefits

A covered employer is required to maintain group health insurance coverage for an employee on FMLA leave whenever such insurance was provided before the leave was taken and on the same terms as if the employee had continued to work.  If applicable, arrangements will need to be made for employees to pay their share of health insurance premiums while on leave.  In some instances, the employer may recover premiums it paid to maintain health coverage for an employee who fails to return to work from FMLA leave.

Job  Restoration

Upon return from FMLA leave, an employee must be restored to the employee's original job, or to an equivalent job with equivalent pay, benefits, and other terms and conditions of employment.  An employee's use of FMLA leave cannot result in the loss of any employment benefit that the employee earned or was entitled to before using FMLA leave, nor be counted against the employee under a "no fault" attendance policy.  If a bonus or other payment, however, is based on the achievement of a specified goal such as hours worked, products sold, or perfect attendance, and the employee has not met the goal due to FMLA leave, payment may be denied unless it is paid to an employee on equivalent leave status for a reason that does not qualify as FMLA leave.

An employee has no greater right to restoration or to other benefits and conditions of employment than if the employee had been continuously employed.

Notice  and  Certification

Employee Notice

Employees seeking to use FMLA leave are required to provide thirty (30)-day advance notice of the need to take FMLA leave when the need is foreseeable and such notice is practicable.  If leave is foreseeable less than thirty (30) days in advance, the employee must provide notice as soon as practicable - generally, either the same or next business day.  When the need for leave is not foreseeable, the employee must provide notice to the employer as soon as practicable under the facts and circumstances of the particular case.  Absent unusual circumstances, employees must comply with the employer's usual and customary notice and procedural requirements for requesting leave.

Employees must provide sufficient information for an employer reasonably to determine whether the FMLA may apply to the leave request.  Depending on the situation, such information may include that the employee is incapacitated due to pregnancy, has been hospitalized overnight, is unable to perform the functions of the job, and/or that the employee or employee's qualifying family member is under the continuing care of a health care provider.

When an employee seeks leave for a FMLA-qualifying reason for the first time, the employee need not expressly assert FMLA rights or even mention the FMLA.  When an employee seeks leave, however, due to a FMLA-qualifying reason for which the employer has previously provided the employee FMLA-protected leave, the employee must specifically reference either the qualifying reason for leave or the need for FMLA leave.

Employer Notice

Covered employers must post a notice approved by the Secretary of Labor explaining rights and responsibilities under FMLA.  An employer that willfully violates this posting requirement may be subject to a fine of up to one hundred ten dollars ($110) for each separate offense.  Additionally, employers must either include this general notice in employee handbooks or other written guidance to employees concerning benefits, or must distribute a copy of the notice to each new employee upon hiring.

When an employee requests FMLA leave or the employer acquires knowledge that leave may be for a FMLA purpose, the employer must notify the employee of his or her eligibility to take leave, and inform the employee of his/her rights and responsibilities under FMLA.  When the employer has enough information to determine that leave is being taken for a FMLA-qualifying reason, the employer must notify the employee that the leave is designated and will be counted as FMLA leave.

Certification

Employers may require that an employee's request for leave due to a serious health condition affecting the employee or a covered family member be supported by a certification from a health care provider.  An employer may require second or third medical opinions (at the employer's expense) and periodic recertification of a serious health condition.  An employer may use a health care provider, a human resource professional, a leave administrator, or a management official - but not the employee's direct supervisor - to authenticate or clarify a medical certification of a serious health condition.  An employer may have a uniformly-applied policy requiring employees returning from leave for their own serious health condition to submit a certification that they are able to resume work.  If reasonable safety concerns exist, an employer may, under certain circumstances, require such a certification for employees returning from intermittent FMLA leave.

Unlawful  Acts

It is unlawful for any employer to interfere with, restrain, or deny the exercise of any right provided by FMLA.  It is also unlawful for an employer to discharge or discriminate against any individual for opposing any practice, or because of involvement in any proceeding, related to FMLA.

Enforcement

The Wage and Hour Division investigates complaints.  If violations cannot be satisfactorily resolved, the U.S. Department of Labor may bring action in court to compel compliance.  Individuals may also be able to bring a private civil action against an employer for violations.

Other  Provisions

Special rules apply to employees of local education agencies.  Generally, these rules apply to intermittent leave or when leave is required near the end of a school term.

Salaried executive, administrative, and professional employees of covered employers who meet the Fair Labor Standards Act (FLSA) criteria for exemption from minimum wage and overtime under Regulations, 29 C.F.R. Part 541, do not lose their FLSA-exempt status by using any unpaid FMLA leave.  This special exception to the "salary basis" requirements for FLSA's exemption extends only to an "eligible" employee's use of leave required by FMLA.

For additional information, visit the Wage and Hour Division Website: http://www.wagehour.dol.gov and/or call the toll-free information and helpline, available 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. in your time zone, 1-866- 4USWAGE (1-866-487-9243).



Master Document: GCCD © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF MILITARY / LEGAL LEAVE
Child Document: GCCD © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF MILITARY / LEGAL LEAVE

GCCD ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
MILITARY / LEGAL  LEAVE

The Board recognizes the fact that its employees have citizenship responsibilities, and, in order to make it possible for said employees to carry out their responsibilities to the city, county, state, or nation, the Board will grant leaves, in addition to jury duty, when an employee is called to attend field training services for the Military Reserve or National Guard and when an employee is a victim of a juvenile or adult crime exercising a right to be present at a proceeding as defined in statute.

When an employee receives notice that requires leave as delineated above, it is the responsibility of the employee to notify the Superintendent or principal.

Jury  Duty

It is recognized by the Board that no employee is exempt from jury duty and that leaves of absence for such duty must be granted.

●  Only A.  Only the regular salary may be received by an employee on jury duty.

■  It 1.  It is the responsibility of the employee to reimburse the District for jury duty pay when such payment is made payment is made directly to the employee.  Failure to reimburse the District at the completion of the jury duty service duty service will result in a full deduction equal to the number of contract days missed.

■  An 2.  An employee excused from jury duty after being summoned shall report for regular duty as soon as possibleas possible.  Failure to report for duty will result in a deduction equal to that portion of a contract day missed day missed [A.R.S. 21-236].

Victim  Leave

Statute provides that an employer who has fifty (50) or more employees shall permit an employee leave if the employee is the victim of juvenile or adult crime and is exercising a right to be present at a proceeding as defined in A.R.S. 8-420 or 13-4439.  Compensation may be provided if the employee has available vacation or to the extent other leave may be available by policy.

●  An A.  An employee's accrued vacation, personal, sick or other applicable leave shall be used to the extent available by available by policy.

●  If B.  If paid leave is unavailable, the employee must request an unpaid leave of absence in accord with policy.

●  Before C.  Before an employee may leave work for this purpose, the employee shall provide the employer with a copy of copy of the form provided by law enforcement and if applicable a copy of the information the law enforcement agency enforcement agency provides the employee pursuant to either A.R.S. 8-386 or 13-4405.

●  Leave D.  Leave for this purpose may be limited if the leave creates an undue hardship to the employer's business.

Military  Leave

●  An A.  An employee who is a member of the Military Reserve or National Guard shall be entitled to leave of absence without absence without loss of pay, time, or efficiency rating when engaged in field training [A.R.S. 26-168 and 38-610].

●  An B.  An employee who is a member of the uniformed service may use any vacation leave or other accumulated paid accumulated paid time off during their service, or may take unpaid leave of absence.

●  The C.  The District must reemploy uniformed service members, as defined in 38 U.S.C. 4303, returning from a period of period of service, if the service member:

■  Was 1.  Was employed by the District.

■  Gave 2.  Gave the District notice that he or she was leaving the job for service in the uniformed services, unless giving unless giving notice was precluded by military necessity or otherwise impossible or unreasonable.

■  Has 3.  Has a cumulative period of service in the uniformed services not exceeding five (5) years.

■  Was 4.  Was not released from service under dishonorable or other punitive conditions.

■  Has 5.  Has reported back to the District in a timely manner or has submitted a timely application for reemployment in accordance with the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act.

Adopted:  April 2, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
8-386
8-420
13-4405
15-502
16-402
21-236
26-168
38-610

A.G.O. 
I80-177
38 U.S.C. 4301 et seq., Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment

     Rights Act



Master Document: GCCD-E ©
Child Document: GCCD-E ©

GCCD-E ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
MILITARY / LEGAL  LEAVE

Part 200 - Regulations Under the Uniformed Services 
Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994

(Appendix to Part 1002 -

Your 

Your Rights

Under

Under USERRA)

The  Uniformed  Services  Employment 

and  Reemployment  Rights  Act

USERRA protects the job rights of individuals who voluntarily or involuntarily leave employment positions to undertake military service or certain types of service in the National Disaster Medical System.

 

USERRA also prohibits employers from discriminating against past and present

members 

members of the uniformed services, and applicants to the uniformed services.

Reemployment  Rights

Reemployment  Rights

You

Your have the right to be reemployed in your civilian job if you leave that job to perform service in the uniformed service and

:

;

●  you

A.  you ensure that your employer receives advance written or verbal notice of your service;

●  you

B.  you have five years or less of cumulative service in the uniformed services while with that particular employer;

●  you

C.  you return to work or apply for reemployment in a timely manner after conclusion of service; and

●  you

D.  you have not been separated from service with a disqualifying discharge or under other than

honorable conditions

honorable conditions.

If you are eligible to be reemployed, you must be restored to

the

 the job and benefits you would have attained if you had not been absent due to military service or, in some cases, a comparable job.

Right  to  be  Free from Discrimination  and 

Right  to  be  Free  from  Discrimination

and Retaliation

If you:

●  are

A.  are a past or present member of the uniformed service;

●  have

B.  have applied for membership in the uniformed service; or

●  are

C.  are obligated to serve in the uniformed service;

then an employer may not deny you:

●  initial

A.  initial employment;

●  reemployment

B.  reemployment;

●  retention

C.  retention in employment;

●  promotion

D.  promotion; or

●  any benefit of employment

E.  any benefit of employment;

Because

because of this status.

In addition, an employer may not retaliate against anyone

assisting 

assisting in the enforcement of USERRA rights, including testifying or making a statement in connection with a proceeding under USERRA, even if that person has no service connection.

Health  Insurance 

Health Insurance Protection:

●  If

A.  If you leave your job to perform military service, you have the right to elect to continue your

existing employer

existing employer-based health plan coverage for you and your dependents for up to

24 months while

twenty-four (24) months while in the military.

●  Even

B.  Even if you don't elect to continue coverage during your military service, you have the right to be

reinstated in

reinstated in your employer's health plan when you are reemployed, generally without any waiting periods or

exclusions

exclusions (e.g., pre-existing condition exclusions) except for service-connected illnesses or injuries.

Enforcement:

●  The

A.  The U.S. Department of Labor, Veterans Employment and Training Service (VETS) is authorized

to investigate

to investigate and resolve complaints of USERRA violations.

●  For

B.  For assistance in filing a complaint, or for any other information on USERRA, contact VETS

at 

at 1-866-4-USA-DOL or visit its website

at

at http://www.dol.gov/vets.

An

 An interactive online

USERRA Advisor

USERRA Advisor can be viewed

at

at http://www.dol.gov/elaws/ userra.htm.

●  If

C.  If you file a complaint with VETS and VETS is unable to resolve it, you may request that your

case 

be referred to the Department 

case be referred to the Department of Justice for representation.

●  You

D.  You may also bypass the VETS process and bring a civil action against an employer for violations

of USERRA

of USERRA.

The rights listed here may vary depending on the circumstances.

This

 This notice was prepared by VETS, and may be viewed on the

internet

Internet at this address:

http

 http://www.dol.gov/vets/programs/userra/ poster.htm

Federal law requires employers to notify employees of their rights under USERRA, and employers may meet this requirement by displaying this notice where they customarily place notices for employees.

U

                                                   U.S. Department of Labor, Veterans

Employment and Training Service 

Washington, DC 20210

1



                                                     Employment and Training Service

                                                             Washington, DC 20210

                                                                   1-866-487-2365



Master Document: GCCE © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF CONFERENCES / VISITATIONS / WORKSHOPS
Child Document: GCCE PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF CONFERENCES / VISITATIONS / WORKSHOPS

GCCE ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
CONFERENCES / VISITATIONS / WORKSHOPS

To attend meetings or conferences, employees must obtain approval from the administration as follows:

●  Professional visit in-state of one (1) day or less:

■  Request must be received and approved by the principal and forwarded to the Superintendent's office according to the travel approval guidelines.

●  Professional visit in-state and out-of-state for more than one (1) day:

■  Request must be received and approved by the principal and sent to the Superintendent's office at according to the travel approval guidelines.  Requires Governing Board approval.

at least twenty (20) days prior to the meeting or conference dates (whenever such prior request is possible).

The following guides will be used in granting released time and/or travel expense:

●  Value A.  Value of the meeting or conference.

●  Funds B.  Funds available in the appropriate budgets.

●  Availability C.  Availability of a substitute, if one is necessary.

With prior approval, expenses associated with authorized employee attendance at meetings and conferences may be eligible for compensation in accordance with District Policy DKC.  Staff member travel and expense for participation in student field trips and excursions shall be in accordance with District Policy IJOA.

Employee absences for attendance at or participation in professional association activities are not eligible for compensation under the employee's contract or work agreement.  The District may authorize an employee to take other eligible unused accumulated compensated leave for a personal, professional, or other lawful purpose.

For the purpose of this policy, professional association activities for which compensation is not available do not include in-service training in the certificated employee's assigned area of employment.

Adopted:  September 7, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-504
38-621

CROSS REF.: 
GCB - Professional Staff Contracts and Compensation
GCC - Professional/Support Staff Leaves of Absence
GDB - Support Staff Contracts and Compensation
IJOA - Field Trips



Master Document: GCCF © SABBATICAL LEAVE
Child Document: Non Existing

GCCF ©
SABBATICAL  LEAVE

Sabbatical leave may be granted to certificated teaching and administrative personnel for a maximum of one (1) year when conforming to Arizona Revised Statute, 15-510.

Application for sabbatical leave must be received by March 15.  It will be considered within the framework of all applicable law, on the basis of improvement of professional preparation and/or the educational program of the District, current assignment of the individual, value of the leave to the District, and funds that are available.

An employee's sabbatical leave will be governed by applicable Arizona Revised Statutes.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-510
A.G.O. 
I81-053



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCCE-R

GCCE-R 

REGULATION

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
CONFERENCES / VISITATIONS / WORKSHOPS

(Travel Reimbursement/Claims)

Travel should be fair and reasonable, but planned for the convenience of the District, using the most economical means.  District travel claims will be administered in accordance with the State of Arizona Travel Policy available on-line at http://www.gao.az.gov/publications/SAAM/SAAM-2d-022008.pdf.  Non-compliance with State Travel Policy or the improper claim of expenses may result in the appropriate disciplinary action.

●  All travel must have the prior approval of the Superintendent and, if two (2) or more school days are involved, the Governing Board's approval.  This is accomplished through the "Professional Visit Request" form (Exhibit GCCE-E).  This form is required for summer travel also.  Forms are to be submitted originally to the Superintendent's office for approval.

●  The professional visit form is the guideline for reimbursement when the travel reimbursement form is submitted to accounting.  Consequently, it is important that the traveler list all costs which will be incurred, including those paid for by purchase orders when filing out the professional visit request.  Please include any necessary purchase requisitions required for the specific trip when submitting the professional visit request form to the Superintendent's office.

●  Employees are urged to complete the Professional Visit Requests as completely as possible.  Because the form requires Board approval as to permission to travel and anticipated expenditures, any dollar amount claimed exceeding the dollar amount approved by the Board on the Professional Visit Request may not be reimbursed.

●  Travel reimbursement forms must be signed by both the traveler and principal.  If travel is for more than one (1) day, expenditures must be listed by day, rather than in one (1) lump sum.  Claims must include the purpose of travel (written out rather than abbreviated).

●  If travel is by plane, the passenger copy of the ticket must be attached to the travel claim.  Invoices for air fare purchased by District purchase order must be submitted to the accounting department as soon as possible for payment.

●  Actual lodging receipts must be submitted for reimbursement.  Lodging reimbursement will only be made for travel outside a fifty (50)-mile radius from the employee's personal residence and duty post.  Rates are based on the state-approved per diem rates.  Conference lodging reimbursement may not exceed the higher of the state-approved per diem rates or the least expensive single establishment.  Documentation listing the hotel as a conference hotel must be submitted with the reimbursement request if state-approved per diem rates are exceeded.

●  Meal receipts are generally not required under state guidelines for reimbursement; however, reimbursement is for actual expenses.  Actual costs should be reported if lower than the maximum rate.

Meal costs within the valley area are not eligible for reimbursement.  Meal rates vary by location and time of year.  The District will not reimburse meals without an overnight stay and only for travel outside a fifty (50)-mile radius from the employee's personal residence and duty post.

Meal reimbursement should be prorated for partial travel days in accordance with the following cost index which provides for five (5) different meal reimbursement rates:

Breakfast   $  9.00    $  9.00    $10.00    $11.00     $12.00    $13.00
Lunch           11.00      11.00      13.00      14.00      15.00      16.00
Dinner          21.00      24.00      26.00      29.00      32.00      35.00
Maximum   $41.00    $44.00    $49.00    $54.00    $59.00    $64.00

●  A copy of the program and any registration receipts must be submitted to verify type of conference or meeting attended.

●  Reimbursement claims need to be submitted to accounting within thirty (30) days of travel.  This will allow Finance to monitor budgets accurately.

Remember, travel claims receive thorough audit; therefore, please make sure all required substantiating documents accompany your claim and it is accurately filled out and signed, both by the traveling employee and school administrator.

Key Travel Information:

●  Maximum transportation, lodging and meal reimbursement rates are available on-line at http://www.gao.az.gov/publications/SAAM/Supp_I_trvrates-012308.pdf.

●  Original receipts for the following expenses are required to be submitted with all travel claims:

■  All airline expenses.

■  All lodging expenses (itemized).

■  All rental car expenses (itemized).

■  All common carrier or train expenses.

■  All chartered aircraft and aircraft rental and fuel expenses (itemized).

■  All aircraft landing and aircraft parking fees.

■  All airport motor vehicle parking expenses.

■  All bridge and toll road expense.

■  All transportation including taxi cabs.

■  All communication expenses (itemized).

■  All other individual expenses (including tax) of seventy-five dollars ($75) or more.

●  Travel - For purposes of determining travel status, the traveler must be on official District business.  Travel begins when the traveler leaves the personal residence or duty post, whichever occurs last, and ends when the traveler returns to the personal residence or duty post, whichever occurs first.  To be eligible for lodging, and meal expenses, the traveler must travel outside a radius of fifty (50) miles from the traveler's personal residence and duty post.  A traveler may be eligible for a partial day meal reimbursement (less than eighteen [18] hours in travel status) even if lodging is not required.

Lodging:

●  Conference Designated Lodging - The hotel at which the conference is being held or the hotel(s) specified in the conference brochure.  Accommodations at alternate hotels in the immediate vicinity of the conference may be considered as conference designated lodging when no vacancies exist at the recommended hotel(s).  In other words, if all of the hotels listed in the conference brochure are full, then the traveler may use a nearby hotel whose cost is no greater than the lowest single room rate listed on the conference brochure or the allowable rate for that city.

●  Lodging expense - The actual cost of the room charge, mandatory service charges, and taxes.  The actual daily room charge reimbursed is limited to the maximum lodging reimbursement rate.  The daily room charge includes all mandatory service charges (parking, resort fees. etc.), that are charged at the discretion of the facility and not required by law.  Service charges that are incurred at the discretion of the traveler are not reimbursed.  Energy surcharges are to be fully reimbursed as a separate charge and are not to be considered part of the daily room charge.

Automobile Costs:

●  Mileage reimbursement - For travel by personal vehicle is currently forty-four and one-half cents (44.5¢) per mile.

●  Business mileage - The traveler must use only the business miles for the most direct route to and from each destination.  An amount must be calculated and excluded from the daily business miles for normal commuting miles when traveling between the traveler's personal residence and a temporary duty post.

●  Privately-owned or Rental vehicle - A traveler may use a privately-owned motor vehicle or a rental vehicle for official District business if it is the most cost effective mode of travel or if it is determined to be more convenient for the District (saves travel time.)  The expense should normally be less expensive than a taxi, airfare or using another alternative method of transportation.

●  Taxi, commuter bus, and airport limousine expense - The actual reasonable cost of fares for these and other types of transportation taken by the traveler between:  1) The traveler's home and airport or station; 2) The airport or station and the traveler's temporary lodging, 3) The traveler's temporary lodging and the location of a business meeting, conference, or temporary duty post, and 4) The lodging or temporary post, to a location for meals, if meals are not available within a reasonable distance of the lodging facility or duty post.

Meals:

●  Meal expense - The actual cost spent for food, beverages (excluding alcohol), taxes, and related tips.  Also includes the actual cost spent for transportation between places of lodging or business and places where meals are taken, if suitable meals can be obtained within a reasonable distance of the lodging or duty post.  When comparing the actual daily or specific meal cost to the maximum meal reimbursement rate, beverages, taxes and tips are included.

●  Full day meal allowance - A travel day of eighteen (18) or more hours shall be considered a full day and entitle the traveler to reimbursement for up to three (3) meal reimbursements equal to the lesser of the amount actually spent for the meals or the maximum reimbursement rate daily total for the location.  If the traveler does not purchase a substantial meal, or is provided a meal in the cost for other travel related expenses such as a conference fee or airfare, the traveler is not eligible for reimbursement for that meal.

●  Partial day meal allowance - When the travel day is less than a full day, the following guidelines will be applied to the reimbursement of amounts spent for meals:

■  Six (6) hours in travel status - qualifies for one (1) meal reimbursement up to the lesser of the amount actually spent for the meal or the maximum reimbursement rate.

■  Twelve (12) hours in travel status - qualifies for two (2) meal reimbursements up to the lesser of the amount actually spent for the meal or the maximum reimbursement rate.

Meal cut off hours are as follows:

Travel Status Hours

 

Meal Consume Time

 

Breakfast

 

Lunch

 

Dinner

at least 6

12:00 am - 10:00 am

Yes

No

No

at least 6

10:01 am - 4:00 pm

No

Yes

No

at least 6

4:01 pm - 11:59 pm

No

No

Yes

at least 12

12:00 am - 4:00 pm

Yes

Yes

No

at least 12

10:01 am - 11:59 pm

No

Yes

Yes

at least 12

4:01 pm - 7:00 am

Yes

No

Yes

at least 16

12:00 am - 11:59 pm

Yes

Yes

Yes

●  Cost of meals included with other charges - The traveler is not entitled to a meal allowance for substantial meals provided free at a state institution, on an airplane, included in conference registration fees or provided on a complimentary basis by the facility at which one is lodged.  A substantial meal is one that normally contains a serving of protein in the form of meat, poultry, fish, seafood or eggs.

●  Meal reimbursement rate - The rate includes the cost of the meal, tax, tip and the cost spent for transportation between places of lodging or business and places where meals are taken, if suitable meals can be obtained within a reasonable distance of the lodging or duty post.

Air Travel:

●  Air travel coach or economy class - Coach, economy or other discounted class of fare should be used for commercial airline travel.  Travelers should check for the lowest fare and consider connecting flights when practical.

●  Airport parking and transportation:

■  The most reasonable and customary means of transportation should be used when traveling to and from airports or other transportation terminals.

■  Airport parking in an economy lot (West Economy and East Economy Uncovered Lots currently charge nine dollars ($9)/day), and mileage expense for a privately-owned motor vehicle is allowed only if less than round-trip taxi/shuttle fare between the traveler's residence and the airport, or duty post and airport, whichever is applicable.  Airport parking will be reimbursed at a maximum of nine dollars ($9)/day, comparable to the cost of an economy lot.

■  If a traveler is dropped off or picked up at the airport terminal using a privately-owned vehicle, no parking is reimbursable.

Other:

●  Late Claims - Claims submitted more than thirty (30) days after a fiscal/grant year will not be reimbursed.

●  Cancellation or late charges - No reimbursement will be made for cancellation or late charges when incurred for personal reasons that are considered avoidable.

●  Recreation and social activities - No reimbursement will be made for recreational or social activities that may be offered in connection with a conference.

●  Employee owned property - (including vehicles) is generally not covered by District insurance.

●  Personal expenses - The following are a list of activities and expenses that may be incurred prior to or during travel that are considered personal in nature, and are not reimbursed by the District.  This list is not all inclusive and should be used as guide only.

■  Passport and visa expense including the actual cost of obtaining a passport, visa, tourist card, and necessary photographs; cost of certificates of birth, health, identity, and related affidavits.

■  Airline clubs.

■  Entertainment including sporting events, cultural events, movies and other activities.

■  Liquor, wine, or other alcoholic beverages.

■  Illegal substances.

■  Gifts provided to co-workers, family members or others.

■  Flight or travel insurance.

■  Traffic citations.

■  Currency conversion and check cashing fees.

■  Traveler's checks.

■  Magazines and guides.

●  Incidental expense - These expenses are considered part of the reimbursement for meals and are not reimbursed separately.  Incidental expenses include:

■  Fees and tips given to porters, bellhops, hotel maids, stewards, or stewardesses and others on ships or in hotels; and

■  Transportation between places of lodging or business and places where meals are taken, if suitable meals can be obtained at the temporary duty site.



Master Document: GCCG-RA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GCCG-RA ©

REGULATION

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

(Application)

The application must be in writing.

The application must be supported by a physician's letter confirming the conditions required for receipt of sick-leave bank assistance.

Data in the application shall include the nature of the illness, diagnosis, and prognosis for return to duty.

The application shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the applicant beginning unpaid leave status.



Master Document: GCCG © PROFESSIONAL STAFF VOLUNTARY TRANSFER OF ACCRUED SICK LEAVE
Child Document: GCCG PROFESSIONAL STAFF VOLUNTARY TRANSFER OF ACCRUED SICK LEAVE

GCCG ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY 
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

(Medical Leave Assistance Program)

Employees who have depleted their accrued sick and vacation leave as a result of their serious illness or injury, or that of a family member, may request access to the Medical Leave Assistance Program by submitting the request form to the Human Resources Department, asking to receive donations of sick leave from other employees so they may receive income during their period of serious illness or injury.

The donor employee may donate sick leave only if the donor employee has thirty (30) days or more of accumulated leave and the donor employee may donate no more than five (5) days of sick leave in any contract year for no more than three (3) years.  Members of the same family employed by the District, may donate additional days of sick leave to a family member employed by the District, as long as the giving party retains a minimum of thirty (30) days of sick leave.

All donated leave becomes the permanent property of the receiving employee(s).  All unused leave will be retained by that employee and will not be returned or reimbursed to the donor employee.  Days of leave, not the actual wage of the donor employee, will be donated.  Donations to the employee's immediate supervisor will not be allowed.

When an employee donates days to the Medical Leave Assistance Program, the days will be taken from the days accrued prior to June 30, 1996, first.

No employee shall be eligible for the Medical Leave Assistance Plan after the employee qualifies for long-term disability coverage.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The District recognizes the existence of circumstances under which non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illnesses and injury may exhaust accrued leave of certificated employees.  To provide some measure of relief in such situations, a limited mechanism, based upon voluntary transfer of accrued leave, is established.  The mechanism will be termed banked sick leave, or a sick leave bank. It is considered of benefit to the District to establish this mechanism because it will reduce the annual accrued sick leave and promote efficiency by ensuring constant service.

Limits:

A.  The value of banked sick leave will be limited to the equivalent of the number of contract days multiplied by the daily base salary of a teacher with a baccalaureate degree and no experience, or less, depending on contributions.

B.  No employee shall be entitled to receive banked sick leave by reason of contribution or employment.

C.  Each approved applicant is limited to the one-time use of no more than one hundred (100) consecutive days of the available limited sick leave from the sick leave bank in any school year.

D.  Additional leave will not be earned/accrued during use of banked sick leave.

E.  All unused banked sick leave will expire at the end of each contract year.

Voluntary contributions:

A.  Certificated staff members may voluntarily contribute a maximum of ___ days of earned/accrued sick leave to the sick leave bank annually.  Such contribution must be from the current year's sick leave earned/accrued, the value of which will be determined by the number of days multiplied by the daily base teacher salary.

B.  Each certificated staff member contributing leave to the sick leave bank must acknowledge an uncoerced, voluntary release of the leave, the value it represents, and that it will not be returned but will expire at the end of the contract year in which it is contributed.

C.  In case of contributions exceeding the value of the sick leave bank limit, each contribution will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis by date of signature.

Eligibility (for use of sick leave bank). The approved applicant shall:

A.  Be a full-time teaching employee.

B.  Have a non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illness or injury.

C.  Have exhausted all earned/accrued leave of any nature or kind.

D.  Be presently on unpaid leave status with the District.

E.  Not be eligible for disability benefits, including but not limited to Social Security, provided at District expense.

F.  Be one whose return to duty is projected to occur within a period no longer than six (6) months.

Determining eligibility:

The Superintendent shall receive the applications and shall screen for and determine eligibility.

No continuing rights are established by this policy.  In compliance with established procedure, the Governing Board reserves the right to modify or rescind any policy in accord with its own guidelines.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.G.O. 
I91-027



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCCE-E

GCCE-E 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF
CONFERENCES / VISITATIONS / WORKSHOPS

PROFESSIONAL  VISIT  REQUEST
(One [1] form required for each individual involved)

Person Involved _______________________________   School _______________

Name of Conference __________________________________________________

Location __________________   Date(s) __________  Day(s) of Week __________

Purpose (Attach brochure and indicate rationale) ____________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Expenses:

  District Vehicle - Type/number needed ______________________________
      (Transportation Request must be submitted to principal two [2] weeks prior
      to the trip.)

  Personal Vehicle Cost - Call Accounting at DO for current           $_________
     rate/mile.  (File expense claim for mileage reimbursement.)

  Rental Vehicle Cost - Call Finance office at DO for assistance.   $_________

  Air Travel - (attach a requisition)                                                   $_________

  Meals - Follow meal guidelines/receipts not required.                  $_________
     (File expense claim for reimbursement.)

  Lodging - May not exceed rate established by law, call                $_________
     Accounting at DO.  (File expense claim for reimbursement.)

 Registration Fee - Attach a requisition and complete                   $_________
     registration form.  Req No. ______________________

                                                                                                   Total         $_________

                                                                Total approved by Principal         $_________

                                          Total approved by Supt/Governing Board         $_________

Substitute Teacher Needed:

No. of Days _______________     or periods _______________

Last Conference Attended _____________________________________________

When _____________   Where _____________   Support Received $ __________

Signature of Applicant _______________________________    Date ___________

____________________________    ____________   Approval    Not Approved
Principal's Signature                            Date

____________________________    ____________   Approval    Not Approved
Superintendent's Signature                 Date

Approval of Governing Board:

Note:  Complete all items.  Submit to school principal at least three (3) weeks prior to the Board meeting.  (A timeline for Board approval of trip requests is on file in the principal's office.)  The goldenrod copy is to be kept by the local administrator.  All other copies should go to the Superintendent's office for approval.

5 copies:  White kept in Superintendent's office
                Green to Sub Caller
                Yellow returned to the Local Administrator with approval
                Pink to Accounting with approval
                Goldenrod to be kept by the Local Administrator



Master Document: GCCG-RB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GCCG-RB ©

REGULATION

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

(Application Screening Committee)

A committee consisting of one (1) staff member from each building and one (1) from the central staff selected by the staff and an administrator appointed by the Superintendent shall review each application and submit a recommendation to the Superintendent.  The applications are to be reviewed in accord with the guidelines found in policy and as presented below:

A.  The application must be in writing.

B.  The application must be supported by a physician's letter confirming the conditions required for receipt of sick leave bank assistance.

C.  Data in the application shall include the nature of the illness, diagnosis, and prognosis for return to duty.

D.  The application shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the beginning of the applicant's unpaid-leave status.

For approval, the applicant shall:

A.  Be a full-time employee.

B.  Have a non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illness or injury.

C.  Be presently on unpaid-leave status with the District.

D.  Not be eligible for disability benefits, including but not limited to Social Security, provided at District expense.

E.  Be one whose return to duty is projected to occur within a period no longer than six (6) months.

F.  Submit an application, which shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the beginning of the applicant's unpaid-leave status.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCCG-EA

GCCG-EA 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

MEDICAL LEAVE ASSISTANCE PLAN REQUEST

Please read carefully the requirements for participation in the Medical Leave Assistance Plan listed below.  Sign and submit the request to the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources, along with the verification of serious illness or injury form signed by your licensed health care practitioner.

Employee Name ___________________________      Date  ___________________

School/Department _________________________     Soc. Sec. No. _____________

I request to participate in the Medical Leave Assistance Plan and verify the following:

1.  I have depleted my discretionary, accrued, personal and/or vacation leave as a result of a serious illness or injury.

2.  I understand that "serious illness or injury" is defined as a "non-work related illness that is anticipated to last for the continuous period of time of four (4) weeks or more as verified by my licensed health practitioner."  (Ordinarily, childbirth is not considered a serious illness.)

3.  I understand that any donated leave will become my permanent property and will not be returned if unused.

4.  I understand I do not qualify for this plan once I qualify for long-term disability.

5.  I give my permission, if necessary, for the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources to verify or request additional information and/or documentation from the office of my attending health practitioner.

6.  Based on the latest medical prognosis, I anticipate I will need ____ days.

7.  I understand that it is possible for my need for sick leave to be posted so that other employees may be made aware of my need.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check one (1) of the following:

_____     I request that my need for sick leave be posted in schools/departments.

_____     I do not wish that my need for sick leave be posted in schools/departments.  I understand that people wishing to donate must do so within ten (10) working days of the approval of the request.

__________________________________________     _______________________
Employee Signature                                                         Date

__________________________________________     _______________________
Asst. Superintendent of Human Resources                     Date

Approved ___________          Disapproved ___________



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCCG-EB

GCCG-EB 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

VERIFICATION OF SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY

In order for an employee: _________________________________________________     
                                            (Name)                                                        (Soc. Sec. No.)
to qualify for the Medical Leave Assistance Plan, the Glendale Union High School District requires written verification by a licensed health care practitioner of serious illness or injury requiring an employee to be confined to bed or to his/her home.

Please furnish the information requested below:

1.   Nature of the illness/injury.

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

2.  Beginning date of serious illness or injury _________________________________

3.  Expected date employee may return to work  ______________________________

__________________________________________     ________________________
Signature of Health Practitioner                                       Date

Typed or Printed Name  _________________________________________________

Telephone No. ____________________        Federal Tax ID No. _________________



Master Document: GCCH © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF BEREAVEMENT LEAVE
Child Document: GCCH © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF BEREAVEMENT LEAVE

GCCH ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
BEREAVEMENT  LEAVE

An employee may be granted, upon request to the Superintendent, up to five (5) days of leave for any one (1) deathper year, with pay, to be used in the event of death in the employee's family as defined in Policy GCCA.

Extensions of bereavement leave may be granted upon personal request to the Superintendent.  If approved, all such extensions of bereavement leave shall be deducted from the employee's accrued sick leave.

In the absence of any accumulated sick leave, and upon request, the Superintendent may approve an unpaid leave of absence for each day of extended bereavement leave used.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCCG-EC

GCCG-EC 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

SICK LEAVE DONATION FORM

Please read the information below carefully, sign and submit to the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources.

Employee Name ___________________________      Date  ___________________

School/Department _________________________     Soc. Sec. No. _____________

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I desire to make donation of sick leave and verify the following:

1.  I have currently accrued thirty (30) days or more of sick leave.

2.  I understand that I may donate no more than five (5) days of sick leave in any contract year for more than three (3) years.

3.  I understand that my donated leave becomes the permanent property of the receiving employee and will not be returned to me if unused.

4.  I understand that days of leave, not my actual wage/salary, will be donated.

5.  I am not donating leave to my immediate supervisor.

6.      Information relative to this donation will remain confidential.

7.  I make this donation voluntarily.

Number of days to be donated  __________________________________________

Employee to receive donated days _______________________________________

Number of accumulated sick leave days before donation ______________________

Number of accumulated sick leave days remaining ___________________________

__________________________________________     _______________________
Employee Signature                                                         Date

__________________________________________     _______________________
Asst. Superintendent of Human Resources                     Date

Approved ___________          Disapproved ___________



Master Document: GCD © PROFESSIONAL STAFF VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS
Child Document: GCD PROFESSIONAL STAFF VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS

GCD ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
VACATIONS  AND  HOLIDAYS

Vacations

Members of the school administrative staff who are employed on a twelve Twelve (12)-month basis will be entitled to twenty-two (22) vacation days with pay each year.  Administrators may accumulate vacation to a total of forty (40) days.

Administrators may transfer a maximum of seven (7) vacation days annually to their accumulated sick leave days that remain unused after the eighteen (18) days are carried forward as outlined above.

Holidays

Holidays will be established by the school calendar.  The school calendar shall provide for the following holidays and recesses each year:

●  Labor Day

●  Fall Recess

●  Veterans Day

●  Thanksgiving Recess

●  Winter Recess - to include Christmas Day and New Year's Day

●  Spring Recess

●  Memorial Day

Additional holidays may be established at the discretion of the Governing Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

administrators earn four (4) weeks of vacation, which shall be taken when school is not in session.  Vacation may accumulate to a maximum of _____ days, at which time no more vacation can be earned.  As accumulated vacation days are used and drop below _____ days, an eligible employee may again accumulate vacation up to the maximum limit.  If workloads disallow vacations as established, the Superintendent may approve vacation days during the school year.

Holidays

When July 4, Veterans Day, December 25, or Thanksgiving Day occurs within the school week, the schools shall be closed and the compensation of the teachers shall not be diminished on that account.  The Governing Board may declare a recess during the Christmas holiday season not to exceed two (2) school weeks, and teachers shall receive compensation during the recess.

Other holidays will be established by the Board and noted on each year's school calendar.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
15-801
38-608



Master Document: GCF © PROFESSIONAL STAFF HIRING
Child Document: GCF PROFESSIONAL STAFF HIRING

GCF ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

It shall be the policy of the District to employ and retain the best qualified personnel.  This will be accomplished by giving careful consideration to qualifications and by providing competitive salary schedules within the financial capability of the District, adequate facilities, and good working conditions.

The Board has the legal responsibility of approving the employment of all employees.  While this responsibility cannot be waived, the Board assigns to the Superintendent the process of recruiting staff members.  In carrying out this responsibility, the Superintendent may involve other staff members as needed.  All personnel selected for employment must be recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Board.  The Board adopts the following general criteria, which shall be utilized in the selection process for initial employment:

●  There A.  There will be no discrimination in the hiring process due to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or disability or disability of an otherwise qualified individual.

●  Candidates B.  Candidates for professional positions shall be qualified for and have the training necessary to perform the instructional the instructional duties or functions for which they have applied.

●  Each C.  Each candidate shall provide evidence of meeting state requirements for certification.

●  Each D.  Each candidate shall be requested to complete a consent-and-release form regarding conduct of a background a background investigation.

●  A E.  A "background investigation" - consisting of communication with the applicant's (or employee's) former employer former employer that concerns education, training, experience, qualifications, and job performance for the purpose of purpose of evaluation for employment - shall be conducted on each individual to be considered for a recommendation of recommendation of employment.  Forms developed for this purpose are to be used.

Any employee's misstatement of fact that is material to qualifications for employment or the determination of salary shall be considered by the Board to constitute grounds for dismissal.

Before employment, schools or school districts shall verify the certification and fingerprint status of applicants who apply for school or school district positions that require certification.

Should the need arise to employ a teacher who meets the requirements for a conditional certificate before an applicant has obtained the appropriate valid fingerprint clearance card, the District may assist in obtaining the conditional certificate, and employ the teacher, by meeting all of the following conditions:

●  The A.  The District verifies in writing on a form provided by the Arizona Department of Education (ADE) the the necessity for  for hiring and placing the applicant into service before a fingerprinting check is completed.

●  The B.  The District obtains from the Department of Public Safety a state-wide criminal records check on the applicantthe applicant.  Subsequent criminal records checks must be completed every one hundred twenty (120) days  days until a permanent certificate is received.

●  The C.  The District searches the criminal records of all local jurisdictions outside Arizona where the applicant has lived applicant has lived in the previous five (5) years.

●  The D.  The District obtains references from the applicant's current employer and two (2) most recent previous employersprevious employers, except that for applicants who have been employed for at least five (5) years by the most recent most recent employer, only references from that employer are required.

●  The E.  The District provides general supervision of the applicant until permanent certification is issued by ADE.

Upon recommendation for employment the District shall confirm employment authorization and employment eligibility verification by participating in the E-Verify program of the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Bureau (USCIS) and the Social Security Administration (SSA).  The District will then complete the Form I-9 as required and maintain the form with copies of the necessary documents and documentation of the authorization and verification pending any inquiry.

The Superintendent of Public Instruction may also impose any additional conditions or restrictions deemed necessary.

Any person who permits unauthorized access to criminal history record information, releases criminal history record information, or procures the release or uses criminal history record information other than in accord with A.R.S. 41-1750 is guilty of a class 6 felony.

A professional candidate's acceptance of a Letter of Intent to employ contract offer must be signed within seven (7indicated within ________________ (_____) days from the date of the Letter of Intent to employ written contract or the offer is revoked.  Written notice of the deadline date for acceptance shall be included in the Letter of Intentcontract offer or an attachment to the contract offer.  The candidate accepts the Letter of Intent contract by signing the Letter of Intent contract and returning it to the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources.

The following records must be filed with the District for employment:

●  Application form.

●  Payroll information form.  This form must be completed by each employee upon entry into employment.

●  Retirement system application form.  This form must be completed by each employee of the District.

●  Loyalty Oath form.  This form must be completed by each employee in order to be eligible for compensation.

●  Letter of Intent.  A Letter of Intent for each certificated employee must be on file in the District office.  Certificated personnel must sign the Letter of Intent for services.  Once signed, the employee should withdraw all applications with other schools.  Once all required documents are received, a contract will be issued.

●  Official transcripts of all credits.  These must be filed with the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources upon employment; the information is used to determine placement on the salary schedule.  All claims for advancement on the salary schedule for reasons of additional preparation must be accompanied by an official transcript of work taken.  To make the salary advance effective for any given school year, the official transcript must be submitted to Human Resources in accordance with the dates established on the salary schedule.

In accordance with North Central Association accreditation requirements, the official transcripts will be forwarded to the teacher's assigned school and kept on file in the principal's office.  Transcripts for teachers with a change in school assignment will be forwarded to the new school for filing.

●  Teaching certificates.  All certificated employees must file valid certificates with Human Resources before they may enter the classroom.  Such certificates will be returned to them at the termination of employment.  From time to time, the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources will require each certificated employee to furnish additional transcripts or essential information for renewal of certificates.  The fee for such renewal will also be required.  Certificates will then be renewed and recorded.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Governing Board or by making a written instrument which accepts the terms of the contract and delivering it to the Governing Board.  If the written instrument includes terms in addition to the terms of the contract offered by the Board, the candidate fails to accept the contract.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3716
15-502
15-503
15-536
15-538.01
15-539
15-550
23-211
23-212
23-1361

38-201
38-231
38-232
38-766.01
41-1756

CROSS REF.: 
GCB - Professional Staff Contracts and Compensation
GCFC - Professional Staff Certification and Credentialing Requirements

                 (fingerprinting requirements)

GCO - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: GCF-R ©
Child Document: GCF-R ©

GCF-R ©

REGULATION

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

Definition

A

background

investigation

investigation is defined as any communication with an applicant's (or employee's) former employer that concerns the education, training, experience, qualifications, and job performance of the individual and that is used for the purpose of evaluation for employment.  Background investigation does not include the results of any state or federal criminal history records check.

Background  Investigation  Requirements

Only persons designated by the Superintendent shall perform background investigations.  Prior to contacting former employers or other persons, the background investigator shall:

●  Ascertain

A.  Ascertain that the standard employment application for the type of position has been completed in full.

●  Obtain

B.  Obtain from the individual a consent to background investigation and release as determined by the District.

●  Make

C.  Make certain that the individual has identified at least two (2) persons from each past employer who

can verify

can verify basic job information and discuss the individual's work performance and reason for leaving.

●  Examine

D.  Examine the application for a complete work history, accounting for any gaps in employment.

Two (2) persons should be contacted at each past employer if possible (any exceptions should be documented).  Upon making contact, the contacts or the former employer or employer's agent should be provided the following information:

●  The

A.  The name and identifying information of the District.

●  The

B.  The name of the District representative making the inquiry and how the representative can be contacted.

●  The

C.  The name of the former employee and period of employment as indicated by the individual whose

background is

background is being investigated.

●  The

D.  The position for which the individual has applied, with descriptive information as to the duties, if requested

or necessary

or necessary to understanding of the inquiry.

The background investigator shall:

●  Ask

A.  Ask the questions, and complete the background check form(s) as provided by the District.

●  Make

B.  Make impression notes as necessary based upon the questions and responses, and determine if there

may be

may be cause to contact others or make further inquiries based upon the responses.

●  Provide

C.  Provide the information to the Superintendent.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCD-E

GCD-E 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
VACATIONS  AND  HOLIDAYS

Professional  Holidays

Twelve (12)-Month Administrative
Paid Holidays
:

Independence Day (1), Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (10), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), Spring Break (5), and Memorial Day (1) for a total of twenty-three (23) days.

Psychologist Paid Holidays:

Labor (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (10), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), and Spring Break (5) for a total of twenty-one (21) days.  Memorial Day is paid when it occurs during the contracted period.

Social Worker Paid Holidays:

Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (10), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), Spring Break (5), and Memorial Day (1) for a total of twenty-two (22) days.

Nurse Paid Holidays:

Labor (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (10), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), and Spring Break (5) for a total of twenty-one (21) days.  Memorial Day is paid when it occurs during the contracted period.

Athletic Trainer Paid Holidays:

Labor (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (4), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), and Spring Break (1) for a total of eleven (11) days.



Master Document: GCF-EA ©
Child Document: GCF-EA ©

GCF-EA ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

CONSENT TO CONDUCT BACKGROUND
INVESTIGATION AND RELEASE

I, ______________________________________ [applicant's name], have applied for employment with the Glendale Union High ______________________________ School District to work as a ______________________________ [job title].  I understand that in order for the School District to determine my eligibility, qualifications, and suitability for employment, the School District will conduct a background investigation to determine if I am to be considered for an offer of employment.  This investigation may include asking my current employer, any former employer, and any educational institution I have attended about my education, training, experience, qualifications, job performance, professional conduct, and evaluations, as well as confirming my dates of employment or enrollment, position(s) held, reason(s) for leaving employment, whether I could be rehired, reasons for not rehiring (if applicable), and similar information.

I hereby give my consent for any employer or educational institution to release any information requested in connection with this background investigation.

According to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, I understand that I have a right to see most education records that are maintained by any educational institution.

In light of the preceding paragraph, I waive ________/do not waive ________ (initial only one [1]) my right to see any written reference or other information provided to the School District by any educational institution.

According to Arizona Revised Statutes Section 23-1361, any employer that provides a written communication to the School District regarding my current or past employment must send me a copy at my last known address.  I acknowledge that some employers are unwilling to provide factual written references concerning a current or past employee unless they may do so confidentially, without revealing the references to the employee, and that the School District will not further consider my application if it cannot complete its background investigation.

In light of the preceding paragraph, I waive ________/do not waive ________ (initial only one [1]) my right to receive a copy of any written communication furnished to the School District by any employer.

Whether or not I have waived my right to see or to receive copies of written references furnished to the School District by employers or educational institutions, I release, hold harmless, and agree not to sue or file any claim of any kind against any current or former employer or educational institution, and any officer or employee of either, that in good faith furnishes written or oral references requested by this School District to complete its background investigation.

A photocopy or facsimile ("fax") copy of this form that shows my signature shall be as valid as an original.


DATED this ____________ day of __________________________, 20___.


____________________________        ____________________________
                     Witness                                                  Applicant



Master Document: GCF-EB ©
Child Document: GCF-EB ©

GCF-EB ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

BACKGROUND CHECK FORM

Applicant ________________________________     Date  _______________

Person contacted _________________________      Telephone      Telephone ___________

Address Address _______________________________________________________

E-mail address  _________________________________________________

Relationship to applicant:

   ◻o    Former employer - position ___________________________________

          District, business, or other entity _______________________________

   ◻o    Personal reference

Method of contact:  ◻ Telephone  ◻ Letter  ◻o Telephone  o Letter  o Other ____________________

QUESTIONS FOR EMPLOYERS

Dates of employment  ____________________________________________

Position held ___________________________________________________

Final rate of pay  ________________________________________________

Was the person reliable? _____    If no, explain ________________________

Was the person satisfactory? _____   If no, explain _____________________

Any concern about the person being
late to work without authorization?  __________________________________

If yes, explain   __________________________________________________

Any concern with abuse of leave policies
(such as sick leave or personal leave)? ______________________________

If yes, explain __________________________________________________

Any difficulty establishing commu-
nication and rapport with children? __________________________________

If yes, explain  __________________________________________________

Any difficulties in establishing communication and rap-
port with supervisors, parents, or community members? _________________

If yes, explain  __________________________________________________

Did the person ever receive a written counseling
statement, letter of direction, or reprimand? ___________________________

If yes, describe _________________________________________________

Did the District ever consider taking action or take action
to suspend, decline to renew, or dismiss the employee? _________________

If yes, describe _________________________________________________

Was there ever an allegation or complaint about:

Abusive language? ______________________________________________

Insulting or derogatory comments?  _________________________________

Inappropriate contact with a child? __________________________________

Verbal or physical contact of a sexual nature? _________________________

Dishonesty?  ___________________________________________________

Substance abuse?  ______________________________________________

Failure to provide adequate supervision? _____________________________

Failure to follow reasonable directions or instructions?  __________________

If yes on any of the above, get explanation  ___________________________

______________________________________________________________

Was the person ever involved in an incident
that resulted in injury to an adult or child?  ____________________________

If yes, explain __________________________________________________

Would you rehire this person?  _____________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Can you identify anyone else who could provide relevant infor-
mation regarding the applicant's fitness for employment?  ________________

______________________________________________________________

Is there any other information I have not asked about that
would help us determine this person's eligibility, qualifi-
cations, and suitability for employment with our District? _________________

______________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS FOR PERSONAL REFERENCE

How long have you known the applicant? _____________________________

What is the nature of your relationship?  ______________________________

Why do you think the applicant would be a good choice for this position?

______________________________________________________________

Do you know of any reasons that could prevent the ap-
plicant from fulfilling the functions of the position? ______________________

______________________________________________________________

Background check form completed by  _______________________________

Date completed _________________________________________________



Master Document: GCF-EC ©
Child Document: GCF-EC ©​

GCF-EC  ©   © 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

AFFIRMATION OF A RETIRED EMPLOYEE
UPON RETURN TO EMPLOYMENT

To satisfy the requirements of A.R.S. 38-766.01, and to retain my eligibility to receive retirement benefits from the Arizona State Retirement System (ASRS) following my return to employment following a qualified retirement, by my signature below I affirm my awareness and acceptance of the following provisions:

●  I

A.  I have attained a normal retirement age as defined by the ASRS.

●  I

B.  I am returning to greater than half (1/2) time employment not sooner than twelve (12) months following

my termination

my termination of full time employment for the purpose of retirement.

●  If

C.  If I return to work as a certificated teacher, my employment is not subject to the requirements prescribed

in A

in A.R.S. 15-

536, 15-

538, 15-538.01,

and

and 15-539

through

 through 15-543.

●  I

D.  I understand that:

■  pursuant

1.  pursuant to A.R.S. 38-766.01

my

 my election to return to work is irrevocable for the remainder of

the employment

the employment for which I have made this election, and

■  I

2.  I must make this acknowledgement in writing and file it with my employer within thirty (30) days

of returning

of returning to work.


__________________________________       ___     ______________________

Signature                                                            Date_

Signature                                                                Date



Master Document: GCF-ED ©
Child Document: GCF-ED

GCF-ED   ED © 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  HIRING

PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES FOR EMPLOYMENT AUTHORIZATION
AND EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION

Anti-Discrimination Notice.  It is illegal to discriminate against any individual (other than an alien not authorized to work in the U.S.) in hiring, discharging, or recruiting or referring for a fee because of that individual's national origin or citizenship status.  It   It is illegal to discriminate against work eligible individuals.  Employers   Employers cannot specify which document(s) they will accept from an employee.  The   The refusal to hire an individual because of a future expiration date may also constitute illegal discrimination.

Employment  Authorization 
Procedure

Effective January 1, 2008, Arizona schools must use the federal government's Basic Pilot Program to verify the employment authorization of all newly hired employees.

The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Bureau (USCIS) and the Social Security Administration (SSA) are jointly conducting E-Verify.  E, formerly known as the Basic Pilot.  E-Verify involves verification checks of the SSA and DHS databases, using an automated system to verify the employment authorization of all newly hired employees.

There are four (4) types of access to E-Verify:  As an employer, as a designated agent for employers, as a multi-location corporate administrator, or through a web service.

Users can access the web-based access methods using any Internet-capable Windows based personal computer and a web browser of Internet Explorer 5.5 or Netscape 4.7 or higher (with the exception of Netscape 7.0).

To participate, an employer must register online and accept the electronic Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that sets forth the responsibilities of the SSA, USCIS and the employer.

The following e-mail address will allow navigation to both instructions and forms for the I-9 for verifying the identity and employment authorization of individuals hired for employment in the United States:

                                         https://www.uscis.gov/i-9

Form I-9 may be completed as soon as the employer has offered the individual a job and the individual has accepted the offer.  Each newly hired employee must complete and sign Section 1 of Form I-9 no later than his or her first day of employment.

If you need assistance in completing the registration process or need additional information relating to E-Verify, please call the Office of Verification toll free at 1-888-464-4218.

I-9  Form  Completion

The Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA) requires that all new employees, both regular and casual, establish their eligibility for employment in the United States.  This   This federal law applies to U.S. citizens as well as to foreign nationals.  An  

The Employment Eligibility Verification (Form I-9) must be completed as follows:

Section 1.  Employee Information and Attestation

Employees must complete and sign Section 1 of Form I-9 no later than the first day of employment, but not before accepting a job offer.)

Section 2.  Employer or Authorized Representative Review 

                   and Verification

Employers or their authorized representative must complete and sign Section 2 within three (3) business days of the employee's hire date.  Employees who do not provide the necessary documentation within three (3) business days must be discharged.first day of employment.



Master Document: GCFC © PROFESSIONAL STAFF CERTIFICATION AND CREDENTIALING REQUIREMENTS
Child Document: GCFC © PROFESSIONAL STAFF CERTIFICATION AND CREDENTIALING REQUIREMENTS

GCFC ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  CERTIFICATION 
AND  CREDENTIALING  REQUIREMENTS

(Fingerprinting Requirements)

New  Hires

All certificated personnel to be hired by the District shall be fingerprinted as a condition of employment, except for personnel who, as a condition of certification are required to have a valid fingerprint clearance card.

The candidate's fingerprints shall be submitted, along with the form presented as an exhibit to this policy, immediately upon being notified of possible employment.  The form shall be considered a part of the application for employment.

An expired fingerprint clearance card may be used to satisfy the fingerprint requirements of section 15-183, 15-503, 15-512, 15-534, 15-782.02, 15-1330 or 15-1881 if the person signs an affidavit stating both of the following:

A.  The person submitted a completed application to the Finger Printing Division of the Department of Public Safety for a new fingerprint clearance card within ninety (90) days before the expiration date on the person's current fingerprint clearance card.

B.  The person is not awaiting trial on and has not been convicted of a criminal offense that would make the person ineligible for a fingerprint clearance card.

This does not apply to a fingerprint clearance card that has been denied, suspended or revoked or to a person who has requested a good cause exception hearing.

Candidates shall certify on the prescribed notarized forms whether they are awaiting trial on or have ever been convicted of or admitted in open court or pursuant to a plea agreement committing any of the following criminal offenses in Arizona or similar offenses in any other jurisdiction:

●  Sexual A.  Sexual abuse of a minor.●  Incest

B. ●  First Incest.

C.  First- or second-degree murder.

●  KidnappingD.  Kidnapping.●  Arson

E. ●  Sexual  Arson.

F.  Sexual assault.

●  Sexual G.  Sexual exploitation of a minor.

●  Felony H.  Felony offenses involving contributing to the delinquency of a minor.

●  I.   Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor.

●  J.   Felony offenses involving sale, distribution, or transportation of, offer to sell, transport, or distribute, or conspiracy or conspiracy to sell, transport, or distribute marijuana or dangerous or narcotic drugs.

●  Felony K.  Felony offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana, dangerous drugs, or narcotic drugs.

●  Misdemeanor L.  Misdemeanor offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana or dangerous drugs.

●  M. Burglary in the first degree.

●  Burglary N.  Burglary in the second or third degree.

●  Aggravated O.  Aggravated or armed robbery.●  Robbery

P. ●  A  Robbery.

Q.  A dangerous crime against children as defined in A.R.S. 13-705.

●  Child R.  Child abuse.

●  Sexual S.  Sexual conduct with a minor.

●  Molestation T.  Molestation of a child.●  Manslaughter

U. ●  Aggravated  Manslaughter.

V.  Aggravated assault.

●  W. Assault.

●  Exploitation X.  Exploitation of minors involving drug offenses.

A person who makes a false statement, representation, or certification in any application for employment with the School District is guilty of a class 3 misdemeanor.

The District may refuse to hire or may review or terminate personnel who have been convicted of or admitted committing any of the criminal offenses above or a similar offense in another jurisdiction.  In conducting a review, the Governing Board shall utilize the guidelines, including the list of offenses that are not subject to review, as prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to A.R.S. 15-534.  In considering whether to hire or terminate the employment of a person, the Governing Board shall take into account the factors listed in A.R.S. 15-512.

When considering termination of an employee pursuant to A.R.S. 15-512, a hearing shall be held to determine whether a person already employed shall be terminated.

The Superintendent shall develop and implement procedures that include the following in the employment process:

●  Provide A.  Provide for fingerprinting of employees covered under this policy and A.R.S. 15-512.

●  Provide B.  Provide for fingerprint checks pursuant to A.R.S. 41-1750.

Adopted: December 1, 2010  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-512
15-534
23-1361

41-1750

41-1758.07

CROSS REF.: 
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring
GCG - Part-Time and Substitute Professional Staff Employment
IJOC - School Volunteers



Master Document: GCFC-E ©
Child Document: GCFC-E ©

GCFC-E ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  CERTIFICATION 
AND  CREDENTIALING  REQUIREMENTS

________________________________     ___________________________
            Name (typed or printed)                                       Position

I, ___________________________________, being duly sworn, do hereby certify that I have never been convicted of or admitted in open court or pursuant to a plea agreement committing, and am not now awaiting trial for committing, any of the following criminal offenses in the state of Arizona or similar offenses in any other jurisdiction:

 


Sexual abuse of a minor
 

Incest

First- or second-degree murder
 

Kidnapping
 

Arson
 

Sexual assault
 

Sexual exploitation of a minor

Felony offenses involving contributing to the delinquency of a minor
 

Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor

Felony offenses involving sale, distri- bution, or transportation of, offer to sell, transport, or distribute marijuana or dangerous or narcotic drugs


Felony offenses involving the posses- sion or use of marijuana, dangerous drugs or narcotic drugs

Misdemeanor offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana or dangerous drugs

Burglary in the first degree

Burglary in the second or third degree

Aggravated or armed robbery

Robbery

A dangerous crime against children as defined in A.R.S. 13-705

Child abuse

Sexual conduct with a minor

Molestation of a child

Manslaughter

Assault or Aggravated assault

Exploitation of minors involving drug offenses
 


_______________________________      _________________________________
Employee signature                                    Date signed

Subscribed, sworn to, and acknowledged before me by _______________________

______________________________, this ______ day of ____________, 20____,

in _____________________________ County, Arizona.

My Commission Expires

__________________________     ______________________________________
                                                                                  Notary Public



Master Document: GCFE © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF HIRING - OATH OF OFFICE
Child Document: GCFE © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF HIRING - OATH OF OFFICE

GCFE ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF  
HIRING - OATH  OF  OFFICE

Every school employee shall take and subscribe to the oath prescribed for public officers pursuant to A.R.S. 38-231.  The person taking the oath shall file a copy of the acknowledged oath in the District office.  The District office shall keep such copy on file as long as the employee remains employed by the District and for a period of five (5) years after termination of employment with the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-231



Master Document: GCFE-E ©
Child Document: GCFE-E ©

GCFE-E ©

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
HIRING - OATH  OF  OFFICE

In addition to any other form of oath or affirmation specifically provided by law for an officer or employee, before entering upon the duties of office or employment, any officer or employee shall take and subscribe to the following oath or affirmation:

State of Arizona, County of _____________________________________________, I, _____________________________________ [type or print name], do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will support the Constitution of the United States and the Constitution and laws of the State of Arizona; that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the same, and defend them against all enemies, foreign and domestic, and that I will faithfully and impartially discharge the duties of the office of ________________________________________________ [name of office] according to the best of my ability, so help me God (or so I do affirm).



__________________________________
(Signature of officer or employee)

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-231



Master Document: GCG © PART - TIME AND SUBSTITUTE PROFESSIONAL STAFF EMPLOYMENT
Child Document: GCG PART - TIME AND SUBSTITUTE PROFESSIONAL STAFF EMPLOYMENT

GCG ©
PART - TIME  AND  SUBSTITUTE 
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  EMPLOYMENT

Substitute  Teachers

The Board will establish the daily pay rate for substitute teachers.

The Superintendent will screen all applicants for substitute positions and recommend substitute teachers to the Board for approval.  The Superintendent will establish regulations to ensure that all substitutes used in the schools are on the Board-approved substitute list.

Substitute  Professional 
Staff  Members

The Superintendent may employ, when conditions warrant, temporary or part-time personnel on a per diem or time card basis.  This authority is subject to the following conditions:

●  Continued A.  Continued employment of any such person shall be subject to confirmation and approval by the Board at its next its next official meeting.

●  The B.  The employee shall be hired on a per diem basis and shall be compensated in accordance with the requirements the requirements and limitations of existing contracts that cover similar positions or employees.

●  In C.  In addition to the conditions set forth above, the temporary assignment of a person to a supervisory or administrative or administrative position shall be preceded by notification to the Board.  The Superintendent will detail the detail the circumstances that created the need for the part-time employment.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
15-503
A.A.C. 
R7-2-603



Master Document: GCGB © ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUBSTITUTE STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCGB © ARRANGEMENTS FOR SUBSTITUTE STAFF MEMBERS

GCGB ©
ARRANGEMENTS  FOR  SUBSTITUTE  
STAFF  MEMBERS

The Superintendent will establish procedures for reporting the need for and arranging for professional staff substitutes.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.A.C.
R7-2-612



Master Document: GCGB-R ©
Child Document: GCGB-R

GCGB-R ©

REGULATION

ARRANGEMENTS  FOR  SUBSTITUTE 
STAFF  MEMBERS

Employees who, because of illness or other valid reason, cannot report for duty must either, a) enter the absence online using the automated substitute-fulfillment system, b) notify their school secretary, or c) notify the substitute coordinator at the central Administrative Center, in accordance with established procedures.  The substitute coordinator will be on duty at 6:00 a.m., the cutoff time for entering same-day absences onlineWhen utilizing the leave policies of the District, it shall be the responsibility of the teacher to notify the supervising principal, as soon as possible, of the need for a substitute teacher.  In the event the principal is not available, the __________________________ may be notified.

If the teacher knows in advance that a return to duty will be assured on a certain day, the principal should be so notified in order that the substitute may be informed.



Master Document: GCH © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF ORIENTATION AND TRAINING
Child Document: GCH © PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF ORIENTATION AND TRAINING

GCH ©
PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT  STAFF 
ORIENTATION  AND  TRAINING

The Superintendent will provide training and information establish a program to provide orientation for all new District employees.  At a minimum, this program will cover the following items:

●  GoalsA.  Goals, objectives, and programs of the District.

●  Personnel B.  Personnel policies.

●  Sexual C.  Sexual harassment.

●  Terms D.  Terms of employment.

●  General E.  General disciplinary rules and procedures.

●  Salary F.  Salary and fringe-benefit plans.

●  SelfG.  Self-improvement opportunities.

●  The H.  The evaluation program and name(s) of evaluator(s).

●  I.   Handling of body fluids.

●  J.   Child abuse reporting responsibilities.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 

GDH - Support Staff Orientation and Training



Master Document: GCI © PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT
Child Document: GCI PROFESSIONAL STAFF DEVELOPMENT

GCI ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  DEVELOPMENT

The Board recognizes its particular responsibility to provide opportunity for the continual professional growth of its certificated staff.  Such opportunities include, within budgetary limitation, special in-service training courses, workshops, school or District visitations, conferences, professional library, and assistance from supervisors and consultants.

In line with such opportunities, the Board encourages educational research by staff members when the conduct of the project does not conflict with the major functions of the schools.

In-Service  Training  ProgramsCourses

The Superintendent may establish local in-service training programs courses for teachers and other certificated employees in the schools, credit for which may be granted beyond the bachelor's degree .

Regardless of whether the employee chooses salary schedule credit or workshop pay, all of the following activities apply to certificate renewal.

Fifteen (15) contract hours will be considered the equivalent of one (1) semester credit hour.  (Trimesters/quarter hours will be computed proportionately.)

in the manner that graduate courses in institutions of higher learning are taken into account.

This credit may be granted in cases where the scope, level, quality, and content of the local course is equal to college graduate work and the instructor is qualified to teach on the college level.  The Superintendent may establish reasonable rules by which to select such courses and designate them for credit.  The maximum number of credits earned in such courses that may be counted toward the salary differentials is one-half (1/2) the credits required for each column of the salary schedule.  The number of credits to be granted for each course shall be determined by the Superintendent.

The attendance of teachers in these courses shall be recorded, and no credit shall be allowed unless the teacher has completed the assigned work of the course.

If the District compensates the staff member for attending in-service training courses, no credit shall be allowed for advancement on the salary schedule.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342



Master Document: GCJ © PROFESSIONAL STAFF PROBATIONARY AND CONTINUING STATUS
Child Document: GCJ © PROFESSIONAL STAFF NONCONTINUING AND CONTINUING STATUS

GCJ ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  PROBATIONARY 
NONCONTINUING  AND  CONTINUING

CONTINUING  STATUS

Probationary teacher means a certificated teacher who is not a continuing teacher.

Continuing teacher means:

●  a A.  a certificated teacher who has been and is currently employed by the District for the major portion of three (3) consecutive  consecutive school years, and;

●  who B.  who has not been designated in the lowest performance classification for the previous school year or who has not has not regained continuing status after being designated as a probationary teacher. 

A continuing teacher becomes a probationary teacher in the school year following having been designated in the lowest performance classification and shall remain a probationary teacher until that teacher's performance classification is designated in either of the two (2) highest performance classifications.

Administrators are not covered under the terms of the teacher appointment and evaluation statutes and do not gain credit toward continuing status.

Adopted:  April 2, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-501

15-502

15-536

15-538.01

15-539

15-544

15-546

15-547

A.G.O. 
I78-150
I78-286
I80-113
I83-131
I84-048

CROSS REF.: 
GCO - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: GCK © PROFESSIONAL STAFF ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS
Child Document: GCK © PROFESSIONAL STAFF ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

GCK ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  ASSIGNMENTS 
AND  TRANSFERS

The Superintendent shall have the responsibility for the assignment of all personnel throughout the District.  The procedure for assignment and transfer of professional staff members will be based on the needs of the instructional program.  In addition, no right to school, grade, or subject assignment shall be inferred from the standard teacher's contract.

A teacher who has been employed by the District for the major portion of three (3) or more consecutive school years and who is currently designated in the lowest performance classification for two (2) consecutive school years shall not be transferred as a teacher to another school in the District unless the District has issued a preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance and approved a performance improvement plan for the teacher and the Governing Board has approved the new placement as in the best interests of the pupils in the school.  Following a transfer under this provision, a teacher who continues to be designated in one (1) of the two (2) lowest performance classifications shall not be permitted to transfer to another school.  A teacher shall not be transferred more than once under the provisions of this paragraph.

The transfer of teachers from one school to another school within the District shall take into consideration the needs of the pupils in the District and the current distribution of teachers across all of the four (4) performance classifications as adopted by the State Board of Education.

Professional staff members may apply for transfer or reassignment, whether or not a vacancy exists.  Transfers will not be approved during the school year unless the needs of the District dictate such approval.

In the case of vacancies in new or existing positions, first consideration will be given to qualified applicants among current employees.

The resolution of any conflicts over the need for a transfer shall be based on what is best for the instructional program, the needs of the students, and the overall needs of the District as defined by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  April 2, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 

15-537



Master Document: GCL © PROFESSIONAL STAFF SCHEDULES AND CALENDARS
Child Document: GCL © PROFESSIONAL STAFF SCHEDULES AND CALENDARS

GCL ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
SCHEDULES  AND  CALENDARS

All professional staff members shall report to their duty stations on time each workday and shall, as scheduled, be available there until the designated time(s) they are scheduled to leave.  The Superintendent may alter or extend the school day for meetings, special events, and activities. 

Professional staff members are expected to be in their respective rooms or work areas as the schedule prescribes so that they may see students, parents, and/or attend to other duties as assigned.  Family members are not allowed in teacher work areas during scheduled duty hours.

In order to ensure the safety of students and the security of school campuses, teachers may be assigned supervisory duty during the teaching day.  These duty assignments shall be considered a regular part of a teacher's duties and shall be fulfilled accordingly.

Teachers will perform duties other than classroom teaching.  Extra duty assignments will be made by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-521

CROSS REF.: 
GCMF - Professional Staff Duties and Responsibilities
JLIA - Supervision of Students



Master Document: GCMC © PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEETINGS
Child Document: GCMC PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEETINGS

GCMC ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  MEETINGS

The Superintendent will arrange for and hold staff meetings as the need may arise.  This authority may be delegated to the school principals, who may hold such building meetings on a regularly scheduled basis or as they may arise.

All teachers are required to attend any such meetings unless officially excused by the principal or the Superintendent prior to the meeting.  Absence from pre-school or post-school faculty meetings will be treated the same as a day absent from school.

The Board and the administration recognize the value of and encourage grade-level staff meetings or departmental staff meetings.  A minimum number of such meetings will be allowed during the regular school day, as long as the minimum number of classroom minutes for the grade level has been met.  Arrangements for such meetings shall be made with the Superintendent through the school principals.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
IKACA - Parent Conferences



Master Document: GCMF © PROFESSIONAL STAFF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Child Document: GCMF © PROFESSIONAL STAFF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

GCMF ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  DUTIES 
AND  RESPONSIBILITIES

(Duties of Teachers; Failure to Comply
is Unprofessional Conduct; Penalty)

Every teacher shall:

●  Make A.  Make student learning the primary focus of the teacher's professional time.

●  Hold B.  Hold students to strict account for disorderly conduct.●  Take and

C.  Exercise supervision over students on the playgrounds and during recess if assigned to such duty.

D.  Take and maintain daily classroom attendance.

●  Make E.  Make the decision to promote or retain a student in grade in a common school or to pass or fail a student in a course a course in high school.  Such decisions may be overturned only as provided in A.R.S. 15-342.

●  Comply F.  Comply with all rules, regulations, and policies of the Governing Board that relate to the duties as prescribed.

A teacher shall not use sectarian or denominational books or teach any sectarian doctrines or conduct religious exercises.

A teacher who instructs a course offered under Policy IHAL, Teaching About Religion, in its appropriate historical context and in good faith shall be immune from civil liability and disciplinary action pursuant to section A.R.S. 15-535.

A teacher who fails to comply with the above is guilty of unprofessional conduct and may be subject to disciplinary action by the Governing Board and by the State Board of Education.

A teacher who is arrested for or charged with any nonappealable offense listed in section 41-1758.03, subsection B and who does not immediately report the arrest or charge to the teacher's supervisor is guilty of unprofessional conduct and shall be immediately dismissed from employment with the School District.

Adopted:  April 2, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203

15-341

15-521

15-535

15-539

15-550

41-1758.03

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
GCO - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: GCO © EVALUATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCO © EVALUATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS

GCO ©
EVALUATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL  
STAFF  MEMBERS

The process and purpose of evaluation for certificated professional staff members is to result in improvement of the quality of instruction and the strengthening of the abilities of the professional staff.

Definition  of  Terms

In this policy:

● 

A.  Certificated teacher

means

 means a person who holds a certificate from the State Board of Education to work

in the schools

in the schools of this state and who is employed under contract in a position that requires certification,

except a psychologist

except a psychologist or an administrator devoting less than fifty percent (50%) of his time to classroom teaching.

● 

B.  Inadequacy of classroom performance

means

 means the definition of inadequacy of classroom

performance adopted

performance adopted by the Governing Board.

● 

C.  Performance classifications

for teachers and principals include

 means the four (4) performance classifications

under

for teachers and principals under the law and defined by the State Board of Education.

● 

D.  Qualified evaluator

means

 means a school principal or other person who is trained to evaluate teachers and who

is designated

is designated by the Governing Board to evaluate certificated teachers.

Evaluation  of  Classroom  Teachers

and  Other  Certificated  Non-

administrative  Staff  Members

The District evaluation instrument will:

●  Utilize

A.  Utilize the required elements of the model framework for a teacher and principal evaluation

instrument adopted

instrument adopted by the State Board of Education;

●  Include

B.  Include quantitative data on student academic progress that accounts for between thirty-three

percent

percent (33%) and fifty percent (50%) of the evaluation outcomes;

●  Include

C.  Include four (4) performance classifications, designated as highly effective, effective, developing,

and ineffective

and ineffective;

●  Meet

D.  Meet the data requirements established by the State Board of Education to annually evaluate

individual teachers

individual teachers and principals. 

Performance classifications for teachers shall be the same four (4) performance classifications adopted by the State Board of Education.  The performance classifications are to be applied to the evaluation instruments in a manner designed to improve principal and teacher performance.  At least annually, the Governing Board will discuss at a public meeting its aggregate performance classifications of principals and teachers.

The District will involve its certificated teachers in the development and periodic evaluation of the teacher performance evaluation system.  The following elements will be a part of the evaluation system:

●  It

A.  It will meet the requirements prescribed in statute and provide at least one (1) evaluation of each

certificated teacher

certificated teacher by a qualified evaluator each school year. 

●  A

B.  A copy of the evaluation system shall be given to each teacher in the District.

●  Specific

C.  Specific training requirements for qualified evaluators, approved by the Board, will be included which

may involve

may involve local or national educator training resources recommended by the Superintendent.

●  The

D.  The Superintendent will recommend qualified evaluators to the Board prior to naming evaluators.

●  The

E.  The Board will designate qualified evaluators.

●  Best

F.  Best practices for professional development and evaluator training adopted by the State Board of

Education will

Education will be considered.

●  The

G.  The system will include incentives for teachers in the highest performance classification.

●  The

H.  The system will include a plan for the appropriate use of quantitative data of student academic progress

in evaluations

in evaluations of all certificated teachers.  The plan may make distinctions between certificated teachers

who provide

who provide direct instruction to students and certificated teachers who do not provide direct

instruction to students

instruction to students.  The plan may include data for multiple school years and may limit the use of data

for certificated teachers

for certificated teachers who have taught for less than two (2) complete school years.

The Governing Board may waive the requirement of a second classroom observation for a continuing teacher whose teaching performance based on the first classroom observation places the teacher in one (1) of the two (2) highest performance classifications for the current school year, unless the teacher requests a second observation.

Either the qualified evaluator or another Board designee shall confer with the teacher to make specific recommendations as to the areas of improvement in the teacher's performance and to provide professional development opportunities for the certificated teacher to improve performance and follow up with the teacher after a reasonable period of time for the purpose of ascertaining that the teacher is demonstrating adequate performance.

Inadequacy  of  Classroom  Performance

A teacher's classroom performance is inadequate if any one (1) of the following criteria are met:

●  During the current school year, the certificated teacher receives:

■  a performance rating of "ineffective" with respect to the performance component of the District's evaluation instrument; or

■  a performance rating of "ineffective" with respect to the District's evaluation as a whole; or

●  During the current school year, within Standards I, II, and III the certificated teacher receives:

■  performance ratings of "developing" or "ineffective" in at least eighty percent (80%) of the indicators; or

■  performance ratings of "ineffective" in two (2) or more indicators within one (1) standard; or

●  During each year of two (2) consecutive school years, the certificated teacher receives either:

■  a performance rating of "ineffective" or "developing" with respect to the performance component of the District's evaluation instrument; or

■  a performance rating of "ineffective" or "developing" rating with respect to the evaluation instrument as a whole; or

●  During the current school year, two (2) or more observations identify significant inadequacies, meaning a persistent deviation from expected practice, that relate to planning and preparation, creating a positive classroom environment, or instructional skills.

■  One (1) of the observations must be conducted by an evaluator other than the initial evaluator.

■  One (1) of the observations must be a full class period.

■  Administrator must identify the inadequacy in writing within five (5) school days following the second observation and provide specific areas of improvement.

■  A teacher is then identified as inadequate if the deviation persists up to or beyond an additional observation at least fifteen (15) school days after the written feedback following the second observation

================================================================

By school year 2015-2016, the District teacher evaluation will address the following items to be inserted in this location after adoption by the Board.

Item 1

The Board shall describe performance improvement plans for teachers designated in the lowest performance classification and dismissal or nonrenewal procedures pursuant to section 15-536 or 15-539 for teachers who continue to be designated in the lowest performance classification.

Item 2

The Board's dismissal or nonrenewal procedures shall require that the District issue the preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance no later than the second consecutive year that the teacher is designated in one (1) of the two (2) lowest performance classifications unless the teacher is in the first or second year of employment with the District or has been reassigned to teach a new subject or grade level for the preceding or current school year.

================================================================

Inadequacy  of  Classroom  Performance

A teacher's classroom performance is inadequate if:

INSERT DISTRICT LANGUAGE HERE.

The Superintendent is authorized to issue preliminary notices of inadequacy of classroom performance prior to Governing Board approval.  The Superintendent, in consultation with the principal or supervisor of the classroom teacher, will consider any mitigating circumstances before issuing such notices to a classroom teacher who is new to the profession or who was recently reassigned to a new grade level or content area.  The Board will be notified within ten (10) school days of such issuance.

A teacher whose evaluation is used as a criterion for establishing compensation and who disagrees with the evaluation may make a written appeal.  The teacher shall have the burden of proof in the appeal.  The appeal shall go to the Superintendent.

Evaluation  of  Principals, 

other  Administrators 

and  Psychologists

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish a system for the evaluation of principals, other administrators, and certificated school psychologists.  Advice will be sought from those to be evaluated in the development of the performance evaluation system for each of these employee classifications.

Evaluation  of  Principals

The evaluation system for the evaluation of the performance of principals may include the over-all instructional program, student progress, personnel, curriculum, and facilities.  Principals will be given a review of evaluation procedures prior to beginning the process.

The evaluation system for principals may include the following:

●  Alignment

A.  Alignment of professional development opportunities to the principal evaluations.

●  Incentives

B.  Incentives for principals in one (1) of the two (2) highest performance classifications, which may

include multiyear

include multiyear contracts and incentives to work at schools assigned a letter grade of "D" or "F."

●  Transfer

C.  Transfer and contract processes for principals designated in the lowest performance classification.

Subject to statutory limitations, the Board shall make available the evaluation and performance classification pursuant to A.R.S. 15-203

of

 of each principal in the District to school districts and charter schools that are inquiring about the performance of the principal for hiring purposes.

Evaluation  of  Other  Administrators

The format for the evaluation system for other administrators (other than the Superintendent) will be developed

under 

under the leadership of the Superintendent, focusing on the responsibilities and outcomes which support the over-all instructional program and needs of the District.  Evaluation procedures, timelines, and methods to be used for the communication of evaluation results will be reviewed with each employee prior to beginning the process.

Evaluation  of  Certificated

School  Psychologists

The evaluation system for certificated school psychologists shall include the following:

●  Recommendations

A.  Recommendations as to areas of improvement in the performance of the certificated school psychologist if

the performance

the performance warrants improvement.

●  After

B.  After transmittal of an assessment, a Board designee shall confer with the certificated school psychologist

to make

to make specific recommendations as to areas of improvement in performance.

●  The

C.  The Board designee shall provide assistance and opportunities for the certificated school psychologist

to improve

to improve his performance and shall follow up after a reasonable period of time for the purpose of

ascertaining that

ascertaining that adequate performance is being demonstrated.

●  Appeal

D.  Appeal procedures for certificated school psychologists who disagree with the evaluation of their performance,

if

 if the evaluation is for use as criteria for establishing compensation or dismissal.

Contracts  of  Certificated  Employees

The Governing Board may transmit and receive contracts of certificated employees in an electronic format and may accept electronic signatures on those contracts.  The Superintendent will develop procedures for the implementation of this discretionary process.

The Governing Board may adopt requirements that require electronic signatures to be followed by original signatures within a specified time period.

Adopted:  October 1, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203

15-502

15-503

15-536

15-537

15-537.01

15-538

15-538.01

15-539  et seq.

15-544

15-549

15-918.02

15-977

A.A.C. 

R7-2-605

CROSS REF: 
GCB - Professional Staff Contracts and Compensation
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring
GCJ - Professional Staff Noncontinuing and Continuing Status
GCK - Professional Staff Assignments and Transfers
GCMF - Professional Staff Duties and Responsibilities
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDO - Evaluation of Support Staff Members



Master Document: GCO-RA ©
Child Document: GCO-RA

GCO-RA RA ©

REGULATION

EVALUATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL 
STAFF  MEMBERS

Evaluators

The Superintendent will compile an updated listing of those who have successfully completed the District required evaluator training and submit this list of newly trained evaluators prior to the first scheduled staff observation by an evaluator to the Governing Board for designation as qualified evaluators.  The evaluator shall be responsible for the final written and official statement of evaluation, which shall be in writing, and a copy shall be transmitted to the certificated teacher within five (5) days after completion of the evaluation.  [A.R.S. 15-537]

The Superintendent shall implement the specific training requirements for qualified evaluators prescribed by the Governing Board.

Best practices for professional development and evaluator training adopted by the State Board of Education should be referenced by the Superintendent periodically as the State Board has the authority to periodically make adjustments to align with the model framework for teacher and principal evaluations with assessment data changes at the state level.

Classroom Observations by Evaluator:

●  The A.  The teacher performance evaluation system shall include at least two (2) actual classroom observations of the of the certificated teacher demonstrating teaching skills in a complete and uninterrupted lesson by the qualified evaluatorqualified evaluator.  However, the Governing Board may waive the requirement of a second classroom observation for a for a continuing teacher whose teaching performance based on the first classroom observation places the teacher the teacher in one (1) of the three two (32) highest performance classifications for the current school year, unless the teacher the teacher requests a second observation.

●  There B.  There shall be at least sixty (60) calendar days between the first and last observations.

●  Preliminary C.  Preliminary notice of inadequacy may follow the first observation.

●  The D.  The last observation may follow the issuance of a preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance, the  the completion of any performance improvement plan and be used to determine whether the teacher has corrected has corrected inadequacies and has demonstrated adequate classroom performance.

●  An E.  An observation shall not be conducted within two (2) instructional days of any scheduled period in which school which school is not in session for one (1) week or more.

●  Informal F.  Informal or additional formal observations may be made at the discretion of the administrator, a minimum of three (3) informal observations will be completed for each teacher throughout the school year.  Within .  Observations that do not constitute a complete and uninterrupted lesson shall not be considered in determining performance ratings and may only be used to provide feedback to improve instructional performance.

Procedural Steps in the Process of Evaluation:

A.  The evaluation procedures shall be reviewed at each school.  At the beginning of the school year, the principal shall meet with the school's faculty for the purpose of orienting the teachers to the total evaluation plan.  Any teacher that is hired after the school year begins must also be given a review of evaluation procedures prior to the teacher's evaluation. 

B.  Within ten (10) business days after each informal observation, the qualified evaluator observing the teacher shall provide shall provide written feedback to the teacher and a copy shall be retained for the principal's file.  A third copy shall be copy shall be placed in the teacher's personnel file and made available to authorized District officers and employees and employees and as otherwise provided by law.  Observations that do not constitute a complete and uninterrupted lesson shall not be considered in determining performance ratings and may only be used to provide feedback to improve instructional performance.

Procedural Steps in the Process of Evaluation:

Formal Evaluation No. 1:

●  Before September 1 of each year:

■  Teachers receive copy of Evaluation Rubric and Evaluation Instrument.

■  Principal reviews evaluation process and procedures in a faculty meeting.

⇒  Teachers hired after faculty meeting confer individually with an administrator to review evaluation process.

■  Self-assessment form distributed (teacher completes prior to pre-conference).

■  General Information sheet distributed to teacher.

●  Pre-Conference:

■  Discussion about the specific lesson to be observed.

⇒  Lesson Plan of lesson to be observed may be brought to the conference.

■  Review Self-Assessment and General Information sheet.

⇒  Fill out General Information sheet if teacher did not bring it completed.

●  Formal Observation - Full classroom observation (one [1] uninterrupted class period).

●  Administration collaborates to complete Standard 4 on all teachers.

■  Standard 4 completed prior to post-conference.

●  Post-Conference - completed prior to February 1:

■  Review of classroom observations to date.

■  Evaluation Instrument is completed in collaboration with teacher using the teacher self-analysis.

■  Evaluator makes specific recommendations for improvement or professional development as needed.

⇒  The

C.  The results of an annual evaluation shall be

provided

in writing, or provided in electronic format to the

certificated teacher within

certificated teacher and a copy shall be transmitted or provided in an electronic format to the certificated teacher within five (5) business days after completion of the evaluation.

●  Teacher signs evaluation with evaluator:

■  Teacher is given opportunity to review evaluation instrument.

■  Teacher may ask for clarification.

■  The certificated teacher may initiate a written reaction or response to the evaluation.  The official evaluation shall be reduced to writing and signed by both the teacher and the evaluator.  The teacher's signature shall not mean concurrence.  The teacher shall be allowed ten (10) calendar days to write and submit any comments, which shall be attached to the evaluation.

At Least Sixty (60) Calendar Days after First Formal Evaluation.  If teacher is identified as a probationary teacher, is rated as developing or ineffective during the fall semester, or has requested a second formal observation.

●  Pre-Conference:

■  Discussion about the specific lesson to be observed.

⇒  Lesson Plan of lesson to be observed.

●  Formal Observation - Full classroom observation (one [1] uninterrupted class period).

●  Administration collaborates to complete Standard 4 on all teachers who require a second evaluation.

■  Standard 4 completed prior to post-conference.

●  Post-Conference:

■  Review of classroom observations to date.

■  Evaluation Instrument is completed in collaboration with teacher using the teacher self-analysis.

■  Evaluator makes specific recommendations for improvement or professional development as needed.

⇒  The results of an annual evaluation shall be provided in writing or in electronic format to the certificated teacher within five (5) business days after completion of the evaluation.

●  Teacher signs second evaluation with evaluator.

■  Teacher is given opportunity to review evaluation instrument.

■  Teacher may ask for clarification.

■  The

D.  Either the qualified evaluator or another Board designee shall confer with the teacher to make specific recommendations as to the areas of improvement in the teacher's performance and to provide professional development opportunities for the certificated teacher to improve performance and follow up with the teacher after a reasonable period of time for the purpose of ascertaining that the teacher is demonstrating adequate performance.

E.  The certificated teacher may initiate a written reaction or response to the evaluation.  The official

evaluation shall

evaluation shall be reduced to writing and signed by both the teacher and the evaluator.  The teacher's signature

shall not

shall not mean concurrence.  The teacher shall be allowed ten (10) calendar days to write and submit any comments, which shall be attached to the evaluation.

●  Copies F.  Copies of the evaluation report and performance classification of a certificated teacher retained by the Governing the Governing Board and the Department of Education are confidential, do not constitute a public record and shall and shall not be released to any person except to those stipulated in A.R.S. 15-537 which allows release to certain to certain prescribed parties, including school districts and charter schools that inquire about the performance of performance of the teacher for prospective employment purposes.

●  A G.  A school district or charter school that receives information about a certificated teacher from the evaluation report evaluation report and performance classification shall use this information solely for employment  purposes  and  shall  employment purposes and shall not release to or allow access to this information by any other person, entity, school district or charter school for employment for employment purposes.

Preliminary Notice of Inadequacy

of Classroom Performance
:

●  A.  A teacher whose classroom performance has been evaluated as being inadequate shall be given a preliminary a preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance if the teacher may be dismissed or non-renewed because of this notice.  The notice will provide the teacher at least forty-five (45) instructional days instructional days in which to overcome the inadequacies and shall specify the nature of the inadequacy with such particularity such particularity as to furnish the teacher an opportunity to correct the inadequacies and maintain adequate classroom adequate classroom performance as defined by the Governing Board. 

●  The B.  The Superintendent is authorized to issue preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance without prior without prior Board approval.  The Superintendent will notify the Board of such issuance within ten (10) days of such issuancesuch issuance.

●  The C.  The preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance shall be accompanied by a performance improvement performance improvement plan designed to help the teacher correct inadequacies and demonstrate adequate classroom performance.

Nonrenewal/Dismissal of

Certificated Employees
:

●  The A.  The Board shall authorize, as necessary, and send notice to teachers who will not be reemployed for the ensuing the ensuing school year.

●  The B.  The written notice of intention to dismiss or not to reemploy shall include a copy of any valid evaluation pertinent evaluation pertinent to the charges made.

●  Notice C.  Notice of the Board's intention not to reemploy the teacher shall be made by delivering it personally to the teacher the teacher or by sending it by registered or certified mail to the teacher at the teacher's place of residence, as recorded as recorded in the District's records.  The notice shall incorporate a statement of reasons for not reemploying the teacherreemploying the teacher.

●  If D.  If a teacher does not correct inadequacies and demonstrate adequate classroom performance following the preliminary the preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance accompanied by a performance plan and the statutory the statutory time allocated for such improvement has elapsed, a written notice of intention to dismiss or not to reemploy to reemploy may be issued.

●  The E.  The Governing Board shall give any certificated teacher notice of intention to dismiss or not to reemploy if such if such intention is based on charges of inadequacy of classroom performance.  The Governing Board or its authorized its authorized representative at least forty-five (45) instructional days before such notice, shall give the teacher written teacher written preliminary notice of inadequacy of classroom performance, specifying the nature thereof with such particularity such particularity as to furnish the teacher an opportunity to correct inadequacies and maintain adequate classroom performance.  A notice of the Governing Board's intention to dismiss or not to reemploy for inadequacy of inadequacy of classroom performance shall not be issued until the District has completed an observation at the conclusion of conclusion of a performance improvement plan.

●  In F.  In the case of a continuing teacher, if the teacher does not demonstrate adequate classroom performance within performance within the allotted time the Board shall dismiss the teacher as provided by statute.

Contracts   of   Certificated   EmployeesContracts  of  Certificated  Employees 

The Governing Board shall offer a teaching contract for the next ensuing school year to each certificated probationary teacher who is under a contract of employment with the District for the current school year, unless the Governing Board, a member of the Board acting on behalf of the Board or the Superintendent gives notice to the teacher of the Board's intention not to offer a teaching contract or unless such teacher has been dismissed.

The Governing Board shall offer to each certificated continuing teacher who has been employed more than the major portion of three (3) consecutive years and who is under contract of employment with the District for the current year a contract renewal for the next ensuing school year unless the teacher has been given notice of the Board's intent not to offer a contract and to dismiss the teacher as provided by statute.

The Governing Board shall offer a contract to each certificated teacher who is not designated in the lowest performance classification and was offered a contract in the prior year unless the teacher has been given notice of the Board's intent not to offer a contract and to dismiss the teacher.

The teacher's acceptance of the contract must be indicated within fifteen (15) business days from the date of the teacher's receipt of the written contract or the offer of a contract is revoked.

Receipt is considered to have occurred when the written contract is:

●  personally A.  personally delivered,

●  placed B.  placed in the teacher's school-provided mailbox, including electronic mail, or

●  two C.  two (2) days after being placed in a United States Postal Service mail box.

The teacher accepts the contract by signing the contract and returning it to the Governing Board or by making a written instrument which accepts the terms of the contract and delivering it to the Governing Board.  If the written instrument includes terms in addition to the terms of the contract offered by the Board, the teacher fails to accept the contract.

The Governing Board may transmit and receive contracts of certificated employees in an electronic format and may accept electronic signatures on those contracts.  Additional provisions are as follows:

●  If A.  If a contract has not been transmitted to the certificated employee by the end of the current school year, an electronic an electronic contract to that certificated employee, if provided in that format by the District, shall be transmitted prior transmitted prior to the start of the next school year and shall be submitted to both the certificated employee's District e-mail as well as the certificated employee's personal e-mail in order to notify the certificated employee of the offer the offer of contract.

●  Each B.  Each certificated employee shall be responsible for submitting his or her personal e-mail to human resources personnel resources personnel at the District for this purpose.

●  Documents C.  Documents transmitted in an electronic format pursuant to this subsection shall be considered written documents written documents for the purposes of sections 15-536 and 15-538.01.

●  If D.  If the Governing Board has so adopted, electronic signatures are to be followed by original signatures within a specified a specified time period.

●  The E.  The Governing Board that accepts an electronic signature for a certificated employee's contract shall provide validation provide validation to the certificated employee that the contract has been transmitted.

Principals, Other Administrators and
Certificated School Psychologists
:

●  Evaluation A.  Evaluation will be a cooperative procedure, with the evaluator and the evaluatee having full knowledge of the criteria the criteria and process. 

●  The B.  The results of an annual evaluation shall be in writing, or be provided in electronic format, to the evaluatee and a and a copy shall be transmitted or provided in  in an electronic format within five (5) business days after completion of the of the evaluation.

●  Evaluation C.  Evaluation documents and procedures shall be developed based on the unique responsibilities and expectations and expectations inherent in the assignment.

The

D.  The evaluation and performance classification of each principal in the District will be made available to

school districts

school districts and charter schools that are inquiring about the performance of the principal for hiring purposes. 

Principal,  Other  Administrator,  and
Certificated  School  Psychologist
Contract  Renewal

If the administrator's contract with the District is for more than one (1) year, but not exceeding three (3) years, on or before May 15 of the last year of the contract, the Board shall offer a contract for the next school year to the administrator unless on or before April 15 the Board gives notice to the administrator of the Board's intention not to offer a new administrative contract.

If the administrator's or psychologist's contract with the District is for a single year, on or before May 15 of each year the Board shall offer a contract for the next school year to the administrator or psychologist unless on or before April 15 the Board gives notice to the administrator or psychologist of the Board's intention not to offer a new administrative contract or psychologist's contract.



Master Document: GCO-RB ©
Child Document: GCO-RB ©

GCO-RB ©

REGULATION

EVALUATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL 
STAFF  MEMBERS

(Procedures for Appeal of Evaluation)

When an evaluation is used as the criterion for establishing a teacher's compensation, the teacher will be so informed at the conference where the evaluation is discussed.

A teacher whose evaluation is used as a criterion for establishing compensation and who disagrees with the evaluation may make a written appeal to the Superintendent no later than ten (10) days after the conference where the disputed evaluation is discussed.

The appeal to the Superintendent shall be limited to the sole issue of how the evaluation procedure used is at variance from the Board-adopted procedure.  The burden of proof is on the teacher and the appeal may consist of a paper review.  The decision of the Superintendent shall be final and not subject to further appeal or review.



Master Document: GCP © PROFESSIONAL STAFF PROMOTIONS
Child Document: GCP © PROFESSIONAL STAFF PROMOTIONS

GCP ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  PROMOTIONS

The Superintendent will fill positions of increased responsibility with the best available candidates.  Candidates will be considered both from within and from outside the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GCQA © PROFESSIONAL STAFF REDUCTION IN FORCE
Child Document: GCQA © PROFESSIONAL STAFF REDUCTION IN FORCE

GCQA ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
REDUCTION  IN  FORCE

The number and type of certificated staff positions required to implement the District's educational program will be determined by the Board after recommendation from the Superintendent.  In the event the Board decides to release certificated staff members, the following guidelines will be in effect:

●  The A.  The Superintendent shall submit to the Board recommendations for the termination of specific staff members.   The  The criteria used in formulating these recommendations shall include, but shall not be limited to:

■  Qualifications 1.  Qualifications and certification of staff members to accomplish the District's educational program, including  including certification requirements for specialty categories and designation as a highly qualified teacherqualified teacher.

■  Overall 2.  Overall teaching experience, academic training, and ability.

■  Past 3.  Past contributions to the educational program of the District.

Teacher tenure and seniority shall not be considerations in retention determinations.

Personnel to be released shall be notified as soon as practical.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
15-503

15-544

A.G.O. 
I78-286

CROSS REF.: 
GCB - Professional Staff Contracts and Compensation



Master Document: GCQC © RESIGNATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCQC © RESIGNATION OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS

GCQC ©
RESIGNATION  OF  PROFESSIONAL 
STAFF  MEMBERS

All resignations or requests to be released from contract shall be presented in writing to the Board for approval.  A release from an uncompleted contract may be granted contingent upon the availability of a well-qualified, certificated teacher as a replacement.

A teacher who resigns contrary to this policy shall be deemed to have committed an unprofessional act and shall be subject to the penalty as provided under Arizona statutes and State Board of Education regulations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-545
23-353
A.A.C.
R7-2-205



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCQ © PROFESSIONAL STAFF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

GCQ ©
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
TERMINATION  OF  EMPLOYMENT

Refer to Policy DKA.



Master Document: GCQE © RETIREMENT OF PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCQE RETIREMENT OF PROFESSIONAL / SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GCQE ©
RETIREMENT  OF  PROFESSIONAL PROFESSIONAL  /
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

Recognition

It shall be the policy of the Governing Board of the Glendale Union High School District (GUHSD) to honor its employees for long and faithful service.

Regular  Retirement

It shall be the policy of the District to support options which lead to retirement under the provisions of the Arizona Revised Statutes.

All District personnel who are employed for twenty (20) or more hours per week for twenty (20) or more weeks during a fiscal year are covered by the Arizona State Retirement System.  Old Age and Survivors Insurance (OASI) coverage is provided in accordance with federal law.

Under the provisions of existing retirement law, the Governing Board encourages personnel to consider options leading to retirement on or before the age of sixty-five (65).

Early  Retirement  Program  for

Retirees  on  or  after  7/1/2013

It shall be the policy of the District to provide an Early Retirement Program as an earned benefit for full-time employees.  Employees with fifteen (15) consecutive years of full-time District employment and who meet the criteria listed below under "Qualifications" may apply for acceptance into the Early Retirement Program.  An employee shall be considered full-time when the employee has met the conditions for full-time employment as prescribed by Board policy including salary schedules.  In order to participate in the early retirement program, an employee must apply for and receive benefits under the Arizona State Retirement System (ASRS).

Qualifications

The employee must:

●  Have the most recent hire date with the District before July 1, 2009; retire on or after July 1, 2013 and apply for and receive benefits under the Arizona State Retirement System.  Any employee that has not previously received the early retirement benefit and is re-employed on or after July 1, 2009 is not eligible for this benefit.

●  When the employee reaches the age of sixty-five (65), the employee shall no longer be eligible for benefits under the Early Retirement Program.

●  Any interruption in District employment of one (1) year or more eliminates all accumulated credit towards the fifteen (15) consecutive years of full time employment used to calculate eligibility for this program.  Upon re-employment prior to July 1, 2009 an employee may be eligible to start accumulating new years of service towards the fifteen (15) consecutive year requirement.

●   The following conditions will not count toward the number of years of employment but will not be considered as an interruption of employment:

■  A leave of absence, reduction in force (RIF), or sabbatical of one (1) year or less.

■  Part time employment.

■  An interruption in District employment of less than one (1) year.

Benefits and Conditions

The retiree who is a participant in this program:

●  Shall receive basic term life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance coverage that is provided to full-time employees.

●  May obtain medical and/or dental coverage for themselves through ASRS.

●  May enroll their dependents in the ASRS insurance benefits program.  The premium for this shall be the responsibility of the retiree. 

●  Shall receive District reimbursement for their ASRS retiree premiums not to exceed the highest District contribution for active employees.

●  In the event the retiree and/or dependents are denied coverage by ASRS, then they will return to the District insurance plan within the limits outlined.

●  Maximum years participation in the program shall be limited as follows:

■  Thirty plus (30+) years of service in GUHSD - no limit, until reaching the age of sixty-five (65).

■  Twenty-five through twenty-nine (25-29) years of service in GUHSD - ten (10) years, until reaching the age of sixty-five (65).

■  Twenty through twenty-four (20-24) years of service in GUHSD - nine (9) years, until reaching the age of sixty-five (65).

■  Fifteen through nineteen (15-19) years of service in GUHSD - eight (8) years, until reaching the age of sixty-five (65).

●  A formal agreement will be signed by the retiree and the Governing Board consistent with the eligibility requirements set forth under "Qualifications."

●  The retiree may withdraw from a specific portion(s) of the benefit program (medical, dental, life) when the retiree so requests.  When the retiree withdraws from a specific benefit, the retiree may not re-enter those benefits withdrawn.  Accepting a subsequent offer of active employee insurance benefits from an employer and for that term stopping District reimbursement is not considered withdrawing from the program.  When the active benefits are no longer provided, the early retirement benefit may be resumed consistent with all original early retirement conditions provided in this policy.

●  Under this Early Retirement Program, the retiree may be employed part-time or full- time in the District and may earn up to the maximum amount as established by the Social Security Administration and/or the Arizona State Retirement System.

Adopted:  August 3, 2016

Retirement  Incentive  Program

The retirement incentive program is intended to provide a school employee with the opportunity to receive an incremental increase in salary during the final year of employment in exchange for the voluntary release, by the employee, of tenure rights or employee benefit rights accrued during such employment.  Such payment must be offered and accepted in the employment contract prior to the beginning of the particular school year in which the retirement incentive pay is to be received.

The employee must apply to the Governing Board, in writing, for the retirement incentive during or before the year prior to the year in which retirement will occur.  This application for the retirement incentive may be withdrawn on or before February 1 of the year of retirement.

An employee choosing the retirement incentive shall receive an increase over the regular contractual or scheduled salary in the year before retirement.  All legally required deductions, including the employee's contribution to the state retirement fund, will be withheld.  The payment shall be calculated as set forth below.

The payment will be based upon the number of years of service to the District.

          Number of years          Percent          Number of years          Percent

          of service to the          of annual         of service to the          of annual

           School District              salary            School District              salary

                    10                          2%                       16                           8%

                    11                          3%                       17                           9%

                    12                          4%                       18                          10%

                    13                          5%                       19                          11%

                    14                          6%               20 and above                12%

                    15                          7%

Sick  Leave  Payment  upon  Retirement

Upon proper and timely application for the retirement incentive program, the District will pay for accumulated sick leave on a graduated scale up to the maximum accumulated amount indicated by the District.  Certificated employees will be paid based upon a daily rate established for payment of a day-to-day substitute teacher in the District, and support staff members will be paid based upon a daily rate calculated by multiplying the minimum wage times eight (8) hours.  The payment will be made on the following scale:

          Number of years          Percent          Number of years          Percent

          of service to the          of annual         of service to the          of annual

           School District              salary            School District              salary

                   10                           0%                       16                          30%

                   11                           5%                       17                          35%

                   12                          10%                      18                          40%

                   13                          15%                      19                          45%

                   14                          20%              20 and above                50%

                   15                          25%

No continuing rights are established by this policy.  In compliance with established procedure, the Governing Board reserves the right to modify or rescind any policy in accord with its own guidelines.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-711 et seq.

38-741 et seq.

 



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCQA-R

GCQA-R 

REGULATION

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF 
REDUCTION  IN  FORCE

(Criteria for Staffing 2012-2013 School Year)

The order of teachers to be placed on a reduction-in-force list will be determined by the following one hundred (100) point rubric.  The rubric that follows is not intended to supersede other steps in the staffing process, but the rubric shall be used to determine teacher placement should a reduction-in-force situation occur.  In a reduction-in-force situation, affected teachers and principals will complete the rubric.  Teachers with the lowest point total on the rubric will be subjected to reduction-in-force first.

Educational Program (25 points possible):

●  Teachers in good standing                                  25 points

●  Teacher on an Instructional Remediation Plan     0 points

Professional Conduct (10 points possible):

●  No documented offenses/clean record               10 points

●  Points will be deducted in a manner reflecting disciplinary action for violations of professional conduct.

■  Deduct three (3) points for every Letter of Reprimand beyond one (1) during the school year.

■  Deduct five (5) points for any suspension less than nine (9) days.

■  Deduct ten (10) points for any extended suspensions (nine [9] days or more).

Educational Level/Professional Development (20 points maximum):

●  Education Level (as recognized on current contract):

■  BA                                 1 point

■  BA +15                          2 points

■  BA + 30                         3 points

■  MA                                4 points

■  MA +12                         5 points

■  MA + 24                        6 points

■  MA + 36                        7 points

■  MA + 48                        8 points

■  MA + 60                        9 points

■  MA + 72/Doctorate     10 points

●  Certificated Teaching Experience (in relevant grade levels and subjects taught within the District):

Years:

■  3 or fewer     2 points

■  4 - 6              4 points

■  7 - 9              6 points

■  10 - 12          8 points

■  13 +            10 points

Certifications and Endorsements (5 points maximum):

●  Highly Qualified:  The teacher will receive one (1) point for each position in which the teacher is highly qualified.

●  Appropriately Certificated:  The teacher will receive one (1) point for each position in which the teacher is appropriately certificated.

●  Dual Enrollment Certificated:  The teacher will receive one (1) point for each position in which the teacher is dual enrollment certificated.

Special Academic Assignments (20 points maximum):

●  Teachers will be awarded two (2) points for each of the following special assignments in which they are staffed during the current year:

■  Title I Coordinator

■  Ascend teacher

■  Read 180 teacher

■  Math Intervention Specialist

■  Literacy Coach

■  Special Education teacher

■  Co-teacher (for Special Education teacher and content teacher)

■  ELL teacher

■  Transitions teacher

■  Honors Program teacher

■  Mentor-on-Assignment

■  Split assignment (different subject areas or more than two [2] preps)

■  Trailer course teacher

■  Advanced Placement teacher

School Involvement (20 points maximum):

●  Ten (10) points will be awarded for one (1) paid extra duty assignment (as stipulated in Article V of the PN Agreement: "Pay for Extra Services and Activities," pages 33-35 in the 2010-2011 Teacher Guide).

●  Two (2) points will be awarded for each additional paid and unpaid assignment.

●  Two (2) points will be awarded to Head Coaches overseeing a Varsity level program.

●  Two (2) points will be awarded for each school leadership position and committee participation which may include the following:

■  District committees

■  Department chair

■  Content Team leader (Note:  to earn a point on the rubric, the content team must consist of more than one [1] member)

■  State/local committees

■  Professional Association leadership (GUEA Officers, GUEA Sr. Reps.)

■  Supervisor for a student teacher

Tie Breakers (to be determined at District office):

●  If teachers have the same number of points on the rubric, the following elements will be used, in the following order to make the determination:

■  Assignment as a Head Coach of multiple sports.

■  Program needs.

■  Number of students served in activities sponsored by individual teacher in the current year.

■  Paid extra duty positions (as stipulated in Article V of the PN Agreement: "Special Assignments" page 37 of the 2010-2011 Teacher Guide).

■  Employee attendance (a three [3] year average of discretionary days utilized.  Days protected by the Family and Medical Leave Act (FMLA) will not be included in this calculation.)



Master Document: GCQF © DISCIPLINE, SUSPENSION, AND DISMISSAL OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCQF DISCIPLINE, SUSPENSION, AND DISMISSAL OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS

GCQF ©
DISCIPLINE,  SUSPENSION,  AND 
DISMISSAL  OF 
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  MEMBERS

Categories  of  Misconduct

Certificated staff members may be disciplined for infractions that include, but are not limited to, the following categories:

●  Engaging A.  Engaging in unprofessional conduct.

●  Committing B.  Committing fraud in securing appointment.

●  Exhibiting C.  Exhibiting incompetency in their work.●  Exhibiting

D.  Exhibiting inefficiency in their work.

●  Exhibiting E.  Exhibiting improper attitudes.

●  Neglecting F.  Neglecting their duties.

●  Engaging G.  Engaging in acts of insubordination.

●  Engaging H.  Engaging in acts of child abuse or child molestation.

●  I.   Engaging in acts of dishonesty.

●  J.   Being under the influence of alcohol while on duty.

●  Engaging K.  Engaging in the illicit use of narcotics or habit-forming drugs.

●  Being L.  Being absent without authorized leave.

●  M. Engaging in discourteous treatment of the public.

●  Engaging N.  Engaging in improper political activity.

●  Engaging O.  Engaging in willful disobedience.

●  Being P.  Being involved in misuse or unauthorized use of school property.

●  Being Q.  Being involved in excessive absenteeism.

●  Carrying R.  Carrying or possessing a weapon on school grounds unless they are peace officers or have obtained specific authorization specific authorization from the appropriate school administrator.

Statutory  Requirements

Certificated staff members disciplined under A.R.S. 15-341, A.R.S. 15-539, or other applicable statutes:

●  May A.  May not be suspended with or without pay for a period exceeding ten (10) school days under A.R.S. 15-341.

●  May B.  May be suspended without pay for a period of time greater than ten (10) school days or dismissed under Aunder A.R.S. 15-539.

●  Shall C.  Shall be disciplined under procedures that provide for notice, hearing, and appeal, subject to the requirements of requirements of A.R.S. 15-341 or A.R.S. 15-539, whichever is appropriate.

●  ShallD.  Shall, if disciplined under A.R.S. 15-539 or other applicable statutes, excluding A.R.S. 15-341, receive notice in notice in writing served upon the certificated staff member personally or by United States registered or certified mail addressed mail addressed to the employee's last-known address.  A copy of charges specifying instances of behavior and the acts the acts of omissions constituting the charge(s), together with a copy of all applicable statutes, shall be attached to attached to the notice.

●  Shall E.  Shall have the right to a hearing in accordance with the following:

■  1.  Suspension under A.R.S. 15-341.   The supervising administrator will schedule a meeting not less than two than two (2) days nor more than ten (10) days after the date the certificated staff member receives the notice.

■  2.  Dismissal or dismissal with suspension included under A.R.S. 15-539.     A certificated staff member's written s written request for a hearing shall be filed with the Board within ten (10) days after service of notice.   The  The filing of a timely request shall suspend the imposition of a suspension without pay or a dismissal pending dismissal pending completion of the hearing.

General  Provisions  for  Discipline
Under  A.R.S. 15-341

General provisions for discipline are as follows:

●  A.  Informal consultation.  Nothing contained herein will limit a supervising administrator's prerogative to engage in engage in informal consultation with a certificated employee to discuss matters of concern related to the employee's performances performance, conduct, et cetera; however, when it is apparent that disciplinary action toward a certificated employee certificated employee is likely to become a part of the certificated staff member's personnel record as permitted by A.R.S. 15-341, the procedures outlined herein shall be followed.

●  B.  Persons authorized to impose discipline.   Any supervising administrator who is the immediate or primary supervisor primary supervisor of a certificated staff member is authorized to impose a penalty or penalties, short of dismissal.   Only  Only the Board may dismiss a certificated staff member.

●  C.  Notice.  Any person who is required by this policy to give written notice to any other person affected by this policy this policy may do so by any means reasonably calculated to give the recipient actual knowledge of the notice within notice within a reasonable amount of time.  When time is calculated from the date a notice is received, the notice is notice is deemed to be received on the date it is hand delivered or three (3) calendar days after it is placed in the mailthe mail.

●  D.  Administrative discretion.  In adopting these policies and procedures, it is the intention of the District that they be they be interpreted and applied in a reasonable fashion.  The policies and regulations are not intended to restrict or eliminate or eliminate the discretion traditionally afforded to supervising administrators to determine whether discipline is appropriateis appropriate.  Supervising administrators are therefore directed to continue to use reasonable discretion in determining in determining whether a particular alleged violation merits discipline.

●  E.  Right not to impose discipline.  The District reserves the right not to discipline a certificated staff member for conduct for conduct that violates this policy.

●  F.  Definition of work days.  For the purposes of this policy, a work day is any day that the District's central administrative central administrative office is open for business.

●  G.  Additional reasons for discipline.   A certificated staff member may be disciplined for conduct that has occurred has occurred but that, at or near the time of misconduct, was not the subject of or identified as a reason for reason for a specific proceeding specific proceeding under this policy.

Procedure  for  Discipline
Under  A.R.S.  15-341

The following procedures will be used to impose any discipline that 1) shall become a part of the certificated staff member's personnel record and 2) is permitted under A.R.S. 15-341:

Step 1 - Notice:

●  Upon A.  Upon the supervising administrator's determination of the existence of cause to impose discipline, the supervising the supervising administrator shall notify the certificated staff member of intent to impose discipline.  The notice shall The notice shall be in writing and shall be delivered in person or by first-class mail.  The notice shall include the include the following:

■  The 1.  The conduct or omission on the part of the certificated staff member that constitutes the reason for disciplinefor discipline.

■  A 2.  A scheduled meeting time between the supervising administrator and the certificated staff member.   Such  Such meeting shall be scheduled not more than ten (10) working days after the date the certificated staff certificated staff member receives the notice.

■  A 3.  A statement of the disciplinary action the supervising administrator intends to impose, including, if applicableif applicable, the number of days of suspension with or without pay.

■  Copies 4.  Copies of any available relevant documentation, at the discretion of the supervising administrator.

■  Glendale Union Education Association (GUEA) Process - The employee may select a witness from the local pool of GUEA representatives to be present at any time during a conference with an administrator involving:

■~  an investigation,

■~  discipline,

■~  evaluation, or

■~  any matter in which the principal will be bringing another administrator.

Step 2 - Discipline Hearing:

●  At the meetingA.  At the hearing, the supervising administrator shall discuss with the certificated staff member the conduct that warrants that warrants disciplinary action and shall provide the certificated staff member with any appropriate evidence and a and a copy of relevant documentation if not previously provided.

●  The B.  The supervising administrator shall conduct the meeting hearing in an informal manner, without adherence to the rules of rules of evidence and procedure required in judicial proceedings.

Step 3 - Decision (in writing):

●  At the hearing, or within ten (10) working days following the hearing, the supervising administrator shall, in writingin writing, inform the certificated staff member of the decision.  If the decision is to impose discipline, written notice written notice of the discipline shall be enclosed.  The written notice of the decision shall state that a copy of the noticethe notice, decision, and a record of the disciplinary action shall be placed in the certificated staff member's personnel s personnel file and shall specify the date the discipline shall be imposed unless the certificated staff member files member files a written request for appeal within five (5) working days after the decision is delivered to the certificated staff certificated staff member.  If the certificated staff member requests an appeal of the decision, the imposition of any discipline any discipline shall be suspended pending the outcome of the appeal.

Step 4 - Appeal:

●  Discipline imposed may be appealed at the next organizational level, in writing, to the appropriate assistant superintendent assistant superintendent or the Superintendent.  Only when the discipline is determined by the Superintendent shall the shall the appeal be to the Board, which, at its discretion, may appoint a hearing officer.  The appeal shall contain a contain a brief statement of the reasons why the certificated staff member believes the administrator's decision is incorrectis incorrect.  Appeal is limited to one (1) organizational level above the level of the supervising administrator who administrator who imposed the discipline.

The appeal shall specifically describe the part of the determination with which the certificated staff member disagrees:

●  Determination A.  Determination was founded upon error of construction or application of any pertinent regulations or policies.

●  Determination B.  Determination was unsupported by any evidence as disclosed by the entire record.

●  Determination C.  Determination was materially affected by unlawful procedure.

●  Determination D.  Determination was based on violation of any statutory or constitutional right.

●  Determination E.  Determination was arbitrary and capricious.

●  The F.  The penalty was excessive.

The supervising administrator, the Superintendent, or, when appropriate, the Board or the Board-appointed hearing officer may, at the conclusion of the appeal, uphold the discipline, modify the decision, or refer the matter back to the level from which it was appealed for rehearing and additional information.  Such decision, along with specific direction as to the effective date of any discipline, shall be communicated to the certificated staff member within a reasonable amount of time following the appeal, not to exceed seven (7) working days.

The assigned hearing officer shall, by use of a mechanical device, make a record of the appeal hearing.

This policy, under A.R.S. 15-341, does not apply to dismissal of a certificated staff member except to the extent that the Board may find, subsequent to dismissal proceedings, that a lesser form of discipline as set forth in this policy should be imposed.

Not all administrative actions regarding a certificated staff member are considered "discipline," even though they may involve alleged or possible violations by the certificated staff member.  This policy addresses only discipline and has no application to any of the following:

●  The A.  The certificated staff member evaluation procedure or the resulting evaluations as they pertain to the adequacy the adequacy of the certificated staff member's classroom performance.

●  Letters B.  Letters or memorandums directed to a certificated staff member containing directives or instructions for future for future conduct.

●  Counseling C.  Counseling of a certificated staff member concerning expectations of future conduct.

●  Nonrenewal D.  Nonrenewal of a contract of a certificated staff member employed by the District for less than the major portion of major portion of three (3) consecutive school years (noncontinuing certificated staff member).

General  Provisions  for  Suspension 
Without  Pay  or  Dismissal  Under 
A.R.S.  15-539

Step 1 - Notice:

●  The A.  The Governing Board, except as otherwise provided by A.R.S. 15-539, shall upon receipt of a written statement written statement of charges from the Superintendent that cause exists for the suspension of a certificated teacher without pay for a period longer than ten (10) school days or dismissal, shall give notice to the teacher of the Boardthe Board's intention s intention to suspend without pay or dismiss the teacher at the expiration of ten (10) days from the date the date of service of the notice.

■  If 1.  If charges presented to the Board for dismissal of a certificated person allege immoral conduct, the charge the charge or a resignation involving such charges shall be reported to the Department of Education.

■  Whenever 2.  Whenever the statement of charges by the Superintendent allege immoral or unprofessional conduct as the as the cause for dismissal, the Board may adopt a resolution to file a complaint with the State Department of Department of Education.  Pending disciplinary action by the State Board, the certificated teacher may be reassigned by reassigned by the Superintendent or the Governing Board may place the teacher on administrative leave and give notice give notice to the teacher of the administrative leave of absence pursuant to A.R.S. 15-540.

■  As 3.  As used in this policy, immoral conduct means any conduct that is contrary to the moral standards of the community the community and that reflects an unfitness to perform the duties assigned to the certificated staff member.

●  The B.  The Governing Board, upon adoption of a written statement charging a certificated teacher with cause for suspension for suspension without pay or dismissal, may immediately place the teacher on administrative leave of absence  and absence and give the teacher notice of the administrative leave of absence.

●  Written C.  Written notice of the administrative leave of absence shall be served on the teacher personally or by United States United States registered mail addressed to the teacher at the teacher's last known address.

Step 2 Hearing for Suspension Without
Pay or Dismissal
:

●  The A.  The Governing Board shall decide whether to hold a hearing on the dismissal or suspension of a certificated teacher certificated teacher without pay for a period of time longer than ten (10) days as provided in A.R.S. 15-541.

■  OPTIONS - The Governing Board may provide, (A) by policy or (B) vote at its annual organizational meetingorganizational meeting, that all hearings conducted pursuant to this section shall be conducted before a hearing officer.

●  If B.  If the Governing Board decides not to hold a hearing, the Board shall designate a hearing officer to:

■  hold 1.  hold the hearing,

■  hear 2.  hear the evidence,

■  prepare 3.  prepare a record of the hearing, and

■  issue 4.  issue a recommendation to the Board for action.

●  If C.  If the parties cannot mutually agree on a hearing officer, a hearing officer shall be selected by the Governing Board Governing Board from a list provided by the State Department of Education or the American Arbitration Association.

●  A D.  A hearing held pursuant to A.R.S. 15-541 may not be conducted by any hearing officer having a personal interest personal interest which would conflict with the hearing officer's objectivity in the hearing.

●  The E.  The hearing shall be held:

■  not 1.  not less than fifteen (15) days, nor

■  not 2.  not more than thirty (30) days.

■  after 3.  after the request is filed, unless all parties to the hearing mutually agree to a different hearing date.

●  Notice F.  Notice of the time and place of the hearing shall be given to the teacher not less than three (3) days before the date the date of the hearing.

●  The G.  The teacher may request that the hearing be conducted in public or private.● 

H.  The Governing Board shall provide any officer, appointee, or employee to be considered or discussed at a meeting with written notice of the executive session as is appropriate but not less than twenty-four (24) hours for the officer, appointee, or employee to determine whether the discussion or consideration should occur at a public meeting. 

I.  At the hearing the teacher may appear in person and by counsel, if desired, and may present any testimony, evidence  evidence or statements, either oral or in writing, in the teacher's behalf.

●  An J.  An official record of the hearing, including all testimony recorded manually or by mechanical device, and exhibits .and exhibits shall be prepared by the Governing Board or the hearing officer.

●  The K.  The teacher who is the subject of the hearing may not request that the testimony be transcribed unless the teacher the teacher agrees in writing to pay the actual cost of the transcription.

●  Within L.  Within ten (10) days after a hearing conducted by the Governing Board the Board shall:

■  determine 1.  determine whether there existed good and just cause for the notice of dismissal or suspension, and

■  affirm 2.  affirm or withdraw the notice of dismissal or suspension.

●  Within M.  Within ten (10) days after a hearing conducted by a hearing officer, the hearing officer shall:

■  deliver a written recommendation to the Governing Board that includes findings of fact and conclusions.

●  Parties N.  Parties to the hearing have the right to object to the findings of the hearing officer and present oral and written arguments written arguments to the Governing Board.

●  The O.  The Governing Board has an additional ten (10) days to determine whether good and just cause existed for the for the notice of dismissal or suspension and shall render its decision accordingly, either affirming or withdrawing the withdrawing the notice of suspension or dismissal.

■  Good and just cause does not include religious or political beliefs or affiliations unless they are in violation in violation of the oath of the teacher.

Additional  Provisions 
and  Conditions

During the pendency of a hearing, neither the certificated staff member nor the supervising administrator shall contact the Superintendent or a Board member to discuss the merits of the supervising administrator's recommendation or charges and proposed discipline except as provided by this policy.  No attempt shall be made during such period to discuss the merits of the charges with the person designated to act as hearing officer.

The Governing Board shall keep confidential the name of a student involved in a hearing for dismissal, discipline, or action on a teacher's certificate, with exceptions as noted in A.R.S. 15-551.

Amendments.  The District reserves the right to amend this policy in any way at any time.  Any amendment shall have prospective application only.

Severability.  If any provision of this policy is held to be invalid for any reason, such action shall not invalidate the remainder of this policy.  If any provision of this policy conflicts with any provisions in any other policies adopted by the District, the provisions of this policy shall prevail.

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
15-203
15-341
15-342
15-350
15-503
15-507
15-508
15-514
15-536
15-538
15-538.01
15-539
15-540

15-541
15-542
15-543
15-549
15-551
41-770

CROSS REF.: 
DKA - Payroll Procedures/Schedules
GCJ - Professional Staff Noncontinuing and Continuing Status
GCO - Evaluation of Professional Staff Members



Master Document: GCR © NONSCHOOL EMPLOYMENT BY PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GCR © NONSCHOOL EMPLOYMENT BY PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERS

GCR ©
NONSCHOOL  EMPLOYMENT  BY 
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  MEMBERS

A regular, full-time employee's position in the District shall be given precedence over any type of outside work or self-employment.  Employees are free to carry on individual work or self-employment projects as long as no District facilities, equipment, or school(s) are used, except as provided by policy, and the outside work or self-employment does not interfere with the employees' performance of District-assigned duties.

The outside work or self-employment by a staff member is of concern to the Board insofar as it may:

●  Prevent A.  Prevent the employee from performing assigned responsibilities in an effective manner.

●  Be B.  Be prejudicial to proper effectiveness in the position or compromise the District.

●  Raise C.  Raise a question of conflict of interest - for example, where the employee's position in the District permits access permits access to information or other advantage useful to the outside employer.

Therefore, an employee may not perform any duties related to outside work or self-employment during regular District working hours or during the additional time that is needed to fulfill the responsibilities of the District position.  Employees who violate this policy are subject to reprimand, suspension, or termination.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
EDB - Maintenance and Control of Materials and Equipment
KF - Community Use of School Facilities



Master Document: GCRD © TUTORING FOR PAY
Child Document: GCRD © TUTORING FOR PAY

GCRD ©
TUTORING  FOR  PAY

Except by prior written authorization from the Superintendent:

●  School A.  School buildings are not to be used for private tutoring or classes for which students pay a fee to a staff member staff member unless a rental contract has been entered into with the District.

●  A B.  A staff member is not permitted to provide tutoring for pay to any student who attends or is registered in any of the of the staff member's own classes.

Any person contracted by the state or District to provide tutoring services directly to pupils shall be required to obtain a fingerprint clearance card prior to such services being provided.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
15-534
A.G.O. 
R97-023

CROSS REF: 
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring
KF - Community Use of School Facilities
LDA - Student Teaching and Internships



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCQE-R

GCQE-R 

REGULATION

RETIREMENT  OF  PROFESSIONAL /
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

(Recognition of Professional/Support Staff Members)

The Board will grant public recognition to all continuing employees on their twenty-fifth (25th) anniversary of service.  This recognition will include the presentation of an appropriate symbol by the Governing Board at a regular meeting, and proper notation of the long and faithful service will be reflected in the official Board minutes.



Master Document: GCS © PROFESSIONAL RESEARCH AND PUBLISHING
Child Document: GCS © PROFESSIONAL RESEARCH AND PUBLISHING

GCS ©
PROFESSIONAL  RESEARCH 
AND  PUBLISHING

The Board has proprietary rights to publications, instructional materials, and devices prepared by employees unless prepared by such employees on their own time and without use of school facilities and/or equipment.

●  The A.  The Board authorizes the Superintendent to review material prepared by staff members prior to copyright or patent copyright or patent for subsequent publication or distribution, and to recommend waiving all or part of the Board's proprietary s proprietary rights in favor of the employees preparing such materials.

●  Any B.  Any staff member who submits professional materials for publication in which the District is mentioned will submit will submit all such material to the Superintendent prior to release for publication, including materials developed on developed on the employee's own time.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

17 U.S.C. 201



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCQE-E

GCQE-E  

EXHIBIT

RETIREMENT  OF  PROFESSIONAL /
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

REQUEST FOR EARLY RETIREMENT

Name ______________________________     Soc. Security No. _______________

Address ____________________________________________________________
                                                                    Street

___________________________________________________________________
           City                                                State                                            Zip

Date of Birth _________________________________________________________

Years of continuous full-time employment with the District  _____________________

I wish to resign from my regular employment position at the end of the current contract year and apply for early retirement under the Glendale Union High School District Early Retirement Program.  The resignation is to be considered only upon authorization for early retirement.

I request the early retirement to be effective ________________________________
                                                                                                  Date
and understand it will expire _________________________.
                                                                  Date

I  (do)   (do not)  wish to enroll dependents in the group insurance plan of the  District's insurance carrier and understand that I am to pay the premiums for dependent coverage according to the terms of the policy.

I  (do)   (do not)  wish to enroll dependents in the group dental insurance plan to the District's insurance carrier and understand that I am to pay the premiums for dependent coverage according to the terms of the policy.

●  I have read District Policy GCQE, related to the Early Retirement Program and agree to meet all the requirements of the policy.

●  I understand that I must inform the Payroll Department (435-6037 or 435-6038) whether my retirement is to be based upon thirty-six (36) months or sixty (60) months in order to be properly paid for my sick leave.


Signature _____________________________________     Date _______________

**Submit this application to the District Human Resources
Office by 2nd Friday in February
**



Master Document: GDA © SUPPORT STAFF POSITIONS
Child Document: GDA © SUPPORT STAFF POSITIONS

GDA ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  POSITIONS

Support staff positions are created only with the approval of the Board.  The District will attempt to activate a sufficient number of positions to accomplish the District's goals and objectives.

Before recommending the establishment of any new position, the Superintendent will present a job description for the position that specifies the qualifications, the performance responsibilities, and the method by which the performance of such responsibilities will be evaluated.  The establishment of any new position will require Governing Board approval.

The Superintendent will maintain a comprehensive and up-to-date set of job descriptions of all positions in the school system.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-502



Master Document: GDB © SUPPORT STAFF CONTRACTS AND COMPENSATION
Child Document: GDB SUPPORT STAFF CONTRACTS AND COMPENSATION

GDB ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  CONTRACTS 
AND  COMPENSATION

Support staff members are all employees of the District who are not required by state law or by a District policy, regulation, or job description to possess teaching certificates from the Arizona Department of Education for the purpose of performing their jobs, unless they are expressly designated as professional staff members in notices of employment or contracts executed by the Governing Board.

Employment  Status

All support personnel are either term employees or at-will employees of the District.

Term employee.  A term employee is a support staff member who is employed by the District pursuant to a written contract that specifies the duration of the employment contract, which shall not exceed one (1) year.  All support staff members who are not term employees are at-will employees.

At-will employee.  An at-will employee is a support staff member who is employed by the District for no specific term and who has no right of continued employment.  The employment of an at-will employee may be terminated by action of the Governing Board without advance notice.  No employee or Governing Board member shall have the authority to make any agreement or contract to the contrary or any agreement with an at-will employee for any specified period of time.  No District policy or regulation or item within the District's handbook is intended to - and shall not operate to - create any property or contract rights inconsistent with the at-will employment status of support staff members.

Compensation

The Board will determine salaries and benefits of support staff employees, differentiated on the basis of duties and responsibilities.

Substitutes for support staff will be paid an hourly rate.

The Superintendent may recommend to the Governing Board an adjustment in salary when a substitute is to serve in one capacity or position for an extended length of time.

Supplemental  Services  Contract

Staff members who meet specific qualifications may contract for supplemental services by working beyond their contractual duties.

The  Program

A participant in this program may earn a maximum lifetime amount of three thousand dollars ($3,000) for a project which is mutually agreed upon by the employee and the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources after consultation with, and recommendations by, the principal and/or supervisor of the employee.

The program participant may be assigned a special project(s) designed to provide assistance to the District and/or other employees.  Special projects might include, but are not limited to, activities such as curriculum development, research projects, updating reference bases, an additional work project at the local school or working with new and inexperienced employees.

Qualifications  for  Participation

In order to qualify, the employee must have been employed full-time by the District for a minimum of fifteen (15) years.  An employee shall be considered full-time when the employee has met the conditions for full-time employment as prescribed in state law or Governing Board policy including salary schedules.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
A.A.C. 
R7-2-601 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 
GDQB - Resignation of Support Staff Members



Master Document: GDBA © SUPPORT STAFF SALARY
Child Document: GDBA SUPPORT STAFF SALARY

GDBA ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  SALARY

(Wages)

Initial  Placement

Wages for all new support staff personnel and for all currently employed personnel selected for another position in the District will be recommended by the Superintendent and approved by the Board at the time of employment.  The Superintendent's recommendation will be based on consideration of the candidate's qualifications, relevant job experience, and years of District employment, if applicable.

Advancement

Advancements for regular twelve (12) month employees are granted only at the beginning of each fiscal year.  Annual increases may be withheld if it is determined the employee does not perform at the expected level or does not meet standards for the job.

An employee must work one (1) day more than one-half (1/2) of the year to receive an advancement in wages.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDCG-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GDCG-R ©

REGULATION

SUPPORT  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

Application  Screening  Committee

A committee consisting of one (1) staff member from each building and one (1) from the central staff selected by the support staff and an administrator appointed by the Superintendent shall review each application and submit a recommendation to the Superintendent.  The applications are to be reviewed in accord with the guidelines found in policy and as presented below:

A.  The application must be in writing.

B.  The application must be supported by a physician's letter confirming the conditions required for receipt of sick leave bank assistance.

C.  Data in the application shall include the nature of the illness, diagnosis, and prognosis for return to duty.

D.  The application shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the beginning of the applicant's unpaid-leave status.

For approval, the applicant shall:

A.  Be a full-time employee.

B.  Have a non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illness or injury.

C.  Be presently on unpaid-leave status with the District.

D.  Not be eligible for disability benefits, including but not limited to Social Security, provided at District expense.

E.  Be one whose return to duty is projected to occur within a period no longer than six (6) months.

F.  Submit an application, which shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the beginning of the applicant's unpaid-leave status.



Master Document: GDBC © SUPPORT STAFF SUPPLEMENTARY PAY / OVERTIME
Child Document: GDBC © SUPPORT STAFF SUPPLEMENTARY PAY / OVERTIME

GDBC ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  SUPPLEMENTARY 
PAY / OVERTIME

The Superintendent will recommend extra-duty pay each year for the Board's review and action.

Whenever applicable, pay for extra duty must be coordinated with regular pay in accord with the requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502
29 U.S.C. 207, Fair Labor Standards Act

CROSS REF.: 
GDL - Support Staff Workload



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GCU PROFESSIONAL STAFF MEMBERSHIP IN PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS

GCU
PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  MEMBERSHIP
IN  PROFESSIONAL  ORGANIZATIONS

The Board and administration feel that by combining into a unified professional front, teachers can help students, education and the profession.  It is recommended that teachers be members of local and national education organizations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: GDBD © SUPPORT STAFF FRINGE BENEFITS
Child Document: GDBD © SUPPORT STAFF FRINGE BENEFITS

GDBD ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  FRINGE  BENEFITS

The Governing Board will review support staff fringe benefits each year during the budget process and may modify the benefits to meet the best interest of the District.

Minimum standards of eligibility for fringe benefits will be determined by the Board annually.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502



Master Document: GDF-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GDF-EA ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

NOTICE OF EMPLOYMENT

You are hereby notified that, pursuant to action taken at a meeting of the _______________ Governing Board held on         (1)        , you have been employed  for the  position of                   (2)                  ,  beginning                 (3)               , at the rate of                  (4)                    per hour.  A work schedule for the position is enclosed, which includes information on holidays and nonwork days.

Your employment may be terminated by the District without advance notice.  No legitimate expectation of continued employment is created by this employment, understandings with the Board or its agents, or interpretations of Board policies.  You are expected to comply with the requirements of the job description and Board policies while employed by the District.

__________________________________     _____________________
Employee Signature                                         Date

__________________________________     _____________________
Superintendent Signature                                Date

                                           Key to numbers in blanks:
                                                (1)  Date of meeting
                                                (2)  Title of position
                                                (3)  Date that duties begin
                                                (4)  Hourly rate of pay



Master Document: GDC © SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES AND ABSENCES
Child Document: GDC © SUPPORT STAFF LEAVES AND ABSENCES

GDC ©
SUPPORT  STAFF 
LEAVES  AND  ABSENCES

Refer to GCC through GCCE and GCCH; the terms and conditions of these policies apply to support staff personnel unless a written policy stating a contrary intent is included.



Master Document: GDF-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

GDF-EB ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

WAGE NOTICE

You are hereby notified that, pursuant to action taken at a meeting of the                                Governing Board held on                  (1)                 , your wages have been set at the rate of                (2)                per hour, effective on                  (3)                 

__________________________________     _____________________
Employee Signature                                         Date

__________________________________     _____________________
Superintendent Signature                                Date

                                          Key to numbers in blanks:
                                                (1)  Date of meeting
                                                (2)  Hourly rate of pay
                                                (3)  Effective date of hourly pay



Master Document: GDCG © SUPPORT STAFF VOLUNTARY TRANSFER OF ACCRUED SICK LEAVE
Child Document: GDCG SUPPORT STAFF VOLUNTARY TRANSFER OF ACCRUED SICK LEAVE

GDCG ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

(Medical Leave Assistance Program)

Employees who have depleted their accrued sick and vacation leave as a result of their serious illness or injury, or that of a family member, may request access to the Medical Leave Assistance Program by submitting the request form to the Human Resources Department, asking to receive donations of sick leave from other employees so they may receive income during their period of serious illness or injury.

The donor employee may donate sick leave only if the donor employee has thirty (30) days or more of accumulated leave and the donor employee may donate no more than five (5) days of sick leave in any contract year for no more than three (3) years.  Members of the same family employed by the District, may donate additional days of sick leave to a family member employed by the District, as long as the giving party retains a minimum of thirty (30) days of sick leave.

All donated leave becomes the permanent property of the receiving employee(s).  All unused leave will be retained by that employee and will not be returned or reimbursed to the donor employee.  Days of leave, not the actual wage of the donor employee, will be donated.  Donations to the employee's immediate supervisor will not be allowed.

When an employee donates days to the Medical Leave Assistance Program, the days will be taken from the days accrued prior to June 30, 1996, first.

No employee shall be eligible for the Medical Leave Assistance Plan after the employee qualifies for long term disability coverage.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The District recognizes the existence of circumstances under which non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illnesses and injury may exhaust accrued leave of support staff employees.  To provide some measure of relief in such situations, a limited mechanism, based upon voluntary transfer of accrued leave, is established.  The mechanism will be termed banked sick leave, or a sick leave bank. It is considered of benefit to the District to establish this mechanism because it will reduce the annual accrued sick leave and promote efficiency by ensuring constant service.

Limits:

A.  The value of banked sick leave will be limited to the equivalent of one hundred (100) days multiplied by the federal minimum wage rate times eight (8) hours, or less, depending on contributions.

B.  No employee shall be entitled to receive banked sick leave by reason of contribution or employment.

C.  Each approved applicant is limited to the one-time use of no more than one hundred (100) consecutive days of the available limited sick leave from the sick leave bank in any school year.

D.  Additional leave will not be earned/accrued during use of banked sick leave.

E.  All unused banked sick leave will expire at the end of each contract year.

Voluntary contributions:

A.  Support staff members may voluntarily contribute a maximum of one (1) day of earned/accrued sick leave to the sick leave bank annually.  Such contribution must be from the current year's sick leave earned/accrued, the value of which will be determined by the number of days multiplied by the federal minimum wage rate times eight (8) hours.

B.  Each staff member contributing leave to the sick leave bank acknowledges an uncoerced, voluntary release of the leave, the value it represents, and that it will not be returned but will expire at the end of the fiscal year in which it is contributed.

C.  In case of contributions exceeding the value of the sick leave bank limit, each contribution will be accepted on a first-come, first-served basis by date of signature.

Eligibility (for use of sick leave bank). The approved applicant shall:

A.  Be a full-time employee.

B.  Have a non-job-related, seriously incapacitating, and extended illness or injury.

C.  Have exhausted all earned/accrued leave of any nature or kind.

D.  Be presently on unpaid leave status with the District.

E.  Not be eligible for disability benefits, including but not limited to Social Security, provided at District expense.

F.  Be one whose return to duty is projected to occur within a period no longer than six (6) months.

G.  Submit an application, which shall be received by the District office within ten (10) days following the applicant's beginning unpaid leave status.

Application:

A.  The application must be in writing.

B.  The application must be supported by a physician's statement confirming the conditions required for receipt of sick leave bank assistance.

C.  Data in the application shall include the nature of the illness, the diagnosis, and the prognosis for return to duty.

Determining eligibility:

The Superintendent shall receive the applications and shall screen for and determine eligibility.

No continuing rights are established by this policy.  In compliance with established procedure, the Governing Board reserves the right to modify or rescind any policy in accord with its own guidelines.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.G.O. 
I91-027



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDBC-RA

GDBC-RA 

REGULATION

SUPPORT  STAFF  SUPPLEMENTARY 
PAY / OVERTIME

Overtime  and/or  Compensatory  Time

Overtime and/or compensatory time will be compensated only for time worked over forty (40) hours.  Overtime will be paid to employees at a rate of time and one-half.  Preapproved compensatory time may accumulate at a rate of time and one-half and may be used for time off or payment upon resignation/retirement

Under District guidelines, employees may accumulate a maximum of up to forty (40) hours of compensatory time.  Hours beyond forty (40) should be used at the earliest convenience of both the District and employee.  Department of Labor guidelines allows for a maximum of two hundred forty (240) hours of accumulated compensatory time.

Activity  Pay

Based upon the Department of Labor ruling, special events (activity work) is not subject to overtime as long as the activity is voluntary, sporadic and not like the employee's normal work assignment.  Non-exempt employees will be paid the "Ticket Sellers, Workers at Games and Activities" rate identified in the salary schedule for certificated personnel.

Other  Assignments

All other assignments (lunch duty, detention, et cetera) are subject to overtime rules.  Non-exempt employees should only be assigned these duties when no certificated staff is available.  Non-exempt employees working less than forty (40) hours per week are paid the rates identified in the salary schedule for certificated personnel.  Non-exempt employees working forty (40) hours per week will be paid the greater of time and one-half or the rate identified in the salary schedule for certificated personnel.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDBC-RB

GDBC-RB 

REGULATION

SUPPORT  STAFF  SUPPLEMENTARY 
PAY / OVERTIME

Support  Staff  Coaching

In order to align District practices with the Department of Labor and to promote opportunities for District support staff employees to coach multiple sports/activities, the District requires the following process to calculate compensation for support staff coaches.

The blended-rate concept will be used to determine the number of weeks available for coaching in a season for support staff who wish to coach.  Minimum wage will be used as the rate of pay for support staff coaching.  The blended rate, which is a weighted average between minimum wage and the employee's regular wage, will be used to determine the maximum number of weeks in which the support staff employee can coach and stay within the proposed coaching stipend and Department of Labor requirements.

A Microsoft Excel spreadsheet has been programmed for Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources to determine the number of weeks available to coach.

The program will ask the following:

●  Employee's regular hours per week.

●  Employee's regular hourly rate (call the payroll department).

●  The total amount of the coaching stipend.

●  Employee maximum hours coaching per week.

Once the data is entered, the program will display the number of weeks available for coaching.

The number of weeks displayed must be at least the number of weeks of the coaching assignment, including any extra weeks for possible playoffs.

The goal of this procedure is to verify that the District is not liable for any wages over the coaching stipend amount under Department of Labor requirements.  If the employee works fewer hours per week or fewer weeks (no playoffs), the support staff employee will still receive the full coaching stipend amount.

A special multi-week timesheet will be used so that time coaching can be tracked more efficiently.  The signed timesheet is to be submitted to payroll at the end of the season.

The Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources will be responsible for pre-season communication with the payroll department.  The payroll department will indicate the hourly wage and answer any other questions needed in calculating the number of weeks for coaching.  This is to be done in advance of the extra-duty reporting deadlines.

The Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources is also responsible for ensuring that the number of hours worked and weeks worked does not exceed the maximums.  The assistant principal will be responsible for collecting and submitting the multi-week timesheet(s) for the support staff coaches after each season.



Master Document: GDD © SUPPORT STAFF VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS
Child Document: GDD © SUPPORT STAFF VACATIONS AND HOLIDAYS

GDD ©
SUPPORT  STAFF
VACATIONS  AND  HOLIDAYS

All regular twelve (12) - month support staff employees shall be entitled to two (2) weeks vacation between the first (1st) and fifth (5th) years of service (two [2] weeks shall be construed as ten [10] work days).  After the fifth (5th) year of service (beginning with the sixth [6th] year), the employee shall be entitled to three (3) weeks vacation (three [3] weeks shall be construed as fifteen [15] work days).  Commencing with the tenth (10th) year of service, the employee will be entitled to four (4) weeks vacation (twenty [20] working days).

Vacations for personnel with less than one (1) year of service shall be prorated.

A maximum of ten (10) vacation days may be carried over to a new year from the previous years.  Vacations will be taken at the convenience of the Districtaccumulate vacation with pay at the rate of one (1) working day per month during the first year of employment.  Thereafter, vacation shall be accumulated at the rate of one and one-fourth (1-1/4) working days per month, with the accumulated maximum of fifteen (15) days, at which time no more vacation can be earned.  As accumulated vacation days are used and drop below fifteen (15) days, an eligible employee may again accumulate vacation up to the maximum limit.  Vacations shall be taken as approved by the Superintendent.

Employees shall be entitled to all legal holidays during the school year as announced by the Superintendent and in conformance with Arizona Revised Statutes.  Uncompensated days off will be established by the Board and noted on each year's school calendar.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.     
1-301
15-502
15-801
38-608



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDBC-E

GDBC-E 

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  SUPPLEMENTARY 
PAY / OVERTIME

Support Staff Coaching Time Sheet                        Minimum Wage      -       $7.25
                                                                                 Emp Reg. Hrs.           _________
Emp Name _______________ School ________   Emp Reg Wage         _________
                                                                                 Coaching Stipend      _________
Coaching Assignment _____________________   Max. Hrs/Week          _________
                                                                                 Max. Wks Coaching   _________

            Date         Hours                  Date        Hours                 Date         Hours

Sun.   ______     ______     Sun.   ______    ______     Sun.  ______     ______
Mon.  ______     ______     Mon.   ______    ______     Mon. ______     ______
Tues. ______     ______     Tues.  ______    ______     Tues. ______     ______
Wed.  ______     ______     Wed.  ______    ______     Wed. ______     ______
Thur.  ______     ______     Thur.  ______    ______     Thur.  ______     ______
Fri.     ______     ______     Fri.     ______    ______     Fri.     ______     ______
Sat.    ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______

                 Total   ______                   Total     ______                   Total     ______

___________________________________________________________________

            Date         Hours                  Date        Hours                 Date         Hours

Sun.   ______     ______     Sun.   ______    ______     Sun.  ______     ______
Mon.  ______     ______     Mon.   ______    ______     Mon. ______     ______
Tues. ______     ______     Tues.  ______    ______     Tues. ______     ______
Wed.  ______     ______     Wed.  ______    ______     Wed. ______     ______
Thur.  ______     ______     Thur.  ______    ______     Thur.  ______     ______
Fri.     ______     ______     Fri.     ______    ______     Fri.     ______     ______
Sat.    ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______

                 Total   ______                   Total     ______                   Total     ______

___________________________________________________________________

            Date         Hours                  Date        Hours                 Date         Hours

Sun.   ______     ______     Sun.   ______    ______     Sun.  ______     ______
Mon.  ______     ______     Mon.   ______    ______     Mon. ______     ______
Tues. ______     ______     Tues.  ______    ______     Tues. ______     ______
Wed.  ______     ______     Wed.  ______    ______     Wed. ______     ______
Thur.  ______     ______     Thur.  ______    ______     Thur.  ______     ______
Fri.     ______     ______     Fri.     ______    ______     Fri.     ______     ______
Sat.    ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______     Sat.   ______     ______

                 Total   ______                   Total     ______                   Total     ______

___________________________________________________________________

Report actual hours worked coaching on a weekly basis.  At the end of the season, employee and administrator are to sign and date the timesheet.  Submit completed timesheet(s) to the payroll department.

Employee Signature: _______________________________     Date ____________

Administrator signature _____________________________     Date ____________



Master Document: GDF © SUPPORT STAFF HIRING
Child Document: GDF © SUPPORT STAFF HIRING

GDF ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

It shall be the policy of the District to employ and retain the best qualified personnel.  This will be accomplished by giving careful consideration to qualifications and by providing competitive wages within the financial capabilities of the District, adequate facilities, and good working conditions.

Recruitment of support staff personnel is the responsibility of the Superintendent.  Other members of the administration and supervisory staff will assist as responsibilities are delegated by the Superintendent.

The Board adopts the following general criteria and procedures, which shall be utilized in the selection process for initial employment:

●  There A.  There will be no discrimination in the hiring process due to race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or disability of an otherwise qualified individual.

●  Candidates B.  Candidates for all positions shall be physically and mentally able to perform the duties of the position job descriptions for which they have applied.

●  Each C.  Each candidate shall be requested to complete a consent-and-release form regarding conduct of a background investigation.

●  A D.  A "background investigation" - consisting of communication with the applicant's (or employee's) former employer that concerns education, training, experience, qualifications, and job performance for the purpose of evaluation for employment - shall be conducted on each individual to be considered for a recommendation of employment.  Forms developed for this purpose are to be used.

Any employee's misstatement of fact that is material to qualifications for employment or the determination of salary shall be considered by the Board to constitute grounds for dismissal.

A district may hire and place a noncertificated employee into service before receiving the results of the mandatory fingerprint check or a fingerprint clearance card has been issued or denied.  However, until fingerprint clearance has been received, an applicant who is required or allowed to have unsupervised contact with pupils cannot be hired and placed into service until:

●  The A.  The District documents in the applicant's file the necessity for hiring and placing the applicant into service before service before a fingerprint check can be completed or a fingerprint clearance card is issued or denied.

●  The B.  The District obtains from the Department of Public Safety a statewide criminal records information check on on the applicant.  Subsequent criminal records checks are also required every one hundred twenty (120) days days until the date that the fingerprint check is completed or the fingerprint clearance card is issued or denied.

●  The C.  The District obtains references from the applicant's current employer and two (2) most recent previous previous employers, except that for applicants who have been employed for at least five (5) years by the most most recent employer, only references from that employer are required.

●  The D.  The District provides general supervision of the applicant until the date the fingerprint check is completed or the fingerprint clearance card is issued or denied.

Upon recommendation for employment the District shall confirm employment authorization and employment eligibility verification by participating in the E-Verify program of the Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Bureau (USCIS) and the Social Security Administration (SSA).  The District will then complete the Form I-9 as required and maintain the form with copies of the necessary documents and documentation of the authorization and verification pending any inquiry.

The District reports to the Superintendent of Public Instruction on June 30 and December 31 the number of applicants hired prior to the completion of a fingerprint check or the issuance of a fingerprint clearance card and the number of applicants for whom fingerprint checks or fingerprint clearance cards have not been received after one hundred twenty (120) days and after one hundred seventy-five (175) days of hire.

The District may provide information received as a result of a fingerprint check required by section 15-512 to any other school district if requested to do so by the person who was the subject of the fingerprint check or communicate to any school district if requested to do so by the person who applied for a fingerprint clearance card whether the person has been issued or denied a fingerprint clearance card.  A copy of any written communication regarding employment must be sent by the employer providing the information to the former employee's last known address.

Any person who permits unauthorized access to criminal history record information, releases criminal history record information, or procures the release or uses criminal history record information other than in accord with A.R.S. 41-1750 is guilty of a class 6 felony.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
13-3716
15-502
15-512
23-211
23-212
23-1361

38-201
38-481
41-1756

CROSS REF.:

GDFA - Support Staff Qualifications and Requirements

                 (fingerprinting requirements)



Master Document: GDF-R ©
Child Document: GDF-R ©

GDF-R ©

REGULATION

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

Definition

A

background

investigation

investigation is defined as any communication with an applicant's (or employee's) former employer that concerns the education, training, experience, qualifications, and job performance of the individual and that is used for the purpose of evaluation for employment.  Background investigation does not include the results of any state or federal criminal history records check.

Background  Investigation  Requirements

Only persons designated by the Superintendent shall perform background investigations.  Prior to contacting former employers or other persons, the background investigator shall:

●  Ascertain

A.  Ascertain that the standard employment application for the type of position has been completed in full.

●  Obtain

B.  Obtain from the individual a consent to background investigation and release as determined by the District.

●  Make

C.  Make certain that the individual has identified at least two (2) persons from each past employer who can

verify basic

verify basic job information and discuss the individual's work performance and reason for leaving.

●  Examine

D.  Examine the application for a complete work history, accounting for any gaps in employment.

Two (2) persons should be contacted at each past employer if possible (any exceptions should be documented).  Upon making contact, the contacts or the former employer or employer's agent should be provided the following information:

●  The

A.  The name and identifying information of the District.

●  The

B.  The name of the District representative making the inquiry and how the representative can be contacted.

●  The

C.  The name of the former employee and period of employment as indicated by the individual whose

background is

background is being investigated.

●  The

D.  The position for which the individual has applied, with descriptive information as to the duties, if requested

or necessary

or necessary to understanding of the inquiry.

The background investigator shall:

●  Ask

A.  Ask the questions, and complete the background check form(s) as provided by the District.

●  Make

B.  Make impression notes as necessary based upon the questions and responses, and determine if there

may be

may be cause to contact others or make further inquiries based upon the responses.

●  Provide

C.  Provide the information to the Superintendent.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDCG-EA

GDCG-EA 

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

MEDICAL LEAVE ASSISTANCE PLAN REQUEST

Please read carefully the requirements for participation in the Medical Leave Assistance Plan listed below.  Sign and submit the request to the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources, along with the verification of serious illness or injury form signed by your licensed health care practitioner.

Employee Name ___________________________      Date  ___________________

School/Department _________________________     Soc. Sec. No. _____________

I request to participate in the Medical Leave Assistance Plan and verify the following:

1.  I have depleted my discretionary, accrued, personal and/or vacation leave as a result of a serious illness or injury.

2.  I understand that "serious illness or injury" is defined as a "non-work related illness that is anticipated to last for the continuous period of time of four (4) weeks or more as verified by my licensed health practitioner."  (Ordinarily, childbirth is not considered a serious illness.)

3.  I understand that any donated leave will become my permanent property and will not be returned if unused.

4.  I understand I do not qualify for this plan once I qualify for long-term disability.

5.  I give my permission, if necessary, for the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources to verify or request additional information and/or documentation from the office of my attending health practitioner.

6.  Based on the latest medical prognosis, I anticipate I will need ____ days.

7.  I understand that it is possible for my need for sick leave to be posted so that other employees may be made aware of my need.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Check one (1) of the following:

_____     I request that my need for sick leave be posted in schools/departments.

_____     I do not wish that my need for sick leave be posted in schools/departments.  I understand that people wishing to donate must do so within ten (10) working days of the approval of the request.

__________________________________________     _______________________
Employee Signature                                                         Date

__________________________________________     _______________________
Asst. Superintendent of Human Resources                     Date

Approved ___________          Disapproved ___________



Master Document: GDF-EC ©
Child Document: GDF-EA ©

GDF-EA EC ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

CONSENT TO CONDUCT BACKGROUND
INVESTIGATION AND RELEASE

I, ______________________________________ [applicant's name], have applied for employment with the Glendale Union High _________________________ School District to work as a ______________________________ [job title].  I understand that in order for the School District to determine my eligibility, qualifications, and suitability for employment, the School District will conduct a background investigation to determine if I am to be considered for an offer of employment.  This investigation may include asking my current employer, any former employer, and any educational institution I have attended about my education, training, experience, qualifications, job performance, professional conduct, and evaluations, as well as confirming my dates of employment or enrollment, position(s) held, reason(s) for leaving employment, whether I could be rehired, reasons for not rehiring (if applicable), and similar information.

I hereby give my consent for any employer or educational institution to release any information requested in connection with this background investigation.

According to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, I understand that I have a right to see most education records that are maintained by any educational institution.

In light of the preceding paragraph, I waive ________/do not waive ________ (initial only one [1]) my right to see any written reference or other information provided to the School District by any educational institution.

According to Arizona Revised Statutes Section 23-1361, any employer that provides a written communication to the School District regarding my current or past employment must send me a copy at my last known address.  I acknowledge that some employers are unwilling to provide factual written references concerning a current or past employee unless they may do so confidentially, without revealing the references to the employee, and that the School District will not further consider my application if it cannot complete its background investigation.

In light of the preceding paragraph, I waive ________/do not waive ________ (initial only one [1]) my right to receive a copy of any written communication furnished to the School District by any employer.

Whether or not I have waived my right to see or to receive copies of written references furnished to the School District by employers or educational institutions, I release, hold harmless, and agree not to sue or file any claim of any kind against any current or former employer or educational institution, and any officer or employee of either, that in good faith furnishes written or oral references requested by this School District to complete its background investigation.

A photocopy or facsimile ("fax") copy of this form that shows my signature shall be as valid as an original.


DATED this ____________ day of __________________________, 20___.


____________________________        ____________________________
                     Witness                                                  Applicant



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDCG-EB

GDCG-EB 

EXHIBIT

PROFESSIONAL  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

VERIFICATION OF SERIOUS ILLNESS OR INJURY

In order for an employee: _________________________________________________     
                                            (Name)                                                        (Soc. Sec. No.)
to qualify for the Medical Leave Assistance Plan, the Glendale Union High School District requires written verification by a licensed health care practitioner of serious illness or injury requiring an employee to be confined to bed or to his/her home.

Please furnish the information requested below:

1.   Nature of the illness/injury.

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

2.  Beginning date of serious illness or injury _________________________________

3.  Expected date employee may return to work  ______________________________

__________________________________________     ________________________
Signature of Health Practitioner                                       Date

Typed or Printed Name  _________________________________________________

Telephone No. ____________________        Federal Tax ID No. _________________



Master Document: GDF-ED ©
Child Document: GDF-EB ©

GDF-EB ED ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

BACKGROUND CHECK FORM

Applicant ________________________________     Date  _______________

Person contacted _________________________      Telephone      Telephone ___________

Address Address _______________________________________________________

E-mail address  _________________________________________________

Relationship to applicant:

   ◻o    Former employer - position ___________________________________

          District, business, or other entity _______________________________

   ◻o    Personal reference

Method of contact:  ◻ Telephone  ◻ Letter  ◻o Telephone  o Letter  o Other ____________________

QUESTIONS FOR EMPLOYERS

Dates of employment _____________________________________________

Position held  ___________________________________________________

Final rate of pay _________________________________________________

Was the person reliable? ______   If no, explain ________________________

Was the person satisfactory? ______  If no, explain _____________________

Any concern about the person being
late to work without authorization? ___________________________________

If yes, explain ___________________________________________________

Any concern with abuse of leave policies
(such as sick leave or personal leave)? _______________________________

If yes, explain ___________________________________________________

Any difficulty establishing commu-
nication and rapport with children? ___________________________________

If yes, explain  ___________________________________________________

Any difficulties in establishing communication and rap-
port with supervisors, parents, or community members? __________________

If yes, explain ___________________________________________________

Did the person ever receive a written counseling
statement, letter of direction, or reprimand? ____________________________

If yes, describe __________________________________________________

Did the District ever consider taking action or take action
to suspend, decline to renew, or dismiss the employee? __________________

If yes, describe __________________________________________________

Was there ever an allegation or complaint about:

Abusive language? _______________________________________________

Insulting or derogatory comments?  __________________________________

Inappropriate contact with a child? ___________________________________

Verbal or physical contact of a sexual nature? __________________________

Dishonesty?  ____________________________________________________

Substance abuse?  _______________________________________________

Failure to provide adequate supervision? ______________________________

Failure to follow reasonable directions or instructions?  ___________________

If yes on any of the above, get explanation  ____________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Was the person ever involved in an incident
that resulted in injury to an adult or child? ______________________________

If yes, explain ____________________________________________________

Would you rehire this person? _______________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Can you identify anyone else who could provide relevant infor-
mation regarding the applicant's fitness for employment? __________________

_______________________________________________________________

Is there any other information I have not asked about that
would help us determine this person's eligibility, qualifi-
cations, and suitability for employment with our District? __________________

_______________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS FOR PERSONAL REFERENCE

How long have you known the applicant? ______________________________

What is the nature of your relationship?  _______________________________

Why do you think the applicant would be a good choice for this position?

_______________________________________________________________

Do you know of any reasons that could prevent the ap-
plicant from fulfilling the functions of the position?  _______________________

_______________________________________________________________

Background check form completed by  ________________________________

Date completed __________________________________________________



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDCG-EC

GDCG-EC 

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  VOLUNTARY
TRANSFER  OF  ACCRUED  SICK  LEAVE

SICK LEAVE DONATION FORM

Please read the information below carefully, sign and submit to the Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources.

Employee Name ___________________________      Date  ___________________

School/Department _________________________     Soc. Sec. No. _____________

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

I desire to make donation of sick leave and verify the following:

1.  I have currently accrued thirty (30) days or more of sick leave.

2.  I understand that I may donate no more than five (5) days of sick leave in any contract year for more than three (3) years.

3.  I understand that my donated leave becomes the permanent property of the receiving employee and will not be returned to me if unused.

4.  I understand that days of leave, not my actual wage/salary, will be donated.

5.  I am not donating leave to my immediate supervisor.

6.      Information relative to this donation will remain confidential.

7.  I make this donation voluntarily.

Number of days to be donated  __________________________________________

Employee to receive donated days _______________________________________

Number of accumulated sick leave days before donation ______________________

Number of accumulated sick leave days remaining ___________________________

__________________________________________     _______________________
Employee Signature                                                         Date

__________________________________________     _______________________
Asst. Superintendent of Human Resources                     Date

Approved ___________          Disapproved ___________



Master Document: GDF-EE ©
Child Document: GDF-EC

GDF-EC EE ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  HIRING

PROCEDURES AND PRACTICES FOR EMPLOYMENT AUTHORIZATION
AND EMPLOYMENT ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION

Anti-Discrimination Notice.  It is illegal to discriminate against any individual (other than an alien not authorized to work in the U.S.) in hiring, discharging, or recruiting or referring for a fee because of that individual's national origin or citizenship status.  It is illegal to discriminate against work eligible individuals.  Employers cannot specify which document(s) they will accept from an employee.  The refusal to hire an individual because of a future expiration date may also constitute illegal discrimination.

Employment  Authorization 
Procedure

Effective January 1, 2008, Arizona schools must use the federal government's Basic Pilot Program to verify the employment authorization of all newly hired employees.

The Department of Homeland Security's (DHS) U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services Bureau (USCIS) and the Social Security Administration (SSA) are jointly conducting E-Verify.  E, formerly known as the Basic Pilot.  E-Verify involves verification checks of the SSA and DHS databases, using an automated system to verify the employment authorization of all newly hired employees.

There are four (4) types of access to E-Verify:  As an employer, as a designated agent for employers, as a multi-location corporate administrator, or through a web service.

Users can access the web-based access methods using any Internet-capable Windows based personal computer and a web browser of Internet Explorer 5.5 or Netscape 4.7 or higher (with the exception of Netscape 7.0).

To participate, an employer must register online and accept the electronic Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) that sets forth the responsibilities of the SSA, USCIS and the employer.

The following e-mail address will allow navigation to both instructions and forms for the I-9 for verifying the identity and employment authorization of individuals hired for employment in the United States:

                                         https://www.uscis.gov/i-9

Form I-9 may be completed as soon as the employer has offered the individual a job and the individual has accepted the offer.  Each newly hired employee must complete and sign Section 1 of Form I-9 no later than his or her first day of employment.

If you need assistance in completing the registration process or need additional information relating to E-Verify, please call the Office of Verification toll free at 1-888-464-4218.

I-9  Form  Completion

The Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 (IRCA) requires that all new employees, both regular and casual, establish their eligibility for employment in the United States.

 This

  This federal law applies to U.S. citizens as well as to foreign nationals.

 An

 

The Employment Eligibility Verification (Form I-9) must be completed as follows:

Section 1.  Employee Information and Attestation

Employees must complete and sign Section 1 of Form I-9 no later than the first day of employment, but not before accepting a job offer.)

Section 2.  Employer or Authorized Representative Review 

                   and Verification

Employers or their authorized representative must complete and sign Section 2 within three (3) business days of the employee's

hire date.  Employees who do not provide the necessary documentation within three (3) business days must be discharged.

first day of employment.



Master Document: GDFA © SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS
Child Document: GDFA © SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

GDFA ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  QUALIFICATIONS  
AND  REQUIREMENTS

(Fingerprinting Requirements)

All newly hired noncertificated District personnel - and personnel who are not paid employees of the District and who are not either the parents or the guardians of students who attend school in the District but who are required or allowed to provide services directly to students without the supervision of a certificated employee - shall be fingerprinted as a condition of employment, except for the following:

●  Personnel A.  Personnel who are required as a condition of licensing to be fingerprinted if the license is required for employmentfor employment.

●  Personnel B.  Personnel who were previously employed by the District and who reestablished employment with the District the District within one (1) year after the date that the employee terminated employment with the District.

The School District may require noncertificated personnel and personnel who are not paid employees of the School District and who are not either the parent or the guardian of a pupil who attends school in the School District but who are required or allowed to provide services directly to pupils without the supervision of a certificated employee to obtain a fingerprint clearance card as a condition of employment.

For the purposes of this policy, supervision means under the direction of and, except for brief periods of time during a school day or a school activity, within sight of a certificated employee when providing direct services to students.

If the School District does not require a fingerprint clearance card as a condition of employment, noncertificated personnel and personnel who are not paid employees of the School District and who are not either the parent or the guardian of a pupil who attends school in the School District but who are required or allowed to provide services directly to pupils without the supervision of a certificated employee may apply for a fingerprint clearance card.  A school district may release the results of a background check or communicate whether the person has been issued or denied a fingerprint clearance card to another school district for employment purposes.

The District may fingerprint or require any other employee of the District to obtain a fingerprint clearance card, whether paid or not, or any other applicant for employment with the School District not otherwise required by law.  The District may not charge the costs of the fingerprint check or fingerprint clearance card to the fingerprinted applicant or nonpaid employee.

The candidate's fingerprints shall be submitted, along with the form prescribed in GDFA-E, within twenty (20) days after being selected.   The form shall be considered a part of the application for employment.  The District may terminate an employee if the information on the affidavit required by A.R.S. 15-512 is inconsistent with information received from the fingerprint test resultscheck or the information received in connection with a fingerprint clearance card application.

The District will assume the cost of fingerprint checks or fingerprint clearance card applications but will assess the employee for charges incurred.  Personnel who are not paid employees will not be charged for fingerprint costs.

Individuals shall certify on the prescribed notarized forms whether they are awaiting trial on or have ever been convicted of or admitted in open court or pursuant to a plea agreement committing any of the following criminal offenses in Arizona or similar offenses in any other jurisdiction:

●  Sexual A.  Sexual abuse of a minor.●  Incest

B. ●  First Incest.

C.  First- or second-degree murder.

●  KidnappingD.  Kidnapping.●  Arson

E. ●  Sexual  Arson.

F.  Sexual assault.

●  Sexual G.  Sexual exploitation of a minor.

●  Felony H.  Felony offenses involving contributing to the delinquency of a minor.

●  I.   Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor.

●  Felony J.  Felony offenses involving sale, distribution, or transportation of, offer to sell, transport, or distribute, or conspiracy or conspiracy to sell, transport, or distribute marijuana or dangerous or narcotic drugs.

●  Felony K.  Felony offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana, dangerous drugs, or narcotic drugs.

●  Misdemeanor L.  Misdemeanor offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana or dangerous drugs.

●  M. Burglary in the first degree.

●  Burglary N.  Burglary in the second or third degree.

●  Aggravated O.  Aggravated or armed robbery.●  Robbery

P. ●  A  Robbery.

Q.  A dangerous crime against children as defined in A.R.S. 13-705.

●  Child R.  Child abuse.

●  Sexual S.  Sexual conduct with a minor.

●  Molestation T.  Molestation of a child.●  Manslaughter

U. ●  Aggravated  Manslaughter.

V.  Aggravated assault.

●  W. Assault.

●  Exploitation X.  Exploitation of minors involving drug offenses.

A person who makes a false statement, representation, or certification in any application for employment with the School District is guilty of a class 3 misdemeanor.

The District may refuse to hire or may review or terminate personnel who have been convicted of or admitted committing any of the criminal offenses above or a similar offense in another jurisdiction.  In conducting a review, the Governing Board shall utilize the guidelines, including the list of offenses that are not subject to review, as prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to A.R.S. 15-534.  In considering whether to hire or terminate the employment of a person, the Governing Board shall take into account the factors listed in A.R.S. 15-512.

When considering termination of an employee pursuant to A.R.S. 15-512, a hearing shall be held to determine whether a person already employed shall be terminated.

The Superintendent shall develop and implement procedures that include the following in the employment process:

●  Provide A.  Provide for fingerprinting of employees covered under this policy and A.R.S. 15-512.

●  Provide B.  Provide for fingerprint checks pursuant to A.R.S. 41-1750

●  Provide C.  Provide for properly assessing employees for fingerprint checks and depositing said funds with the county treasurercounty treasurer.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-512
23-1361

41-1750

CROSS REF.: 
GDF - Support Staff Hiring

GDG - Part-Time and Substitute Support Staff Employment

JLIA - Supervision of Students



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDD-E

GDD-E 

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF 
VACATIONS  AND  HOLIDAYS

Support  Staff  Holidays

Twelve (12)-Month Clerical Paid Holidays:

Independence Day (1), Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (7), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), Spring Break (3), and Memorial Day (1) for a total of eighteen (18) days.

Ten (10)-Month Clerical Paid Holidays:

Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (7), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), Spring Break (3), and Memorial Day (1) for a total of seventeen (17) days.

Twelve (12)-Month Maintenance and
Custodial Paid Holidays
:

Independence Day (1), Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (5), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), Spring Break (2), and Memorial Day (1) for a total of fifteen (15) days.

Food Service Supervisor Paid Holidays:

Labor (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving (2), Winter Break (10), Martin Luther King Day (1), President's Day (1), and Spring Break (5) for a total of twenty-one (21) days.  Memorial Day is paid when it occurs during the contracted period.

Clerical Aides, Instructional Aides, Bus
Drivers, Bus Aides, Food Service, and
all other Support Staff Paid Holidays
:

Labor Day (1), Veteran's Day (1), Thanksgiving Day (1), Christmas Day (1), and New Years Day (1) for a total of five (5) days.  Memorial Day is paid when it occurs during the contracted period.  Independence Day is paid when assigned to a summer program and is working the day before and day after the holiday.



Master Document: GDFA-E ©
Child Document: GDFA-E ©

GDFA-E ©

EXHIBIT

SUPPORT  STAFF  QUALIFICATIONS
AND  REQUIREMENTS

________________________________     ___________________________
            Name (typed or printed)                                       Position

I, ___________________________________, being duly sworn, do hereby certify that I have never been convicted of or admitted in open court or pursuant to a plea agreement committing, and am not now awaiting trial for committing, any of the following criminal offenses in the state of Arizona or similar offenses in any other jurisdiction:

 


Sexual abuse of a minor
 

Incest

First- or second-degree murder
 

Kidnapping
 

Arson
 

Sexual assault
 

Sexual exploitation of a minor

Felony offenses involving contributing to the delinquency of a minor
 

Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor

Felony offenses involving sale, distri- bution, or transportation of, offer to sell, transport, or distribute marijuana or dangerous or narcotic drugs


Felony offenses involving the posses- sion or use of marijuana, dangerous drugs or narcotic drugs

Misdemeanor offenses involving the possession or use of marijuana or dangerous drugs

Burglary in the first degree

Burglary in the second or third degree

Aggravated or armed robbery

Robbery

A dangerous crime against children as defined in A.R.S. 13-705

Child abuse

Sexual conduct with a minor

Molestation of a child

Manslaughter

Assault or Aggravated assault

Exploitation of minors involving drug offenses
 


_______________________________      _________________________________
Employee signature                                    Date signed

Subscribed, sworn to, and acknowledged before me by _______________________

______________________________, this ______ day of ____________, 20____,

in _____________________________ County, Arizona.

My Commission Expires

__________________________     ______________________________________
                                                                                  Notary Public



Master Document: GDG © PART - TIME AND SUBSTITUTE SUPPORT STAFF EMPLOYMENT
Child Document: GDG © PART - TIME AND SUBSTITUTE SUPPORT STAFF EMPLOYMENT

GDG ©
PART - TIME  AND  SUBSTITUTE
SUPPORT  STAFF  EMPLOYMENT

The Superintendent may employ, when conditions warrant, temporary or part-time personnel on a per diem or time card basis.  This authority is subject to the following conditions:

●  Continued A.  Continued employment of any such person shall be subject to confirmation and approval by the Board at its next its next official meeting; however, employment shall not be recommended to the Board prior to satisfactory completion satisfactory completion of any pending fingerprint check.

●  The B.  The employee shall be hired on a per diem basis and shall be compensated in accordance with the requirements the requirements and limitations of existing contracts that cover similar positions or employees.

●  In C.  In addition to the conditions set forth above, the temporary assignment of a person to a supervisory or administrative or administrative position shall be preceded by notification to the Board.  The Superintendent will detail the detail the circumstances that created the need for the part-time employment.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-502

23-1361

CROSS REF.:

GDF - Support Staff Hiring

GDFA - Support Staff Qualifications and Requirements

                 (fingerprinting requirements)



Master Document: GDJ © SUPPORT STAFF ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS
Child Document: GDJ SUPPORT STAFF ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

GDJ ©
SUPPORT  STAFF 
ASSIGNMENTS  AND  TRANSFERS

Assignments

The Superintendent will determine all support staff assignments.

  Such assignments

Support staff shall be

based on the

assigned based on the needs of the District

.

Transfers

The transfer of support staff members will be based on

, on their qualifications, and on their expressed desires.  When it is not possible to meet all three (3) conditions, an employee shall be assigned first in accordance with the needs of the District

, second where the Superintendent determines the employee is most qualified to serve, and third as to the expressed preference of the employee.

Assignments may be changed to serve the best interests of the District.

Transfers/Reassignments

Staff members may apply for transfer or reassignment , if whether or not a vacancy exists.

It shall be the policy of the Board that personnel be assigned on the basis of their qualifications, the The transfer/reassignment of support staff members will be based on the needs of the District, and their employee qualifications, and the employee's expressed desires.  When it is not possible to meet all three (3) conditions, personnel an employee shall be assigned transferred/reassigned first in accordance with the needs of the District, second where the Superintendent determines the employee is most qualified to serve, and third as to the expressed preference of the employeesemployee.

The Superintendent shall have the responsibility for the assignment of all personnel throughout the District.The resolution of any conflicts over the need for a transfer shall be based on what is best for the instructional program, the needs of the students, and the overall needs of the District as defined by the Superintendent.

The above applies to transfers/reassignments within the same job classification and pay grade.  Reassignment Transfer/reassignment of an employee to a position of greater or lesser pay requires Board approval.

Adopted: 

December 1, 2010

date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDK © SUPPORT STAFF SCHEDULES AND CALENDARS
Child Document: GDK © SUPPORT STAFF SCHEDULES AND CALENDARS

GDK ©
SUPPORT  STAFF 
SCHEDULES  AND  CALENDARS

All support staff employees shall report to their duty stations on time each workday and shall, as scheduled, be available there until the designated time(s) they are scheduled to leave.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDL © SUPPORT STAFF WORKLOAD
Child Document: GDL © SUPPORT STAFF WORKLOAD

GDL ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  WORKLOAD

The normal workweek for support staff personnel will not exceed forty (40) hours per week.  Typically the week will be based on eight (8) hours per day, five (5) days per week; however, the Superintendent may designate other workweek structures to meet varying conditions and needs of the District.  Employees will be notified at least one (1) week in advance of any modification to the workweek plan.

Individual employee work schedules will be based on the position held by the respective employees and on District needs as identified during the employment process.

For the purpose of calculating regular and overtime hours in accordance with wage and hour requirements, the District's designated workweek shall begin at 12:01 a.m. on Sunday and conclude at 12:00 midnight the following Saturday.

An employee may work overtime, provided that advance authorization is obtained from the supervisor in charge or, in the case of an emergency, authorization is obtained immediately upon completion of the work or as soon thereafter as practicable.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
23-391
Arizona Constitution, Article 18, Section 1
29 U.S.C. 207, Fair Labor Standards Act
29 C.F.R. 516 et seq., Fair Labor Standards Act

CROSS REF.: 
GDBC - Support Staff Supplementary Pay/Overtime



Master Document: GDL-R ©
Child Document: GDL-R ©

GDL-R ©

REGULATION

SUPPORT  STAFF  WORKLOAD

(Fair Labor Standards Act:
Overtime Compensation)

Nonexempt employees who work more than forty (40) hours per week shall be awarded "compensatory time" at the rate of one and one-half (1 1/2) hours for each hour of overtime work.  In cases of emergency, when the employee cannot be immediately released for this time and one-half compensation, the Superintendent will make the decision as to paying the employee at the rate of time and one-half or having the employee take the time off at a future date.  The hours must be approved by the immediate supervisor before an employee works overtime or, in the case of an emergency, immediately upon completion of the work or as soon thereafter as possible.



Master Document: GDLB © SUPPORT STAFF MEETINGS
Child Document: GDLB © SUPPORT STAFF MEETINGS

GDLB ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEETINGS

The Superintendent will arrange for and hold staff meetings as the need may arise.  This authority may be delegated to the school principals or supervisor(s), who may hold such meetings on a regularly scheduled basis or as the need arises.

All appropriate staff members are required to attend any such meeting(s) unless officially excused.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDFE © SUPPORT STAFF HIRING - OATH OF OFFICE

GDFE ©
SUPPORT  STAFF
HIRING - OATH  OF  OFFICE

Refer to Policy GCFE.



Master Document: GDN © SUPERVISION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GDN © SUPERVISION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GDN ©
SUPERVISION  OF  SUPPORT 
STAFF  MEMBERS

The supervisor(s) of the various departments or divisions shall be responsible for the supervision of personnel assigned to these areas and shall provide the necessary orientation to new employees and in-service training for all employees under their supervision.

All other support staff employees shall be under the supervision of the administrative heads of the units to which the employees are assigned.  The administrative head shall be responsible for the necessary orientation of new employees and shall provide in-service training as needed.

Supervision shall include evaluation of the employee.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDO © EVALUATION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GDO © EVALUATION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GDO ©
EVALUATION  OF  SUPPORT 
STAFF  MEMBERS

All support personnel shall be evaluated by the appropriate supervisor or administrator.  A written evaluation of effectiveness of each support staff member shall be completed during the first year of employment and not later than ninety (90) days after the first day of work.  A second first-year evaluation will be not later than the anniversary date of employment.  At least once each year thereafter, an evaluation will be conducted.  The evaluation will be used to increase job proficiency and for recommending continued employment.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-1326



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDH © SUPPORT STAFF ORIENTATION AND TRAINING

GDH ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  ORIENTATION 
AND  TRAINING

Refer to Policy GCH.



Master Document: GDO-EA ©
Child Document: GDO-EA

GDO-EA EA ©

EXHIBIT

EVALUATION  OF  SUPPORT 
STAFF  MEMBERS

CLERICAL  EVALUATION  FORM

Employee's Name: __________________________      Job Title: _______________

Location: __________________________________      Years in Position: ________

Date of this Review:  __________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rating Definitions:

Read each of the following sentences and rate the performance of the employee (from 1 to 4) using the scale provided below.  Any rating of Unsatisfactory (1), Needs Specific Improvement (2), or Exceeds Expectations (4), must be accompanied by written justification.

Unsatisfactory:  Does not meet job performance standards after adequate training and feedback to employee.

Needs Specific Improvement:  Does not meet job performance standards.  Continued training and guidance is required as noted.

Satisfactory:  Consistently meets job performance standards.

Exceeds Expectations:  Consistently exceeds job performance standards.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  Attendance/Punctuality:  Uses leave time appropriately. Observes work hours as prescribed. (key word:  punctual)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

2.  Grooming and Dress:  Dresses appropriately for job responsibility, practices proper personal hygiene. (key words: clean, non- distractive)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

3.  Human Relations Skills:  Possesses the ability to get along and work well with others - students, staff, and parents. (key words: cooperative, considerate, tactful)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

4.  Job Skill Level:  Knowledge and ability to perform required job function. (key word: competence)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

5.  Decision Making:  Arrives at sound decisions that will bring about desired results. (key words: logical, sensible)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

6.  Quality/Quantity of Work:  Produces the desired result in a timely manner. (key words: proficient, productive, organized)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

7.  Accepts Direction:  Comprehends and carries out oral and written communication regarding job assignments in a positive manner. Receptive to feedback, willing to improve. (key word: cooperative)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

8.  Dependability:  Can be counted on to perform consistently. (key words: responsible, reliable)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

9.  Effective Under Stress:  Remains calm and functions efficiently under unfavorable conditions.  Knowledgeable of and able to apply specific strategies. (key words: flexible, composed)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

10.  Initiative:  Begins and follows through on a task independently. (key words: self-reliant, resourceful)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

11.  Work Area Operation:  Workstation is conducive to efficiency; does not distract others.  Uses and cares for equipment appropriately. (key words: safety, organized, efficient work arrangement, clean)

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

◻

Summary:

Professional Growth Accomplished: ______________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Commendations: _____________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Performance Growth Objective:

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Additional supervisor or employee comments on attached sheet, if necessary.

Employee Comments:  ________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Signature indicates that you have reviewed this document.  It does not indicate agreement.

Employee signature __________________________________     Date__________

Administrator signature  _______________________________     Date__________

Definition  of  Rating  Scale  Terms

1  =  Outstanding

A.  Performance exceeds the requirements of the position.

B.  Displays high degree of self-motivation.

C.  Consistently generates output of superior quality.

2  =  Satisfactory

A.  Performance is adequate for the requirement of the position; meets expectations of the job.

B.  Self-motivation confined to accomplishing assigned tasks.

C.  Generates output of acceptable quality.

3  =  Improvement  needed

A.  Performance is not of the quality expected of the position; frequently falls short of job expectations.

B.  Frequently lacks motivation to complete assigned tasks.

C.  Frequently generates output of poor quality.

4  =  Unsatisfactory

A.  Performance is definitely inadequate for the position; consistently falls short of job expectations.

B.  Lacks self-motivation.

C.  Consistently generates output of inferior quality.



Master Document: GDO-EB ©
Child Document: GDO-EB

 

GDO-EB EB ©

EXHIBIT

EVALUATION  OF  SUPPORT 
STAFF  MEMBERS

MAINTENANCE/CUSTODIAL/PARKING LOT 

ATTENDANT EVALUATION FORM

Employee's Name:

PERFORMANCE RATING REPORT

Employee ____________________________     Department  _______________________Job Title:

Supervisor  ________________________     School/Location: __________________

Schedule _________     Step _________

(Check Type of Evaluation)        Unscheduled      Date of rating _____     Pre _____     Post _____

------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rating Definitions:

Exceeds Expectations:  Consistently exceeds job performance standards.

Effective:  Consistently meets job performance standards.

Needs Specific Improvement*:  Does not meet job performance standards.  Continued training and guidance is required as noted.

Inadequate*:  Does not meet job performance standards after adequate training and feedback to employee.

* Justification must be written for any rating of Needs Specific Improvement or Inadequate.

Column EE:  Exceeds Expectations

Column E:      Effective

Column NSI:  Needs Specific

                            Improvement

Column I:        Inadequate

 

EE

 

E

 

N

S

I

 

I

 

Comments and Recommendations

1.      Observes Work Hours - Begins and ends day at prescribed times and observes breaks and lunch times (Key word:  punctual)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

2.      Attendance - Uses leave time appropriately.  (Discretionary, Vacation, Sick Days)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

3.      Grooming and Dress - Dresses appropriately for job responsibility, practices proper personal hygiene. (Key words:  clean, nondestructive)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

4.      Job Safety - Practices safe work habits to avoid endangerment of self or others.  (Key word:  safety-conscious)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

5.      Human Relations Skills - Possesses the ability to get along and work well with others - students, staff, and parents.  (Key words:  cooperative, considerate, tactful)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

6.  Job Skill Level - Knowledge and ability to perform required job function.

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

7.      Work Judgments - Arrives at sound decisions that will bring about the desired results.  (Key words:  logical, sensible)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

8.      Efficiency - Produces the desired result in a timely manner.  (Key words:  proficient, productive, organized)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

9.      Accepts Direction - Comprehends and carries out oral and written communication regarding job assignments in a positive manner.  (Key words:  follows through and completes)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

10.      Dependability - Can be counted on to perform consistently.  (Key words:  responsible, reliable)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

11.      Effective Under Stress - Remains calm and functions efficiently under unfavorable conditions.  (Key words:  responsible, reliable)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

12.      Initiative - Begins and follows through on a task independently.  (Key words:  self-reliant, resourceful)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

13.      Work Area Appearance - Work station is conducive to efficiency; does not distract others.  (Key words:  useful work arrangement, clean)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

14.      Operation/Care of Equipment - Uses and cares for equipment appropriately.  (Key word:  safety)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

The following factors are for evaluations of Assistant Foremans/Night Leads.

Column EE:  Exceeds Expectations

Column E:      Effective

Column NSI:  Needs Specific

                            Improvement

Column I:        Inadequate

 

EE

 

E

 

N

S

I

 

I

 

Comments and Recommendations

1.      Training/Instructions of Employees - Effectively Communicates and demon- strates job responsibilities to employees; frequently follows- up to assure understanding.  (Key words:  patient, available to employees)

    

___________________

___________________

___________________

2.      Evaluating Subordinates - Effectively assesses employee strengths and weaknesses; recommends goals for professional growth.  (Key words:  objective, constructive)

    

Rating scale:

  1 = outstanding  2 = satisfactory   3 = improvement needed   4 = unsatisfactory

 

1      2    3     4                RATING FACTORS:

 

o    o   o    o               1.  Quality of work:  The ability to produce work that satisfies or 

                                       surpasses job requirements.  Consider accuracy, completeness,

                                       thoroughness, neatness of work.    

o    o   o    o               2.  Quantity of work:  Volume or amount of work done.    

o    o   o    o               3.  Knowledge: Knowledge of methods, materials, objectives, and

                                       other fundamental information skills.    

o    o   o    o               4.  Adaptability:  Ability to learn, perform under changes and in

                                       emergencies, grasp detail, comprehend differences between

                                       important and trivial.    

o    o   o    o               5.  Work habits:  Organization of work, care of equipment, safety,

                                       industry.    

o    o   o    o               6.  Working relationship with students and other employees:

                                       Ability to get along with the students and other employees.    

o    o   o    o               7.  Dependability:  Degree to which employee can be relied

                                       upon to do the job without close supervision.  Punctuality,

                                       attendance on the job.    

o    o   o    o               8.  Attitude:  Interest in work, willingness to meet job requirements 

                                       and accept suggestions, loyalty to the organization, ethical

                                       conduct.    

o    o   o    o               9.  Personal fitness:  Physical capacity, appearance, personal

                                       habits.    

o    o   o    o              10.  Judgment:  Soundness of decisions, common sense.  

o    o   o    o              OVERALL  RATING  (average): Should reflect the above ratings      

Number of days absent for any reason ___________   total points________

____

_______________

___________________

3.      Leadership - Sets a good example; delegates and directs work appropriately.  (Key words:  respected pacesetter, good communicator)

    

.

Comments:

1.  What are the employee's strengths?  ("Outstanding" ratings must be ex-plained in this space.)

___________________

___________________

___________________

Summary:

Goals: (This section must be completed by Supervisor): ___________________

_____________________________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________Supervisor Comments: (This section must be completed by Supervisor):

2.  What are the employee's weaknesses?  ("Unsatisfactory" and "Improvement Needed" must be explained in this space.)

_____________________________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________Employee Comments

3.  General comments:

_____________________________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________


_____________________________________________________________________

If additional space is needed use additional sheet.

This employee is:

_____ Recommended    _____ Recommended with reservations

_____ Not recommended

for continued employment.

This report has been discussed with me.

I  have  discussed  this  performance  rating  report  with  the  evaluator.

Employee's signature _____________________________  Date ___     Date__________

Evaluator's signature  _____________________________  Date ___     Date__________



Master Document: IB © ACADEMIC FREEDOM
Child Document: Non Existing

IB ©
ACADEMIC  FREEDOM

A professional staff seeks to educate people in the democratic tradition, to foster recognition of individual freedom and social responsibility, to inspire meaningful awareness of and respect for the Constitution and the Bill of Rights, and to instill appreciation of each individual's values.  These democratic values can be transmitted best in an atmosphere free from censorship and artificial restraints on free inquiry and learning.

Within the confines of state law, Board policy gives teachers the opportunity to create in the classroom an atmosphere of freedom.  This atmosphere permits students to raise questions dealing with critical issues of the time.  An atmosphere of freedom produces an environment conducive to the study, investigation, presentation, and interpretation of facts.  The teacher is responsible for exercising good judgment in selecting issues for discussion of value to the students involved.  These issues selected for discussion must have demonstrated relevance in some significant way to the course of study that the instructor is to be addressing.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDP © SUPPORT STAFF PROMOTIONS AND RECLASSIFICATION
Child Document: GDP © SUPPORT STAFF PROMOTIONS AND RECLASSIFICATION

GDP ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  PROMOTIONS 
AND  RECLASSIFICATION

The Superintendent will fill positions of increased responsibility with the best available candidates.  Candidates will be considered from both within and outside the District.

A change in assignment shall be considered a promotion to which the job classification or pay grade is greater and shall require Board approval.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDQA © SUPPORT STAFF REDUCTION IN FORCE
Child Document: GDQA © SUPPORT STAFF REDUCTION IN FORCE

GDQA ©
SUPPORT  STAFF 
REDUCTION  IN  FORCE

In the event the Board decides to release support staff members, the following guidelines will be in effect:

A.  Normal attrition due to terminations will be relied upon as the first means of reducing the staff.

B.  If attrition does not accomplish the required reduction in the staff, the Superintendent shall submit to the Board recommendations for the termination of specific staff members.  The criteria used in formulating these recommendations shall include, but shall not be limited to:

1.  Qualifications of staff members to accomplish the District's program.

2.  Overall experience, training, and ability.

3.  Past contributions to the program of the District.

4.  All other factors being equal, length of service in the District.

Criteria for selection of staff members to be released will be applied separately to employees within specialty categories.

Personnel to be released shall be notified of such release as soon as practical.

Adopted:  May 4, 2016date of Manual adoption



Master Document: GDQB © RESIGNATION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GDQB © RESIGNATION OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GDQB ©
RESIGNATION  OF 
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

Employees voluntarily terminating their service with the District are expected to give advance notice of not less than ten (10) working days.  This notice should be submitted to the supervisor in writing and should specify both the last day of work and the reason for terminating.  Authorized unused vacation credit will be paid to employees with the last paycheck.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
23-352
23-353

CROSS REF.: 
GDL - Support Staff Workload



Master Document: GDQD © DISCIPLINE, SUSPENSION, AND DISMISSAL OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GDQD DISCIPLINE, SUSPENSION, AND DISMISSAL OF SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GDQD ©
DISCIPLINE,  SUSPENSION,  AND 
DISMISSAL  OF 
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

(Discipline)

Minor  Disciplinary  Action

A support staff member may be disciplined for any conduct that, in the judgment of the District, is inappropriate.  Minor disciplinary action includes, without limitation thereto, verbal or written reprimands, suspension with pay, or suspension without pay for a period of five (5) days or less.  Minor disciplinary action shall be imposed by the support staff member's supervisor.  The support staff member may have representation.  A support staff member who wishes to object to a minor disciplinary action shall submit a written complaint to the supervisor's superior within five (5) work days of receiving notice of the disciplinary action.  The supervisor's superior will review the complaint and may confer with the support staff member, the supervisor, and such other persons as the supervisor's superior deems necessary.  The decision of the supervisor's superior will be final.

Suspension  without  Pay  for 
More  than  Five  Days

At-will employees.  The employment of an at-will employee may be suspended without pay for a period of more than five (5) days by action of the Superintendent for any conduct by the employee that, in the judgment of the Superintendent, is inappropriate.  If Before suspending an at-will employee, the Superintendent intends will inform the employee of intent to suspend an at-will employee without pay for the employee and will give the employee an informal opportunity to explain why, in the employee's opinion, the suspension should not be imposed.  The Superintendent's decision will be final.

Term employees. The employment of a term employee may be suspended without pay for a period of more than five (5) days by action of the Superintendent for any conduct that, in the judgment of the Superintendent, is inappropriate.  If the Superintendent intends to suspend a term employee without pay for more than five (5) days, the notice and hearing procedures prescribed for the dismissal of term employees shall be followed, except that the hearing officer shall be designated by the Superintendent and the findings of the hearing officer shall be a final decision.  At the Superintendent's option, the Superintendent may request that the Governing Board act as the hearing officer.  If the hearing officer or the Governing Board finds that there is not cause to suspend the employee without pay for more than five (5) days, the Superintendent may, after reviewing the findings, impose minor disciplinary action.

Dismissal

At-will employees.  The employment of an at-will employee may be terminated by action of the Governing Board for any reason, or for no reason, with or without advance notice, as the Governing Board desires.  If the Superintendent recommends that the Governing Board terminate an at-will employee, the recommendation shall be submitted to the Governing Board in writing and a copy of the recommendation shall be delivered to the employee.  The at-will employee may submit to the Governing Board prior to the Board meeting a written response to the recommendation.  If the at-will employee chooses to attend the Board meeting when the recommendation is considered, the Governing Board may, in its discretion, permit the employee to address the Governing Board concerning only the recommendation.

Term employees.  The employment of a term employee may be terminated for cause by action of the Governing Board at any time prior to the expiration of the term of employment.  For the purposes of this provision, cause means any conduct that, in the judgment of the District, is detrimental to the interests of the District or its personnel or students and shall include, without limitation thereto, the following:

●  Absence without leave                                         ●  
A.  Absence without leaveJ.   Incompetence or inefficiency
●  Abuse
B.  Abuse of leave
                                                    ●  Insubordination

●  Alcohol or drug impairment                                  ●  Neglect of duty

●  Child abuse or molestation                                  ●  Unauthorized possession of a weapon on school grounds

●  Discourteous treatment of the public                   ●  Unauthorized use of school property 

●  Dishonesty                                                           ●  Unlawful conduct

●  Excessive absenteeism                                       ●  Use of illegal drugs

●  Fraud in securing employment                            ●  Violation of a directive of a supervisor

●  Improper attitude                                                  ●  Violation of a District policy or regulation

If the Superintendent recommends termination of an at-will
K.  Insubordination

C.  Alcohol or drug impairment

L.  Neglect of duty

D.  Child abuse or molestation

M.  Unauthorized possession of a

      weapon on school grounds

E.  Discourteous treatment of the

      public

N.  Unauthorized use of school

      property

F.  Dishonesty

O.  Unlawful conduct

G.  Excessive absenteeism

P.  Use of illegal drugs

H.  Fraud in securing employmentQ.  Violation of a directive of a

      supervisor
I.  Improper attitudeR.  Violation of a District policy or

      regulation


If the Superintendent recommends termination of a term employee, a copy of the recommendation shall be delivered to the employee.  The employee may request a hearing within five (5) work days after receipt of the recommendation.  If a hearing is requested, the Superintendent shall deliver a written notice of the time and place of the hearing and a written statement that gives the reasons for the recommendation, a list of persons whom the Superintendent expects to testify in support of the recommendation (together with a brief summary of what each person is expected to say), and a general description of any other evidence that the Superintendent at the time believes may be presented at the hearing in support of the recommendation.

The hearing shall be conducted by the Governing Board or by a person designated by the Governing Board within not less than five (5) work days and not more than thirty (30) calendar days after a request for hearing is submitted by the employee.  The date of the hearing may be postponed by stipulation of the employee and the District, or by and in the sole discretion of the Governing Board or the hearing officer, or at the request of the aggrieved employee or the District for such reason or reasons as the Governing Board or hearing officer may deem appropriate.

The employee may be represented at the hearing by counsel, at the employee's expense.  The employee shall have the opportunity to present witnesses and to cross-examine any witnesses presented by the District.  Formal rules of evidence shall not apply.  A record of the hearing shall be made by use of a mechanical device.

If a hearing officer is used, the hearing officer shall prepare a written statement of findings as to whether there is cause for termination of the employee and submit it to the Governing Board within ten (10) work days after the conclusion of the hearing.  The Governing Board shall review the written statement and, if desired, the record, and the Governing Board's decision whether to accept the findings and whether to terminate employment or to impose other discipline shall be a final decision.

If the Governing Board conducts the hearing, it shall render a decision within ten (10) days after the conclusion of the hearing.

General  Matters

Failure to object to a disciplinary action or take other action within the time limitations set forth in this policy shall mean that the employee does not wish to pursue the matter further.  Complaints filed after the expiration of the applicable time limitation will not be considered.

The filing or pendency of a complaint or other form of grievance pursuant to this policy shall in no way limit or delay action taken by the supervisor or the Superintendent authorized by this policy to take such action.

A complaint relating to minor disciplinary action, suspension without pay for more than five (5) days, or dismissal shall not be processed as a grievance.

None of the procedures of this policy shall alter the status of an at-will employee.

This policy does not apply to:

●  Any A.  Any administrative recommendation or Governing Board action, discussion, or consideration involving the nonrenewal of an at-will the nonrenewal of a term employee.

●  RatingsB.  Ratings, comments, and recommendations made in the course of an evaluation of a support staff member.

●  The C.  The decision of the Superintendent to place a support staff member on administrative leave.

●  Counseling D.  Counseling of or directives to a support staff member regarding future conduct.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
15-341
15-502
41-770

CROSS REF.: 
DKA - Payroll Procedures/Schedules



Master Document: GDR © NONSCHOOL EMPLOYMENT BY SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS
Child Document: GDR © NONSCHOOL EMPLOYMENT BY SUPPORT STAFF MEMBERS

GDR ©
NONSCHOOL  EMPLOYMENT  BY
SUPPORT  STAFF  MEMBERS

A regular, full-time employee's position in the District shall be given precedence over any type of outside work or self-employment.  Employees are free to carry on outside work or self-employment projects as long as no District facilities, equipment, or school(s) are used, except as provided by policy, and the outside work or self-employment does not interfere with the employees' performance of District-assigned duties.

The outside work or self-employment by a staff member is of concern to the Board insofar as it may:

●  Prevent A.  Prevent the employee from performing assigned responsibilities in an effective manner.

●  Be B.  Be prejudicial to proper effectiveness in the position or compromise the District.

●  Raise C.  Raise a question of conflict of interest - for example, where the employee's position in the District permits access permits access to information or other advantage useful to the outside employer.

Therefore, an employee may not perform any duties related to outside work or self-employment during regular District working hours or during the additional time that is needed to fulfill the responsibilities of the District position.  Employees who violate this policy are subject to reprimand, suspension, or termination.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-321
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
EDB - Maintenance and Control of Materials and Equipment
KF - Community Use of School Facilities



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDO-EC

GDO-EC 

EXHIBIT

EVALUATION  OF  SUPPORT 
STAFF  MEMBERS

INSTRUCTIONAL AIDE/JOB COACH EVALUATION FORM

Employee's Name: __________________________      Job Title: _______________

Location: __________________________________      Years in Position: ________

Date of this Review: ___________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Rating Definitions:

Read each of the following sentences and rate the performance of the employee (from 1 to 4) using the scale provided below.  Any rating of Excellent (4), Needs Improvement (2), or Unsatisfactory (1), must be accompanied by a comment, example or recommendation supporting the rating.  (No comment required for a rating of 3).

Unsatisfactory:  Performance requires significant improvement.

Needs Improvement:  Performance is deficient in certain areas.

Effective:  Performance is competent and dependable.  Meets standards of the job.

Excellent:  Performance is exceptional in all areas of that category.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.  Rapport/Cooperation with Staff and Community:  Works as a team member.  Works cooperatively, positively, and supportively with administration, staff and community to resolve situations and communicate in a professional manner.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

2.  Policies and Procedures:  Is aware of and follows administrative policies and procedures as related to his/her job area.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

3.  Ethics:  Conduct exhibits a positive and constructive influence on others, and applies discretion in matters of confidentiality.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

4.  Appearance:  Employee's behavior, personal appearance, and hygiene are appropriate to model and reflect high standards of conduct.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

5.  Mastery of Job Skills/Utilization of Resources:  Knowledge of job skills are accurate, up-to-date and timely, and a variety of resources are utilized in all areas of job description.  Participates in professional growth.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

6.  Communication Skills:  Voice and vocabulary usage are appropriate to job assignment.  Employee effectively demonstrates understanding of written and oral communications.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

7.  Planning:  Preparation and implementation of the employee's daily work schedule reflects effective, immediate, and long-term planning.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

8.  Motivation:  Exerts effort and shows initiative in starting, carrying out and completing tasks.  Spends time effectively performing work.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

9.  Self-Confidence:  The employee demonstrates confidence in his/her ability to deal with varied situations.  The employee is a role model, assumes responsibility, and takes initiative to promote these qualities.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

10.  Positive Attitude:  Employee's effectiveness is influenced
by the employee's ability to deal positively with situations.  Employee strives to turn areas of concern into acceptable or positive solutions.  The employee accepts individual differences in others and works to complement those differences and promote cooperation.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

11.  Dependability:  The employee can be depended upon to carry out the duties/responsibilities that the employee's job requires.  The employee's attendance and punctual performance of duties validate the employee's commitment
to the job.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

12.  Job Description/Completion of Assignments:  The employee performs the duties/responsibilities as defined in the employee's job descriptions.  It is the evaluator's responsibility to evaluate and compare the employee's performance as it relates to the job description.

___________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

Comments:  ________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Additional supervisor or employee comments on attached sheet, if necessary.

Employee Comments:  ________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

Signature indicates that you have reviewed this document.  It does not indicate agreement.

Employee's signature _________________________________     Date__________

Supervisor's signature  ________________________________     Date__________

Administrator's signature  ______________________________     Date__________



Master Document: IHA-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IHA-E © 

EXHIBIT

BASIC  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAM

Reading

For students in kindergarten (K) and grades one (1) through three (3), the District shall:

A.  select and administer screening, ongoing diagnostic and classroom based instructional reading assessments, including motivational assessments, as defined by the State Board of Education;

B.  conduct a curriculum evaluation;

C.  adopt a scientifically based reading curriculum including the essentials of reading instruction;

D.  provide ongoing teacher training based on scientifically based reading research;

E.  devote reasonable amounts of time to explicit instruction and independent reading;

F.  provide intensive reading instruction as defined by the State Board of Education to each student who does not meet or exceed the Arizona standards; and

G.  review its reading program and take corrective action as specified by the State Board of Education whenever more than twenty percent (20%) of the third grade students do not meet the Arizona standards.

Skin  Cancer  Prevention

For students in the grades kindergarten (K) through eight (8) a comprehensive skin cancer prevention program shall be provided.

Instruction shall be in an age appropriate manner and include the following components:

A.  Basic facts about skin cancer;

B.  The negative impact of human exposure to ultraviolet radiation obtained through sunburns and tanning;

C.  Strategies and behaviors to reduce the risk of contracting skin cancer.



Master Document: IA © INSTRUCTIONAL GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
Child Document: IA © INSTRUCTIONAL GOALS AND OBJECTIVES

IA ©
INSTRUCTIONAL  GOALS 
AND  OBJECTIVES

All parts of the curriculum are interrelated and important to the development of the student.  The physical, emotional, social, aesthetic, and cognitive development of the student are all elements of importance within the school program.

The District will provide basic communication and computational skills, a researchan experience-based curriculum, and exploration of different disciplines and decision-making techniques to enable the student to choose between alternatives.

Specifically, the District instructional program will be designed and implemented to provide for developing:

●  Skills A.  Skills in communication - to include reading, writing, speaking, listening, and composition.

●  Skills B.  Skills in computation.

●  Appreciation C.  Appreciation of the world of work.

●  Pride D.  Pride of workmanship and skills for economic survival.

●  Appreciation E.  Appreciation of the importance of physical fitness.

●  Research F.  Research and problem-solving skills.

●  Ability G.  Ability to think analytically, critically, and independently.

●  Skills H.  Skills in foreign or Native American language.

●  Responsible citizenship.

●  I.   Ability leading to citizen responsibility.

J.   Understanding and respect for our cultural heritage.

●  Appreciation K.  Appreciation for the intrinsic value of education.

●  Appreciation L.  Appreciation of the fine arts.

●  M. Skills in technology.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
AD - Educational Philosophy/School District Mission

IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDOB © DRUG AND ALCOHOL TESTING OF TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYEES

GDOB ©
DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL  TESTING 
OF  TRANSPORTATION  EMPLOYEES

Refer to Policy EEAEAA.



Master Document: IC © SCHOOL YEAR
Child Document: IC SCHOOL YEAR

IC ©
SCHOOL  YEAR

The school year shall be not less than one hundred eighty (180) instructional days divided into two (2) semesters, each with two (2) terms of approximately nine (9) weeks in length.  Additional days shall be established each year for staff orientation. 

Each instructional day shall consist of not less than the minimum amount of time prescribed in A.R.S. 15-901 for each respective program level.  Variance from this requirement may be sought under A.R.S. 15-861.

The Board shall establish the school calendar for each school year after recommendations from the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341.01 (Laws 2000, 5th S.S., Ch 1 § 54)
15-801
15-854
15-855
15-861
15-881
15-901



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: GDQ © SUPPORT STAFF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

GDQ ©
SUPPORT  STAFF  TERMINATION 
OF  EMPLOYMENT

Refer to Policy DKA.



Master Document: ID © SCHOOL DAY
Child Document: ID © SCHOOL DAY

ID ©
SCHOOL  DAY

The normal school day for the instruction of the students of this District shall be in accordance with Arizona Revised Statutes.

The regular school session may be temporarily altered by the Board upon recommendation by the Superintendent when such alteration is in the best interest of the District.

The Superintendent may close the schools, delay the opening of schools, or dismiss school early for emergency reasons and to protect the health and safety of students and staff members, shall prepare rules for the proper and timely notification of concerned persons in the event of such emergency closing, and shall in all cases inform the Board President as soon as possible.

The Superintendent shall develop guidelines that allow students to enter schools and to leave schools under exceptional conditions so that variances with the normal school schedule may be accommodated.  Such guidelines shall consider inclement weather, family illness, and other similar circumstances.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-801
15-861
15-901



Master Document: IHAL © TEACHING ABOUT RELIGION
Child Document: Non Existing

IHAL ©
TEACHING  ABOUT  RELIGION

Standards pertaining to instruction on the historical study of biblical text may be found in the State Board of Education Standards in history or English arts, or both, as concepts that include the history and literature of the Old Testament era and the history and literature of the New Testament era.  The standards do not require that pupils who do not enroll in the elective course prescribed in this section receive instruction on the historical study of biblical text.

The instructional program of the District may include content in an elective course pertaining to how the Bible has influenced western culture for pupils in grades nine (9) through twelve (12).  A school may offer this course as an online course.  The School District may develop a new curriculum or use an existing curriculum that includes teacher's guides and that is currently in use in public schools in this state or in other states.  An existing curriculum that is used by a school district shall meet the standards and guidelines prescribed in this section as indicated below:

A.  Before a school offers a course under this section, a legal review shall be conducted to ensure that the course complies with the First Amendment to the United States Constitution.

B.  A course offered under this section shall be designed to:

1.  Familiarize pupils with the contents, characters, poetry and narratives that are prerequisites to understanding society and culture, including literature, art, music, mores, oratory and public policy.

2.  Familiarize pupils with the following:

a.  The contents of the Old Testament and the New Testament.

b.  The history recorded by the Old Testament and the New Testament.

c.  The literary style and structure of the Old Testament and the New Testament.

d.  The influence of the Old Testament and the New Testament on laws, history, government, literature, art, music, customs, morals, values and culture.

C.  A course offered under this section shall follow applicable law and all federal and state guidelines in maintaining religious neutrality and accommodating the diverse religious or nonreligious views, traditions and perspectives of pupils.  This section is not intended to violate any provision of the United States Constitution, the constitution of Arizona or state law or any rules, guidelines or regulations adopted by the United States Department of Education, the State Board of Education or the Arizona Department of Education.

D.  A pupil shall not be required to use a specific translation as the sole text of the Old Testament or the New Testament and may use as the basic textbook a different translation of the Old Testament or the New Testament from that chosen by the School District Governing Board or the pupil's teacher.

E.  Personnel shall not be assigned to teach a course offered under this section based on a religious or nonreligious test, a profession of faith or lack of faith, or prior or current religious affiliation or a lack of religious affiliation.

F.  A teacher who instructs a course offered under this section in its appropriate historical context and in good faith shall be immune from civil liability and disciplinary action pursuant to section 15-535.

This program will conform to all applicable Arizona Revised Statutes and Arizona Administrative Codes.  The program, materials used in the elective  course, and the act of sectarian instruction as referenced in statute are not  prohibited under A.R.S. 15-341(a)(2), A.R.S. 15-362(a)(2), or A.R.S. 15-535 as each are authorized under A.R.S. 15-717.01, Bible influence; elective course;  requirements; immunity.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
15-341
15-362
15-535
15-717.01



Master Document: IE © ORGANIZATION OF INSTRUCTION
Child Document: IE © ORGANIZATION OF INSTRUCTION

IE ©
ORGANIZATION  OF  INSTRUCTION

The instructional program shall be divided into one three (13) levellevels:

●  High A.  Elementary school, which shall include grades prekindergarten (PK) through six (6).

B.  Junior high school, which shall include grades seven (7) and eight (8).

C.  High school, which shall include grades nine (9) through twelve (12).

The normal school day for the instruction organizational plan shall be subject to change by the Governing Board whenever the needs of the students of this District shall be in accordance with Arizona Revised Statutes.and/or District warrant such change.  The District will coordinate and articulate a prekindergarten (PK) through grade twelve (12) instructional program.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IGA © CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT
Child Document: IGA © CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT

IGA ©
CURRICULUM  DEVELOPMENT

The need and value of a systematic, ongoing program of curriculum development and evaluation involving students, parents, teachers, and administrators are recognized.  It is essential that the school system continually develop and modify its curriculum to meet changing needs.  The Board authorizes the Superintendent to develop the curriculum for the school system and to organize committees to review the curriculum.  All curriculum changes shall be approved by the Governing Board.

It shall be the responsibility of the Superintendent to develop proposals relating to curriculum modifications and additions that, in the opinion of the professional staff and consultants, are essential to the maintenance of a high-quality program of education from prekindergarten (PK) through grade twelve (12).

All certificated personnel have professional obligations to the school program beyond regular classroom duties, and these obligations will include work on curriculum committees.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-341
15-701
15-701.01
15-721
15-722



Master Document: IGD © CURRICULUM ADOPTION
Child Document: IGD © CURRICULUM ADOPTION

IGD ©
CURRICULUM  ADOPTION

All new programs and courses of study will be subject to Board approval, as will elimination of programs and courses and extensive alteration in their content.  Curricular proposals from the professional staff may be presented to the Superintendent, who will be responsible for making recommendations to the Board on such matters.

The Governing Board acknowledges the legislative affirmation that public school students should be taught to value each other as individuals and not be taught to resent or hate other races or classes of people.

No District school shall include in its program of instruction any courses or classes that:

●  Promote

A.  Promote the overthrow of the United States government.

●  Promote

B.  Promote resentment toward a race or class of people.

●  Are

C.  Are designed primarily for students of a particular ethnic group.

●  Advocate

D.  Advocate ethnic solidarity instead of treatment of students as individuals.

The above restrictions are not to be construed to restrict or prohibit:

●  Courses

A.  Courses or classes for Native American pupils that are required to comply with federal law.

●  Grouping

B.  Grouping of students according to academic performance, including capability in the English language,

that may

that may result in a disparate impact by ethnicity.

●  Courses

C.  Courses or classes that include the history of any ethnic group and that are open to all students, unless

the course

the course or class is in violation of an above cited course or class restriction.

●  Courses

D.  Courses or classes that include the discussion of controversial aspects of history.

●  Instruction

E.  Instruction about the Holocaust, any other instance of genocide, or the historical oppression of a

particular group

particular group of people based on ethnicity, race, or class.

An alleged failure by the District to abide by the preceding conditions may subject the District to investigation by the State Board of Education (SBE) or the Superintendent of Public Instruction.  Enforcement action may be instituted by the SBE or the Superintendent of Public Instruction as prescribed by A.R.S. 15-112.

Adopted: 

December 1, 2010

date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-111
15-112
15-721
15-722



Master Document: IHAMB-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IHAMB-R ©

REGULATION

FAMILY  LIFE  EDUCATION

Instruction  in  Sex  Education

Grades K - 8:

A.  Elective lessons.  The District may provide a specific elective lesson or lessons concerning sex education as a supplement to the health course of study.

1.  Such supplement may be taken by the student only upon the written request of the student's parent or guardian.

2.  Alternative elective lessons from the state-adopted optional subjects shall be provided for students who do not enroll in elective sex education.

3.  Elective sex education lessons shall not exceed the equivalent of one (1) class period per day for one-eighth (1/8th) of the school year for grades kindergarten (K) through four (4).

4.  Elective sex education lessons shall not exceed the equivalent of one (1) class period per day for one-quarter (1/4th) of the school year for grades five (5) through eight (8).

B.  Governing Board approval.  All elective sex education lessons to be offered must have prior approval from the Governing Board.

C.  Format of instruction:

1.  Lessons shall be taught to boys and girls separately.

2.  Lessons shall be ungraded and shall require no homework; any evaluation administered for the purpose of self-analysis shall not be retained or recorded by the school or the teacher in any form.

3.  Lessons shall not include tests, psychological inventories, surveys, or examinations containing any questions about personal beliefs or practices in sex, family life, morality, values, or religion on the part of students or their parents.

4.  Lessons for grades seven (7) and eight (8) shall include instruction on the laws relating to sexual conduct with a minor.

Grades 9 - 12:

A.  A course in sex education may be provided in the high schools of Arizona.

B.  Lessons shall not include tests, psychological inventories, surveys, or examinations containing any questions about personal beliefs or practices in sex, family life, morality, values, or religion on the part of students or their parents.

Content of instruction (Grades K - 12):

A.  All sex education materials and instruction shall be age appropriate, shall recognize the needs of exceptional students, shall meet the needs of the District, shall recognize local community standards and sensitivities, shall not include the teaching of abnormal, deviate, or unusual sexual acts and practices, and shall include the following:

1.  Emphasis upon the power of individuals to control their own personal behavior.

a.  Students shall be encouraged to base their actions on reasoning, self-discipline, sense of responsibility, self-control, and ethical considerations such as respect for self and others.

2.  Instruction on how to say "no" to unwanted sexual advances and to resist negative peer pressure.

a.  Students shall be taught that it is wrong to take advantage of, or to exploit, another person.

3.  Instruction on the laws relating to sexual conduct with a minor.

B.  All sex education materials and instruction that discuss sexual intercourse shall:

1.  Stress that students should abstain from sexual intercourse until they are mature adults.

2.  Emphasize that abstinence from sexual intercourse is the only method for avoiding pregnancy that is one hundred percent (100%) effective.

3.  Stress that sexually transmitted diseases have severe consequences and constitute a serious and widespread public health problem.

4.  Include a discussion of the possible emotional and psychological consequences of preadolescent and adolescent sexual intercourse and the consequences of preadolescent and adolescent pregnancy.

5.  Promote honor and respect for monogamous heterosexual marriage.

6.  Advise students of Arizona law pertaining to the financial responsibilities of parenting, and legal liabilities related to sexual intercourse with a minor.

Instruction  on  Acquired  Immune
Deficiency  Syndrome  and  Human
Immunodeficiency  Virus

The District will develop its own course of study for each grade.  At a minimum, instruction shall:

A.  Be appropriate to the grade level in which it is offered.

B.  Be medically accurate.

C.  Promote abstinence.

D.  Discourage drug abuse.

E.  Dispel myths regarding transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus.

Nothing shall be included in the course of study instruction that:

A.  Promotes a homosexual life-style.

B.  Portrays homosexuality as a positive alternative life-style.

C.  Suggests that some methods of sex are safe methods of homosexual sex.

The District may request that the Department of Health Services, in conjunction with the Department of Education, review instruction materials to determine their medical accuracy.

The District may request that the Department of Education provide the following assistance:

A.  A suggested course of study.

B.  Teacher training.

C.  A list of available films and other teaching aids.

At the request of a parent, a student shall be excused from the instruction on acquired immune deficiency syndrome and the human immunodeficiency virus.  The District shall notify all parents of their ability to withdraw their children from the instruction.



Master Document: IGE © CURRICULUM GUIDES AND COURSE OUTLINES
Child Document: IGE CURRICULUM GUIDES AND COURSE OUTLINES

IGE ©
CURRICULUM  GUIDES  AND 
COURSE  OUTLINES

Curriculum guides shall be developed for the various subject areas.  These guides shall present at least a minimal outline for instruction and a basis for further development of the particular courses.

In accordance with requirements of the state of Arizona, the District will develop its own curriculum guides to reflect local needs.  The guides shall be designed to assist users in implementing the District philosophy regarding the teaching of a subject and will, when possible, suggest a variety of possibilities for instruction, patterns of individualization, variations of approaches, and materials.

The Superintendent will formulate procedures for the development and use of curriculum guides.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-701
15-701.01



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: HD MEET - AND - CONFER

HD
MEET - AND - CONFER

(Professional Negotiations Agreement)

The Glendale Union High School District has developed a Professional Negotiations Agreement which will serve as the governing procedures in all negotiations.  The Professional Negotiations Committee will be limited to negotiable items.

The Governing Board representatives to the Professional Negotiations Committee shall be composed of up to six (6) representatives.  They will be appointed annually by the Governing Board upon the recommendation of the Superintendent.  The committee will also have up to six (6) representatives from the Glendale Union Education Association (GUEA).

Adopted:  December 1, 2010



Master Document: IGE-R ©
Child Document: IGE-R ©

IGE-R ©

REGULATION

CURRICULUM  GUIDES  AND
COURSE  OUTLINES

Development  of  Curriculum  Guides

Curriculum guides will be developed by the staff members and teachers who are to use them.

If participation of the entire staff is not feasible, representatives of the staff and/or departments concerned shall be appointed to committees for study, creation, and revision of any particular guide.

When work is completed on a guide, the committee responsible for its development shall present it to the Superintendent.

Use  of  Guides

Curriculum guides are to serve as a framework from which a teacher will develop units of study, individual lesson plans, and approaches to instruction that will serve the students' particular needs at a particular time.  The guides shall be used to map the logical sequence of instruction.

The principal, department heads, or other supervisors shall see that optimum use is made of available curriculum guides.  Teachers will adhere to the guides.



Master Document: IHA © BASIC INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM
Child Document: IHA BASIC INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAM

IHA ©
BASIC  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAM

The various instructional programs will be developed to maintain a balanced, integrated, and sequential curriculum that will serve the educational needs of all school-aged children in the District.  The curriculum will be broad in scope and provide for a wide range in rate, readiness, and potential for learning.

The instructional program shall reflect the importance of language acquisition/reading-skill development as the basic element in each student's education.  The first priority of the instructional program will be language acquisition through a planned sequence of reading skills and language experiences beginning in the kindergarten program.  The improvement of specific reading skills of students should be continuous throughout their education.  Each school educating students in kindergarten and grades one (1) through three (3) shall have a reading program as required by A.R.S. 15-704 and applicable State Board of Education rules.

The second priority of the instructional program will be mastery of the fundamentals of mathematics, beginning in the kindergarten program.

Attention to the above-listed priorities shall not result in neglect of other areas of the curriculum.

The instructional program will include planned sequences in:

●  Language arts.

●  Literature.

●  Mathematics.

●  Science.

●  Social studies.

●  Music.

●  Health/Physical education.

●  Foreign or Native American language.

●  Visual arts.

●  Fine arts.

●  Career and Technical Education.

●  Technology skills.

A.  Language arts - reading, spelling, handwriting, English grammar, composition, literature, and study skills.

B.  Mathematics experiences.

C.  Social studies - history including Native American history, geography, civics, economics, world cultures, political science, and other social science disciplines.

D.  Science experiences.

E.  Fine and practical arts experience - art education, vocal and instrumental music, and vocational/business education.

F.  Technology skills.

G.  Health and safety education.

H.  Physical education.

I.   Foreign or Native American language.

The planned program for all students shall also include library instruction, individual study, guidance, other appropriate instructional activities, and all instruction required under state law and State Board of Education regulations.

In addition to the regular instruction program, the District will offer such special programs as the Governing Board shall annually direct.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-341
15-701
15-701.01
15-704
15-710
15-718
15-741.01
15-802
A.A.C. 
R7-2-301 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 

IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction



Master Document: IHAA © ENGLISH INSTRUCTION
Child Document: IHAA © ENGLISH INSTRUCTION

IHAA ©
ENGLISH  INSTRUCTION

Subject to the exceptions provided in A.R.S. section 15-753, all students in this School District shall be taught English by being taught in English.

Definitions

"Bilingual education/native language instruction" means a language acquisition process for students in which much or all instruction, textbooks, or teaching materials are in the child's native language other than English.  "English language classroom" means a classroom in which English is the language of instruction used by the teaching personnel, and in which such teaching personnel possess a good knowledge of the English language.  English language classrooms encompass both English language mainstream classrooms and sheltered English immersion classrooms.

"English language mainstream classroom" means a classroom in which the students either are native English language speakers or already have acquired reasonable fluency in English.

"English learner" or "limited English proficient student" means a child who does not speak English or whose native language is not English, and who is not currently able to perform ordinary classroom work in English.

"Sheltered English immersion" or "structured English immersion" means an English language acquisition process for young children in which nearly all classroom instruction is in English but with the curriculum and presentation designed for children who are learning the language.  Books and instructional materials are in English and all reading, writing, and subject matter are taught in English.  Although teachers may use a minimal amount of the child's native language when necessary, no subject matter shall be taught in any language other than English, and children in this program learn to read and write solely in English.  This educational methodology represents the standard definition of "sheltered English" or "structured English" found in educational literature.

English  Immersion

All students who are English learners shall be educated through sheltered English immersion during a temporary transition period not normally intended to exceed one (1) year.  Once English learners have been reclassified as English proficientacquired a good working knowledge of English and are able to do regular school work in English, they shall no longer be classified as English learners and shall be transferred to English language mainstream classrooms.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures as necessary to implement this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S. 
15-751 through 15-756
15-756.02 through 15-756.06
15-756.08
15-756.10
15-756.11
15-756.12
15-756.13
15-757
A.A.C. 
R7-2-306

CROSS REF.: 
IHBE - Bilingual Instruction/Native Language Instruction
IL - Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Testing Programs)
ILB - Test/Assessment Administration (State Mandated Testing)



Master Document: IHAA-R ©
Child Document: IHAA-R ©

IHAA-R © 

REGULATION

ENGLISH  INSTRUCTION

Program

Each school shall use an English Language Learner (ELL) program developed from a state task force approved model.  All ELLs are to be provided with appropriate daily English language development and instruction.

Student  Identification

A home language survey form will be completed at the time of enrollment of new or transfer students.  The form will explain how students are assessed for English language proficiency.  If the primary home language (the language most often spoken by the studentin the home or the first acquired language) is a language other than English the student shall be considered to have a primary or home language other than English (PHLOTE).

All PHLOTE children not already reclassified as proficient shall be administered English language assessments upon initial entry and at the end of the year (after February 1).  New and continuing ELLs may be assessed at midpoint of the academic year, but no student may be assessed more than three (3) times per year.  The midyear assessment (not a wholesale assessment of all students) will provide those who warrant assessment an opportunity to enter a mainstream classroom as soon as possible.

The tests will be administered at the times indicated by trained personnel except when federal grants require different time lines or when an individualized education program (IEP) team for a qualified special education child finds the procedure inappropriate.

Student  Progress  and  Reassessment
for  Reclassification

At least annually, parents shall receive a notice of student proficiency level and program placement.

ELLs not progressing as evidenced by failure to improve scores on the Arizona state standards tests or the nationally standardized test of A.R.S. 15-741 may be provided compensatory instruction to assist them in achieving those standards.  A written individualized compensatory plan that documents the scope and type of instructional services provided to an ELL shall be kept in the student's file.

Reassessment of classification may take place following assessment testing but shall be considered at least once a year.  If appropriate, parents shall receive a reclassification notice with a copy of the notice to be placed in the student 's ELL file.

When a student is reclassified as a fluent English proficient language (FEPFEL) student, the school shall monitor the student for two (2) years after the reclassification to determine if the student is performing satisfactorily.  The two (2) year monitoring form shall be maintained in the student's file.

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
15-751 through through 15-757



Master Document: IHAMA © TEACHING ABOUT DRUGS, ALCOHOL, AND TOBACCO
Child Document: IHAMA TEACHING ABOUT DRUGS, ALCOHOL, AND TOBACCO

IHAMA ©
TEACHING  ABOUT  DRUGS, 
ALCOHOL,  AND  TOBACCO

The instructional program may include content on drugs, alcohol, and tobacco for the purpose of developing students' ability to make intelligent choices based on facts.  All instruction and instructional materials dealing with this matter shall strongly encourage nonuse, and to develop courage to stand by their own convictions.  Further, instruction on the nature and harmful effects of alcohol, tobacco, narcotic drugs, marijuana, and other dangerous drugs on the human system and instruction on the nonuse and prevention of use and abuse of alcohol, tobacco, narcotic drugs, marijuana, date rape drugs, and other dangerous drugs may be included in the courses of study, with emphasis on grade grades four (4) through nine (9).  Instruction on the nature and harmful effects of alcohol, tobacco, narcotic drugs, marijuana, date rape drugs, and other dangerous drugs on a human fetus may be included in the courses of study in grades nine six (96) through twelve (12).  The instruction may be integrated into existing health, science, citizenship, and similar studies and shall meet the criteria for chemical abuse prevention education programs.  The program should also emphasize the therapeutic benefit derived from the use of drugs prescribed by a health professional.  The program will conform to all applicable Arizona Revised Statutes and Arizona Administrative Codes.

Objectives  of  the  substance  abuse  Objectives of the substance abuse program:

●  To A.  To create an awareness of the total drug problem: prevention; education; treatment; rehabilitation; and law enforcement law enforcement on the local, state, national, and international levels.

●  To B.  To inform the students of the effect on the body of narcotics, sedatives, hallucinogens, and stimulants through the through the appropriate classes.

●  To C.  To relate the use of drugs and alcohol to physical, mental, social, and emotional consequences.

●  To D.  To encourage the individual to adopt an appropriate attitude toward pain, stress, and discomfort.

●  To E.  To understand the need for seeking professional advice in dealing with problems related to physical and mental and mental health.

●  To F.  To understand the personal, social, and economic problems caused by the misuse of drugs and alcohol.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3401
15-345
15-712

CROSS REF.: 
JICG - Tobacco Use by Students
JICH - Drug and Alcohol Use by Students



Master Document: IHBA-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IHBA-E ©

EXHIBIT

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS 
AND  ACCOMMODATIONS  FOR 
DISABLED  STUDENTS

(Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)

POLICY MEMORANDUM

TO:          Staff

FROM:   

RE:          Responsibilities of the District to Students with Disabilities
                under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.

This memorandum is to clarify certain responsibilities of the District under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973.

Section 504 prohibits discrimination against persons with disabilities, including both students and staff members, by school districts receiving federal financial assistance.  Included in the U.S. Department of Education regulations for Section 504 is the requirement that students with disabilities be provided with free appropriate public education (FAPE).  The regulations pertaining to FAPE are published at 34 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 104, Subpart D.)  These regulations require identification, evaluation, the provision of appropriate services, and procedural safeguards.

With respect to most students with disabilities, many aspects of the Section 504 regulations concerning FAPE parallel the requirements of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) (formerly the Education of the Handicapped Act) and Arizona law.  In those areas, by fulfilling our responsibilities under the IDEA and state law we are also meeting the standards of the Section 504 regulations.

However, in some other respects the requirements of the laws are different.  There are some students who are not eligible for IDEA services but who nevertheless are eligible under Section 504, and to whom the District may therefore have responsibilities.

The IDEA defines as eligible only students who have certain specified types of impairments and who, because of one (1) of those conditions, need special education.  Section 504, on the other hand, protects all students with disabilities, defined as those having any physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one (1) or more major life activities (including learning).  Section 504 covers all students who meet this definition, even if they do not fall within the IDEA-enumerated categories and even if they do not need to be in a special education program.

An example of a student who is protected by Section 504 but who may not be covered by the IDEA is one who has juvenile arthritis but who has no mental impairments.  Such a student has a health impairment but may not be covered by the IDEA if the student does not need placement in a special education program.  However, the student is disabled for purposes of Section 504.  A similar example might be a student with acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS).  Students with attention deficit/hyperactivity (ADD/H) or emotional disorders are another example.  Such students may not meet the criteria for IDEA categories such as learning disabled or severely emotionally disturbed.  However, if their disorders or conditions substantially limit their ability to function at school, they are disabled within the meaning of Section 504.

If the District has reason to believe that, because of a disability as defined under Section 504, a student needs either special education and related services or related services in the regular setting in order to participate in the school program, the District must evaluate the student; if the student is determined to be disabled under Section 504, the District must develop and implement a plan for the delivery of any needed services.  Again, these steps must be taken even though the student is not covered by IDEA special education provisions and procedures.

What is required for the Section 504 evaluation and placement process is determined by the type of disability believed to be present, and the type of services the student may need.  The evaluation must be sufficient to accurately and completely assess the nature and extent of the disability, and the recommended services.  Evaluations more limited than a full special education evaluation may be adequate in some circumstances.  For example, in the case of the student with juvenile arthritis, the evaluation might consist of the school nurse meeting with the parent and reviewing the student's current medical records.  In the cases of ADD/H students, current psychoeducational evaluations may be used if such evaluations assessed the ADD/H issue.  In other cases, additional testing may be necessary.

The determination of what services are needed must be made by a group of persons knowledgeable about the student.  The group should review the nature of the disability, how it affects the student's education, whether special services are needed, and if so what those services are.  The decisions about Section 504 eligibility and services must be documented in the student's file and reviewed periodically.

For the juvenile arthritic student, Section 504 services might be the provision of a typing course and use of a typewriter/word processor to improve writing speed or to provide a less painful means of writing.  For the AIDS student, Section 504 services might be the administration and monitoring of medication, or a class schedule modified to address the student's stamina.  For an ADD/H student, services might include modifications in the regular classroom, special assistance from an aide, a behavior plan, counseling, and/or the monitoring of medication.

It should also be noted that, under Section 504, the parents or guardian must be provided with notice of actions affecting the identification, evaluation, or placement of the student and are entitled to an impartial hearing if they disagree with District decisions in these areas.  For disabilities covered only by Section 504 and not the IDEA, a Section 504 hearing will have to be made available that is separate from the IDEA hearing process.  The District is exploring different frameworks for the adoption of procedures for conducting Section 504 hearings in the District, should the need arise.

In summary, it is important to keep in mind that some students who have physical or mental conditions that limit their ability to participate in the education program are entitled to rights under Section 504 even though they may not fall into IDEA categories and may not be covered by that law.



Master Document: IHAMC © INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING IN CARDIOPULMONARY RESUSCITATION
Child Document: IHAMB © FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION

IHAMB IHAMC ©
FAMILY  LIFE  EDUCATION

Instruction  in  Sex  Education

Grades 9-12:

●  Instruction in sex education may be offered in the District in conformity with the requirements of Arizona law.

●  The Governing Board shall review the total instructional materials and approve all lessons in the course of study to be offered in sex education.

●  The Board shall maintain for viewing by the public the total instructional materials to be used in all high school sex education courses to be offered.

●  If sex education is offered, the curricula shall include instruction on the laws relating to sexual conduct with a minor.

Certification  of  Compliance

The District shall certify, under the notarized signatures of both the Governing Board President and the Superintendent, compliance with A.A.C. R7-2-303.  Acknowledgment of receipt of the compliance certification from the State Board of Education is required as a prerequisite to the initiation of instruction.  Certification of compliance shall be in a format and with such particulars as shall be specified by the Department of Education.

Instruction  on  Acquired  Immune

Deficiency  Syndrome  and  Human

Immunodeficiency  Virus

The District may provide instruction on acquired immune deficiency syndrome and the human immunodeficiency virus as authorized by Arizona law.

If instruction is to be offered at one (1) or more grade levels, the Superintendent shall develop and implement regulations on such instruction that conform to Arizona law.

Adopted: December 1, 2010

LEGAL REF.: 

INSTRUCTION  AND  TRAINING  IN

CARDIOPULMONARY  RESUSCITATION

(Note: CPR instruction and training is required to be provided no later than July 1, 2019.)

School districts and charter schools shall provide public school pupils with one (1) or more training sessions in cardiopulmonary resuscitation, through the use of psychomotor skills in an age-appropriate manner, during high school.

A school district or charter school may assign homework to satisfy the requirements of A.R.S. 15-718.01(A)(B)(E), if the completion of the homework is verified by a teacher or parent.

This training shall be based on the most current national evidence-based emergency cardiovascular care guidelines for cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

School district or charter school instruction that results in cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification must be provided by a certified cardiopulmonary resuscitation trainer. This instruction does not require a teacher or administrator who facilitates, provides or oversees the instruction to be an authorized trainer of cardiopulmonary resuscitation if the instruction does not result in cardiopulmonary resuscitation certification.

The instruction provided must include the hands-on practicing of cardiopulmonary resuscitation, except for students who are enrolled in an online school as defined in A.R.S. 15-808.

A pupil shall be excused from the instruction on cardiopulmonary resuscitation at the request of either:

A.  The pupil's parent.

B.  A pupil who provides written documentation that the pupil has previously received training in or is currently certified in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.

C.  The pupil's individualized education program team, if the pupil is a child with a disability as defined in section 15-731 and if the individualized education program team makes a determination to excuse the pupil from the instruction.

A school district or charter school may accept from any person, public entity or other legal entity in-kind donations of materials, equipment or services that may be used in the instruction on cardiopulmonary resuscitation. 

A school district or charter school may use any of the following persons to provide instruction and training:

A.  Emergency medical technicians

B.  Paramedics

C.  Fire department personnel

D.  Police officers

E.  Representatives of the American Heart Association

F.  Representatives of the American Red Cross

G.  Teachers

H.  Other school employees

I.  Other similarly qualified persons

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF:
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-716

15-720

A.A.C. 

R7-2-303

R7-2-339718.01

CROSS REF.:

IKF – Graduation Requirements



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IGD-EA

IGD-EA 

EXHIBIT

CURRICULUM  ADOPTION

A Process for Decision Making that Ensures
Information, Involvement, Influence and
Provides for Ownership
:

●  Curriculum changes can be proposed by a variety of sources.

●  All curriculum change proposals must include the following criteria:

■  Clearly written description of proposed change.

■  Description of the relationship of the proposed change to our District's mission and exit outcomes.

■  Rationale including desired impact on student learning and enhancement of professional life.

■  Statement of potential impact on other disciplines.

■  Research base.

■  Evaluation design to measure achievement of desired outcomes.

●  The curriculum change process will include a series of steps.  Each step is meant to provide an analysis of the curriculum proposal for strengths and weaknesses, and its impact on the total curriculum of the District.  Also each step provides opportunity for further research and refinement.

■  In the case where the curriculum proposal has a District-wide effect, the proposal is processed with the following groups in the sequence listed:

⇒  Curriculum Coordinators

⇒  Assistant Principal for Student Services

⇒  Executive Council (principals)

⇒  DAC (Protect process/Information dissemination)

⇒  District Department Chairs

⇒  Local Department Chairs

⇒  All teachers

⇒  Return to District Department Chairs

⇒  Governing Board (if needed)

■  After completion of all steps, the curriculum change is implemented, and the evaluation design put in place.

■  In the case where the curriculum proposal has only a local effect, the following steps are followed, allowing groups to analyze the proposed change:

⇒  Curriculum Coordinators

⇒  Assistant Principal for Student Services

⇒  Executive Council (principals)

⇒  DAC (Protect process)

⇒  Local Department Chairs

⇒  All teachers

⇒  Return to Local Department Chairs

■  After completion of all steps, the curriculum change is implemented, and the evaluation design put in place.



Master Document: IHB © SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS
Child Document: IHB SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS

IHB ©
SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS

A long-range plan will be the basis for providing special education services for students with exceptional needs and education requirements.  These services may include specialized programs, personnel, facilities, materials, and equipment needed to promote the individual physical, social, intellectual, and emotional growth of exceptional students. 

The Superintendent shall develop procedures that provide educational opportunities for students individuals with disabilities and that accomplish District compliance with federal laws including the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), the Arizona revised statutes, and the lawful regulations of the State Board of Education.  Such procedures shall include, but not be limited to, the following provisions:

●  Child Find responsibilities that include the identification, location and evaluation of children who may have a suspected disability,

A.  All children with disabilities aged birth (0) through twenty-one (21) years within the District's jurisdiction are to be identified, located, and evaluated including children attending religious or private schools

or are home schooled, and who may be in need of

who are in need of special education and related services.

●  A

B.  A free appropriate public education (FAPE) shall be available

to  eligible high school aged youth with disabilities

to all children with disabilities aged three (3) through twenty-one (21) years within the District's jurisdiction, including children advancing from grade to grade, those who have been suspended or expelled from school in accordance with the applicable IDEA rules and regulations, and any child with a disability the District has placed in or referred to a private school or facility.  The District may refer to and contract with approved public or private agencies as necessary to ensure the provision of FAPE for children with disabilities.  FAPE for an eligible student with a

disability may

disability shall extend through conclusion of the instructional year during which the student attains the age of twenty-two (22)

based upon recommendation of the individualized education program (IEP) team

.

●  A

C.  A full individual

initial evaluation will be conducted by the District before the initial provision

evaluation encompassing existing and additional data shall be conducted for each child to determine if the child is a child with a disability and the educational needs of the child before the initial provision of special education and related services

to a child with a disability

.  A reevaluation of each child

with a disability will be conducted by the District in accordance with requirements of IDEA regulations.●  An

shall be conducted at least every third year.

D.  An individualized education program (IEP)

is

shall be developed and implemented for each eligible child

served by

served by the District and for each eligible child

placed

the District places in or

referred

refers to a private school or facility

by the public agency.

●  Students with disabilities will be educated to the maximum extent appropriate with children who are not disabled.

●  The District will establish, maintain and implement procedural safeguards that meet requirements set forth in IDEA regulations.

●  The District will ensure that protection of the confidentiality of any personally identifiable data, information and records collected is maintained in accordance with regulations set forth by Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and IDEA.

●  To

.  An IEP or an individualized family service plan (IFSP) will be in place for each child with a disability prior to the provision of FAPE.

E.  To the maximum extent appropriate, opportunities for the least restrictive setting, inclusion in educational exercises with regular program students, and for interaction with the total school environment will be provided to exceptional students, the exception to be only when the student's condition, with supplementary aids and services, make such regular class education unsatisfactory. 

F.  All required procedural safeguards must be guaranteed to the exceptional students and their parents.  The parents will be provided with notices of procedural safeguards in each specified instance and all due process conditions will be satisfied with respect to the provision of a free appropriate public education. 

G.  The District shall follow the established state and federal standards to protect the confidentiality of personally identifiable information at the collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages.

H.  To the extent essential to provide FAPE to children with disabilities aged three (3) through twenty-one (21),

extended

 extended school year (ESY) services shall be made available and implemented as necessary

if the IEP team determines the child has met the criteria.●  The discipline of students with disabilities

.

I.  Criteria for the graduation of exceptional students, including accomplishment in reading, writing, and mathematics, shall be as specified in the District policy on graduation requirements.  Such standards shall be equivalent to or greater than those established by the State Board of Education.

J.  Not later than March 1 of each year conduct a review of the reasonable and acceptable ratio of students per teacher for each disability category.  The applicable ratios shall be specified in a regulation accompanying the District policy on class size.

K.  The discipline of exceptional students, and unevaluated students suspected of having a qualifying disability,

is to

is to be conducted in such a manner as to comply with FAPE and requirements of the IDEA.

  Students with disabilities may be disciplined for a violation of the student code of conduct, including removal from his or her current placement to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting, another setting, suspension, or expulsion in accordance with IDEA regulations

For the purpose of this policy as it relates to a child with a disability, home school district means the school district in which the person resides who has legal custody of the child as provided in A.R.S. 15-824.  If the child is a ward of the state and a specific person does not have legal custody of the child or is a ward of this state and the child is enrolled in an accommodation school pursuant to A.R.S. 15-913, the home school district is the district the child last attended or, if the child has not previously attended a public school in this state, the school district within which the child currently resides.

The Superintendent is authorized and directed to establish procedures for the development and administration of the necessary programs, and to document District compliance with the law and this policy.  Such procedures will be made available to staff members and to parents as necessary to enhance compliance.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-761

15-761.01

15-763

15-763.01

15-764

15-765 to  to 15-769

15-771

15-773

15-881

15-1181 to  to 15-1185

15-1201 to  to 15-1205

36-555

A.A.C. 

R7-2-401

R7-2-402

R7-2-403

R7-2-405

R7-2-601

R7-2-602

R7-2-603

20 U.S.C. 1400 1400 et seq., Individuals Individuals with Disabilities Education Act

29 U.S.C. 794, Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)

CROSS REF.: 
IIB - Class Size
IKE - Promotion , and Retention , and Acceleration of Students
IKF - Graduation Requirements
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JR et seq. - Student Records



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IGD-EB

IGD-EB 

EXHIBIT

CURRICULUM  ADOPTION

CURRICULUM CHANGE PROCESS

Curriculum Proposal

¯

Curriculum Coordinators

¯

AP Student Services

¯

Principals

¯

DAC - Protect Process
¯                                               ¯

District Effect                                    Local Effects Only

DAC - Information Dissemination       Local Department Chairs

¯     ¯

District Department Chairs                 All Teachers

¯     ¯

Local Department Chairs                    Local Department Chairs

¯     ¯

All Teachers                                        Implementation

¯

District Department Chairs

¯

Governing Board - if needed

¯

Implementation



Master Document: IHB-R ©
Child Document: IHB-R

IHB-R ©

REGULATION

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS

(Identification and Placement

of Exceptional Students)

This detailed administrative regulation is issued to:

●  Accomplish

A.  Accomplish the requirements of the Governing Board set out in policy IHB - Special Instructional Programs.

●  Assure

B.  Assure District compliance with the requirements of applicable federal and state laws and the

lawful regulations

lawful regulations of the State Board of Education.

●  Aid

C.  Aid District personnel in fulfilling their duties relating to the topic by presenting the procedural

information in a format

information in a format that aligns with the Arizona Department of Education/Exceptional Student Services (ADE/ESS)

compliance

 compliance checklists.

Citations from the following sources are annotated to the material to assist in conducting research and for clarification:

●  Arizona

A.  Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.)

●  Arizona

B.  Arizona Administrative Code (A.A.C.) Title 7, Chapter 2, State Board of Education Rules

●  Regulations

C.  Regulations of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act as published in Part 99 of Title 34 of the

Code of

Code of Federal Regulations (C.F.R.)

●  Regulations

D.  Regulations to the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) as published in Title 34 of the C.F.R.,

Part

 Part 300.

Whenever the term "District" is used in this regulation, it is to be interpreted contextually to mean the School District, the respective local school site, a representative of the District or a representative of the local school site, as is applicable to the circumstance.

Applicability

To accommodate the necessity to present procedural information in a format that aligns with the Arizona Department of Education/Exceptional Student Services (ADE/ESS) compliance checklists, this generic regulation contains procedural requirements for covered individuals of all ages.  However, any statement in this regulation that addresses a provision that is not applicable to the grade levels and age ranges included in the student membership of the District is to be considered for the purposes of compliance to be not applicable.

Child  Find

The District will identify, locate, and evaluate all children with disabilities within its geographic boundaries who are in need of special education and related services including, but not limited to, children who are:

●  Homeless

A.  Homeless;

●  Highly

B.  Highly mobile, including migrant children;

●  Wards

C.  Wards of the state; and,

●  Attending

D.  Attending private schools or who are homeschooled.

In its identification process the District will include children who are suspected of being a child with a disability and in need of special education, even though a student is:

●  Advancing

A.  Advancing from grade to grade

●  Highly

B.  Highly mobile, including a migrant student.  [34 C.F.R. 300.111]

The District will inform the general public and parents within its boundaries of the responsibility for special education services for

high school aged students

students aged three (3) through twenty-one (21) years, and how those services may be accessed including information regarding early intervention services for children aged birth through two (2) years.  Services for an eligible student with a disability

may

shall extend through conclusion of the instructional year during which the student attains the age of twenty-two (22)

, as determined appropriate by the individualized education program (IEP) team

.

 

[A.A.C. R7-2-401.C]

The District will require all school-based staff members to review the written procedures related to child identification and referral on an annual basis, and maintain documentation of the staff review.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

Identification screening for possible disabilities shall be completed within forty-five (45) calendar days after:

●  Entry of

A.  Entry of each preschool or kindergarten student and any student enrolling without appropriate records

or screening

or screening, evaluation, and progress in school; or

●  Parent

B.  Parent notification of developmental or educational concerns.

Screening procedures shall include vision and hearing status and consideration of the following areas:

●  Cognitive

A.  Cognitive or academic;

●  Communication

B.  Communication;

●  Motor

C.  Motor;

●  Social

D.  Social or behavioral; and

●  Adaptive

E.  Adaptive development.

For a student transferring into a school, the District shall review enrollment data and educational performance in the prior school.  If there is a history of special education for a student not currently eligible for special education or poor progress, the name of the student shall be submitted to the administrator for consideration of the need for a referral for a full and individual evaluation or other services.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

If a concern about a student is identified through screening procedures or review of records, the parents of the student shall be notified of the concern within ten (10) school days and informed of the District's procedures to follow-up on the student's needs.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

The District shall maintain documentation of the identification procedures utilized, the dates of entry into school, notification by parents of a concern and the dates of screening.  The dates shall be maintained in the student's permanent records.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

If the screening indicates a possible disability, the name of the student shall be submitted to the administrator for consideration of the need for a referral for a full and individual evaluation or other services.  A parent or a student may request an evaluation of the student.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

If, after consultation with the parent, the District determines that a full and individual evaluation is not warranted, the District shall provide prior written notice and procedural safeguards notice to the parent in a timely manner.  [A.A.C. R7-2-401.D]

Confidentiality

The District will permit parents to inspect and review any education records relating to their children that are collected, maintained or used by the District under Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA).

 

The District will comply with a request without unnecessary delay and in no case more than forty-five (45) days after the request has been made, and before:

●  Any

A.  Any individualized education program (IEP) meeting;

●  Any

B.  Any hearing involving a due process complaint or disciplinary hearing;

●  Any

C.  Any resolution session.  [34 C.F.R. 300.613]

The right to inspect and review education records includes:

●  The

A.  The right to a response from the District to reasonable requests for explanations and interpretations of

the records

the records;

●  The

B.  The right to request that the District provide copies of the records if failure to provide those copies

would effectively

would effectively prevent the parent from exercising the right to inspect and review the records; and

●  The

C.  The right to have a representative of the parent inspect and review the records.  [34 C.F.R. 300.613]

The District may presume that the parent has authority to inspect and review records relating to his or her child unless the District has been advised to the contrary by legal proceeding involving guardianship, separation and divorce.  [34 C.F.R. 300.613]

The District will keep a record of parties obtaining access to education records collected, maintained or used under IDEA (except access by parents and authorized employees of the District), including:

●  The

A.  The name of the party;

●  The

B.  The date access was given; and

●  The

C.  The purpose for which the party is authorized to use the records.  [34 C.F.R 300.614]

If any education record includes information on more than one (1) child, the parents of those children have the right to inspect and review only the information relating to their child.  [34 C.F.R 300.615]

The District will provide parents on request a list of the types and locations of education records collected, maintained or used by the District.  [34 C.F.R 300.616]

The District may charge a fee for copies of records that are made for parents if the fee does not effectively prevent the parents from exercising their right to inspect and review records.  [34 C.F.R 300.617]

The District will not charge a fee to search for or to retrieve information.  [34 C.F.R 300.615]

A parent who believes that information in the education records collected, maintained or used by the District is inaccurate or misleading or violates the privacy or other rights of the child, may request the District to amend the information.  [34 C.F.R 300.618]

The District will decide whether to amend the information in accordance with the request in a reasonable period of time of receipt of the request.  [34 C.F.R 300.618]

If the District refuses to amend the information in accordance with the request, it will inform the parent of the refusal and advise the parent of the right to a hearing under 34 C.F.R 300.619.   [34 C.F.R 300.618]

The District will, on request, provide an opportunity for a hearing to challenge information in education records to ensure that it is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child.  [34 C.F.R 300.618]

If, as a result of a hearing, the District decides to amend information determined inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child, it will do so accordingly and so inform the parent in writing.  [34 C.F.R 300.618]

If, as a result of a hearing, the District decides that the information is not inaccurate, misleading, or otherwise in violation of the privacy or other rights of the child, the District will inform the parent of the parent's right to place in the maintained records a statement commenting on the information or setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the District's decision.  [34 C.F.R 300.618]

Parental consent will be obtained before personally identifiable information is disclosed to parties other than participating agencies, unless the information is contained in education records and the disclosure is authorized without parent consent under Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA).  [34 C.F.R 300.622]

Parental consent will be obtained before personally identifiable information is released to officials of participating agencies providing or paying for transition services in accordance with §300.321.  [34 C.F.R 300.622]

If a child is enrolled, or is going to enroll in a private school that is not located in the boundaries of the district of the parent's residence, parental consent will be obtained before any personally identifiable information about the child is released between officials in the district where the private school is located and officials in the district of the parent's residence.  [34 C.F.R 300.622]

The District will protect the confidentiality of personally identifiable information at collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages.  [34 C.F.R 300.623]

One (1) official at the District will assume responsibility for ensuring the confidentiality of any personally identifiable information.

All persons collecting or using personally identifiable information will receive training or instruction regarding the State's policies and procedures under 300.123 and FERPA (34 C.F.R. part 99).  [34 C.F.R 300.623]

The District will maintain, for public inspection, a current listing of the names and positions of its employees who may have access to personally identifiable information.  [34 C.F.R 300.623]

The District will inform parents when personally identifiable information collected, maintained, or used for IDEA purposes is no longer needed to provide educational services to the child.  [34 C.F.R 300.624]

The information will be destroyed at the request of the parents.  However, a permanent record of a student's name, address, and phone number, his or her grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed, and year completed may be maintained without time limitation.  [34 C.F.R 300.624]

The rights of the parents regarding educational records are transferred to the student at age eighteen (18) under FERPA unless the student has been declared legally incompetent, or the student has executed a delegation of rights to make educational decisions pursuant to A.R.S. 15-773.  [34 C.F.R 300.625]

If the rights of the parents regarding educational records are transferred to the student at age eighteen (18) under the IDEA, the District will provide any notice required under the procedural safeguards provisions.  [34 C.F.R 300.625]

Discipline

On a case-by-case basis and in consideration of any unique circumstances, school personnel may remove a child with a disability who violates a student code of conduct from his or her current placement to an appropriate interim alternative educational setting, another setting, or suspension, for not more than ten (10) consecutive school days (to the extent those alternatives are applied to children without disabilities), and for additional removals of not more than ten (10) consecutive school days in that same school year for separate incidents of misconduct, as long as those removals do not constitute a change of placement under §300.536.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

After a child with a disability has been removed from his or her current placement for ten (10) school days in the same school year, during any subsequent days of removal the District will provide services to the extent required to:

●  Enable

A.  Enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum, although in

another setting

another setting, and to progress toward meeting his/her IEP goals; and

●  Provide the child

B.  Receive, as appropriate, a functional behavioral assessment, behavioral intervention

services and modifications

services and modifications that are designed to address the behavior violation so that it does not recur.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

The District is only required to provide services during periods of removal to a child with a disability who has been removed from his or her current placement for the (10) days or less in that school year, if it provides services to non-disabled children similarly removed.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

After a child with a disability has been removed from his or her current placement for ten (10) school days, and the current removal is for not more than ten (10) consecutive school days and not a change of placement, school personnel, in consultation with at least one of the child's teachers, determine the extent to which services are needed, so as to enable the child to continue to participate in the general education curriculum and to progress toward meeting the individualized education program (IEP) goals.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

If the removal is a change in placement, the child's IEP team determines the appropriate services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

Within ten (10) school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct, the District, parent, and relevant members of the IEP team will review all relevant information in the student's file, the IEP, teacher observations, and any relevant information to determine:

●  If

A.  If the conduct was caused by, or had a direct and substantial relationship to, the child's disability; or

●  If

B.  If the conduct in question was the direct result of the District's failure to implement the IEP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

The conduct will be determined to be a manifestation of the disability if either of the above-named conditions occurred, and, if the IEP was not implemented, the District will take immediate steps to remedy that deficiency.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

If the District, parent, and relevant members of the IEP team determine that the conduct was a manifestation of the child's disability, the child will be returned to the placement from which the child was removed, unless the parent and District agree to a change of placement.  The IEP team will either:

●  Conduct

A.  Conduct a functional behavioral assessment, unless already done, and implement a behavioral

intervention plan

intervention plan; or

●  If

B.  If a behavioral intervention plan has already been developed, review the plan and modify it, as necessary,

to address

to address the behavior.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

School personnel may remove a student to an interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five (45) school days without regard to manifestation of disability if the child:

●  Carries

A.  Carries a weapon to or possesses a weapon at school, on school premises, to or at a school function

under the

under the jurisdiction of the state or the District;

●  Knowingly

B.  Knowingly possesses or uses illegal drugs, or sells or solicits the sale of a controlled substance, while

at school

at school, on school premises, or at a school function under the jurisdiction of the state or the District; or

●  Has

C.  Has inflicted serious bodily injury upon another person while at school, on school premises, or at a

school function

school function under the jurisdiction of the state or the District.  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

The District will notify parents and provide notice of procedural safeguards on the day the District determines the student has violated the code of conduct, and the violation constitutes a change in placement (i.e., interim alternative education setting).  [34 C.F.R. 300.530]

The child's IEP team determines the interim alternative educational setting for services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.531]

The parent of a child with a disability who disagrees with any decision regarding placement under §§300.530 and 300.531 or the manifestation determination may appeal the decision by requesting an expedited due process hearing in conformance with §§300.310 through 300.314 and A.A.C. R7-2-405.I.  [34 C.F.R. 300.532]

When the District believes that maintaining the current placement of the child is substantially likely to cause injury to the child or others the District may appeal the decision by requesting an expedited due process hearing in conformance with §§300.310 through 300.314 and A.A.C. R7-2-405.I.  [34 C.F.R. 300.532]

The student will remain in the interim alternative educational setting pending the decision of the hearing officer or expiration of the interim setting, whichever comes first, unless the parent and District agree otherwise.  [34 C.F.R. 300.532]

A non-eligible student who engaged in a behavior that violated a code of student conduct may assert protections if the District had knowledge that the child was a child with a disability before the behavior that precipitated the disciplinary action occurred.

 

The District will be deemed to have such knowledge if:

●  The

A.  The parent of the child expressed concern in writing to supervisory or administrative personnel of the District,

or

 or a teacher of the child, that the child is in need of special education and related services;

●  The

B.  The parent of the child requested an evaluation of the child pursuant to §§300.300 through 300.311; or

●  The

C.  The teacher of the child, or other personnel of the District, expressed specific concerns about a pattern

of behavior

of behavior demonstrated by the child directly to the director of special education or to other

supervisory personnel

supervisory personnel of the District.  [34 C.F.R. 300.534]

The District will not be deemed to have knowledge if the parent of the child:

●  Has

A.  Has not allowed an IDEA evaluation of the child;

●  Has

B.  Has refused special education services for the child; or

●  The

C.  The child has been evaluated and determined to not be a child with a disability under IDEA.  [34 C.F.R. 300.534]

When the District does not have knowledge that a child is a child with a disability prior to taking disciplinary measures against the child, the child may be disciplined as other children without disabilities who engage in comparable behaviors.

If an evaluation is requested during the time in which a child is subjected to disciplinary measures, the evaluation will be conducted in an expedited manner.

●  Until

A.  Until the evaluation is completed, the child remains in the educational placement determined by the District,

which

 which can include suspension or expulsion without educational services.

●  If

B.  If the child is determined to be a child with a disability, the District will provide special education and

related services

related services in accordance with this part, including the requirements of §§300.530 through 300.536.  [34 C.F.R. 300.534]

The District may report a crime committed by a child with a disability to appropriate authorities to enable them to exercise their responsibilities.  34 C.F.R. 300.535]

When reporting a crime committed by a child with a disability the District ensures that copies of the special education and disciplinary records of the child are transmitted for consideration by the appropriate authorities to whom the District reports the crime, but only to the extent permitted by FERPA.  [34 C.F.R. 300.535]

A change of placement occurs if:

●  The

A.  The removal is for more than ten (10) consecutive school days; or

●  The

B.  The child has been subjected to a series of removals that constitute a pattern:

■  because

1.  because the series of removals total more than ten (10) school days in a school year;

■  because

2.  because the child's behavior is substantially similar to the behavior in previous incidents that resulted

in a

in a series of removals; and

■  because

3.  because of such additional factors as the length of each removal, the total amount of time the child

has been

has been removed, and the proximity of the removals to one another.  [34 C.F.R. 300.536]

The District will determine on a case-by-case basis whether a pattern of removals constitutes a change of placement, and such determinations are subject to review through due process and judicial proceedings.  [34 C.F.R. 300.536]

Evaluation  and  Eligibility

The District, when proposing to conduct an initial evaluation to determine if a child qualifies as a child with a disability, and after reviewing existing data with the parents and providing prior written notice, will obtain informed consent from the parent of the child before collecting any additional data.

●  Parental

A.  Parental consent for initial evaluation will not be construed as consent for initial provision of special

education and

education and related services.

●  The

B.  The District will make reasonable efforts to obtain the informed consent from the parent for an

initial evaluation

initial evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

For initial evaluations only, if the child is a ward of the state, is not residing with the child's parent, the District is not required to obtain consent from the parent if:

●  Despite

A.  Despite reasonable efforts to do so, the District cannot discover the whereabouts of the parents of the child;

●  The

B.  The rights of the parents of the child have been terminated by the court;

●  The

C.  The rights of the parent to make educational decisions have been subrogated by a judge and consent for

an initial

an initial evaluation has been given by an individual appointed by the judge to represent the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.536]

The District may, but is not required to seek informed consent through due process procedures if the parent of a child who is enrolled or seeking to enroll in the District refuses consent for an initial evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

The District will obtain informed consent from the parent of the child before the initial provision of special education and related services to the child, and will make reasonable efforts to obtain that consent.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

If a parent refuses consent for the initial provision of special education and related services, the District will not seek consent through due process hearing procedures.  The District:

●  Will

A.  Will not be considered to be in violation to provide a Free Appropriate Public Education (FAPE);

●  Is

B.  Is not required to convene a IEP team meeting or develop an IEP for the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

If, at any time subsequent to the initial provision of special education and related services, the parent of a child revokes consent in writing for the continued provision of special education and related services, the District:

●  May

A.  May not continue to provide special education and related services to the child, but shall provide

written notice

prior written notice before ceasing the provision of special education and related services;

●  May

B.  May not use the mediation procedures or the due process procedures in order to obtain

an

agreement or a

ruling that

ruling that the services may be provided to the child;

●  Will

C.  Will not be considered in violation of the requirement to make FAPE available to the child because of

the failure

the failure to provide the child with further special education and related services; and

●  Is

D.  Is not required to convene an IEP Team meeting or develop an IEP for the child for further provision of

special education

special education and related services.

●  May implement and uphold disciplinary action in accordance with the District's code of conduct as it would a student without disabilities.

The District will obtain informed consent prior to conducting any reevaluation of a child with a disability.

●  If

A.  If the parent refuses consent, the District may utilize due process hearing procedures to seek consent,

but does

but does not violate its obligation if it declines to pursue the evaluation or reevaluation.

●  The

B.  The informed parental consent for reevaluation need not be obtained if the District can demonstrate that:

■  it

1.  it made reasonable efforts to obtain such consent and has documented those attempts;

■  the

2.  the child's parent has failed to respond.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

Parental consent is not required before:

●  Reviewing

A.  Reviewing existing data as part of an evaluation or reevaluation; or

●  Administering

B.  Administering a test or other evaluation that is administered to all children unless consent is required of parents of

parents of

all children prior to administration.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

The District will not use a parent's refusal to consent to one service or activity under this section to deny the parent or child any other service, benefit, or activity of the District, except as required by this part.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

If a parent of a child who is home-schooled or placed in a private school by the parents at their own expense does not provide consent for the initial evaluation or the reevaluation, or the parent fails to respond to a request to provide consent, the District will not utilize due process hearing procedures to seek consent.  [34 C.F.R. 300.300]

Consistent with consent requirements of §300.300, either a parent of a child or the District may initiate a request for an initial evaluation to determine if a child is a child with a disability.  [34 C.F.R. 300.301]

The initial evaluation

and culminating with determination of whether the child may be a child with a disability

will:

●  Be

A.  Be completed within sixty (60) days of receiving parental consent for the evaluation, unless:

■  the

1.  the parents and the District agree that it is in the best interest of the child to extend the timeline

to complete

to complete the evaluation for an additional thirty (30) days; or;

■  the

2.  the child enrolls in the District following the child's departure from a previous district after the parent

has provided

has provided consent and before the determination of eligibility by the child's previous district.

 

In that event,

the

 the District ensures prompt completion of the evaluation.

■  the

3.  the parent of a child with a disability repeatedly fails or refuses to produce the child for the evaluation.

●  Consist

B.  Consist of procedures to determine if the child is a child with a disability and to determine the

educational needs

educational needs of the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.301]

The District will conduct a reevaluation of a child with a disability if:

●  The

A.  The District determines that the educational or related service needs, including improved

academic achievement

academic achievement and functional performance, of the child warrant a reevaluation; or

●  If

B.  If the child's parents or teacher requests a reevaluation; except

●  The

C.  The District will not conduct a reevaluation more than once a year unless the parent and District

agree otherwise

agree otherwise.  [34 C.F.R. 300.303]

The District will conduct a reevaluation at least once every three (3) years, unless the parent and the District agree that a reevaluation is unnecessary.  [34 C.F.R. 300.303]

The District will provide prior written notice to the parents of a child who has, or who is suspected of having, a disability, that describes the evaluation procedures that the District proposes to conduct.  [34 C.F.R. 300.304]

In conducting an evaluation or reevaluation, the District will:

●  Use

A.  Use a variety of assessment tools and strategies to gather relevant functional, developmental, and

academic information

academic information about the child, including information provided by the parent in order to determine;

■  whether

1.  whether the child is a child with a disability; and

■  if

2.  if the child is a child with a disability, information related to enabling the child to be involved in

and progress

and progress in the general education curriculum (or for a preschool child, to participate in

appropriate activities

appropriate activities).

●  Not

B.  Not use any single measure or assessment as the sole criterion for determining whether a child is a child

with a

with a disability and for determining an appropriate educational program for the child; and

●  Use

C.  Use technically sound instruments that may assess the relative contribution of cognitive and

behavioral factors

behavioral factors, in addition to physical or developmental factors.  [34 C.F.R. 300.304]

The District ensures that evaluation materials and strategies:

●  Are

A.  Are selected and administered so as not to be discriminatory on a racial or cultural basis;

●  Are

B.  Are administered in the child's native language or other mode of communication and in the form most

likely to

likely to yield accurate information on what the child knows and can do academically, developmentally,

and functionally

and functionally, unless it is clearly not feasible to do so;

●  Are

C.  Are used for the purposes for which the assessment(s) or measure(s) are valid and reliable;

●  Are

D.  Are administered by trained and knowledgeable personnel;

●  Are

E.  Are administered in accordance with the instructions provided by the assessment publisher;

●  Are

F.  Are selected and administered so as to ensure that if administered to a child with impaired sensory, manual,

or speaking

or speaking skills, the assessment results accurately reflect the child's aptitude or achievement level or

whatever other

whatever other factors the test purports to measure rather than reflecting the child's impairments (unless those skills

are the

are the factors being measured).

●  Assess

G.  Assess the child in all areas related to the suspected disability, including, if appropriate, health, vision,

hearing

 hearing, social and emotional status, general intelligence, academic performance, adaptive behavior,

communicative

 communicative status, and motor abilities; and

●  Are

H.  Are sufficiently comprehensive to identify all of the child's special education and related services needs,

whether

 whether or not those needs are commonly associated with the child's disability.

● 

I.   Provide relevant information that directly assists in determining the educational needs of the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.304]

Evaluations of children who transfer to or from another District in the same school year are coordinated with the prior and subsequent schools, in order to expedite the completion of a full evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.304]

As part of an initial evaluation (if appropriate), and as part of any reevaluation, the IEP team and other qualified professionals, as appropriate, will:

●  Review

A.  Review existing evaluation data on the child including:

■  evaluations

1.  evaluations and information provided by the parents;

■  current

2.  current classroom-based, local and state-wide assessments, and classroom-based observations;

■  observations

3.  observations by teachers, and related services providers.

●  On

B.  On the basis of that review, and input from the child's parents, identify what additional data, if any, are

needed to

needed to determine whether:

■  the

1.  the child is or continues to be a child with a disability, and, if so, the educational needs of the child;

■  the

2.  the present levels of academic achievement and related developmental needs of the child;

■  whether

3.  whether the child needs special education and related services to enable the child to meet

measurable annual

measurable annual IEP goals and to participate, as appropriate, in the general education curriculum.

●  The

C.  The IEP team may conduct the review without a meeting.  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

If additional data are needed, the District will

obtain written parental consent and will

administer the assessments required to obtain the additional data.  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

If additional data are not needed to determine whether the child continues to be a child with a disability, and to determine the child's educational needs, the District will notify the parents of:

●  The

A.  The determination and the reasons for the determination; and

●  The

B.  The right of the parents to request an assessment to determine whether the child continues to be a child

with a

with a disability and to determine the child's educational needs.  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

The District will evaluate a child before determining that the child is no longer a child with a disability except when the termination is due to graduation with a regular high school diploma or at the conclusion of the instructional year during which the child attained the age of twenty-two (22).

●  When

A.  When the child's eligibility terminates because of graduation or at the conclusion of the instructional

year during

year during which the child attained the age of twenty-two (22), the District will provide a summary of the child'

s academic

s academic achievement and functional performance that includes recommendations on how to assist

the child in

the child in meeting the child's postsecondary goals.  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

Upon completion of the evaluation process, the District ensures that:

● 

A.  A group of qualified professionals and the parent of the child determine:

■  if

1.  if the child is a child with a disability under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act and the

Arizona State

Arizona State Statutes; and

■  if

2.  if so, the educational needs of the child.

●  The

B.  The parents are provided, at no cost, a copy of the evaluation report and eligibility determination.  [34 C.F.R. 300.306]

A child will not be determined to be a child with a disability if the primary factor for the determination is:

●  Lack

A.  Lack of appropriate instruction in reading, including the essential components of reading

instruction

instruction (as defined in 1208(3) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act [ESEA]);

●  Lack

B.  Lack of appropriate instruction in math; or

●  Limited

C.  Limited English proficiency.  [34 C.F.R. 300.306]

The eligibility determination, including education needs, will be based on all of the information sources used in the evaluation process, and if deemed eligible and in need of special education and related services, an IEP will be developed in accordance with §300.320 through 300.324.  [34 C.F.R. 300.306]

Additional procedures for identifying children with specific learning disabilities:

●  Option

A.  Option 1:

■  The

1.  The District will use the state-adopted criteria for determining whether a child has a specific

learning disability

learning disability through a process based on the child's response to scientific, research-based

intervention in

intervention in conformity with IDEA Regulations §300.307-311.  [34 C.F.R. 300.307]

●  Option

B.  Option 2:

■  The

1.  The District will use a criteria for determining whether a child has a specific learning disability

through the

through the identification of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement in

conformity with

conformity with IDEA Regulations §300.307-311.  [34 C.F.R. 300.307]

●  Option

C.  Option 3:

■  The

1.  The District will determine, on an individual child basis, the criteria for determining whether a child

has a

has a specific learning disability using one of the following criteria in conformity with IDEA

Regulations §300

Regulations §300.307-311:

⇒  The

a.  The state-adopted criteria based on a child's response to scientific, research-based intervention;

⇒  The

b.  The identification of a severe discrepancy between intellectual ability and achievement.  [34 C.F.R. 300.307]

The determination of whether a child suspected of having a specific learning disability is a child with a disability will be made by the child's parents and a team of qualified professionals which will include:

●  The

A.  The child's

general

regular education teacher; or

●  If

B.  If the child does not have a

general

regular education teacher, then a

general

regular education teacher qualified to

teach children

teach children of that age;

●  For

C.  For a child of less than school age, an individual qualified by the state to teach children of his/her age;

●  At

D.  At least one (1) person qualified to conduct individual diagnostic evaluations of children, such as a

school psychologist

school psychologist, speech-language pathologist, or remedial reading teacher.  [34 C.F.R. 300.308]

A child may be determined to have a specific learning disability if:

●  The

A.  The child does not achieve adequately for the child's age or to meet state–approved grade level standards

in one

in one (1) or more of the following areas, when provided with learning experiences and instruction

appropriate for

appropriate for the child's age or meet state–approved grade level standards:

■  oral

1.  oral expression

■  listening

2.  listening comprehension

■  written

3.  written expression

■  basic

4.  basic reading skill

■  reading

5.  reading fluency skills

■  reading

6.  reading comprehension

■  mathematics

7.  mathematics calculation

■  mathematics

8.  mathematics problem solving

●  The

B.  The child does not make sufficient progress to meet age or state–approved grade level standards in one (1)

or more

 or more of the areas in listed immediately above when using a process based on the child's response

to scientific

to scientific, research-based intervention; or

●  The

C.  The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative

to age

to age, state–approved grade level standards, or intellectual development, that is determined by the group

to be

to be relevant to the identification of a specific learning disability, through one (1) of the following methods:

■  a

1.  a discrepancy between achievement and ability;

■  the

2.  the child's response to scientific, research-based interventions, or

■  other

3.  other alternative research-based procedures,

using appropriate assessments.  [34 C.F.R. 300.309]

The findings of this section are not primarily the result of:

● 

A.  A visual, hearing or motor disability;

●  Mental

B.  Mental retardation;

●  Emotional

C.  Emotional disturbance;

●  Cultural

D.  Cultural factors;

●  Environmental

E.  Environmental or economic disadvantage; or

●  Limited

F.  Limited English proficiency.  [34 C.F.R. 300.309]

The group ensures that the underachievement is not due to a lack of appropriate instruction in reading or math and consider:

●  Data

A.  Data that demonstrate that prior to, or as part of, the referral process, the child was provided

appropriate instruction

appropriate instruction in

general

regular education settings, delivered by qualified personnel; and

●  Data

B.  Data-based documentation of repeated assessments of achievement at reasonable intervals, reflecting

formal assessment

formal assessment of student progress during instruction, which was provided to the child's parents.  [34 C.F.R. 300.309]

The District will promptly request parent consent to evaluate if, prior to referral, the child has not made adequate progress after an appropriate period of time when provided instruction described in the two (2) immediately preceding bullets.   [34 C.F.R. 300.309]

The District ensures that the child is observed in his/her learning environment, including the

general

regular classroom setting, to document the child's academic performance and behavior in the areas of difficulty.  [34 C.F.R. 300.310]

In the case of a child less than school age or out of school, a group member will observe the child in an environment appropriate for a child that age.  [34 C.F.R. 300.310]

For a child suspected of having a specific learning disability, the eligibility determination will contain a statement of:

●  Whether

A.  Whether the child has a specific learning disability;

●  The

B.  The basis for making the determination, including an assurance the determination was made in

accordance with

accordance with the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act;

●  The

C.  The relevant behavior, if any, noted during the observation and the relationship of that behavior to the child'

s academic

s academic functioning;

●  The

D.  The educationally relevant medical findings, if any;

●  Whether

E.  Whether the child does not achieve adequately for his/her age or to meet state-approved grade

level standards

level standards consistent with whether the child has a specific learning disability; and does not

make sufficient

make sufficient progress to meet age or state-approved grade level standards consistent with the basis

of a

of a determination in accordance with IDEA; or

●  The

F.  The child exhibits a pattern of strengths and weaknesses in performance, achievement, or both, relative

to age

to age, state-approved grade level standards or intellectual development consistent with the observation

of relevant

of relevant behavior.

●  The

G.  The determination of the group concerning the effects of a visual, hearing, or motor disability;

mental retardation

mental retardation; emotional disturbance; cultural factors; environmental or economic disadvantage; or

limited English

limited English proficiency of the child's achievement level.  [34 C.F.R. 300.311]

If the child participated in a process that assessed the child's response to scientific, research-based intervention:

●  The

A.  The instructional strategies used and the student-centered data collected; and

●  The

B.  The documentation that the child's parents were notified about the state's policies regarding the amount

and nature

and nature of student performance that would be collected and the general education services that would

be provided

be provided;

●  Strategies

C.  Strategies for increasing the rate of learning; and

●  The

D.  The parent's right to request an evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.311]

Each group member will certify in writing whether the report reflects the member's conclusion.  If it does not, the group member will submit a separate statement presenting the member's conclusions.  [34 C.F.R. 300.311]

Free  Appropriate  Public  Education

The determination that a child is eligible for special education and related services will be made on an individual basis by a properly constituted District team.  [34 C.F.R. 300.306 and, if applicable, 300.308]

For preschool children (age three [3] to five [5]):

●  The

A.  The District will:

■  Refer any children who are suspected of having a disability to the appropriate Unified District or Elementary District for evaluation and, if appropriate, for services.

For high school-aged children:

●  The

1.  Make FAPE available no later than the child's third birthday;

2.  Ensure that an IEP or an Individualized Family Service Plan (IFSP) is in effect for each child by that date;

3.  Ensure that a child's IEP team determines the date when services under the IEP or IFSP will begin if a child's third birthday occurs during the summer.

For school-aged children (age five [5] through twenty-one [21]):

A.  The District will make FAPE available to any child who needs special education and related services,

even though

even though the child has not failed or been retained in a course or grade, and is advancing from grade to grade.

  Services

 Services for an eligible student with a disability

may

shall extend through conclusion of the instructional

year during which

year during which the student attains the age of twenty-two (22)

, as determined appropriate by the IEP team

.

The District will establish policy and procedures with regard to allowable pupil-teacher ratios and pupil-staff ratios within the District or county for provision of special education services.  [A.R.S. 15-764]

The special education programs and services provided shall be conducted only in a school facility which houses

general

regular education classes or in other facilities approved by the division of special education.  [A.R.S. 15-764]

The District ensures that assistive technology devices or services or both will be available to a child with a disability, if required, as a part of:

●  special

A.  special education;

●  related

B.  related services;

●  supplementary

C.  supplementary aids and service.  [34 C.F.R. 300.105]

On a case-by-case basis, the District ensures the use of school-purchased assistive technology devices in a child's home or other setting if the child's IEP team determines that the child needs access to those devices in order to receive FAPE.  [34 C.F.R. 300.105]

The District will

provide:●  Extended

make extended school year services available as necessary to provide FAPE to children with disabilities.

A.  Extended school year (ESY) services will be provided only if a child's IEP team determines, in

accordance with

accordance with §§300.320-300.324, that the services are necessary for the provision of FAPE.

●  Services

B.  Services will not be:

■  limited

1.  limited to a particular category of disability; or,

■  unilaterally

2.  unilaterally limited to the type, amount, or duration of services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.106]

The ESY services that are provided to a child with a disability will:

●  Be

A.  Be provided beyond the normal school year of the District;

●  Be

B.  Be provided in accordance with the child's IEP;

●  Be

C.  Be provided at no cost to the parents of the child; and

●  Meet

D.  Meet the standards of the state.  [34 C.F.R. 300.106]

The District will afford children with disabilities an equal opportunity for participation in nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities including, as determined appropriate and necessary by the child's IEP team, the provision of supplementary aids and services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.107]

Nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities may include counseling services, athletics, transportation, health services, recreational activities, special interest groups or clubs sponsored by the District, referrals to agencies that provide assistance to individuals with disabilities, and employment of students, including both employment by the District and assistance in making outside employment available.  [34 C.F.R. 300.107]

The District will make regular physical education services available to children with disabilities to the same extent that the District provides those services to children without disabilities, unless:

●  The

A.  The child is enrolled full time in a separate facility; or

●  The

B.  The child needs specially designed physical education as prescribed in the child's IEP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.108]

If a child is enrolled in a separate facility, the District ensures that the child receives appropriate physical education services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.108]

If special physical education is prescribed in a child's IEP, the District will provide for those services, either directly or through other public or private programs.  [34 C.F.R. 300.108]

The

District 

District ensures that children with disabilities have available to them the variety of education programs and services that are available to nondisabled children, including art, music,

and career and technical

industrial arts, consumer and homemaking education, and

distance learning

vocational education.  [34 C.F.R. 300.110]

When serving children wearing hearing aids or surgically implanted medical devices, the District ensures that:

●  The

A.  The hearing aids worn in school by children with hearing impairments are functioning properly; and

●  The

B.  The external components of surgically implanted medical devices (e.g., cochlear implants) are

functioning properly

functioning properly, except that the District will not be responsible for any post-surgical maintenance,

programming or

programming or replacement of any component, external or internal, of the medical device.  [34 C.F.R. 300.113]

The District may use the Medicaid or other public benefits or insurance programs in which a child participates to provide or pay for services required under IDEA, as permitted under the public benefits or insurance program, except that the District:

●  Will

A.  Will not require parents to sign up for or enroll in public benefits or insurance programs to receive FAPE;

●  Will

B.  Will not require parents to incur out-of-pocket expenses such as payment of a deductible or co-pay

for services

for services required by IDEA, but may pay the cost that parents otherwise would be required to pay;

●  Will

C.  Will not use a child's public benefit if that use would:

■  decrease

1.  decrease lifetime benefits;

■  result

2.  result in the family paying for non-school services that would otherwise be paid for by public benefits;

■  increase

3.  increase premiums or lead to discontinuation of benefits; or

■  risk

4.  risk loss of eligibility.  [34 C.F.R. 300.154]

The District will notify parents that their refusal to allow access to their public benefits does not relieve the District of its responsibility to provide all required IDEA services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.154]

The District will obtain parent consent

consistent with §300.09 each time that access to public benefits are sought.  [34 C.F.R. 300.154]

prior to accessing a child's or parent's public benefits or insurance for the first time.

The District will provide a written notification to the child's parents before accessing the child's or parent's public benefits or insurance for the first time and prior to obtaining the one-time parental consent and annually thereafter.

Graduation

The District ensures that the Governing Board shall prescribe graduation criteria for students with disabilities from its high schools, which shall include accomplishment of the academic

and alternate

standards in at least reading, writing, mathematics, science and social studies, as determined by District assessment.  [A.R.S. 15-701(B) and A.A.C. R7-2-301(D)(1)]

The District ensures that the Governing Board shall develop a course of study and graduation and promotion requirements for all students placed in special education programs in accordance

with

with  R7-2-401 et seq.  [A.R.S. 15-701(B) and A.A.C. R7-2-301(D)(1)]

The District will not be obligated to provide FAPE to students with disabilities who have graduated from high school with a regular high school diploma.  [34 C.F.R. 300.102]

The exception does not apply to children who have graduated from high school but have not been awarded a regular high school diploma.  [34 C.F.R. 300.102]

Graduation from high school with a regular high school diploma constitutes a change of placement requiring prior written notice in accordance with §300.503.  [34 C.F.R. 300.102]

An evaluation is not required before the termination of a child's eligibility due to graduation from secondary school with a regular diploma or due to conclusion of the instructional year during which the student attains the age of twenty-two (22).  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

For a child no longer eligible due to graduation or exceeding the age of eligibility, the District will provide the child with a summary of the child's academic achievement and functional performance, which shall include recommendations on how to assist the child in meeting the child's post secondary goals.  [34 C.F.R. 300.305]

Students

Pupils with disabilities as defined in A.R.S. 15-761

or

 or children who receive special education as defined

in

in 15-763, shall not be required to achieve passing scores on competency tests

(AIMS)

in order to graduate from high school unless the

student

pupil is learning at a level appropriate for the

student

pupil's grade level in a specific academic area and unless a passing score on a competency test is specifically required in a specific academic area by the

student

pupil's IEP as mutually agreed on by the

student

pupil's parents (or eighteen [18] year old student) and IEP team.  [A.R.S. 15-701.01(3)]

Individualized  Education  Program

The contents of each individualized education program (IEP) will include a statement of:

●  The

A.  The child's present levels of academic achievement and functional performance, including

how

:

1.  how the child's disability affects the child's involvement and progress in the general curriculum; or

2.

●  Measurable

 for preschool children, as appropriate, how the disability affects the child's participation in appropriate activities;

B.  Measurable annual goals, including academic and functional goals designed to:

■  meet

1.  meet the child's needs that result from the child's disability to enable the child to be involved in and

make progress

make progress in the general education curriculum; and

■  meet

2.  meet each of the child's other educational needs that result from the child's disability;

■  for

3.  for children with disabilities who take alternate assessments

(AIMS A)

aligned to alternate

achievement standards

achievement standards, a description of benchmarks or short-term objectives;

●  How

C.  How the child's progress toward meeting the IEP goals will be measured and when periodic reports on

the child

the child's progress toward the goals will be provided;

●  The

D.  The special education and related services to be provided to the child, the supplementary aids and services

to be

to be provided to the child or on behalf of the child, the program modifications or supports for school

personnel that

personnel that will be provided to enable the child:

■  to

1.  to advance appropriately toward attaining the annual goals;

■  to

2.  to be involved in and progress in the general education curriculum and to participate in

extracurricular and

extracurricular and other nonacademic activities with other children with disabilities and nondisabled children.

●  The

E.  The extent, if any, to which the child will not participate with nondisabled children in the regular class and

in extracurricular

in extracurricular and other nonacademic activities;

●  Any

F.  Any individual accommodations that are needed to measure the academic achievement and

functional performance

functional performance of the child on state and District-wide assessments;

●  If

G.  If the IEP team determines that the child must take an alternate assessment instead of a particular

regular state

regular state or District-wide assessment of student achievement, a statement of why:

■  the

1.  the child cannot participate in the regular assessment; and

■  the

2.  the particular alternate assessment selected is appropriate for the child;

●  The

H.  The projected date for the beginning of the services and modifications and the anticipated frequency, location,

and

 and duration of those services and modifications.  [34 C.F.R. 300.320]

Beginning not later than the first IEP to be in effect when the child turns sixteen (16), or younger if determined appropriate by the IEP team, and updated annually, the IEP will also include a statement of:

●  appropriate

A.  appropriate measurable postsecondary goals based upon age appropriate transition assessments

related to

related to training, education, employment, and, where appropriate independent living skills;

●  transition

B.  transition services (including courses of study) needed to assist the child in reaching those goals.  [34 C.F.R. 300.320]

Beginning not later than one (1) year before a student reaches the age of eighteen (18), the IEP will include a statement that the parents and the student have been informed of the rights under Part B, if any, that will transfer to the student on reaching the age of eighteen (18).  [34 C.F.R. 300.320]

The IEP team for each child with a disability will include:

●  The parent(s)/guardian(s)

A.  The parents of the child;

●  Not

B.  Not less than one (1)

general

regular education teacher of the child (if the child is, or may be, participating in

the general

the regular education environment);

●  Not

C.  Not less than one (1) special education teacher of the child, or where appropriate, not less than one

special education

special education provider of the child;

●  A

D.  A representative of the District who:

■  is

1.  is qualified to provide, or supervise the provision of, specially designed instruction to meet the

unique needs

unique needs of children with disabilities;

■  is

2.  is knowledgeable about the general education curriculum; and

■  is

3.  is knowledgeable about the availability of resources of the District;

■  may

4.  may be a District team member described in the IEP team described above, with the exception of

the parents

the parents, if the above criteria are met.

●  An

E.  An individual who can interpret the instructional implications of evaluation results, who may be a member

of the

of the team described in the IEP team described above, with the exception of the parents.

●  At

F.  At the discretion of the parent or the District, other individuals who have knowledge or special

expertise regarding

expertise regarding the child, including related services personnel as appropriate; and

●  The

G.  Whenever appropriate, the child with a disability

, especially when the purpose of the meeting is to consider postsecondary goals and transition services needed to assist the child in reaching the IEP goals;●  If the

.

H.  A child of any age if the purpose of the meeting is to consider postsecondary goals and transition

services needed

services needed to assist the child in reaching the IEP goals;

●  If

I.    If the student does not attend the IEP meeting, the District will take other steps to ensure that the student'

s preferences

s preferences and interests are considered

and clearly documents such input from the student in the IEP

.

● 

J.   To the extent appropriate and with

written

consent

obtained by

of the parents or the adult child

prior to the IEP meeting and invitation of the meeting

;

■  the

1.  the District will invite a representative of any participating agency that is likely to be responsible

for providing

for providing or paying for transition services.

2.  for a child who is transitioning from the Arizona Early Intervention Program (AzEIP), representatives from AzEIP will be invited to the initial IEP if the parent requests.  [34 C.F.R. 300.321]

A member of the District IEP team described above, and including a person who can interpret the results, is not required to attend the IEP meeting if the parent and the school agree in writing prior to the meeting that attendance is not necessary because the member's area of curriculum or related services is not being modified or discussed in the meeting.  [34 C.F.R. 300.321]

A member of the District IEP team described above, and including a person who can interpret the results, may be excused from attending the IEP meeting in whole or part when the meeting involves a modification to or discussion of the member's area of the curriculum or related services if the parent, in writing and the District consent to the excusal, and the member submits, in writing to the IEP team, input into the development of the IEP prior to the meeting.  [34 C.F.R. 300.321]

In the case of a child previously served by AzEIP, an invitation to the initial IEP team meeting will, at the request of the parent, be sent to the AzEIP service coordinator to assist with the smooth transition of services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.321]

The District will take steps to ensure parent(s) of a child with a disability are present at each IEP meeting or are afforded the opportunity to participate by:

●  Notifying

A.  Notifying parents of the meeting early enough to ensure that they will have an opportunity to attend; and

●  Scheduling

B.  Scheduling the meeting at a mutually agreed on time and place.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

The meeting notice will:

●  Indicate

A.  Indicate the purpose, time, and location of the meeting and who will be in attendance; and

●  Inform

B.  Inform the parents of the provisions relating to the participation of other individuals who have knowledge

or special

or special expertise about the child and of representatives of the AzEIP if the meeting is for an initial IEP of a child transitioning from AzEIP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

Beginning not later than the first IEP to be in effect when the child turns sixteen (16), the notice will also:

●  Indicate

A.  Indicate that a purpose of the meeting will be the consideration of postsecondary goals and transition services;

●  Indicate

B.  Indicate that the District will invite the student;

●  Identify

C.  Identify any other agency that will be invited to send a representative

after written consent from the parent or adult aged child has been obtained

.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

If neither parent can attend, the District will use other methods to ensure parent participation, including individual or conference telephone calls.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

A meeting may be conducted without a parent in attendance if the District is unable to convince the parents that they should attend.  In this case, the District will maintain a record of its attempts to arrange a mutually agreed on time and place, such as:

●  Detailed

A.  Detailed records of telephone calls made or attempted and the results of those calls;

●  Copies

B.  Copies of correspondence sent to the parents

'

and any responses received; and

●  Detailed

C.  Detailed records of visits made to the parent's home or place of employment and the results of those visits.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

The District will take whatever action is necessary to help the parent understand the proceedings at the IEP meeting, including arranging for an interpreter for parents with deafness or whose native language is other than English.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

The District will give the parent a copy of the child's IEP at no cost to the parent.  [34 C.F.R. 300.322]

At the beginning of each school year, the District will have in effect for each child with a disability in its jurisdiction, an IEP as defined in 300.320.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

The District ensures that:

● 

A.  A meeting to develop an IEP for an eligible child is conducted within thirty (30) days of a determination

of eligibility

of eligibility for special education and related services.

●  As

B.  As soon as possible following the development of the IEP, the services indicated in the IEP are

made available

made available to the child.  An IEP will be in effect at the beginning of each school year.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

For a child aged two (2) years nine (9) months to five (5) years previously served by AzEIP, the IEP team will consider the contents of the child's Individualized Family Service Plan (IFSP).  An IFSP may serve as the IEP of the child if:

A.  The District has provided the parents with a detailed explanation of the differences between an IEP and an IFSP;

B.  The parent and the District agree in writing to the use of an IFSP;

C.  The IFSP contains an educational component that promotes school readiness and includes pre-literacy, language and numeric skills; and

D.  The IFSP is developed in accordance with IEP procedures.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

The District ensures that each child's IEP is accessible to each

general

regular education teacher, special education teacher, related service provider and any other service provider who is responsible for implementing the IEP.

●  Each

A.  Each teacher and related service provider will be informed of his or her specific responsibilities

in implementing

in implementing the IEP; and

●  The

B.  The specific accommodations, modifications, and supports that will be provided for the child in

accordance with

accordance with the IEP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

For a child with an IEP who transfers into the District from another school system in Arizona, the District, in consultation with the parents, will provide a free appropriate public education (including services comparable to the services described in the existing IEP) until the District:

●  Reviews

A.  Reviews and adopts the child's IEP from the previous

District

district, or

●  Develops

B.  Develops, adopts, and implements a new IEP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

For a child with an IEP who transfers into the District from another state, the District, in consultation with the parents, will provide a free appropriate public education (including services comparable to the services described in the existing IEP) until the District:

●  Conducts

A.  Conducts an evaluation for eligibility for special education in Arizona, or determines that such an evaluation

is unnecessary

is unnecessary; and

●  Develops

B.  Develops, adopts, and implements a new IEP, if appropriate.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

To facilitate the transition of a child enrolling from another school system, either from within or from outside of Arizona, the District will take reasonable steps to promptly obtain the child's education records, including all records pertaining to special education, from the previous school system in which the child was enrolled.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

When a records request is received from another

District

district, from either within or outside of Arizona, the District will promptly respond to the request.  [34 C.F.R. 300.323]

In developing each child's IEP, the IEP team will consider:

●  The

A.  The strengths of the child and the concerns of the parents for enhancing the education of their child;

●  The

B.  The results of the initial or most recent evaluation of the child; and

●  The

C.  The academic, developmental, and functional needs of the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

In consideration of special factors, the IEP team will:

●  In

A.  In the case of a child whose behavior impedes his or her learning or that of others, consider the use of

positive behavioral

positive behavioral interventions and supports, and other strategies to address that behavior;

●  In

B.  In the case of a child with limited English proficiency, consider the language needs of the child as those

needs relate

needs relate to the child's IEP;

●  In

C.  In the case of a child who is blind or visually impaired, provide for instruction in Braille and the use of

Braille unless

Braille unless the IEP team determines, after an evaluation of the child's reading and writing skills, needs,

and appropriate

and appropriate reading and writing media (including an evaluation of the child's future needs for instruction

in Braille

in Braille or the use of Braille) that instruction in Braille or the use of Braille is not appropriate for the child;

●  Consider

D.  Consider the communication needs of the child, and in the case of a child who is deaf or hard of hearing,

consider

 consider the child's language and communication needs, opportunities for direct communication with

peers and

peers and professional personnel in the child's language and communication mode, academic level and full

range of

range of needs, including opportunities for direct instruction in the child's language and communication mode;

●  Consider

E.  Consider whether the child requires assistive technology devices and services.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

The

general

regular education teacher of a child with a disability, as a member of the IEP team, will, to the extent appropriate, participate in the development, review, and revision of the child's IEP, including the determination of:

●  Appropriate

A.  Appropriate positive behavioral interventions and strategies for the child; and

●  Supplementary

B.  Supplementary aids and services, program modifications, and/or supports for school personnel that will

be provided

be provided for the child, consistent with §300.320(a)(4).  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

In making changes to the IEP after the annual IEP meeting, the parent and the District may agree to amend the IEP without a meeting for the purpose of making those changes and, instead, develop a written document to amend or modify the child's current IEP.  The District will:

●  Inform

A.  Inform all members of the child's IEP team of those changes, and

●  Upon

B.  Upon request, provide the parents with the revised copy of the IEP.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

To the extent possible, the District will encourage the consolidation of evaluation, reevaluation and IEP meetings for a child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

The District ensures that the IEP team reviews the child's IEP periodically, but not less than annually, to determine if goals are being achieved, and revise the IEP, when appropriate, to address:

●  any

A.  any lack of expected progress toward the annual goals and in the general education curriculum, if appropriate;

●  the

B.  the results of any reevaluation;

●  information

C.  information about the child provided to, or by the parents;

●  the

D.  the child's anticipated needs, or other matters.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

If a participating agency other than the District fails to provide the transition services in an IEP, the District will reconvene the IEP team to identify alternative strategies to meet the child's transition outcomes.  [34 C.F.R. 300.324]

Before the District places a child with a disability in a private school or facility, the District will initiate and conduct a meeting to develop an IEP for the child and ensure that a representative of the private school or facility attends the meeting in person or by conference call.  [34 C.F.R. 300.325]

Subsequent IEP reviews may be initiated and conducted by the private school at the discretion of the District.  However, the District ensures that:

●  The

A.  The parents and District representative are involved in any decisions about the child's IEP; and

●  Agree

B.  Agree to any proposed changes in the IEP before those changes are implemented.  [34 C.F.R. 300.325]

The District remains responsible to ensure FAPE to a child placed by the District in a private school or facility.  [34 C.F.R. 300.325]

The District ensures that the parents of a child with a disability are members of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.327]

Least  Restrictive  Environment

The District ensures that special classes, separate schooling, or other removal of children with disabilities from the

general

regular educational environment occurs only if the nature or severity of the disability is such that education in

general education

regular classes with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily.  [34 C.F.R 300.114]

The District will make available a continuum of alternative placements to meet the needs of children with disabilities for special education and related services.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

The continuum of alternative placements will include:

●  Instruction in general education

A.  Instruction in regular classes, special classes, special schools, home instruction, and instruction in

hospital and

hospital and institutions;

●  Supplementary

B.  Supplementary services, such as a resource room or itinerant instruction, to be provided in conjunction

with general education

with regular class placement.

The placement decision for each child will be:

●  Made

A.  Made by a group that includes the parents and other persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning

of the

of the evaluation data, and the placement options;

●  In

B.  In conformity with the least restrictive environment (LRE) provisions of the IDEA regulations;

●  Determined

C.  Determined at least annually;

●  Based

D.  Based on the child's IEP; and,

●  As

E.  As close as possible to the child's home.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

Unless the IEP of a child requires some other arrangement, the child will be educated in the school that he or she would attend if not disabled.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

In selecting the LRE, consideration will be given to any potential harmful effect on the child or on the quality of services that she/he needs.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

A child with a disability will not be removed from age-appropriate

general education

regular classrooms solely because of needed modifications in the general education curriculum.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, including meals,

passing

recess periods, and other nonacademic activities, the District ensures that each child with a disability participates with nondisabled children in the extracurricular services and activities to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of that child.  [34 C.F.R 300.117]

The District ensures that the supplementary aides and services determined by the IEP team to be appropriate and necessary are provided to allow the child to participate in nonacademic settings.  [34 C.F.R 300.115]

The District will establish, maintain, and implement procedural safeguards that meet the requirements of §300.500 through 300.536 of the IDEA Regulations.

Procedural  Safeguards

The District ensures that the parents of a child with a disability shall be given an opportunity to inspect and review all education records with respect to the identification, evaluation, educational placement, and the provision of FAPE to the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.501]

The District ensures that the parents of a child with a disability shall:

●  be

A.  be given an opportunity to participate in meetings with respect to the identification, evaluation,

educational placement

educational placement and the provision of FAPE to the child.

●  be

B.  be provided notice consistent with §300.322 to ensure they have opportunity to participate in meetings.

●  be

C.  be members of any group that makes decisions on the educational placement of their child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.501]

If neither parent can participate in a meeting in which a decision is to be made relating to the educational placement of their child, the District must use other methods to ensure their participation, including individual or conference telephone calls, or video conferencing.  [34 C.F.R. 300.501]

A placement decision may be made by a group without the involvement of the parent, if the District is unable to obtain the parent's participation and has maintained a record of its attempts to ensure their involvement.  [34 C.F.R. 300.501]

The parents of a child with a disability have the right to obtain an independent educational evaluation of their child.  The District must provide to parents, upon request for an independent educational evaluation:

●  Information

A.  Information about where an independent educational evaluation may be obtained; and

●  The

B.  The District criteria applicable for independent educational evaluations.  District criteria for the

independent educational

independent educational evaluation must be the same as the criteria the District uses when it conducts an evaluation,

to the

to the extent consistent with the parent's right to an evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

A parent has the right to an independent educational evaluation at public expense if the parent disagrees with an evaluation obtained by the District.  If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation at public expense, the District must, without unnecessary delay, either:

●  File

A.  File for a due process hearing to show that its evaluation is appropriate; or

●  Ensure

B.  Ensure that an independent educational evaluation is provided at public expense, unless the

District demonstrates

District demonstrates in a hearing that the evaluation obtained by the parent did not meet District criteria.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

If a due process hearing decision is that the District's evaluation is appropriate, the parent still has the right to an independent educational evaluation, but not at public expense.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

If a parent requests an independent educational evaluation, the District may ask for the parent's reasons for the objections, but may not require the parent to provide an explanation and may not unreasonably delay either providing the independent educational evaluation at public expense or filing a request for due process to defend its evaluation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

A parent is entitled to only one (1) independent educational evaluation at public expense each time the District conducts an evaluation with which the parent disagrees.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

The results of any independent educational evaluation which is obtained by or provided to the District:

●  must

A.  must be considered by the District, if it meets District criteria, in any decision with respect to the provision

of FAPE

of FAPE to the child; and

●  may

B.  may be presented by any party as evidence in a due process hearing.  [34 C.F.R. 300.502]

If a hearing officer requests an independent educational evaluation as part of a due process hearing, the cost of the evaluation must be at public expense.

Written notice must be given to the parents of a child with a disability a reasonable time before the District:

●  Proposes

A.  Proposes to initiate or change the identification, evaluation or educational placement of the child or

the provision

the provision of FAPE to the child; or

●  Refuses

B.  Refuses to initiate or change the identification, evaluation or educational placement of the child or

the provision

the provision of FAPE to the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.503]

The notice must include:

● 

A.  A description of the action proposed or refused by the District;

●  An

B.  An explanation of why the District proposes or refuses to take the action;

●  A

C.  A description of each evaluation procedure, assessment, record or report the District used as a basis for

the proposed

the proposed or refused action;

●  A

D.  A statement that the parents of a child with a disability have protection under the procedural safeguards of

this part

this part and, if this notice is not an initial referral for evaluation, the means by which a copy of a description of

the procedural

the procedural safeguards can be obtained;

●  Sources

E.  Sources for parents to contact to obtain assistance in understanding the provisions of this part;

●  A

F.  A description of other options that the IEP team considered and the reasons why those options were rejected;

●  A

G.  A description of other factors that are relevant to the District's proposal or refusal.  [34 C.F.R. 300.503]

The notice must be written in language understandable to the general public, provided in the native language or other mode of communication used by the parent.  [34 C.F.R. 300.503]

If the native language or other mode of communication used by the parent is not a written language, the District ensures:

●  the

A.  the notice is translated orally or by other means to the parent in his or her native language or other mode

of communication

of communication;

●  That

B.  That the parent understands the content of the notice;

●  That

C.  That there is written evidence of these requirements.  [34 C.F.R. 300.503]

A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the parent of a child with a disability must be given to the parents only one (1) time a school year, except that a copy also must be given to the parents:

●  Upon

A.  Upon initial referral or parent request for evaluation;

●  Upon

B.  Upon receipt of a first complaint to the state or first request for a due process hearing in a school year;

●  When

C.  When a disciplinary change of placement /removal has been initiated;

●  Upon

D.  Upon request by a parent.  [34 C.F.R. 300.504]

The procedural safeguards notice must include a full explanation of all the procedural safeguards available under §300.148, §§300.151 through 300.153, §300.300, §§300.502 through 300.503, §§300.505 through 300.515, §300.520, §§300.530 through 536, and §§300.610 through 300.625 relating to:

●  Independent

A.  Independent educational evaluations;

●  Prior

B.  Prior written notice;

●  Parental

C.  Parental consent;

●  Access

D.  Access to education records;

●  Opportunity

E.  Opportunity to present and resolve complaints through the due process hearing and state

complaint procedures

complaint procedures, including;

■  The

1.  The time period in which to file a complaint;

■  The

2.  The opportunity for the District to resolve the complaint;

■  The

3.  The difference between due process hearing and state complaint procedures, jurisdictions, issues

that may

that may be raised, timelines, and relevant procedures.

●  The

F.  The availability of mediation;

●  The

G.  The child's placement during the due process hearing;

●  Procedures

H.  Procedures for students subject to placement in an interim alternative educational setting;

● 

I.   Requirements for unilateral placements by parents of children in private schools at public expense;

● 

J.   Due process hearings including requirements for disclosure of evaluation results and recommendations;

●  Civil

K.  Civil actions, including timelines;

●  Attorney

L.  Attorney fees.  [34 C.F.R. 300.504]

This notice must meet the same requirements for understandable language as for the written prior notice described in §300.503.  [34 C.F.R. 300.504]

The parent of a child with a disability may elect to receive required notices by an electronic mail communication if the District makes that option available.  [34 C.F.R. 300.505]

The District will establish procedures to allow parties to disputes, including those matters arising prior to a request for a due process hearing, to resolve disputes through mediation.  Procedures will ensure that the mediation process:

●  Is

A.  Is voluntary on the part of the parties;

●  Is

B.  Is not used to deny or delay a parent's right to a due process hearing or any other right under the IDEA;

●  Is

C.  Is conducted by a qualified and impartial mediator who is trained in effective mediation techniques.  [34 C.F.R. 300.506]

The District may establish procedures to offer to parents and schools that choose not to use mediation an opportunity to meet, at a time and location convenient to the parties, with a disinterested party:

●  Who

A.  Who is under contract with an appropriate alternative dispute resolution entity, or a parent training

and information

and information center, or community parent resource center;

●  Who

B.  Who would explain the benefits of, and encourage the mediation process to the parents.  [34 C.F.R. 300.506]

A parent or District may file a request for a due process hearing relating to the identification, evaluation or educational placement of a child with a disability.  [34 C.F.R. 300.507]

The request for a due process hearing must allege a violation that occurred not more than two (2) years before the date the parent or District knew or should have known about the alleged violation.  [34 C.F.R. 300.507]

The District must inform the parent of any free or low cost legal and other relevant services available in the area upon parent request.  [34 C.F.R. 300.507]

The District will have procedures that require either party, or the attorney representing a party, to provide to the other party a confidential due process complaint.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

The party filing the notice for a hearing must forward a copy of the request to the state.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

The due process hearing complaint must include the following in order for the complaint to be heard:

●  The

A.  The name of the child;

●  The

B.  The residential address of the child;

●  The

C.  The school of attendance;

●  A

D.  A description of the nature of the problem of the child relating to the proposed or refused initiation or change,

including

 including facts relating to the problem; and

●  A

E.  A proposed resolution of the problem to the extent known and available to the party at the time.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

The due process complaint will be deemed sufficient unless the party receiving the complaint notifies the hearing officer and the other party in writing, within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the complaint, that it believes the complaint does not meet the content requirements.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

Within five (5) days of receipt of notice, the hearing officer must determine whether the complaint meets the requirements and notify the parties, in writing, of that determination.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

A party may amend its due process complaint only if:

●  The

A.  The other party consents in writing and is given an opportunity to resolve the complaint through the

resolution process

resolution process; or

●  The

B.  The hearing officer grants permission, but in no case later than five (5)

 

days before the due process

hearing begins

hearing begins.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

If a party files an amended complaint, the relevant timelines begin again.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

If the District has not sent a prior written notice to the parent regarding the subject matter contained in the due process complaint, it must do so within ten (10) days of receiving the complaint.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

Within ten (10) days of receiving the complaint, the receiving party will send to the other party a response that specifically addresses the issues raised in the due process complaint.  [34 C.F.R. 300.508]

Within fifteen (15) days of receiving the notice of the parent's due process complaint, and prior to the initiation of a due process hearing, the District must convene a meeting with the parent and the relevant members of the IEP team who have specific knowledge of the facts identified in the complaint that:

●  Includes

A.  Includes a representative of the District who has District decision-making authority;

●  May

B.  May not include an attorney of the District unless the parent is accompanied by an attorney.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The purpose of the meeting is for the parent of the child to discuss the due process complaint, and the factual basis of the complaint, so the District has the opportunity to resolve the dispute.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The resolution meeting need not be held if:

●  The

A.  The parent and District agree in writing to waive the meeting; or

●  The

B.  The parent and District agree to use the mediation process.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The parent and the District determine the relevant IEP team members to attend the meeting.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

If the District has not resolved the complaint to the satisfaction of the parent within thirty (30) days of the receipt of the complaint, the due process hearing may occur.  The timeline for issuing a final decision begins at the end of this thirty (30) day period.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The failure of the parent to participate in the resolution meeting that has not been mutually agreed to be waived, will delay the timelines for the resolution process and due process hearing until the meeting is held.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

If the District is unable to obtain the participation of the parent after reasonable efforts have been made and documented, the District may, at the conclusion of the thirty (30) day period, request the hearing officer dismiss the parent's due process complaint.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

If the District fails to hold the resolution meeting within fifteen (15) days of receiving the complaint or fails to participate in the meeting, the parent may request that the hearing officer begin the hearing timeline.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The forty-five (45) day timeline for the due process hearing starts the day after:

●  Both

A.  Both parties agree in writing to waive the resolution meeting; or

●  After

B.  After either the mediation or resolution meeting starts but before the end of the thirty (30) day

resolution period

resolution period, the parties agree in writing that no agreement is possible; or

●  If

C.  If both parties agree in writing to continue the mediation at the end of the thirty (30) day resolution period,

but later

but later, one (1) party withdraws from the mediation process.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

If a resolution is reached at the meeting, the parties must execute a legally binding agreement that is:

●  Signed

A.  Signed by both the parent and District representative who has authority to legally bind the District; and

●  Enforceable

B.  Enforceable in any state court of competent jurisdiction or in a district court of the United States.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

Either party may void the agreement within three (3) business days of the agreement's execution.  [34 C.F.R. 300.510]

The child involved in the due process hearing complaint must remain in his or her current educational placement:

●  Unless

A.  Unless a discipline appeal has been filed as provided in §300.533;

●  During

B.  During the pendency of any administrative or judicial proceeding regarding a due process complaint

notice requesting

notice requesting a due process hearing under §300.507; or

●  Unless

C.  Unless the District and parents of the child agree otherwise.  [34 C.F.R. 300.518]

If the complaint involves an application for initial admission to public school, the child, with the consent

if

of the parents, must be placed in the public school until the completion of all the proceedings.  [34 C.F.R. 300.518]

If the complaint involves an application for initial services for a child who has turned three (3) and transitioning from Part C to Part B, the District is not required to provide the Part C services the child had been receiving.  If the child is found eligible for special education and related services under Part B, and the parent consents to the initial provision of services under §300.300(b), then the District must provide those services that are not in dispute.  [34 C.F.R. 300.518]

If the hearing officer agrees with the child's parents that a change of placement is appropriate, that placement must be treated as an agreement between the state and parent for the purposes of (1)(c) of this section.  [34 C.F.R. 300.518]

The District ensures that the rights of a child are protected by assigning an individual to act as a surrogate for the parents when:

●  No

A.  No parent can be identified;

●  After

B.  After reasonable efforts are made, no parent can be located;

●  The

C.  The child is a ward of the state (with no foster parent);

●  The

D.  The child is an unaccompanied homeless youth as defined by the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act.  [34 C.F.R. 300.519]

The District will have a method for determining when a surrogate parent is needed and for making surrogate parent assignments.  [34 C.F.R. 300.519]

The District ensures that a person selected as a surrogate parent:

●  Is

A.  Is not an employee of the state, the District, or any other agency that is involved in the education or care

of the

of the child;

●  Has

B.  Has no personal or professional interest that conflicts with the interest of the child the surrogate

parent represents

parent represents; and

●  Has

C.  Has knowledge and skills that ensure adequate representation of the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.519]

In the case of an unaccompanied homeless youth, appropriate staff of emergency shelters, transitional shelters, independent living programs, and street outreach programs may be appointed as temporary surrogate parents until a surrogate parent can be appointed that meets all the requirements of this section.  [34 C.F.R. 300.519]

When a child with a disability reaches age eighteen (18), unless that child has been determined to be incompetent:

●  The

A.  The District will provide any notice required by the IDEA regulations to both the child and the parents; and

●  All

B.  All rights accorded to parents under Part B of the Act transfer to the child.  [34 C.F.R. 300.520]

When the rights are transferred, the District will provide notice to the child and parent of the transfer of rights.  [34 C.F.R. 300.520]



Master Document: IHB-E ©
Child Document: IHB-E ©

IHB-E ©

EXHIBIT

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS

PROCEDURAL SAFEGUARDS NOTICE

A sample of the procedural safeguards notice is available from the Arizona Department of Education.  It is titled "SPECIAL EDUCATION RIGHTS OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN UNDER THE INDIVIDUALS WITH DISABILITIES EDUCATION ACT (IDEA AMENDED 2004)."  If the District chooses to modify these sample procedures it is suggested that a comparison to the citations in the information below be reviewed.

The Federal Regulations at 34 C.F.R. 300.504 on Procedural safeguards notice read as follows:

     "Sec. 300.504  Procedural safeguards notice.

       (a)  General.  A copy of the procedural safeguards available to the

parents

              of

parents of a child with

a disability

a disability must be given to the parents, at a minimum--

                (1)  Upon initial referral for evaluation;

                (2)  Upon each notification of an IEP meeting;

                (3)  Upon reevaluation of the child; and

                (4)  Upon receipt of a request for due process under Sec. 300.507.

    (b)  Contents.  The procedural safeguards notice must include a

full

          explanation

full explanation of all of the procedural

safeguards available

safeguards available under Secs.



          300

 300.403, 300.500-300.529, and 300.560-300.577,

and the State

          complaint procedures available

 and the State complaint procedures available under Secs. 300.660-300.

662 relating

         

662 relating to--

                (1)

   Independent

  Independent educational evaluation;

                (2)

   Prior

  Prior written notice;

                (3)

   Parental

  Parental consent;

                (4)

   Access

  Access to educational records;

                (5)

   Opportunity

  Opportunity to present complaints to initiate due

process

                        hearings

process 

                       hearings;

                (6)

   The

  The child's placement during pendency of due

process

                       proceedings;               

process 

                       proceedings;

                (7)

   Procedures

  Procedures for students who are subject to placement in

an

                       interim alternative educational setting;                (8)   Requirements

an 

                      interim alternative educational setting;

                (8)  Requirements for unilateral placement by parents of children

in

                       private schools at public expense

in 

                      private schools at public expense;

                (9)

   Mediation

  Mediation;

               (10)  Due process hearings, including requirements

for disclosure of

                       evaluation results and recommendations

for disclosure 

                       of evaluation results and recommendations;

               (11)  State-level appeals (if applicable in that State);

               (12)  Civil actions;

              

      

               (13)  Attorneys' fees; and

              

               (14)  The State complaint procedures under Secs. 300.660-300.662,



                       including a description of

 

                        including a description of how to file a complaint and

the timelines

                       under

the 

                        timelines under those procedures.

     (c)  Notice in understandable language.  The notice required under

paragraph

          

paragraph (a) of this

section must

section must meet the requirements of Sec. 300.503(c)."

The following is a summary of sources for procedures that may be found in law, regulation and District policy other than the A.D.E. sample:

●  An

A.  An opportunity for parent of a child with a disability to examine all records § 34 C.F.R. 300.501, Policy JR

and Regulation

and Regulation JR-R (Student Records).

●  Procedures

B.  Procedures to protect the rights of the child whenever the parents of the child are not known § 34

CFR 300

CFR 300.501 and A.R.S. 15-763.01.

●  Prior

C.  Prior written notice to the parents is to be provided upon specific instances § 34 C.F.R. 300.503.

●  Procedures

D.  Procedures designed to ensure the prior written notice is in the native language of the parents, unless

it clearly

it clearly is not feasible to do so.  If the district is unable after making an effort, to provide the notice in

the native

the native language of the parent, then the A.D.E. should be contacted for assistance.

  See

 See § 34 C.F.R. 300.503.

●  Procedures

E.  Procedures for mediation shall be provided.  Contact the A.D.E. for a list of mediators.  See § 34 C.F.R.

300

 300.

507

507 et seq.

and

 and A.A.C. R7-2-401.

●  An

F.  An explanation of the State complaint procedure shall be provided § 34 C.F.R. 300.

660

660 et seq.

and

 and A.A.C. R7-2-405.

●  Due

G.  Due process procedures are to be included § 34 C.F.R. 300.507 and A.A.C. R7-2-405.

●  Procedures

H.  Procedures that require the parent of a child with a disability, or the attorney representing the child, to

provide notice

provide notice within certain guidelines (it shall remain confidential) § 34 C.F.R. 300.507.

● 

I.   Discipline procedures should be explained § 34 C.F.R. 300.507, and Policy JKD (Student Suspension).



Master Document: IHBA © SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS AND ACCOMMODATIONS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS
Child Document: IHBA SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS AND ACCOMMODATIONS FOR DISABLED STUDENTS

IHBA ©
SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS 
AND  ACCOMMODATIONS  FOR 
DISABLED  STUDENTS

(Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)

It is the responsibility of the District to identify , evaluate and provide free appropriate public education (FAPE), including accommodations as are necessary to ensure that a student eligible under Section 504 has equal access to services, programs and activities offered to students without disabilities.  It is the responsibility of the District to identify a specific 504 Coordinator.For a student to qualify for Section 504 protection, the student must meet three (3) criteria:  1) have a mental or physical impairment, 2) which substantially limits, 3) and evaluate students who, within the intent of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, need special services or programs in order that such students may receive the required free appropriate education.

For this policy, a student who may need special services or programs within the intent of Section 504 is one who:

A.  Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one (1) or more major life activities, including

      learning; or

B.  Has a record of such impairment; or

C.  Is regarded as having such impairment.

Students may be eligible for services under the provisions of Section 504 even though they do not require services pursuant to the Individuals with Disabilities in Education Act (IDEA).  Students who are identified as individuals with exceptional needs, according to IDEA criteria, are not addressed under this policy.  The needs of such IDEA eligible students are provided for under Policy IHB and its regulations and under state and federal laws and regulations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-708
29 U.S.C. 706
29 U.S.C. 794

CROSS REF.: 
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities and Services



Master Document: IHBA-RA ©
Child Document: IHBA-RA

IHBA-RA  RA ©

REGULATION

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS 
AND  ACCOMMODATIONS  FOR 
DISABLED  STUDENTS

(Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)

Each qualified student

determined eligible under Section 504

within the District

will receive free appropriate public education (FAPE), including accommodations as are necessary to ensure that the student has equal access to services, programs and activities offered by the District.Questions pertaining to Section 504 can be addressed by contacting one of the individuals listed who have been designated by the District to serve as 504 coordinators, referenced in the District 504 Manual and updated annually

who is eligible to receive regular or special education or related aids or services, regardless of the nature or severity of the condition necessitating such programs or services, shall receive free appropriate education in the District.

Identification and referral procedures:

●  Any parent or guardian, teacher, counselor or other school staff member who believes that a student may have a qualifying disability may request a Section 504 evaluation.

●  The

A.  Any student who needs or is believed to need special education or related services not available through existing programs in order to receive a free appropriate public education may be referred by a parent, teacher, or other certificated school employee for identification and evaluation of the student's individual education needs.

B.  The identification and evaluation will be completed by

a group of individuals

persons knowledgeable about the

needs of

student, the student

and the evaluation data being reviewed.  This team should include the student, the parent or guardian of the student, teachers, counselors, other school staff members, and staff members of community agencies.  The role of the team is to review the nature of the student's impairment and determine how it affects educational access.  The

's school history, the student's individual needs, the meaning of evaluation data, and the placement options.  The Superintendent will monitor the identification and evaluation to ensure that qualified personnel participate.

C.  The District will consider the referral and, based upon a review of the student's existing records,

including academic

including academic, social, and behavioral records, make a decision as to whether an evaluation under this

procedure is

procedure is appropriate.  If a request for evaluation is denied, the District will inform the parents or guardian of

this decision

this decision and of their procedural rights.

Evaluation.  Evaluation of the student and formulation of a plan of services will be carried out by the District according to the following procedures:

●  The District must evaluate prior to providing services under Section 504.  Section 504 requires informed parental permission for an evaluation.  Review of existing data is the first step in the evaluation process.  The 504 Team must investigate the specific concern that triggered the referral.  After reviewing existing data, the 504 Team may determine it necessary to administer and use other formal and informal measures.  Parent permission must be obtained if individualized standardized testing is necessary.  The team must ensure that information obtained from all sources is documented and carefully considered.

●  For a student to qualify for Section 504 protection, the student must meet three (3) criteria:  1) have a mental or physical impairment, 2) which substantially limits, 3) one (1) or more major life activities.  If the student has an impairment that substantially limits a major life activity, the impairment is a qualifying disability if it creates a significant barrier to access the same educational opportunities afforded to a student who does not have disabilities.  It is important to understand that all three criteria must be met before the student is eligible under Section 504 protection.

●  A

A.  The District will evaluate the nature of the student's disability and the impact of the disability upon the student's education.  This evaluation will include consideration of any behaviors that interfere with regular participation of a student who otherwise meets the criteria (such as age) for participation in the educational program and/or activities.

B.  No final determination of whether the student will or will not be identified as a student with a disability within the meaning of Section 504 will be made by the District without first inviting the parent or guardian of the student to participate in a meeting concerning such determination.

C.  A final decision will be made by the District in writing, and the parents or guardian of the student shall

be notified

be notified of the Section 504 procedural safeguards available to them, including the right to an

impartial hearing and

impartial hearing and review.

Plan for services:

●  If the 504 Team determines that

A.  For a student who has been identified as having a

qualifying disability, the team must identify and develop a written plan to address the student's needs and services and/or accommodations that the student will receive, both instructionally and during testing situations.  The 504 Plan provides a summary of accommodations that a student needs in order to have equal access to the learning process, or to other programs, activities and services.  A copy of the 504 Plan will be developed with and given to the parents or guardian or eligible student.●  All

disability within the meaning of Section 504 and in need of special education or related aids and services, the District shall be responsible for determining what special services are needed.

B.  In making such determination, the District shall consider all available relevant information, drawing upon a variety of sources, including, but not limited to, comprehensive assessments conducted by the District's professional staff.

C.  The parents or guardian shall be invited to participate in District meetings where services for the student will be determined, and shall be given an opportunity to examine all relevant records.

D.  The District will develop a written plan describing the disability and the special education or related services needed.  The plan will specify how the regular or special education and related aids and services will be provided, and by whom.

E.  The District may also determine that no special education or related services are appropriate.  If so, the record of the District proceedings will reflect the identification of the student as a person with a disability and will state the basis for the decision that no special services are presently needed.

F.  A student with a disability shall be placed in the regular educational environment of the District, with the use of the supplementary aids and services, unless the District demonstrates that such placement cannot be achieved satisfactorily.  The student with a disability shall be educated with those who are not disabled to the maximum extent appropriate to the individual needs of the student.

G.  The District shall notify the parents or guardian in writing of its final decision concerning the services to be provided.

H.  If a plan for providing related services is developed, all school personnel who work with the student shall

be informed

be informed of the plan.

Review of the student's progress.  The District will monitor the

student's progress

progress of the student with a disability and the effectiveness of the student's education plan

on a periodic basis

annually to determine whether special education or related services are appropriate and necessary, and that the student's needs

and services and/or accommodations are allowing the student to have equal access to the learning process, or to other programs, activities and services.

Procedural  Safeguards

The District must establish and implement procedural safeguards which include:

●  Notice to the parent explaining any evaluation or placement decisions.

●  An opportunity for parents to review relevant records.

●  An impartial hearing with the opportunity for participation by the student's parent or guardian with representation of counsel.

●  An appeal procedure to review the hearing decision.

These procedural safeguards have been addressed by creating Section 504 evaluation procedures and a set of forms that guide the evaluation team through the eligibility and placement process.

A notice concerning Parent's Rights and Safeguards under Section 504 must be included with the Parent Consent:  Section 504 Evaluation form given to the parent/guardian prior to the 504 evaluation meeting.  Likewise, the Parent's Rights and Safeguards under Section 504 must be included with the Parent Notice:  Section 504 Eligibility or Non-Eligibility Determination.

The parent or guardian may seek formal resolution under the District's complain process.  Parents will be advised of the steps in the complaint resolution process:

●  The parent should complete and submit a Section 504 Complaint Form to the Coordinator of Special Education/504.

●  The Coordinator of Special Education/504 will review the complaint and decide whether to seek to mediate the dispute between the parent and school or refer the matter for an impartial due process hearing.  If requested by the parent, the Coordinator of Special Education/504 will meet with the parent to hear the parent's concerns.

●  If mediation is not desired or is unsuccessful, the Coordinator of Special Education/504 will promptly refer the complaint for a due process hearing conducted by an impartial hearing officer.  The District-appointed hearing officer must have knowledge of Section 504 and must not be an employee of the District.

●  The hearing officer will schedule a due process hearing to occur as soon as practicable for the parent and District.  The hearing officer will render a written decision with findings of fact and conclusions of law within ten (10) business days after the conclusion of the hearing.  The parent may be represented by legal counsel at the hearing

are being met as adequately as the needs of a nondisabled student.

Prior to any subsequent significant change in placement, a comprehensive reevaluation of the student's needs will be conducted.

Procedural safeguards:

A.  The parents or guardian shall be notified in writing of all District decisions concerning the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of students made under this policy.

B.  The parents or guardian shall be notified that they may examine relevant records.

C.  As to such decisions by the District, the parents or guardian shall have the right to an impartial hearing ("Section 504 due process hearing"), with opportunity for participation by the parents or guardian and their counsel.  In the notification of any District decision concerning identification, evaluation, or placement, the parents or guardian will be advised that:

1.  A request for a Section 504 due process hearing should be made within thirty-five (35) days of notice of right to file (but not less than thirty [30] days).

2.  The request shall be made to:

                        Name:      ____________________________________

                                        ____________________________________

                        Address:  ____________________________________

                                        ____________________________________

                        Phone:     ____________________________________

3.  The hearing will be held in accord with Regulation IHBA-RB.  The decision may be appealed only to a federal court of competent jurisdiction.

4.  Attorneys' fees are available only as authorized by law.

If a state due process hearing has been or will be held under the IDEA concerning issues relevant to the Section 504 proceeding, a hearing officer qualified as to IDEA and Section 504 proceedings may preside in a joint hearing.  The issues for either IDEA or Section 504 determination shall be clearly defined at the outset, and determinations by the hearing officer will be separate and distinct.

If both the parents or guardian and the District agree that the student is not eligible for special education under the IDEA, neither party is required to exhaust administrative proceedings under the IDEA prior to the holding of a Section 504 due process hearing.

The hearing officer shall render a decision.  The parents or guardian shall be notified in writing of the decision.  Either party may seek review of the decision of the Section 504 hearing officer by a federal court of competent jurisdiction.

The parties shall abide by the decision of the Section 504 hearing officer unless the decision is appealed to a federal court of competent jurisdiction and the decision is stayed by the court.



Master Document: IHBA-RB ©
Child Document: IHBA-RB

IHBA-RB RB ©

REGULATION

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS 
AND  ACCOMMODATIONS  FOR 
DISABLED  STUDENTS

(Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973)

Section  504  Due  Process 

Hearing  Procedures

An impartial due process hearing will be utilized to resolve differences involving the education of a Section 504 qualified student with a disability when such differences cannot be resolved by means of a less formal procedure.  In this instance, due

process

process is defined as an opportunity to present objections and reasons for the objections to the decision and/or procedures of the committee regarding application of Section 504.  A Section 504 due process hearing may be called at the request of the District or a parent, guardian, or surrogate of an affected student.  The proceedings will be presided over and decided by an impartial hearing officer. Impartial hearing officer

means

 means a person selected to preside at a due process hearing to assure that proper procedures are followed and to assure the protection of the rights of both parties.

In all related hearing matters the following definitions shall apply:

●  Days means school

A.  Days means calendar days.

● 

B.  Placement

plan

plan means the program by which the decision concerning the educational placement of

the student

the student is decided.

●  Parents

C.  Parents means parents, guardian, or surrogate parent.

Parents or the District may initiate a due process hearing on a matter related to 1) eligibility and related procedures, 2) procedural safeguards, or 3) provision of a free and appropriate public education to the student.

Requests for a due process hearing must be submitted in writing to the Superintendent. 

Requests for the hearing should include a short and plain statement of the matters asserted by the party initiating the hearing. 

Hearing notifications to the parents shall be given at least

ten

twenty (

10

20) days prior to the date set for the hearing.  The notice shall contain:

● 

A.  A statement of time, place, and

place

nature of the hearing.

●  A

B.  A statement of the legal authority and jurisdiction under which the hearing is being held.

●  A

C.  A reference to the particular section of the statutes and rules involved.

D.  A statement of the availability of relevant records for examination.

●  A

E.  A short and plain statement of the matters asserted.

F.  A statement of the right to be represented by counsel.

All written correspondence shall be provided in English and/or interpreted in the primary language.

Hearing  Procedures

The hearing officer shall preside at the hearing and shall conduct the proceedings in an impartial manner to the end that all parties involved have an opportunity to:

●  Present

A.  Present their evidence.

●  Produce

B.  Produce outside expert testimony and be represented by legal counsel and by individuals with knowledge

or training

or training with respect to problems of students with disabilities.

Parents involved in the hearing will be given the right to:

●  Be represented by legal counsel.

●  Have

A.  Have the student present at the hearing.

●  Open

B.  Open the hearing to the public.

In cases where there are language differences, an interpreter shall be provided.

● 

The hearing officer shall review all relevant facts concerning the education placement.

A.  The hearing officer shall determine, subject to appeal by judicial review, whether the District has met all procedural aspects of the education accommodation plan.

B.  The hearing officer shall render a decision, subject to judicial review, that is binding on all parties, except that in all cases any action taken must comply with current Arizona Revised Statutes and federal court decisions.

C.  The hearing officer shall ascertain that:

1.  The procedures utilized in determining the student's needs have been appropriate in nature and degree.

2.  The student's rights have been fully observed.

3.  The provision of aids, services, or programs to the student may afford a free and appropriate education.

D.  If the parents' primary language is other than English, then the hearing officer shall appoint an interpreter.

Decision  of  the  Hearing  Officer

A copy of the hearing officer's decision shall be delivered to the District and the parent, guardian, or surrogate within

fourteen

ten (

14

10) days following completion of the hearing,

unless the hearing officer has notified the parties that additional time is needed to prepare the decision.● 

which in no event shall be later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the request for a hearing.

Notification will include a statement that

the decision is binding, unless

either party

appeals

may appeal the decision.

The decision of the hearing officer is binding on all parties concerned; it is subject only to judicial review.

Record  of  Hearing

A written or electronic verbatim recording of the Section 504 due process hearing shall be on file at the District office and will be available for review upon request to the parents and/or any of the involved parties.  Parents may have a copy of the proceedings, in English and in the primary language of the home.

LEGAL REF.: 
A.A.C. 
R7-2-405



Master Document: IHBB © GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION
Child Document: IHBB © GIFTED AND TALENTED EDUCATION

IHBB ©
GIFTED  AND  TALENTED  EDUCATION

The Board requires that expanded academic course offerings, programs and supplemental services be provided as an integral part of the regular school day to gifted pupils identified in accord with relevant statutes.  A program scope and sequence for gifted education including those requirements found in A.R.S. 15-779.02 shall be prepared and submitted in a form required by the Department of Education for approval by July 1 if any changes were made the previous year and by the same date at least every five (5) years if no changes were made.

Transfer students previously identified as gifted by another district or charter school shall, within a reasonable and timely period, have determined whether they are to receive gifted education in this District and if so have the program provided without unreasonable delay.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-779 et seq.
A.A.C. 
R7-2-406



Master Document: IHBCA © PROGRAMS FOR PREGNANT / PARENTING STUDENTS
Child Document: IHBCA © PROGRAMS FOR PREGNANT / PARENTING STUDENTS

IHBCA ©
PROGRAMS  FOR  PREGNANT /
PARENTING  STUDENTS

Pregnant students should have the same educational opportunities as their peers.  Such students may also need additional counseling and health services that are available through the public schools.

Pregnant students may elect to remain in the regular school program and shall not be involuntarily excluded from any part of the school program, provided, however, that reasonable safeguards are maintained both for the school's and the student's best interests.

The Superintendent will establish procedures as necessary to implement this policy.

Adopted:  January 8, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
AD - Educational Philosophy/School District Mission
IHBF - Homebound Instruction
JHD - Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance



Master Document: IHBCA-R ©
Child Document: IHBCA-R ©

IHBCA-R ©

REGULATION

PROGRAMS  FOR  PREGNANT /
PARENTING  STUDENTS

The District affirms the right of a pregnant student to continue her participation in the public school program.

As soon as the pregnancy is medically confirmed, the student

shall

may consult with a member of the counseling staff or the principal for the purpose of planning her educational program.

The student may be eligible for the following educational plans or may suggest alternatives:

●  She

A.  She may remain in her present school program, with modifications as necessary, until the birth of her baby

is imminent

is imminent or until her physician states that continued participation would be detrimental to her health.

●  If

B.  If eligible for homebound or chronic illness status, in accord with A.R.S. 15-901, she may temporarily withdraw from school at the direction of her physician and may receive homebound instruction from the

date of her

date of her withdrawal until her physician states that she is physically able to return to school.

Efforts will be made to see that the educational program of the student is disrupted as little as possible; that she receives information on available health and counseling services, as well as instruction; and that she is encouraged to return to school after delivery.



Master Document: IHBD © COMPENSATORY EDUCATION
Child Document: IHBD © COMPENSATORY EDUCATION

IHBD ©
COMPENSATORY  EDUCATION

(Title I)

The Superintendent shall pursue funding under Title I, Improving the Academic Achievement of the Disadvantaged, of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act, to supplement instructional services and activities in order to improve the educational opportunities of educationally disadvantaged or deprived children.

All schools, regardless of whether they receive Title I funds, shall provide services that, taken as a whole, are substantially comparable.  Teachers, administrators, and other staff shall be assigned to schools in a manner that ensures equivalency among the District's schools.  Curriculum materials and instructional supplies shall be provided in a manner that ensures equivalency among the District's schools.

Parents and pupils of private schools who are eligible for services as residents within the District shall be provided services on an equitable basis in accordance with 20 U.S.C. 6320 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act.

Title  I  Parental  Involvement

The District maintains programs, activities, and procedures for the involvement of parents/guardians of students receiving services, or enrolled in programs, under Title I.  These programs, activities, and procedures are described in District-level and School-level compacts.

District-Level Parental Involvement Compact.  The Superintendent shall develop a District-Level Parental Involvement Compact according to Title I requirements.  The District-Level Parental Involvement Compact shall contain:

●  The A.  The District's expectations for parental involvement;

●  Specific B.  Specific strategies for effective parent involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school and school performance; and

●  Other C.  Other provisions as required by federal law. 

The Superintendent shall ensure that the Compact is distributed to parents/guardians of students receiving services, or enrolled in programs, under Title I.

School-Level Parental Involvement Compact.  Each school principal shall develop a School-Level Parental Involvement Compact according to Title I requirements.  This School-Level Parental Involvement Compact shall contain:

●  A.  A process for continually involving parents/guardians in its development and implementation;

●  How B.  How parents/guardians, the entire school staff, and students share the responsibility for improved student academic student academic achievement;

●  The C.  The means by which the school and parents/guardians build and develop a partnership to help children achieve children achieve the state's high standards; and

●  Other D.  Other provisions as required by federal law. 

Each school principal shall ensure that the Compact is distributed to parents/guardians of students receiving services, or enrolled in programs, under Title I.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq., No Child Left BehindEvery Student Succeeds Act of 2015



Master Document: IHBJ © INDIAN EDUCATION
Child Document: Non Existing

IHBJ ©
INDIAN  EDUCATION

(Participation of Indian parents and tribes in the educational
process pursuant to special impact aid provisions
for local educational agencies that claim
entitlements based on the number of
students residing on Indian lands)

The Governing Board shall give tribal officials and parents of Indian students the opportunity to comment on the participation of Indian students on an equal basis in the school program with all other students educated by the District.  The District shall disseminate to tribal officials and parents of Indian students any evaluations of education programs assisted with funds provided under the Special Impact Aid Act, and any program plans for education programs that the District plans to initiate or eliminate.

The District will actively consult and regularly involve tribal officials and parents of Indian students in the planning and development of education programs assisted with funds provided under the Special Impact Aid Act and will afford tribal officials and parents of Indian students an opportunity to make recommendations concerning:

A.  The needs of their children.

B.  The ways by which they can assist their children in realizing the benefits to be derived from the education programs assisted with funds provided under the Special Impact Aid Act.

C.  Their overall views on the education program in the District, including:

1.  The operation of the District's education program.

2.  The degree of parental participation allowed.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S.
15-205
20 U.S.C. 7701 et seq., Impact Aid Act



Master Document: IHBD-R ©
Child Document: IHBD-R ©

IHBD-R ©

REGULATION

COMPENSATORY  EDUCATION

(Title I)

District-Level  Parental 

Involvement  Compact

The District-level compact shall provide an understanding of the joint responsibility of the District and parents/guardians to improve students' academic achievement and school performance.

To that end, the District provides opportunities for parents/guardians involvement at the District level and the District involves parents/guardians in the joint development of the District's plan to help low-achieving children meet challenging achievement and academic standards (20 U.S.C 6312), and the process of school review and improvement (20 U.S.C. 6316) by:

●  Establishing

A.  Establishing a District-level committee with parents/guardians liaisons from each building as well

as representatives

as representatives from other impacted programs, including Head Start.

●  Establishing

B.  Establishing meaningful, ongoing two-way communication between the District, staff, and parents/guardians.

●  Developing

C.  Developing a medium to communicate to parents/guardians about the plan and seek their input

and participation

and participation.

●  Training

D.  Training personnel on how to collaborate effectively with families with diverse backgrounds that may

impede parents

impede parents/guardians participation (e.g., illiteracy or language difficulty).

The District provides the coordination, technical assistance, and other support necessary to assist participating schools in planning and implementing effective parents/guardians involvement activities to improve student academic achievement and school performance by:

●  Providing

A.  Providing ongoing District-level workshops to assist schools in planning and implementing

improvement strategies

improvement strategies.

●  Establishing

B.  Establishing training programs for school liaisons to bring the communication and facilitation skills to

the schools

the schools they represent.

●  Providing

C.  Providing information to parents/guardians about the various assessment tools and instruments that will

be developed

be developed to monitor progress.

●  Seeking

D.  Seeking input from parents/guardians in developing workshops.

The District builds the capacity of schools and parents/guardians for strong parental involvement by:

●  Providing

A.  Providing ongoing communication about the District-wide committee through District newsletters or

other written

other written or electronically communicated means.

●  Engaging

B.  Engaging the school parent organizations to actively seek out and involve parents/guardians through

regular communication

regular communication updates and information sessions.

●  Utilizing

C.  Utilizing parent organizations to assist in identifying effective communication strategies based on

their members

their members' needs.

The District coordinates and integrates parents/guardians involvement strategies under this compact with parents/guardians involvement strategies under other programs, (such as the Head Start program, Reading First program, Early Reading First program, Even Start program, Parents as Teachers program, Home Instruction Program for Preschool Youngsters, and State-run preschool programs) by:

●  Involving

A.  Involving District and building representatives from other programs to assist in identifying specific

population needs

population needs.

●  Sharing

B.  Sharing data from other programs to assist in developing new initiatives to improve academic

achievement and

achievement and school improvement.

The District conducts, with the involvement of parents/guardians, an annual evaluation of the content and effectiveness of the parents/guardians involvement policy in improving the academic quality of the schools served under Title I, including identifying barriers to greater participation by parents/guardians in activities authorized by this section (with particular attention to parents/guardians who are economically disadvantaged, are disabled, have limited English proficiency, have limited literacy, or are of any racial or ethnic minority background), and use the findings of such evaluation to design strategies for more effective parents/guardians involvement, and to revise, if necessary, the parents/guardians involvement policies described in this section by:

●  Evaluating

A.  Evaluating the effectiveness of the content and communication methods through a variety of methods,

including

 including: focus groups, surveys, workshops, and informal coffees with District and school

administrative staff

administrative staff, parents/guardians, and teachers.

●  Identifying

B.  Identifying barriers to effective evaluation by language support or other assistance as needed.

●  Identifying

C.  Identifying potential policy and compact changes to revise and improve program(s).

The District involves parents/guardians in the activities of the schools served under Title I by:

●  Providing

A.  Providing communication and calendar information to parents/



guardians of upcoming meetings, discussions

or events

or events and encouraging their participation.

●  Providing

B.  Providing school principal and parent organization coordination of events.

School-Level  Parental 

Involvement  Compact

The school-level parent involvement compact provides an understanding of the joint responsibility of the school and parents/guardians for improving student academic achievement and school performance. The school provides opportunities for parent/guardian involvement by:

●  Convening

A.  Convening an annual meeting, at a convenient time, to which all parents/guardians of participating

children are

children are invited and encouraged to attend, to inform parents/guardians of their school's participation under Title

I and

I and to explain the requirements of Title I, and the right of the parents/guardians to be involved.  The

school principal

school principal shall:

■  Invite

1.  Invite all parents/guardians of participating children to the annual meeting at school.

■  Explain

2.  Explain the rights of parents/guardians to be involved in establishing this compact.

■  Introduce

3.  Introduce and involve the school representatives on the District-level committee.

■  Provide

4.  Provide an overview of Title I and give parents/guardians an opportunity to express questions

and concerns

and concerns.

■  Indicate

5.  Indicate the mechanisms by which the committee work will be communicated.

■  Seek

6.  Seek the involvement and input of parents/guardians.

■  Provide

7.  Provide child care so that all parents/guardians who would otherwise be unable to attend may attend.

●  Offering

B.  Offering a flexible number of meetings, such as meetings in the morning or evening, and may provide,

with funds

with funds provided under this part, transportation, child care, or home visits, as such services relate to

parental involvement

parental involvement.  The school principal shall:

■  Provide

1.  Provide parents/guardians with opportunities to ask questions and dialogue informally about

student academic

student academic achievement and school performance.

■  Engage

2.  Engage school-based parent organizations to assist with communication and implementation needs.

■  Develop

3.  Develop and use outreach programs to involve community groups and organizations.

●  Involving

C.  Involving parents/guardians in an organized, ongoing, and timely way, in the planning, review,

and improvement

and improvement of programs under Title I, including the planning, review, and improvement of the

school parental

school parental involvement policy and the joint development of the school wide program plan (under 20 U.S.C.

1114

 1114).  The school principal shall:

■  Identify

1.  Identify and establish a process by which an adequate representation of parents/guardians

of participating

of participating children can occur.

■  Establish

2.  Establish a schedule for the school-based committee to plan, review, and recommend

improvements to

improvements to the District parent involvement policy.

●  The

D.  The school principal shall:

■  Provide

1.  Provide parents/guardians of participating children timely information about programs.

■  Communicate

2.  Communicate updates through use of school newsletters, the District web site, e-mail and

telephone contact

telephone contact, and home visits if needed.

The school principal will provide a description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the school, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet.

The school principal shall:

●  Provide

A.  Provide parents/guardians, upon request, opportunities for regular meetings to formulate suggestions

and to participate

and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions relating to the education of their children, and respond to

any suggestions

any suggestions as soon as practicably possible.

●  Develop

B.  Develop a feedback loop for parents/guardians to ask questions and receive follow-up.

If the school wide plan is not satisfactory to the parents/guardians of participating children, the school principal shall:

●  Submit

A.  Submit any comments when the school makes the plan available to the Governing Board.

●  Provide

B.  Provide a process for parents/guardians to express concerns and complaints.

Shared  Responsibilities  for  High

Student  Academic  Achievement 

The school is responsible for providing a high-quality curriculum and instruction in a supportive and effective learning environment that enables the children served under Title I to meet the state's student academic achievement standards.

Each parent/guardian is responsible for supporting their children's learning, by:

●  Monitoring

A.  Monitoring attendance, homework, and television viewing.

●  Volunteering

B.  Volunteering in their child's classroom and participating, as appropriate, in decisions relating to their children'

s education

s education and extracurricular activities.

Communication between teachers and parents/guardians occurs on an ongoing basis through:

●  Frequent

A.  Parent-teacher conferences in elementary schools, at least annually, during which the compact shall be discussed as the compact relates to the individual child's achievements.

B.  Frequent reports to parents/guardians on their children's progress.

●  Reasonable

C.  Reasonable access to staff, opportunities to volunteer and participate in their child's class, and observation

of classroom

of classroom activities.

Building  Capacity  

for 

Involvement. 

Involvement 

To ensure effective involvement of parents/guardians and to support a partnership among the

school's

schools involved, each school shall:

●  Provide

A.  Provide assistance to parents/guardians of children served in understanding the state's academic

content standards

content standards and state student academic achievement standards, state and local assessments, monitoring

a child

a child's progress, and work with educators to improve the achievement of their children.

●  Provide

B.  Provide materials and training (such as literacy, technology, et cetera) to help parents/guardians work

with their

with their children.

●  Educate

C.  Educate teachers and other staff in the value and utility of contributions of parents/guardians and how

to effectively

to effectively communicate with and work with parents/guardians as equal partners.

●  Implement

D.  Implement and coordinate parent/guardian programs that will build ties between them.

●  Coordinate

E.  Coordinate and integrate parent involvement programs and activities with Head Start, Reading First,

Early Reading

Early Reading First, Even Start, the Home Instruction Programs for Preschool Youngsters, the Parents

as Teachers

as Teachers Program and public preschool and other programs and conduct other activities, such as parent/

guardian resource

guardian resource centers that encourage and support parents/guardians in more fully participating in

the education

the education of their children.

●  Ensure

F.  Ensure that information is sent to the parents/guardians of participating children in a format and language

that parents

that parents/guardians can understand.

●  Involve

G.  Involve parents/guardians in the development of training for teachers, school principals, and other

educators to

educators to improve the effectiveness of such training.

●  Provide

H.  Provide necessary literacy training from funds received under this part if the District has exhausted all

other reasonably

other reasonably available sources of funding for such training.

● 

I.   Pay reasonable and necessary expenses associated with local parental involvement activities,

including transportation

including transportation and child care costs to enable parents/guardians to participate in school-related

meetings and

meetings and training sessions.

● 

J.   Train parents/guardians to enhance the involvement of other parents/



guardians.

●  Use

K.  Use outreach programs to involve community groups and organizations.

●  Arrange

L.  Arrange school meetings at a variety of times, or conduct in-home conferences between teachers and

other educators

other educators, in order to maximize parental involvement and participation.

●  Adopt

M.  Adopt and implement model approaches to improving parental involvement.

●  Establish

N.  Establish a District-wide parent advisory council to provide advice on all matters related to

parental involvement

parental involvement in supported programs.

●  Develop

O.  Develop appropriate roles for community-based organizations and businesses in parent/guardian

involvement activities

involvement activities.

●  Provide

P.  Provide such other reasonable support for parental involvement activities under this section

as parents

as parents/guardians may request.

In carrying out the parental involvement requirements of this compact, the school, to the extent practicable, will provide full opportunities for the participation of parents/guardians with limited English proficiency or disabilities, including providing information and school reports in a format and, to the extent practicable, in a language such parents/guardians understand.



Master Document: IHBD-EA ©
Child Document: IHBD-EA ©

IHBD-EA © 

EXHIBIT

COMPENSATORY  EDUCATION

CHECKLIST FOR DEVELOPMENT, IMPLEMENTATION,
AND MAINTENANCE OF PARENT INVOLVEMENT
COMPACTS FOR TITLE I PROGRAMS

The development, implementation, and maintenance of parent/guardian involvement compacts must be accomplished with meaningful consultation with parents/guardians of children participating in Title I programs.  The Superintendent designates a person to be responsible for the process of obtaining meaningful consultation.  This checklist includes some measures designed to encourage meaningful consultation.

This is an annual checklist.  Check steps as completed.

◻o  Plan regular meetings throughout the school year with parents/guardians to discuss the District and/or school compacts; identify dates, convenient times, places, and persons whose attendance is desired.  Offer meetings in the morning or evening, and, if funds are available under Title I for this purpose, provide transportation, childcare, or home visits, as such services relate to parent/guardian involvement.

◻o  Plan an agenda for meetings to be held to discuss District and/or school compacts.

A.  Always begin with "introducing where we are now" and end with "next steps."

B.  Agendas should provide for two-way communication between District and parents/guardians of children participating in Title I programs.

C.  Agendas can be built around the federal compliance requirements as stated in the District- and school-level compacts as developed.

D.  Agendas should also include a section to inform parents/guardians of their school's participation under Title I and to explain Title I's requirements regarding parent involvement, including the right of the parents/guardians to be involved.

E.  Agendas should also include a section to describe and explain the curriculum in use at the school, the forms of academic assessment used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet.

F.  If requested by a parent/guardian, agendas should also include a section for parents/guardians to formulate suggestions and to participate, as appropriate, in decisions relating to the education of their children.

G.  Agendas should also include a section to involve parents/guardians in the planning, review, and improvement of Title I programs, including the joint development of the school-wide program plan.

H.  Another agenda topic is how funds are allotted for parent/guardian involvement in activities; parents/guardians of children receiving services must be involved in these decisions.

◻o  Notify interested persons of meeting dates to discuss the District and/or school compacts, including:

     ◻o  Parents/guardians of students participating in Title I programs

     ◻o  Staff members

     ◻o  Students participating in Title I programs

     ◻o  School Board members

     ◻o  Media

     ◻o  Coordinators for other school programs, (e.g. Head Start and preschool programs)

     ◻o  Officials of private schools

     ◻o  Other

◻o  Publicize the meeting dates, times, and locations to discuss District and/or school compacts.

◻o  Make all Open Meetings Law notifications and postings for meetings to be held to discuss District and/or school compacts.  (Notice and record keeping shall be in accord with the open meeting laws)

◻o  Appoint a recording secretary to keep meeting minutes.

◻o  Provide copies of working drafts to parents/guardians in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, in a language the parents/guardians can understand.

◻o  Determine "success" indicators to measure the effectiveness of the parental involvement compacts in improving the academic quality of the schools.

◻o  Review the "success" indicators in order to evaluate the effectiveness of the parental involvement compacts in improving the academic quality of the schools.

◻o  Identify barriers to greater participation by parents/guardians, with particular attention to parents/guardians who are economically disadvantaged, are disabled, have limited English proficiency, have limited literacy, or are of any racial or ethnic minority background.  Use the findings of such evaluation to design strategies for more effective parent/guardian involvement.

◻o  If the school-wide program plan is not satisfactory to the parents/ guardians of participating children, submit any parents/guardians comments on the plan when the school makes the plan available to the Governing Board.

◻o  Provide status reports to the Governing Board and, periodically, request the Board's approval of the parental involvement compacts as they evolve.

◻o  Revise the applicable parental involvement compacts as necessary.



Master Document: IHBJ-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IHBJ-EA ©

EXHIBIT

INDIAN  EDUCATION

COMPLAINT PROCEDURES

The District will comply with the following as it applies to a complaint.

Contents of a complaint.  For purposes of these procedures, a complaint is a signed statement that includes:

A.  An allegation that the District has failed to:

1.  Establish adequate policies and procedures to ensure the participation of Indian parents and tribes in the education process;

2.  Adhere to these policies and procedures; or

3.  Take into consideration meaningful Indian input in designing the education program;

B.  Information that supports the allegation;

C.  A specific request for relief; and

D.  A statement describing what steps it has taken to resolve with the District the matters on which the complaint is based.

Who may file a complaint:

A.  Any tribe, or its designee, that has students attending a District school may, in its discretion and without regard to the requirements of any other provision of law, file a written complaint with the Assistant Secretary of the United States Department of the Interior regarding any action of the District pursuant to, or relevant to, the matters.

If a tribe files a complaint through a designee, the tribe shall acknowledge in writing in the complaint that the designee is authorized to act on its behalf.

B.  Parents of Indian children may not file a complaint directly with the Assistant Secretary.

These parents shall submit their grievances to the tribe or its designee, although neither the tribe nor its designee is obligated to file these grievances in a complaint with the Assistant Secretary.

C.  A complaint filed under these procedures need not reflect the views of a majority of the parents of Indian children attending the District schools.

Where to file a complaint.  The tribe may file a complaint with the Secretary of Education, United States Department of Education, Washington, DC 20202-6244.

When to file a complaint.  A tribe may file a complaint with the Assistant Secretary only if:

A.  The District has complied with the requirements; and

B.  The tribe has taken reasonable steps to resolve with the District the issues on which the complaint is based.

Receipt of a complaint by the Assistant Secretary.  The Assistant Secretary considers a complaint to have been received only after the Assistant Secretary determines that the complaint:

A.  Satisfies the requirements; and

B.  Is in writing and signed by a tribal official or the tribe's authorized designee.

Dismissal of a complaint:

A.  If the Assistant Secretary determines that a complaint fails to meet the requirements, the Assistant Secretary notifies the tribe or its designee that the complaint has been dismissed for purposes of invoking hearing procedures.

B.  Each notice that a complaint has been dismissed includes the reasons why the Assistant Secretary determined that the complaint did not meet the requirements.

C.  Notice that a complaint has been dismissed does not preclude other efforts to investigate or resolve the issues raised in the complaint, including the filing of an amended complaint.

Consolidation of complaints.  The Assistant Secretary may consolidate complaints involving the same tribe or District.

LEGAL REF.:
20 U.S.C. 1221



Master Document: IHBD-EB ©
Child Document: IHBD-EB ©

IHBD-EB © 

EXHIBIT

COMPENSATORY  EDUCATION

NOTICE TO PARENTS

Improving  Basic  Programs  Operated

by  Local  Educational  Agencies

At the beginning of each school year, a school or district that receives funds under this part shall notify the parents of each student attending any school receiving funds under this part that the parents may request, and the district will provide the parents on request, information regarding the professional qualifications of the student's classroom teachers, including, at a minimum, the following:  [20 U.S.C 6311(h)(6)(A)]

●  Whether

A.  Whether the teacher has met the State qualifications and licensing criteria for the grade levels and

subject areas

subject areas in which the teacher provides instruction.

●  Whether

B.  Whether the teacher is teaching under emergency or other provisional status.

●  The

C.  The teacher's baccalaureate degree major and any other graduate certifications or degrees.

●  Whether

D.  Whether paraprofessionals provide services to the student and, if so, their qualifications.

A school must provide to parents information on the level of achievement of the parent's child in each of the state academic assessments.  [20 U.S.C 6311(h)(6)(B)(i)]

A school must provide parents timely notice that the parent's child has been assigned, or has been taught for four (4) or more consecutive weeks by, a teacher who is not highly qualified.  [20 U.S.C 6311(h)(6)(B)(ii)]

Academic  Assessment  and  Local  Education 

Agency  and  School  Improvement

A school or district shall promptly provide to parents of each student enrolled in an elementary school or a secondary school identified for school improvement, corrective action or restructuring:  [20 U.S.C 6316(b)(6)]

●  An

A.  An explanation of what the identification means, and how the school compares in terms of

academic achievement

academic achievement to other district schools and the state educational agency;

●  The

B.  The reasons for the identification;

●  An

C.  An explanation of what the school identified for school improvement is doing to address the problem;

●  An

D.  An explanation of what the district or State educational agency is doing to help the school address

the achievement

the achievement problem;

●  An

E.  An explanation of how the parents can become involved in addressing the academic issues that caused

the school

the school to be identified for school improvement; and

●  An

F.  An explanation of the parents' option to transfer their child to another public school (with

transportation provided

transportation provided by the agency when required) or to obtain supplemental educational services for the child.

Whenever the school fails to make adequate yearly progress and/or is restructured, the district shall provide the teachers and parents with an adequate opportunity to comment and participate in developing a plan.  [20 U.S.C 6316(b)(8)(c)]

The district shall provide annual notice to parents of each student enrolled in an elementary school or a secondary school identified for school improvement under 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(1)(E)(i), for corrective action under 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(7)(C)(i), or for restructuring under 20 U.S.C. 6316(b)(8)(A)(i).:  [20 U.S.C. 6316(e)(2)(A)]

●  The

A.  The availability of supplemental education services;

●  The

B.  The identity of approved providers that are within the district or whose services are reasonably available

in neighboring

in neighboring districts; and

●  A

C.  A brief description of those services, qualifications, and demonstrated effectiveness of each such provider.

Parental  Involvement

Parents shall be notified of the parental involvement policy in an understandable and uniform format and, to the extent practicable, provided in a language the parents can understand. Such policy shall be made available to the local community and updated periodically to meet the changing needs of parents and the school.  [20 U.S.C 6318(b)]

Each school shall:  [20 U.S.C 6318(c)]

●  Convene

A.  Convene an annual meeting, at a convenient time, to which all parents of participating children shall be

invited and

invited and encouraged to attend, to inform parents of their school's participation, and to explain the requirements

of this

of this part, and the right of the parents to be involved;

●  Offer

B.  Offer a flexible number of meetings;

●  Involve

C.  Involve parents, in an organized, ongoing, and timely way, in the planning, review, and improvement

of programs

of programs including the planning, review, and improvements of the school parental involvement

policy and

policy and the joint development of the school-wide program plan under 20 U.S.C. 6314(b)(2);

●  Provide

D.  Provide parents of participating children:

■  Timely

1.  Timely information about programs under this part;

■  A

2.  A description and explanation of the curriculum in use at the school, the forms of academic

assessment used

assessment used to measure student progress, and the proficiency levels students are expected to meet; and

■  If

3.  If requested by parents, opportunities for regular meetings to formulate suggestions and to participate,

as

 as appropriate, in decisions relating to the education of their children, and respond to any

such suggestions

such suggestions as soon as practicably possible.

Voluntary  Public  School 

Choice  Program

The school or district shall provide to parents of students in the area to be served by the Voluntary Public School Choice program with prompt notice of:  [20 U.S.C. 7225d(a)(2)]

●  The

A.  The existence of the program;

●  The

B.  The program's availability; and

●  A

C.  A clear explanation of how the program will operate.



Master Document: IHBJ-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IHBJ-EB ©

EXHIBIT

INDIAN  EDUCATION

HEARING PROCEDURES

The District will comply with the following as it applies to a hearing.

Applicability of hearing procedures in these procedures.  These hearing procedures apply only to proceedings.

Applicability of other laws.  The following provisions do not apply to proceedings:

A.  Administrative Procedure Act.

B.  Federal Rules of Civil Procedure.

C.  Federal Rules of Evidence.

Parties to a hearing.  The parties to a hearing under this subpart are:

A.  The complaining tribe or tribes; and

B.  The affected District or Districts.

Notice.  Within ten (10) working days after receiving a complaint, the Assistant Secretary:

A.  Appoints a hearing examiner to conduct the hearing;

B.  Selects a time for the hearing so that the hearing occurs no more than thirty (30) days after the appointment of a hearing examiner;

C.  Designates a place for the hearing that is, to the extent possible:

1.  Near the District; or

2.  At another location convenient to the tribe and the District, if the Assistant Secretary determines there is a good cause to designate another location;

D.  Notifies the tribe and the District of the time, place, and nature of the hearing; and

E.  Sends copies of the complaint to the District and the tribe.

District's reply to the complaint.  Within fifteen (15) days after receiving the notice, the District shall file with the Assistant Secretary its reply to the charges in the complaint.

General procedural rules:

A.  Communications.  No party shall communicate orally or in writing with the hearing examiner or the Assistant Secretary on matters under review, except minor procedural matters, unless all parties to the complaint are given:

1.  Timely and adequate notice of the communication; and

2.  Reasonable opportunity to respond.

B.  Submission of documents.  For each document that a party submits, the party shall:

1.  File one (1) copy for inclusion in the record of the proceedings; and

2.  Provide a copy to each of the other parties to the proceedings.

C.  Record.  A record of the proceedings will be established and maintained by the Assistant Secretary.

Conduct of the hearing:

A.  Public hearing.  The hearing must be open to the public.

B.  Representation by counsel.  Parties may be represented by counsel.

C.  Evidence:

1.  Each party may submit oral and written testimony that is relevant to the issues in the proceedings.

2.  A party may object to evidence it considers to be irrelevant or unduly repetitious.

D.  Authority and responsibilities of the hearing examiner:

1.  The hearing examiner may regulate the course of the proceedings and the conduct of the parties during those proceedings.  The hearing examiner takes all steps necessary to conduct a fair and impartial proceeding, to avoid delay, and to maintain order, including the following:

a.  The hearing examiner may clarify, simplify, or define the issues or consider other matters that may aid in the disposition of the complaint.

b.  The hearing examiner may direct the parties to exchange relevant documents or information.

c.  The hearing examiner may receive, rule on, exclude, or limit evidence.

d.  Although hearings are open to the general public, the hearing examiner may establish reasonable rules governing public attendance at the proceedings.

e.  The hearing examiner may examine witnesses.

2.  The hearing examiner may interpret applicable statutes and regulations but may not waive them or rule on their validity.

E.  Transcripts: 

1.  The Assistant Secretary:

a.  Arranges for the preparation of a transcript of each hearing;

b.  Retains the original transcript as part of the record of the proceedings; and

c.  Provides one (1) copy of the transcript to each party.

2.  Additional copies of the transcript are available on request and with payment of the reporting service's reproduction fee.

F.  Hearing costs.  Each party shall bear only its own costs in the proceeding.

Opportunity to submit additional evidence:

A.  Each party may submit to the hearing examiner additional evidence that is relevant to the issues raised at the hearing.

B.  The hearing examiner must receive each party's additional evidence within ten (10) days after the hearing.

The hearing examiner's findings and recommendations.  Within thirty (30) days after the hearing, the hearing examiner:

A.  Makes, on the basis of the record, written findings of fact and recommendations concerning any appropriate remedial action that should be taken;

B.  Submits those findings and recommendations, along with the hearing record, to the Assistant Secretary; and

C.  Sends a copy of those findings and recommendations to each party.

Opportunity to comment on the hearing examiner's
findings and recommendations:

A.  Each party may file with the Assistant Secretary comments on the hearing examiner's findings and recommendations.

B.  The Assistant Secretary must receive each party's comments within ten (10) days after the party receives a copy of the hearing examiner's findings and recommendations.

The Assistant Secretary's final determination:

A.  Within thirty (30) days after receiving the hearing record and the hearing examiner's findings and recommendations, the Assistant Secretary makes, on the basis of the record, a written determination that includes:

1.  Any appropriate remedial action that the District must take;

2.  A schedule for completing any remedial action; and

3.  The reasons for the Assistant Secretary's decision.

B.  After completing such final determination, the Assistant Secretary sends the parties a copy of:

1.  The hearing record;

2.  The hearing examiner's findings and recommendations; and

3.  The Assistant Secretary's final determination.

C.  Judicial review of the Assistant Secretary's final determination.  If a party is dissatisfied with the Assistant Secretary's final determination, the party may seek judicial review before a court of competent jurisdiction.

Effects of noncompliance with the Assistant
Secretary's final determination:

A.  Determination of compliance:

1.  Undertaken the required remedial action; or

2.  Failed to undertake the remedial action within the time established and the Secretary determines that an extension of time will not effectively encourage the required remedial action.

B.  Withholding by the Secretary:

1.  Except as provided, if the Secretary determines that the District has failed to undertake the remedial action, the Secretary withholds payment of all funds to which the District is entitled until that remedial action is undertaken.

a.  The Secretary does not withhold funds if the tribe or its designee requests in writing that these funds be released to the District.

b.  The Secretary may not withhold funds during the course of the school year if the Secretary determines that a withholding would substantially disrupt the education programs of the District.

2.  If the District is aggrieved by the Secretary's action, the District may request a hearing.

C.  Election of alternative services by the tribe:

1.  If the Secretary determines that the District has failed to undertake the remedial action, the affected tribe may elect to:

a.  Contract with the Bureau of Indian Affairs under Title I of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act to provide educational services previously provided by the District; or

b.  Have a Bureau of Indian Affairs school provide those educational services.

2.  If the affected tribe exercises its option, any Indian students affiliated with that tribe who wish to remain in attendance at the District against whom the complaint was filed may be counted by the District for the purpose of receiving funds.

3.  If Indian students remain affiliated with the District:

a.  The Secretary may not withhold funds that are based on the number of Indian students who remain affiliated with the District; and

b.  The tribe may not file any further complaints with respect to these Indian students.

LEGAL REF.:
20 U.S.C. 240
20 U.S.C. 1221



Master Document: IHBE © BILINGUAL INSTRUCTION / NATIVE LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION
Child Document: IHBE BILINGUAL INSTRUCTION / NATIVE LANGUAGE INSTRUCTION

IHBE ©
BILINGUAL  INSTRUCTION / NATIVE
LANGUAGE  INSTRUCTION

Individual schools in which twenty (20) or more students of a given grade level receive parental exception waivers in accord with A.R.S. 15-753 shall offer classes teaching English and other subjects through bilingual education techniques or other generally recognized educational methodologies permitted by law.  Where these programs are not available to students receiving parental exception waivers shall be permitted to transfer to a public school in which such a class is offered.

Prerequisites  for  Waiver  Requests

With prior written informed consent, provided on an annual basis, a student's parents or legal guardian may request a waiver from the application of A.R.S. 15-752 - being placed in an English language classroom.  In order to apply for a waiver the parents or guardian must:

●  Visit the school to apply for the waiver, and while at the school,

■  Be 1.  Be provided a full description of the educational materials to be used in the different educational program educational program choices, and

■  Be 2.  Be provided all the educational opportunities available to the child.

Parental  Exception  Waiver

A parental exception waiver may be applied for if the above prerequisites have been met and at least one (1) of the following applies:

A.  The student already

possess

possesses good English language skills, as measured by:

Oral evaluation or standardized tests of English vocabulary comprehension, reading, and writing, in which the student scores:

a.

●  The

 Approximately at or above the state average for the student's grade level, or

b.  At or above the fifth (5th) grade average, whichever is lower.

B.  The student is age ten (10) or older, and:

It is the informed belief of the school principal and educational staff that an alternate course of educational study would be better suited to the student's overall educational progress and rapid acquisition of basic English language skills.

C.  The student has special individual needs (physical and psychological needs above and beyond the lack of English proficiency).

1.  Any decision to issue a waiver based on special individual need is to be made subject to the examination, approval and authorizing signature of the Superintendent within, but not limited to, the following guidelines:

a.  The student has already been placed in an English language classroom for not less than thirty (30) calendar days during that school year.

b.  It is subsequently the informed belief of the school principal and educational staff that the child has such special and individual physical or psychological needs, above and beyond the lack of English proficiency, and an alternate course of educational study would be better suited to the student's overall educational development and rapid acquisition of English.

I.    A written description of not less than two hundred fifty (250) words documenting these special individual needs for the specific student must be provided and permanently added to the student's official school record.

II.   A special needs review has been completed by persons knowledgeable about the student, the student's school history, the student's special individual needs, the meaning of evaluation data, and the placement options.  The review shall be based upon the student's existing records, including academic, social, and behavioral records.

III.  The waiver application must contain the original authorizing signature of the

school principal.●  Teachers and

school principal.

c.  If the student has been determined to be a student with a disability under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act then all procedural safeguards including those relative to evaluation and the provision of free appropriate public education must be followed.

d.  If the student has been determined to be a student with a disability under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, evaluation and such accommodations as are necessary to provide a free appropriate public education shall be provided in accord with the act.

2.  Teachers and local school districts may reject waiver requests without explanation or legal consequence.

  The

 The existence of such special individual needs shall not compel issuance of a waiver.

3.  The parents shall be fully informed of their right to refuse to agree to a waiver for special individual needs.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures as necessary for implementation of this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
15-744
15-751
15-752
15-753
15-754
15-755
A.A.C. 
R7-2-310

CROSS REF.: 
IHAA - English Instruction
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
IHBA - Special Instructional Programs and Accommodations for Accommodations for Disabled Students



Master Document: IHBE-EA ©
Child Document: IHBE-EA ©

IHBE-EA ©

EXHIBIT

BILINGUAL  INSTRUCTION / NATIVE
LANGUAGE  INSTRUCTION

LIMITED ENGLISH PROFICIENT STUDENTS
REQUIRED NOTICE

Those eligible entities using funds provided under Chapter 70 - STRENGTHENING AND IMPROVEMENT OF ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS - Subchapter III - Language Instruction for Limited English Proficient and Immigrant Students shall provide the following notice.

●  As

A.  As required by 20 U.S.C 7012(a):  The school or district must inform a parent of a limited English

proficient child

proficient child identified for participation, or participating in, such a program of the reasons for their child

being identified

being identified, their child's level of English proficiency, instructional method, how their child's program will

meet their

meet their child's needs, how the program will help the child to learn English, exit requirements or expected

rate of

rate of transition, and information regarding parental rights.

●  As

B.  As required by 20 U.S.C 7012(b):  Each school or district using funds provided under this part to

provide a language

provide a language instruction educational program that has failed to make progress on the annual

measurable achievement

measurable achievement objectives described in section 3122 for any fiscal year for which part A is in effect,

shall separately

shall separately inform the parents of a child identified for participation in such a program, or participating

in such program

in such program, of such failure not later than thirty (30) days after such failure occurs.

●  As

C.  As required by 20 U.S.C 7012(e):  Each school or district shall implement an effective means of outreach

to parents

to parents of limited English proficient students to inform the parents regarding how they can be involved in

their children

their children's education, and be active participants in assisting their children to attain English proficiency,

achieve at

achieve at high levels in core academic subjects, and meet challenging state academic achievement standards

and state

and state academic content standards expected of all students. In addition, the outreach shall include holding,

and sending

 and sending notice of opportunities for, regular meetings for formulating and responding to

parent recommendations

parent recommendations.



Master Document: IHBE-EB ©
Child Document: IHBE-EB ©

IHBE-EB ©

EXHIBIT

BILINGUAL  INSTRUCTION / NATIVE
LANGUAGE  INSTRUCTION

REQUEST FOR PARENTAL EXCEPTION WAIVER

Student's name __________________________________________________
                          Last                                     First                                        M.I.

School ______________________   Current grade _____   Birth date _______

Home phone___________ Work phone__________ Message phone________

Parent or guardian's name _________________________________________
                                               Last                            First                            M.I.

Home address  __________________________________________________
                          Street                                  City                                         Zip

E-mail address  __________________________________________________

I, ____________________________________ the undersigned parent /legal guardian of the above student, visited the school and while present was provided with a full description of the education materials to be used in different educational program choices, and a full description of all the educational opportunities available to my child.  I herein request a waiver from the application of A.R.S. 15-752 - being placed in an English language classroom and consent to placement in a bilingual education/native language instruction program.

The reason for the request is that the above-named student: 

       ◻o   Possesses good English language skills.   
       ◻o   Is age ten (10) or older.  
       ◻o   Has special individual needs.   

The following (or attached) information is provided to assist in making a determination as to the granting of the waiver.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

____________________________________      ________________________
      Signature of Parent or Legal Guardian                               Date

FOR DISTRICT USE ONLY s* DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE

Date stamp _______________________________
                                         Filing Date

◻o  Approved          ◻ o  Denied  

Principal _________________________________     Date _______________

Superintendent ____________________________    Date  _______________
                         (Only required for special individual needs)



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IHBB-R

IHBB-R  

REGULATION

GIFTED  AND  TALENTED  EDUCATION

The following two (2) types of programs may be offered through the Gifted and Talented Education Program:

●  Professional Internship.  This program is an off campus experience for development of career awareness.  The student works in field related to an identified interest, using the student's aptitude and skills as well as participating in a one (1)-hour seminar each week, which will include a variety of career and life development activities.

●  Independent Study provides an opportunity for students to develop their talents further by study in one (1) or more areas.

The schools in the District have a comprehensive program including advanced placement and honors courses in many subject areas and thus meet the educational needs and interests of their gifted and talented students.  Articulating in the discipline areas such as math, music, or art by advanced placement into high school subjects has been most appropriate.  Extracurricular activities such as music, drama, athletics, student government, and clubs also provide additional opportunities for gifted and talented students.



Master Document: IHBF © HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION
Child Document: IHBF © HOMEBOUND INSTRUCTION

IHBF ©
HOMEBOUND  INSTRUCTION

"Homebound" or "hospitalized" means a student who is capable of profiting from academic instruction but is unable to attend school due to illness, disease, accident or other health conditions, who has been examined by a competent medical doctor and who is certified by that doctor as being unable to attend regular classes for a period of not less than three (3) school months or a pupil who is capable of profiting from academic instruction but is unable to attend school regularly due to chronic or acute health problems, who has been examined by a competent medical doctor and who is certified by that doctor as being unable to attend regular classes for intermittent periods of time totaling three (3) school months during a school year.  Homebound or hospitalized includes a student who is unable to attend school for a period of less than three (3) months due to a pregnancy if a competent medical doctor, after an examination, certifies that the student is unable to attend regular classes due to risk to the pregnancy or to the student's health.

Requests for homebound instruction must be made to the school office and shall include medical certification stating the general medical condition, such as illness, disease or chronic health condition, that is the reason the student is unable to attend school.  Homebound instruction must be provided a minimum of four (4) hours per week by teachers with the same certification as the regular classroom teacher.  Full-time attendance may be counted for each day during a week in which the student receives at least four (4) hours of instruction.  Classroom teachers are expected to work with the teachers of homebound students concerning materials to be covered in order that each homebound student may rejoin the class upon return to school.  For students who are eligible for special education and related services, in accordance with the IDEA, who also qualify for homebound instruction, the individualized education program (IEP) team must convene to discuss how the provision of free appropriate public education will be provided.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-769
15-901
A.A.C. 
R7-2-607

CROSS REF.: 
JHD - Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance



Master Document: IHBHD © ONLINE / CONCURRENT / CORRESPONDENCE COURSES
Child Document: IHBHD © ONLINE / CONCURRENT / CORRESPONDENCE COURSES

IHBHD ©
ONLINE / CONCURRENT /
CORRESPONDENCE  COURSES

Arizona  Online  Instruction

Arizona online instruction (AOI) is a learning option for meeting the needs of students in the information age.  The District Governing Board may authorize student enrollment in AOI courses for credit to fulfill the academic requirements of the Governing Board and the State Board of Education (SBE).  The course(s) must be provided by an online course provider or an online school selected and approved by the SBE as defined by and in accordance with the criteria established in A.R.S. 15-808.

To satisfy District class and course standards, the course offerings and content must:

●  meet

A.  meet District and SBE academic standards for the identified student population,

●  provide

B.  provide at least the minimum course of study and competency requirements for graduation from high school,

based

 based on the current cohort year requirements, and

●  prepare

C.  prepare students for post-secondary success in the world of work, technical school, or college.

To receive credit towards promotion or graduation, a student participating in Arizona online instruction shall:

●  satisfactorily

A.  satisfactorily complete the course requirements,

●  participate

B.  participate in the testing requirements prescribed by A.R.S. 15-741 et seq., and

●  not

C.  not be allowed to participate in AOI if the student fails to comply with the testing requirements and

the online

the online instruction provider fails to administer the tests to at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the

students participating

students participating in the provider school's AOI.

Upon the student's enrollment in AOI, the student's parents or guardians shall be notified of the state testing requirements.

The District shall coordinate with the AOI provider the gathering, recording, maintenance and reporting of applicable information to the student's parents or guardians, District officials, and the appropriate agencies.

If a student's academic achievement declines while the student is participating in AOI, the student's parents or guardians, teachers and instructors, and the school's administrator shall confer to evaluate whether the student's continued participation in AOI should be allowed.

A student may participate in AOI as either a part-time or full-time student for membership and attendance purposes as prescribed by A.R.S. 15-808.  When the student is concurrently enrolled part-time in the District and participating part-time in AOI, daily attendance and membership of the student shall be recorded and reporting reported for funding apportionment purposes as specified by A.R.S. 15-808 and the Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR).

Whenever a student becomes ineligible for continuation in an AOI course or program, for whatever reason, the student shall be enrolled in a District course or courses appropriate to the student's academic qualifications.

The District may make application to the Arizona State Board of Education to become a provider of Arizona Online Instruction.

Adopted:  January 8, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-341
15-701
15-701.01
15-741
15-802
15-808
15-901
A.A.C. 
R7-2-301

R7-2-302

R7-2-302.01

R7-2-302.02

R7-2-302.03

R7-2-302.04

USFR Memorandum No. 244

CROSS REF.: 
DI - Fiscal Accounting and Reporting
IHA - Basic Instructional Program
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction
IKE - Promotion , and Retention , and Acceleration of Students
IKF - Graduation Requirements
JE - Student Attendance
JR - Student Records



Master Document: IHBHD-R ©
Child Document: IHBHD-R ©

IHBHD-R ©

REGULATION

ONLINE / CONCURRENT /
CORRESPONDENCE  COURSES

Arizona  Online  Instruction

A student or the student's parents or guardians may apply to the student's school administrator for part-time concurrent or full-time enrollment in an Arizona online instruction (AOI) program.

The student's school administrator shall confer with the student and the student's parents or guardians to:

●  explore A.  explore the student's interest in and understanding of the AOI program,

●  describe B.  describe the AOI course or program provider's requirements of the student, and

●  explain C.  explain the state testing requirements for the student's participation in AOI, as well as the additional testing situations testing situations that might result in the student's loss of eligibility to continue in AOI.

The school's administrator, or a person designated by the administrator, shall monitor the student's performance and progress in the AOI course or program of study.  Periodic reports to the student's parents or guardians shall be made at the same time and in the same manner as those for District students of like classification not participating in the AOI.

If a determination is made that the student's academic achievement has declined while the student is participating in AOI, the student's parents or guardians, teacher(s) and instructor(s), and the school's administrator shall confer to evaluate whether the student's continued participation in AOI should be allowed.  When a student's decline in academic achievement, or for any other reasons, results in the student becoming ineligible to continue participation in AOI, the student shall be placed in a school class or course commensurate with the student's academic level and AOI program of study, or as nearly equivalent as is practical.

The school's administrator shall cooperate with the AOI provider as necessary to accommodate on-site assistance to special need students participating in AOI courses or programs.

The school's administrator shall ensure that the daily attendance and membership of each student participating in AOI is recorded, maintained, and reported as required by law.



Master Document: IHBJ-R ©
Child Document: IHBJ-R ©

IHBJ-R ©

REGULATION

INDIAN  EDUCATION

Tribal officials and parents of Indian students shall have the opportunity to comment on the participation of Indian students pursuant to Policies ABA, AC, AD, BEDBA, and BEDH.  Further, the District will schedule at least three (3) meetings each year for the specific purpose of receiving input on issues relating to provisions of the Special Impact Aid Act, in order to better serve the needs of the students affected by this act.  The meetings will be held in one (1) of the schools or the central administration building, normally beginning at 7:00 - 7:30 p.m.  Minutes will be taken and assessed in order to modify policies and procedures as appropriate, based on input received at these meetings, such that the students are better served.

The District will also assess the extent to which Indian students participate on an equal basis in the District and will, if needed, modify its educational program to allow Indian students to participate on an equal basis.

The District will disseminate evaluations of educational programs assisted with funds provided under the act, including any program plans that the District intends to initiate or eliminate.

The District will annually review Policy IHBJ to ensure that it meets all minimum standards and continues to provide for an adequate level of Indian participation.  If needed, the District will amend or modify policies and procedures to conform with appropriate requirements.

The District will respond annually in writing to comments and recommendations made by tribal officials and parents of Indian children, and disseminate the response prior to the submission of Indian Policies and Procedures.

Any amended policies or procedures shall be provided to the secretary and to the affected tribe(s).



Master Document: IHCA © SUMMER SCHOOL
Child Document: IHCA SUMMER SCHOOL

IHCA ©
SUMMER  SCHOOL

A special summer session of school may be held during the summer months on a tuition basis if there is sufficient enrollment of students to make the session financially self-sustaining. The session may be open to resident and non-resident students.if deemed necessary.

The Superintendent shall invite suggestions from staff members, students, and the school community to determine what areas of the curriculum shall be included in the summer session.

Remuneration for teaching during the summer session shall be established by the Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-881
15-1141
15-1142
15-1143



Master Document: IIB © CLASS SIZE
Child Document: IIB CLASS SIZE

IIB ©
CLASS  SIZE

Regular  Education

The teacher-student ratio for staffing in the District is the responsibility of the Board.  Staffing patterns and student grouping shall be flexible so as to accommodate varied instructional delivery approaches, student needs, curriculum requirements, and fiscal resources.  Each year the Superintendent will make staffing recommendations during the budget review and preparation process.

Special  Education

It is the intent of the District to maintain a special education student-teacher ratio that will allow the teacher to work effectively and efficiently toward the individualized education program (IEP) objectives of each student with a disability and to work with classroom teachers to prevent learning problems whenever possible.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342
15-764

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs



Master Document: IIB-R ©
Child Document: IIB-R

IIB-R ©

REGULATION

CLASS  SIZE

(Special Education)

Teacher-Student  Ratios  and
Staff- Student  Student Ratios

It is the intent of the District to maintain a special education teacher-student ratio that will allow the teacher to work effectively and efficiently toward the individualized education program (IEP) objectives of each student with a disability and to work with classroom teachers to prevent learning problems whenever possible.

The goals for teacher-student ratios shall be as follows:

CATEGORY                                                        GOALSpecialized Instructional

     Classes (cross categorical)    1.0 FTE teacher                                               12 - 16 students with disabilities

                                                                            per class period

                                                                            25 - 30 per case management load

Speech/Language resource

   1.0 FTE teacher                                               65 - 80 per case management load

     Teacher for Hearing/Vision

                                                                            8 - 12 students per case 

   GOAL

Resource

    1.0 FTE teacher

    (average)                                       12 - 15 students with disabilities

Speech/language resource

    1.0 FTE teacher

    (average)                                       40 - 50 direct service students

                                                                         management load(approximately 75% students with

                                                                            25 - 28 hours direct service time

                                                                            per week

Self Contained:

Mild Intellectual Disabilities

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        12 - 17 students

   1.0 FTE instructional aide

Moderate Intellectual Disabilities

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        12 - 17 students

   2.0 FTE instructional aide

Severe or Profound Intellectual

     Disabilities

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        2 - 4 students

   1.0 FTE instructional aide

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        4 - 7 students

   2.0 FTE instructional aide

1.0 FTE teacher and                                           8 - 10 students

     3.0 FTE instructional aide

Multiple Disabilities/

     Medically Fragile

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        2 - 4 students

   1.0 FTE instructional aide

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        4 - 7 students

   2.0 FTE instructional aide

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        8 - 10 students

   3.0 FTE instructional aide

Emotional/Behavioral Disabilities

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        10 - 12students

   1.0 FTE instructional aide

Autism Spectrum/Sensory

     Communication Integration

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        6 - 8 students

   2.0 FTE instructional aide

   1.0 FTE teacher and                                        8 - 12 students

   3.0 FTE instructional aide disabilities and 25% remedial)

Resource itinerant for

   sensory, hearing, and

   vision impaired students

    (average)                                        5 - 12 students

Mild to moderate retardation

    1.0 FTE teacher and 1.0 fte aide

    (average)                                       7 - 9 students

Severe mental retardation

    1.0 FTE teacher and 1.0 fte aide

    (average)                                       2 - 4 students

If the number of students exceeds the goal for a class, acceptable alternatives may include, but are not limited to:

A.  Addition of a teacher's aide.

B.  Increasing an aide's hours.

C.  Reassigning students to a different teacher.

D.  Adding a teacher.

E.  Other adjustments acceptable to the Superintendent and the Board.

The administrator for special education shall make student assignments within the resources available, based upon the goals listed above.

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs



Master Document: IIE © STUDENT SCHEDULES AND COURSE LOADS
Child Document: IIE © STUDENT SCHEDULES AND COURSE LOADS

IIE ©
STUDENT  SCHEDULES 
AND  COURSE  LOADS

It shall be the responsibility of the principal, with the cooperation of assigned counselors, to assist students in the scheduling of classes.  All students in the high school except graduating seniors are required to enroll in six (6) _____ classes.  Graduating seniors will be required to enroll in a minimum of five (5) _____ classes.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: IJ © INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES AND MATERIALS
Child Document: IJ INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES AND MATERIALS

IJ ©
INSTRUCTIONAL  RESOURCES 
AND  MATERIALS

Supplies

All students in the elementary (K-8) schools will have required textbooks and supplies furnished by the District.

The Governing Board shall furnish free required textbooks and related printed subject matter materials for high school students in grades nine (9) through twelve (12).

A student or parent may purchase, at the price paid for the books, such books as are necessary for high school students.  Students and their parents shall be held responsible for proper care of books and school property.  Books must be kept clean and unmarked.  Parents may be required to pay for any damage to school property.

The Superintendent is authorized to establish a replacement-fee schedule and make it available to students, staff members, and parents.  Students and parents will be advised of this replacement-cost policy upon enrollment or at the beginning of each school year.

The District shall obtain signed, written consent from a student's parent or guardian before using video, audio or electronic materials that may be inappropriate for the age of the student.

Access  to  Instructional  Material 

by  Parents  and  Guardians

The Superintendent shall establish procedures that permit parents or guardians of students enrolled in the District to have advance access to the instructional materials, learning materials and activities currently used by, or being considered for use by, the District in accordance with the terms of this policy.  A parent who objects to any learning material or activity on the basis that the material or activity is harmful, because of sexual content, violent content, or profane or vulgar language, may request to withdraw that student from the activity or from the class or program in which the material is used and request an alternative assignment.

The request by the parent or guardian must be in writing and must specify the materials that the parent or guardian wishes to review.

Such procedures shall make available at least one (1) copy of the instructional materials for review by the parents or guardians.  Printed textbooks, printed supplementary books, and printed subject-matter materials may be checked out from the District premises by parents or guardians for periods not to exceed forty-eight (48) hours.  All other materials, including films, may be reviewed only on the District premises.

Parents or guardians will be notified when and where the instructional materials may be picked up or reviewed.  Materials will be made available on a first-come, first-served basis.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-102

15-113

15-341

15-342

15-721 to 15-730

CROSS REF.: 
ABA - Community Involvement in Education
IJND - Technology Resources

KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: IJ-R ©
Child Document: IJ-R ©

IJ-R ©

REGULATION

INSTRUCTIONAL  RESOURCES 
AND  MATERIALS

Availability  of  and  Access  to  Instructional 
Materials  by  Parents  or  Guardians

Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the District shall have access in advance to instructional materials, learning materials and activities currently in use, or being considered for use, in the District.  Such access shall be governed by the following:

●  Requests

A.  Requests must be in writing and must specify the materials that the parents or guardians want to review.

●  Requests

B.  Requests shall be submitted to the office of the

Associate Superintendent of Curriculum and Instruction.●  At

______________________.

C.  At least one (1) copy of such instructional materials shall be available for parent or guardian review.

●  Printed

D.  Printed textbooks, supplementary books, and other printed subject matter may be checked out for

removal from

removal from District premises for up to forty-eight (48) hours.  All other materials, including films, may be

reviewed only

reviewed only on District premises.

●  School

E.  School personnel involved in handling requests to review materials will notify the parents or guardians as

to when

to when and where such materials may be picked up or reviewed.

●  Materials

F.  Materials will be available on a first-come, first-served basis.

Objections  to  Learning  Materials 

and  Activities

A student whose parent or guardian objects to any learning material or activity may be withdrawn from the activity or from the class or program in which the material is used, providing:

●  The

A.  The objection is in writing and is specific in its description of the activity or learning material to

which the parent

which the parent or guardian objects.

●  The

B.  The objection includes a statement that the parent or guardian understands that the educational

information and

information and concepts covered in the activity or material may not be covered in any other manner or form and

that the parent

that the parent or guardian understands that the student may not be able to make up the material or activity

in any other

in any other way.

●  Although

C.  Although the student may be unable to make up for the missed activity or material, no penalty will accrue

to the

to the student in grades or credit, with the exception that, if the objection removes a student from a

substantial portion

substantial portion of a class, promotion and credit decisions will be based on applicable District policies.

●  All

D.  All such objections shall be directed to the principal of the school in which the student is enrolled, who

shall forward

shall forward a copy of the written objection to the Superintendent, indicating that the student has been

removed from

removed from the activity or stating the reason for nonremoval.

●  Upon

E.  Upon receiving a principal's recommendation for removal or nonremoval, the Superintendent will review

the situation

the situation and make a decision regarding the matter and communicate that decision to the parent or

guardian and

guardian and the principal.

●  Within

F.  Within ten (10) days after receiving notification of such decision from the Superintendent, the parent

or guardian

or guardian may request an appeal to the Board.



Master Document: IJJ © TEXTBOOK / SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION
Child Document: IJJ © TEXTBOOK / SUPPLEMENTARY MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION

IJJ ©
TEXTBOOK / SUPPLEMENTARY 
MATERIALS 
SELECTION  AND  ADOPTION

The Board will approve and adopt all new textbooks and supplementary books.  The Superintendent shall establish textbook selection procedures that shall provide for the appropriate involvement of staff members, students, and community members.  These procedures may provide for the establishment of textbook selection committees.  Recommendations from textbook selection committees will be forwarded to the Superintendent.

Textbooks and supplementary books for common schools recommended by textbook selection committees will be placed on display in the District office for a period of at least sixty (60) days prior to the meeting at which the Board will consider their adoption.

In recommending books, the committees will strive for continuity of textbooks throughout the different grades and use the same book series in all classes of the same grade.

Objectives  of  Selection

It is the responsibility of the school textbook committees to:

●  Recommend

A.  Recommend resources that will support and enrich the curriculum, taking into consideration the

varied interests

varied interests, abilities, learning styles, and maturity levels of students served.

●  Recommend

B.  Recommend resources that will stimulate growth in factual knowledge, critical analysis of differing sides

of issues

of issues, literary appreciation, aesthetic values, and recognition of various societal values.

●  Place

C.  Place principle above personal opinion and reason above prejudice in the recommendation of resources

of the highest

of the highest quality in order to assure a comprehensive collection of resources appropriate for the

complete education

complete education of all students.

The Superintendent will establish procedures for the purchase and distribution of all necessary textbooks, supplemental books, and other related instructional materials from the adopted list free of cost to students.

Removal  of  Textbooks/Supplementary 
Materials

Textbook selection committees may recommend to the Superintendent that certain previously adopted textbooks or supplementary materials be deleted from the Board-approved list.  Textbooks and supplementary materials will not be deleted without the approval of the Board.

Disposal  of  Learning  Materials

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to establish regulations for the disposal of surplus or outdated learning materials when it has been determined that the cost of selling such materials equals or exceeds estimated market value of the learning materials.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-342
15-721
15-722
15-726

CROSS REF.: 
DN - School Properties Disposition
IJL - Library Materials Selection and Adoption
KEC - Public Concerns/Complaints about Instructional Resources



Master Document: IJJ-R ©
Child Document: IJJ-R ©

IJJ-R ©

REGULATION

TEXTBOOK / SUPPLEMENTARY 
MATERIALS
SELECTION  AND  ADOPTION

(Criteria for Selection)

Textbook selection committees shall be guided by the following:

●  Resources

A.  Resources shall be recommended to support and enrich the school curriculum and to meet the

personal needs

personal needs of the students.

●  Resources

B.  Resources that are recommended shall be appropriate for the subject area and for the age,

emotional development

emotional development, ability level, learning styles, and social development of students for whom the

materials are

materials are selected.

●  Resources

C.  Resources that are recommended shall provide a background of information that will motivate students

to examine

to examine their own attitudes and behavior, to comprehend their duties, responsibilities, rights, and

privileges as

privileges as participating citizens in our society, and to make intelligent judgments in their daily lives.

●  Resources

D.  Resources that are recommended shall provide information on differing sides of issues so that users

may develop

may develop the practice of critical analysis.

●  Resources

E.  Resources shall be recommended for the atypical student as well as for the average student.

●  Resources

F.  Resources shall be recommended for their strengths rather than rejected for their weaknesses, and shall

be judged

be judged as a whole.

●  Recommendations

G.  Recommendations shall support and be consistent with general education goals of the District and goals

and objectives

and objectives of specific courses.



Master Document: IJL © LIBRARY MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION
Child Document: IJL © LIBRARY MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION

IJL ©
LIBRARY  MATERIALS 
SELECTION  AND  ADOPTION

The Superintendent shall annually recommend to the Board an expenditure level for the purchase of library books, materials, and electronic media.  The Superintendent shall approve the purchase of library books, materials, and electronic media that:

●  Enrich

A.  Enrich and support the curriculum, taking into consideration the varied interests, abilities, and maturity

levels of

levels of the students served.

●  Stimulate

B.  Stimulate growth in factual knowledge, literary appreciation, aesthetic values, and ethical standards.

●  Provide

C.  Provide a background of information that will enable students to make intelligent judgments in their daily lives.

●  Provide

D.  Provide materials representative of the many religious, ethnic, and cultural groups and their contributions

to our

to our American heritage.

●  Assure

E.  Assure a comprehensive collection appropriate for the users of the library.

●  Provide

F.  Provide a current, balanced collection of books, basic reference materials, texts, periodicals, and

audiovisual materials

audiovisual materials that depict in an accurate and unbiased way the cultural diversity and pluralistic nature of

American society

American society.

The Superintendent is authorized to establish a professional library for the use of the District staff.

The Superintendent will establish procedures for the removal of the following categories of books and other material from the library:

●  Damaged A.  Damaged materials.

●  Materials B.  Materials that no longer present current information.

●  Materials C.  Materials that no longer support the goals of the District.

●  Materials D.  Materials that have not been used frequently enough to justify the use of library space.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-362
15-721
15-722



Master Document: IJNDB-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IJNDB-E ©

EXHIBIT

USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES 
IN  INSTRUCTION

ELECTRONIC INFORMATION SERVICES
USER AGREEMENT

Details of the user agreement shall be discussed with each potential user of the electronic information services (EIS).  When the signed agreement is returned to the school, the user may be permitted use of EIS resources.

Terms  and  Conditions

Acceptable use.  Each user must:

A.  Use the EIS to support personal educational objectives consistent with the educational goals and objectives of the School District.

B.  Agree not to submit, publish, display, or retrieve any defamatory, inaccurate, abusive, obscene, profane, sexually oriented, threatening, racially offensive, or illegal material.

C.  Abide by all copyright and trademark laws and regulations.

D.  Not reveal home addresses, personal phone numbers or personally identifiable data unless authorized to do so by designated school authorities.

E.  Understand that electronic mail or direct electronic communication is not private and may be read and monitored by school employed persons.

F.  Not use the network in any way that would disrupt the use of the network by others.

G.  Not use the EIS for commercial purposes.

H.  Follow the District's code of conduct.

I.   Not attempt to harm, modify, add/or destroy software or hardware nor interfere with system security.

J.  Understand that inappropriate use may result in cancellation of permission to use the educational information services (EIS) and appropriate disciplinary action up to and including expulsion for students.

In addition, acceptable use for District employees is extended to include requirements to:

A.  Maintain supervision of students using the EIS.

B.  Agree to directly log on and supervise the account activity when allowing others to use District accounts.

C.  Take responsibility for assigned personal and District accounts, including password protection.

D.  Take all responsible precautions, including password maintenance and file and directory protection measures, to prevent the use of personal and District accounts and files by unauthorized persons.

Personal responsibility.  I will report any misuse of the EIS to the administration or system administrator, as is appropriate.

I understand that many services and products are available for a fee and acknowledge my personal responsibility for any expenses incurred without District authorization.

Network etiquette.  I am expected to abide by the generally acceptable rules of network etiquette.  Therefore, I will:

A.  Be polite and use appropriate language.  I will not send, or encourage others to send, abusive messages.

B.  Respect privacy.  I will not reveal any home addresses or personal phone numbers or personally identifiable information.

C.  Avoid disruptions.  I will not use the network in any way that would disrupt use of the systems by others.

D.  Observe the following considerations:

1.  Be brief.

2.  Strive to use correct spelling and make messages easy to understand.

3.  Use short and descriptive titles for articles.

4.  Post only to known groups or persons.

Services 

The School District specifically denies any responsibility for the accuracy of information.  While the District will make an effort to ensure access to proper materials, the user has the ultimate responsibility for how the electronic information services (EIS) is used and bears the risk of reliance on the information obtained.

I have read and agree to abide by the School District policy and regulations on appropriate use of the electronic information system, as incorporated herein by reference.

I understand and will abide by the provisions and conditions indicated.  I understand that any violations of the above terms and conditions may result in disciplinary action and the revocation of my use of information services.

Name _________________________________________________________
 

Signature ________________________________    Date ________________
                               (Student or employee)

School __________________________________    Grade (if a student) ____
                Note that this agreement applies to both students and employees.

The user agreement of a student who is a minor must also have the signature of a parent or guardian who has read and will uphold this agreement.

Parent  or  Guardian  Cosigner

As the parent or guardian of the above named student, I have read this agreement and understand it.  I understand that it is impossible for the School District to restrict access to all controversial materials, and I will not hold the District responsible for materials acquired by use of the electronic information services (EIS).  I also agree to report any misuse of the EIS to a School District administrator.  (Misuse may come in many forms but can be viewed as any messages sent or received that indicate or suggest pornography, unethical or illegal solicitation, racism, sexism, inappropriate language, or other issues described in the agreement.)

I accept full responsibility for supervision if, and when, my child's use of the EIS is not in a school setting.  I hereby give my permission to have my child use the electronic information services.


Parent or Guardian Name (print) ____________________________________


Signature ____________________________________    Date ____________



Master Document: IJL-R ©
Child Document: IJL-R ©

IJL-R ©

REGULATION

LIBRARY  MATERIALS
SELECTION  AND  ADOPTION

The following standards shall be used in the selection of library books, materials, and electronic media:

●  Materials

A.  Materials and media that widen the boundaries of the students' thinking, that enrich their lives and help

them fulfill

them fulfill their recreational and emotional needs.

●  Materials

B.  Materials and media that have imaginative appeal and a style that is interesting and free from monotony.

●  Materials

C.  Materials and media that stimulate the imagination, provide for mental growth, develop a taste for

good writing

good writing, and draw attention to the beautiful and artistic.

●  Books

D.  Books and media that provide pleasurable reading for the reader's sake.

●  Books

E.  Books and media that are illustrated in a manner that complements the text, have quality art, and are

suitable for

suitable for the intended readers.

●  Materials

F.  Materials and media that adequately cover a wide range of reading ability.



Master Document: IJM © SPECIAL - INTEREST MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION
Child Document: IJM © SPECIAL - INTEREST MATERIALS SELECTION AND ADOPTION

IJM ©
SPECIAL - INTEREST  MATERIALS 
SELECTION  AND  ADOPTION

Commercial organizations offer a variety of materials for use by teachers in the classroom.  Many of these materials are of high educational value, with little or no advertising emphasis.  Other materials are primarily advertising and have only limited educational value.

In general, supplementary materials (printed materials, models, films, slides, pictures, charts, exhibits for educational purposes, et cetera) from nonschool sources should have approval by the principal.  This approval may be given to materials that are of obvious educational quality, supplement and enrich text and reference book materials, are timely and up to date, and promote American democratic ideals and moral values.

Students may not be used as the agents for distributing nonschool materials to the homes.  The Superintendent shall be the final judge of whether or not such materials shall be utilized with students and will establish necessary procedures for their evaluation, approval, and use.

Adopted:  January 8, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-535



Master Document: IJNC © RESOURCE CENTERS / MEDIA CENTERS / SCHOOL LIBRARIES
Child Document: IJNC © RESOURCE CENTERS / MEDIA CENTERS / SCHOOL LIBRARIES

IJNC ©
RESOURCE  CENTERS / MEDIA 
CENTERS / SCHOOL  LIBRARIES

Media center Library facilities are considered of the utmost importance to the students and should be designed, to the extent possible, to accommodate:

●  A.  A comprehensive collection of instructional materials selected to meet the needs of the students.

●  Maximum B.  Maximum accessibility to these materials.●  A

C.  A place for materials that will support the curriculum, taking into consideration the individual student's

needs and

needs and the varied interests, abilities, socioeconomic backgrounds, and maturity levels of all of the students.

●  A

D.  A place for materials for teachers and students to encourage growth in knowledge, which will develop literary,

cultural

 cultural, and aesthetic appreciation and ethical standards.

E.  The allotment of space for an adequate professional library.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-362 41-1354



Master Document: IJND © TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES
Child Document: IJND © TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES

IJND ©
TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES

(Movies/Videos/Electronic Materials)

It is the policy of the District that there is educational value in utilizing movies and videos in classrooms only when such movies and videos extend and/or reinforce the concepts being taught and have been planned for in advance.  Parents or guardians of students enrolled in the District shall have access in advance to instructional materials, learning materials and activities currently in use, or being considered for use, in the District.

The District shall obtain signed, written consent from a student's parent or guardian before using video, audio or electronic materials that may be inappropriate for the age of the student.

The Superintendent shall develop regulations governing the use of movies/videos in the classroom.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-113

15-341

CROSS REF.: 

IJ - Instructional Resources and Materials

IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction

KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: IJND-R ©
Child Document: IJND-R

IJND-R ©

REGULATION

TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES

(Movies/Videos/Electronic Materials)

Movies, videos and videos electronic materials with ratings more restrictive than PG-13 other than for general audiences of all ages are not to be shown in classrooms or at any District facility (this includes buses and motels where students are present) except when all of the following criteria have been met:

●  The movie or video

A.  The movie, video or electronic material has been previewed by the teacher or other certificated staff member.

●  The movie or video

B.  The movie, video or electronic material has been determined to not contain material that is objectionable

or inappropriate

or inappropriate for the age group to which it is intended to be shown.

●  The

C.  The responsible school administrator has approved the use of the movie, video or

video

electronic material prior

to its

to its showing.

●  The

D.  The teacher or other certificated staff member has provided advance notification to each student's parent(s),

or

 or other responsible adult, of the title of the movie, video or

video

electronic material and the date on which it

will be

will be shown.

●  A

E.  When a movie, video or electronic material has a rating the above advance notification will include the rating and the source providing the rating.

F.  A student whose parent(s) or other responsible adult has provided notice of their disapproval will not

be permitted

be permitted to view the movie, video or

video

electronic material.

Parents or guardians have the right to have advance access to instructional materials, learning materials and activities currently in use, or being considered for use, in the District.

Parents have the right to request that their child not view any movie or video, regardless of its rating or the purpose for which it is to be shown.

A parent or guardian who objects to any learning material or activity on the basis that it is harmful includes objection to a material or activity because it questions beliefs or practices in sex, morality, or religion or, because of sexual content, violent content, or profane or vulgar language, may request to withdraw that student from the activity or from the class or program in which the material is used and request an alternative assignment.



Master Document: IJNDB © USE OF TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES IN INSTRUCTION
Child Document: IJNDB © USE OF TECHNOLOGY RESOURCES IN INSTRUCTION

IJNDB ©
USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES 
IN  INSTRUCTION

Appropriate  use  of  Electronic
Information  Services

The District may provide electronic information services (EIS) to qualified students, teachers, and other personnel who attend or who are employed by the District.  Electronic information services include networks (e.g., LAN, WAN, Internet), databases, and any computer-accessible source of information, whether from hard drives, tapes, compact disks (CDs), portable drivesfloppy disks, or other electronic sources.  The use of the services shall be in support of education, research, and the educational goals of the District.  To assure that the EIS is used in an appropriate manner and for the educational purposes intended, the District will require anyone who uses the EIS to follow its guidelines and procedures for appropriate use.  Anyone who misuses, abuses, or chooses not to follow the EIS guidelines and procedures will be denied access to the District's EIS and may be subject to disciplinary and/or legal action.

The Superintendent shall determine steps, including the use of an Internet filtering mechanism, that must be taken to promote the safety and security of the use of the District's online computer network when using electronic mail, chat rooms, instant messaging, and other forms of direct electronic communications.  Technology protection measures shall protect against Internet access by both adults and minors to visual depictions that are obscene, pornographic child pornography or, with respect to use of computers by minors, harmful to minors.  Safety and security mechanisms shall include online monitoring activities.

As required by the Children's Internet Protection Act, the prevention of inappropriate network usage includes unauthorized access, including "hacking," and other unlawful activities/; unauthorized disclosure, use and dissemination of personal identification information regarding minors.

It is the policy of the Board to:

●  prevent

A.  prevent user access over the District's computer network, or transmissions of, inappropriate material

via Internet

via Internet, electronic mail, or other forms of direct electronic communications;

●  prevent

B.  prevent unauthorized access and other unlawful online activity;

●  prevent

C.  prevent unauthorized online disclosure, use, or dissemination of personal identification information of minors;

and●  comply

 and

D.  comply with the Children's Internet Protection Act [P.L. No. 106-554 and

47USC

47 U.S.C. 254(h)].

The student acceptable use of electronic information services shall be included in the student handbook and requires parent/guardian signature on the school affidavit.  Employees must be provided with the employee acceptable use of electronic services document. 

Each user will be required to sign an EIS user's agreement.  The District may log the use of all systems and monitor all system utilization.  Accounts may be closed and files may be deleted at any time.  The District is not responsible for any service interruptions, changes, or consequences.  The District reserves the right to establish rules and regulations as necessary for the efficient operation of the electronic information services.

The District does not assume liability for information retrieved via EIS, nor does it assume any liability for any information lost, damaged, or unavailable due to technical or other difficulties.

Filtering  and  Internet  Safety

As required by the Children's Internet Protection Act, the District shall provide for technology protection measures that protect against Internet access by both adults and minors to visual depictions that are obscene,

pornographic

child pornography, or, with respect to use of the computers by students, harmful to students.  The protective measures shall also include monitoring the online activities of students.

Limits, controls, and prohibitions shall be placed on student:

●  Access

A.  Access to inappropriate matter.

●  Safety

B.  Safety and security in direct electronic communications.

●  Unauthorized

C.  Unauthorized online access or activities.

●  Unauthorized

D.  Unauthorized disclosure, use and dissemination of personal information.

Education,  Supervision  and

Monitoring

It shall be the responsibility of all District employees to be knowledgeable of the Board's policies and administrative guidelines and procedures.  Further, it shall be the responsibility of all employees, to the extent prudent to an individual's assignment to educate, supervise, and monitor appropriate usage of the online computer network and access to the Internet in accordance with this policy, the Children's Internet Protection Act, and the Protecting Children in the 21st Century Act.

The Superintendent shall provide for appropriate training for District employees and for students who use the District's computer network and have access to the

internet

Internet.  Training provided shall be designed to promote the District's commitment to:

●  the

A.  the standards and acceptable use of the District's network and Internet services as set forth in District policy;

●  student

B.  student safety in regards to use of the Internet, appropriate behavior while using, but not limited to,

such things

such things as social networking Web sites, online opportunities and chat rooms

, and cyber bullying awareness and

; and cyberbullying awareness and response; and compliance with E-rate requirements of the Children's Internet Protection Act.

While training will be subsequently provided to employees under this policy, the requirements of the policy are effective immediately.  Employees will be held to strict compliance with the requirements of the policy and the accompanying regulation, regardless of whether training has been given.

The Superintendent is responsible for the implementation of this policy (continued) and for establishing and enforcing the District's electronic information services guidelines and procedures for appropriate technology protection measures (filters), monitoring, and use.

Adopted: October 3, 2012 date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2316
13-3506.01
13-3509
15-341
34-501
34-502
20 U.S.C. 9134, The Children's Internet Protection Act
47 U.S.C. 254, Communications Act of 1934 (The Children's

     Internet Protection Act)



Master Document: IJNDB-R ©
Child Document: IJNDB-R

IJNDB-R ©

REGULATION

USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES 
IN  INSTRUCTION

(Safety and use of Electronic
Information Services)

Use of the electronic information services (EIS) requires that the use of the resources be in accordance with the following guidelines and support the education, research, and educational goals of the District.  Filtering, monitoring, and access controls shall be established to:

●  Limit

A.  Limit access by

students

minors to inappropriate matter on the Internet and World Wide Web.

●  Monitor

B.  Monitor the safety and security of

students

minors when using electronic mail, chat rooms, and other forms of

direct electronic

direct electronic communications.

●  Monitor

C.  Monitor for unauthorized access, including so-called "hacking," and other unlawful activities by

students

minors online.

●  Restrict

D.  Restrict access by

students

minors to materials harmful to

students

minors.

Content  Filtering

A content filtering program or similar technology shall be used on the networked electronic information services (EIS) as well as on standalone computers capable of District authorized access to the Internet.  The technology shall at a minimum limit access to obscene, profane, sexually oriented, harmful, or illegal materials.  Should a District adult employee have a legitimate need to obtain information from an access-limited site, the Superintendent may authorize, on a limited basis, access for the necessary purpose specified by the employee's request to be granted access.

Education,  Supervision,  and

Monitoring

It is the responsibility of all District employees to be knowledgeable of the Board's policy and administrative regulations and procedures related to the use of technology resources.  Employees are further responsible, to the extent prudent to an individual's assignment, to educate, supervise, and monitor student use of the District's online computer network use.  District, department, and school administrators shall provide employees with appropriate in-servicing and assist employees with the implementation of Policy IJNDB.

As a means of providing safety and security in direct electronic communications and to prevent abuses to the appropriate use of electronic equipment, all computer access to the Internet through the District electronic information services (EIS) or standalone connection shall be monitored periodically or randomly through in-use monitoring or review of usage logs.

Access  Control

Individual access to the EIS shall be by authorization only.  Designated personnel may provide authorization to students and staff who have completed and returned an electronic information services user agreement.  The Superintendent may give authorization to other persons to use the EIS.

Acceptable  Use

Prohibited and unacceptable uses include, but are not limited to:

●  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material considered

Each user of the EIS shall:

A.  Use the EIS to support personal educational objectives consistent with the educational goals and objectives of the School District.

B.  Agree not to submit, publish, display, or retrieve any defamatory, inaccurate, abusive, obscene, profane,

sexually

 sexually oriented, threatening, racially offensive, or illegal

.

●  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any materials in violation of any federal or state laws and/or District policies.  Some examples are copyrighted material protected by trade secret.

●  Commercial activities by for-profit institutions.

●  Use for political lobbying.

●  Any use which shall serve to

material.

C.  Abide by all copyright and trademark laws and regulations.

D.  Not reveal home addresses, personal phone numbers or personally identifiable data unless authorized to do so by designated school authorities.

E.  Understand that electronic mail or direct electronic communication is not private and may be read and monitored by school employed persons.

F.  Not use the network in any way that would disrupt the use of the network by

other users

others.

●  Any use of another user's account.

●  Allowing another user to use your account or passwords.

●  Attaching any device to the network without approval.

●  Installation of software.

●  Attempts

G.  Not use the EIS for commercial purposes.

H.  Follow the District's code of conduct.

I.   Not attempt to harm, modify, add, or destroy

data,

software or hardware nor interfere with system security

or monitoring.

.

J.  Understand that inappropriate use may result in cancellation of permission to use the electronic information services (EIS) and appropriate disciplinary action up to and including expulsion for students.

In addition, acceptable use for District employees is extended to include requirements to:

●  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material considered defamatory, inaccurate, abusive, obscene, profane, sexually oriented, threatening, racially offensive, or illegal.

●  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any materials in violation of any federal or state laws and/or District policies.  Some examples are copyrighted material protected by trade secret.

●  Commercial activities by for-profit institutions.

●  Use for political lobbying.

●  Any use which shall serve to disrupt the use of the network by other users.

●  Any use of another user's account.

●  Allowing another user to use your account or passwords.

●  Attaching any device to the network without approval of the IT Coordinator.

●  Installation of non-District supported software.

●  Attempts to harm, modify, or destroy data, software or hardware nor interfere with system security or monitoring.

●  Personal use of social networking sites or services.

●  Creation or use of any non-District technology resource (i.e., websites, blogs, chat rooms, surveys, et cetera) for District or school purposes without express consent from District office administration.

A.  Maintain supervision of students using the EIS.

B.  Agree to directly log on and supervise the account activity when allowing others to use District accounts.

C.  Take responsibility for assigned personal and District accounts, including password protection.

D.  Take all responsible precautions, including password maintenance and file and directory protection measures, to prevent the use of personal and District accounts and files by unauthorized persons.

Each user will be required to sign an EIS user agreement.  A user who violates the provisions of the agreement will be denied access to the information services and may be subject to disciplinary action

up to and including expulsion of students or termination for employees

.  Accounts may be closed and files may be deleted at any time.  The District is not responsible for any service interruptions, changes, or consequences.

Details of the user agreement shall be

provided to

discussed with each potential user of the electronic information services.  When the signed agreement is returned to the school, the user may be permitted use of EIS resources through school equipment.



Master Document: IKAA-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IKAA-R ©

REGULATION

TESTS  AND  EXAMINATIONS

Principals will develop testing schedules for their schools.  Such schedules will then be reported to the Superintendent.



Master Document: IJNDBA © WEBSITE ACCESSIBILITY
Child Document: IJNDBA © WEBSITE ACCESSIBILITY

IJNDBA ©
WEBSITE  ACCESSIBILITY

(W3C/WAI's Web Content Accessibility Guidelines)

The District is committed to ensuring accessibility of its website for students, parents, and members of the community with disabilities.  All pages on the District's website will conform to the W3C/WAI's Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0, Level AA conformance, or updated equivalents of these guidelines. 

                    https://www.section508.gov/content/learn/laws-and-policies

The Superintendent will establish procedures whereby students, parents, and members of the public may present a complaint regarding a violation of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Section 504 and Title II related to the accessibility of any official District web presence which is developed by, maintained by, or offered through the District or third party vendors and open sources.

A Website Accessibility Concerns/Complaints form related to the accessibility of websites developed or maintained by the District is available at each school and at the District office.  The form includes identification information, date, description of the problem, location of the inaccessible site, and the solution suggested.

The concern or complaint may be made verbally, by e-mail, in writing or by completing the form provided by the District.  All such communications will be forwarded to a staff member or consultant designated by the Superintendent.

Each concern or complaint will be processed and the person initiating the communication will receive a timely response, including the provision of access to the website information requested.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
29 U.S.C. 794, Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504) (Section 508 as amended)
42 U.S.C. 2000, Civil Rights Act of 1964, Titles VI and VII
42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq., Americans with Disabilities Act

CROSS REF.:
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity
GBA - Equal Employment Opportunity
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: IJOA © FIELD TRIPS
Child Document: IJOA © FIELD TRIPS

IJOA ©
FIELD  TRIPS

(Field, Club, Activity Trips)

Trips Field trips must be planned within the context of the school program and must be appropriate for the age level, grade level, and curriculum.  Due to limitations imposed by local conditions, field trips may be limited by the Superintendent.  All field trips must be specifically approved by the Superintendent long enough in advance so that arrangements can be made prior to the trip.  Before any student is taken from the school grounds on a field trip, written permission must be obtained from the parents or legal guardians.  Transportation arrangements must be approved in advance.Longer shall be provided only by District vehicles, driven by authorized personnel.

In general, field trips shall be conducted within the normal school day and shall be limited to a distance of not more than ____ miles one way from the school.  Longer trips or overnight trips must have Governing Board approval.  The District will not sponsor, approve, support, or encourage field trips that do not meet the criteria outlined in this policy, unless the Board gives approval after a presentation justifying the specific need for the exception.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IJOA-R ©
Child Document: IJOA-R

IJOA-R ©

REGULATION

FIELD  TRIPS

(Field, Club, Activity Trips)

Types  of  Trips

Field Trip

A field trip provides an educational experience for students that cannot be provided through instruction in the classroom or on the school campus.  Each trip must furnish students with a learning experience of educational and subject- related value that directly correlates with the objective(s) of the class or program.  Transportation may be by District vehicles, dependent on availability, or, with the approval of the principal, by private vehicles.

Club Trip

A club trip is initiated, planned and organized by the club membership in order to meet the goals of the club.  Club trips must be scheduled at times other than during school hours.  Exceptions to this rule are specified in Section I.D. of the Administrative Guidelines for Student Travel.  Transportation may be by District vehicles, on a cost reimbursement basis, by common carrier charters, or with the approval of the principal, by private vehicles.  See Administrative Guidelines for further clarification on use of District vehicles.

Activity Trip

An activity trip is one in which students travel as representatives of the school for the purpose of performance and/or competition.  Transportation may be by District vehicles, dependent upon availability, or, with the approval of the principal, by private vehicles.

Trip Approvals:

●  All trips require prior approval of the school principal.

●  Trips of three (3) hours or less require only prior approval of the school principal.

●  Trips of more than three (3) hours and/or one (1)-day trips require prior approval of the Superintendent.

●  Trips out-of-state or overnight require prior approval of the Superintendent and the Governing Board.

●  Trips involving participation in tournaments and/or state-wide student convention activities authorized by the Arizona Interscholastic Association may be approved directly by the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee.

Chaperones

In all instances of overnight student travel, there must be at least one (1) chaperon for every ten (10) students.

Ditch  Days

The Glendale Union High School District prohibits student outings during any school day for purely recreational and social purposes.

It is important to consider the cost of student travel and the purpose before completing request forms.  The District supports events on its local campuses, within the local community, within the state, and some out-of-state trips.  Out-of-state trips fund-raising events should not deplete campus and local community resources.  Out-of-state trips fund-raising efforts should follow all local school guidelines and calendar.  Decisions about student travel will be made in the best interest of all students on campus; including the amount of time students spend on fund-raisers.

Student travel is planned.  Sponsors, building administrators and any approving groups must consider the following factors:

●  Nature of the experience.

●  Student time away from the regular program.

●  Demand on staff time.

●  Need for District transportation.

●  Financial demand on the students.

●  Financial demand on the community when donations are requested.

●  Cost to the District for substitutes.

●  Other costs to District organization or individual.

Clarification of Definitions:

●  Field Trip - A field trip is method of providing students an educational experience that cannot be provided in any other way.  The experience is directly related to the objective of the class, emanates from the class and involves students enrolled in that class.

■  Field trips should be planned as part of a total semester's work.

■  Field trips should be scheduled with no loss of school time when possible.

■  Field trips that cannot be scheduled outside the school day should be limited to one (1) day.

■  For field trips of unusually significant educational value such as Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC) cruises and "Close Up" and, where the outline of learning experiences clearly points to unique educational advantage, a maximum of five (5) days may be requested.

■  The special education, community-based curriculum requires field trips to enhance student education.  These trips should be scheduled in close proximity to the campus, in coordination with the availability of transportation and should not exceed three (3) trips per week.

●  Club Trip - A club trip is a trip which emanates from the club and serves the goals of the club.

■  Club trips should involve no loss of school time.

■  Transportation costs must be covered by members of the club.  District vehicles may be available.  See guidelines Use of District Vehicles.

●  Activity Trip - An activity trip is a trip for which the purpose of the travel is to officially represent the school in an activity (non-social and non-recreational) held off-campus.  (Teacher substitutes are provided on activity trips.)

■  Activity trips for state, regional, and national conventions may occur with a two (2) day maximum loss of school time.

■  State activities in music, journalism, speech, vocational clubs and sports will include those under the direction of  the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA) and the State Department of Education.

■  Community activity performances, that involve loss of school time, should be limited to no more than three (3) performances by any group during a school year.

■  Out-of-state athletic trips may occur with no loss of instructional time; no cost to the District except entry fees; and AIA approval.  Transportation is the responsibility of the team who is going on the trip.  School vans may be used, if available, without a paid driver.  Schools should schedule no more than one (1) out-of-state athletic event, per sport for each two (2) year block with a two (2)-day maximum loss of school time.  Each school is limited to no more than three (3) teams traveling out-of-state during any school year.

■  Out-of-state performance activities for non-athletic groups may occur with a two (2)-day maximum loss of school time per school year and no cost to the District.

Note:  Upon request by the school principal, exceptions may be approved by the Executive Council for submission to the Governing Board.

●  Regulations:

■  Cost per student is limited to two hundred dollars ($200) per trip.  Exceptions to be made by Executive Council.

■  No special fund-raising events are allowed to fund trips; i.e., clubs are allowed the same number of fund-raising events as previous years.

■  School name, uniforms or equipment are not to be used on any unauthorized trip.

■  School testing schedules are a high priority, as such, activities should be planned so that students are in attendance for Arizona Instrument to Measure Standards (AIMS), District assessments and semester exams.

Trip Approvals:

●  All trips require prior approval of the school principal.

●  Trips of more than three (3) hours or less require approval of the school principal.

●  Trips of more than three (3) hours and/or one (1)-day trips require prior approval of the Superintendent.

●  Trips out-of-state or overnight require prior approval of the Superintendent and Governing Board.  Student trip requests should be submitted to the District office in accordance with the annual calendar establishing approval deadlines.

●  Trips involving participation in tournaments and/or state-wide convention activities authorized by the Arizona Interscholastic Association may be approved.

Use of District Vehicles:

●  School vehicles not requiring Commercial Driver's License (CDL) licensed drivers will be available at each school (vans and fifteen [15] passenger mini bus vehicles).  These vehicles will be available for school sponsored events on a first-come, first-served basis.

●  No more than two (2) vehicles can be used by any group for a single event.  If more than two (2) vehicles are required, a school bus or alternate private transportation must be arranged.

●  During the school year, "One-Day" club trips will be provided District bus transportation at no cost to the club.  Buses and drivers are provided on an as available basis.  Priority will be given to AIA and cocurricular activities.

●  During the school year, "Overnight" club trips will be provided a District school bus and fuel only.  The club will be responsible for reimbursement to the District for the driver expense.

●  During the summer school vans and mini bus vehicles will be provided on an as available basis to school club or group with the following guidelines:

■  In valley: Apache Junction/Buckeye/Cave Creek/Chandler round trip mileage rates: 

⇒  0 - 20 miles      $10;

⇒  21 - 30 miles      $15;

⇒  31 - 40 miles      $20;

⇒  41 - 50 miles      $25;

⇒  51 - 60 miles      $30;

⇒  61 - 70 miles      $35;

⇒  71 - 80 miles      $40;

⇒  81 - 90 miles      $45;

⇒  91 - 100 miles     $50.

■  Out-of-valley cost of five hundred dollars ($500) for the vehicle and fuel to be paid by the club or group per trip/per vehicle.

■  District vehicles are not to travel out-of-state during the summer.

●  District buses will be provided on an as available basis with the club or group responsible to reimburse the District for mileage expense at a rate of one dollar and twenty-five cents ($1.25) per mile and the driver's salary.  The school club or group will be responsible to reimburse the District for travel expenses at the conclusion of the scheduled trip

Field trips are very useful to encourage learning through exploration of the environment not immediately accessible to the classroom.  However, field trips are only one means of achieving an educational objective.  Approval of field trips will be based on a number of items such as availability of transportation, budget, personnel, weather, risks, and distance, as well as educational objectives.

It will be the responsibility of the staff and the principal to organize field trips so that an experience is not repeated yearly for a student or group of students.  There might be some justification for repeating an experience, but generally the same field trip will not be repeated for any one (1) student within a three (3) year cycle.

The cost of transportation for field trips must be included in budget planning.  Each teacher who wishes to plan field trips should make tentative plans with the principal during budget planning.  Such plans should include the place, time, and educational justification for each field trip.  The District will attempt to have some capacity for scheduling field trips beyond those requested by the teachers as part of the budget process, but there can be no assurance that such unbudgeted trips can be accommodated.



Master Document: IKC © CLASS RANKINGS / GRADE POINT AVERAGES
Child Document: Non Existing

IKC ©
CLASS  RANKINGS / GRADE 
POINT  AVERAGES

Rank in class is required by colleges and universities on transcripts submitted for entrance evaluation.

Class rank shall be determined as follows:

A.  Class ranking will be determined each semester beginning with the first semester of the ninth (9th) grade.

B.  Class rank will be based only on the grades earned in classes that meet or exceed graduation requirements.

C.  Total grade points begin accumulating with the ninth (9th) grade. These are divided by total units attempted to produce the accumulative grade point average.  Students are then ranked according to grade point average, with 4.00 as high.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IJOB © COMMUNITY RESOURCE PERSONS / SPEAKERS
Child Document: IJOB © COMMUNITY RESOURCE PERSONS / SPEAKERS

IJOB ©
COMMUNITY  RESOURCE 
PERSONS / SPEAKERS

The District recognizes that one of the greatest resources of the school is to be found in the people of the community who have special knowledge and particular talents to contribute to the school program.  Therefore, the use of community resources and citizens to serve in furthering the educational program is encouraged.  Staff members should study the needs of their respective schools, survey the resources available in the school community, weigh their probable usefulness, and then present to the principal Superintendent for approval any staff-developed plans for using those community resources.  The principal Superintendent will consider all such plans, on both their merit and their implications, as if they were to be carried out throughout the District.  Use of outside personnel and resources would be under procedures authorized by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IJOC © SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS
Child Document: IJOC © SCHOOL VOLUNTEERS

IJOC ©
SCHOOL  VOLUNTEERS

Volunteers can make many valuable contributions to the students and educational programs of the District.  A volunteer program is approved subject to suitable rules, safeguards, and regulations as developed by the Superintendent.

The Superintendent shall promote appropriate annual recognition of volunteer services.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3716
15-512
23-901.06

CROSS REF.:  
GCFC - Professional Staff Certification and Credentialing Requirements
                                 (fingerprinting requirements)
GDFA - Support Staff Qualifications and Requirements
                                 (fingerprinting requirements)



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJNDB-EA

IJNDB-EA 

EXHIBIT

USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES 
IN  INSTRUCTION

GLENDALE UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
STUDENT RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCEPTABLE USE
ELECTRONIC INFORMATION SERVICES

The Glendale Union High School District (GUHSD) electronic information services are to assist in the collaboration and exchange of information among schools, school offices, parents, students and teachers.  The use of student accounts must be in support of education and research within the educational goals of the school or District.

There is no expectation of privacy for any user making use of Glendale Union High School District electronic information services.  The District may review any and all files or communications and monitor system utilization at any time without notice or permission.

Failure to follow acceptable use guidelines may result in cancellation of permission to use the electronic information services and appropriate disciplinary action up to and including expulsion of students.

While the School District will take steps to protect students from any information that may be considered inappropriate, you should be aware that it is impossible to control access to all inappropriate materials on the global network.  Thus, the user has the ultimate responsibility for how the electronic information services are used.

Electronic information services include but are not limited to the Internet, Intranet, databases, electronic mail, chat and any electronic-accessible source of information.  Use of these services is a privilege and not a right.

Responsibilities for students:

●  Report any misuse of the network to the IT Coordinator or school administration.  All rules of conduct described in the Student Handbook apply when students are on the network or when using the District electronic information services.

●  Do not reveal home addresses, personal phone numbers or personally identifiable data.

●  A student's use of electronic information services requires the acceptance and parent/guardian signature on the School Affidavit.

The IT Coordinator and school administration will decide appropriate use of the electronic information services.  If a student has used the system inappropriately, a teacher, administrator or the IT Coordinator may close an account or limit access to an account at any time.

Use of GUHSD electronic information services by students:

●  Prohibited and unacceptable uses include, but are not limited to:

■  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material considered defamatory, inaccurate, abusive, obscene, profane, sexually oriented, threatening, racially offensive, or illegal.

■  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material in violation of any federal or state laws and/or District policies.  Some examples are copyrighted material or material protected by trade secret.

■  Commercial activities by for-profit institutions.

■  Use for political lobbying.

■  Any use which shall serve to disrupt the use of the network by other users.

■  Any use of another user's account.

■  Allowing another user to use your account or passwords.

■  Attaching any device to the network without approval.

■  Installation of software.

■  Attempts to harm, modify, or destroy data, software or hardware nor interfere with system security or monitoring.

●  Security:

■  Protect your personal password.  Do not give any other person your password.

■  If you identify a security problem, notify the IT Coordinator, school administration or teacher at once.

●  You are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette (be polite, use appropriate language, respect privacy, avoid disruptions) and any school or District policies.  Use of the network should be limited to educational uses.



Master Document: IKE-RA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IKE-RA ©

REGULATION

PROMOTION  AND  RETENTION
OF  STUDENTS

Procedure  for  Retention  of 
Elementary  School  Students

At the end of the first grading period, each teacher in a common school should send to the principal a list of the students who are experiencing difficulty in their classes.  At the earliest parent conference this must be shared with the parents and recorded in the student's cumulative folder.  The teacher and the parent will discuss ways to assist the student in attaining expected achievement levels.

At the end of the second and subsequent grading periods, students - including new students - who achieve below expected grade level standards will be reviewed by the principal and staff members to consider retention.  Parent conferences will be held to inform parents of the concern and to involve them in this process.

No decision for retention shall be made without parent involvement and student counseling.  Late entries should receive special consideration.

The final recommendation to retain should be made by the teacher.  Consultation with the principal and other staff members, and involvement of parents in all steps of the retention process are vital.

Appeal  of  Teacher  Decision  to  Promote,
Retain,  Pass  or  Fail  a  Pupil

Pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes, a parent or student of majority may appeal to the Board for reconsideration on any placement decision.  The parent or student of majority has the burden of proof to overturn the decision of a teacher to promote, retain, pass or fail the pupil.  It must be demonstrated to the Board that the student has or has not mastered the State Board adopted standards required for the placement recommended by the teacher.  If the Governing Board overturns the decision of the teacher, a written finding of mastery or non-mastery of the State Board adopted standards must be adopted by the Governing Board.



Master Document: IKA © GRADING / ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS
Child Document: IKA GRADING / ASSESSMENT SYSTEMS

IKA ©
GRADING / ASSESSMENT  SYSTEMS

A District-developed grading system will be utilized.

Teachers will keep a careful record of the grades assigned to students.

Reports Written reports to the parents concerning student achievement will be made every nine (9) weeks by the teacher, and additional written reports will be made when necessary.

Teachers will confer with parents when necessary concerning academic progress and discipline of students.

Teachers will report to parents on students' conduct, scholarship, attendance, or excessive tardiness.

Special  Education

Grades reporting achievement of special education students not taking general regular education classes shall earn grades be given on a basis commensurate with the students' abilities and based on their individual progress .  Reports to the parents concerning progress on individualized education program (IEP) goals will be made every nine (9) weeks by the special education teacher and/or related services provider.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

rather than in competition with classmates.  The permanent record cards for such students shall indicate enrollment in special education for those classes.

Parents of special education students shall be counseled regarding the significance of the grading system in order to avoid misinterpretation of the achievement grade.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-516
15-521
15-767



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJNDB-EB

IJNDB-EB  

EXHIBIT

USE  OF  TECHNOLOGY  RESOURCES 
IN  INSTRUCTION

GLENDALE UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
EMPLOYEE RESPONSIBILITIES AND ACCEPTABLE USE
ELECTRONIC INFORMATION SERVICES

The Glendale Union High School District (GUHSD) electronic information services are to assist in the collaboration and exchange of information among schools, school offices, parents, students and teachers.  The use of student, teacher, staff or administrative assigned accounts must be in support of education and research within the educational goals of the school or District.

There is no expectation of privacy for any user making use of Glendale Union High School District electronic information services, the District may review any and all files or communications and monitor system utilization at any time without notice or permission.

Failure to follow acceptable use guidelines may result in cancellation of permission to use the electronic information services and appropriate disciplinary action up to and including expulsion of students or termination for employees.

While the School District will take steps to protect students and teachers from any information that may be considered inappropriate, you should be aware that it is impossible to control access to all inappropriate materials on the global network.  Thus, the user has the ultimate responsibility for how the electronic information services are used.

Electronic information services include but are not limited to the Internet, Intranet, databases, electronic mail, chat and any electronic-accessible source of information.  Use of these services is a privilege and not a right.

Responsibilities for teachers, staff or administration:

●  Report any misuse of the network to the IT Coordinator, school administration or District IT Department.  All rules of conduct described in the Student Handbook apply when students are on the network or when using the District electronic information services.  The student handbook should be used as a guide for referring students to the Assistant Principal for Discipline and Attendance.

●  Maintain supervision of students using the electronic information services.

●  Understand that many services and products are available for a fee and acknowledge personal responsibility for any expenses incurred without District authorization.

●  Notify parent/guardian if you assist in setting up a web-based e-mail or chat account for a student, you must notify a parent/guardian that this has occurred.  This may be done in a beginning of the year class information packet.  If students are using the account for class purposes it is your responsibility to monitor appropriate use.

●  Notify parent/guardian if you teach students how to create web pages and/or how to post web pages on the Internet, you must notify the parent that this has occurred.  This may be done in a beginning of the year class information packet.  If students are using the webpage for class purposes it is your responsibility to monitor appropriate use.

●  Before posting any pictures of students, student generated work or student information, parent permission must be given in writing.  Do not reveal home addresses, personal phone numbers or personally identifiable data.

●  A student's use of the network and Internet requires the acceptance and parent/guardian signature on the School Affidavit; teachers should review the acceptable use policies with students (it is contained within the student handbook).  The IT Coordinator and school administration will decide appropriate use of the electronic information services.  If a student has used the system inappropriately, a teacher, administrator or the IT Coordinator may close an account or limit access to an account at any time.

Use of GUHSD electronic information services by
teachers, staff or administration
:

●  Prohibited and unacceptable uses include, but are not limited to:

■  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material considered defamatory, inaccurate, abusive, obscene, profane, sexually oriented, threatening, racially offensive, or illegal.

■  Transmission, submission, publication, display, retrieval of any material in violation of any federal or state laws and/or District policies.  Some examples are copyrighted material or material protected by trade secret.

■  Commercial activities by for-profit institutions.

■  Use for political lobbying.

■  Any use which shall serve to disrupt the use of the network by other users.

■  Any use of another user's account.

■  Allowing another user to use your account or passwords.

■  Attaching any device to the network without approval of the IT Coordinator.

■  Installation of non-District supported software.

■  Attempts to harm, modify, or destroy data, software or hardware nor interfere with system security or monitoring.

■  Personal use of social networking sites or services.

■  Creation or use of any non-GUHSD technology resource (i.e., websites, blogs, chat rooms, surveys, et cetera) for District or school purposes without express consent from District office administration.

●  Security:

■  Protect your personal password.  Do not give any other person your password.

■  If you identify a security problem, notify the IT Coordinator, school administration or District IT Department at once.

●  E-mail:

■  Users shall not use group mailing lists to make mass emails outside of their department or teams without the express approval of a school or district administrator.

●  You are expected to abide by the generally accepted rules of network etiquette (be polite, use appropriate language, respect privacy, avoid disruptions) and any school or District policies.  Use of the network should be limited to educational uses.

Use of any electronic information services by
teachers, staff or administration
:

●  No representation that personal views can be attributed to the District or school.

Anyone who abuses or does not follow the above the guidelines and procedures can be denied access to the District's network and computer services and could be subject to disciplinary actions that can include a warning, censure, suspension or dismissal.  The District is not responsible for any damages or additional costs that are a result of abuse or misuses.  The District may hold employees responsible for any costs that are incurred by the District.



Master Document: IKA-R ©
Child Document: IKA-R

IKA-R ©

REGULATION

GRADING / ASSESSMENT  SYSTEMS

Subject  Grade

The subject grade should be based upon pupil mastery of the content of the course.The District has established   The teacher will establish a reasonable standard for average achievement in each of the subjects.  If at any time the teacher is in doubt that this standard is either too high or too low, the teacher should discuss the matter with the principal.

The teacher will establish a uniform system of grading.  This system is based upon successful completion of courseworkattainment of what the teacher requires.  Content of the course shall be set up to be measured by numerical percentages which are then transferred to letter equivalents.  The following scale will serve as a guide for the distribution of grades but reasonable alternative letter grades may be approved at the District level:

     90% - 100%   =    A

     80% - 89%     =    B

     70% - 79%     =    C

     60% - 69%     =    D

     Below 60%     =    F

The following should be observed in implementing a grading system:

●  The

A.  The grading system should be consistent within the class for the entire year.

●  The

B.  The student should understand the system thoroughly, such as, the

course

content

, the weighted categories

on which the grade for the course depends, the weight attached to various phases of the material, the manner in which the

letter grade

letter grade is

calculated

devised, and the meaning of the final letter grade which is

reported to parents.

●  Separate grades will be given for scholarship and citizenship.

sent home as a report to the parent.

C.  If a teacher from year to year consistently promotes classes with predominantly high or low scores for the majority of the pupils in each class, then such practice causes parental and pupil difficulties for the succeeding teacher.  If a teacher consistently finds the grades high or low for a large percent of the class, then the teacher should evaluate their established standards of average achievement on grading.

D.  Work habits and conduct are two (2) areas that will be marked individually.  Grades on basic subjects must not be awarded or upheld based upon disciplinary problems, work habits, or conduct.

Report  Cards  and  Records

An average of two (2) grades per week should be kept in numerical values in  the teacher's grade book for each subject.  Average numerical values for the nine (9) weeks will also be recorded in the grade book.

Grade reports to the parents are made on a nine (9) week basis.  Report cards include an explanation of the system of marks used.  Before cards are distributed each nine (9) week period, the teacher should explain the marking system to the students.

Cards are sent home according to a schedule which is developed at the beginning of the school year.



Master Document: IKAA © TESTS AND EXAMINATIONS
Child Document: IKAA © TESTS AND EXAMINATIONS

IKAA ©
TESTS  AND  EXAMINATIONS

Final examinations may be used as evaluation of student achievement when they are conducted in such a way that they effectively evaluate the achievement of the goals and objectives on which learning activities have been based.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IKAB © REPORT CARDS / PROGRESS REPORTS
Child Document: IKAB © REPORT CARDS / PROGRESS REPORTS

IKAB ©
REPORT  CARDS / PROGRESS  REPORTS

School  Report  Cards

Each school must distribute copies of an annual report card, on the standard form provided by the State Department of Education, containing the descriptions and information required by statute.

The annual report cards will be distributed to parents of pupils enrolled in the school no later than the last day of school of each fiscal year, and a summary of the contents shall be presented at an annual public meeting held at the school.  Notice shall be given at least two (2) weeks prior to the public meeting, clearly stating the purposes, time, and place.

Student  Progress  Reports

It is essential that students' progress in school be fully communicated to their parents.

Each school will report students' progress to the students and to their parents or guardians as appropriate.  The reports will be clear, concise, and accurate, and will provide a basis of understanding among teachers, parents, and students for the benefit of the individual students.  The Superintendent will develop progress report forms or cards in accordance with this policy.

The following specific requirements are established:

●  Parents

A.  Parents will be informed regularly, and at least four (4) times a year, as to the progress their children

are making

are making in school.

●  Parents

B.  Parents will be alerted and conferred with as soon as possible when a student's performance or

citizenship becomes

attitude becomes unsatisfactory or shows marked or sudden deterioration.

●  Distinctions

C.  Insofar as possible, distinctions will be made between a student's attitude and academic performance.

●  At

D.  At comparable levels, the school will strive for consistency in grading and reporting except as this is inappropriate for certain classes or certain students.

●  When

E.  When grades are

reported

given, school staff members will take particular care to explain to parents the meaning

of the grades

of marks and symbols as they apply to student achievement.

●  Reports of progress

F.  When no grades are given but evaluation is made informally in terms of the student's own progress, such evaluation will be a realistic appraisal of the skills developed by the student.

G.  Reports of progress for students qualified for services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education

Act

Act (I.D.E.A.) shall be based on their progress in the general curriculum and shall address whether the

progress is

progress is sufficient to enable the student to achieve the goals stated in the student's individualized education

program

program (IEP) by the end of the school year.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-709
15-746
15-767



Master Document: IKEB © ACCELERATION
Child Document: Non Existing

IKEB ©
ACCELERATION

When circumstances indicate that acceleration in grade placement is in the best interest of the student, close cooperation between the parents and all school personnel involved is imperative.  Each student will have individual consideration, and decisions will be made only after a careful study of facts relating to the student's growth and development.  The student's academic achievement level and mental ability are important, but physical and social characteristics are also determining factors.  A decision should be based on sufficient data collected over a period of time and motivated by a desire to place the student in the school program where the greatest success will result.

The decision to accelerate a student rests with the Superintendent.  Parental involvement in all steps of the process is vital.  Parental consent to the acceleration of a student should be in writing.

If parents do not approve of a decision regarding the acceleration of the student, they may appeal the decision to the Superintendent.  Further appeal, if necessary, may be made to the Board.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-701.01

CROSS REF.: 
IKE - Promotion and Retention of Students



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJOA-EA

IJOA-EA 

EXHIBIT

FIELD  TRIPS

MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION BUDGET ISSUES
TRANSPORTATION AND SUBSTITUTE COSTS

District Finance, Personnel, and Transportation Departments have developed the process for dealing with local school reimbursement of M&O dollars for transportation and substitutes.  The following will go into effect beginning January 1, 2009.

Cost Breakdown

Substitute Teacher     $  25     (per hour for one [1] or two [2] hours)

Substitute Teacher     $100     (three plus [3+] hours / full day)

Bus Driver                  $  15     (per hour: straight time, there is no standby time)

Bus Aide                    $  12     (per hour: needed for wheel chair or harness needs)

Mileage                      $    1.25     per mile (out of valley)

As of June 1, 2010

Mileage Rates:
     (in valley only: Apache Junction/Buckeye/Cave Creek/Chandler)
     (applies to mini-buses and vans only)

Round Trip Mileage

  0 - 20 miles     $10
20 - 30 miles     $15
30 - 40 miles     $20
40 - 50 miles     $25
50 - 60 miles     $30
60 - 70 miles     $35
70 - 80 miles     $40

Note:  Scheduled trips must be canceled twenty-four (24) hours in advance to avoid paying:

One hundred dollars ($100) for a substitute.

Thirty dollars ($30) for a bus driver (Forty-five dollars [$45] for a weekend bus driver).

Billing

Billing will be monthly.

Billing will indicate individual school trips.

Invoice will be prepared at the beginning of each month for the previous month travel and substitute usage.

Travel Request Forms

Travel request forms submitted to the Superintendent and/or Governing Board are to indicate the funding source for M&O reimbursement.



Master Document: IKACA © PARENT CONFERENCES
Child Document: IKACA © PARENT CONFERENCES

IKACA ©
PARENT  CONFERENCES

Parent/teacher conferences may be conducted.  The Superintendent will establish procedures for such conferences.  In addition to scheduled opportunities, parents shall have opportunities to arrange conferences with teachers at other times during the year.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-901

CROSS REF.: 
IKAB - Report Cards/Progress Reports



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJOA-EB

IJOA-EB 

EXHIBIT

FIELD  TRIPS

REQUEST FOR STUDENT TRIP

Refer to Exhibit EEAE-EC.



Master Document: IKB © HOMEWORK
Child Document: IKB © HOMEWORK

IKB ©
HOMEWORK

The development of study skills and self-discipline are integral and indispensable elements of a quality educational process.  Appropriate homework is an important aspect of education.  Homework is defined as work or study assigned by the teacher for completion outside classroom time.

Homework should be assigned consistent with the maturity, special needs, potential, and achievement level of the individual student.  It should not carry the stigma of punishment.  Its assignment should be specifically addressed to the objectives of the instructional program.  In , and, in addition, students should develop responsibility for actively pursuing knowledge without immediate supervision outside as well as within the classroom.

Regardless Students, regardless of their intellectual capacity, students should understand that mastery of skills is not always possible within the time constraints of the classroom.  Each student should leave the District with a firm foundation for pursuing knowledge and developing skills on an independent basis.

The Superintendent is responsible for procedures that will achieve objectives through homework, including, but not limited to, the following:

●  Intervention A.  Intervention that changes deficient performance to performance that meets acceptable standards.●  Reinforcement

B.  Reinforcement and mastery of critical skills and concepts.

●  Challenge

  Special emphasis will be placed on the mastery of basic skills.

C.  Challenge through exploration of concepts and skills that complement and elaborate

on

those

learned

introduced in

the classroom

the classroom.

●  Feedback D.  Feedback from the teacher through correction and clarification of all outside assignments.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJOA-EC

IJOA-EC 

EXHIBIT

FIELD  TRIPS

DISTRICT TRANSPORTATION REQUEST
(For Trips Other Than Scheduled Athletics)

Refer to Exhibit EEAE-ED.



Master Document: IKD © HONOR ROLLS
Child Document: IKD © HONOR ROLLS

IKD ©
HONOR  ROLLS

An honor roll system is an additional means for encouraging goal setting by students and for providing recognition of students who have achieved those goals.

Honor rolls will be used in all gradesgrades _________________________.  The Superintendent will establish the minimum achievement level for all honor rolls, and such determination may be subject to Board approval.  Students will be informed of the honor roll system and instructed to ensure an understanding of the specific grades and methods used to compute the honor roll formula.

The District will promote public recognition of students who have attained honor roll status.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IJOB-E

IJOB-E  

EXHIBIT

COMMUNITY  RESOURCE 
PERSONS / SPEAKERS

GUEST SPEAKER REQUEST FORM

Teacher: ___________________________________________________________

Class/Subject: ______________________________________________________

Speakers Name:  ____________________________________________________

Speakers Organization: _______________________________________________

Date of Presentation: _____________     Period(s) Affected: __________________

Please answer the following questions:

1.  What is the relevancy to the curriculum for having this guest speaker?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

2.  What will students be asked to perform (writing, etc.) after listening to the guest speaker?

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________      ____________________
                           Principal Approval                                                   Date

Copies (after approval):  Teacher - White     Receptionist - Yellow



Master Document: IKE © PROMOTION AND RETENTION OF STUDENTS
Child Document: IKE PROMOTION AND RETENTION OF STUDENTS

IKE ©
PROMOTION  AND  RETENTION 
OF  STUDENTS

(Promotion or Retention of Elementary Students;

High School Course Pass or Fail)

Regular  Education

The District is dedicated to the continuous development of each student.

Year to year promotion of a student in grades one (1) through eight (8) will be based upon standards for each basic subject area as identified in the course of study.  The District may conduct a ceremony to honor pupils who have been promoted from the eighth (8th) grade.

The District standards that students must achieve shall include accomplishment of the standards in reading, written communication, mathematics, science, and social studies adopted by the State Board of Education.

The promotion of a student from grade three (3) shall be conditioned on the satisfaction of the applicable competency requirements prescribed by A.R.S. 15-701 and depicted in Administrative Regulation IKE-RB.

In addition to these standards, test scores, grades, teacher-principal recommendations, and other pertinent data will be used to determine promotion.

Retention of students is a process that is followed when the professional staff, in consultation with the parent, determines it to be in the best interests of the student.  Though primary grades are suggested as the most appropriate time, retention may be considered at any grade level.

When circumstances indicate that retention is in the best interest of the student, the student will have individual consideration, and decisions will be made only after a careful study of facts relating to all phases of the student's growth and development.  The student's academic achievement level and mental ability are important, but physical and social characteristics are also important factors.  A decision should be based on sufficient data, collected over a period of time and motivated by a desire to place students in school programs where they will be the most successful.

The earning of credit for a high school course is based on the student's satisfactory completion of the course academic requirements as demonstrated by the student's course grade.  Periodic grade reports shall inform the student and the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) of the student's progress in a course.  The teacher should further inform and confer with the student's parent(s)/guardian(s) whenever the student's lack of satisfactory progress in the course indicates a trend toward the student receiving a failing course grade.  No course credit is granted for a failing grade.

A student must achieve passing grades in the number of required and elective course credits prescribed by the Governing Board and the State Board of Education to be granted a high school diploma.

In addition to the above, such decisions, when applied to students enrolled in special education, shall be on a case-by-case basis, consistent with the individualized education program and in accordance with A.A.C. R7-2-301 and R7-2-401.

Special  Education

The minimum Students who do not meet regular promotion requirements must meet the course of study and competency promotion requirements for graduation from high school is set forth in special education under the guidance of A.A.C. R7-2-401.  The District, through a student's IEP team, may determine how a student will meet the state minimum graduation requirement - such as through a modified curriculum, adjusted timeframes, or other agreed upon changes to the course of study.  The course credit will be granted to students with disabilities who receive a passing grade in a courseprograms for such students may include adaptations.

Any student unable to meet regular academic requirements for promotion must meet the requirements of an alternative curriculum derived from the regular curriculum, which will be developed by an individualized educational program (IEP) team on an individual basis.  Students placed in special education will complete the course of study as prescribed in their individual promotion plans and implemented through their individual education programs.  Course work will be presented at a level commensurate with the student's ability.  The student's permanent file shall identify the courses completed through special education; however, the student will receive the standard certificate of promotion.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203

15-341

15-342

15-521

15-701

15-701.01

15-715

15-802

A.A.C. 
R7-2-301
R7-2-309

R7-2-401
A.G.O. 
I84 - 016

CROSS REF.: 
IHA - Basic Instructional Program
IKEB - Acceleration

IKF - Graduation Requirements



Master Document: IKE-RB ©
Child Document: IKE-RB ©

IKE-RB ©

REGULATION

PROMOTION  AND  RETENTION
OF  STUDENTS

Competency  Requirements 
for  Promotion  of  Students 
from  Third  Grade

The District shall provide an annual written notification to parents or guardians of students in kindergarten programs and first (1st), second (2nd) and third (3rd) grades that a student who obtains a score on the reading portion of the Arizona Instrument to Measure Standards (AIMS) test, or a successor test, a state required test that demonstrates the student is reading far below the third (3rd) grade level or the equivalent as established by the Board will not be promoted from the third (3rd) grade. 

If the student's school has determined that the student is substantially deficient in reading before the end of grade three (3), the District shall provide to the parent or guardian of that student a separate written notification of the reading deficiency that includes the following information:

A.  A description of the current reading services provided to the student.

B.  A description of the available supplemental instructional services and supporting programs that are designed

      to designed to remediate reading deficiencies.  The District shall offer at least one (1) intervention strategy and at least

      one least one (1) remedial strategy for pupils with reading deficiencies.  The notification shall list the intervention and

      remedial and remedial strategies offered and shall instruct the parent or guardian to choose the strategy that will be

      implemented be implemented for the student.

C.  Parental/guardian strategies to assist the student to attain reading proficiency.

D.  A description of the District policies on midyear promotion to a higher grade.

Competency requirements for the promotion of a student from the third (3rd) grade shall include the following:

A.  The student shall not be promoted from the third (3rd) grade if the pupil obtains a score on the reading portion

      of the AIMS test, or a successor test, that portion of a state required test that demonstrates the student's reading skills fall far below the third

      third (3rd) grade level or the equivalent as established by the Board, unless the student is exempt from mandated

      retention mandated retention or the pupil qualifies for an exemption as determined by the Governing Board.

B.  The Governing Board may promote a student from the third (3rd) grade if the student obtains a score on the

      reading the reading portion of the AIMS test, or a successor test, a state required test that demonstrates the student's reading skills fall far

      below far below the third (3rd) grade level for any of the following:

1.  A good cause exemption if the student is an English learner or a limited proficient student as defined in

     section in section 15-751 and has had fewer than two (2) years of English language instruction.

2.  A pupil who is in the process of a special education referral or evaluation for placement in special

     education special education or a pupil who has been diagnosed as having a significant reading impairment, including

     dyslexia including dyslexia or a pupil who is a child with a disability as defined in section 
15-761 if the pupil's individualized

     education program tean individualized education program team and the pupil's parent or guardian agree that promotion is appropriate based on

     the on the pupil's individualized education program.  "Dyslexia" as defined in section
15-701 means a brain-

     based based learning difference that impairs a person's ability to read and spell, that is independent of

     intelligence of intelligence and that typically causes a person to read at levels lower than expected.

3.  A pupil who receives intervention and remedial services during the summer or subsequent school year pursuant to those indicated below under "Intervention and Remedial Strategies Developed by the State Board of Education" and demonstrates sufficient progress may be promoted from the third grade based on guidelines issued pursuant to the description of the school district or charter school policies on midyear promotion to a higher grade.

C.  The student has demonstrated reading proficiency on an alternate assessment approved by the

State

     Board 

State Board of Education (SBE).

A pupil may not be retained if data regarding the pupil's performance on the Arizona Instrument to Measure Standards test, or a successor test, state required test is not available before the start of the following academic year.  A pupil who is not retained due to the unavailability of test data must receive intervention and remedial strategies as in the section immediately below if the third grade assessment data subsequently demonstrates that the pupil's reading ability falls far below the third grade level or the equivalent.

Intervention and Remedial Strategies Developed by
the State Board of Education (SBE) for Students
Who Are Not Promoted from the Third Grade

The Governing Board shall offer at least one (1) of the intervention and remedial strategies developed by the SBE.  The parent or guardian of a student not promoted from the third (3rd) grade and the student's teacher(s) and principal may choose the most appropriate intervention and remedial strategies that will be provided to that student.  The intervention and remedial strategies developed by the SBE shall include:

A.  A requirement the student be assigned to a different teacher for reading instruction.

B.  Summer school reading instruction.

C.  Intensive reading instruction in the next academic year that occurs before, during, or after the regular school

      dayschool day, or any combination of before, during and after the regular school day.

D.  Online reading instruction.

The intervention and remedial strategies developed by the SBE shall also:

A.  Provide for universal screening of pupils in preschool programs, kindergarten programs and grades one (1)

      through three (3) that is designed to identify students who have reading deficiencies in accordance with

      Awith A.R.S. 15-704.

B.  Develop interventions and remedial strategies for pupils in kindergarten programs and grades one (1) through

      three through three (3) who are identified as having reading deficiencies pursuant to section 15-704.



Master Document: IKEA © MAKE UP OPPORTUNITIES
Child Document: IKEA © MAKE UP OPPORTUNITIES

IKEA ©
MAKE  UP  OPPORTUNITIES

The Superintendent shall develop and implement standards that shall apply to requirements for student make up assignments during absence for pesticide application periods and for other appropriate reasons.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-152

15-803

CROSS REF.: 
EBAA - Reporting of Hazards/Warning Systems



Master Document: IKEA-R ©
Child Document: IKEA-R ©

IKEA-R ©

REGULATION

MAKE  UP  OPPORTUNITIES

When a student provides a written statement signed by a parent or guardian that the student will be or was absent because of the application of pesticides, each teacher will be notified and the following procedure will apply:

●  Each

A.  Each teacher will provide the student's assignment(s) and any handouts or materials necessary

for accomplishment

for accomplishment of such assignment(s), allowing a minimum make up period of

two

one (

2

1)

days

day for

each day absent

each day absent.

●  It

B.  It will be the responsibility of any student who misses a laboratory assignment or test to arrange

with the teacher

with the teacher a mutually convenient time to perform the laboratory assignment or to take the test.

The following standards shall apply in the District for make up work other than for absence due to pesticide application.  Adjustments may be made when it is in the best interest of the student(s).

●  It

A.  It will be the student's responsibility to ask for make up work and to arrange for a time to make up

tests when the

tests when the student returns.

●  If

B.  If the teacher is unable to supply the student with a make up assignment, the student will not be

held responsible

held responsible for that make up assignment.

●  The

C.  The student has the responsibility to work with the teacher to develop a plan for making up

homework and

homework and tests.

●  If

D.  If work is not turned in by the time the assignment is due, and the student fails to provide an

acceptable explanation

acceptable explanation of the extenuating circumstances that would merit an extension, the teacher may reduce

the grade

the grade on the assignment or withhold credit on the assignment.

●  When

E.  When a student has been absent for illness,

a minimum make up period of two (2) days for each day absent

ample time will be given for make up work once the

student returns

student returns to school.

●  In

F.  In situations where the student will be absent for more than three (3) days, due to illness (i.e., chicken pox,

measles

 measles, et cetera), or when the parent notifies the office that the student will be absent more than one (1)

week

 week for other reasons (e.g., vacation), teachers may provide required assignments in advance or

send assignments

send assignments to the student.



Master Document: IKF © GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
Child Document: IKF GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

IKF IKF ©
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS

Regular  Education

The Glendale Union High School District diploma is designed to satisfy the graduation requirements established by the State Board of Education and those of the Glendale Union High School District Governing Board, and provides students with a strong foundation for success in adult life.  Meeting these requirements will result in a high school diploma, but may not satisfy all requirements for acceptance into a college or university.

Standard  Diploma

The Standard Diploma requires a student to earn twenty-two (22) total credits.  The student and the student's parents are encouraged to check the admission requirements of any college or university the student wishes to attend.  Specific courses that satisfy requirements for the Glendale Union High School District standard diploma are as follows:

Language Arts - that must include:                                                4.0 units

      one (1) credit of English 1-2, one (1) credit of

      English 3-4, one (1) credit of English 5-6,

      one (1) credit of English 7-8*,

      * or the approved ELL sequence

 Mathematics                                                                                 4.0 units

      one (1) credit of Algebra I* to be taken during

      the freshman year, one (1) credit of Geometry*

      to be taken following successful completion of

      Algebra I, one (1) credit of Algebra II or equivalent*,

      one (1) additional credit of Mathematics

      * required of all students unless approved

      to move into a higher-level Math.

 Science (one [1] credit of which must be                                      3.0 units

      a lab science)  one (1) credit of Thinking

      Science*, one (1) credit of Biology*,

      one (1) additional credit of Science

      * required of all students unless approved

      to move into a higher-level Science

 Social Studies - that must include:                                                3.0 units

      one (1) credit of World History and Geography/

      Arizona Geography, one (1) credit of United

      States/Arizona History, one-half (1/2) credit of

      United States Government/Arizona

      Government, one-half (1/2) credit of Economics

 Fine Arts or Career and Technical Education (CTE)                    1.0 unit

      This requirement can be satisfied by

      successfully completing two (2) semesters

      (one-half [1/2] credit each) to be selected from

      the list of fine arts or CTE.

 Physical Education

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS

Regular  Education

A minimum number of units of credit are required for graduation by the Arizona State Board of Education.  Listed below are the units that must be completed before a student may receive a high school diploma.

Graduation requirements may be met as follows:

A.  By successful completion of subject area course requirements.

B.  By mastery of the standards adopted by the State Board of Education and other competency requirements for the subject as determined by the Governing Board in accord with A.A.C. R7-2-302.02 and rules established by the Superintendent.

C.  By earning credits through correspondence courses (limited to one [1] in each of the four [4] major subject areas) and/or by passing appropriate courses at the college or university level if the courses are determined to meet standards and criteria established by the Board and in accord with A.R.S. 15-701.01.

D.  By the transfer of credits as described in Policy JFABC.

E.  An out-of-state transfer student is not required to pass the competency test to graduate if the student has successfully passed a statewide assessment test on state adopted standards that are substantially equivalent to the State Board Adopted Academic Standards.

Graduation requirements as determined by the Arizona State Board of Education (R7-2-302.02) and the District Governing Board are as follows:

          English                                                                                      

  1

4.0

unit

units

 Electives

          Math                                                                                      

6

    4.0 units



      to be selected from the course offerings

      approved by the District. 

Total:

*

          Science                                                                                    

         22.0 units

Advanced  and  Honors  Diplomas

A Student in the Glendale Union High School District may pursue a Glendale Union High School District Advanced Diploma or Honors Diploma, which indicates the student has exceeded the Glendale Union High School District and State requirements for graduation.

Advanced  Diploma

The advanced diploma requires a student to earn twenty-three (23) total credits.  Additionally, a student must maintain a core point average of 3.0 or rank in the upper twenty-five percent (25%) of his/her class at the end of seven (7) semesters. 

Specific courses that satisfy requirements for an Advanced Diploma are as follows:

Language Arts - that must include:                                               4.0 units

      one (1) credit of English 1-2, one (1) credit of

      English 3-4, one (1) credit of English 5-6,

      one (1) credit of English 7-8*,

      * or the approved ELL sequence

 Mathematics

 3.0 units**

          Social Studies                                                                          

      4

 3.0 units



      one (1) credit of Algebra I

*

to be taken during

      the freshman year, one (1) credit of Geometry

*



      to be taken following successful completion of

      Algebra I, one (1) credit of Algebra II,

      one (1) additional credit of Mathematics for

      which Algebra II is a prerequisite

     

*

required of all students unless approved



      to move into a higher-level Math.

 Science (one [1] credit of which must be

               American Government and Arizona Government  0.5 unit

               American History - including Arizona History      

  3

 1.0

units

unit

      a lab science)

 

one (1) credit of Thinking

      Science*, one (1) credit of Biology*

      one (1) additional credit of Chemistry,

      Physics, or AP Biology

      * required of all students unless approved

      to move into a higher-level Science

 Social Studies - that must include:

           

                                  3.0 units

      one (1) credit of World History and Geography/

      Arizona Geography, one (1) credit of United

      States/Arizona History, one-half (1/2) credit of

      United States Government/Arizona

      Government, one-half (1/2) credit of Economics

 Foreign Language (must be two [2] years

 World History and Geography                              

     2

1.0

units

      of the same foreign language)

 Fine Arts

unit

               Economics                                                             0.5 unit

         

  1.0 unit

      This requirement can be satisfied by

      successfully completing two (2) semesters

      (one-half [1/2] credit each) to be selected from

      the list of fine arts subjects as defined by the

      Arizona Board of Regents.

 Physical Education

Fine Arts or Career, Technical and

               Vocational Education                                                        

1

   1.0 unit

 Electives

          Electives                                                                            

5

        7.0 units

      to be selected from the course offerings

      approved by the District. 

Total:

          Total                                                                                        

  23

22.0 units

Honors  Diploma

The Honors Diploma requires a student to earn twenty-four (24) credits.  Additionally, a student must successfully complete a minimum of six (6) hours of Honors/AP credits with four (4) of the six (6) credits taken during his/her junior and senior year, maintain a core point average of 3.0 or rank in the upper twenty-five percent (25%) of his/her class at the end of seven (7) semesters.

Specific courses that satisfy requirements for an Honors Diploma are as follows:

Language Arts - that must include:                                               4.0 units

     

In lieu of one (1) credit of

English 1-2, one (1) credit of

      English 3-4, one (1) credit of English 5-6,

      one (1) credit of English 7-8,

 Mathematics           4.0 units

      one (1) credit of Algebra I* to be taken during

      the freshman year, one (1) credit of Geometry*

      to be taken following successful completion of

      Algebra I, one (1) credit of Algebra II or equivalent*

      one (1) additional credit of Mathematics, College

      Algebra, Honors Pre-Calculus or AP Calculus

      * required of all students unless approved

      to move into a higher-level Math.

 Science (one [1] credit of which must be                                     3.0 units

      a lab science)  one (1) credit of Thinking

      Science*, one (1) credit of Biology*

      one (1) additional credit of Chemistry,

      Physics or AP Biology

      * required of all students unless approved

      to move into a higher-level Science

 Social Studies - that must include:                                               3.0 units

      one (1) credit of World History and Geography/

      Arizona Geography, one (1) credit of United

      States/Arizona History, one-half (1/2) credit of

      United States Government/Arizona

      Government, one-half (1/2) credit of Economics

 Foreign Language (must be two [2] years                                    2.0 units

      of the same foreign language)

 Fine Arts                                                                                       1.0 unit

      This requirement can be satisfied by

      successfully completing two (2) semesters

      (one-half [1/2] credit each) to be selected from

      the list of fine  arts subjects as defined by the

      Arizona Board of Regents.

 Physical Education                                                                       1.0 unit

 Electives                                                                                       6.0 units

      to be selected from the course offerings

      approved by the District. 

Total:                                                                                           24.0 units

Additional  Requirements  for  

all  Diplomas

Transfer Students

Students transferring from other schools will be eligible to graduate if they meet the graduation requirements of the District.  Additionally, transfer students may pursue the Advanced Diploma or Honors Diploma providing their transcripts indicate that comparable courses have been successfully completed.

Civic Exam

Beginning in the 2016-2017 school year, all students must pass a test Algebra II or its equivalent course content a student may request a personal curriculum in mathematics following R7-2-302.03.

Math courses shall consist of Algebra I, Geometry, Algebra II, (or its equivalent) and an additional course with significant math content as determined by the Governing Board (Governing Body).

Pursuant to the prescribed graduation requirements adopted by the State Board of Education, the Governing Board may approve a rigorous computer science course that would fulfill a mathematics course required for graduation from high school. The Governing Board may only approve a rigorous computer science course if the rigorous computer science course includes significant mathematics content and the Governing Board determines the high school where the rigorous computer science course is offered has sufficient capacity, infrastructure and qualified staff, including competent teachers of computer science.

**  Three (3) credits of science in preparation for proficiency at the high school level on a state required test.

***  Beginning in the 2016-2017 school year, the competency requirements for social studies shall include a requirement that, in order to graduate from high school or obtain a high school equivalency diploma, a pupil must correctly answer at least sixty (60) of the one hundred (100) questions listed on a test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test used by the United States Citizenship And Immigration Services.  The District school shall document on the pupil's transcript that the pupil has passed a test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test used by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services by answering at least sixty (60) of the one hundred (100) questions correctly.  The District shall document that the student passes the test on the student's transcript.  A student .  

The Governing Board may determine the method and manner in which to administer a test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test used by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services.  A pupil who does not obtain a passing score on the test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test may retake this the test until obtaining the pupil obtains a passing score.  No student will be permitted to participate in graduation exercises unless the student has met the requirements for graduation as defined in this policy.Special  Education

Special  Education

Listed above, under "Regular Education," are the requirements that must be completed before a student may receive a high school diploma.  The minimum Completion of graduation requirements for special education students who do not meet the required units of credit shall be determined on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the special education course of study and competency requirements for graduation from high school should be followed for the student with disabilities in accordance to the A.A.C. R7-2-302, 302.01 and 302.02. The District Governing Board shall be responsible for developing a course of study and graduate requirements for all students placed in special education programs (the individualized education program of the student.  Graduation requirements established by the Governing Board may be met by a student as defined in A.R.S. 15-701.01 and A.A.C. R7-2-302.06, 302.01(6) and 302.02(6).

For a student who is unable to meet regular education requirements for obtaining a high school diploma as a result of his/her disability, the student's individualized education program (IEP) team shall be authorized to determine an alternative means of enabling the student to fulfill the state minimum graduation requirements for obtaining a high school diploma.  Such means may include a modified course curriculum, additional semesters to earn credits or other changes to the standard course of study and competency requirements for graduation.

Students who receive special education services are not required to pass the civics

Pupils who receive special education shall not be required to achieve passing scores on the test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test under section 15-701.01 in  in order to graduate from high school unless the pupil is learning at a level appropriate for the pupil's grade level in a specific academic area and unless a passing score on this test the test that is identical to the civics portion of the naturalization test under section 15-701.01 is  is specifically required in a specific academic area by the studentpupil's individualized education program as mutually agreed upon on by the studentpupil's parents and the pupil's individualized education program team or the studentpupil, if the student pupil is at least eighteen (18) years of age.

The physical withholding of a diploma does not preclude graduation if the student has met all of the applicable graduation requirements.  Participation (or non-participation) in a ceremony to commemorate school completion has no impact on the students graduation status.

The official transcript for such students may have transcript notations concerning enrollment in different classes, modified curriculum or content in a similar manner as would transcript designations for such classes as advanced placement, honors or basic remedial instruction for students with or without disabilities.  Transcripts cannot use notations, asterisks or other symbols that would specifically disclose that a student has a disability or that identify programs for students with disabilities.

Adopted:  November 4, 2015 

Competency requirements.  Any student who is placed in special education classes, grades nine (9) through twelve (12), is eligible to receive a high school diploma without meeting state competency requirements.

State Seal of Biliteracy.  The School District may voluntarily participate in the state seal of biliteracy program by notifying the Superintendent of Public Instruction of such intention.  Schools will then identify the students who have met the requirements to be awarded the state seal of biliteracy, which shall be affixed to the diploma and noted on the transcript of each student who has met the requirements.

CPR Instruction and Training.  School districts and charter schools shall provide public school pupils with one (1) or more training sessions in cardiopulmonary resuscitation, through the use of psychomotor skills in an age-appropriate manner, during high school.

(Note: CPR instruction and training is required to be provided no later than July 1, 2019.)

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 

15-203

15-341

15-701.01

15-701.02

15-763

A.A.C. 
R7-2-302.01

R7-2-302.02

R7-2-302.03 R7-2-302.04

R7-2-302.06

R7-2-302.07

R7-2-302.09

CROSS REF.: 
IGD - Curriculum Adoption
IGE - Curriculum Guides and Course Outlines
IHAMC - Instruction and Training in Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation

IIE - Student Schedules and Course Loads
IKA - Grading/Assessment Systems
JFABC  - Admission of Transfer Students



Master Document: IMA © TEACHING METHODS
Child Document: Non Existing

IMA ©
TEACHING  METHODS

(Lesson Plans)

The Board considers written lesson plans a useful tool to ensure continuity of instruction.

The Superintendent shall establish procedures that set forth the requirements for lesson plans and for their preparation and review.  Such procedures shall reflect current standards of the profession and shall have as their primary objective the best possible educational program for the students of the District.

To facilitate more effective instruction, lesson plans should be prepared sufficiently in advance of the class presentation to allow plan books to be inspected and compared to the guidelines established by the Superintendent.

Teachers shall make thorough preparation for all daily lessons and shall prepare their plans to reflect such preparation.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IKF-R ©
Child Document: IKF-RA ©

IKF-RA ©R ©

REGULATION

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS

(Determining Competency for Graduation Credit)

Determination and verification of student accomplishment of subject-area course requirements and/or competencies for graduation credit shall be the responsibility of a subject-area teacher and, at a minimum, shall be in accord with the following:

●  The A.  The student shall have successfully completed the subject-area course requirement incorporating the standards the standards and competencies adopted by the State Board of Education from the course of study as determined as determined by the Governing Board in accord with the District's designated grading system; or

●  As B.  As an alternative to completing the course requirements, a student may request, upon a showing of familiarity with familiarity with the subject matter of the course, an examination on the competencies of the course.  The student may take may take an examination on a particular course one (1) time only in an academic year.  The examination shall be prepared be prepared by a teacher of the subject matter who is designated by the Superintendent.  To receive graduation creditgraduation credit, the student must demonstrate accomplishment of the standards and competencies adopted by the State the State Board of Education and the Governing Board, respectively.  Demonstration of accomplishment of the skills the skills and competencies shall be determined in accord with accepted practices in evaluation of students.  A copy A copy of the test results, verified by the appointed teacher, shall be filed with the student's records.



Master Document: IMA-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

IMA-R ©

REGULATION

TEACHING  METHODS

(Lesson Plans)

Guidelines for the implementation of this administrative regulation shall include:

A.  Lesson plans shall be developed according to District-wide formats and shall reflect the scope and sequence of the courses of instruction.  Acceptable alternatives may be approved by the principal.

B.  Lesson plans shall demonstrate the correlation of the lesson with State Board standards when applicable.

C.  Lesson plans should include information pertinent to the effective implementation of a lesson.  When commercially prepared plans are in use, lesson plans may simply refer to the appropriate aspects of such plans.

D.  While teachers are required to be thoroughly prepared for each daily lesson, plans may be prepared for each lesson or on a long-term basis (i.e., unit of work), whichever is most appropriate.  Material to be used in a lesson(s) - such as duplicated material, cassette tapes, films, filmstrips, transparencies - may serve as an integral part of the plan.

E.  Lesson plans for individualized programs should be consistent with the general overview and purpose of the instructional program.  The progress of individual student(s) must be a consideration in the plan.

F.  Teachers are to provide adequate directions for substitutes, the purpose of which shall be to continue, if possible, the ongoing program or, if more appropriate, a meaningful educational alternative that relates to the subject area.

G.  The provision that copies of lesson plans must be available for substitute teachers.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKB-R

IKB-R 

REGULATION

HOMEWORK

The purposes of homework in the Glendale Union High School District are:

●  To aid the student in the review, mastery and application of the concepts, skills and information being taught by the teacher;

●  To expand and enrich the subject matter;

●  To help the student develop self-discipline;

●  To help the student develop the ability to work independently;

●  To provide knowledge of results for teacher and student; and

●  To prepare the student for the next day's class.

It is the expectation of the Governing Board that homework will be assigned on a planned basis as part of the education of every student.  The teachers of the Glendale Union High School District are expected to develop and assign worthwhile and appropriate homework.  The types, frequency, and amounts of homework will vary depending on the subject taught and on the achievement level of the students.

The following statements of responsibility help to define the partnership of students, teachers, parents and administrators in the educational process.

Student:

●  Schedules his or her activities to make time for doing homework.

●  Does his or her own work.

●  Does neat and legible work.

●  Submits homework in the format requested.

●  Completes the homework assignment(s).

●  Submits homework at the designated time.

Parent:

●  Encourages the student to complete assignments carefully, thoughtfully and on time.

●  Reinforces the teachers' efforts to help the student learn.

●  Provides an environment in which the student can study.

Teacher:

●  Makes clear, concise homework assignments relevant to the course content.

●  Prepares the students during class so they are able to correctly complete the homework assignment.

●  Assigns a reasonable amount of homework.

●  Grades and/or evaluates homework in such a way that students will receive instructional benefits from having done the homework.

●  Grades homework on its quality.

●  Includes homework grades in the course grade.

●  Returns any homework collected to students in a timely manner.

Administrator:

●  Provides leadership and support to teachers, students and parents in meeting the purpose of the homework policy and this regulation.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKD-R

IKD-R 

REGULATION

HONOR  ROLLS

The honor roll shall consist of those students who have a grade point average (GPA) of 3.5 or better, with no grade lower than a C and no mark in citizenship less than "satisfactory" in either the second (2nd) or fourth (4th) quarter.  Grade point average (GPA) will be computed from grades earned in the previous semester.  An incomplete must be made up within one (1) week before a student's name may appear on the honor roll notice.  The student must be enrolled in at least five (5) credit-bearing classes to be considered for honor roll.

Principal's  Pass

Any student who receives straight As for the semester and satisfactory citizenship grades, or better, in every class will receive a Principal's Pass for the next semester.  The pass will be valid for one (1) semester and will admit the student to any regular home athletic contests.  The student must be enrolled in at least five (5) credit-bearing classes to be considered for the Principal's Pass.



Master Document: IKFA © EARLY GRADUATION
Child Document: IKFA © EARLY GRADUATION

IKFA ©
EARLY  GRADUATION

The Board will authorize early high school completion in order to meet career goals for selected students.  Students desiring early graduation must submit a written request to the high school principal during the first half of the semester preceding the semester of desired completion.  The principal may accept requests after this date in special circumstances.  The request must contain the reasons for the request and the written approval of the student's parents or guardian.  All graduation requirements must be met by the early completion date.

The Superintendent will establish procedures to evaluate each request and will ensure that the parents or guardian are informed of any restrictions or limitations to be placed on the student in the event the request is approved, including restrictions on cocurricular activities.

Diplomas normally will be awarded only at the completion of the spring semester.  However, final transcripts will be provided as soon as the high school requirements have been met.

The District shall notify the Arizona Department of Education and the Commission for Postsecondary Education when a student graduates at least one (1) year before the student's scheduled graduation date.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-105
15-701.01
15-1821

Section 63, Arizona Laws 2009, HB2011



Master Document: IKFB © GRADUATION EXERCISES
Child Document: IKFB GRADUATION EXERCISES

IKFB ©
GRADUATION  EXERCISES

Graduation exercises will be held for students who have met state and local requirements for graduation from high school.

Participation in high school commencement exercises is encouraged but is not compulsory.  However, since these exercises require planning and rehearsals, the following rules shall apply:

●  Students

A.  Students who wish to participate must be present at the rehearsals.  Failure to do so, except for legitimate reasons for absence, may be cause for excluding students from participating in the exercises.

●  Students

B.  Students may not participate in the commencement exercises unless they have successfully completed

the requirements

the requirements for graduation.

●  Recognition of

C.  Awards to seniors will be printed on the commencement program and announced at the exercises only

in cases

in cases where the recipients have been selected solely by the school.

●  Other

D.  Other awards to graduating seniors selected by persons or organizations outside the school may

be presented

be presented at the final awards assembly if approved by the principal.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IL © EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS
Child Document: IL © EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS

IL ©
EVALUATION  OF  INSTRUCTIONAL 
PROGRAMS

(Testing Programs)

The use of tests is one indication of the success and quality of the educational program.  In the case of an individual student, tests, in combination with other criteria, can provide an indication of student achievement.

The Board authorizes:

●  A.  A testing program as outlined in A.R.S. 15-741 and 15-755.

●  A B.  A District testing program that will be subject to regular review and evaluation.

●  InC.  In-service education of teachers and other staff members in the use of tests and interpretation of test results.

Test  Participation

All Arizona students in grades nine two (92) through twelve (12) shall be administered, at least once each year, a standardized, nationally-normed written test of academic subject matter given in English except that students with disabilities will be included with appropriate accommodations and alternate assessments where necessary in accord with their respective Individual Education Program.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-741
15-743
15-744
15-745
15-755

CROSS REF.: 
IKF - Graduation Requirements
ILB - Test/Assessment Administration (State Mandated Testing)
JR - Student Records



Master Document: ILB © TEST / ASSESSMENT ADMINISTRATION
Child Document: ILB © TEST / ASSESSMENT ADMINISTRATION

ILB ©
TEST / ASSESSMENT  ADMINISTRATION

(State-Mandated Testing)

Security  of  Testing  Materials

Employees designated by the Superintendent to administer the achievement test adopted by the Arizona State Board of Education shall:

●  Keep A.  Keep all test materials in locked storage.

●  Not B.  Not reproduce any test materials in any manner.

●  Not C.  Not disclose any actual test items to students prior to testing.

●  Not D.  Not provide answers of any test items to any students.●  Administer

E.  Administer only practice tests that are provided by the test publishers.  Previous editions of the test

series being

series being used in the statewide testing program may not be used as practice tests.

●  Strictly

F.  Strictly observe all timed subtests.  The test publishers' suggested time limits for untimed subtests shall

be followed

be followed as closely as possible in order to maintain uniformity in test administration.

●  Follow

G.  Follow directions for administering the test explicitly.  No test item may be repeated unless otherwise

indicated in

indicated in the directions.

●  Not H.  Not change a student's answer.

●  I.   Return all test materials to the Superintendent immediately upon completion of testing.

Failure to comply with these requirements or others as required by Arizona Revised Statutes or by other rules or regulations shall be considered cause for discipline, including but not limited to suspension or termination.  All violations of this policy shall be reported to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.

Standards  Adopted  by  the
State  Board  of  Education

The District shall establish specific objectives to accomplish the goals established by the State Board of Education.  The Superintendent will make recommendations for such objectives based upon the data gathered annually.

The Superintendent will establish regulations and procedures for assessing student achievement of standards adopted by the State Board of Education and for reporting and utilizing test results and nontest indicator data.

Reporting results.  The District will provide to the parent or guardian of each student who participates the associated grade equivalents, percentiles, and stanines from standardized norm-referenced testing.  The District shall provide the parent or guardian of each student the resulting scores on the test of standards adopted by the State Board of Education and associated scores for the District, the county, and the state.

The District will provide the public, through a report card, scores for each school in the District and for the District as a whole, the county, the state, and the nation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-741
15-741.01
15-742
15-743
15-744
15-745
15-755
A.A.C. 
R7-2-301

R7-2-302.04

R7-2-306

R7-2-310

CROSS REF.: 
IL - Evaluation of Instructional Programs (Testing Programs)
JR - Student Records



Master Document: ILE © EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS
Child Document: ILE © EVALUATION OF INSTRUCTIONAL PROGRAMS

ILE ©
EVALUATION  OF 
INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS

The instructional programs of the District will be regularly evaluated, and periodic reports will be provided to the Board.  The Board will rely on the Superintendent to provide regular evaluation of the educational program and instructional processes.  The Superintendent may also arrange for evaluations to be conducted by outside agencies within the budgeted funds of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKF-RB ©

IKF-RB ©

REGULATION

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS

(Alternative Graduation Requirement)

Pursuant to A.R.S. 15-701.02, A.A.C. R7-2-302.06 and R7-2-302.07, a pupil who fails to achieve a passing score on the State Board required competency test in reading, writing, and mathematics assessment for high school graduation during the 2010-2011 school year and thereafter may graduate if the student meets the alternative graduation requirements.  Using the state approved formula, this process allows a pupil to augment their State Board required competency test scores with additional points derived from classroom performance.  The pupil must meet the eligibility requirements described below to be eligible to receive augmentation points.  Points are calculated using grades of C or better in the state specified credits of required coursework.

●  Threshold determination:

■  If a student's augmented assessment scores would not meet or exceed the "Meets the Standard" threshold if augmented by five percent (5%) for school year 2010-2011 and thereafter, no additional credit shall be calculated per A.R.S. 15-701.02(c).

●  Eligibility requirements for augmentation:

■  The student must have completed with a passing grade all coursework and credits prescribed for the graduation of pupils from high school by the governing board of the student's school district or charter school.

■  The student must have taken the State Board standards assessment at every administration when the pupil was eligible to take the test after August 12, 2005.

■  The student must have participated in any academic remediation program available in the student's school in those subject areas where the student failed to achieve a passing score on the State Board competency test.

●  Failure to meet eligibility requirements - Appeal:

■  If a student is not eligible for the standards assessment score augmentation due to failure to:

⇒  Have taken the State Board competency test at every administration when the pupil was eligible to take the test after August 12, 2005.  An appeal, following the procedures indicated below, may be requested in which the student or parent shall have the burden of demonstrating what circumstances prevented compliance with this requirement.  An appeal should be granted only upon presentation of credible evidence that extreme circumstances made the student ineligible for each State Board competency test administration the student did not attend.

⇒  Have participated in any academic remediation program available in the student's school in those subject areas where the student failed to achieve a passing score on the State Board competency test.  An appeal, following the procedures indicated below, may be requested in which the student or parent shall have the burden of demonstrating what circumstances prevented compliance with this requirement.  An appeal should be granted only upon presentation of credible evidence that the student participated in a least one state or school sanctioned remediation program in those subject areas where that student failed to achieve a passing score on the State Board competency test.

●  Appeal procedure:

■  If a senior student fails to meet the eligibility requirements for augmentation, that student may request an appeal by submitting a petition form prepared by the District to the high school principal within ten (10) days of being notified of failure to achieve "Meets the Standard" on any section of the State Board competency test.  The principal shall be the hearing authority for all appeals.

■  School officials shall provide adequate notice to the pupil and the pupil's parents or guardians regarding the date, time, and place of the appeal.  A pupil or a pupil's representative may participate in the appeal either personally, by telephone, or by providing written documentation.

■  The student or parent shall have the burden of demonstrating what circumstances prevented compliance with the requirements.

■  An appeal shall be granted only (see Suggested Basis for Appeal below):

⇒  Upon presentation of credible evidence that extreme circumstances made the student ineligible for each State Board competency test administration the student did not attend.

⇒  Upon presentation of credible evidence that the student participated in a least one (1) state or school sanctioned remediation program in those subject areas where that student failed to achieve a passing score on the State Board competency test.

■  The response to the appeal shall be in writing within five (5) days of the appeal hearing.

■  The decision of the principal is final.

Suggested  Basis  for  Appeal

A student who has not satisfied the requisites of A.A.C R7-2-602.6 (C)(2) and/or (3) to qualify for the alternative graduation requirement may appeal the determination to the Governing Board when one (1) or more of the conditions listed below exist:

●  The student was precluded from taking all available administrations of the AIMS assessment, or has not fully participated in the school's academic remediation program, due to a bona fide emergency.  For the purpose of this policy a bona fide emergency is defined as a circumstance beyond the student's or the student's family's control.  Examples of a bona fide emergency may include, but are not limited to the following:

■  The student's sudden serious illness or injury simultaneously with the assessment or remediation program offering as attested as affirmed by a licensed medical practitioner.

■  The sudden serious illness, injury, or death of an immediate member of the student's family, as defined in Board Policy GCCA, when such circumstance prevented the student's attendance for an assessment or a remediation program offering, and when affirmed by a licensed medical practitioner.

■  Weather or road conditions that interfered with the student's attendance at the assessment or remediation program offering when the condition was declared by or has been verified with appropriate public authorities.

■  A religious event of the student's and/or the student's family's faith when the student and/or the student's family have historically and consistently participated in the religious event in lieu of any other event occurring at the same time.

The school principal must have received from the student's parent(s) written, dated, and signed notification within twenty-four (24) hours, or as soon thereafter as is practicable, of any event that prevented the student from participating in the assessment or the remediation program offering.  Notification by telephone or other means may temporarily suffice, but must be validated by a written, dated, and signed notification not less than fourteen (14) calendar days from the date of the event.

Other extreme and extraordinary circumstances may be considered for appeal by the Board when credible evidence is provided affirming actual occurrence of the extreme and extraordinary circumstance.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKF-EA ©

IKF-EA ©

EXHIBIT

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS

ALTERNATIVE GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
APPEAL FORM

Appeal procedure:

●  The student may request an appeal by submitting a request on a petition form prepared by the District to the high school principal within ten (10) days of being notified of failure to achieve "Meets the Standard" on any section of the State Board competency test.  The principal shall be the hearing authority for all appeals.

●  School officials shall provide adequate notice to the pupil and the pupil's parents or guardians regarding the date, time, and place of the appeal.  A pupil or a pupil's representative may participate in the appeal either personally, by telephone, or by providing written documentation.

●  The student or parent shall have the burden of demonstrating what circumstances prevented compliance with the requirements.

●  An appeal shall be granted only:

■  Upon presentation of credible evidence that extreme circumstances made the student ineligible for each State Board competency test administration the student did not attend.

■  Upon presentation of credible evidence that the student participated in at least one (1) state or school sanctioned remediation program in those subject areas where that student failed to achieve a passing score on the State Board competency test.

●  The response to the appeal shall be in writing within five (5) days of the appeal hearing.

●  The decision of the principal is final.

Date: ______________________

Student Name:  ________________________________     Grade: ____________

Projected Graduation Date: _______________________

Parent/Guardian Name: ______________________________________________

Requirement(s) being appealed:  (check one [1] or both boxes if applicable)

◻  Has not taken the AIMS assessment each time the test was offered.

◻  Has not participated in at least one (1) available academic remediation
              program as described:

Based on the box(es) checked above, provide evidence to support your appeal.  Evidence must demonstrate "extreme circumstances" causing an inability to meet the augmentation requirements.

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________    _______________________
                             Signature                                                 Date



Master Document: IMB © TEACHING ABOUT CONTROVERSIAL / SENSITIVE ISSUES
Child Document: IMB © TEACHING ABOUT CONTROVERSIAL / SENSITIVE ISSUES

IMB ©
TEACHING  ABOUT 
CONTROVERSIAL / SENSITIVE  ISSUES

Democratic tradition often involves dealing with controversial issues.  Knowledge and understanding of such issues are an indispensable part of education.

The teacher holds a position of authority and respect in the classroom and community, and by virtue of that position has great influence in the formation of the values of all students.  It must be clear that personal views are not a part of the instructional program and must be tempered by the responsibility to maintain professionalism.

To ensure that controversial issues are dealt with fairly and objectively, and with instruction as their goal, such issues may be a part of the curriculum as long as the following policies are observed:

●  Teachers

A.  Teachers should instruct students in the principles and techniques of the scientific method and

provide opportunities

provide opportunities for practice in applying established facts to specific problems.

●  Teachers

B.  Teachers should seek to develop in students the ideals of truth and honesty.

●  All

C.  All personnel should seek to create an atmosphere in which difference of opinion can be voiced without

fear and

fear and hostility and with mutual respect for all viewpoints.

●  Constitutional

D.  Constitutional guarantees of due process and freedom of speech will continue to be observed as to

students and

students and teachers alike when they are involved in a controversial issue.

●  Teachers

E.  Teachers should encourage the suspension of judgment and conclusions until all relevant and significant

facts have

facts have been assembled, critically examined, and checked for accuracy.

●  Teachers

F.  Teachers should seek to develop in students a sense of responsibility for their beliefs, opinions, attitudes,

and actions

and actions.

●  Teachers

G.  Teachers should place major emphasis upon "why" and "how" to think rather than "what" to think.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKF-EB

IKF-EB 

EXHIBIT

GRADUATION  REQUIREMENTS

AUGMENTATION POINTS CALCULATIONS

Threshold  Determination

Multiply "Meets the Standard" for each section of the State Board competency test by the factor .95 to determine the score that must be met at a minimum before the augmentation procedure may be completed.

Calculation of Augmentation points to be used for each competency test section failed when the threshold is met.

Only classes that satisfy the specifically required subject matter credits by the State Board for graduation shall be included in the calculation of the augmentation score.  Use the highest grades earned or if advanced placement/honors courses the grade credited with the most points per R7-2-302.09(E)(b & c).

Credits
                                                                                                        Additional
                     Course Name                         Grades (1)(2)                  Points

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                   English or ESL

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                   English or ESL

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                   English or ESL

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                   English or ESL

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                 US and AZ History

.5) ___________________________   ________________   ________________
              US and AZ Government

.5) ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                      Economics

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
             World History/Geography

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                    Mathematics

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                    Mathematics

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                    Mathematics

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                    Mathematics

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                        Science

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                        Science

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
                        Science

1)  ___________________________   ________________   ________________
       Fine Arts or Vocational Education

TOTAL of    *   credits                           Total added points  (_______________)

Total added points divided by    *   equals
Average Additional Points per Credit     _______________

Average Additional               (Pupil's Original                         Augmentation
  Points per Credit   times    Score, by Section)     equals           Points
             100

Augmentation points may be added to the highest score on each section of the State Board competency test that the student may have taken.

If the augmented score of the student exceeds the passing score on the competency test, the student shall be considered to have passed the competency test in that area for graduation purposes.

(1)Advanced Placement or Honors

A equals twenty-five (25) times credits equals points
B equals twenty (20) times credits equals points
C equals fifteen (15) times credits equals points
D or F equals zero (0)

(2) Other eligible grades

A equals twenty (20) times credits equals points
B equals fifteen (15) times credits equals points
C equals twelve (12) times credits equals points
D or F equals zero (0)

* See R7-2-302.09(E)(b and c).



Master Document: IMD © SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES
Child Document: IMD © SCHOOL CEREMONIES AND OBSERVANCES

IMD ©
SCHOOL  CEREMONIES 
AND  OBSERVANCES

The following shall be adhered to regarding required opening exercises and school programs as they pertain to customs and holidays:

●  Each

A.  Each student shall be provided with an opportunity to participate in the Pledge of Allegiance or other

patriotic observance

patriotic observance each day.

●  Each

B.  Each student in grades four (4) through six (6) shall recite the following passage from the Declaration of Independence:

"We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty and the pursuit of happiness.  That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed..."

C.  Each teacher in charge of a classroom for the first class of each day shall conduct a period of meditation,

not to

not to exceed one (1) minute in duration.  No other activities will be allowed in the classroom at that time.

●  Students

D.  Students whose parents have informed the school that they are not to take part in the meditation period

or patriotic

or patriotic observances will be expected to observe the courtesy of not disturbing others.

●  When

E.  When special days or significant events are recognized, it is recommended that appropriate classroom

and assembly

and assembly programs be presented in keeping with the traditional and historical significance of the event

or season

or season.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203

15-342
15-506



Master Document: IMG © ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS
Child Document: IMG © ANIMALS IN SCHOOLS

IMG ©
ANIMALS  IN  SCHOOLS

The Superintendent may establish procedures for appropriately and humanely bringing live animals into a classroom.  Such procedures shall forbid the transporting of live animals that are not service animals on school buses unless the animal is present for an educational purpose by written approval from the Superintendent or principal.

Service animal means any dog or miniature horse that is individually trained to do work or perform tasks for the benefit of an individual with a disability, including a physical, sensory, psychiatric, intellectual or other mental disability.  Service animal does not include other species of animals, whether wild or domestic or trained or untrained.

Any person or entity that operates a public place shall not discriminate against individuals with disabilities who use service animals if the work or tasks performed by the service animal are directly related to the individual's disability.  Work or tasks include assisting individuals who are blind or have low vision with navigation and other tasks, alerting individuals who are deaf or hard of hearing to the presence of people or sounds, providing nonviolent protection or rescue work, pulling a wheelchair, assisting an individual during a seizure, alerting individuals to the presence of allergens, retrieving items such as medicine or the telephone, providing physical support and assistance with balance and stability to individuals with mobility disabilities and helping individuals with psychiatric and neurological disabilities by preventing or interrupting impulsive or destructive behaviors.  The crime deterrent effects of an animal's presence and the provision of emotional support, well-being, comfort or companionship do not constitute work or tasks.

Adopted:  January 8, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
11-1024

A.A.C. 
R17-9-102



Master Document: JC-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JC-R ©

REGULATION

SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE  AREAS

Recommendations to the Governing Board for the adoption of new attendance boundaries or change in current attendance boundaries will be presented along with a map at one (1) meeting that provides for comments on the proposed changes prior to discussion and action.

Parents/guardians of students and residents of the households affected by attendance boundary changes will be notified, whenever possible, a minimum of ten (10) days prior to the public meeting.  The notice will include the time, place, date, a call for public input, and where a map delineating the proposed adoption/change may be viewed.  Notice will be given by:

A.  A post card addressed to the zip codes plus four (4) digits of all affected postal residents located in the attendance area subject to change.

B.  Written notification to the parents or guardians of affected students provided by means of:

1.  Weekly school lunch menus; or

2.  Special communications; or

3.  Newsletters; or

4.  Any similar means reasonably calculated to provide sufficient notice.

C.  Broadcast and print media public announcements.

D.  Posting of notice at the school and in places permitting notice posting in the area of student attendance affected.

E.  Information and a map delineating the proposed changes available in the school office and posted on the District's web site, if available.

The meeting will be held in a public facility, if one is available, in a location with proximity to the area suggested for school attendance change and which will accommodate the expected participants.  Participation by parents/ guardians of students and residents of homes affected will be encouraged.  Up to one (1) hour will be scheduled for receipt of affected persons' comments with the time for individual presentations determined by the time scheduled divided by the participants requesting to speak.  Additional time may be allocated by specific Board action.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: IKFA-E

IKFA-E 

EXHIBIT

EARLY  GRADUATION

GUIDELINES  FOR  STUDENTS 
PURSUING  EARLY  GRADUATION

The Glendale Union High School District does not encourage students to complete their high school studies in less than a four (4) year period.  However, in certain rare circumstances, evidence warrants approval of a course of study to achieve completion prior to their expected date of graduation.

To request approval for early graduation from the District, a student and the student's parent or guardian must submit the following items to the Assistant Principal for Student Services:

●  A request in writing from the parent or guardian which includes the following:

■  The reason why the student wants to graduate early.

■  What the student plans to do after graduation.

■  Which institution of higher learning the student plans to attend.

●  A plan describing how the student intends to graduate early.  This must be accomplished by meeting with the student's counselor and designing a course of study which meets the student's educational need, graduation requirements, and the requirements of the academic institution to which the student will be attending upon high school graduation.

●  As a reminder, summer school is for remediation purposes only.  If the student desires to take courses during the summer to accelerate their completion date, correspondence courses or other approved course work must be taken in lieu of summer school.

●  A detailed analysis of the of the student's research into the selected education choice once the student has completed high school.  This research must include:

■  How does the selected institution perceive students who graduate early?

■  Will graduating early affect the student's chances of receiving financial aid in the form of tuition waivers, student loans, scholarships or grants?

■  Will the student meet the entrance requirements for the selected institution?  Has the institution been presented with the student's transcript to date and the plan for graduating early?  Has the student been granted conditional acceptance based upon this plan?

■  Will the student be able to take all the high school courses the institution requires at the appropriate level without having to be placed on a probationary basis?  Accelerated course work is not available in night, summer or correspondence school, and taking these courses outside the District's day classes may negatively affect the student's class rank.

■  Has the student met with the counselor to move the student over to the class rank for the new graduating class?  How does this affect the student's class rank?

Completed plans submitted to the Assistant Principal for Student Services will then be forwarded to the Associate Superintendent for final approval.



Master Document: IMG-R ©
Child Document: IMG-R ©

IMG-R ©

REGULATION

ANIMALS  IN  SCHOOLS

Animals may be brought into the classroom for educational purposes.  However, they must be appropriately and humanely cared for, and properly handled.  Any person who wishes to bring an animal into the classroom must receive prior permission from the principal.  The following guidelines shall apply to animals in the schools:

●  Prior A.  Prior to granting permission, teachers should check with the school nurse regarding any known allergies among allergies among students in the classroom.  If allergies exist, parents must be contacted for further direction.

●  Animals B.  Animals shall not be transported on school buses.

●  Teachers C.  Teachers must assume primary responsibility for the humane and proper treatment of any animals in the classroomthe classroom.

●  Only D.  Only the teacher or students designated by the teacher are to handle the animals.

●  If E.  If animals are to be kept in the classroom on days when classes are not in session, the teacher must make arrangements make arrangements for their care and safety.

●  Staff F.  Staff members or students who have been bitten by an animal shall report such incident to the principal and the and the nurse immediately.  The principal should notify the public health authorities if the injury merits medical followmedical follow-up.  Public health authorities should determine the appropriate action and period of confinement for an for an animal if an injury results.  Any animal involved in a serious injury must be impounded until authorization for authorization for release is granted by health authorities.



Master Document: IMH © CLASS INTERRUPTIONS
Child Document: IMH © CLASS INTERRUPTIONS

IMH ©
CLASS  INTERRUPTIONS

The Superintendent shall establish regulations limiting class interruptions, with particular emphasis on use of communication devices and interruptions by salespersons or visitors.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: IMH-R ©
Child Document: IMH-R

IMH-R ©

REGULATION

CLASS  INTERRUPTIONS

It will be the responsibility of the principal to limit the clerical duties of classroom teachers as much as possible and to reduce, to a minimum, interruptions of classroom programs.  Teachers should not be called out of their classrooms for telephone calls, salespersons, or visitors.  Exceptions may be made in emergencies.  The classroom setting shall not be interrupted by the use of the interschool communication system unless authorized by the principal.

Special  Events  Guidelines

In addition to the Governing Board policy that addresses guest speakers, there is a need to provide guidance to school and District personnel for special events which occur within the school day, may involve the entire school and originate from a source outside the school campus.  Examples include, but are not limited to presidential addresses, space exploration, issues related to national safety and security, et cetera.  The following guidelines will be used when considering participation:

●  The school/District should be protective of instructional time.  Interruptions should only occur on rare occasions.

●  The special event should connect to state academic standards, our District curriculum or to an event of national significance.

●  Teachers should be encouraged to develop relevant lesson plans and activities for students that connect the special event to their curriculum.

●  Whenever possible, advance notice should be given to parents.

●  Should a parent choose to have their student not participate in the special event, an alternative assignment will be provided, consistent with existing policy.

●  The Superintendent, in cooperation with principals, will finalize an event participation decision.

●  The Governing Board will be kept informed of special events and the school/District plans involving instruction and scheduling.



Master Document: JEA-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JEA-E ©

EXHIBIT

COMPULSORY  ATTENDANCE  AGES

Every child between the ages of six (6) and sixteen (16) years shall attend a school and shall be provided instruction in at least the subjects of reading, grammar, mathematics, social studies, and science.  The person who has custody of the child shall choose a public, private, charter, or home school as defined in A.R.S. 15-802 to provide instruction.

The parent or person who has custody of the child shall do the following:

A.  If the child will attend a public, private, or charter school, enroll the child and ensure that the child attends the public, private, or charter school for the full time that school is in session.  If the child attends a school that is operated on a year-around basis, the child shall regularly attend during school sessions that total not less than one hundred eighty (180) school days or two hundred (200) school days, as applicable, or the equivalent as approved by the Superintendent of Public Instruction.

B.  If the child will attend a private school or home school, file an affidavit of intent with the County School Superintendent stating that the child is attending a regularly organized private school or is being provided instruction in a home school, in accord with A.R.S. 15-802.

C.  If the child will attend home school, the child has not reached eight (8) years of age by September 1 of the school year, and the person who has custody of the child does not desire to begin home instruction until the child has reached eight (8) years of age, file an affidavit of intent pursuant to A.R.S. 15-802 stating that the person who has custody of the child does not desire to begin home school instruction.

A person is excused from the duties prescribed above if it is shown to the satisfaction of the school principal or the school principal's designee:

A.  The child is in such physical or mental condition that attendance at a public school is inexpedient or impracticable.

B.  The child has completed the high school courses necessary for completion of grade ten (10) as prescribed by the State Board of Education.

C.  The child has presented reasons for nonattendance at a public school which are satisfactory to the school principal or the school principal's designee.  For purposes of this paragraph, the principal's designee may be the School District Governing Board.

D.  The child is over fourteen (14) years of age and is, with the consent of the person who has custody of the child, employed at some lawful wage-earning occupation.

E.  The child is an enrollee in a work training, career education, vocational, or manual training program that meets the educational standards established and approved by the Department of Education.

F.  The child was either suspended and not directed to participate in an alternative education program or expelled from school as provided in law.

G.  The child is enrolled in an education program provided by a state educational or other institution.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: ILB-E

ILB-E 

EXHIBIT

TEST / ASSESSMENT  ADMINISTRATION

TEST ADMINISTRATION AND SECURITY AGREEMENT
TEACHER/TEST ADMINISTRATOR

I acknowledge that Glendale Union High School District administers secure assessments.  When asked to administer a secure assessment, I will follow the following secure precautions to safeguard test materials and to insure the standardization of the test administration.

I will:

●  read and sign a Test Administration and Security Agreement.

●  attend test information and training sessions prior to test administration.

●  adhere to all testing dates and timelines.

●  prepare classroom for testing, i.e., seating arrangements, removing test-related materials from walls.

●  check-out secure testing materials from the Assistant Principal for Student Services or the Assistant Principal for Student Services' designee.

●  not disclose or discuss test items or prompts with students or other teachers.

●  not create a key for a multiple choice secure test.

●  keep testing materials in a secure location.

●  set aside time prior to test administration to thoroughly read the teacher directions, coding instructions and message at bottom of class testing rosters.  Questions about the directions shall be directed to the Assistant Principal for Student Services or the Curriculum Coordinator.

●  provide reasonable and appropriate accommodations for special education, 504 and English Language Learner (ELL) students.

■  a "reduced answer choice" assessment will  be given only to special education students whose individualized education program (IEP) specifies that accommodation.

■  an alternate test will be given to special education students whose IEP denotes a modified curriculum.  The alternate assessment is located on the curriculum and instruction (C&I) server in the Inclusion Tool Box.

●  require students to silence and put out-of-sight all electronic devices.

●  maintain an orderly testing environment and actively monitor students.

●  distribute tests one (1) at a time to students, recording assigned test numbers on class rosters.

●  read directions to students as instructed in the teacher directions.  Directions may be clarified and paraphrased; however, coaching may not occur on test items.

●  administer secure test to students.  Follow school procedures for students needing extra time.  On a multiple choice test, extra time must be an extension of the regular testing period.

●  collect all testing materials prior to dismissal verifying that all assigned test booklets and final products/answer documents are accounted for.

●  hold a make-up session(s) for absent students.

●  follow all directions at the bottom of the class test roster for the return of test booklets, Performance-Based Assessment (PBA) final products, answer documents and other materials.

●  sign class test roster(s).

●  return test materials to the Assistant Principal for Student Services or the Assistant Principal for Student Services' designee by the due date noted in the teacher directions and/or discussed in training session.

By signing my name to this document, I am assuring my school and District that I will follow the above conditions for testing.

Signature  ___________________________________________________________

Printed Name ________________________________________________________

School _______________________________________     Date_________________



Master Document: JA © STUDENT POLICIES GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: JA © STUDENT POLICIES GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES

JA ©
STUDENT  POLICIES  GOALS / 
PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

The Superintendent will establish an environment conducive to the best learning achievement for each student through meeting the following goals:

●  To provide a four (4)-year learning plan that is appropriate A.  To individualize the learning program in order to provide appropriately for each student.

●  To B.  To protect and observe the legal rights of students.

●  To C.  To enhance the self-image of all individual students through helping them feel respected and worthy, and through a through a learning environment that provides positive encouragement.

●  To D.  To provide an environment of reality in which students can learn personal and civic responsibility for their actions their actions through meaningful experiences as school citizens.

●  To E.  To deal with students in matters of discipline in a just and constructive manner.

●  To F.  To provide, in every way feasible, for the safety, health, and welfare of students.

●  To G.  To promote regular attendance and good work.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JB © EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES
Child Document: JB © EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES

JB ©
EQUAL  EDUCATIONAL 
OPPORTUNITIES

The right of a student to participate fully in classroom instruction shall not be abridged or impaired because of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, and disability, or any other reason not related to the student's individual capabilities.

The right of students to participate in extracurricular activities shall be dependent only upon their maintaining the minimum academic and behavioral standards established by the Board, and their individual ability in the extracurricular activity.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
Arizona Constitution, Act XI, Sec. 6

20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 1681, Education Amendments of 1972, Title IX
20 U.S.C. 1703, Equal Educational Opportunities Act
29 U.S.C. 794, Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)
42 U.S.C. 2000, Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended in 1972,Title VI, Title VII
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001

Arizona Constitution, Act XI, Sec. 6,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
AC - Nondiscrimination
ACA - Sexual Harassment
GBA - Equal Employment Opportunity
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
IHBA - Special Educational Programs and Accommodations for Disabled Students
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: ILE-R

ILE-R 

REGULATION

EVALUATION  OF 
INSTRUCTIONAL  PROGRAMS

(Reports to the Governing Board)

The following reports will be reviewed by the Governing Board:

Report                                                            Frequency

Student suspensions report                              Weekly

Athletic receipts report                                      Monthly

Book rental report                                             Monthly

Bookstore report                                               Monthly

Food Services report                                        Monthly (summary)

Cash analysis of all student activity funds        Monthly

Cash receipts report                                         Monthly

Financial report                                                 Monthly

Special student attendance report                    Tri-Annually (Oct. Feb. Jun)

Personnel absence report                                 Monthly

Overtime and extra pay report                          Annually (June)

Special reports (verbal or written)                     Upon request or as deemed
                                                                             necessary



Master Document: JB-R ©
Child Document: JB-R

JB-R ©

REGULATION

EQUAL  EDUCATIONAL
OPPORTUNITIES

TITLE VI, TITLE IX, SECTION 504 NON-DISCRIMINATION

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE FOR STUDENTS,

PARENTS, AND COMMUNITY MEMBERS

When a student, parent, or community member has a complaint or grievance against the district based on race, creed, color, national origin, sex, or handicap, the following procedure will be followed:

Level  I

The complainant will first meet informally with the school-site administrator.  This meeting must occur within thirty (30) days of an alleged violation.  If the complainant's concerns are not clear or cannot be resolved at this level, the school-site administrator may request that the complainant's concerns be put in writing and submitted to the administrator.  The administrator will respond to the complainant in writing within ten (10) working days.

Level  II

In the event that a grievance or complaint cannot be satisfactorily resolved at Level I, the complainant may meet with the District Compliance Officer.  Every reasonable effort will be made to resolve the problem in a manner acceptable to all parties.  The request for this meeting must be made within five (5) days of receipt of the Level I administrator's decision.  If the complainant's concerns are not clearly understood when presented orally, the District Compliance Officer may request that they be presented in writing describing specifically the violation of policies, procedures, and any act(s) which are alleged to have taken place.  The District Compliance Officer will respond to the complainant in writing within ten (10) working days.

In the event that a response from third parties is necessary to resolve the complaint, the District Compliance Officer may designate up to ten (10) additional days for investigation of the complaint without the consent of the complainant.  An additional period of time, with the complainant's consent, may be allowed for resolution of the grievance.

Level  III

If the problem cannot be resolved at the second level, the complainant shall have the right to meet with the Superintendent or his/her designee, following the same procedures as in Level II.

Level  IV

In the event that the matter cannot be resolved, the complainant may request a hearing before the Governing Board.  At the next regular meeting, the Governing Board shall either set a date for the hearing, or appoint a hearing officer who will report his/her findings and all facts in the case to the Governing Board.

Alternative  Steps  in  the

Grievance  Procedure

In the event that the complaint is against the individual responsible for the grievance process at any level, the complainant can address the grievance directly to the next appropriate level.

If the nature of the complaint is covered by another district policy, such as matters of student discipline or special education, the site administrator will assist the complainant to file a complaint under the relevant procedure.

District Compliance Officers:

●  Title VI:  Assistant Superintendent of Human Resources/ Quality Assurance, Telephone No. 623-435 6000

●  Title IX:  Director of Athletics, Telephone No. 623-435 6000

●  Section 504:  Assistant Superintendent of Special Programs, Telephone No. 623-435 6000

Compliance  Officer

The Superintendent shall be the compliance officer.  Any person who feels unlawfully discriminated against or to have been the victim of unlawful discrimination by an agent or employee of the District or who knows of such discrimination against another person should file a complaint with the Superintendent.  If the Superintendent is the one alleged to have unlawfully discriminated, the complaint shall be filed with the President of the Board.

Complaint  Procedure

The District is committed to investigating each complaint and to taking appropriate action on all confirmed violations of policy.  The Superintendent shall investigate and document complaints filed pursuant to this regulation as soon as reasonable, within the established timelines.  In investigating the complaint, the Superintendent will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible.  The Superintendent shall also investigate incidents of policy violation that are raised by the Governing Board, even though no complaint has been made.

If after the initial investigation the Superintendent has reason to believe that a violation of policy has occurred, the Superintendent shall determine whether or not to hold an administrative hearing and/or to recommend bringing the matter before the Board.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a teacher or an administrator, the due process provisions of the District's Policy GCQF shall apply, except that the supervising administrator may be assigned to conduct the hearing.  In cases of serious misconduct, dismissal or suspension proceedings in accordance with A.R.S. 15-539 et seq. may be initiated.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a support staff employee, the Superintendent may follow due process and impose discipline under Policy GDQD if the evidence so warrants.  The Superintendent also may recommend a suspension without pay, recommend dismissal, or impose other appropriate discipline.

If the person alleged to have violated policy is a student, the Superintendent may impose discipline in accordance with Policies JK, JKD and JKE.

If the Superintendent's investigation reveals no reasonable cause to believe policy has been violated, the Superintendent shall so inform the complaining party in writing.

Timelines

The complaint must be filed within thirty (30) calendar days after the complaining party knew or should have known that there were grounds for a complaint/grievance.

Once the written complaint has been filed using the forms provided by the District, the Superintendent shall require the immediate supervisor or site administrator to investigate and respond in writing to the complaining party within five (5) working days.

If the immediate supervisor or site administrator does not respond, the Superintendent will have ten (10) additional working days to respond in writing to the complaining party.

If the Superintendent does not respond within the established time, then the complaining party may request in writing that the issue be brought before the Board.  The Board will then review the record of the investigation and have thirty (30) days to respond to the complaining party in writing.



Master Document: JB-E ©
Child Document: JB-E

JB-E ©

EXHIBIT

EQUAL  EDUCATIONAL
OPPORTUNITIES

LEVEL III HEARING RECOMMENDATION

(Written Incident Summary)

In order to more specifically meet the due process guidelines with regard to the hearing notification, please provide the information requested below.

Date of incident:  ___________________        Time:  ___________________

Name of person involved: ________________________  Yr. in school: _____

Location of incident:  _____________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Description of Violation:

Describe the incident as specifically as possible: _______________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Observed behavior: ______________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Specific charges: ________________________________________________

Governing Board Policy Violated: ___________________________________

Witnesses to incident: ____________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Recommendation:  (Check appropriate response)

Right to return to home school?    Yes _____    No _____    Optional _____

Please forward this report to the Level III Hearing Officer with the regular letter of request for a hearing.

COMPLAINT FORM

(To be filed with the compliance officer as provided in JB-R)

Please print:

Name ____________________________________ _____     ___________________

Administrator's Signature                                              Date

 

 

Name ____________________________________     Date ______________Address

Address  _______________________________________________________

Telephone _________  Another phone where you can be reached __________

During the hours of ______________________________________________

E-mail address  __________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity ________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Address _______________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                    Address                                     Telephone Address                                   Telephone Number

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

____________________________________
Signature of Complainant

The compliance officer, as designated in JB-R, shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: JC © SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS
Child Document: JC © SCHOOL ATTENDANCE AREAS

JC ©
SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE  AREAS

(In District)

The attendance areas of the District will be established by the Board.  Students will attend school in the attendance areas in which their respective residences are located.  Exceptions to this policy may be made for open enrollment, unsafe school choice options, special placements based on Individualized Educational Programs, disciplinary actions, available curricula and in the case of homeless students, continued attendance in their school of origin.

The Governing Board recognizes that the proposed adoption of attendance boundaries or change in current attendance boundaries is a topic which will generate much concern and interest by all who may be affected.  Therefore, Board meetings to discuss proposed changes to attendance boundaries shall have comment periods and will be preceded by prior notification to parents and guardians of students and residents of the households to be affected by the proposals being discussed.  The notice shall be by means intended to reach the largest number of persons to be affected.  At least one (1) meeting shall be held to present the maps of proposed attendance boundaries and receive comments from those affected.  These maps and the notice of such a meeting shall be made available on the District's website, if one is available.

Following Board action, parents, guardians and residents affected by a boundary change decision will be informed by means of the minutes and other school and District communications.  These will be placed on the District's web site, if one is available.  Within ninety (90) days of the adoption of a boundary change by the Governing Board, attendance boundaries will be updated, made available to the public and, if available, placed on a District website.  If a web site is available a direct link to the School District's attendance boundaries will be sent to the Department of Real Estate otherwise a copy of any change will be sent.

The Superintendent will develop the specific procedures necessary to implement the actions, notification, and documentation required by this policy.

Adopted:  April 5, 2017date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.
15-341
15-461
20 U.S.C. 7912, Unsafe School Choice Option

42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
JFBA - Unsafe School Choice



Master Document: JE © STUDENT ATTENDANCE
Child Document: JE STUDENT ATTENDANCE

JE ©
STUDENT  ATTENDANCE

The parent or guardian is charged by law with responsibility for the student's consistent school attendance.  The Superintendent will enforce the laws regarding attendance, with consideration for the variables that affect children and families.  The Superintendent will place emphasis on the prevention and correction of the causes of absenteeism.

Believing this, the Governing Board embraces the following tenets:

●  Regular daily attendance is absolutely essential.  Activities that take place in the classroom are a vital part of the teaching-learning process.  A day lost from class can never be recaptured.  The dialogue that has taken place between teacher and students will not be duplicated.  Thus, attendance at each assigned class period is essential.

●  Each student shall be responsible for adhering to guidelines governing attendance at his/her school.  Those guidelines are enumerated in the student handbook.

●  Parents have a primary responsibility to establish good attendance patterns in children.  To this end, they are encouraged to require daily attendance at all classes, and to authorize absences only for the most serious reasons.  Moreover, when absences are necessary, it is the responsibility of the parent to advise the school consistent with school regulations.

●  The District shall be sensitive to the needs of students with respect to religious observances.  Therefore, each student shall be permitted to observe his/her major required religious holidays without academic penalty.  Each school is encouraged to avoid insofar as possible the scheduling of significant school events on major religious holidays.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-239
15-346
15-771
15-802
15-804
15-805
15-806
15-807
15-826
15-843
15-872
15-873
15-901

CROSS REF.:  
JH - Student Absences and Excuses



Master Document: JE-R ©
Child Document: JE-R

JE-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  ATTENDANCE

(Tardy Requirements)

The right and privilege of attending public schools carries with it certain responsibilities on the part of both parents and students.  Parents and students must recognize the direct relationship which exists between academic success and regular, punctual school attendance.  High school attendance and punctuality is ultimately the responsibility of the student and the student's family.  Students should miss school only when absolutely necessary because much of the classroom activity cannot be replicated; the benefit of lectures, discussion and participation is lost forever to those who are absent.  Tardiness disrupts the learning environment of everyone in the class.  It must be emphasized that regular attendance/punctuality is the key to much of the success a student may gain from the student's high school program.

If a student is absent and/or tardy for more than twelve (12) class periods in any particular class in a semester, the student may lose credit eligibility in those classes for the semester.  It is the policy of the District to grant exceptions to this rule when absences/tardies beyond twelve (12) are due solely to a chronic health condition certified according to District procedure.  No procedures or guidelines will deprive students of procedural due process.

Classification  of  Absences

Absences (not to exceed twelve [12] which includes truancies, tardies and suspensions):  Absence is defined as a student's non-attendance in the student's assigned classroom during an assigned period and is a result of:

●  Personal illness.

●  Doctor or dentist appointments which cannot be made up after school hours.  Verification that a student was seeing his/her doctor or dentist during the school periods missed should be furnished to the attendance office upon the student's return to school.

●  Serious family illness or a death in the family.

●  Suspensions.

●  Prior notification by the parent to the administration.

Recognized religious holidays are not subject to the twelve (12) absence limit, but do require notification to the administration by the student's parents at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance.

General  Attendance/Tardy

The District expects parents/guardians to call the attendance office each day a student is absent from school.  Reasonable attempts will be made by the school, through phone calls or letters, to inform parents/guardians of a student's absence.  This is a sincere attempt by the local school to work with the family in resolving a student's attendance problem.

When a student transfers from one school to another within the District, the student's attendance record will transfer to the new school.  Absences and truancies accumulated in one school will be recorded and counted at the new school.

To prevent a student from unknowingly losing credit, the attendance office will correspond with the student and parents/guardians concerning the District attendance policy only on the first occurrence of the fifth (5th) absence and/or tardy in any class period during the semester.

Copies of the correspondence to parents/guardians will be distributed to appropriate school personnel.

Students who reach eight (8) absences and/or tardies in one (1) or more classes during any semester will be automatically placed on academic probation.  Students will be removed from academic probation at the end of the current semester if the following conditions are met:

●  Twelve (12) or fewer absences for the current semester with no truancies, suspensions or tardies after academic probation begins.

●  All make-up assignments due to absenteeism are completed in a timely manner.

●  Classroom behavior is conducive to a learning atmosphere.

Students will be notified that they have been placed on academic probation and the student will be given the written conditions of probation and a due process affidavit.

A student who reaches his/her thirteenth (13th) absence and/or tardy may lose credit eligibility in the class or classes in which the thirteen (13) absences/tardies are recorded.

On the thirteenth (13th) absence/tardy the assistant principal will advise the student/parent/guardians of the following alternatives:

●  The student may be placed in compulsory study hall.

●  The student may appeal the loss of credit under the provisions of the Attendance/Tardies Appeals Procedures.

Students who transfer to a compulsory study hall must abide by the following guidelines:

●  Truancy from study hall will be considered insubordination.  A student may be suspended for insubordination. 

●  A student taking fewer than four (4) credit-earning classes will be dropped from school.  Exceptions must be approved by the principal (Level II Hearing Officer).

Students who enroll in school after the eighth (8th) day of the semester will automatically be placed on academic probation.

A student-initiated schedule change may cause a loss of credit eligibility.

Excused absences due to school activities (field trips, performing groups, student government, et cetera) are excluded from the attendance/tardy policy.

Absences from scheduled classes as a result of on or off-campus suspensions will be included in the total number of absences for the semester in which the suspension occurs.

Tardy

Tardies are viewed as a disruption to the classroom environment.  Coming in late not only deprives the tardy student of full learning time, but also disrupts the education of other students.  If a student is to learn, the student must be in an assigned work station prepared to work before the tardy bell rings.  The school reserves the right to make the determination whether or not a student is tardy.  For each and every class in which a student has exceeded a combined total of twelve (12) absences/tardies in a semester, the student may lose credit eligibility in those classes for the semester.  Students who are tardy three (3) times in a nine (9)-week grading period will receive a "U" in citizenship for that grading period.  No procedures or guidelines will deprive students of due process.

Definition - When the bell rings signaling the end of the class period, students will have five (5) minutes to pass between classes.  Each student must be in the correct class and work station, prepared to begin class, when the bell rings signaling the start of the new class period.  Students not in the correct class/work station at the bell will be counted as tardy.  Tardies caused by appointments for medical or legal reasons will be excused if appropriate documentation is provided by the parent to the attendance office upon return to school.  If a student has a pass from a school official, the student will not be considered tardy.  All school officials will take every precaution not to issue passes except when necessary.

General  Disciplinary - Threat

Assessments

Students may be required to participate in an individual threat assessment to be conducted by a District Social Worker.  Reasons that a student would be required to participate in a threat assessment include, but are not limited to, the following:

●  Verbal or written threats.

●  Intimidation or harassment.

●  Violent behavior.

●  Any situation deemed by the District administration to be a disruption to the learning environment.

Probationary/Behavior  Contracts

Students may be required to sign probationary/behavior contract(s) before or after enrollment in any District school.  Reasons a student would be required to sign a contract include, but are not limited to, the following:

●  Enrollment with a variance.

●  Violations in the area(s) of tardies, attendance, or student conduct.

●  Deficiency in academic credits for current grade level.

●  Violation of classroom rules/policies.

●  Violation of school or District policy in the areas of tardies, attendance, or student conduct.

●  Any situation deemed by the District administration to require the use of a probationary/behavior contract to ensure compliance with District policy.

Student  Disruption  of  the  Educational

Program  and  Climate  of  the  School

Students in the District enjoy the right to a quality education, free from unnecessary disruptions.  This occurs when an effective and appropriate learning environment and campus climate are maintained.  The total school community to include parents, students, school personnel and community members share in the responsibility for maintenance of the campus climate.  The administration, teaching staff and other school personnel have the responsibility to determine when student behavior is inappropriate and disruptive or in violation of local school rules or regulations set forth by the Governing Board.  Students attending off-campus school-sponsored events are governed by the same regulations which apply to their on-campus behavior.  All District policies and rules which pertain to the treatment of employees by students of the District are in effect at all times including on or off campus.Attendance  Records

Each time a class meets, the teacher shall check and formally record the attendance of all students assigned to the class.  The name of any absent student shall be entered on the prescribed attendance/absence report and be submitted to the office.

A master list of student absences will be prepared daily from attendance reports received in the office.

The school administrator is accountable for assuring that accurate and timely daily records of student membership and attendance are maintained.



Master Document: JFAB-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JFAB-EA ©

EXHIBIT

TUITION / ADMISSION  OF 
NONRESIDENT  STUDENTS

RESIDENCY DOCUMENTATION FORM

Student ______________________________    School __________________

School District or Charter Holder ____________________________________

Parent/Legal Guardian ____________________________________________

As the Parent/Legal Guardian of the Student, I attest that I am a resident of the State of Arizona and submit in support of this attestation a copy of the following document that displays my name and residential address or physical description of the property where the student resides:

_____     Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card or motor vehicle registration

_____     Valid U.S. passport

_____     Real estate deed or mortgage documents

_____     Property tax bill

_____     Residential lease or rental agreement

_____     Water, electric, gas, cable, or phone bill

_____     Bank or credit card statement

_____     W-2 wage statement

_____     Payroll stub

_____     Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe that contains an Arizona address

_____     Documentation from a state, tribal or federal government agency (Social Security Administration, Veteran's Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security)

_____     I am currently unable to provide any of the foregoing documents.  Therefore, I have provided an original affidavit signed and notarized by an Arizona resident who attests that I have established residence in Arizona with the person signing the affidavit.

___________________________________     ________________________
      Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian                                 Date

Reproduction of ADE FORM 2306606 which may be used in lieu of this document.



Master Document: JEA © COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES
Child Document: JEA © COMPULSORY ATTENDANCE AGES

JEA ©
COMPULSORY  ATTENDANCE  AGES

It is unlawful for any child who is at least six (6) but not yet sixteen (16) years of age to fail to attend school during the hours that school is in session, unless such child is excused pursuant to:

●  A.  A.R.S. 15-802 (see attached exhibit) and verifiable records are kept of the reasons for excuse from the duties the duties prescribed.

●  AB.  A.R.S. 15-901 (for children with disabilities).

●  The C.  The child being provided instruction at home.

●  The D.  The child being accompanied by a parent or a person authorized by a parent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-802
15-803



Master Document: JFAB-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JFAB-EB ©

EXHIBIT

TUITION / ADMISSION  OF 
NONRESIDENT  STUDENTS

AFFIDAVIT OF SHARED RESIDENCE

I swear or affirm that I am a resident of the State of Arizona and that the persons listed below reside with me at my residence, described as follows:

Persons who reside with me:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Location of my residence:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I submit in support of this attestation a copy of the following document that displays my name and current residence address or physical description of my property:

_____     Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card or motor vehicle registration

_____     Valid U.S. passport

_____     Real estate deed or mortgage documents

_____     Property tax bill

_____     Residential lease or rental agreement

_____     Water, electric, gas, cable, or phone bill

_____     Bank or credit card statement

_____     W-2 wage statement

_____     Payroll stub

_____     Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe

_____     Documentation from a state, tribal or federal government agency (Social Security Administration, Veteran's Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security)

Printed Name of Affiant: ___________________________________________

Signature of Affiant:  ______________________________________________

Acknowledgement

State of Arizona
County of ___________________

The foregoing was acknowledged before me this ___ day of __________, 20___,

By ______________________________________________________________.

My Commission Expires

___________________     ___________________________________________
                                                                         Notary Public

Reproduction of ADE FORM 2306606 which may be used in lieu of this document.



Master Document: JEB © ENTRANCE AGE REQUIREMENTS
Child Document: JEB ENTRANCE AGE REQUIREMENTS

JEB ©
ENTRANCE  AGE  REQUIREMENTS

Special  Preschool

A child evaluated and recommended for special services for a disability in accord with statute, and who has reached the third (3rd) birthday, may be admitted to preschool.  If otherwise eligible, the District may admit a child who is within ninety (90) days of reaching age three (3) years if it is determined to be in the best interest of the individual.  The Superintendent shall make such determination based upon one (1) or more consultations with parent(s), guardian(s), the child, and the multidisciplinary placement team.

Kindergarten  and  First  Grade

For admission to kindergarten, children must be five (5) years of age prior to September 1 of the current school year.  If a full-day kindergarten is provided, the parent of a student eligible for full-day kindergarten shall be offered the opportunity to choose either a half-day or a full-day kindergarten program.  The District shall provide an academically meaningful half-day kindergarten program in each District school where the half-day student enrollment is sufficient to fill a class with approximately the same number of students as the District-wide kindergarten classroom average.

Children may be admitted to first grade who are six (6) years of age, or shall be deemed six (6) years of age if they reach such age prior to September 1 of the current school year.

The Board may admit children who have not reached the required age as prescribed above if it is determined to be in the best interest of the children, and such children must reach the required age of five (5) for kindergarten and six (6) for first grade by January 1 of the current school year.

For a child who has not reached six (6) years of age (five [5] for kindergarten) before September, the determination of whether to admit shall be based upon one (1) or more consultations with the parent(s) or guardian(s), the child, the teacher, the school principal, and/or professional consultants.

When a child who has not reached age five (5) prior to September 1 was admitted for early enrollment in kindergarten, and the child then repeats kindergarten in the following year, the District is not eligible to receive basic state aid for the child's second year.  When a child who has not reached age five (5) prior to September 1 was admitted for early enrollment in kindergarten but does not remain enrolled the District may receive a portion of basic state aid on behalf of that child in the subsequent year.  TheDistrict may charge tuition for any child who is ineligible for basic state aid pursuant to A.R.S. 15-821.

High  School

A high school graduate with a recognized diploma may be refused admission.

Students between the ages of fourteen sixteen (1416) and twenty-one (21) years shall be admitted to high school.  A student under fourteen sixteen (1416) years of age who does not hold an eighth-grade certificate of promotion may be admitted to high school under the following conditions:

●  The student must meet competency requirements in the adopted standards for promotion of students from the eighth students from the eighth (8th) grade as determined by the State Board of Education in the areas of reading, writing writing, mathematics, science, and social studies.

The Superintendent will develop procedures for the student to demonstrate competency in the standards adopted by the State Board of Education.

Residency  Verification

In accordance with guidelines and forms adopted by the Arizona Department of Education the District shall require and maintain verifiable documentation of residency in the State of Arizona for pupils who enroll in the District.

Adopted:  October 5, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-701
15-701.01
15-703
15-766
15-767
15-771
15-821
15-901
15-901.02
A.A.C. 
R7-2-301
Section 78, Arizona Laws 2009, HB 2011

CROSS REF.: 
JF - Student Admissions
JHD - Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance
JLC - Student Health Services and Requirements



Master Document: JEB-R ©
Child Document: JEB-R

JEB-R ©

REGULATION

ENTRANCE  AGE  REQUIREMENTS

(Determining Competency for
Entrance to High School)

Upon request for admission to high school, a student who has not obtained an eighth-grade certificate of promotion and is under fourteen sixteen (1416) years of age must show competency in the standards of reading, writing, mathematics, science, and social studies as adopted by the State Board of Education and as determined by a District assessment instrument.  The assessment instrument will be based upon the standards adopted by the State Board of Education.  The instrument will be prepared or selected by, and the result will be verified by, a certificated person chosen by the Superintendent.



Master Document: JF © STUDENT ADMISSIONS
Child Document: JF © STUDENT ADMISSIONS

JF ©
STUDENT  ADMISSIONS

The person enrolling a student (except homeless students) in the school for the first time will be asked to produce one (1) of the following proofs:

● 

A.  A certified copy of the child's birth certificate.

●  Other

B.  Other reliable proof of the student's identity and age, including the student's baptismal certificate,

an application

an application for a Social Security number, or original school registration records,

and

 and an

affidavit explaining

affidavit explaining the inability to provide a copy of the birth certificate.

●  A

C.  A letter from the authorized representative of an agency having custody of the student (pursuant to statute)

certifying

 certifying that the student has been placed in the custody of the agency as prescribed by law.

The parent, guardian, or surrogate will be given thirty (30) days to provide documentation requested as listed above.  If documentation is not provided, a letter will be sent to notify the parent, guardian, or surrogate that unless the documentation is provided within ten (10) days, the local law enforcement agency will be notified.

Nothing contained in this policy shall authorize the school to disclose to any person a student's educational record without prior parental consent unless the school makes a determination that disclosure of such records is necessary to protect the health and safety of the student or as required by law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-828
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
IKEB - Acceleration

JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students
JFB - Open Enrollment
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels

JLCB - Immunizations of Students
JLH - Missing Students
JR - Student Records
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JFAA © ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS
Child Document: JFAA © ADMISSION OF RESIDENT STUDENTS

JFAA ©
ADMISSION  OF 
RESIDENT  STUDENTS

A student who is a resident of the District and who meets the applicable age requirements established by state law shall be admitted without payment of tuition to the school in the attendance area in which the student resides and may be admitted as a resident transfer student to another school in the District in accordance with the District's open enrollment policy.

The following students are residents of the District:

● 

A.  A student who is in the legal custody of a natural or adoptive parent or other person to whom custody

has been

has been granted by a court order and who resides with the parent or other person in the District.

●  A

B.  A student who is an emancipated minor and whose place of residence is in the District.  When

determining whether

determining whether a minor is emancipated, the Superintendent will consider such factors as whether the student

is married

is married, financially independent, and residing away from the family domicile with parental consent.

●  A

C.  A student who is eighteen (18) years of age or older and whose place of residence is in the District.

●  A

D.  A student who is homeless, and who attended a school in the District at the time of becoming homeless.

●  A

E.  A student who resides with a family member living in the District while awaiting the outcome of a

legal guardianship

legal guardianship or custody proceeding if the family provides written documentary proof in accord

with

with 15-821(D).

The residency of a student, natural or adoptive parent, or other person to whom custody of the student has been granted by court order shall be based upon evidence of the individual's physical presence and intent to remain in the District.  Such evidence of residency may be determined by using the following verifiable documentation.

Verifiable  Documentation

A.R.S. 15-802(B) requires school districts and charter schools to obtain and maintain verifiable documentation of Arizona residency upon enrollment in an Arizona public school.

  This policy is written to assist school districts and charter schools in meeting the legal requirements of the statute.The  documentation  required  by 

The documentation required by A.R.S. 15-802 

must  be  provided  each  time  a student  enrolls 

must be provided each time a student enrolls in a school district or charter school in this state, and reaffirmed during the district or charter's annual registration process via the district or charter's annual registration form.  The documentation supporting Arizona residency should be maintained according to the school's records retention schedule.

In general, students will fall into one (1)

of 

of two (2) groups:  1)

  those 

those whose parent or legal guardian is able to provide documentation bearing his or her name and address; and 2) those whose parent/legal guardian cannot document his or her own residence because of extenuating circumstances including, but not limited to, that the family's household is multi- generational.  Different documentation is required for each circumstance.

Parent(s) or legal guardian(s) that maintains his or her own residence:  The parent or legal guardian must complete and sign a form indicating his or her name, the name of the school district, school site, or charter school in which the student is being enrolled, and

provide

provide one (1)

of

 of the following documents, which bear the parent or legal guardian's full name and residential address or physical description of the property where the student resides (no P.O. Boxes):

●  Valid

A.  Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card

●  Valid

B.  Valid Arizona motor vehicle registration

●  Valid

C.  Valid United States passport

●  Property

D.  Property deed

●  Mortgage

E.  Mortgage documents

●  Property tax bill 

●  Rental

F.  Property tax bill

G.  Rental agreement or lease (including Section 8 agreement)

●  Utility

H.  Utility bill (water, electric, gas, cable, phone)

● 

I.   Bank or credit card statement

● 

J.   W-2 wage statement

●  Payroll stub

●  Certificate  of  tribal  enrollment   or  other  identification   issued   by 

K.  Payroll stub

L.  Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe

● 

M. Other documentation from a state, tribal, or federal agency (Social Security Administration, Veterans'

Administration

 Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security, etc.)

Parent(s) or legal guardian(s) that does not maintain his or her own residence:  The parent or legal guardian must complete and sign a form indicating his or her name, the name of the school district, school site, or charter school in which the student is being enrolled, and submit a signed, notarized affidavit bearing the name and address of the person who maintains the residence where the student lives attesting to the fact that the student resides at that address, along with a document from the bulleted list above bearing  the  name  and  bearing the name and address of the person who maintains the residence.

Use  of  and  Retention  ofof 
Documents  by  Documents by Schools

School officials must retain a copy of the attestations or affidavits and copies of any supporting documentation presented for each student (photocopies acceptable) that school officials believe establish validity.  Documents presented may be different in each circumstance, and unique to the living situation of the student.  Documents retained by the school district or charter school may be used as an indicia of residency; however, documentation is subject to audit by the Arizona Department of Education.  Personally identifiable information other than name and address (SSN, account numbers, etc.) should be redacted from the documentation either by the parent/guardian or the school official prior to filing.

Adopted:  October 16, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-802
15-816 et seq.
15-821
15-823
15-824
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
IKEB - Acceleration

JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students
JFB - Open Enrollment
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels

JLCB - Immunizations of Students
JLH - Missing Students
JR - Student Records
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JFAA-EA ©
Child Document: JFAA-EA

JFAA-EA   EA ©

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF 
RESIDENT  STUDENTS

CUSTODY  ACCEPTANCE

I/We

RESIDENCY DOCUMENTATION FORM

Student ______________________________   School __________________

School District or Charter Holder ________________



                                                   (Full name and or names)

do accept the responsibility for the custody of

____________________

_______.  

                                                                                          (Full name)

It is my/our intent by the acceptance of custody, that I/we will be responsible for 

the ordinary obligations incident to parental responsibility and that I/we expect

Parent/Legal Guardian ______________________________

custody until

______________

___.                                                                                                                        (Name)                                                          (Date)

The following conditions have made it necessary for __________________________     

                                                                                                       (Name)

To live with me/us: _____________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

____________________________________________________________________

Further, I/we do verify that my/our relationship to _____________________________     

                                                                                                    (Name)

is ________________________________.

                        (Relationship)

_________________________________________        _______________________

                              (Signature)                                                      (Relationship)

State of __________________________________

County of  ________________________________

Subscribed and sworn to me, a Notary Public, 

the ______ day of

As the Parent/Legal Guardian of the Student, I attest that I am a resident of the State of Arizona and submit in support of this attestation a copy of the following document that displays my name and residential address or physical description of the property where the student resides:

_____   Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card or motor vehicle registration

_____   Valid U.S. passport

_____   Real estate deed or mortgage documents

_____   Property tax bill

_____   Residential lease or rental agreement

_____   Water, electric, gas, cable, or phone bill

_____   Bank or credit card statement

_____   W-2 wage statement

_____   Payroll stub

_____   Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe that contains an Arizona address

_____   Documentation from a state, tribal or federal government agency (Social Security Administration, Veteran's Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security)

_____   I am currently unable to provide any of the foregoing documents.  Therefore, I have provided an original affidavit signed and notarized by an Arizona resident who attests that I have established residence in Arizona with the person signing the affidavit.

________________________

, 20

____

By

_______     ________________________

_______



      Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian                              

(Notary Public)

My commission expires: _____________________

Note:  Eligibility rules for participation in inter-scholastic activities vary from the regulations governing admission to schools.  If your student is interested in inter-scholastic activities, review eligibility status of your student with the Assistant Principal of Activities

 Date

Reproduction of ADE FORM 2306606 which may be used in lieu of this document.



Master Document: JFAA-EB ©
Child Document: JFAA-EB

JFAA-EB   EB ©

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF 
RESIDENT  STUDENTS
CUSTODY  RELEASE

AFFIDAVIT OF SHARED RESIDENCE

I

hereby verify

swear or affirm that I am a

parent/legal guardian of:

resident of the State of Arizona and that the persons listed below reside with me at my residence, described as follows:

Persons who reside with me:

______________________________________________________________

_____

          (Full Name)                                                                                     (Age)

And that I assign to

___________________________________________________

    

                                                                       (Name and/or Names)

___________

________________________________________________________



          (Street Address)                                                              (City, State, Zip)

This assignment includes medical, social and scholastic decisions that necessarily be made for a period from this date through

______

_____________ inclusive.The following conditions have made it necessary for me/us to release the custody of my son/daughter: 

Location of my residence:

______________________________________________________________

_____

______________________________________________________________

I submit in support of this attestation a copy of the following document that displays my name and current residence address or physical description of my property:

_____

I further, verify

   Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card or motor vehicle registration

_____   Valid U.S. passport

_____   Real estate deed or mortgage documents

_____   Property tax bill

_____   Residential lease or rental agreement

____

is _

_   Water, electric, gas, cable, or phone bill

_____   Bank or credit card statement

_____   W-2 wage statement

_____   Payroll stub

_____   Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe

_____

___    

                                         (Name)                                       (Relationship)

to my son/daughter.

   Documentation from a state, tribal or federal government agency (Social Security Administration, Veteran's Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security)

Printed Name of Affiant: _________________________________

      

__________

Signature of Affiant:  _____________________



                           (Name)                                                      (Signature)Legal Residence:

_________________________

Acknowledgement

State of Arizona

County of ____________

The foregoing was acknowledged before me this ___ day of __________, 20___

     

                                   (Street Address)                                        (City

,

State, Zip)

State of


By __________________________________County of  ________________________________

Subscribed and sworn to me, a Notary Public, 

the .

My Commission Expires

______ day of _____________     _____, 20 ____By ______________________________________
                              (Notary Public)

My commission expires: _____________________

Note:  Eligibility rules for participation in inter-scholastic activities vary from the regulations governing admission to schools.  If your student is interested in inter-scholastic activities, review eligibility status of your student with the Assistant Principal of Activities

                                           Notary Public

Reproduction of ADE FORM 2306606 which may be used in lieu of this document.



Master Document: JFAB © TUITION / ADMISSION OF NONRESIDENT STUDENTS
Child Document: JFAB © TUITION / ADMISSION OF NONRESIDENT STUDENTS

JFAB ©
TUITION / ADMISSION  OF 
NONRESIDENT  STUDENTS

For purposes of open enrollment a "nonresident pupil" means a student who resides in this state and who is enrolled in or is seeking enrollment in a school district other than the school district in which the student resides.  A student who is not a resident of the District but is a resident of Arizona who meets the age and other requirements for open enrollment established by state law and District policy shall be admitted to a school without payment of tuition.

A student shall also be admitted to a school without tuition payment, if:

●  The A.  The student is the child of a United States resident who is not a resident of Arizona, if this is in the best interest best interest of the student and the student is placed with a relative per A.R.S. 15-823 and the placement is not is not to avoid tuition payment.

●  The B.  The student is a resident of the United States and evidence indicates that because the parents are homeless or homeless or the child is abandoned, as defined in A.R.S. 8-201, the child's physical, mental, moral or emotional health is best health is best served by placement with a person who does not have legal custody of the child and who is a resident within resident within the school district, unless it is determined that the placement is solely for the purpose of obtaining an education an education in this state without payment of tuition. 

●  The C.  The student presents a certificate of educational convenience issued by the County School Superintendent pursuant Superintendent pursuant to A.R.S. 15-825.

●  The D.  The student is a child of a nonresident teaching or research faculty member of a community college district or state or state university or a nonresident graduate or undergraduate student of a community college district or state university state university whose parent's presence at the district or university is of international, national, state, or local benefitlocal benefit.

The District shall admit the following students, charging tuition as prescribed in statute:

●  The A.  The child of an Arizona resident who is not a resident of the District, if the District provides a high school and the and the student is a resident of an Arizona common school district that is not in a high school district and that does that does not offer instruction in the student's grade.  Special circumstances may apply in accordance with A.R.S. 15-2041 after three hundred fifty (350) students have been admitted.

●  For B.  For an Arizona resident who is not a resident of the District, if the district of residence provides only financing for financing for students who are instructed by another school district and for students from a unified district that does not offer not offer instruction in the student's grade.

●  A C.  A pupil who is issued a certificate of educational convenience to attend school in the School District or adjoining or adjoining the school district to that in which the pupil is placed by an agency of this state or a state or federal or federal court of competent jurisdiction, as provided in A.R.S. 15-825.

The District shall admit a pupil who is the resident of a school district that has entered into a voluntary agreement with the District, charging tuition as agreed to in accordance with A.R.S. 15-824(E)(3).

The Governing Board may admit children who are residents of the United States, but who are nonresidents of this state, without payment of tuition if all of the following conditions exist:

A.  The child is enrolled in a year-round residential boarding academy located in this state specializing in intensive instruction and skill development in sports, music or acting.

B.  The child's parents have executed a current notarized guardianship agreement covering the child while enrolled at the academy, which is a condition of enrollment at the academy and authorizes academy representatives to act on the child's parent's or legal guardian's behalf in making all decisions on a daily basis as to the child's activities and needs for medical, educational and other personal issues.

The District may admit nonresident foreign exchange students without payment of tuition, or as it may otherwise prescribe.

The District shall not include in its student membership count students who are not Arizona residents.  Unless authorized by statute, the District is prohibited from obtaining state funding for any student who is not a resident of the state.

"Residence"  Defined

The residence of a student is the residence of the person having legal custody of the student, except as provided in A.R.S. 15-823 through A.R.S. 15-825.

Residency of the parent/guardian or surrogate may be determined by showing the individual's presence and intent to remain in the District.  Documentation of residency may include, but is not limited to, landlord tenant agreements, rent or lease benefits, and receipts for utility payments be  be determined by using the following verifiable documentation.

Verifiable  Documentation

A.R.S. 15-802(B) requires school districts and charter schools to obtain and maintain verifiable documentation of Arizona residency upon enrollment in  in an Arizona public school.  This policy is written to assist school districts and  charter schools in meeting the legal requirements of the statute.

The documentation required by A.R.S. 15-802 must be provided each time a student enrolls in a school district or charter school in this state, and reaffirmed during the district or charter's annual registration process via the district or charter's annual registration form.  The documentation supporting Arizona residency should be maintained according to the school's  record s records retention schedule.

In general, students will fall into one (1) of two (2) groups:  1) those whose parent or legal guardian is able to provide documentation bearing his or her name and address: ; and 2) those whose parent/legal guardian cannot document his or her own residence because of extenuating circumstances including, but not limited to, that the family's household is multi- generational.  Different documentation is required for each circumstance.

Parent(s) or legal guardian(s) that maintains his or her own residence:  The parent or legal guardian must complete and sign a form indicating his or her name, the name of the school district, school site, or charter school in which the student is being enrolled, and provide one (l1) of the following documents, which bear the parent or legal guardian's full name and residential address or physical description of the property where the student resides (no P.O. boxesBoxes):

●  Valid A.  Valid Arizona driver's license, Arizona identification card

●  Valid B.  Valid Arizona motor vehicle registration

●  Valid C.  Valid United States passport

●  Property D.  Property deed

●  Mortgage E.  Mortgage documents

●  Property F.  Property tax bill

●  Rental G.  Rental agreement or lease (including Section 8 agreement)

●  Utility H.  Utility bill (water, electric, gas, cable, phone)

●  I.   Bank or credit card statement

●  J.   W-2 wage  wage statement

●  Payroll K.  Payroll stub

●  Certificate L.  Certificate of tribal enrollment or other identification issued by a recognized Indian tribe

●  M. Other documentation from a state, tribal, or federal agency (Social Security Administration, Veterans' Administration Administration, Arizona Department of Economic Security, etc.)

Parent(s) or legal guardian(s) that does not maintain his or her own residence:  The parent or legal guardian must complete and sign a form  form indicating his or her name, the name of the school district, school site, or charter school in which the student is being enrolled, and submit a signed, notarized affidavit bearing the name and address of the person who maintains the residence where the student lives attesting to the fact that the student resides at the that address, along with a document from the bulleted list above bearing the name and address of the person who maintains the residence.

Use  of  and  Retention  of 
Documents  by  Documents by Schools

School officials must retain a copy of the attestations or affidavits and copies of any supporting documentation presented for each student (photocopies acceptable) that school officials believe establish validity.  Documents presented may be different in each circumstance, and unique to the living situation of the student.  Documents retained by the school district or charter school may be used as  an  indicia  as an indicia of residency;   however,   documentation is subject to audit by the Arizona Department of Education.  Personally identifiable information other than name and address (SSN, account numbers, etc.) should be redacted from the documentation either by the parent/guardian or the school official prior to filing.

Adopted:  October 1, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
8-201
15-802
15-816 through 15-816.07
15-821
15-823 through 15-825
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
IKEB - Acceleration
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students
JFB - Open Enrollment
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels
JLCB - Immunizations of Students
JLH - Missing Students
JR - Student Records
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JFABB © ADMISSION OF EXCHANGE AND FOREIGN STUDENTS
Child Document: JFABB ADMISSION OF EXCHANGE AND FOREIGN STUDENTS

JFABB ©
ADMISSION  OF  EXCHANGE 
AND  FOREIGN  STUDENTS

(Foreign Exchange Students)

The purpose of the foreign student program in the District is to enrich the educational program by providing an opportunity for District students to know people of different cultural and historical backgrounds.Since there is no state aid for students in this program, the total cost of educating foreign students is borne by District taxpayers.  Therefore, each school shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) foreign students per school year with each school principal having the option of accepting one (1), two (2), or three (3) foreign students per school year.  Governing Board may admit nonresident foreign students without payment of tuition or as it may otherwise prescribe.

The number of foreign exchange students shall not exceed one (1) foreign exchange student for each ____________________ (______) to ____________________ (______) students enrolled in the school.  Exceptions may be made by the Superintendent.  In addition, students admitted under this policy must meet the conditions as outlines outlined in A.R.S. 15-823.

It is the responsibility of organizations sponsoring foreign students to complete an application including the appropriate information specific to a particular foreign exchange student and the proposed family.  The application is due to the school being requested by April 15 for consideration of placement of a student for the following school year.  No application will be accepted after that date.

The Governing Board will waive tuition for foreign students from District-approved sponsoring organizations which have also been authorized by the State Board of Education and for foreign students accepted from the Sister Cities Program of Glendale, Arizona and Delicias, Mexico.  Administrative procedures will be directed toward maintaining a reasonable balance among the sponsoring organizationsThe principal will review requests, and a decision will be made to allow or disallow admittance under this policy.  The decision shall be final.

Exchange students who do not meet the conditions, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-823 and as outlined above, may be admitted on a tuition basis, following approval by the principal.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-823



Master Document: JFABB-R ©
Child Document: JFABB-R ©

JFABB-R ©

REGULATION

ADMISSION  OF  EXCHANGE
AND  FOREIGN  STUDENTS

The District will not admit students who have graduated from their respective school systems.

Preference will be given to sponsoring organization(s) that have representative(s) living in the Glendale Union High School Districtin  _______________.

The host families of foreign exchange students who attend District schools must reside within the attendance area of the school that will be attended.

High school diplomas will not be awarded.  A certificate of achievement attendance may be awarded at the graduation commencement when appropriate.

Sponsoring organizations must provide evidence that each student has sufficient oral and reading proficiency in the English language to assure profitable educational and social experiences during the exchange year.

Each foreign student should plan to attend a District school for the school year, not for a single semester or a partial school year.  Exceptions may be approved by the principal.

Each school may determine whether it is a requirement for host families to have teen-agers who attend the host school.

The District does not provide foreign students with financial assistance for such things as class rings, yearbooks, activity cards, or lunches.

Each school shall designate a person (school coordinator) to be the contact between the school and the sponsoring organization, to the host family and the District office.



Master Document: JFABC © ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Child Document: JFABC © ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS

JFABC ©
ADMISSION  OF  TRANSFER  STUDENTS

(Academic Credit Transfer)

Academic credit for students who transfer from private or public schools shall be determined on a uniform and consistent basis.

Elementary

Academic credit for placement in the common school subjects and grades shall be based upon teacher recommendations and previous grade level assignments subject to the determination that the student can meet the standards adopted by the State Board of Education for the grade level assignment.

Credit  for  Graduation  Requirements

Core credit for purposes of this policy shall be the units of credit specifically named as required for graduation by the State Board of Education in R7-2-302.02.

The School District shall provide to a pupil who transfers credit from a charter school, school district or Arizona online instruction a list that indicates which credits have been accepted as either elective or core credits by the School District.  

Within ten (10) school days after receiving the list, a pupil may request to take an examination in each particular course in which core credit has been denied.  The School District shall accept the credit as a core credit for each particular course in which the pupil takes an examination and receives a passing score on a test, aligned to the competency requirements adopted pursuant to this section, designed and evaluated by a teacher in the School District who teaches the subject matter on which the examination is based.

The School District may not charge a fee to a pupil who takes an examination in a particular course to obtain academic credit, pursuant to section 15-701.01, subsection i, from the School District if the academic credit for a course was previously earned in an Arizona online instruction course or at any public school in this state.  Any test administered pursuant to this subsection shall be an assessment that is aligned to the course relevant state academic standards.

If a pupil is enrolled in the School District and that pupil also participates in Arizona online instruction between May 1 and July 31, the School District shall not require proof of payment as a condition of the School District accepting credits earned from the online course provider.

All core credit courses must meet the standards adopted by the State Board of Education where such standards exist.  Where standards have not been adopted by the State Board of Education, core credit courses must meet the standards established for the school to which the student has requested a transfer of credit.

Adopted:  May 4, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-189.03
15-701.01
15-745
15-808
A.A.C. 
R7-2-302.02

CROSS REF.: 
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes



Master Document: JFABD © ADMISSION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS
Child Document: JFABD © ADMISSION OF HOMELESS STUDENTS

JFABD ©
ADMISSION  OF  HOMELESS  STUDENTS

This policy is intended to direct compliance with Arizona State Laws and Arizona Administrative Code and the McKinney-Vento Homeless Education Assistance Improvements Act of 2001, as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015, and should be read as consistent with those documents.

The implementation of this policy shall assure that:

A.  homeless students are not stigmatized or segregated on the basis of their status as homeless;

B.  homeless students are immediately enrolled in their school of origin or school of residence;

C.  transportation is provided to and from the school of origin for the homeless student as applicable and found in the law and Policy JFAA.

Definitions

The term "homeless students" means individuals who lack a fixed, regular, and adequate nighttime residence and includes:

A.  students who are sharing the housing of other persons due to loss of housing, economic hardship, or a similar reason; are living in motels, hotels, trailer parks, or camping grounds due to the lack of alternative adequate accommodations; are living in emergency or transitional shelters; are abandoned in hospitals; or are awaiting foster care placement; 

B.  students who have a primary nighttime residence that is a public or private place not designed for or ordinarily used as a regular sleeping accommodation for human beings;

C.  students who are living in cars, parks, public spaces, abandoned buildings, substandard housing, bus or train stations, or similar settings; and

D.  migratory students who qualify as homeless because the children are living in circumstances described above.

The term "school of origin" means the school that the student attended when permanently housed or the school in which the student was last enrolled, including preschool.

The term "unaccompanied youth" includes a homeless child or youth not in the physical custody of a parent or guardian.

Liaison  for  Homeless  Students

The Superintendent will designate an appropriate staff person as of authority as liaison for homeless students who will carry out duties as assigned.  Among those duties will be the responsibility to coordinate activities and programs in the best interest of homeless students that will include, but not be limited to, establishment of procedures to:

A.  continue the student's education in the school of origin for the duration of homelessness:

1.  in any case in which a family becomes homeless between academic years or during an academic year; or

2.  for the remainder of the academic year, if the student becomes permanently housed during an academic year; or

B.  Enroll the student in any public school that nonhomeless students who live in the attendance area in which the student is actually living are eligible to attend.

Best  Interest  of  the  Homeless  Student

In determining the best interest of the homeless student, the school shall:

A.  To the extent feasible, keep a homeless student in the school of origin, except when doing so is contrary to the wishes of the student's parent or guardian;

B.  Provide a written explanation, including a statement regarding the right to appeal, to the homeless student's parent or guardian, if the homeless student is sent to a school other than the school of origin or a school requested by the parent or guardian; and

C.  In the case of an unaccompanied youth, the liaison for homeless students shall assist in placement or enrollment decisions, considering the views of such unaccompanied youth, and providing notice to such student of the right to appeal.

Other  Relevant  Policies
and  Procedures

Implementation of the McKinney-Vento Act requires the coordination with a number of policies and procedures.  These policies and procedures are listed below as cross referenced and are incorporated in this policy and these procedures by such reference.

Enrollment preference may be given to children who are in foster care.

Adopted:  April 5, 2017date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-816 through 15-816.07
15-821
15-823 through 15-825
42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
EEAA - Walkers and Riders
IKEB - Acceleration
JF - Student Admissions
JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JFB - Open Enrollment
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels
JLCB - Immunizations of Students
JLH - Missing Students
JR - Student Records
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JFABD-R ©
Child Document: JFABD-R ©

JFABD-R ©

REGULATION

ADMISSION  OF  HOMELESS  STUDENTS

Admission

The school selected by the homeless student shall immediately admit the homeless student, even if the student is unable to produce records normally required for enrollment, such as previous academic records, medical records, proof of residency, or other documentation.

The enrolling school shall immediately contact the school last attended by the student to obtain relevant academic and other records.

If the student needs to obtain immunizations, or immunization or medical records, the enrolling school shall immediately refer the parent or guardian of the student to the liaison for homeless students, who shall assist in obtaining necessary immunizations, or immunization or medical records.

Admission  Disputes

If a dispute arises over school selection or enrollment in a school:

●  The

A.  The student shall be immediately admitted to the school in which enrollment is sought, pending resolution of the dispute;

●  The

B.  the parent or guardian of the student shall be provided with a written explanation of the school's decision regarding school selection or enrollment, including the rights of the parent, guardian, or student to appeal the decision;

●  The

C.  the student, parent, or guardian shall be referred to the liaison for homeless students,  who shall carry out the dispute resolution process as expeditiously as possible after receiving notice of the dispute in accord with the procedure found in the Arizona State Plan; and

●  In

D.  in the case of an unaccompanied youth, the liaison for homeless students shall ensure that the student is immediately enrolled in school pending resolution of the dispute.

Enrollment  Decision

The decision regarding enrollment shall be made regardless of whether the student lives with the homeless parents or has been temporarily placed elsewhere.



Master Document: JG © ASSIGNMENT OF STUDENTS TO CLASSES AND GRADE LEVELS
Child Document: Non Existing

JG ©
ASSIGNMENT  OF  STUDENTS  TO 
CLASSES  AND  GRADE  LEVELS

Students who apply for admission to grades two (2) through twelve (12) on the basis of prior schooling outside the District will be placed initially at the grade levels they have reached elsewhere.

Assignment of a student to classes (classroom or subjects) shall be made based upon the student's grade-level assignment, completion of any prerequisites, student achievement, and any classroom limitations or class-size guidelines, in that order.

A student who enrolls in a kindergarten program or grades one (1) through twelve (12) after receiving instruction in a home school program shall be tested using State Board standards in order to determine the appropriate grade level for educational placement of the student.

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for guiding the review and assignment of students to classes and grade levels.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-745

CROSS REF.: 
IKE - Promotion and Retention of Students
IKEB - Acceleration
IKF - Graduation Requirements
JFB - Open Enrollment



Master Document: JFABD-EA ©
Child Document: JFABD-EA ©

JFABD-EA ©

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF  HOMELESS  STUDENTS

LIAISON POSITION

The School shall designate a liaison for homeless students and, in conjunction with the state coordinator, shall inform school personnel, service providers, and advocates working with homeless families of the duties of the School liaison.

The School liaison for homeless students shall ensure that:

●  homeless

A.  homeless students are identified by school personnel and through coordination activities with other

entities and

entities and agencies;

●  homeless

B.  homeless students enroll in, and have full and equal opportunity to succeed in, the District's schools;

●  homeless

C.  homeless families and students receive educational services for which such families and students are eligible,

including

 including:

■  Head

1.  Head Start and Even Start programs and preschool programs administered by the School, and

■  referrals

2.  referrals to health care and immunization services, dental services, mental health services, and

other appropriate

other appropriate services;

●  the

D.  the parents or guardians of homeless students are informed of the educational and related

opportunities available

opportunities available to their children and are provided with meaningful opportunities to participate in the

education of their

education of their children;

●  public

E.  public notice of the educational rights of homeless students is disseminated where such students

receive services

receive services under the Homeless Assistance Act, such as:

■  schools

1.  schools;

■  family

2.  family shelters; and

■  soup

3.  soup kitchens;

●  disputes

F.  disputes over school selection or enrollment in a school are mediated in a manner that:

■  immediately

1.  immediately admits the student to the school in which enrollment is sought, pending resolution of

the dispute

the dispute,

■  provides

2.  provides the parent or guardian of the student with a written explanation of the school's

decision regarding

decision regarding the school selection or enrollment, and informs the parent, guardian, or student of

the rights

the rights to appeal the decision,

■  expeditiously

3.  expeditiously carries out the dispute resolution process after receiving notice of the dispute, and

■  in

4.  in the case of an unaccompanied youth, ensures that the student is immediately enrolled in

school pending

school pending resolution of the dispute;

●  the

G.  the parent or guardian of a homeless student, and any unaccompanied youth, is fully informed of

all transportation

all transportation services, including arrangements for transportation to the school of origin;

●  the

H.  the parent or guardian of a homeless student, and any unaccompanied youth, is assisted in

accessing transportation

accessing transportation to the selected school.

As a part of the duties, the School liaison for homeless students will coordinate and collaborate with state coordinators and community and school personnel responsible for the provision of education and related services to homeless students.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFAA-EC

JFAA-EC  

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF 
RESIDENT  STUDENTS

ATTENDANCE  EMANCIPATION
CONTRACT

I, ____________________________________ as an adult or emancipated student will assume full responsibility for my attendance while registered in school.  I realize that this means I will cover my own absences and check myself in and out.  I further realize that with this responsibility I am limited to twelve (12) absences during the course of a semester and should I exceed this number in any class or classes, I will forfeit credit in those classes.  I realize I may then continue school on an audit basis for the duration of the semester in which the absences occur.

This contract becomes binding in so much as there is no longer a parent to assume responsibility for attendance problems.  The contract shall automatically be renewed at the beginning of each semester unless the student makes some further arrangement.

________________________________      ________________________________
                  Student Signature                                         Parent Signature

State of __________________________________

County of  ________________________________

Subscribed and sworn to me, a Notary Public, 

the ______ day of __________________, 20 ____

By ______________________________________
                              (Notary Public)

My commission expires: _____________________

_________________________________________     _______________________
                            Administrator                                                Date Submitted



Master Document: JG-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JG-R ©

REGULATION

ASSIGNMENT  OF  STUDENTS  TO 
CLASSES  AND  GRADE  LEVELS

Elementary  School

The principal will determine whether there should be any change in the grade-level placement of the student.  In making such determination, the principal will be guided by teacher recommendations and consultation with the parent(s).

Assignment of a student to classes shall be the responsibility of the principal after consideration of the student's grade-level assignment, completion of any prerequisites, the student's achievement, and any classroom limitations or class-size guidelines.

High  School

The principal shall establish the number of credits needed for a student to be placed at a particular grade level.  The determination of grade level will be made based upon progress toward graduation requirements normally expected of a student to graduate in a four (4)-year period.  Students will be assigned to grade levels based upon the credits earned and accepted by the District.

The principal of the high school will prepare a list of prerequisites for classes offered in the high school, specifically stating grade level and credit or achievement required before a pupil can take a specific class or subject.  Also included shall be a statement of priority for assignment to a class or subject - with classroom limits based upon number of sections offered or scheduled - and/or the class-size guidelines.  The list developed will be submitted to the Superintendent for approval.  All subjects offered in the high school will be included in the list.

The principal of the high school will designate responsibility for determining the grade level and specific classes or subject assignment of a student.  The assignments shall be made consistent with policy, regulations, and approved school guidelines.



Master Document: JFABD-EB ©
Child Document: JFABD-EB ©

JFABD-EB ©

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF  HOMELESS  STUDENTS

NOTICE

In accordance with the McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001, 722 (e)(3)(C), as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015 the parent or guardian (student if unaccompanied) is to receive and acknowledge notice of the rights set forth below.

The parent or guardian of a homeless student (student if unaccompanied) has the right to:

●  Continue

A.  Continue the student's education in the school of origin for the duration of homelessness:

■  in

1.  in any case in which a family becomes homeless between academic years or during an academic year;

or■  for

 or

2.  for the remainder of the academic year, if the student becomes permanently housed during an

academic year

academic year; or

●  Enroll

B.  Enroll the student in any public school that nonhomeless students who live in the attendance area in which

the student

the student is actually living are eligible to attend.

●  Appeal

C.  Appeal if the homeless student is sent to a school other than the school of origin or a school requested by

the parent

the parent or guardian;

●  Enroll

D.  Enroll in, and have full and equal opportunity to succeed in school without being segregated from

the nonhomeless

the nonhomeless student population;

●  Receive

E.  Receive educational services for which such families and students are eligible, including:

■  Transportation

1.  Transportation services, meals programs;

■  Head

2.  Head Start and Even Start programs and preschool programs administered by the School; and

■  referrals

3.  referrals to health care and immunization services, dental services, mental health services, and

other appropriate

other appropriate services.

●  Identification

F.  Identification or service without being stigmatized as homeless by school personnel;

A parent or guardian (student if unaccompanied) may contact the State Coordinator for Education of Homeless Children and Youths at;

The Arizona Department of Education

1535 W Jefferson

Phoenix, AZ 85007

Telephone:  (602) 542-4963

A parent or guardian (student if unaccompanied) may contact the District Liaison for Homeless Children and Youths at;

Glendale Union High School District No. 205

Attn:  Administrative Assistant to

         School Safety Administrator

7650 N. 43rd Avenue

Glendale, AZ 85301

Telephone:  (623) 435-6000

______________________________

______________________________

______________________________

Telephone:  ____________________

E-mail: ________________________

The District Liaison for Homeless shall ensure that the parent or guardian of a homeless student, and any unaccompanied youth is:

●  assisted

A.  assisted in accessing transportation to the selected school;

●  provided

B.  provided assistance in exercise of the right to attend the school of choice and other necessary services; and

●  provided

C.  provided the above information in a manner and form understandable to the recipient and if necessary and

to the

to the extent feasible, in the native language of the recipient.

The signature below indicates that the signatory has received and understands this information on rights.


_____________________________________     __________________________

        Signature of Parent, Legal Guardian                                 

Date

 Date

             (or unaccompanied student)


                          One (1) copy to signatory and one (1) to the liaison officer file.



Master Document: JFB © OPEN ENROLLMENT
Child Document: JFB © OPEN ENROLLMENT

JFB ©
OPEN  ENROLLMENT

The District has an open-enrollment program as set forth in A.R.S. 15-816 et seq.  The open enrollment program described in this policy shall be placed on the District website and made available to the public on request.

No tuition shall be charged for open enrollment, except as authorized by applicable provisions of A.R.S. 15-764, 15-797, 15-823, 15-824, and 15-825.

Definitions

Resident transfer pupil means a resident pupil who is enrolled in or seeking enrollment in a school that is within the school district - but outside the attendance area - of the pupil's residence.

Nonresident pupil means a pupil who resides in this state and who is seeking enrollment in a school district other than the school district in which the pupil resides.

Enrollment  Options

District resident pupils may enroll in another school district or in another school within this District.  Resident transfer pupils and nonresident pupils may enroll in schools within this District, subject to the procedures that follow.

Information  and  Application

The Superintendent shall prepare a written information packet concerning the District's application process, standards for acceptance or rejection, and policies, regulations, and procedures for open enrollment.  The packet will be made available to everyone who requests it.

The information packet shall include the enrollment application form and shall advise applicants that they must submit enrollment applications on or before ________________ of each year to be considered for enrollment during the following school year.

Capacity

The Superintendent shall annually estimate how much excess capacity may exist to accept transfer pupils.  The estimate of excess capacity shall be made for each school and grade level and shall take into consideration:

A.  District resident pupils in assigned school attendance areas, including those issued certificates of educational convenience and those required to be admitted by statute.

B.  The enrollment of eligible children of persons who are employed by the District.

C.  Resident transfer pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year.

D.  Nonresident pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year.

The Governing Board shall make the final determination of excess capacity and may require resident transfer pupils and/or nonresident pupils to be subject to the enrollment priorities and procedures found below.  The excess-capacity estimates shall be made available to the public in ______________ of each year.

Enrollment  Priorities

If the Governing Board has determined that there is excess capacity to enroll additional pupils, such pupils shall be selected on the basis of designated priority categories from the pool of pupils:

A.  Who have properly completed and submitted applications; and

B.  Who meet admission standards.

Enrollment priorities and procedures for selection shall be in the order and in accordance with the following:

A.  Enrollment preference shall be given to resident transfer pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year and any sibling who would be enrolled concurrently with such pupils.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

B.  Enrollment preference shall be given to nonresident pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year and any sibling who would be enrolled concurrently with such pupils.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

C. Enrollment preference shall be given to resident transfer pupils who were not enrolled in the school the previous year.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

D.  Enrollment preference shall be given to nonresident pupils who were not enrolled in the school the previous year.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

Enrollment preference may be given to children who are in foster care.

Admission  Standards

A school district may refuse to admit any pupil who has been expelled by any school district in this state from another educational institution or who is not in compliance with a condition of disciplinary action imposed by any other school or school district or with a condition imposed by the juvenile court shall not be admitted.  Acceptance for enrollment may be revoked upon finding the existence of any of these conditionsthe process of being expelled from another educational institution.

A school shall not admit a pupil if the admission of the pupil would violate the provisions of a court order of desegregation or agreement by a school or district with the United States Department of Education Office for Civil Rights directed toward remediating alleged or proven racial discrimination.

Notification

The District shall notify the emancipated pupil, parent, or legal guardian in writing by ____________________ whether the applicant has been accepted, placed on a waiting list pending the availability of capacity, or rejected.  The District shall also notify the resident school district of an applicant's acceptance or placement on a waiting list.  If the applicant is placed on a waiting list, the notification shall inform the emancipated pupil, parent, or legal guardian of the date when it will be determined whether there is capacity for additional enrollment in a school.  If the pupil's application is rejected, the reason for the rejection shall be stated in the notification.

As provided by A.R.S. 15-816.07, the District and its employees are immune from civil liability for decisions relative to the acceptance or rejection of the enrollment of a nonresident student when the decisions are based on good faith application of this policy and the applicable statutory requirements and standards.

Transportation  of  Students  Admitted
Through  Open  Enrollment

A resident transfer student is eligible for District transportation on routes within the attendance boundaries of the school to which the student has been accepted for open enrollment transfer.  It is the responsibility of the parents or guardians of the resident transfer student to have the student at a designated pickup point within the receiving school's transportation area.

Nonresident open enrollment students are eligible for District transportation from a designated pickup point on a bus route serving the attendance area of the school to which the student has been admitted, or as may be otherwise determined by the District.

The District may provide transportation for open enrollment nonresident students who meet the economic eligibility requirements established under the national school lunch and child nutrition acts for free or reduced price lunches:

A.  of not more than twenty (20) miles to and from:

1.  the school of attendance, or

2.  a pickup point on a regular District transportation route, or

3.  for the total miles traveled each day to an adjacent district.

The District shall provide transportation for nonresident transfer students with disabilities whose individualized education program (IEP) specifies that transportation is necessary for fulfillment of the program:

A.  of not more than twenty (20) miles to and from:

1.  the school of attendance, or

2.  a pickup point on a regular District transportation route, or

3.  for the total miles traveled each day to an adjacent district.

Exception

Should there be excess capacity remaining for which no applications were submitted by the date established, the Superintendent, upon approval by the Board, shall authorize additional enrollment of nonresident pupils:

A.  Up to the determined capacity.

B.  On the basis of the order of the completed applications submitted after the notification date established in this policy.

C.  Without regard to enrollment preference.

D.  As long as admission standards are met.

E.  Whose applications are submitted by  ___________________________.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.

8-371 
15-764
15-797
15-816 et seq.
15-823
15-824
15-825
15-841

15-922

CROSS REF.: 
EEAA - Walkers and Riders
IIB - Class Size
JF - Student Admissions
JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels



Master Document: JFB © OPEN ENROLLMENT
Child Document: JFB OPEN ENROLLMENT

JFB © 
OPEN  ENROLLMENT

In accordance with state law, the The District has an open-enrollment program .

Definitions

Resident transfer pupil means a resident pupil who is enrolled in or seeking enrollment in a school that is within the school district - but outside the attendance area - of the pupil's residence.

as set forth in A.R.S. 15-816 et seq.  The open enrollment program described in this policy shall be placed on the District website and made available to the public on request.

No tuition shall be charged for open enrollment, except as authorized by applicable provisions of A.R.S. 15-764, 15-797, 15-823, 15-824, and 15-825.

Definition

Nonresident pupil means a pupil who resides in this state and who is seeking enrollment in a school district other than the school district in which the pupil resides.

Enrollment  Options

District resident pupils may enroll in another school district or in another school within this DistrictResident transfer Nonresident pupils and nonresident pupils may enroll in schools within this District, subject to the procedures that follow.

Information  and  Application

The Superintendent shall prepare a written information packet concerning the District's application process, standards for acceptance or rejection, and policies, regulations, and procedures for open enrollment.  The packet will be made available to everyone who requests it.

The information packet shall include the enrollment application form and shall advise applicants that they must submit enrollment applications in the spring semester on or before ________________ of each year to be considered for enrollment during the following school year.Admission  Criteria

Capacity

The Superintendent shall determine if resident transfer students and/or nonresident students will be admitted without tuition in accordance with the following criteria:

●  The school in which the student seeks to enroll has the capacity to serve the student without adversely impacting educational opportunities for resident students attending their resident school.  Factors to be considered in making this determination include, but are not limited to, the following:

■  Physical capacity of the school building and classrooms.

■  Availability of staff members (i.e., administrators, teachers, other certificated employees, and related service providers).

■  Capacity in relevant special programs.

■  Availability of other resources.

■  The student's admission does not violate the provisions of a court order or agreement of desegregation in the student's resident district.

■  Acceptance is on a year-by-year basis and subject to application and review each year.

■  Students who are approved for open enrollment status in the District must abide by Governing Board policies and school regulations for student conduct, including, but not limited to, those pertaining to regular and punctual attendance.

■  Failure to disclose factually accurate and truthful information on the District's open-enrollment application may result in revocation of the student's acceptance for open enrollment.

■  Pursuant to A.R.S. 15-841(C), the District may refuse to admit a student who has been expelled from another educational institution or who is in the process of being expelled from another educational institution

annually estimate how much excess capacity may exist to accept transfer pupils.  The estimate of excess capacity shall be made for each school and grade level and shall take into consideration:

A.  District resident pupils, including those issued certificates of educational convenience and those required to be admitted by statute.

B.  The enrollment of eligible children of persons who are employed by the District.

C.  Nonresident pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year.

The Governing Board shall make the final determination of excess capacity.  The excess-capacity estimates shall be made available to the public in ___________________ of each year.

Enrollment  Priorities

If the Superintendent Governing Board has determined that there is excess capacity to enroll additional pupils, such pupils shall be selected on the basis of designated priority categories from the pool of pupils:

●  Who A.  Who have properly completed and submitted applications; and

●  Who B.  Who meet admission standards.

The District will give enrollment priority to applicants Enrollment priorities and procedures for selection shall be in the following order, as long as their enrollment can be accomplished order and in accordance with the District's admission criteria:

●  Children of employees who are employed at the school where attendance is desired.

●  Previously accepted and enrolled resident transfer students and their siblings.

●  Children of employees who reside outside the District.  Pending available capacity, such students would be eligible for enrollment at schools designated by the Superintendent.

●  Resident transfer students.

●  Previously accepted and enrolled nonresident students.

●  Previously accepted and enrolled nonresident students' siblings.

●  Other nonresident students.

Students  Who  Move  from  the 

School  Attendance  Area

Students who move from one Glendale Union High School District attendance area to another Glendale Union High School District attendance area may complete the semester at the original school if requested by the parent without an application for open enrollment.  Parents are responsible for transportation.  The student who moves must then begin attending the new attendance area school beginning at the start of the next semester, unless the student is accepted for open enrollment upon submission of an application.

Students who move from the Glendale Union High School District into another school district must apply for open enrollment or enroll in the new district upon moving from the Glendale Union High School District.

Transportation  Provisions

The District does not transport open-enrollment students, except the District will provide transportation limited to following:

A.  Enrollment preference shall be given to nonresident pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year and any sibling who would be enrolled concurrently with such pupils.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

B.  Enrollment preference shall be given to nonresident pupils who were not enrolled in the school the previous year.  If capacity is not sufficient to enroll all of these pupils, they shall be selected through a random selection process adopted by regulation of the Superintendent.

Enrollment preference may be given to children who are in foster care.

Admission  Standards

A school district may refuse to admit any pupil who has been expelled from another educational institution or who is in the process of being expelled from another educational institution.

A school shall not admit a pupil if the admission of the pupil would violate the provisions of a court order of desegregation or agreement by a school or district with the United States Department of Education Office for Civil Rights directed toward remediation of alleged or proven racial discrimination.

Notification

The District shall notify the emancipated pupil, parent, or legal guardian in writing by ____________________ whether the applicant has been accepted, placed on a waiting list pending the availability of capacity, or rejected.  The District shall also notify the resident school district of an applicant's acceptance or placement on a waiting list.  If the applicant is placed on a waiting list, the notification shall inform the emancipated pupil, parent, or legal guardian of the date when it will be determined whether there is capacity for additional enrollment in a school.  If the pupil's application is rejected, the reason for the rejection shall be stated in the notification.

As provided by A.R.S. 15-816.07, the District and its employees are immune from civil liability for decisions relative to the acceptance or rejection of the enrollment of a nonresident student when the decisions are based on good faith application of this policy and the applicable statutory requirements and standards.

Transportation  of  Students  Admitted

Through  Open  Enrollment

A resident transfer student is eligible for District transportation on routes within the attendance boundaries of the school to which the student has been accepted for open enrollment transfer.  It is the responsibility of the parents or guardians of the resident transfer student to have the student at a designated pickup point within the receiving school's transportation area.

Nonresident open enrollment students are eligible for District transportation from a designated pickup point on a bus route serving the attendance area of the school to which the student has been admitted, or as may be otherwise determined by the District.

The District may provide transportation for open enrollment nonresident students who meet the economic eligibility requirements established under the national school lunch and child nutrition acts for free or reduced price lunches:

A.  of not more than twenty (20) miles

each way

to and from

the

:

1.  the school of attendance

or to and from a

, or

2.  a pickup point on a regular District transportation route, or

for

3.  for the total miles traveled each day to an adjacent district.

The District shall provide transportation for nonresident transfer students with disabilities whose IEPs specify individualized education program (IEP) specifies that transportation is a necessary related service.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

necessary for fulfillment of the program:

A.  of not more than twenty (20) miles to and from:

1.  the school of attendance, or

2.  a pickup point on a regular District transportation route, or

3.  for the total miles traveled each day to an adjacent district.

Exception

Should there be excess capacity remaining for which no applications were submitted by the date established, the Superintendent, upon approval by the Board, shall authorize additional enrollment of nonresident pupils:

A.  Up to the determined capacity.

B.  On the basis of the order of the completed applications submitted after the notification date established in this policy.

C.  Without regard to enrollment preference.

D.  As long as admission standards are met.

E.  Whose applications are submitted by ___________________________.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
8-371

15-764
15-797
15-816 et seq.

15-823
15-824
15-825
15-841

15-922

CROSS REF.: 
EEAA - Walkers and Riders
IIB - Class Size
JF - Student Admissions
JFAA - Admission of Resident Students
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JFABD - Admission of Homeless Students
JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFABB-E

JFABB-E 

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF  EXCHANGE
AND  FOREIGN  STUDENTS

Date of Application __________________    Host School ____________________

Proposed Date of Enrollment __________________________________________

Name of Foreign Student _____________________________________________

City and Country of Origin __________________________________   Age _____

District Counselor ___________________________________________________

Host Family ________________________________________________________

Address ___________________________________________________________

Phone ______________________________

      Host Family Children's Names                      School Attendance and Grade

_______________________________        _______________________________

_______________________________        _______________________________

_______________________________        _______________________________

_______________________________        _______________________________

Actual Family _______________________________________________________

Address ___________________________________________________________

Sponsoring Organization ______________________________________________

Home Office Address  ________________________________________________

Sponsor Group Representative _________________________________________

Representative's Address  _____________________________________________

Phone ______________________________
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This form will be completed for each student accepted at a school within the District.  Acceptance shall be contingent upon formal contact by a sponsoring organization and specific request by a host family residing within the District.

A copy of this form should be sent to the District office attention Associate Superintendent.  Information from this form will be used to prepare routine reports to the Governing Board and interested community groups and agencies.



Master Document: JFB-R ©
Child Document: JFB-R

JFB-R ©

REGULATION

OPEN  ENROLLMENT

(Student Transfers)

Introduction  and  Purpose

These procedures are prescribed pursuant to Arizona Revised Statutes 15-816 et seq. and are intended to be used as a procedure to comply with the open enrollment provisions of the state statute.

Residency

Legal Guardianship and Student

Residency Status
:

●  A student shall reside with his/her natural parent(s) who have legal custody rights or with a person(s) who has legal guardianship of such student to be eligible to attend District schools, unless otherwise authorized by the office of the Assistant Superintendent for Operations/Personnel.  Proof of residence may be required. (A.R.S. 15-821A)

●  Certain residency status of students should warrant special consideration, such as:

■  De Facto Status - Students who have lived with a person(s) for a long period of time who has raised such student from a tender age.

■  Emancipated Minor Status - A child under the age of eighteen (18) who is married and/or self-supporting and free of parental control.  An emancipated child is considered as legally responsible for his/her own debts.

Request  for  Transfer

Resident Transfer Student:

●  A resident transfer student is a student whose parent/legal guardian resides in one of the District attendance zones but attends school in another attendance zone in the District.

Nonresident Transfer Student:

●  A nonresident transfer student is a student whose parent/legal guardian resides outside the District boundaries but a resident of the state who attends school in the District attendance zone.

Mandatory Transfers:

●  A student may be transferred to another district school for the following reasons:

■  Services needed are not available at the resident school.

■  In the course of discipline, it is determined that the student will attend another school other than the school of residence.

■  It is determined by the District that for the safety and well-being of the student, other students, or staff that the student should attend another school other than the school of residence.

Resident Transfer Requests:

●  Students will attend the school serving the attendance zone in which the parent/legal guardian resides unless it is clearly in the best interest of the student to attend another high school.  Among appropriate reasons are:

■  When it is clearly for the benefit of a physically or emotionally disabled student;

■  When a program deemed appropriate or necessary for a student is not offered at the school in the student's attendance zone;

■  The Superintendent may grant permission for a student to attend a school outside the student's attendance zone when extenuating circumstances are such that it is in the best interest of the student or the school;

■  When an extra-class competitive activity is desired by the student and it is not offered at the school in the student's attendance zone;

■  When it becomes necessary to change the existing boundaries of a school zone in order to adjust population, families with children in attendance in a District high school will be accorded the option of applying for a variance for incoming siblings to preclude splitting between schools members of the same household.  Once a student has been admitted under the sibling clause, the student may continue at that school until graduation.

●  A resident student may request transfer to another high school within the District by completing a Transfer Request Form and submitting it to the principal's office of the high school in whose attendance zone the student resides.  See Admission Guidelines.

Nonresident Transfer Requests:

●  A student whose parent/legal guardian resides outside the District boundaries, but a resident of this state, may request to attend school in the District by completing a Transfer Request Form and submitting it to the Assistant Superintendent for Operations and Personnel at the District office.  See Admission Guidelines.

Admission  Guidelines

Request:

●  Transfer requests will be available no later than December 1 each year.

Request Time Line:

●  Transfer request forms must be completed by the individual requesting the transfer.  Nonresident students must submit a request to the office of the Assistant Superintendent for Operations and Personnel at the District office, and resident students must submit a request to the principal's office at the school in whose attendance zone the student resides.  Final admittance approval will be determined by the administration of the receiving school after the following information is provided:

■  Attendance Record

■  Transcripts

■  Student discipline information

●  Students under hardship conditions may be granted conditional admission until all information is received.

School Capacity:

●  The District will annually establish, by May 15, enrollment capacity for each school, grade level, and program.  The District will take into consideration a number of factors including but not limited to:

■  the number of students residing in each school attendance zone;

■  the number of faculty available, and

■  District commitments relative to staff to student ratios.

●  The District may increase the number of resident and nonresident transfer students accepted for enrollment anytime prior to the third week of school if the number of resident students is lower than predicted.

Admission Standards:

●  Local schools may set admission standards subject to the review and approval of the Governing Board to which the parents and student must agree, including but not limited to:

■  Student conduct - A student who has been suspended from school for three (3) or more days in the past year may not transfer.

■  Minimum enrollment - All transfer students must enroll in a minimum of four (4) credit-earning classes towards graduation.

■  Minimum credits - A student must have the following minimum credits to transfer:

⇒  Freshman:       8th grade graduation certificate

⇒  Sophomore:     4.5 - 8.5 credits

⇒  Junior:             9.0 -13.5 credits

⇒  Senior:             14 or more

■  Attendance - No student may transfer if the student has more than twelve (12) absences in the past semester.  An exception to this rule may be made when absences beyond twelve (12) are due solely to chronic illness conditions certified by medical documentation.

●  The same standards set for transfer students must also apply to resident students.

●  No student will be accepted for enrollment if that student has been expelled or is not in compliance with a disciplinary condition of another district or court.  [A.R.S. 15-841(C)]

Transfer Preference:

●  Transfer preference will be given to the following:

■  to resident and nonresident transfer pupils who were enrolled in the school the previous year;

■  to any student whose sibling is currently enrolled; and

■  children of parents employed at the school.

Enrollment Process:

No later than June 15, the principal's office for resident transfers, or the office of the Assistant Superintendent for Operations for non-resident transfers, will notify all applicants whether they have been approved, rejected, or placed on a waiting list.  If capacity does not exist to enroll all the transfer students, transfer students will be accepted through an equitable process such as a lottery.  For any non-resident transfer student, the resident school district will be notified upon acceptance or if placed on a waiting list.

Disabilities

The District will accept a student with a disability if there is capacity.  If this creates a financial hardship, the District may apply to the state board for reimbursement of the cost of educating the child.  The State Board must adopt rules for this provision.

Transportation

The District will provide transportation to the following category of nonresident students:

●  Identified disabled students whose individualized education program (IEP) specifies transportation as necessary to meet the student's needs.

Transportation will be provided up to twenty (20) miles each way outside the District boundaries of the school in which the student is enrolled.  [A.R.S. 15-816.01(C)]

Interscholastic  Eligibility

When a transfer is granted to a student, the approval does not carry with it the rights of interscholastic eligibility unless granted through the procedures provided by the Arizona Interscholastic Association rules of eligibility as follows:

●  The student shall become eligible for all interscholastic activities at the receiving school:

■  After one (1) calendar year from the date of such transfer.

■  At such time as the student's parents change their domicile and the new domicile is no longer in the attendance zone of the sending school and is, for the first time after the change of domicile, within the attendance zone of the receiving school.

Principal-To-Principal Waiver of Domicile (Form 600) - Principals from the receiving and sending schools may mutually approve an exception to the Domicile Rule as evidenced by the completion of Form 600.

Immunity

The District and its employees are immune from civil liability for good faith actions on open enrollment provisions.  [A.R.S. 15-816.07, 15-341(E)]

Selection  Process

All applicants will be accepted if there is sufficient capacity.  If there is insufficient capacity, applicants will be selected from the submitted applications for enrollment in a school in accordance with a random selection process except where policy may indicate otherwise.  After ___________, pupils shall be selected for enrollment from the waiting list in the order in which the pupils were placed on the waiting list through the random selection process, or as otherwise provided by policy.

Procedure

The procedure for selection shall be as follows:

The applicants will be divided by priority categories and have their names placed on separate pieces of paper and the papers placed in a container.  Names will be drawn by priority categories and numbered in the order in which they are drawn.  All applications properly submitted will be drawn and numbered for enrollment consideration.  The applicants whose names are selected in order, up to the capacity limitations established, shall be permitted to enroll in the school.  All others drawn will be placed on a waiting list with priority in accord with the lowest number.  Parents are encouraged to be present at the drawing.



Master Document: JFB-E ©
Child Document: JFB-EA

 

JFB-EA  E ©

EXHIBIT

OPEN  ENROLLMENT

ATTENDANCE APPLICATION

File this application at the School District office

Student's name  _________________________

  Birth Date

_______

  Current Grade

_________________

                         

(

  Last

)

         

  (First)           (M

                        First                                      M.I.

)

Parent Name

Current grade _____   Birth date __________   Home phone ______________

Work phone ______________________    Message phone ________



                                     (Last)                                                                     (First)Home Address

_______

Parent's name  __________________________________________________

_



                            Last        

(Street)

                          First                                

(City, State, Zip)Phone Numbers

     M.I.

Home address __________________________________________________

_______



                           Street          

(Home)

                   

  

  City      

(Work)

                               

 (Cell)Last School of Attendance

Zip

E-mail address ________________________

    District

_________________

Resident School

_________

The above-named student:   o resides outside the School District; or

                                              
o resides within the School District

Present school of attendance

School _________________________   District _______

    District

_________________

Request Transfer to

City  ____________________

High School   For School Year  

_______   County __

Reason for Transfer  

______________________

Request assignment to ____________________________________ School 

Is the above-named student:

Suspended or expelled

o  Yes   o  No   Expelled  or long-term suspended from any school or school district?

    ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Being considered for disciplinary actions, suspension, 

or expulsion?    ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Enrolled in any of these classes/services at 

his/her former school(s):  ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Accelerated/Advanced Placement/

Honors/Gifted    ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Special Education/IEP/Learning 

Disabled/Self Contained      ◻  Yes    ◻  No

English Language Learner  ◻  Yes    ◻  No

504 Accommodation Plan   ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Other __________________________________________________________________

Are there other children in your family who may apply to attend this school either this year or in future years?    ◻  Yes    ◻  No

Each student will be evaluated for admission based on his/her own educational records and needs.

The following conditions apply to the Open Enrollment Program:

●  A transfer request must be completed.

●  Transfer

o  Yes   o  No   Currently subject to expulsion or long-term suspension from a school 

                           or school district?

o  Yes   o  No   o  N/A   In compliance with conditions imposed by a juvenile court?

o  Yes   o  No   o  N/A   In compliance with a condition of disciplinary action in any 

                                         school or school district?

Note:  The following conditions apply to the open-enrollment program:

1.  An attendance application must be completed and submitted on or before __________.

2.  Enrollment is subject to the capacity limit established for the school

, program,

and/or its grade

level

levels.

●  The

3.  On or before ________, the parent or legal guardian will be notified in writing whether the

request has been approved or rejected.

●  Transfer acceptance is on a year-by-year basis, and will be reviewed at least annually.

●  Student transportation will

application has been accepted, rejected, or placed on a waiting list.

4.  Transportation for the student may be the responsibility of the parent

/

or legal guardian

(exception by statute A.R.S. 15-816.01(C).●  

.

5.  Providing false information on this form may result in the

request

application being denied or admission being revoked.

Students must meet District and local admission standards for enrollment.  Approval of enrollment will be made by local school administration.  In-District transfer requests must have the approval of the Assistant Principal of Discipline and Attendance from both the resident and receiving schools.  The

The signatory affirms that the student will abide by the rules, standards, and policies of the school and the District

,

if enrolled

, and understands that failure to do so may result in immediate revocation of the transfer

.

__________________________

 

_________     _________________

 

________

______



   

   Parent/

 Signature of Parent or Legal Guardian                      

Student Signature

     

                  Date

                Signature*

Date

FOR DISTRICT USE ONLY  ***  DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE

 *  



FOR RESIDENT SCHOOL ADMINISTRATIVE USE ONLY

◻  Recommended To Receiving School For Review

◻  Welfare of Student

◻  Emotional Welfare of student (must have documentation)

◻  Other

________________________________________________________

________



 

Student number ____________________  Date stamp _________________

____________________

Rejected Due To:

◻  Insufficient Capacity

◻  Violation of desegregation court order or agreement

◻  Does not meet admission guidelines (See Reverse)

Signature



                                                                                                   
Filing Date

o  Accepted  o  Placed on waiting list      Principal ______________________

___________________   Date ______________



                                                                                                   Date

o  Rejected - Reason for rejection ___________________________________

__________________________________

FOR RECEIVING SCHOOL ADMINISTRATIVE USE ONLY

◻  Transfer Request Approved  *  (Send copy to AP/DA at resident school)

◻  Probationary Contract Required

◻  Placed on Waiting List

◻  Transfer Request Rejected Due To:

◻  Insufficient Capacity

◻  Does not meet admission guidelines

Signature

Copies sent by school to applicant and Superintendent's office. 

Date sent  _________________________________________

  Date ______________

Open  Enrollment

Instructions

Resident Student - A resident student may request transfer to another high school within the Glendale Union High School District by completing the reverse side of this transfer request form and submitting it to the office at the high school in whose attendance zone the student resides.

Non-Resident Student - A student residing outside the Glendale Union High School District boundaries, but a resident of this state may request to attend school in the District by completing the reverse side of this transfer request form and submitting it to the Assistant Principal for Discipline and Attendance.

Admission  Guidelines

Transfer request forms must be completed by the individual requesting the transfer, and signed by parent/legal guardian and student.  Consideration for admittance will be determined first by the resident school administration, and secondly by the administration of the receiving school only after the following information is provided to the school:

●  Attendance Record

●  Transcripts

●  Discipline Record

Local schools may set admission standards subject to the review and approval of the Governing Board to which the parents and student must agree, including but not limited to:

●  Attendance - A student with more than seven (7) absences/tardies in a semester may be ineligible to transfer.  An exception to this rule may be made when absences/tardies beyond seven (7) are due solely to chronic illness conditions certified by medical documentation.

●  Minimum Enrollment - All transfer students must enroll in a minimum of four (4) credit-earning classes toward graduation.

●  Minimum Credits - A student must have the following minimum credits to transfer:

■  Freshman       8th grade graduation certificate

■  Sophomore     6 credits

■  Junior              12 credits

■  Senior             18 or more credits

●  Student Conduct - A student with past disciplinary events may not be eligible to transfer.  No student will be accepted for enrollment if that student has been expelled or is not in compliance with a disciplinary condition of another district or court.  [A.R.S. 15-841(C)]

The same transfer standards set for non-resident students will also apply to resident students.

Note:  If this application is approved, the student's athletic eligibility may be affected.  Consult with the Assistant Principal of Operations and Resources on specific issues before the transfer is executed.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFABC-R

JFABC-R 

REGULATION

ADMISSION  OF  TRANSFER  STUDENTS

(Transfer  of  Credit)

Counselors will provide a written evaluation of each transfer student's credit.  This written evaluation will document the courses for which the District will accept as core credit for graduation and which credit has been defined as elective.

●  Counselors will evaluate each transfer student's transcript in the following manner:

■  A.  Is the school accredited as per policy?  (A listing of all accreditation websites is available in the Assistant Principal for Student Services Folder and Counseling Folder on the server.)

⇒  If yes,

♦  Were credits earned in an online setting?

⇒  If yes, award elective credit (proceed to Step B below.)

⇒  If no, award core credit.

⇒  If no, proceed to Step B.

■  B.  Does the student have transfer records which document that the granting credit was based upon an assessment that included the standards adopted by the State Board of Education for that course?  (These transfer records must include evidence that the student has achieved the listed standards).

⇒  If yes, award core credit.

⇒  If no, proceed to Step C.

■  C.  Does the student have transfer records that document the teacher of record awarding the credit is No Child Left Behind Highly Qualified and appropriately certificated by the Arizona Department of Education? 

⇒  If yes, award core credit.  (Note:  Upon receipt of this document, the Assistant Principal for Student Services will verify information with the Arizona Department of Education.)

⇒  If no, proceed to Step D.

Important:  If a student is unable to produce one (1) of the above listed options, transfer credit for core graduation requirements must be denied.

■  D.  If core graduation credit is denied, a student has ten (10) days from the notification of core credit denial to request to take a proficiency test in the subject that has been denied.  Students may not request to take a test in order to "test out" of a subject that they have not taken. 

⇒  Proficiency tests, keys, and passing scores will be located on the District server in the Assistant Principal for Student Services folder and Counseling Folder.

⇒  All proficiency tests, keys, and passing scores will be established by the District Curriculum and Instruction Department.



Master Document: JHD-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JHD-R ©

REGULATION

EXCLUSIONS  AND  EXEMPTIONS
FROM  SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE

(Chronic Health Conditions)

Identification/Referral  Process

Staff members shall be informed of procedures to follow in serving "students with chronic health conditions."  Teachers will review registration data and make note of any students who were previously served as students with chronic health conditions.

Registration forms, enrollment data, and attendance registers will identify certified students with chronic health conditions who are eligible for modified instructional services.

The screening procedures used to screen kindergarten students and new enrollees for possible referral to special education or compensatory programs will provide an indication of whether students with high absenteeism have health conditions that may be considered chronic if they are due solely to illness, disease, pregnancy complications, an accident or severe health problems of an infant child of a student.  Students can be identified or referred at any time during the school year.

The person responsible for collection of attendance data shall be informed of these available services and should be given direction for noting whether a student's frequent absences are due to illness, disease, pregnancy complications, an accident or severe health problems of an infant child of a student.  Registration, enrollment, and attendance procedures shall indicate eligible students with chronic health conditions for documenting average daily membership (ADM) adjustments with the Arizona Department of Education, School Finance Section.

When a student is identified as possibly requiring services as a student with a chronic health condition (via registration, screening procedures, attendance data, or parent referral), a chronic health condition certification form with a letter of explanation shall be sent to the parents, to be returned within thirty (30) days.  The teacher and parent shall meet within fifteen (15) days following return of the chronic health condition certification.

Upon referral of a student for chronic health condition certification, the school nurse, if applicable, shall be consulted to include any chronic health condition data in the nurse's records (i.e., the annual report that identifies types of chronic illnesses monitored).  The nurse may provide information to assist teachers in dealing with chronic health conditions.

Eligibility  Criteria

The parents shall submit a written chronic health condition certification to the District, which will include:

A.  Certified health professional or nurse practitioner diagnosis.

B.  Certified health professional or nurse practitioner prognosis.

C.  Physical limitations affecting physical education activities and requirements.

D.  Anticipated surgeries, treatment, or hospitalizations that, although not expected to cause sufficient absences to require homebound services, may interfere with regular school attendance.

E.  Certified health professional or nurse practitioner signature and date signed.

The appropriate instructional services needed are to be recommended by the teacher after consultation with the parent according to the following considerations:

A.  The nature of the health condition relevant to the student's anticipated activity level during absences (based on review of the chronic health condition certification).

B.  The student's academic capacity.

C.  The teacher's recommendations for service delivery based on course-work difficulty and the student's ability to learn independently.

D.  The amount of face-to-face instruction time required by the student for optimum continuous learning outside the regular classroom.

E.  The most appropriate service delivery in order to maintain integration in the regular education program as much as possible (i.e., regular physical education activities).

After the teacher and the parent have discussed the student's needs, an instructional agreement will be recommended by the parent and the teacher specifying the delivery and return of homework assignments and anticipated contact time with the teacher to assist the student in completing required course work during absences.  This agreement, together with the teacher's recommendation for appropriate instructional services, will be forwarded to the administration for review and modification, if necessary, prior to signature by the parent, teacher, and Superintendent.

If the absences of a student who is classified and has served as a student with a chronic health condition amount to three (3) school months (or sixty [60] school days), another chronic health condition certification shall be obtained and reviewed by the teacher and the parent.  They shall discuss the appropriate service delivery necessary for continuous learning.  If homebound services are appropriate, the policies for referral shall be followed, which may entail:

A.  Obtaining parental consent to evaluate.

B.  Obtaining chronic health condition certification.

On a yearly basis, the District shall review instructional needs of any student with a chronic health condition.  An updated chronic health condition certification shall be obtained for each school year to verify the need for continuing instructional modifications and ADM adjustments, if applicable.  However, the student may be recertified at any time to reevaluate appropriate services needed.

Miscellaneous  Provisions

Homework assignments will be provided during absences of students with chronic health conditions, and credit will be given for course work completed within established time lines.

Students with chronic health conditions will be given credit for completed course work if frequent absenteeism is due to chronic health conditions as certified by a Certified health professional or nurse practitioner.

Physical education course-work requirements shall include the option for students with chronic health conditions to participate in regular program activities as much as their health permits.  Such students shall be provided integrated educational programming as much as possible.  Modification to requirements may be made with Board approval.

The counselors who schedule students with chronic health conditions will take into consideration the anticipated days of absence (noted on the medical certification form) and the feasibility of completing courses requiring laboratory work or vocational workshops.



Master Document: JFBA © UNSAFE SCHOOL CHOICE
Child Document: JFBA © UNSAFE SCHOOL CHOICE

JFBA ©
UNSAFE  SCHOOL  CHOICE

Pursuant to the Unsafe School Choice Option of the No Child Left Behind Every Student Succeeds Act of 20012015, funding under the Elementary and Secondary Education Act for the State is contingent upon the adoption and enforcement of an unsafe school choice policy.  The State policy must require that a student attending a persistently dangerous public elementary school or secondary school, as determined by the State in consultation with a representative sample of local educational agencies, or who becomes a victim of a violent criminal offense, as determined by State law, while in or on the grounds of a public elementary school or secondary school that the student attends, be allowed to attend a safe public elementary school or secondary school within the local educational agency, including a public charter school. 

Definitions

General Definition of Persistently Dangerous School Label (Adopted by Arizona State Board).  A persistently dangerous school is a school with recurring violent and/or dangerous crime that continues over time and does not use research based planning and prevention programming to ensure school safety.

The State, with a representative sample of local educational agencies, must determine which schools are persistently dangerous.

Definition of Victim of Violent Criminal Offense.  A victim is an individual against whom the crime is committed as listed in a police report that is not unfounded or exceptionally cleared, or who is an immediate family member of a crime victim that has been killed or incapacitated.

Exhibit JFBA-E lists the laws that are considered Violent Criminal Offenses.  These laws should be consulted to determine if the victim is eligible for the optional transfer to another school within the District or to a charter school.

Enrollment  Options

Persistently Dangerous School Label

All students attending a public school that is classified by the State as a persistently dangerous school shall be notified of this label and be offered the opportunity to transfer to any school within the District that is not labeled persistently dangerous and contains the same grade level the student is eligible to attend or a charter school.

Victim of Violent Criminal Offense

Any student, while in or on the grounds of a public elementary school or secondary school that the student attends, who is subjected to a violent criminal offense as defined in Arizona law or who is an immediate family member of one who has been killed or incapacitated by such defined violent criminal offense shall be offered the opportunity to transfer to any school within the District that contains the same grade level the student is eligible to attend or a charter school.

Reports  Required

The number of individuals using the individual transfer option should be reported to the Arizona Department of Education (ADE) each year in the format and form required.

Schools are to report violations of rules regarding dangerous weapons in the "Safe and Drug-Free Schools Report," which is an annual requirement for all public schools in Arizona and is due to ADE by June 30 each year.  Additionally, referrals to law enforcement agencies for criminal offenses should be reported in the annual School Report Card.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
13-3726
20 U.S.C. 9532, No Child Left Behind (6301 et seq.,  Every Student Succeeds Act of 2015

20 U.S.C. 7912, Unsafe School Choice )Option

CROSS REF.: 
JC - School Attendance Areas

JG - Assignment of Students to Classes and Grade Levels



Master Document: JFBA-E ©
Child Document: JFBA-E ©

JFBA-E ©

EXHIBIT

UNSAFE  SCHOOL  CHOICE

DEFINITIONS AND EXAMPLES

Definition  of  Violent 
Criminal  Offense

Violent crimes are defined in Title 13 of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.).

A.R.S. Title 13 Definitions and listings of relevant violent crime follows:

13-901.03.  Violent crimes: allegation; definition

B. For the purpose of this section, "violent crime" includes any criminal act that results in death or physical injury or any criminal use of a deadly weapon or dangerous instrument.

13-105.  Definitions

6. "Crime" means a misdemeanor or a felony.

11. "Dangerous instrument" means anything that under the circumstances in which it is used, attempted to be used or threatened to be used is readily capable of causing death or serious physical injury.

13. "Deadly weapon" means anything designed for lethal use. The term includes a firearm.

29. "Physical injury" means the impairment of physical condition.

13-4401. Definitions

19. "Victim" means a person against whom the criminal offense has been committed, or if the person is killed or incapacitated, the person's immediate family or other lawful representative, except if the person is in custody for an offense or is the accused.

Offenses  in  Title  13  that  Require  an
Offer  to  Transfer  to  the  Victim

These statutes would apply in the event the crime is an attempt and the victim does not die.

13-1102  Manslaughter. Class 2 felony.

13-1103  Negligent Homicide. Class 4 felony.

13-1104  Second Degree Murder. Class 1 felony.

13-1105  First Degree Murder. Class 1 felony.

Offenses  in  Title  13  that  Require  an
Offer  to  Transfer  to  the  Victim

13-1201  Endangerment (with deadly weapon or dangerous instrument). Class 6 felony or Class 1 misdemeanor.

13-1203  Assault.  Para  (A)(1). (With physical injury). Class 1 misdemeanor.

13-1204  Aggravated Assault. Class 2-6 felony.

13-1205  Unlawfully Administering Intoxicating Liquors, Narcotic Drug, or Dangerous Drug. (With physical injury) Class 5 felony.

Narcotic Drug, or Dangerous Drug. (With physical injury) Class 5 felony.

13-1209  Drive by Shooting. Class 2 felony.

13-1304  Kidnapping. (A)(3) Class 2 felony.

13-1406  Sexual Assault. Class 2 felony.

13-1703  Arson of an Occupied Structure. Class 2 felony.

13-1902  Robbery. Class 4 felony.

13-1903  Aggravated robbery. Class 3 felony 13-1904 Armed Robbery. Class 2 felony.

13-2904  Disorderly Conduct. Involving a deadly weapon or dangerous instrument. Class 6 felony.

13-3102  Misconduct Involving Weapons (A)(9). Class 3 felony.

13-3103  Depositing Explosives. Class 4 felony.

13-3110  Misconduct Involving Simulated Explosive Devices. Class 1 misdemeanor.

13-3704  Adding Poison or Other Harmful Substance to Food, Drink or Medicine. Class 6 felony.

Specific  Definition  of  Persistently
Dangerous  School  Label
(Adopted by Arizona State Board 6-26-06)

A persistently dangerous school is any school that has four (4) or more firearms brought to campus in the baseline analysis (2000-01 data) and an average of four (4) incidents of firearms brought to campus under the Gun Free School Act (with or without modification as allowed in the law) for school year (SY) 00-01 and SY 01-02, unless objective explanatory data or prevention data submitted by a school to the Arizona Department of Education (ADE) Student Services Division allows exemption.  Schools that are identified as "persistently dangerous" will be required to provide all students with the option to transfer (within the District).



Master Document: JFC © STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL / DROPOUTS
Child Document: JFC © STUDENT WITHDRAWAL FROM SCHOOL / DROPOUTS

JFC ©
STUDENT  WITHDRAWAL  FROM 
SCHOOL / DROPOUTS

A withdrawal form shall be presented to the parent or legal guardian of a student who may or must withdraw from school.  The withdrawal form shall include space for the reason for withdrawal and the signature of an official of the school from which the student has withdrawn.

Reasons for withdrawal may include:

●  Parents A.  Parents or legal guardians moving from the District or to an area served by another school within the District.

●  Parents B.  Parents requesting the withdrawal of students who have passed their sixteenth birthday.

●  Expulsion C.  Expulsion or long-term suspension by the Board.

Upon withdrawal, the student shall check in all books and other District property through the office of the school that was attended.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-827
15-828
15-829

CROSS REF.: 
JF - Student Admissions



Master Document: JHD-EC ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JHD-EC ©

EXHIBIT

EXCLUSIONS  AND  EXEMPTIONS
FROM  SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE

INSTRUCTIONAL AGREEMENT FOR STUDENTS WITH
CHRONIC HEALTH CONDITIONS

School year ____________

___________________   ________________   ________________________
      Student's name                Grade level                              Date

_____________________________      ______________________________
                 Parent's name                                              Address

___________________   ________________   ________________________
 Person responsible for              Position                              School
 homework coordination

Eligibility checklist:

_________________  1.  Medical certification of chronic health condition
                                         (diagnosis, prognosis, and inability to attend 
                                         school regularly).

_________________  2.  Medical certification of physical limitations for
                                         physical education.

_________________  3.  District office has noted chronic condition on
                                         attendance register.

_________________  4.  If applicable, the school nurse informed of student's
                                         chronic health condition.

_________________  5.  Student's teacher(s) informed of student's chronic
                                         health condition.

_________________  6.  If applicable, school counselor informed of student's
                                      chronic health condition.

_________________  7.  Physical education activities/requirements adapted
                                      according to medical certification.

_________________  8.  Certificated teacher to provide homework and contact
Signature                          with _______________________________________
                                         during absences for the school year as follows:

                                        ___________________________________________

                                        ___________________________________________

                                        ___________________________________________

_________________  9.  Parent/guardian agrees to return completed home-
Signature                          work to the school for absences during the school
                                         year as follows:

                                       ___________________________________________

                                       ___________________________________________

                                       ___________________________________________

Approved:                       ___________________________________________
                                       Superintendent's signature

Annual review of instructional agreement:

___  Number of excused     o  Promotion requirements        o  Transcripts &
        absences due to               met via completed home-            attendance record
        chronic condition               work for excused absences        attached

For the _____________ school year, o should / o should not be registered as having a chronic health condition.

 

_______________________________     _______________________________
Superintendent's signature                        Parent's signature

 

_______________________________
Date



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFABD-EC

JFABD-EC 

EXHIBIT

ADMISSION  OF  HOMELESS  STUDENTS

STUDENT RESIDENCY QUESTIONNAIRE

This questionnaire is intended to address the McKinney-Vento Assistance Act, U.S.C.A. 42 Section 11302(a).  Your answers will help us determine residency information necessary for potential services for this student.

1.  Presently, where is the student living? Check one (1) box:

Section A

Section B

  In a shelter

  With more than one family
in a house or apartment
(other family rents or owns house or apartment)

 In a motel, car or camp

 With friends or family members (other than
parent/guardian)

Continue:  If you checked a
box in Section A, complete #2
and the remainder of this form.

 Choices in Section A do not apply







 

 


Stop:  If you checked this section, you do not
need to complete the remainder of this from. Submit to school personnel.

2.  The student lives with:

  1 parent         A relative, friend(s) or other adults(s)

  2 parents       Alone with no adult

  1 parent and another adult       An adult that is not the parent or legal
        guardian

School: ___________________________________________________________

Name of Student: __________________________________  Male___ Female___
                                    Last                 First                 Middle

Birth Date: _________________    Age: ______   Social Security: _____________
                      Month/Day/Year

Name of Parent/Legal Guardian(s) (if available): ___________________________

Residence: _________________   Zip: ______  Phone: ________  Cell: ________

Mailing Address: ___________________________________   Zip: ____________

Alternative contact parson: ___________________________  Phone: __________

___________________________________________     ____________________
              Signature of Parent/Legal Guardian                                    Date

...................................................................................................................................

School use only - Campus Administrator's determination of Section A circumstance:

 Student lives apart from parent/guardian for school purpose.
  Student and parent live with another family - not homeless.
  Student comes under the McKinney Act.

Instructions for Registrars:

1.  Marks in PEIMS as appropriate.
2.  Send questionnaire to campus/District administrator.
3.  Questionnaires of qualified students.
4.  Discard questionnaires of non-qualifying students.  Contact District Liaison.



Master Document: JH © STUDENT ABSENCES AND EXCUSES
Child Document: JH © STUDENT ABSENCES AND EXCUSES

JH ©
STUDENT  ABSENCES  AND  EXCUSES

The regular school attendance of a child of school age is required by state law.  Regular school attendance is essential for success in school; therefore, absences shall be excused only for necessary and important reasons.  Such reasons include illness, bereavement, other family emergencies, and observance of major religious holidays of the family's faith.

In the event of a necessary absence known in advance, the parent is expected to inform the school; if the absence is caused by emergency, such as illness, the parent is expected to telephone the school office.  When a student returns to school following any absence, a note of explanation from the parent is required.

When  Absent  from  School

State law mandates that the school record reasons for all student absences.  Therefore, when a student is absent, it will be necessary for the parent to call the school on or before the day of the absence in order to advise the school as to the reason for the absence.  When it is impossible to call on the day of the absence, the school should be notified on the morning the student returns, in time for the student to obtain an admission slip prior to the student's first class.  All absences not verified by parental or administrative authorization will remain unexcused.

If a parent does not have access to a phone, either at home or at work, a note will be accepted for verification purposes.

For absences greater than one (1) day in length, the school should be notified each day of the absence.

All personnel will solicit cooperation from parents in the matter of school attendance and punctuality, particularly in regard to the following:

●  The A.  The scheduling of medical and dental appointments after school hours except in cases of emergency.

●  The B.  The scheduling of family vacations during school vacation and recess periods.

The school may require an appointment card or a letter from a hospital or clinic when the parent has not notified the school of an appointment of a medical or dental nature.

School administrators are authorized to excuse students from school for necessary and justifiable reasons.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-346
15-802
15-806
15-807
15-843
15-873
15-902

CROSS REF.: 
JE - Student Attendance



Master Document: JH-R ©
Child Document: JH-R

JH-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  ABSENCES  AND  EXCUSES

(Absence Notification)

Parents have primary responsibility to establish good attendance patterns in their children.

When an excuse or authorization of absence from the parent or person having custody of the student has not been provided to the school office, the school shall make a reasonable effort to promptly telephone and notify parents or persons having custody of a student upon the student's absence. 

A.  Students in grades kindergarten (K) through six (6):

Within two (2) hours after the first class in which the student is absent.

B.  Students in grades seven (7) and eight (8):

1.  Within two (2) hours of an absence when the absence is from the student's first class of the day.

2.  Within five (5) hours of an absence from a class other than the student's first class of the day.

The District and its Board, employees, or agents are not liable for failure to notify.

Further, on or before the enrollment of a student in grades kindergarten (K) through eight (8), the District shall notify parents or other persons who have custody of a student of their responsibility to authorize any absence of the student from school and to notify the school in advance or at the time of any absence.  The District also requires that at least one (1) telephone number, if available, be given to the school office so that a "reasonable effort to notify by telephone" may be accomplished.  This telephone number, if available, shall be provided at the time of enrollment of the student in the school.  The parents or persons having custody of a student shall promptly notify the school of any change in this telephone number.



Master Document: JHB © TRUANCY
Child Document: JHB © TRUANCY

JHB ©
TRUANCY

A child between the ages of six (6) and sixteen (16) failing to attend school during the hours school is in session is truant unless excused pursuant to A.R.S. 15-802, 15-803, or 15-901.

Truant means an unexcused absence for at least one (1) class period during the day.  This includes absence from any class, study hall, or activity during the school day for which the student is scheduled.

Unexcused absence for at least five (5) school days within a school year constitutes habitual truancy.  The Superintendent will establish procedures to identify and deal with unexcused absences, beginning with notification of parents.  Continued violation may lead to discipline of the child and/or referral of the parent to a court of competent jurisdiction.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
8-201
15-802
15-803
15-804
15-805
15-841
15-843

CROSS REF.: 
JEA - Compulsory Attendance Ages



Master Document: JHCB © RELEASED TIME FOR RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION
Child Document: JHCB © RELEASED TIME FOR RELIGIOUS INSTRUCTION

JHCB ©
RELEASED  TIME  FOR 
RELIGIOUS  INSTRUCTION

Students at the school may be granted released time to attend religion classes near the school campus under the following conditions and guidelines:

●  The

A.  The person who has custody of the student has given written consent.

●  Any

B.  Any religious instruction or exercise takes place at a suitable place away from school property designated

by a

by a church or religious denomination or group.

●  Released

C.  Released time shall not interfere with the student's normal schedule.

●  Any

D.  Any tardiness related to religious instruction will be unexcused.

●  School

E.  Religion classes may not be dropped prior to the end of the semester without approval by the Superintendent.

F.  School credit will not be given for religion classes, nor will the course title be placed on the permanent

record of

record of the student.

●  Discipline

G.  Discipline problems, reporting to parents, and attendance and other procedures necessary to class

operation shall

operation shall be the responsibility of the religion class instructors or supervisors.

●  Religion

H.  Religion instructors shall be responsible for notifying parents when students violate attendance policies.

●  Changes

I.  Changes in policies relating to religion classes must be reviewed by the school administration and

the Governing

the Governing Board.

●  The

J.  The school administration shall have the responsibility of conferring with the appropriate church authorities

in matters

in matters relating to this policy and, when deemed necessary, shall take appropriate action to see that

such policies

such policies are followed.

●  The

K.  The desirability and value of the released-time program will be evaluated annually by the school

administration

administration and the Governing Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-806



Master Document: JHD © EXCLUSIONS AND EXEMPTIONS FROM SCHOOL ATTENDANCE
Child Document: JHD © EXCLUSIONS AND EXEMPTIONS FROM SCHOOL ATTENDANCE

JHD ©
EXCLUSIONS  AND  EXEMPTIONS 
FROM  SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE

(Chronic Health Conditions)

The District will provide appropriate educational opportunities for any student identified by an appropriately certified health professional in the fields of podiatry, chiropractic medicine, naturopathic medicine, osteopathy, physician assistant, or registered nurse practitioner as having a chronic health condition requiring management on a long-term basis that will affect regular school attendance.  Homework will be made available in a timely manner to ensure that such students have the opportunity to successfully complete assignments and avoid losing credit because of their absence from school.  The assigned teacher(s) shall have the responsibility to provide, in a timely manner, homework for students designated as having chronic health conditions.  Further, students with chronic health conditions shall be provided flexibility in physical education activity requirements so that they may participate in the regular physical education program to the extent that their health permits.  Staff members responsible for physical education activities programs shall develop and implement such guidelines.

Nothing in this policy shall be construed to obstruct, interfere with or override the rights of parents or guardians concerning the education and health care of pupils with chronic health problems.

Nothing in this policy shall be construed to authorize school personnel to either:

●  Authorize

A.  Authorize absences from school for a student with a chronic health problem without the prior consent of

the student

the student's parent or guardian.

●  Recommend

B.  Recommend, prescribe or provide medication to a student with a chronic health problem without the

prior consent

prior consent of the student's parent or guardian.

The Superintendent shall develop regulations for meeting the requirements of this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-346
15-761
15-843
15-902
32-801 et seq.
32-900 et seq.

32-1401 et seq.

32-1501 et seq.

32-1601 et seq.

32-1800 et seq.

32-2501 et seq.

CROSS REF: 
IHBF - Homebound Instruction



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFB-EB

JFB-EB 

EXHIBIT

OPEN  ENROLLMENT

REQUEST FOR RELEASE FROM
GLENDALE UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
TO ANOTHER DISTRICT

A resident student may request to be released from the District by completing the Request for Release from Glendale Union High School District Form and submitting it to the principal's office at the school the resident student is presently attending (or in whose attendance zone the student resides).

Student's Name _____________________________________     ______________     
                             Last                         First                         M.I.         Current Grade

Birth Date _____________   Phone ______________________________________
                                                           Home                    Work                     Message

Parent/Legal Guardian's Name  _________________________________________
                                                      Last                            First                             M.I. 

Home Address ______________________________________________________
                           Street                                         City                     State           Zip

Ethnic Origin of Above-Named Child:   Native American   Asian      Hispanic 
                                                              
African American   Caucasian/Other

Last School of Attendance _____________________________________________

Resident School _____________________________________________________

Request Release to _______________ High School in ______________ District.

For School Year __________________

Are there siblings presently attending requested transfer school?    Yes      No

If yes, list names: ____________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

Reason for Request for Release ________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________      ______________________
           Signature of Parent or Legal Guardian                                  Date

___________________________________________
* FOR ADMINISTRATIVE USE ONLY *
DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE

_____   Approved to seek enrollment outside of Glendale Union High School District (GUHSD)

_____   Placed on waiting list

_____   Rejected due to:  _____  Violation of desegregation court order or agreement


_________________________________________     _______________________
       Signature (School Administrator, GUHSD)                                Date



Master Document: JICA-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICA-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  DRESS

The District encourages students to take pride in their attire as it relates to the school setting.  Students should dress in a manner that, in addition to the following guidelines, takes into consideration the educational environment, safety, health, and welfare of self and others.

A.  Only tailored shorts and skirts that are hemmed may be worn in grades kindergarten (K) through twelve (12).

B.  Bare midriffs, halter tops, and spaghetti straps are not acceptable past the third grade.

C.  Bare feet are never acceptable.  In the interests of student safety, shoes must be worn at all times.  Closed shoes are to be worn for any type of physical activity, such as physical education, et cetera.

D.  Jewelry shall not be worn if it presents a safety hazard to self and/or others.

E.  Profane or defamatory writing on clothing or jewelry is not acceptable.

F.  No bandannas of any color, size, or shape may be carried or displayed in any classroom or at any school activity.  This also includes simulations of anything representing "colors."

G.  No hats may be worn in a classroom, except for properly approved occupational safety headgear required for special classes.

H.  Gang-related personalization is not permitted on hats, on items of clothing, or on one's person.

I.  Obscene language or symbols, or symbols of drugs, sex, or alcohol on clothing are expressly prohibited.

Exceptions for special activities or health considerations may be preapproved by the administrator.

Students who volunteer for extracurricular activities, such as athletics, band, chorus, et cetera, are subject to the standards of dress as defined by the sponsors of such activities.



Master Document: JHD-EA ©
Child Document: JHD-EA

JHD-EA EA ©

EXHIBIT

EXCLUSIONS  AND  EXEMPTIONS
FROM  SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE

CHRONIC ILLNESS

Instructional Agreement for School Year 20

Dear ___

- 20

___

Student Name ______________:

This letter is to inform you that the School District makes special arrangements for homework assignments for certain students who have "chronic (recurring) health conditions."  As a result of frequent absences from school because of illness or an accident, _______________ ___    I.D. No. ______________

Has been certified by a licensed medical doctor to the satisfaction of the administration as having a chronic health condition which will affect regular school attendance.

This student will be served under the Chronic Health umbrella until ________ (dates).  Credit will be given for completed course requirements provided the following conditions are met:

The above named student agrees to:

●  Attend any and all classes, which the student is physically capable of attending.

●  Never accrue any truancies.

●  Seek out teacher assistance before and after school when extra help or lab time is needed.

●  Remain current in all classes on weekly basis.  (School work and homework.)

●  Discuss academic problems as soon as possible with teacher and/or counselor.

The parent/guardian of the above named student will:

●  Call the attendance office on a daily basis to report all absences.  Phone number 623-915-8201 or 8211.

●  Validate all future absences as being due solely to illness, disease, or accident.

●  Request, pick up and deliver homework on a weekly basis.

●  Provide the school nurse with information to disseminate which may be helpful to teachers.

may be eligible to receive modified instructional services provided for "students with chronic health conditions."

A form is enclosed asking your family's certified health professional or nurse practitioner to state how this health condition is affecting school attendance.  If your certified health professional or nurse practitioner believes the condition to be "chronic" and anticipates frequent absences for the school year (but fewer than sixty [60] school days, as for homebound services), please ask the certified health professional or nurse practitioner to fill out the medical certification form and return it to the school.

If _______________ _________________       ________________________________

Student's Signature                         Date       Parent's Signature                           Date

The school nurse will:

●  Monitor student health condition based on information received from parent/guardian.

●  Provide teachers, counselor, and administration with information helpful in dealing with student.

The teacher of the above student will:

●  Be available to the student before or after school for consultation on missed work.

●  Provide modified classroom assignments with equal credit eligibility when appropriate.

●  Provide homework/class work on a weekly basis provided student is current.

●  Inform counselor/administrator if this student does not remain current in class.

●  Continue to grade this student as usual.

If the student is to be absent for seven (7) or more consecutive days, the counselor (is eligible as a "student with a chronic health condition," the school will make sure that you receive homework and contact with a teacher during necessary absences.  The teacher will work out an agreement for homework assignments with you to assure receipt of credit for completed homework.

If you have any questions, please contact me at __________________________) will:

●  Evaluate the student's educational needs with the parent.

●  Establish specific contact time available with teachers.

●  Specify time and place of exchange of work between teacher and student during absence.

●  Monitor student progress and report to parents and/or administration, when appropriate.

Hour     Class Title     Teacher Name     Hour     Class Title     Teacher Name

    1     __________   _____________    4/5     __________   _____________

    2     __________   _____________     6       __________   _____________

    3     __________   _____________     7       __________   _____________

Administrator Signature ______________________________  Date __________

White: Administrator  Yellow: Counselor  Pink: Nurse  Goldenrod: Student/Parent

Xerox copies for teachers and student files.

.

Sincerely,



Master Document: JHD-EB ©
Child Document: JHD-EB

JHD-EB EB ©

EXHIBIT

EXCLUSIONS  AND  EXEMPTIONS
FROM  SCHOOL  ATTENDANCE

MEDICAL CERTIFICATION OF STUDENTSTUDENTS WITH
WITH CHRONIC CHRONIC HEALTH CONDITIONSchool: CONDITIONS

(Obtained from a certified health professional or nurse practitioner)

___________________

 School Year

   ___________

_____   __________________________   

       Student's name             Parent's name                         Address

___________________   ________________   _______________

Student Name _________

             District                           School       Grade Level                     Grade level

___________________   ____________      ____   ___________________________
Parent's Name          Date of birth                                     Phone Number                          Phone number          Date of initial consultation   

Certified health professional or nurse practitioner diagnosis:

_______________________________      _______________________________ Date of Birth                                                Date of initial consultation

Medical Diagnosis:

 Medical Prognosis:

 

Physical limitations affecting participation in Physical Education Classes:

 

Indicate the estimated number of days the student will miss school.  Include

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Certified health professional or nurse practitioner prognosis:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Physical limitations affecting physical education activities:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Anticipated absences due solely to illness, disease, pregnancy complications, an accident or severe health problems of an infant child of a student (include anticipated surgeries, treatments, or hospitalizations that may interfere with school attendance

.  For example:  Jane Doe

during the __________ year):

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Example 1:  _________________'s physical condition may result in frequent absences in the school year that may exceed ten (10) consecutive school days per semester, but I do not

anticipated Jane to

anticipate that _________________ will be absent enough days to require homebound services

(sixty [60] days).  Or Jane Doe

.

Example 2:  _________________ will require three (3)

hospitalizations of

hospitalizations of approximately four (4) days duration each and three to five (3 - 5) treatments of one (1) day each during the school year.

 

Other relevant information:

 

 

 

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

                                    __________________

Physician's Signature __________________________

                                    Type or print Certified health professional or

                Date                    nurse practitioner name and licensed title

_______________      _________________________       __________________

Type or print Physician's Name and Licensed Title       Telephone Number_

Date                            Certified health professional or nurse practitioner

                                    signature and title



Master Document: JI © STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
Child Document: JI © STUDENT RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

JI ©
STUDENT  RIGHTS  AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES

This policy sets forth guidelines by which student rights are to be determined consistent with law.

The Board has the authority and responsibility to establish reasonable rules and regulations for the conduct and deportment of students of the District.  At the same time, no student shall be deprived of equal treatment and equal access to the educational program, due process, and free expression and association in accordance with these guidelines.

Attendant upon the rights established for each student are certain responsibilities, which include respect for the rights of others, obedience to properly constituted school authority, and compliance with the rules and regulations of this District.

Students who have reached the age of eighteen (18) years possess the full rights of adults and may authorize school matters previously handled by their parents.

The Superintendent shall develop and promulgate administrative procedures consistent with law and Board policy to ensure that student rights under varying conditions are properly described.

Each school will publish a student handbook.  These handbooks will contain essential information to help orient students to the school and provide them with the necessary rules and regulations governing student conduct.  The student handbook Such procedures shall be reviewed annually and updated when required.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-841
15-842
15-843
15-844

CROSS REF.: 
JICEC - Freedom of Expression
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JLI - Student Safety



Master Document: JICE-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICE-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS

Students shall be required to submit publications to the principal for approval prior to distribution.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JFC-E

JFC-E  

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  WITHDRAWAL  FROM 
SCHOOL / DROPOUTS

OFFICIAL  NOTICE  OF  PUPIL  WITHDRAWAL
GLENDALE UNION HIGH SCHOOL DISTRICT
District/Charter (CTD) #070505205 / School No. 205

_________________________   _________________________   ________________
   Student's Legal Last Name          Student's Legal First Name            Middle Name

_________________________   _________________________   ________________
              Date of Birth                                  Male/Female                       Grade Level

_________________________   _________________________   ________________
               Entry Date                             School Student ID No.           SAIS State ID No.

10a.  Primary Withdrawal Type

Select the following that best describes why the student is withdrawing:

   W1      S1  Transfer to another school  
   W2      S2  Illness
   W3      S3  Expelled or long-term suspended
   W4      S4  Absence or status unknown
   W5      S5  Dropout
   W6      S6  Age
   W7      S7  Graduated
   W8      S8  Deceased
   W9      S9  Transfer to be home taught
 W10    S10  Transfer to detention
 W11    S11  GED
 W12    S12  Continuing studies at vocational or
                             technical school

 W13    S13  Completed course requirements
                             but did not pass AIMS

              S99  Summer transfer within District

Last Day of Attendance ______  Destination ______

10b.  Additional Withdrawal Reason

(Optional)  Select one of the following only if applicable:

   WR1  School identified for Federal
                 School Improvement
*

   WR2  School identified as persistently
                 dangerous*


   WR3  Individual Transfer Option (victim
                 of a violent criminal offense)*


   WR4  Pregnancy/Biological Parent of a Child**

*  In accordance with No Child Left Behind and
   State Board of Education Policy 

** In accordance with A.R.S. 15-1042(H)


Note for WR1 and WR2:

If a school does not have this designation, or if a student transfers to another school with the same designation, then this withdrawal reason is invalid. 

20.  SPED
Check all that apply.     
 A                HI                     MOMR       PSD          SMR
                                    
 DD             MD/MDSSI       OHI            SLD          TBI
                                     
 ED/EDP     MIMR               OI               SLI            VI
 

21.  ELL

Overall Composite
Proficiency Level

 

Overall
Assessment Result
In SAIS

 

If applicable, 
Language Program in
which student
participated at your
District/Charter

 

Most Recent Accessment Date (mm/dd/yyyy)

            /            /

           ◻ PE

           ◻ E

           ◻ B

           ◻ I

           ◻ P

 

 

 

         ◻ RFEP

         ◻ IFEP

         ◻ ELLAR

         ◻ ELL

         ◻ CFEP  Y1

         ◻ CFEP  Y2

 

 

 

           ◻ SIE

           ◻ B1

           ◻ B2

           ◻ B3

           ◻ I


 

Total Composite Scaled Score (3-digit number)

     _________________


 

Check box if student was withdrawn from the Language        Reclassified as FEP by Reassessment
Program with a Language Program Exit Reason of:              
 Withdrawn by parent request  
                                                                                              
 Withdrawn due to SPED Criteria  
 


1.  I understand that my ID card, textbooks, and equipment are to be returned to the bookstore upon withdrawing from this school.  I will bring a slip from the book store showing all my debts are clear.

2.  I am no longer a student here.  If I am on campus at any time without administrative permission, it will be considered trespassing.

3.  I am aware that my athletic eligibility in Arizona does not transfer unless there is a change of domicile by my parents/guardians or a change of legal court appointed guardianship, which would require a hardship hearing with the Arizona Interscholastic Association.

Student Signature____________________________________________________

If parent/guardian is unable to sign, the school official may, providing he/she indicates why parent/guardian's signature is not obtainable.

Parent/Guardian Signature ______________________________    Date _________

School Official Signature ________________________________   Date _________

ADE-41-123 in compliance with A.R.S. 15-827



Master Document: JI-R ©
Child Document: JI-R ©

JI-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  RIGHTS  AND 
RESPONSIBILITIES

All students are entitled to enjoy the basic rights of citizenship that are recognized and protected by laws of this country and state for persons of their age and maturity.  Each student is obligated to respect the rights of classmates, teachers, and other school personnel.  District schools shall foster a climate of mutual respect for the rights of others.  Such environment will enhance both the educational purpose for which the District exists and the educational program designed to achieve that purpose.

All District personnel shall recognize and respect the rights of students, just as all students shall exercise their rights responsibly, with due regard for the equal rights of others and in compliance with the rules and regulations established for the orderly conduct of the educational mission of the District.  Students who violate the rights of others or who violate rules and regulations of the District or of their school are subject to appropriate disciplinary measures designed to correct their own misconduct and to promote adherence by them and by other students to the responsibilities of citizens in the school community.

The following basic guidelines of rights and responsibilities shall not be construed to be all-inclusive, nor shall it in any way diminish the legal authority of school officials and the Governing Board to deal with disruptive students.

Rights:

●  Students

A.  Students have the right to a meaningful education that will be of value to them for the rest of their lives.

●  Students

B.  Students have the right to a meaningful curriculum and the right to voice their opinions,

through representatives

through representatives of the student government, in the development of such a curriculum.

●  Students

C.  Students have the right to physical safety, safe buildings, and sanitary facilities.

●  Students

D.  Students have the right to consultation with teachers, counselors, administrators, and anyone else

connected with

connected with the school if they so desire, without fear of reprisal.

●  Students

E.  Students have the right to free elections of their peers in student government, and all students have

the right

the right to seek and hold office in accordance with the provisions of the student government constitution

and in keeping

and in keeping with the extracurricular guidelines of the District.

●  Students

F.  Students have the right to be made aware of administrative and/or faculty committee decisions and to

be aware

be aware of the policies set forth by the Governing Board and school.

●  Legal

G.  Legal guardians or authorized representatives have the right to see the personal files, cumulative folders,

or transcripts

or transcripts of their children who are under the age of eighteen (18) years.  School authorities may

determine the

determine the time and manner of presentation of this information.

●  Students

H.  Students' academic performance shall be the prime criterion for academic grades; however,

noncompliance with

noncompliance with school rules and regulations may affect grades (e.g., unexcused absences).

●  Students

I.  Students shall not be subjected to unreasonable or excessive punishment.

●  Students

J.  Students have the right to be involved in school activities, provided they meet the reasonable

qualifications of sponsoring

qualifications of sponsoring organizations, state organizations, and school regulations.

●  Students

K.  Students have the right to express their viewpoints in accordance with District Policy JICEC - Freedom

of Expression

of Expression.

●  Married

L.  Married students share these rights and responsibilities, including the opportunity to participate in the

full range

full range of activities offered by the school, and shall be subject to the rules and regulations of the school.

Responsibilities:

●  Students

A.  Students have the responsibility to respect the rights of all persons involved in the educational process and

to exercise

to exercise the highest degree of self-discipline in observing and adhering to school rules and regulations.

●  Students

B.  Students have the responsibility to take maximum advantage of the educational opportunities available

and seek

and seek to achieve a meaningful education.

●  All

C.  All members of the school community, including students, parents, and school staff members, have

the responsibility

the responsibility to promote regular attendance at school.

●  Students

D.  Students have the responsibility to protect school property, equipment, books, and other materials issued

to or used

to or used by them in the instructional process.  Students will be held financially responsible for any loss

or intentional

or intentional damage caused to school property.

●  Students

E.  Students have the responsibility to complete all course assignments to the best of their ability and to

complete make

complete make up work after an absence.

●  Students

F.  Students have the responsibility to help maintain the cleanliness and safety of the school buildings

and property

and property.

●  Students

G.  Students have the responsibility to present themselves in class at the prescribed time and with the

necessary materials

necessary materials.



Master Document: JICEC-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICEC-E ©

EXHIBIT

FREEDOM  OF  EXPRESSION

COMPLAINT FORM

(To be filed with the school principal)
Additional pages may be attached if more space is needed.

Please print:

Name ____________________________________     Date ______________

Address _______________________________________________________

Telephone _________  Another phone where you can be reached _________

During the hours of  ______________________________________________

E-mail address __________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity _______________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Address _______________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                      Address                                Telephone Number

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

__________________________________     _________________________
Signature of Complainant                                Date Signed

__________________________________     _________________________
Principal receiving the initial complaint            Date initial complaint received

The principal shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: JIB © STUDENT INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING
Child Document: JIB © STUDENT INVOLVEMENT IN DECISION MAKING

JIB ©
STUDENT  INVOLVEMENT  IN 
DECISION  MAKING

A primary task of the school is to create a stimulating learning climate that develops active involvement of students in their education and develops a spirit of inquiry.  This climate is created when students work together with school staffs in staff in such activities as planning and evaluating school programs.

The District encourages student involvement that will enhance:

●  Achievement A.  Achievement of the course goals, improvement of the courses of study, and planning of classroom activities.

●  Freedom B.  Freedom of expression, recognizing that every privilege and right has a corresponding responsibility.

●  Student C.  Student participation in assembly programs and school-sponsored forums of interest.

●  Participation D.  Participation in student government organizations that provide students with a voice in school affairs.

●  Cocurricular E.  Cocurricular or extracurricular activities that broaden their educational experiences.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: JIBA © STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Child Document: JIBA © STUDENT GOVERNMENT

JIBA ©
STUDENT  GOVERNMENT

The organization of student councils in all schools is encouraged.

Student government is expected to be "of the students, by the students, for the students," representing the students in the school in communications with the administration and in the organization of student activities.

Members of student councils are to be elected democratically.  The rights and responsibilities of the council should be clearly set forth by each school.  Each student council must have a faculty advisor.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341



Master Document: JIC © STUDENT CONDUCT
Child Document: JIC STUDENT CONDUCT

JIC ©
STUDENT  CONDUCT

The Superintendent will establish regulations governing the conduct of students in school, traveling to and from school, at school functions, or affecting the school order.  In establishing these regulations, the Superintendent may consult with student or staff committees.  In addition to compliance with regulations established by the Superintendent, students are expected to obey all rules and regulations adopted by the Governing Board, and to obey any order given by a member of the faculty or staff relating to school activities.

School/District jurisdiction encompasses the following:

●  Student conduct while going to and from school, conduct at or near school bus stops, and on the bus.

●  Student conduct while off campus during the normal school day, including release periods.

●  Student conduct at school events or off campus after the normal school day ends, including off-campus events at which students are representing the District.

●  Student conduct in the District's drug-free school zones.

●  Student conduct, wherever if occurs, that materially and substantially disrupts the school program or the learning process or endangers the general welfare of students or teachers.

●  Student conduct occurring off campus, involving violent acts or acts that result in the student's conviction of violent or other serious crimes, where such conduct or conviction presents or may present a serious threat to the health, welfare, and safety of students or faculty, or disruption of the learning environment.

●  Student conduct in any other context in which the District may lawfully assert jurisdiction to discipline a student.

A student shall be defined as any person who is enrolled in an educational program provided by or approved by the District and carried on in premises owned or controlled by the District.

Students shall not engage in improper behavior, including but not limited to the following:

●  Any

A.  Any conduct intended to obstruct, disrupt, or interfere with teaching, research, service, administrative

or disciplinary

or disciplinary functions, or any activity sponsored or approved by the Board.

●  Threatening

B.  Threatening an educational institution by interference with or disruption of the school per A.R.S. 13-2911

and

 and 15-841.

●  Physical

C.  Physical abuse of or threat of harm to any person on District owned or controlled property or at

District sponsored

District sponsored or supervised functions.

●  Damage

D.  Damage or threat of damage to property of the District, regardless of the location, or to property of a

member of

member of the community or a visitor to the school, when such property is located on District controlled premises.

●  Forceful

E.  Forceful or unauthorized entry to or occupation of District facilities, including both buildings and grounds.

●  Unlawful

F.  Unlawful use, possession, distribution, or sale of tobacco, alcohol, or drugs or other illegal contraband

on District

on District property or at school-sponsored functions.

●  Conduct

G.  Conduct or speech that violates commonly accepted standards of the District and that, under

the circumstances

the circumstances, has no redeeming social value.

●  Failure

H.  Failure to comply with the lawful directions of District officials or any other law enforcement officers

acting in performance

acting in performance of their duties, and failure to identify themselves to such officials or officers when

lawfully requested

lawfully requested to do so.

●  Knowingly

I.  Knowingly committing a violation of District rules and regulations.  Proof that an alleged violator has

a reasonable

a reasonable opportunity to become aware of such rules and regulations shall be sufficient proof

that the

that the violation was done knowingly.

●  Engaging

J.  Engaging in any conduct constituting a breach of any federal, state, or city law or duly adopted policy of

the Board

the Board.

●  Carrying

K.  Carrying or possessing a weapon on school grounds.

In addition to the general rules set forth above, students shall be expected to obey all policies and regulations focusing on student conduct adopted by the Board.  Students shall not engage in any activities prohibited herein, nor shall they refuse to obey any order given by a member of the faculty or staff who is attempting to maintain public order.

Any student who violates these policies and regulations may be subject to discipline up to expulsion, in addition to other civil and criminal prosecution.  These punishments may be in addition to any customary discipline that the District presently dispenses.

Local law enforcement shall be notified by the Superintendent regarding any suspected crime against a person or property that is a serious offense as defined in 15-341, involves a deadly weapon or dangerous instrument or that could pose a threat of death or serious injury to employees, students or others on school property.

The authority of the Superintendent to establish regulations covering students may be delegated to principals for their individual schools.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-105

13-2911
15-341
15-507
15-521
15-841
15-842
15-843

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: JICA © STUDENT DRESS
Child Document: JICA © STUDENT DRESS

JICA ©
STUDENT  DRESS

The Board recognizes that each student's mode of dress and grooming is a manifestation of personal style and individual preference.  The Board will not interfere with the right of students and their parents to make decisions regarding their appearance except when their choices affect the educational program of the schools or the health and safety of others.

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to develop and enforce school regulations prohibiting student dress or grooming practices that:

●  Present A.  Present a hazard to the health or safety of the student or to others in the school.

●  Materially B.  Materially interfere with school work, create disorder, or disrupt the educational program.

●  Cause C.  Cause excessive wear or damage to school property.

●  Prevent D.  Prevent students from achieving their educational objectives.

●  Represent E.  Represent membership in a gang.

Obscene language or symbols, or symbols of sex, drugs, or alcohol on clothing are expressly prohibited.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
JICF - Secret Societies/Gang Activity



Master Document: JICB © CARE OF SCHOOL PROPERTY BY STUDENTS
Child Document: JICB © CARE OF SCHOOL PROPERTY BY STUDENTS

JICB ©
CARE  OF  SCHOOL  PROPERTY 
BY  STUDENTS

Each student is expected to take pride in the physical appearance of the school.  Teachers and students should be observant at all times to prevent damage or destruction of school property.  Any marking or marring of school property should be reported to the office at once.

No student shall damage or deface any property belonging to the District.  The type of discipline that may be imposed for damage to school property by students depends upon the circumstances.  Students may be subject to discipline for willful damage or destruction of school property.

If any minors engage in conduct that results in damage to District property, the District may institute formal charges for the purpose of having the court order the minors, or their parents, to make full or partial restitution to the District in accordance with law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
12-661
15-727
15-842

CROSS REF.: 
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JQ - Student Fees, Fines, and Charges



Master Document: JICFA-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICFA-EA ©

EXHIBIT

HAZING

(File with a school administrator, the administrator's
supervisor, or a professional staff member)

Additional pages may be attached if more space is needed.

Please print:

Name _____________________________________   Date ______________

Address _______________________________________________________

Telephone _______________________  During the hours of  _____________

Another phone where you can be reached ____________________________

E-mail address __________________________________________________

Report/Complaint:

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, and the background to the incident.  Be sure to note relevant dates, times, and places.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                    Address                                  Telephone Number

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

_______________________________________     ____________________
Student                                                                       Date

_______________________________________     ____________________
Administrator or professional staff member                                   Date initial complaint received
receiving initial complaint

The investigating administrator shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: JICE © STUDENT PUBLICATIONS
Child Document: JICE STUDENT PUBLICATIONS

JICE ©
STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS

The District recognizes the value of, supports, and encourages official school publications in teaching journalism, English, writing, and other skills.  An official school publication is that made up of materials produced by students in a regularly scheduled class and intended for distribution to the student body.

Students shall be required to submit publications to the principal Superintendent for approval prior to distribution.

Publication of the school newspaper is intended to be an educational experience.  It therefore requires guidance and direction, as does any other subject in the curriculum.  Governing Board acknowledges that there are many differences between a privately published newspaper and a secondary school newspaper.  The school newspaper differs in part and at least to the following extent:

●  It is not a private enterprise.

●  It is financed by the District and a publication fee from students.

●  The Governing Board is held directly responsible.  The students are responsible to the extent of this policy, school guidelines, and journalistic standards.

●  High school students need the guidance and direction of their adviser.

●  The District has a responsibility to protect those committed to its care.

●  The Governing Board reserves the right to publish articles in any school newspaper within the District.

Primary content:

●  The major function of the school newspaper is to serve the school.  Subject matter for the most part shall deal with student activities and school events.  Rules, regulations, and policies of the school or District may be discussed.

●  Students may deal with national and international issues as well as school, local, and community topics.

Tenets to guide and govern the publication of school newspapers:

●  It shall be the obligation of the students and the adviser to be exceedingly careful concerning the accuracy and truth of the material, as well as the objectivity with which such material is presented.

●  School newspapers shall not endorse candidates for office on the school, community, state, or national level.  Students may evaluate candidates, provided the same amount of space and consideration is given to all candidates competing.

●  Articles, commentary, or other written or printed items shall not be published in the school newspaper if there are reasonable grounds to believe that such articles would create substantial and material interference with or delay of normal classroom activity or normal school function.  As used here, normal classroom activity means organized educational activity of students under the direct supervision of a teacher or a school administrator.  This includes student activity in library areas, physical education classes, whether conducted indoors or outdoors, official assemblies, and other similar gatherings.  Normal school function means such activities as athletic contests, band concerts, school plays, and activities scheduled on campus during lunch periods.

●  Articles, commentary, or other written or printed items shall not be published in the school newspaper if there are reasonable grounds to believe that such articles are obscene.  Obscenity as used herein means the quality of any description or representation of nudity, sexual conduct, sexual excitement, et cetera, when it:

■  predominantly appeals to the prurient, shameful, or morbid interests of minors, and

■  is patently offensive to prevailing standards in the adult community as a whole with respect to what is suitable material for minors, and

■  taken as a whole, is utterly without redeeming serious literary, artistic, political, or scientific value for minors.

●  Articles, commentary, or other written or printed items shall not be published in the school newspaper if there are reasonable grounds to believe that such articles are potentially libelous.  However, publication of the school newspaper shall not be prohibited merely because it contains the expression of any idea, popular or unpopular.  A libel is any written publication which was made with knowledge of its falsity, or in reckless disregard of whether it was false, or a written publication which was wrongfully and intentionally published with spite or ill will towards another person with a desire to injure that person.  In other words, a libel is any malicious falsehood expressed by writing, printing, or by signs or pictures, which tends to bring any person into disrepute, contempt, or ridicule, or to blacken the memory of one who is dead; or any malicious defamation expressed by writing, printing, or by signs or pictures, which tends to impeach honesty, integrity, virtue, or reputation, or publish natural or alleged defects of one who is alive, and thereby to expose that person to public hatred, contempt, or ridicule.  If the items concern a public official, public figure, or school official, they are potentially libelous if the content is false and is prepared with actual malice; that is, made with knowledge of falsity or reckless disregard of whether it is false or true.  The doctrine of qualified or absolute privilege, as defined by current law, shall affect this policy.

●  The doctrine of absolute privilege implies immunity from liability as a particular benefit attached to specific offices or positions, such as a United States Congressman speaking in the Congressional chamber as a Congressman.  The doctrine of qualified privilege implies immunity from liability under specific circumstances such as criticizing a public official.

When any member of the Governing Board, employee, or student in the District is formally quoted in the school newspaper, such quotations shall be verified, if requested, by the person being quoted.  Verification shall be the responsibility of the reporter.

Review procedures  (Initiating the request):

●  Any defamatory statement or article about members of the Governing Board, employees, or students of the District, or persons who are members of organizations associated with the District shall be verified with the person/persons before being printed.  Should there be a dispute over the defamatory statement or article, and no agreement can be reached concerning the article's content, either the person about whom the statement is made, the newspaper adviser, or the author of the article can initiate a review of the article according to the procedures set forth governing prior submission.

●  A defamatory statement is one which tends to disgrace or harm one's reputation by libel or slander.

●  Any item which the adviser might question should be referred to the school principal.  Such a referral shall initiate the procedures governing prior submission.  Should a dispute arise between a student and the adviser over an article that is being proposed for publication, either party may initiate a review of the article under the provisions governing prior submission.

Procedures governing prior submission:

●  Level I - Local Level:

■  Prior to going to press for printing an issue of the school newspaper, a copy of any article on which a review has been requested consistent with the review procedures shall be delivered to the principal of the school for review.  Items on which review has been requested may be submitted to the principal at any time during normal school business hours.  Within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed seventy-two (72) hours, excluding weekends and official school holidays, the principal or the principal's designee shall render in accordance with these guidelines a decision on the submitted items.  Notification of the decision shall be given to the person who submitted the items.  Failure of the principal or the principal's designee to render a decision within said time limits will constitute an automatic approval of the school newspaper or submitted items in the original form prior to submission to the principal.

■  Publication of an issue of the school newspaper means when all steps have been taken to prepare and print an issue and make it available to the general student body at the school.

■  Within a reasonable time, not to exceed seventy-two (72) hours after submission, to allow an initial investigation and review of the items submitted, if the principal or the principal's designee determines that there is cause to preclude publication, he shall notify the submitting party, and all interested parties shall be afforded an opportunity to present their views and such additional information as they deem appropriate as to whether not the submitted item should be published in the school newspaper.

■  After all interested persons have had an opportunity to present their views, the principal or the principal's designee shall reach a decision whether or not the submitted items should be published in the school newspaper.  If possible, the offending portion should be excised or rewritten rather than preventing the publication of the entire issue.

■  All items submitted for publication in the school newspaper by persons other than students shall be approved by the principal or the principal's designee.

■  Should any interested party disagree with the decision or portion of a decision rendered by the principal or the principal's designee, such person may appeal such decision or portion thereof.

●  Level II - Superintendent Level:

■  Any interested person appealing the decision rendered at the individual school level may submit to the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee in writing his/her objections to said decision, outlining in detail the nature of the objections along with any other pertinent items which shall include a copy of the principal's or the principal designee's decision, if available, and a copy of the originally submitted article.

■  The Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee shall conduct a prompt investigation into the basis for the decision rendered.  If the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee determines that the school's decision has a substantial basis, the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee shall sustain the decision.  This investigation shall be conducted within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed forty-eight (48) hours from the filing of the appeal in the Superintendent or the Superintendent designee's office, unless additional information is required.

■  If the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee determines that additional information is required, the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee may request additional information from any interested party.  Such a request by the Superintendent will commence anew, the forty-eight (48) hour period.  However, should an interested party not transmit the requested information within forty-eight (48) hours from the Superintendent or the Superintendent designee's request, a decision shall be rendered on the information already available.  Failure of the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee to act on the appeal within the time specified will be considered an approval of the school-level decision.

●  Level III - Board Level:

■  Any interested person appealing the decision of the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee may submit in writing a request for a review by the Governing Board.  The written request for review shall follow the procedures outlined in paragraph one (1) of Level II.

■  Any appeal from a determination of the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee that the submitted items may or may not be published shall be heard and decided by the Governing Board or the Governing Board's designee within seven (7) days, excluding weekends and official school holidays, from the date of receipt by the Clerk of the Board.

■  The appeal shall be processed as follows:

⇒  The Board shall hear the appeal; or

⇒  The Board shall designate a hearing officer to hear the appeal; or

⇒  The Board shall designate a committee of members of the school community to hear the appeal.

■  The Governing Board or the Governing Board's designee shall permit all interested parties to present either in person or in writing their views concerning the items in question.  If a decision is rendered by a designee of the Board, said decision shall be reviewed by the Board with the Board's decision being final.

■  The failure of the Governing Board or the Governing Board's designee to act upon an appeal or request for review within the time specified will be considered as an approval of the Superintendent or the Superintendent designee's decision or an approval of the decision of the Board's designee as the case may be.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JICEC © FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION
Child Document: JICEC FREEDOM OF EXPRESSION

JICEC ©
FREEDOM  OF  EXPRESSION

Students possess inalienable rights to develop, believe, and follow personal viewpoints and beliefs to the extent their viewpoints and beliefs do not infringe upon nor denigrate the same rights of others.

The District shall not discriminate against students or parents on the basis of a religious viewpoint or religious expression.  If a student includes in an assignment a viewpoint expression, an evaluation of the student's work shall be based on ordinary standards of substance and relevance to the course curriculum or requirements of the coursework or assignment, and shall not penalize or reward the student on the basis of religious content or viewpoint.

Students are to be permitted to pray or engage in religious activities or expression in the same manner and to the same extent as students are permitted to engage in nonreligious activities or expression, before, during, and after the school day.

To the extent and in the manner that other types of clothing, accessories, and jewelry displaying messages or symbols are permitted, students are permitted to wear clothing, accessories, and jewelry that display religious messages or symbols as long as they adhere to the local school's dress code policy.

Acknowledging and permitting the above freedoms is not to be interpreted to mean the District is requiring any person to participate in prayer or other religious activities nor attempting to violate the constitutional rights of any person.

The District does retain its rights to:

●  Maintain

A.  Maintain order and discipline on District property in a content and viewpoint neutral manner.

●  Protect

B.  Protect the safety of students, employees, and visitors on District property.

●  Adopt

C.  Adopt and enforce policies and regulations concerning student speech while on District property in a

manner that

manner that does not violate a student's state and federal constitutional rights.

●  Adopt

D.  Adopt and enforce policies and regulations that ban student clothing, accessories, and jewelry worn to

convey affiliation

convey affiliation with a criminal street gang.

A student or a student's parent is barred by statute from initiating legal action to enforce the student rights set out in this policy unless the student or the parent has:

●  Submitted

A.  Submitted to the school principal a written complaint containing specific facts of the alleged violation.

■  The

B.  The principal shall investigate the complaint and provide a written response within fifteen (15) days

of receiving

of receiving the complaint describing any action taken by the principal to resolve the complaint.

If the principal's actions do not resolve the complaint, the student or the student's parent shall:

●  Submit

A.  Submit written complaint containing specific facts of the alleged violation to the Superintendent or

other designated

other designated administrator.

■  The

B.  The Superintendent or other designated administrator shall investigate the complaint and provide

a written

a written response within twenty-five (25) days of receiving the complaint describing any action

taken by the Superintendent

taken by the Superintendent or other designated administrator to resolve the complaint.

If the action taken by the Superintendent or other designated administrator does not resolve the complaint the student or the student's parent may pursue legal action to enforce this policy.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-105
15-110
15-341
15-720
15-841
15-843
15-844
20 U.S.C. 4071 et seq.  Equal Access Act, (Section 801)

CROSS REF.: 
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints, and Grievances
JJAB - Limited Open/Closed Forum
JK - Student Discipline



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JIA © STUDENT DUE PROCESS RIGHTS

JIA ©
STUDENT  DUE  PROCESS  RIGHTS

Refer to Policies JKD and JKE.



Master Document: JICF © SECRET SOCIETIES / GANG ACTIVITY
Child Document: JICF © SECRET SOCIETIES / GANG ACTIVITY

JICF ©
SECRET  SOCIETIES / GANG  ACTIVITY

Gangs that initiate, advocate, or promote activities that threaten the safety or well-being of persons or property on school grounds or disrupt the school environment are harmful to the educational process.  The use of hand signals, graffiti, or the presence of any apparel, jewelry, accessory, or manner of dress or grooming that, by virtue of its color, arrangement, trademark, symbol, or any other attribute indicates or implies membership or affiliation with such a group is prohibited because of the disruption to educational activities that results from such activities or dress.  It is the District's position that such activities and dress also present a clear and present danger to other District students and to District staff members.

Any activity involving an initiation, hazing, intimidation, assault, or other activity related to group affiliation that is likely to cause or does cause bodily danger, physical harm, or personal degradation or disgrace resulting in physical or mental harm to students or others is prohibited.

Any student wearing, carrying, or displaying gang paraphernalia and/or exhibiting behavior or gestures that symbolize gang membership, or causing and/or participating in activities that intimidate or adversely affect the educational activities of another student, or the orderly operation of the schools, shall be subject to disciplinary action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
12-661
13-105
13-1202
13-2911
15-341
15-342
15-507
15-521
15-841
15-842
15-843
A.A.C. 
R7-2-401
R7-2-405
A.G.O. 
I78-103
I78-218
I80-055
I84-036



Master Document: JICF-R ©
Child Document: JICF-R ©

JICF-R ©

REGULATION

SECRET  SOCIETIES / GANG  ACTIVITY

For the purpose of District policy, a gang is a group of three (3) or more people who:

●  Interact A.  Interact together to the exclusion of others;

●  Claim B.  Claim a territory or area;

●  Have C.  Have a name;

●  Have D.  Have rivals/enemies; and

●  Exhibit E.  Exhibit antisocial behavior - often associated with crime or a threat to the community.

The type of dress, apparel, activities, acts, behavior or manner, or grooming displayed, reflected, or participated in by the student shall not:

●  Lead

A.  Lead school officials to believe that such behavior, apparel, activities, acts, or other attributes are gang

related or

related or would disrupt or interfere with the school environment or activity and/or educational objectives;

●  Present

B.  Present a physical safety hazard to self, students, staff members, or other employees.

●  Create

C.  Create an atmosphere in which the well-being of a student, staff member, or other person is hindered

by undue

by undue pressure, behavior, intimidation, overt gesture, or threat of violence; or

●  Imply

D.  Imply gang membership or affiliation by written communication, marks, drawing, painting, design, or

emblem upon

emblem upon any school or personal property or on one's person.

If the student's dress is in violation of this regulation or a District policy, the principal will ask the student to make the appropriate correction.  If the student refuses, the parent/guardian may be notified and asked to make the necessary correction.  The principal will take appropriate corrective and disciplinary action.



Master Document: JICFA © HAZING
Child Document: JICFA © HAZING

JICFA ©
HAZING

There shall be no hazing, solicitation to engage in hazing, or aiding and abetting another who is engaged in hazing of any person enrolled, accepted for or promoted to enrollment, or intending to enroll or be promoted to District schools within twelve (12) calendar months.  For purposes of this policy a person as specified above shall be considered a "student" until graduation, transfer, promotion or withdrawal from the District school.

"Hazing" means any intentional, knowing or reckless act committed by a student, whether individually or in concert with other persons, against another student, and in which both of the following apply:

●  The A.  The act was committed in connection with an initiation into, an affiliation with, or the maintenance of membership of membership in any organization that is affiliated with an education institution.

●  The B.  The act contributes to a substantial risk of potential physical injury, mental harm or degradation, or causes physical causes physical injury, mental harm or personal degradation.

"Organization" means an athletic team, association, order, society, corps, cooperative, club, or similar group that is affiliated with an educational institution and whose membership consists primarily of students enrolled at that educational institution.

It is no defense to a violation of this policy if the victim consented or acquiesced to hazing.

In accord with statute, violations of this policy do not include either of the following:

●  Customary A.  Customary athletic events, contests or competitions that are sponsored by an educational institution.

●  Any B.  Any activity or conduct that furthers the goals of a legitimate educational curriculum, a legitimate extracurricular legitimate extracurricular program, or a legitimate military training program.

All students, teachers and staff shall take reasonable measures within the scope of their individual authority to prevent violations of this policy.

Students and others may report hazing to any professional staff member.

Professional staff members must report the incident to the school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor, in writing, with such details as may have been provided.  A failure by a staff member to timely inform the school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor of a hazing allegation or their observation of an incident of hazing may subject the staff member to disciplinary action in accord with District policies.  The staff member shall preserve the confidentiality of those involved, disclosing the incident only to the appropriate school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor or as otherwise required by law.     Any instance of reported or observed hazing which includes possible child abuse or violations of statutes known to the staff member shall be treated in accord with statutory requirements and be reported to a law enforcement agency.

To assure that students and staff are aware of its content and intent, a notice of this policy and procedure shall be posted conspicuously in each school building and shall be made a part of the rights and responsibilities section of the student handbook.  Forms for submitting complaints are to be available to students and staff in the school offices.

Disposition of all reports/complaints shall be reported to the Superintendent.  The Superintendent will determine if the policies of the District have been appropriately implemented and will make such reports and/or referrals to the Board as may be necessary.

All violations of this policy shall be treated in accord with the appropriate procedures and penalties provided for in District policies related to the conduct and discipline of students, staff, and others.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

15-2301

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
JIC - Student Conduct
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Student Expulsion
JICF - Secret Societies / Gang Activities
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: JICFA-R ©
Child Document: JICFA-R ©

JICFA-R ©

REGULATION

HAZING

A person who reports or complains regarding hazing may report or complain directly to the school administrator or to a professional staff member.  The professional staff member receiving the report/complaint shall retrieve sufficient detail from the person to complete the form designated for such purpose.  At a minimum the report/complaint shall be put in writing containing the identifying information on the complainant and such specificity of names, places and times as to permit an investigation to be carried out.  When a professional staff member receives the information, the staff member will transmit a report to the school administrator or supervising administrator not later than the next school day following the day the staff member receives the report/complaint.

The report/complaint will be investigated by the school administrator or a supervising administrator.  The procedures to be followed are:

●  An

A.  An investigation of the reported incident or activity shall be made within ten (10) school days when school is

in session

in session or within fifteen (15) days during which the school offices are open for business when school is not

in session

in session.  Extension of the time line may only be by necessity as determined by the Superintendent.

●  The

B.  The investigator shall meet with the person who reported/complained at or before the end of the time

period and

period and shall discuss the conclusions and actions to be taken as a result of the investigation.  Confidentiality

of records

of records and student information shall be observed in the process of making such a report.

●  The

C.  The investigator shall prepare a written report of the findings and a copy of the report shall be provided to

the Superintendent

the Superintendent.

Where disciplinary action is necessary, District policies shall be followed.



Master Document: JICFA-EB ©
Child Document: JICFA-E ©

JICFA-E ©EB ©

EXHIBIT

HAZING

(To be displayed in school buildings and
placed in student handbooks)

There shall be no hazing, solicitation to engage in hazing, or aiding and abetting another who is engaged in hazing of any person enrolled, accepted for or promoted to enrollment, or intending to enroll or be promoted to schools within twelve (12) calendar months. For purposes of this policy a person as specified above shall be considered a "student" until graduation, transfer, promotion or withdrawal from the school.

Definitions

"Hazing" means any intentional, knowing or reckless act committed by a student, whether individually or in concert with other persons, against another student and in which both of the following apply:

●  The

A.  The act was committed in connection with an initiation into, an affiliation with or the maintenance

of membership

of membership in any organization that is affiliated with an educational institution.

●  The

B.  The act contributes to a substantial risk of potential physical injury, mental harm or degradation,

or causes

or causes physical injury, mental harm or personal degradation.

"Organization" means an athletic team, association, order, society, corps, cooperative, club, or similar group that is affiliated with an educational institution and whose membership consists primarily of students enrolled at that educational institution.

Directions

It is no defense to a violation of this policy if the victim consented or acquiesced to hazing.

In accord with statute, violations of this policy do not include either of the following:

●  Customary A.  Customary athletic events, contests or competitions that are sponsored by an educational institution.

●  Any B.  Any activity or conduct that furthers the goals of a legitimate educational curriculum, a legitimate extracurricular legitimate extracurricular program or a legitimate military training program.

All students, teachers and staff shall take reasonable measures within the scope of their individual authority to prevent violations of this policy.

Reporting/Complaint  Procedure

Students and others may report hazing to any professional staff member.  Professional staff members must report the incident to the school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor, in writing, with such details as may have been provided.  A failure by a staff member to timely inform the school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor of a hazing allegation or their observation of an incident of hazing may subject the staff member to disciplinary action in accord with school policies.  The staff member shall preserve the confidentiality of those involved, disclosing the incident only to the appropriate school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor or as otherwise required by law.  Any instance of reported or observed hazing which includes possible child abuse or violations of statutes known to the staff member shall be treated in accord with statutory requirements and be reported to a law enforcement agency.

A person who complains or reports regarding hazing may complain or report directly to the school administrator or to a professional staff member.  The professional staff member receiving the report/complaint shall retrieve sufficient detail from the person to complete the form designated for such purpose.  At a minimum the report/complaint shall be put in writing containing the identifying information on the complainant and such specificity of names, places and times as to permit an investigation to be carried out.  When a professional staff member receives the information, the staff member will transmit a report to the school administrator or supervising administrator not later than the next school day following the day the staff member receives the report/complaint.

The report/complaint will be investigated by the school administrator or a supervising administrator.  The procedures to be followed are:

●  An A.  An investigation of the reported incident or activity shall be made within ten (10) school days when school is in session in session or within fifteen (15) days during which the school offices are open for business when school is not in sessionin session.  Extension of the time line may only be by necessity as determined by the Superintendent.

●  The B.  The investigator shall meet with the person who reported the incident at or before the end of the time period and period and shall discuss the conclusions and actions to be taken as a result of the investigation.  Confidentiality of records of records and student information shall be observed in the process of making such a report.

●  The C.  The investigator shall prepare a written report of the findings and a copy of the report shall be provided to the Superintendentthe Superintendent.

All violations of this policy shall be treated in accord with the appropriate procedures and penalties provided for in School policies related to the conduct and discipline of students, staff, and others.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JICC © STUDENT CONDUCT ON SCHOOL BUSES

JICC ©
STUDENT  CONDUCT 
ON  SCHOOL  BUSES

Refer to Policy EEAEC.



Master Document: JICG © TOBACCO USE BY STUDENTS
Child Document: JICG © TOBACCO USE BY STUDENTS

JICG ©
TOBACCO  USE  BY  STUDENTS

The possession or use of tobacco products, tobacco substitutes, electronic cigarettes, other chemical inhalation devices, or vapor products is prohibited in the following locations:

●  School A.  School grounds.●  School

B.  School buildings.

●  School C.  School parking lots.

●  School D.  School playing fields.

●  School E.  School buses and other District vehicles.

●  OffF.  Off-campus school-sponsored events.

The Superintendent may establish procedures necessary to implement this policy.  Disciplinary penalties for the possession or use of tobacco or similar products (including any inhaled tobacco substitute) may include, but are not limited to, suspension of the student from school or a recommendation for expulsion when there is evidence of repeated and continuous violation of this policy.

Under the provisions of A.R.S. 36-798.03, a person who violates the prohibition is guilty of committing a petty offense.

Adopted:  November 5, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3622
15-341
36-798.03
20 U.S.C. 6083

CROSS REF.: 
GBED - Smoking by Staff Members KFAA - Smoking on School Premises at Public Functions



Master Document: JICH © DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE BY STUDENTS
Child Document: JICH © DRUG AND ALCOHOL USE BY STUDENTS

JICH ©
DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL 
USE  BY  STUDENTS

Students on school property or at school events shall not knowingly breathe, inhale or drink a vapor-releasing substance containing a toxic substance, nor shall a student sell, transfer or offer to sell or transfer a vapor-releasing substance containing a toxic substance to a person under eighteen (18) years of age.

The nonmedical use, possession, distribution or sale of

●  alcohol

A.  alcohol,

●  drugs

B.  drugs,

●  synthetic

C.  synthetic drugs,

●  counterfeit

D.  counterfeit drugs, or

●  imitation

E.  imitation drugs,

on school property or at school events is prohibited.

  Nonmedical

  Nonmedical is defined as "a purpose other than the prevention, treatment, or cure of an illness or disabling condition" consistent with accepted practices of the medical profession.

Students in violation of the provisions of the above paragraph shall be subject to removal from school property and shall be subject to prosecution in accordance with the provisions of the law.

Students attending school in the District who are in violation of the provisions of this policy shall be subject to disciplinary actions in accordance with the provisions of school rules and/or regulations.

For purposes of this policy, "drugs" shall include, but not be limited to:

●  All

A.  All dangerous controlled substances prohibited by law.

●  All

B.  All alcoholic beverages.

●  Any

C.  Any prescription or over-the-counter drug, except those for which permission to use in school has

been granted

been granted pursuant to Board policy.

●  Hallucinogenic

D.  Hallucinogenic substances.

●  Inhalants

E.

●  Synthetic

 Inhalants.

F.  Synthetic, counterfeit or imitation drugs.

■ 

A compound or substance, regardless of its contents, compound or substance, that produces in the

user an

user an experience, effect and/or display of effects that mimic the experience, effect and/or display of

effects produced

effects produced by substances controlled or prohibited by law, or that is represented as producing in the

user such

user such experiences or effects.

Medical  Marijuana

The conditions which follow are applicable to a District student who holds an identification as a medical marijuana cardholder issued by the Arizona Department of Health Services for the medical use of marijuana as set out in the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.).

The District will not refuse to enroll a student or otherwise penalize a student for being a medical marijuana cardholder unless failure to do so would cause the school to lose a monetary or licensing benefit under federal law or regulations.

A student medical marijuana cardholder shall not possess or engage in the use of marijuana on District property, in a District vehicle, or at a District-sponsored event.

A student medical marijuana cardholder is subject to, without bias, the same code of conduct and disciplinary standards applicable to all District students.

If District officials have a reasonable belief a student may be under the influence, in possession of or distributing medical marijuana in a manner not authorized by the medical marijuana statutes law enforcement authorities will be informed.

Adopted:  November 5, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
4-101
4-241
4-244
13-3401 through 13-3461
15-345

36-2801 et seq., Arizona Medical Marijuana Act
20 U.S.C. 7101 et seq., Safe and Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act

CROSS REF.: 
JLC - Student Health Services and Requirements
JLCD - Administering Medicines to Students



Master Document: JICL © DATING ABUSE
Child Document: Non Existing

JICL © 
DATING  ABUSE

The Governing Board is committed to maintaining a school campus environment that is safe and secure for all students.  Dating abuse will not be tolerated by the District.  Students who become targets of dating abuse are entitled to certain rights that shall be respected and protected by all school employees.  It is the responsibility of all District employees to respond to any incident of dating abuse they become aware of in a manner consistent with District training.

The Superintendent shall provide for procedures to ensure appropriate steps are taken to establish and maintain safe and secure schools.  These shall include but not be limited to:

A.  an ongoing effort to enhance employee training and campus safety planning,

B.  establishing reporting procedures, and

C.  making accommodations for victims.

The Superintendent shall establish an age-appropriate dating abuse curriculum for students in grades seven (7) through twelve (12).  That curriculum shall include the following components:

A.  A definition of dating abuse.

B.  The recognition of dating abuse warning signs.

C.  The characteristics of healthy relationships.

Dating  Abuse  Definition

Dating abuse is a pattern of behavior in which one person uses or threatens to use physical, sexual, verbal, or emotional abuse to control the person's former or present dating partner.  Behaviors used may include but are not limited to:

A.  Physical Abuse:  Any intentional, unwanted physical contact by either the abuser or an object within the abuser's control, regardless of whether such contact caused pain or injuries to the former or present dating partner.

B.  Emotional Abuse:  The intentional infliction of mental or emotional distress by threat, coercion, stalking, humiliation, destruction of self esteem, or other unwanted, hurtful verbal or nonverbal conduct toward the former or present dating partner.

C.  Sexual Abuse:  Any sexual behavior or physical contact toward the former or present dating partner that is unwanted and/or interferes with the ability of the former or present dating partner to consent or control the circumstances of sexual interaction.

D.  Threats:  The threat of any of the aforementioned forms of abuse, threat of disclosing private information to parents, peers, or teachers, or any other threat made with the intent of forcing the former or present dating partner to change his or her behavior.

Student Rights Relating to
Dating Abuse
:

A.  All students have the right to be free from sex discrimination and sexual harassment at school.  Dating abuse is a form of sexual harassment.

B.  A student who reports dating abuse shall be treated with respect and dignity.

C.  Schools personnel shall take affirmative steps to prevent and respond to dating abuse that occurs both on and off campus.

D.  To the extent possible victims and abusers shall be separated on campus.  The school shall make every reasonable effort possible to ensure the victim does not come into contact with the abuser.  Any burden of change of adjusting an individual's schedule or participation in a school activity is placed on the abuser.

E.  A victim of dating abuse has the right to transfer to another school.  A victim's decision to transfer to another school must be informed and voluntary.  Should an alternative school placement be determined in the best interest of the victim all transportation needs will be accommodated by the student's parent or guardian.

F.  A victim has the right to be treated with respect and dignity, and not be subjected to pressure to minimize the severity of acts that occurred or to suggestions that he or she contributed to his or her own victimization.

G.  Students who have experienced dating abuse have the right to full cooperation from school personnel in obtaining information necessary to achieve resolution.

Students are encouraged to report all known or suspected instances of dating abuse involving themselves or other students.  Although initial reports of abuse may be made verbally or in writing, verbal reports must be converted to written records on District-provided forms and confirmed by the victim for accuracy.

When District officials have a reasonable belief or an investigation reveals that a reported incident may constitute an unlawful act law enforcement authorities will be informed.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-1401
13-1403
13-1404
13-1405
13-1406
15-342.02
15-712.01

CROSS REF.: 
ACA - Sexual Harassment
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JLF - Reporting Child Abuse/Child Protection
JR - Student Records
KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: JICH-R ©
Child Document: JICH-R ©

JICH-R ©  ©

REGULATION

DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL
USE  BY  STUDENTS

Drug  Abuse  Prevention

The following administrative procedures are to be used to implement the Governing Board policy on drug abuse prevention:

●  It A.  It shall be the responsibility of all school employees to report to the principal or other administrator in charge all charge all suspected instances of the use, possession, or sale of drugs.

●  Distribution B.  Distribution or sale of drugs:

■  When 1.  When it is reasonably certain that a student is involved in the distribution or sale of drugs, law enforcement law enforcement authorities and parent(s) or legal guardian(s) shall be contacted.

■  A 2.  A student who has been determined to be involved in the distribution of drugs shall be reported to the law reported to the law enforcement authorities and shall be subject to suspension or expulsion.

●  Possession C.  Possession of drugs:

■  Law 1.  Law enforcement authorities shall be contacted when the principal determines that drugs to be used for nonmedical for nonmedical purposes are found in the possession of a student.  The principal may also contact law enforcement law enforcement authorities to help make such a determination.  Students who are in possession of drugs to drugs to be used for nonmedical purposes may be suspended or expelled.

■  A 2.  A student who has been suspended for a drug-related offense for a second time will be referred to the Superintendent the Superintendent for further action (A.R.S. 15-843).

●  Under D.  Under the influence of drugs:

■  A 1.  A student who is reasonably suspected of being under the influence of drugs shall be referred to the school the school office.

■  The 2.  The parent(s) or legal guardian(s) of a student who is determined to be under the influence of drugs shall drugs shall be contacted.  The student may be suspended or expelled.

■  A 3.  A student who has been involved in a drug-related offense for a second time will be referred to the Superintendent the Superintendent for further action (A.R.S. 15-843).

●  Student E.  Student who seeks help:

■  The 1.  The District does not condone the nonmedical use of drugs.  The need for the availability of help to those help to those who use/abuse drugs is recognized.  It is the position of the District that communications between students communications between students and professional staff members will be held in trust unless it becomes evident that evident that withholding information may result in harm or injury to the student or others.  Staff members shall members shall refer students who seek help to the school nurse or school social worker.

●  Involvement F.  Involvement with medical drugs (medication):

■  A 1.  A student who needs access to medical drugs in school shall leave them, in the original container, with the with the school nurse.  Permission and written directions from a physician concerning their use shall be left with left with the school nurse.

■  Students 2.  Students who are in possession of medically approved drugs, but have not followed the directions described directions described above, shall be disciplined in accordance with school disciplinary policies.

■  Students 3.  Students who distribute such drugs to others will be considered as distributing drugs for nonmedical purposesnonmedical purposes.

●  Parental G.  Parental involvement:

■  When 1.  When the school principal questions a student who is reasonably suspected of having violated the school the school drug policy, reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the student's parents or legal guardian that guardian that such questioning has taken place.

■  Reasonable 2.  Reasonable efforts shall be made to notify the parents or legal guardian of a student who has been determined been determined to have violated the school drug policy.

●  Medical H.  Medical services:

■  A 1.  A student who is reasonably suspected of being under the influence of drugs while school is in session shall session shall be referred to the school nurse.  Such cases shall be treated like any other medical problem.

■  When 2.  When there is reasonable suspicion that any student is under the influence of drugs while at a school activity school activity and health services are unavailable, it shall be the responsibility of the supervisor on duty to call to call for appropriate assistance.

●  I.   Return to school:

■  When 1.  When a student has returned from a suspension for using drugs for nonmedical purposes, reasonable efforts reasonable efforts should be made by school personnel and parent(s) or legal guardian(s) to prevent the problem from problem from recurring.  The process could include, but not necessarily be limited to, the following:

⇒  Utilization a.  Utilization of community-based programs.

⇒  Inb.  In-school group or individual counseling.

⇒  An c.  An effort by the professional staff to help the student emphasize the positive alternative to drug-use behavior.

●  J.   Student neglect, child abuse, or child maltreatment:

■  A 1.  A staff member who believes that a parent or other adult is contributing to drug-using behavior of a student a student shall confer with the principal.

■  Such 2.  Such a conference does not change the duty of the staff member to ensure that the case is referred to the referred to the appropriate child protective services for further investigation.

●  Drug K.  Drug education:

■  The 1.  Substance abuse prevention shall be combined with health, science, citizenship, or a similar program.

2.  In addition to the established curriculum, the principal shall direct the use of other educational informationeducational information, including, but not necessarily limited to, assemblies, speakers, printed materials, class discussions class discussions, and bulletin board materials.

●  Student L.  Student counseling.

■  Counseling 1.  Counseling should emphasize drug abuse prevention as well as treatment, and an effort should be made be made to make it available to all students who desire this service.

■  Counseling 2.  Counseling may be done individually or in groups.

■  When 3.  When a student seeks out an employee other than a counselor to discuss a drug problem, the particular staff particular staff member shall advise the counselor and school principal.

●  Parent

.

M. Staff education:

1.  Within the first thirty (30) days of each school year, the Superintendent shall arrange a meeting that will include information on drug abuse prevention.  The program will be conducted by personnel trained in drug abuse prevention and will include, but not necessarily be limited to, District policies and procedures, identification of commonly used drugs, and an approach that recognizes the dignity and worth of each student.

N.  Parent and community education:

■  The District 1.  At least once annually, the District shall sponsor a program for the community on its drug abuse prevention programs.  In addition to presentations by school staff members, the program may include representatives of law enforcement agencies and medical professions.

2.  Additionally, the District may offer programs in parent effectiveness training.

■  News 3.  News releases and other forms of communications may be used to educate parents and the communitythe community, using regular school channels for such purposes.  Such communications will be approved be approved by the Superintendent.

Confidentiality

In order to preserve the rights of those in a counseling relationship, the counselor will inform the individual that information within the school setting cannot always be kept confidential.  In some cases it will be referred to the appropriate individual or agency.  Such cases may include those that endanger the welfare of the student or others.

The student shall be advised that school records include data concerning school achievement, test results, and attendance.  School records are protected by federal and state statutes and do not include information concerning drug involvement.



Master Document: JICL-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICL-R © 

REGULATION

DATING  ABUSE

Complaint  Procedure

The District is committed to investigating each substantiated complaint and to taking appropriate action on all confirmed violations of policy.  The principal shall investigate and document complaints filed pursuant to this regulation.  In investigating the complaint, the principal will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible.  The principal shall also investigate incidents of policy violation that are raised by employees, community members or students even though no written complaint has been made.  It is the responsibility of all District employees to respond to any alleged or known incident of dating abuse in a manner that is consistent with District training.

If after the initial investigation the principal has reason to believe a violation of policy has occurred, the principal shall determine the appropriate response.  The principal shall impose discipline on students who violate this policy in accordance with Policies JK, JKD and JKE.

If the principal's investigation reveals no reasonable cause to believe policy has been violated, the principal shall so inform the complaining student.

Students have the responsibility to file a complaint as soon as possible but within thirty (30) days of the alleged incident.  A staff member who becomes aware of a suspected or known dating abuse situation shall make a report to the principal immediately.  The principal's investigation will be concluded within five (5) days of the receipt of the complaint.

Staff  Training

School principals shall coordinate annual training as part of required professional development for all staff members.  Components of this training will be provided to the principal by the District.  The Superintendent will oversee the development of the staff training.  The training shall include but not be limited to:

A.  Review of Governing Board policy.

B.  Responsibilities of school employees.

C.  Characteristics and identification of dating abuse.

D.  Accommodation of victim needs.

E.  Crisis intervention and safety planning.

F.  Reporting procedures.

G.  Legal considerations.

Student  Curriculum

An age-appropriate dating abuse curriculum established by the District will be presented to students in grades seven (7) through twelve (12).  The curriculum shall include the following components:

A.  A definition of dating abuse.

B.  The recognition of dating abuse warning signs.

C.  The characteristics of healthy relationships.

The Superintendent will oversee the initial and ongoing development of the curriculum.  School principals shall oversee the presentation of the curriculum and work with instructional staff to ensure delivery of the curriculum meets District standards.

Documentation

Each school administrator shall maintain documentation of each case of dating abuse that is addressed.  The documentation will be kept for a period of time in accordance with the records retention requirements established by the Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records.  Access to student files is governed by state and federal law.  In accordance with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA), parents and legal guardians have a right to access their children's school records until the child turns eighteen (18), including files that involve dating abuse.

Reporting

Students are encouraged to report all known or suspected instances of dating abuse involving themselves or other students. 

When District officials have a reasonable belief or an investigation reveals that a reported incident may constitute an unlawful act, law enforcement authorities will be informed.



Master Document: JICH-E ©
Child Document: JICH-E ©

JICH-E ©

EXHIBIT

DRUG  AND  ALCOHOL
USE  BY  STUDENTS

In order to comply with federal funding requirements, the District shall:

●  Gather

A.  Gather information relative to local community drug and alcohol counseling, rehabilitation, and

reentry programs

reentry programs that are available to students and make such information available to parents and students.

●  Annually

B.  Annually distribute a copy of standards of conduct and the statement of disciplinary sanctions that apply

to alcohol

to alcohol and drug violations.  A copy of all rules pertaining to discipline, suspension, and expulsion shall

be distributed

be distributed to students, parents, and transfer students at the time of initial enrollment and annually at

the beginning

the beginning of school.

●  Indicate

C.  Indicate in a statement (which could accompany the copy of conduct standard and sanctions) that the use

of illicit

of illicit drugs and the unlawful possession and use of alcohol are wrong and harmful.

The District should perform a biennial review of the programs to:

●  Ensure A.  Ensure that disciplinary sanctions for students are consistently enforced.

●  Determine B.  Determine program effectiveness and implement change to the program if needed.



Master Document: JICL-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JICL-E © 

EXHIBIT

DATING  ABUSE

COMPLAINT FORM
(To be filed with any professional staff member who
will forward this document to the school administrator)

Please print:

Name _____________________________________     Date ______________

Address ________________________________________________________

Telephone _________  Another phone where you can be reached __________

During the hours of _______________________________________________

E-mail address  __________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person(s) ________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to include all relevant dates, times, and places.  Additional pages may be attached if necessary.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this complaint, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                       Address                                  Telephone Number

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

The projected solution:

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

I certify this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

Signature of Complainant  ___________________________   Date _________

Document received by ______________________________   Date _________

Investigating official ________________________________   Date _________



Master Document: JICI © WEAPONS IN SCHOOL
Child Document: JICI © WEAPONS IN SCHOOL

JICI ©
WEAPONS  IN  SCHOOL

No student shall carry or possess a weapon or simulated weapon on school premises without authorization by a school administrator.  The Superintendent shall prescribe regulations for student possession of bows or firearms on District property for the purpose of the student's participation in a course of training in bows or firearms approved by the Governing Board and as authorized by Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.) 15-713, 15-714, and 15-714.01.  No student shall use or threaten to use a weapon or simulated weapon to disrupt any activity of the District.

Any employee who observes any person in possession of a weapon or simulated weapon on school premises shall immediately report the matter to the school administrator.  A school administrator who observes or receives a report of a student possessing a weapon on school premises shall immediately take appropriate safety and disciplinary actions in accordance with District policies and shall immediately report a violation of this policy to a peace officer, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-515, if the weapon is a deadly weapon or the student is a minor in possession of a firearm.

A student who violates this policy by carrying or possessing a firearm shall be placed in an alternative education program for a period of not less than one (1) year, suspended for a period of not less than one (1) year, or expelled and not be readmitted within a one (1)-year period, if ever.  The Governing Board, in its sole discretion, may modify the one (1)-year duration of such disciplinary action on a case-by-case basis.

A student who violates this policy by any means other than carrying or possessing a firearm shall be subject to disciplinary action, including but not limited to expulsion.  Disciplinary action against a student with one (1) or more disabilities shall be applied on a case-by-case basis in accordance with District policies and state and federal special education laws.

For the purposes of this policy:

A.  Weapon means any of the following:

1.  A firearm.

2.  A knife.

3.  A destructive device.

4.  A dangerous instrument.

B.  Simulated weapon means an instrument displayed or represented as a weapon.

C.  Firearm means any of the following:

1.  Any loaded or unloaded gun that will, that is designed to, or that may readily be converted to expel a projectile by the action of an explosive.

2.  The frame or receiver of any such firearm.

3.  Any firearm muffler or silencer.

4.  Any explosive, incendiary, poison gas, bomb, grenade, rocket having a propellant charge of more than four (4) ounces, missile having an explosive charge of more than one-fourth (1/4) ounce, mine, or similar device.

5.  Any combination of parts that could be readily assembled to form a firearm.

D.  Destructive device means:

1.  Any device other than a firearm that will, or is designed to, or may be readily converted to expel a projectile by any means of propulsion, such as a BB/pellet gun, slingshot, bow, or crossbow.

2.  Any collection of parts that could be readily assembled to form a destructive device.

E.  Dangerous instrument means anything other than a firearm, knife, or destructive device that is carried or possessed by a student for the purpose of being used or being available for use to cause death or inflict serious physical injury.

F.  School premises means the school, school grounds, school buses, or any premises, grounds, or vehicles used for school purposes and includes premises where school-sponsored events (for example, athletic games and competitions, music competitions, et cetera) are held away from District property.

G.  Deadly weapon means any weapon designed for lethal use, including a firearm.

The governing board of an educational institution may not adopt or enforce any policy or rule that prohibits the lawful possession or carrying of a deadly weapon on a public right-of-way by a person or on or within a person's means of transportation.

"Public right-of-way," A.R.S. 13-2911(k)(5) means any highway, street, road, thoroughfare, path, alley or other right-of-way that is publicly accessible and that is established and maintained by this state or a political subdivision of this state.  Public right-of-way does not include property of an educational institution.

Adopted:  April 5, 2017date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2911
13-3102
13-3111
15-341
15-342
15-515
15-713
15-714
15-714.01
15-841
15-843
20 U.S.C. 7151 et seq., The Gun-Free School Act of 1990

CROSS REF.: 
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JIC - Student Conduct
JIH - Interrogations, Searches, and Arrests
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students



Master Document: JIG © MARRIED STUDENTS
Child Document: Non Existing

JIG ©
MARRIED  STUDENTS

Married students must report any name changes to their guidance counselors or the principal if school records are to reflect the married name on school transcripts.  A student's marital status does not reduce the requirements or opportunities of the educational system in the District.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JICK © STUDENT VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT / INTIMIDATION / BULLYING
Child Document: JICK © STUDENT VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT / INTIMIDATION / BULLYING

JICK ©
STUDENT  VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT /
INTIMIDATION / BULLYING

The Governing Board believes it is the right of every student to be educated in a positive, safe, caring, and respectful learning environment.  The Board further believes a school environment inclusive of these traits maximizes student achievement, fosters student personal growth, and helps students build a sense of community that promotes positive participation as members of society. 

The District, in partnership with parents, guardians, and students, shall establish and maintain a school environment based on these beliefs.  The District shall identify and implement age-appropriate programs designed to instill in students the values of positive interpersonal relationships, mutual respect, and appropriate conflict resolution.  The District is committed to addressing proactive measures to assist in the belief of mutual respect.

To assist in achieving a school environment based on the beliefs of the Governing Board, bullying, harassment or intimidation as defined by this policy will not be tolerated. 

Definitions

Bullying:  Bullying may occur when a student or group of students engages in any form of behavior that includes such acts as intimidation and/or harassment that

●  has

A.  has the effect of physically harming a student, damaging a student's property, or placing a student

in reasonable

in reasonable fear of harm or damage to property,

●  is

B.  is sufficiently severe, persistent or pervasive that the action, behavior, or threat creates an intimidating,

threatening

 threatening, or abusive environment in the form of physical or emotional harm,

●  occurs

C.  occurs when there is a real or perceived imbalance of power or strength, or

●  may

D.  may constitute a violation of law.

Bullying of a student or group of students can be manifested through written, verbal, physical, or emotional means and may occur in a variety of forms including, but not limited to

●  verbal

A.  verbal, written/printed or graphic exposure to derogatory comments, extortion, exploitation, name calling,

or rumor

or rumor spreading either directly through another person or group or through cyberbullying,

●  exposure

B.  exposure to social exclusion or ostracism,

●  physical

C.  physical contact including but not limited to pushing, hitting, kicking, shoving, or spitting, and

●  damage

D.  damage to or theft of personal property.

Cyberbullying:  Cyberbullying is, but not limited to, any act of bullying committed by use of electronic technology or electronic communication devices, including telephonic devices, social networking and other Internet communications, on school computers, networks, forums and mailing lists, or other District-owned property, and by means of an individual's personal electronic media and equipment.

Harassment:  Harassment is intentional behavior by a student or group of students that is disturbing or threatening to another student or group of students.  Intentional behaviors that characterize harassment include, but are not limited to, stalking, hazing, social exclusion, name calling, unwanted physical contact and unwelcome verbal or written comments, photographs and graphics.  Harassment may be related, but not limited to, race, religious orientation, sexual preferenceorientation, cultural background, economic status, size or personal appearance.  Harassing behaviors can be direct or indirect and by use of social media.

Intimidation:  Intimidation is intentional behavior by a student or group of students that places another student or group of students in fear of harm of person or property.  Intimidation can be manifested emotionally or physically, either directly or indirectly, and by use of social media.

Prohibitions  and  Discipline

Students are prohibited from bullying on school grounds, school property, school buses, at school bus stops, at school sponsored events and activities, and through the use of electronic technology or electronic communication equipment on school computers, networks, forums, or mailing lists.

Disciplinary action may result for bullying which occurs outside of the school and the school day when such bullying results in a substantial physical, mental, or emotional negative effect on the victim while on school grounds, school property, school buses, at school bus stops, or at school sponsored events and activities, or when such act(s) interfere with the authority of the school system to maintain order.  All suspected violations of law will be reported to local law enforcement.

Reporting  Incidents
of  Bullying

A student who is experiencing bullying, or believes another student is experiencing bullying, is to report the situation to the principal or another school employee.  A school employee who becomes aware of or suspects a student is being bullied shall immediately notify the school administrator.  School personnel shall maintain confidentiality of the reported information.

The initial notification of an alleged incident may be provided verbally.  A detailed written description of the incident and any other relevant information must be provided on form(s) made available by the school and submitted to the principal within one (1) school day of the verbal report.  Should the principal be the employee who observes, is informed of, or suspects a student is experiencing bullying the principal shall document the incident or concern in writing.  Failure by an employee to report a suspected case of bullying may result in disciplinary action up to suspension without pay or dismissal pursuant to Board Policies GCQF and GDQD. 

Reprisal by any student or staff member directed toward a student or employee related to the reporting of a case of bullying or a suspected case of bullying shall not be tolerated, and the individual(s) will be subject to the disciplines set out in applicable District policies and administrative regulations.

At the time a student reports alleged bullying the principal shall provide to the student who has allegedly been bullied a written copy of student rights, protections and support services available to the student and shall notify the student's parent(s) of the report.  In addition, students and parents will be provided with a Parent-Student Handbook at the beginning of each year.

The principal shall investigate all reports of bullying.  If the principal determines that bullying has occurred, discipline will be administered pursuant to Board Policies JK, JKD, and JKE.  Regardless of the outcome of the investigation the principal will meet with the involved students to review the findings of the investigation.  Subject to the restrictions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) set out in Policy JR, the parent(s) or guardian(s) of the involved students shall also be informed of the findings of the investigation.

Documentation related to reported bullying and subsequent investigation shall be maintained by the District for not less than six (6) years.  In the event the District reports incidents to persons other than school officials or law enforcement all individually identifiable information shall be redacted.  Restrictions established by FERPA on disclosure of personally identifiable student information must be observed at all times.

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for the dissemination of information to students, parents and guardians.  The information will include, but not be limited to, Governing Board policies, incident reporting, support services (proactive and reactive) and student's rights.  The dissemination of this information shall

●  occur A.  occur during the first (1st) week of each school year,

●  be B.  be provided to each incoming student during the school year at the time of the student's registration,

●  be C.  be posted in each classroom and in common areas of the school, and

●  be D.  be summarized in the student handbook and on the District website, and

the Superintendent shall establish procedures for the dissemination of information to District employees including, but not limited to

●  Governing A.  Governing Board policy,

●  preventive B.  preventive measures,

●  incident C.  incident reporting procedures,

●  available D.  available support services for students (both proactive and reactive), and

●  student E.  student rights. 

Information will be provided to staff members at the beginning of each instructional year and on the first day of employment for new employees.

The Superintendent shall establish procedures designed to protect the health and safety of students who are physically harmed as the result of bullying.  These will include, when appropriate, procedures for contacting emergency medical services, law enforcement agencies, or both. 

Knowingly submitting a false report under this policy shall subject the student to discipline up to and including suspension or expulsion.  Where disciplinary action is necessary pursuant to any part of this policy, relevant District policies shall be followed.

Law enforcement authorities shall be notified any time District officials have a reasonable belief that an incidence of bullying is a violation of the law.

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-1202
13-1203
13-1204
13-2321
13-2916
13-2921
13-3506.01
15-341

A.A.C. 

R7-2-1308

CROSS REF.: 
IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction

JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JIC - Student Conduct
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints and Grievances
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKDA - Removal of Students from School-Sponsored Activities
JKE - Expulsion of Students
JR - Student Records



Master Document: JICK-R ©
Child Document: JICK-R ©

JICK-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT /
INTIMIDATION / BULLYING

The District does not tolerate bullying in any form.  Further, the District shall investigate each complaint of bullying and will take appropriate, timely, and responsive action. 

Bullying:  Bullying may occur when a student or group of students engages in any form of behavior that includes such acts as intimidation and/or harassment that

●  has

A.  has the effect of physically harming a student, damaging a student's property, or placing a student

in reasonable

in reasonable fear of harm or damage to property,

●  is

B.  is sufficiently severe, persistent or pervasive that the action, behavior, or threat creates an intimidating,

threatening

 threatening, or abusive environment in the form of physical or emotional harm,

●  occurs

C.  occurs when there is a real or perceived imbalance of power or strength, or

●  may

D.  may constitute a violation of law.

Any student who feels he or she has been the victim of bullying or suspects other students of being bullied should file a complaint with the principal or the principal's designee or other school employee.  The student's report may be provided verbally or in writing.  A student's verbal report will be documented in writing by the employee receiving the report. 

Any staff member who becomes aware of or suspects that a student is experiencing bullying shall immediately notify the principal or the principal's designee.  Employees may initially give verbal notice to the principal or the principal's designee, but shall submit a written report to the principal or the principal's designee within one (1) school day of the verbal report. 

Reprisal directed toward a student or employee for the reporting of a case of bullying or a suspected case of bullying will not be tolerated.  Students involved directly or indirectly in reprisal will be disciplined pursuant to Board Policies JK, JKD, and JKE.  Any suspected violation of the law will be reported to law enforcement authorities.

Investigation of submitted complaints shall be initiated by the principal or the principal's designee as soon as is feasible, but not later than two (2) school days after the initial report.  Each investigation will be comprehensive to the extent determined appropriate by the principal or the principal's designee.  In investigating the complaint, the principal or the principal's designee will maintain confidentiality to the extent reasonably possible, subject to the restrictions pertaining to disclosure of personally identifiable student information established in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA). 

Each investigation will be documented by the principal or the principal's designee.  Documentation will be maintained by the District for at least six (6) years.  In the event the District must report incidents to persons other than school officials or law enforcement, all individually identifiable information shall be redacted.

Should the principal or the principal's designee determine that bullying has occurred discipline will be administered pursuant to Board Policies JK, JKD, and JKE.  Regardless of the outcome of the investigation the principal or the principal's designee will meet with the student who reported or was reported as being bullied to review the findings of the investigation.  Additionally, the parent(s) or guardian(s) of the involved students will be informed of the findings of the investigation.

The Superintendent is responsible for determining the methods of information delivery to employees and students.  The Superintendent shall provide to the school principals, supervisors and all other District employees the information necessary to comply with Governing Board Policy JICK.  The information related to bullying is to include but not be limited to preventive measures, incident reporting, related support services available (proactive and reactive), student rights, employee responsibilities, and the ramifications of not reporting a bullying incident or suspicion of bullying.  The information shall be disseminated to District personnel at the beginning of each year and as the Superintendent otherwise determines to be appropriate.

The principal or the principal's designee is responsible to ensure information related to bullying is disseminated to students, and parents and guardians.  The information shall include but not be limited to Governing Board policy, incident reporting, support services (proactive and reactive) and student's rights.  The dissemination of this information will

●  occur A.  occur during the first (1st) week of each school year,

●  be B.  be posted in each classroom and in common areas of the school,

●  be C.  be summarized in the student handbook and on the District website, and

●  be D.  be provided to each incoming student during the school year at the time of registration.

The principal or the principal's designee is also responsible to ensure information is disseminated to all students who report bullying, including, at the time the incident is reported, a written copy of student rights, protections and support services available to the student; a copy of the report shall also be given to the student's parent(s)/guardian(s).

The principal or the principal's designee is responsible for the maintenance of documentation related to bullying.



Master Document: JIH-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JIH-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONCERNING USE
OF STUDENT LOCKERS

I acknowledge and understand that:

A.  Student lockers are the property of the District.

B.  Student lockers remain at all times under the control of the District.

C.  I am expected to assume full responsibility for my school locker.

D.  The District retains the right to inspect student lockers for any reason at any time without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant.

____________________________________
Student

____________________________________
Date

____________________________________
Locker Number



Master Document: JICK-EA ©
Child Document: JICK-EA ©

JICK-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT / 
INTIMIDATION / BULLYING

COMPLAINT FORM
(To be filed with any School District employee who will forward this document
to the principal or the principal's designee)

Please print:

Name _____________________________________     Date ______________

Address ________________________________________________________

Telephone _________  Another phone where you can be reached __________

During the hours of  _______________________________________________

E-mail address address  ___________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person(s) ________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to include all relevant dates, times, and places.  Additional pages may be attached if necessary.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this complaint, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                       Address                                  Telephone Number

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

The projected solution:

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

I certify this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

Signature of Complainant  ___________________________   Date _________

Document received by ______________________________   Date _________

Investigating official ________________________________   Date _________



Master Document: JICK-EB ©
Child Document: JICK-EB

JICK-EB  EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  VIOLENCE / HARASSMENT /
INTIMIDATION / BULLYING

(To be displayed in school buildings

and in student handbooks)

The Governing Board of the Glendale Union High _______________________________ School District believes it is the right of every student to be educated in a positive, safe, caring, and respectful learning environment.  The Governing Board further believes a school environment that is inclusive of these traits maximizes student achievement, fosters student personal growth, and helps a student build a sense of community that promotes positive participation as citizens in society.

To assist in achieving a school environment based on the beliefs of the Governing Board, bullying in any form will not be tolerated.

Bullying:  Bullying may occur when a student or group of students engages in any form of behavior that includes such acts as intimidation and/or harassment that

●  has

A.  has the effect of physically harming a student, damaging a student's property, or placing a student

in reasonable

in reasonable fear of harm or damage to property,

●  is

B.  is sufficiently severe, persistent or pervasive that the action, behavior, or threat creates an intimidating,

threatening

 threatening, or abusive environment in the form of physical or emotional harm,

●  occurs

C.  occurs when there is a real or perceived imbalance of power or strength, or

●  may

D.  may constitute a violation of law.

Bullying of a student or group of students can be manifested through written, verbal, physical, or emotional means and may occur in a variety of forms including, but not limited to

●  verbal

A.  verbal, written/printed or graphic exposure to derogatory comments, extortion, exploitation, name calling,

or rumor

or rumor spreading either directly though another person or group or through cyberbullying,

●  exposure

B.  exposure to social exclusion or ostracism,

●  physical

C.  physical contact including but not limited to pushing, hitting, kicking, shoving, or spitting, and

●  damage

D.  damage to or theft of personal property.

Cyberbullying:  Cyberbullying is, but not limited to, any act of bullying committed by use of electronic technology or electronic communication devices, including telephonic devices, social networking and other Internet communications, on school computers, networks, forums and mailing lists, or other District-owned property, and by means of an individual's personal electronic media and equipment.

Harassment:  Harassment is intentional behavior by a student or group of students that is disturbing or threatening to another student or group of students.  Intentional behaviors that characterize harassment include, but are not limited to, stalking, hazing, social exclusion, name calling, unwanted physical contact and unwelcome verbal or written comments, photographs and graphics.  Harassment may be related, but not limited to, race, religious orientation, sexual preferenceorientation, cultural background, economic status, size or personal appearance.  Harassing behaviors can be direct or indirect and by use of social media.

Intimidation:  Intimidation is intentional behavior by a student or group of students that places another student or group of students in fear of harm of person or property.  Intimidation can be manifested emotionally or physically, either directly or indirectly, and by use of social media.

Students are prohibited from bullying on school grounds, school property, school buses, at school bus stops, at school sponsored events and activities, and through the use of electronic technology or electronic communication equipment on school computers, networks, forums, or mailing lists.

Disciplinary action may result for bullying which occurs outside of the school and the school day when such acts result in a substantial physical, mental, or emotional negative effect on the victim, while on school grounds, school property, school buses, at school bus stops, or at school sponsored events and activities, or when such act(s) interfere with the authority of the school system to maintain order.  All suspected violations of law will be reported to local law enforcement.

Students who believe they are experiencing being bullied or suspect another student is bullied should report their concern to any staff member of the School District.  School personnel are to maintain appropriate confidentiality of the reported information.

Reprisal by any student directed toward a student or employee related to the reporting of a case or a suspected case of bullying shall not be tolerated, and the individual(s) will be subject to the disciplines set out in applicable District policies and administrative regulations.

Students found to be bullying others will be disciplined up to and including suspension or expulsion from school.

Knowingly submitting a false report under Policy JICK or this exhibit shall subject the student to discipline up to and including suspension or expulsion.  Where disciplinary action is necessary pursuant to any part of this policy, relevant District policies shall be followed.

Law enforcement authorities shall be notified any time District officials have a reasonable belief that an incidence of bullying is a violation of the law.



Master Document: JIH © STUDENT INTERROGATIONS, SEARCHES, AND ARRESTS
Child Document: JIH © STUDENT INTERROGATIONS, SEARCHES, AND ARRESTS

JIH ©
STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

Interviews

School officials may question students regarding matters incident to school without limitation.  The parent will be contacted if a student interviewed is then subject to discipline for a serious offense.  A student may decline at any time to be interviewed by the School Resource Officer (SRO) or another peace officer. 

When child abuse or abandonment of a student is alleged.

If a child protective services worker or peace officer enters the campus requesting to interview a student attending the school, the school administrator shall be notified.  Access to interview shall be granted when the child to be interviewed is the subject of or is the sibling of or is living with the child who is the subject of an abuse or abandonment investigation.  The personnel of the District shall cooperate with the investigating child protective services worker or peace officer.  If a student is taken into temporary custody in accordance with A.R.S. 8-821, the child protective services worker or peace officer may be reminded to notify the student's parent of the custody, pursuant to A.R.S. 8-823.  The child protective services worker or peace officer shall be requested to establish proper identification and complete and sign a "Form for Signature of Interviewing Officer."  Six (6) hours following the relinquishment of custody by the school, school personnel may respond to inquiries about the temporary custody of the child and may, if considered necessary, call the parent. 

Abuse or abandonment is not alleged.

No issue of student population safety is presented.  If a peace officer enters the campus requesting to interview a student attending the school on an issue other than upon request of the school or for abuse or abandonment, the school administrator shall be notified.  If the officer directs that parents are not to be contacted because the interview is related to criminal activity of the parent(s)/guardian, the school official shall comply with the request.  Unless these circumstances exist the parent will be contacted and will be asked if they wish the student to be interviewed.  If the parent consents the parent will be requested to be present or to authorize the interview in their absence within the school day of the request.  Where an attempt was made and the parent(s) could not be reached or did not consent within the school day of the request, the peace officer will then be requested to contact the parent(s) and make arrangements to question the student at another time and place. 

Safety of the student population is of concern. When a peace officer is present on the campus to interview students at the request of school authorities due to concerns for the safety of the students in the school population, parent contact shall only be made if a student is taken into custody or following the determination that the student may be subject to discipline for a serious offense.  The SRO, present at the request of the school for the continued maintenance of safety and order, may interview students as necessary regarding school related issues as determined by school officials and parents will be contacted if the student is to be taken into custody or if the student is subject to discipline for a serious offense.

Searches

School officials have the right to search and seize property, including school property temporarily assigned to students, when there is reason to believe that some material or matter detrimental to health, safety, and welfare of the student(s) exists.  Disrobing of a student is overly intrusive for purposes of most student searches and is improper without express concurrence from School District counsel.

Items provided by the District for storage (e.g., lockers, desks) or personal items are provided as a convenience to the student but remain the property of the school and are subject to its control and supervision.  Students have no reasonable expectancy of privacy, and lockers, desks, storage areas, et cetera, may be inspected at any time with or without reason, or with or without notice, by school personnel.

Arrest

When a peace officer enters a campus providing a warrant or subpoena or expressing an intent to take a student into custody, the office staff shall request the peace officer establish proper identification, complete, and sign a form for signature of an arresting officer or interviewing officer.  The school staff shall cooperate with the officer in locating the child within the school.  School officials may respond to parental inquiries about the arrest or may, if necessary, explain the relinquishment of custody by the school and the location of the student, if known, upon contact by the parent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
8-303
8-304
8-802
8-821
8-823
13-3881
13-3883
15-342

A.G.O. 
I04-003
I77-211
I82-094
I88-062
I91-035



Master Document: JIH-EB ©
Child Document: JIH-EB ©

JIH-EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

FORM FOR SIGNATURE OF
ARRESTING OFFICER

I, _______________________________________, a duly sworn peace officer and member of the ______________________________ _______________ Department, ________________ _____ division, have asked that _________________________, a student in the ________________ ________________________________________ School, be surrendered to me, and pursuant thereto have taken said student into my custody and am assuming full responsibility for the student's arrest.

Date ______________________     Signature _________________________

Time ______________________     Badge Number  _____________________

School  Action

Date and time parents notified (if more than one [1] attempt is made, include

such information here)  ____________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________


___________________________________
Signature of Administrator

1 copy for School Records
1 copy for Parent Mailing
1 copy for Police Officer
1 copy for Witnessing Administrator



Master Document: JIH-EC ©
Child Document: JIH-EC ©

JIH-EC ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

FORM FOR SIGNATURE OF
INTERVIEWING OFFICER

I, _______________________________________, a duly sworn peace officer and member of the ___________________________ __________________ Department, ___________________ __ division, have asked that _________________________, a student in the _______________________________________ _________________ School, be made available for interview.

Date ______________________     Signature _________________________

Time ______________________     Badge Number  ____________________

_

School  Action

Date and time parents notified (if more than one [1] attempt is made, include


such information here)  ____________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________


___________________________________

Signature of Administrator

1 copy for School Records

1 copy for Parent Mailing

1 copy for Police Officer

1 copy for Witnessing Administrator



Master Document: JJB © STUDENT SOCIAL EVENTS
Child Document: Non Existing

JJB ©
STUDENT  SOCIAL  EVENTS

An integral part of the education process is the learning derived from participation in school-sponsored social activities.  Such activities shall have certificated school personnel as sponsors at all events.

The Superintendent may require each school to develop rules and regulations concerning such activities.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JII-R ©
Child Document: JII-R ©

JII-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  CONCERNS,  COMPLAINTS,
AND  GRIEVANCES

A student who complains or grieves regarding constitutional rights, equal access to programs, discrimination, or personal safety issues may complain directly to a school administrator, or to a school staff member within thirty (30) days of an alleged occurrence.  The initial complaint or grievance should be made using form JII-EA, however, a verbal complaint or grievance may be made.  When a school staff member receives the information, the staff member will immediately inform a school administrator.  If the complaint or grievance involves a school administrator the staff member shall forward the complaint or grievance to the next administrative level.

Complaints and grievances related to student violence, harassment, intimidation or bullying are to be filed in accordance with Governing Board Policy JICK.

At a minimum the complaint or grievance shall contain the identifying information on the complainant and such specificity of names, places and times as to permit an investigation to be carried out.  The written complaint or grievance should contain a requested solution and the submission should be signed and attested to by the complainant.  However, an unsigned form will be processed in the same manner as a signed form.

The complaint or grievance will be investigated by a school administrator, a supervising administrator, or another person approved by the Superintendent.  The student shall be contacted not later than the school day following the date the school administrator or the administrator's immediate supervisor receives the information.  The procedures to be followed are:

●  An

A.  An investigation of the reported incident or activity shall be made within ten (10) school days when school is

in session

in session or within fifteen (15) days during which the school offices are open for business when school is not

in session

in session.  Extension of the time line may only be by necessity as determined by the Superintendent.

●  The

B.  The investigator shall meet with the student who submitted the complaint or grievance at or before the end

of the

of the time period and shall discuss the conclusions and actions to be taken as a result of the investigation.

  Confidentiality

 Confidentiality of records and student information shall be observed in the process of making such a report.

●  The

C.  The investigator shall prepare a written report of the findings and a copy of the report shall be provided to

the principal

the principal and/or the Superintendent as circumstances warrant.

●  A

D.  A confidential record of each complaint and grievance made pursuant to Policy JII shall be maintained at

the District

the District office.  The record shall include a copy of the complaint or grievance filed by a student, findings of

the investigation

the investigation, and the disposition of the matter.

●  Unless

E.  Unless a determination has been made by the appropriate investigating official that the reported

incident actually

incident actually occurred, the record shall not be used for the imposition of discipline.

Where disciplinary action is necessary, District policies shall be followed.

When District officials have a reasonable belief or an investigation reveals that a reported incident may constitute an unlawful act, law enforcement authorities will be informed.



Master Document: JII © STUDENT CONCERNS, COMPLAINTS, AND GRIEVANCES
Child Document: JII STUDENT CONCERNS, COMPLAINTS, AND GRIEVANCES

JII ©
STUDENT  CONCERNS,  COMPLAINTS, 
AND  GRIEVANCES

The Superintendent is directed to establish procedures whereby students with sufficient concern may present a complaint or grievance regarding a violation of their constitutional rights, equal access to programs, discrimination, harassment, intimidation, bullying or personal safety provided that:

●  The

A.  The topic is not the subject of disciplinary or other proceedings under other policies and regulations of

this District

the District, and

●  The

B.  The procedure shall not apply to any matter for which the method of review is prescribed by law, or

the Governing

the Governing Board is without authority to act.

A complaint

/

or grievance may be raised regarding one (1) or more of the following:

●  Violation

A.  Violation of the student's constitutional rights.

●  Denial

B.  Denial of an equal opportunity to participate in any program or activity for which the student qualifies

not related

not related to the student's individual capabilities.

●  Discriminatory

C.  Discriminatory treatment on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or disability.

●  Harassment of the student by another person.

●  Intimidation by another student.

●  Bullying by another student.

●  Concern

D.  Concern for the student's personal safety.

The complaint should be submitted as soon as possible, and Refer to Board Policy JICK for procedures applying to a complaint or grievance that alleges incidences of student violence, harassment, intimidation, or bullying.

The accusation must be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the time the student knew or should have known that there were grounds for the complaint /or grievance.  The initial complaint /or grievance shall should be made only to an administrator or other professional using form JII-EA; however, a verbal complaint or grievance may be made to any school staff member.  That person shall elicit from the student the particulars determined by the Superintendent to be necessary for the complaint/grievance to be investigated.  When the initial allegation The receiving staff member shall immediately inform an administrator of the complaint or grievance.

When the initial complaint or grievance is submitted in a manner other than on the prescribed form, the administrator shall obtain from the student the particulars of the complaint/grievance must be written on the form as immediately as possible after receipt of the complaint/grievance. The professional staff member may assist the student in completing the complaint/grievance form.  The student should sign and date the form, however, unsigned forms are to be processed in the same manner as a signed form.When the professional staff member is other than the school administrator, it shall be the responsibility of the staff member to inform a school administrator as soon as feasible, but not later than the next school day following the day that the staff member receives the complaint/grievance.  If the accusation and complete form JII-EA immediately thereafter.  The administrator shall especially note all student-provided particulars determined by the Superintendent to be necessary for the complaint or grievance to be investigated.  Any question concerning whether a complaint or grievance falls within this policy shall be determined by the Superintendent.

If the receiving school administrator is included in the allegation, the complaint / or grievance shall be transmitted to the next higher administrative supervisor.  A failure Failure by the professional staff member to timely inform the a school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor of the a student's allegation may subject the staff member to disciplinary action.  The professional staff member shall preserve the confidentiality of the subject, disclosing it only to the appropriate school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor or as otherwise required by law.

Any question concerning whether the complaint/grievance falls within this policy shall be determined by the Superintendent.  High school students shall file complaints on their own behalf.

A complaint/A student or student's parent or guardian may initiate the complaint process by completing Exhibit JII-EA.

A complaint or grievance may be withdrawn at any time.  Once withdrawn, the process cannot be reopened if the resubmission is longer than thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the occurrence of the alleged incident.  False or unproven complaint documentation about harassment, intimidation, or bullying shall not be maintained.

Retaliatory or intimidating acts against any student who has made a complaint under this policy and its corresponding regulations, or against a student who has testified, assisted or participated in any manner in an investigation relating to a complaint or grievance, are specifically prohibited and constitute grounds for a separate complaint.

To assure that students and staff are aware of its content and intent, a notice of this policy and procedure shall be posted conspicuously in each school building and shall be made a part of the rights and responsibilities section of the student handbook.  Forms for submitting complaints are to be available to students, staff and staff parents or guardians in the school offices.

Disposition of all complaints /or grievances shall be reported to the Superintendent as and the compliance officer for discrimination if other than the Superintendent.  The Superintendent will determine if the policies of the District have been appropriately implemented and will make such reports and/or referrals to the Board as may be necessary.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures for the maintenance and confidentiality of documentation related to the receipt of a student's concern, complaint , or grievance, findings of the investigation, and disposition of the matter.  The documentation shall not be used to impose disciplinary action unless the appropriate school official has investigated and determined there was an actual occurrence of the alleged incident.

Knowingly submitting a false report under this policy shall subject the student to discipline up to and including suspension or expulsion.  Where disciplinary action is necessary pursuant to any part of this policy, relevant District policies shall be followed.

When District officials have a reasonable belief or an investigation reveals that a reported incident may constitute an unlawful act, law enforcement authorities will be informed.

Adopted: December 1, 2010  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity
ACA - Sexual Harassment
GBEB - Staff Conduct
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities
JIC - Student Conduct
JICFA - Hazing
JICK - Student Violence/Harassment/Intimidation/Bullying

JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students
KE - Public Concerns and Complaints



Master Document: JII-EA ©
Child Document: JII-EA ©

JII-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  CONCERNS,  COMPLAINTS,
AND  GRIEVANCES

COMPLAINT FORM

(To be filed with a school administrator or the administrator's immediate supervisor, or  or

a school staff member who will forward this form to the school administrator or

the administrator's immediate supervisor)


Additional pages may be attached if more space is needed.

Please print:

Name ______________________________________      Date      Date ____________

Address  _______________________________________________________

Telephone _________  Another phone where you can be reached     reached __________

During the hours of _______________________________________________

E-mail address  __________________________________________________

I wish to complain against:

Name of person, school (department), program, or activity  ________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

Address ________________________________________________________

Specify your complaint by stating the problem as you see it.  Describe the incident, the participants, the background to the incident, and any attempts you have made to solve the problem.  Be sure to note all relevant dates, times, and places.

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

If there is anyone who could provide more information regarding this, please list name(s), address(es), and telephone number(s).

Name                                      Address                                  Name                                        Address                                 Telephone Number

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

The projected solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

I certify that this information is correct to the best of my knowledge.

______________________________________     ______________________
Signature of Complainant                                               Date Complainant                                         Date Signed

______________________________________     ______________________
Administrator or professional staff member                      Date member                                Date initial complaint received
receiving initial complaint

The investigator shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JIH-R

JIH-R 

REGULATION

STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

(Police Interviews and Parent Notification)

Definitions:

●  Law Enforcement Officer.  This term includes members of federal, state and local law enforcement agencies, and anyone acting on their behalf, including school resource officers.

●  School Officials.  This term includes administrators, teachers, counselors, psychologists, nurses, and any other school personnel involved with a situation involving a student or who acts on behalf of an administrator, teacher, counselor, nurse or psychologist.

Parent  Notification

In the event law enforcement officers seek to interview students on school campuses, the following regulations shall control:

●  If law enforcement officers are seeking only to interview students, the officers are subject to school policy regarding access to students.

●  Reasonable attempts to notify parents of the police presence during an interview will be made and in the absence of a parent witness, a school official may sit in on the interview on behalf of the parent.

●  When the conduct of a student or information regarding a student that involves or may involve criminal activity, child abuse, or sexual misconduct, school officials shall notify the applicable law enforcement agency, State Board of Education (if or where applicable) and/or the parents (if or where applicable).  This regulation is not intended to alter such notification.

●  When a law enforcement officer requests to interview a student, every attempt will be made to notify parents prior to an interview being conducted unless:

■  The law enforcement officer is making an arrest or serving a subpoena or warrant; or

■  The law enforcement officer is seeking to investigate child abuse or other criminal activity by or involving the student's parent(s) or guardian.

●  In either of the immediately two (2) preceding situations, law enforcement officers must be granted immediate access to the student and school officials must comply with the law enforcement officer's requests regarding non-notification of parents or guardian.  An attempt by a school official to notify a parent in these kinds of investigations may subject the school official to "criminal liability" for hindering or interfering with prosecution.  [A.R.S. 13-2511 and 2512.]

●  Insistence on parental notification is inappropriate under circumstances in which delay pending parental notification would jeopardize safety.  For example, if law enforcement officers suspect a student of possessing a dangerous weapon or having information thereof.

●  Fifth Amendment concerns do not present themselves when a student is a potential witness, rather than a suspect, in a criminal investigation.  Although parental notification is not required under Arizona law, it is permissible in this situation (unless the student has witnessed criminal activity relating to the student's parent[s]).

Compliance with Police:

●  School officials must comply with a law enforcement officer's directive not to 1) contact the student's parents, or 2) advise the student that they (school official) will notify the student's parents if or when the investigation or interview involves child abuse or criminal activity on the part of a parent or guardian.

●  School officials are not required to advise a student of juvenile Miranda warnings unless the school official is conducting a custodial interrogation and acting in the capacity of a law enforcement officer.

●  School officials shall not be required to comply with unconditional demands from parents for prior notice of, or consent to, police interviews of a student.

●  All questions or advice shall be addressed to the School Safety Administrator.



Master Document: JII-EB ©
Child Document: JII-EB

JII-EB  EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  CONCERNS,  COMPLAINTS,
AND  GRIEVANCES

(To be displayed in school buildings
and in student handbooks)

Students may present a complaint or grievance regarding one (1) or more of the following:

●  Violation

A.  Violation of the student's constitutional rights.

●  Denial

B.  Denial of an equal opportunity to participate in any program or activity for which the student qualifies

not related

not related to the student's individual capabilities.

●  Discriminatory

C.  Discriminatory treatment on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, age, national origin, or disability.

●  Concern

D.  Concern for the student's personal safety.

Complaints and grievances related to allegations of student violence, harassment, intimidation or bullying are to be filed in accordance with Board Policy JICK.

Provided that:

●  The

A.  The topic is not the subject of disciplinary or other proceedings under other policies and regulations of

this District

this District, and

●  The

B.  The procedure shall not apply to any matter for which the method of review is prescribed by law, or

the Governing

the Governing Board is without authority to act.

The guidelines to be followed are:

●  The

A.  The accusation must be made within thirty (30) calendar days of the time the student knew or should

have known

have known that there were grounds for the complaint/grievance.

●  The

B.  The complaint/grievance shall be made only to a school administrator or a school staff member.

●  The

C.  The person receiving the complaint will gather information for the complaint form.

●  All

D.  All allegations shall be reported on forms with the necessary particulars as determined by the Superintendent.  Forms are available in the school office.

●  The

E.  The person receiving the complaint shall preserve the confidentiality of the subject, disclosing it only to

the appropriate

the appropriate school administrator or next higher administrative supervisor or as otherwise required by law.

Any question concerning whether the complaint or grievance falls within this policy shall be determined by the Superintendent.

A student or student's parent or guardian may initiate the complaint process by completing Exhibit JII-EA.

A complaint or grievance may be withdrawn at any time.  Once withdrawn, the process cannot be reopened if the resubmission is longer than thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the occurrence of the alleged incident.  False or unproven complaint documentation shall not be maintained.

Retaliatory or intimidating acts against any student who has made a complaint under the District policy and its corresponding regulations, or against a student who has testified, assisted or participated in any manner in an investigation relating to a complaint or grievance, are specifically prohibited and constitute grounds for a separate complaint.

Knowingly submitting a false report under this policy shall subject the student to discipline up to and including suspension or expulsion.  Where disciplinary action is necessary pursuant to any part of this policy, relevant District policies shall be followed.

When District officials have a reasonable belief or an investigation reveals that a reported incident may constitute an unlawful act, law enforcement authorities will be informed.



Master Document: JJA © STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Child Document: JJA STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS

JJA ©
STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS

The Governing Board recognizes the value of student participation in student organizations and activities that provide wholesome educational, recreational, and social opportunities.  The Superintendent may approve the establishment of student organizations appropriate to grade levels within the District.  The principal is responsible for supervising all such organizations and activities to ensure that they conform to the policies and rules of the District.Student organizations may be formed when sufficient evidence would indicate justification.  Each organization must have a faculty sponsor approved by the principal and an approved constitution.  A copy of which must be on file with the local school administration

School activities shall not be held on Sundays unless they have been cleared with the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JIH-ED

JIH-ED 

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  INTERROGATIONS, 
SEARCHES,  AND  ARRESTS

FORM FOR SIGNATURE OF
POLICE OFFICER

Police Officer ___________________________      Badge Number ______________

Department ____________________________      Division ____________________

As a duly sworn peace officer and member of the above department and division, I have demanded that the minor/person _______________________________ a student in Glendale Union High School District, be surrendered to me, have taken him or her into my custody, and am assuming full responsibility for him/her.

Signature ___________________________________________________________

Date ______________________________     Time __________________________

Administrative signature  _____________________________________________

Parent contact:






Master Document: JJAB © LIMITED OPEN / CLOSED FORUM
Child Document: JJAB © LIMITED OPEN / CLOSED FORUM

JJAB ©
LIMITED  OPEN / CLOSED  FORUM

Student meetings may be held in the school(s) of the District that offer instruction in grades seven (7) and eight (8) or above under a "limited open forum" if requested by a pupil in grade seven (7) or above.  Furthermore, insofar as the District has a procedure defined as a "limited open forum" under the provisions of Title VIII, the Equal Access Act, Section 801 et seq., the District school(s) shall offer to students a fair opportunity to conduct meetings using school facilities whereupon:

●  Such

A.  Such meetings are voluntary and student initiated.

●  There

B.  There is no sponsorship of such meetings by the District, District employees or governmental entities,

or employees

or employees of governmental entities.

●  District

C.  District employees present at religious meetings will be present only in a nonparticipatory capacity.

●  Such

D.  Such meetings shall not materially and substantially interfere with the orderly conduct of the

educational activities

educational activities of the District.

●  Nonschool

E.  Nonschool persons shall not be permitted to direct, conduct, control, or regularly attend such student

group meetings

group meetings.

Neither the District, any employee or agent of the District, nor of any State state or federal governmental entity shall be permitted to:

●  Influence A.  Influence the form or content of any prayer or other religious activity connected with student meetings.

●  Require B.  Require any person to participate in prayer or other religious activity.

●  Expend C.  Expend public funds beyond the incidental cost of providing the space for such student-initiated meetings.

●  Compel D.  Compel any employee of the District to attend a school meeting that is contrary to the beliefs of the employee.

●  Sanction E.  Sanction meetings that are otherwise unlawful.

●  Limit F.  Limit the rights of groups of students to avail themselves under the provisions of this policy to a specified numerical specified numerical size.

●  Abridge G.  Abridge either Arizona or U.S. constitutional rights of any employee, official, or student of the District.

Nothing in this policy shall be construed to limit the authority of the school or its agents or employees to maintain order and discipline on school premises, to protect the well-being of students and employees, and to assure that attendance of students at such meetings is voluntary.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-720

20 U.S.C. 4071 et seq.  Equal Access Act, (Section 801)

20 U.S.C. 7905

CROSS REF.: 
KF - Community Use of School Facilities



Master Document: JJC © STUDENT PERFORMANCES / EXHIBITS / COMPETITION
Child Document: JJC © STUDENT PERFORMANCES / EXHIBITS / COMPETITION

JJC ©
STUDENT  PERFORMANCES /
EXHIBITS / COMPETITION

Any student or group of students planning to give public performances representing the District shall first secure permission from the principal.  Such performances shall be in keeping with the general goals and objectives of the educational program and the following:

●  FundsA.  Funds, if collected, shall be credited to the appropriate student activities fund account.

●  The B.  The participation in the project will not deprive students of time needed in acquiring regular curriculumbasic skills.

●  The regular school day C.  The regular schedule will not be interrupted unless the majority of the students benefit through their participation.

●  The D.  The activity shall contribute to the educational program.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JJIB-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JJIB-EA ©

EXHIBIT

INTERSCHOLASTIC  SPORTS

(Mild Traumatic Brain Injury (MTBI) / Concussion)

STATEMENT AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

I, ____________________________ (student), acknowledge that I have to be an active participant in my own health and have the direct responsibility for reporting all of my injuries and illnesses to the school staff (e.g., coaches, team physicians, athletic training staff).  I further recognize that my physical condition is dependent upon providing an accurate medical history and a full disclosure of any symptoms, complaints, prior injuries and/or disabilities experienced before, during or after athletic activities.

By signing below, I acknowledge:

A.  My institution has provided me with specific educational materials including the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) Concussion Fact Sheet (http://www.cdc.gov/ concussion/HeadsUp/youth.html) on what a concussion is and has given me an opportunity to ask questions.

B.  I have fully disclosed to the staff any prior medical conditions and will also disclose any future conditions.

C.  There is a possibility that participation in my sport may result in a head injury and/or concussion.  In rare cases, these concussions can cause permanent brain damage, and even death.

D.  A concussion is a brain injury, which I am responsible for reporting to the team physician or athletic trainer.

E.  A concussion can affect my ability to perform everyday activities, and affect my reaction time, balance, sleep, and classroom performance.

F.  Some of the symptoms of concussion may be noticed right away while other symptoms can show up hours or days after the injury.

G.  If I suspect a teammate has a concussion, I am responsible for reporting the injury to the school staff.

H.  I will not return to play in a game or practice if I have received a blow to the head or body that results in concussion related symptoms.

I.    I will not return to play in a game or practice until my symptoms have resolved AND I have written clearance to do so by a qualified health care professional.

J.   Following concussion the brain needs time to heal and I am much more likely to have a repeat concussion or further damage if I return to play before my symptoms resolve.

Based on the incidence of concussion as published by the CDC the following sports have been identified as high risk for concussion; baseball, basketball, diving, football, pole vaulting, soccer, softball, spiritline and wrestling.

I represent and certify that I and my parent/guardian have read the entirety of this document and fully understand the contents, consequences and implications of signing this document and that I agree to be bound by this document.

Student  Athlete:

Print Name: ____________________   Signature: _____________________

Date: _________________________

Parent or legal guardian must print and sign name below and indicate date signed.

Print Name: ____________________   Signature: _____________________

Date: _________________________

Reproduction of AIA FORM 15.7-C 02/11 which may be used in lieu of this document.



Master Document: JJE © STUDENT FUND - RAISING ACTIVITIES
Child Document: JJE © STUDENT FUND - RAISING ACTIVITIES

JJE ©
STUDENT  FUND - RAISING  ACTIVITIES

Fund-raising activities by students on school premises or elsewhere as representatives of the school will be permitted only for the types of fund-raising activities approved by the Governing Board and when connected with specific school activities approved by the local school administrationSuperintendent.

Participation in contests or fund-raising activities shall be governed by the following criteria:

●  The A.  The aim of the activity shall benefit youth in educational, civic, social, and ethical development.

●  The B.  The activity shall not be detrimental to the regularly planned instruction.

The proceeds of all fund-raising activities shall be deposited in the Student Activity Fund, and funds from such activities shall be used only as specified in the Uniform System of Financial Records.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 

15-1121 through 1123

CROSS REF.: 

DIC - Financial Reports and Statements

JJF - Student Activities Funds



Master Document: JJIB-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JJIB-EB ©

EXHIBIT

INTERSCHOLASTIC  SPORTS

HEAT ACCLIMATIZATION AND
EXERTIONAL HEAT ILLNESS

Bylaw  14.17 - Heat  Acclimatization
and  Exertional  Heat  Illness
Management  Policy

14.17.1.  It is the position of the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA) that prevention is the best way to avoid exertional heat stroke.  Prevention includes educating athletes and coaches about:

1.  Recognition and management of exertional heat illnesses;

2.  The risks associated with exercising in hot, humid environmental conditions;

3.  The need for gradual acclimatization over a fourteen (14) day period;

4.  Guidelines for proper hydration;

5.  Implementing practice/competition modifications according to local temperature and relative humidity readings.

14.17.2 - Definitions

Exertional heat illness includes the following conditions, ordered from the least to the most dangerous:

1.  Exercise associated muscle cramps:  an acute, painful, involuntary muscle contraction usually occurring during or after intense exercise, often in the heat, lasting approximately one to three (1-3) minutes.

2.  Heat syncope:  also known as orthostatic dizziness, it refers to a fainting episode that can occur in high environmental temperatures, usually during the initial days of heat exposure.

3.  Exercise (heat) exhaustion:  the inability to continue exercise due to cardiovascular insufficiency and energy depletion that may or may not be associated with physical collapse.

4.  Exertional heat stroke:  a severe condition characterized by core body temperature greater than forty degrees Celsius (> 40°C); one hundred four degrees Fahrenheit (104°F), central nervous system (CNS) dysfunction, and multiple organ system failure induced by strenuous exercise, often occurring in the hot environments.

Heat Acclimatization Protocol
Days One through Five
:

A.  Days one through five (1-5) of the heat-acclimatization period consist of the first five (5) days of formal practice.  During this time, athletes may not participate in more than one (1) practice per day.

B.  If a practice is interrupted by inclement weather or heat restrictions, the practice should recommence once conditions are deemed safe.  Total practice time should not exceed three (3) hours in any one (1) day.  In addition to practice, a one (1)-hour maximum walk-through is permitted during days one through five (1-5) of the heat-acclimatization period.  However, a three (3)-hour recovery period should be inserted between the practice and walk-through (or vice versa).  (Note: A walk-through is defined as no contact with other individuals, dummies, sleds or shields).

C.  During days one through three (1-3) of the heat-acclimatization period, in sports requiring helmets or shoulder pads, a helmet is the only protective equipment permitted.  The use of shields and dummies during this time is permissible as a noncontact teaching tool.

D.  During days four through six (4-6), only helmets and shoulder pads may be worn.

E.  Football only:  On days four through six (4-6), contact with blocking sleds and tackling dummies may be initiated.

Days Six through Fourteen:

A.  Beginning no earlier than day six (6) and continuing through day fourteen (14), double-practice days must be followed by a single-practice day.

B.  On single-practice days, one (1) walk-through is permitted, separated from the practice by at least three (3) hours of continuous rest.  When a double-practice day is followed by a rest day, another double-practice day is permitted after the rest day.

C.  On a double-practice day, neither practice should exceed three (3) hours in duration, nor should student-athletes participate in more than five (5) total hours of practice.  Warm-up, stretching, cool-down, walk-through, conditioning, and weightroom activities are included as part of the practice time.  The two (2) practices should be separated by at least three (3) continuous hours in a cool environment.

D.  Beginning on day seven (7), all protective equipment may be worn and full contact may begin.

E.  Full-contact sports may begin one hundred percent (100%) live contact drills no earlier than day seven (7).

F.  Because the risk of exertional heat illnesses during the preseason heat-acclimatization period is high, we strongly recommend that an athletic trainer be on site before, during, and after all practices.

14.17.3 - Hydration Strategies:

A.  Sufficient, sanitary, and appropriate fluid should be readily accessible and consumed at regular intervals before, during, and after all sports participation and other physical activities to offset sweat loss and maintain adequate hydration while avoiding overdrinking.

B.  Generally, one hundred to two hundred fifty milliliters (100 to 250 ml; approximately three [3] to eight [8] oz.) every twenty (20) minutes for nine to twelve (9-12) year olds and up to one to one and one-half liters (1.0 to 1.5 L; approximately thirty-four to fifty ounces [34 -50] oz.) per hour for adolescent boys and girls is enough to sufficiently minimize sweating-induced body-water deficits during exercise and other physical activity as long as their pre-activity hydration status is good.

C.  Pre-activity to post-activity body-weight changes can provide more specific insight to a person's hydration status and rehydration needs.  Athletes should be well-hydrated before commencing all activities (see guideline box format).

D.  The following guidelines are suggested:

                              Condition                                % Body Weight Change

                          Well hydrated                                          +1 to -1
                          Minimal dehydration                               - 1 to - 3
                          Significant dehydration                           - 3 to - 5
                          Serious dehydration                                    > - 5
                          % Body weight change = [(pre-exercise body weight -
                             postexercise body weight) / pre-exercise body weight] x 100

14.17.3 - Return to Play Following
Exertional Heat Stroke

The following is the protocol for return to play following heat stroke:

1.  Refrain from exercise for at least seven (7) days following the acute event.

2.  Follow up in about one (1) week for physical exam by a licensed physician (MD, DO).

3.  When cleared for activity by a licensed physician, begin exercise in a cool environment and gradually increase the duration, intensity, and heat exposure for two (2) weeks to acclimatize and demonstrate heat tolerance under the direction of a licensed healthcare professional.

4.  If return to activity is difficult, consider a laboratory exercise-heat tolerance test about one (1) month post-incident.

5.  Athlete may be cleared for full competition if heat tolerance exists after two to four (2-4) weeks of training.

The AIA also recommends that any athlete suspected of having suffered exertional heat exhaustion be referred to a licensed physician for follow-up medical examination and clearance.

14.17 will be effective July 1, 2012 for 2102-2013.  This proposed bylaw had input from the AIA Football Sports Advisory Committee via participation in the May 22, 2012 AIA Executive Board meeting and the May 24, 2012 AIA SMAC meeting.  14.17 will carry possible violations as they relate to football but will be recommendations, at this point, related to all other sports as reflected in each sport specific bylaw.

Questions regarding this bylaw can be directed to the AIA office via the athletic administrator and/or site administrator.

Reproduction of AIA Bylaw 14.17.



Master Document: JJF © STUDENT ACTIVITIES FUNDS
Child Document: JJF STUDENT ACTIVITIES FUNDS

JJF ©
STUDENT  ACTIVITIES  FUNDS

Student activity funds shall be considered to be those which accrue as a result of individual school activities.

Upon recommendation by the Superintendent, the Board will designate a student activities treasurer.  The Superintendent shall assure the establishment and maintenance of a "Student Activity Fund" as defined in A.R.S. 15-1121 through A.R.S. 15-1124.

When appropriate, and upon recommendation by the Superintendent, the Board may designate an assistant activities treasurer for each school.

The Director of Business Superintendent shall require the establishment of appropriate procedures whereby all persons having any duties relating to such funds are advised of the requirements and responsibilities thereforetherefor.  All such persons shall be held strictly accountable for the manner in which these guidelines are followed.

The Director of Business Superintendent shall ensure that an accurate, detailed record of all revenues and expenditures of the student activities fund is kept.  The record shall be made in such form as the Board prescribes.  Copies of the record shall be presented to the Board not less than once during each calendar month.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1121 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 
DIB - Types of Funds/Revolving Funds



Master Document: JJG © CONTESTS FOR STUDENTS
Child Document: JJG © CONTESTS FOR STUDENTS

JJG ©
CONTESTS  FOR  STUDENTS

Student participation in contests shall be limited to activities and events that relate to the educational needs and interests of students and do not promote private or commercial interests.  The Superintendent shall establish procedures and regulations governing participation in such contests.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-1241

A.A.C. 
R7-2-313



Master Document: JJG-R ©
Child Document: JJG-R ©

JJG-R ©

REGULATION

CONTESTS  FOR  STUDENTS

Participation in contests shall be optional and shall be kept within reasonable bounds.  The following statements shall be a guide for determining participation in contests:

●  The A.  The primary educational aims and the needs and interests of the students must be a consideration at all times.

●  The B.  The school and its students shall not be used to promote private or commercial interests.

●  All C.  All materials or activities initiated by private sources shall be judged on grounds of their:

■  Direct 1.  Direct contribution to educational values.

■  Factual 2.  Factual accuracy.

■  Good 3.  Good taste.

●  Consideration D.  Consideration shall be given in all cases to protecting students and teachers against unreasonable added work added work and responsibilities.

●  Arizona E.  Arizona Interscholastic Association regulations shall prevail with students who officially represent Glendale Union High School Districtrepresent ____________________________ High School.



Master Document: JJIB © INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORTS
Child Document: JJIB INTERSCHOLASTIC SPORTS

JJIB ©
INTERSCHOLASTIC  SPORTS

Interscholastic  Sports

All schools are members of the Arizona Interscholastic Association and will abid by the eligibility regulations of the Association.

General

The purpose of interscholastic athletics is both educational and recreational.  The school sports program should encourage participation by as many students as possible and should always be conducted with the best interests of the participants as the first consideration.

District participation in interscholastic athletics shall be subject to approval by the Board.  This shall include approval of membership in any leagues, associations, or conferences, and of any new agreements with other schools for a series of games or events.

The following rules shall be observed for participation by individual students:

●  For A.  For each type of sport in which the student engages, the parents or guardian must give written consent.

●  The B.  The student must be determined by a physician to be physically fit for the sport.

The Superintendent shall set up other rules for participation, such as those governing academic standing, in accordance with policies of the District and pertinent regulations and recommendations of the Arizona Interscholastic Athletic Associationstate interscholastic athletic association.

Health  and  Safety  of  Participants

The health and safety of participants in interscholastic athletic activities must receive careful consideration. 

The Board may develop, in response to relevant athletic association directives and medical advisories, appropriate guidelines, information and forms to inform and educate coaches, pupils and parents of Heat Acclimatization and Exertional Heat Illness and the risks of continued participation in athletic activity after a related episode.  District and school health and safety management plans may include Heat Acclimatization Protocol, Hydration Strategies, Return to Play standards, and follow-up/clearance requirements released by the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA) as Bylaw 14.17 and duplicated in JJIB-EB.

The Board shall develop, in consultation with the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA) guidelines, information and forms to inform and educate coaches, pupils and parents of the dangers of concussions and head injuries and the risks of continued participation in athletic activity after a concussion.

Before a student participates in an athletic activity, the student, the student's parents, and the coaches shall participate in a District program to educate program participants of the danger of concussions, head injuries, and the risk of continued participation in athletic activity after a concussion.  Students and parents shall sign the AIA form (Exhibit JJIB-EA) at least once each school year stating awareness of the nature and risk of concussion.  The District shall retain documentation of the participation of all affected coaching staff members in the program.  For the purpose of this policy, athletic activity does not include:

A.  dance,

B.  rhythmic gymnastics,

C.  competition or exhibitions of academic skills or knowledge or other similar forms of physical noncontact activities,

D.  civic activities or academic activities, whether engaged in for the purpose of competition or recreation.

A student who is suspected of sustaining a concussion in a practice session, a game, or other interscholastic athletic activity shall be immediately removed from the athletic event.  A coach from the student's team or an official or licensed health care provider may remove a student from play.  A team parent may also remove his or her own child from play.  A student may return to play on the same day if a health care provider rules out a suspected concussion at the time the student is removed from play.  On a subsequent day, the student may return to play if the student has been evaluated by and receives written clearance to resume participation in athletic activity from a health care provider who has been trained in the evaluation and management of concussions and head injuries as prescribed by A.R.S. 15-341.

A group or organization that uses property or facilities owned or operated by the District for athletic activities shall comply with the policies of the Board related to concussions and head injury.  This requirement does not apply to teams based in another state participating in athletic events in Arizona.

A District employee, team coach, official, team volunteer or a parent or guardian of a team member is not subject to civil liability for any act, omission or policy undertaken in good faith to comply with the requirements of this policy or for decisions made or actions taken by a health care provider.  Further, the District and its employees and volunteers are not subject to civil liability for any other person's or organization's failure or alleged failure to comply with the requirements of this policy.

Participants must be provided access to water at all times during practice sessions, games, or other interscholastic athletic activities.

The Superintendent shall require that regulations for health and safety of participants in interscholastic athletics be developed, implemented, and enforced.  Such regulations may, at the discretion of the Superintendent, be incorporated into this policy as an administrative regulation.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-802.01

A.A.C. 
R7-2-808
A.G.O. 
I86-095

CROSS REF.: 
JJJ - Extracurricular Activity Eligibility

KF - Community Use of School Facilities



Master Document: JJIB-R ©
Child Document: JJIB-R

JJIB-R ©

REGULATION

INTERSCHOLASTIC  SPORTS

(Athletic Schedules)

Scheduling of all interscholastic contests shall be the responsibility of the District administrator of athletics.  Changes in schedules shall be made only with the approval of the principal and the administrator of athletics.

District  Students

The Superintendent shall establish a program that will be presented prior to the start of any athletic activity each year and as needed throughout the school year to educate students, parents/guardians of students, and coaches who participate or coach athletic activities of the danger of concussions, head injuries, and the risk of continued participation in athletic activity after a concussion.  The program shall comply with the guidelines, information and forms developed in consultation with the Arizona Interscholastic Association.

Information related to attending a District-established program and the requirements to attend a District-established program prior to participation in an athletic event will be made available by the principal to students, parents/guardians of students, and coaches prior to the start of athletic activities each school year and throughout the school year.

School principals shall be responsible for the implementation of the program at the school site and shall ensure that no student participates in an athletic activity prior to the student and the student's parents/guardians having annually attended the District's established program as verified by their signatures.  Further, the principals shall be responsible for the participation and documentation of all coaches in the program prior to beginning a coaching assignment.

Signature verification of all program participants shall be provided on the District-approved form (JJIB-EA), submitted to the school principal, and filed in the school office.

The principals shall advise all staff members assigned to the school of the requirements of Policy JJIB and this regulation.

Groups  or  Organizations

The principals shall ensure that all groups or organizations using property or facilities owned or operated by the District for athletic activities shall comply with Governing Board Policy JJIB related to concussions and head injury.

All groups or organizations who request use of District-owned or -operated property or facilities shall submit to the principal a written document describing the group's or organization's program and verifying that the program is and shall continue to be compliant with A.R.S. 15-341 and Board Policy JJIB.  The submitted document must be signed by an official authorized by the group or organization, dated and submitted with the District's Community Use of School Facilities form to the principal a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the requested first use date. 

Records  Compliance

All documentation related to Board Policy JJIB will be maintained pursuant to management standards adopted by the Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records and Board Policy EHB, Data/Records Retention.



Master Document: JJJ © EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY
Child Document: JJJ EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITY ELIGIBILITY

JJJ ©
EXTRACURRICULAR  ACTIVITY 
ELIGIBILITY

(Academic Requirements for

Participation in Extracurricular Activities)

The District, in compliance with A.R.S. 15-705 and State Board of Education policy R7-2-808; Pupil Participation in Extracurricular Activities, and with consultation with parents and teachers, establishes the following requirements regarding pupils' participation in extracurricular activities.

Definition of Extracurricular Activities:

●  Extracurricular activities are all interscholastic activities and those

All interscholastic activities in grades __________________________ through ____________________________ that are 1) of a competitive nature and involve more than one (1) school where a championship, winner, or rating is determined and 2) endeavors for which no credit is earned in meeting graduation or promotion requirements

and which are

that are of a continuous and ongoing nature, organized, planned, or sponsored by the District, consistent with District policy

.  (Activities which are co-curricular, that is, activities which are an integral part of a credit class, shall be excepted from the rule.)

Academic Requirements:

●  Students shall be required to earn a passing grade in each course in which the student is enrolled and maintain a satisfactory progress toward graduation.

●  A student must be enrolled in and pass a minimum of five (5) subjects each semester during the first six (6) semesters.

●  A senior must be enrolled in and pass a minimum of four (4) credit-earning subjects during the seventh (7th) and eighth (8th) semesters.

Intervals for Determining Eligibility:

●  Student grades shall be checked on a cumulative basis, and students declared eligible or ineligible at the end of regular intervals.  Eligibility decisions are effective for the following interval.

Notification of Ineligibility:

●  If at one (1) of the regular intervals a student is declared ineligible for participation in extracurricular activities, the student and the student's parents or guardian will be notified.

Support Services:

●  The District shall provide support services to address academic deficiencies identified as being relevant to meeting eligibility requirements.

Special Education:

● 

, shall be conducted under the provisions of this policy.  Such activities will be established and designed to offer students worthwhile athletic and leisure-time interests, wholesome recreational and social activity, and an opportunity to develop skills in democratic and cooperative management for these activities.  These programs will be appropriate to the maturity of students and as varied as staff and facilities permit.

All such activities conducted under the auspices of the District shall be under the direct supervision of the certificated individual responsible for the activity.

It is necessary to have the extracurricular activities function within a realistic framework of control.  In order that overenthusiastic students do not place a social or athletic function on a higher plane than the academic program, the following policy will be adhered to:

A.  Students who, upon having their work checked on a cumulative basis at the end of each ________________ (___)-week period, show that they are not working to capacity and have one (1) or more failing grades will be removed from any athletic teams or extracurricular activities.  After improving their respective grades such that they are passing on a cumulative basis, they shall be reinstated to the teams or extracurricular activities until a subsequent check is performed unless ineligible for some reason other than academic performance.

B.  The eligibility criterion for extracurricular participation shall be a passing grade in all classes in which the student is enrolled, and the student shall maintain progress toward promotion or graduation.

C.  The responsibility for notification of students and parents of these requirements and for enforcement of the above rule rests with the Superintendent.

D.  The student and the parents or guardian shall be notified of ineligibility in a manner such that confidentiality is maintained when:

1.  Ineligibility is pending.

2.  Ineligibility is determined to be necessary.

E.  Support services shall be made available to students who become ineligible for extracurricular programs as well as to students notified of pending ineligibility.

Students whose behavior presents a problem or jeopardizes school discipline may be ineligible for participation in extracurricular activities until such time as their behavior warrants reinstatement.

The same general standards shall apply for special education students except that such eligibility shall be determined on a case-by-case basis in relationship to the respective

student

students'

s

individual

educational programs.Adopted:  December 1, 2010

education programs.

A school district governing board, a charter school or an interscholastic athletic association of which a school district governing board or charter school is a member may not prohibit a pupil from wearing a religious or cultural accessory or hair piece while participating in an extracurricular or athletic activity if the accessory or hair piece does not jeopardize the health or safety of the pupil or any other person participating in the activity, as determined by the supervisor of the extracurricular activity or the officiant of the athletic activity.

The Superintendent shall establish regulations to ensure that:

A.  Necessary documents in support of this policy are maintained.

B.  Necessary data related to ineligible students are collected and reported as required by law.

C.  The cultural traditions of students are considered when establishing or enforcing rules related to participation in extracurricular activities.

D.  The requirements of this policy are met.

The Superintendent may develop additional rules or procedures for the proper conduct of extracurricular programs and the implementation of the provisions of this policy.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S. 
15-347
15-705
15-802.01
A.A.C. 
R7-2-808

CROSS REF.: 
JB - Equal Educational Opportunities

JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities

JICEC - Freedom of Expression

JII - Student Concerns, Complaints, and Grievances

JJIB - Interscholastic Sports



Master Document: JK © STUDENT DISCIPLINE
Child Document: JK © STUDENT DISCIPLINE

JK ©
STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

The Superintendent shall recommend policies and develop procedures for the discipline of students that comply with A.R.S. 15-843.  These policies and procedures will apply to all students traveling to, attending, and returning from school, and while visiting another school or at a school-sanctioned activity and may be imposed if the student's behavior affects the school order, or in any other situation in which the District may lawfully exercise its authority to discipline a student.  When suspension or expulsion is involved, notice, hearing, and appeal procedures shall conform to applicable legal requirements.

The discipline, suspension and expulsion of pupils shall not be based on race, color, religion, sex, disability, national origin or ancestry, ancestry or any other unlawful reason.  A substantial or deliberate failure to comply with the prohibition against race, color, religion, sex, national origin or ancestry disability, national origin, ancestry or any other unlawful reason may subject the District to the loss of funds imposed by A.R.S. 15-843.

The principal of each District school shall ensure that a copy of all rules pertaining to discipline, suspension, and expulsion of pupils are distributed to each student's parents at the parents of each pupil at the time the student enrolls pupil is enrolled in school each year.

Behavior  Management  and  Discipline

of  Students  with  Special  Needs

The Superintendent shall oversee a collaborative process for the identification, description, and monitoring of best practices for behavioral management and discipline of special needs students.  The practices shall include, but not be limited to:

●  authorized and prohibited disciplinary methods,

●  recommended and required training for special education program teachers and aides, and

●  requirements for conveying notice of disciplinary measures taken.

The Superintendent shall, by administrative regulation, prescribe procedures for implementation of the best practices, subject to Governing Board approvalThe principal of each school shall ensure that all rules pertaining to the discipline, suspension, and expulsion of pupils are communicated to students at the beginning of each school year, and to transfer students at the time of their enrollment in the school.

Information concerning a student's disciplinary record will be held in the strictest confidence.

Disciplinary actions taken will be recorded in an administrative log, and all types of suspensions or expulsions will be recorded in a separate file for each student.

Temporary  Removal

Teachers are authorized to temporarily remove a student from a class.  A teacher may temporarily remove a student to the principal, or to a person designated by the school administrator, in accord with:

●  Rules A.  Rules established for the referral of students.

●  The B.  The conditions of A.R.S. 15-841, when applicable.

The Superintendent shall establish such rules as are necessary to implement the temporary removal procedure.

Confinement

If confinement is authorized by the Governing Board, in accordance with A.R.S. 15-843, the Superintendent shall ensure that disciplinary policies involving the confinement of pupils left alone in an enclosed space shall include the following:

A.  A process for prior written parental notification that confinement may be used for disciplinary purposes that is included in the pupil's enrollment packet or admission form.

B.  A process for written parental consent before confinement is allowed for any pupil in the School District.  The policies shall provide for an exemption to prior written parental consent if a school principal or teacher determines that the pupil poses imminent physical harm to self or others.  The school principal or teacher shall make reasonable attempts to notify the pupil's parent or guardian in writing by the end of the same day that confinement was used.

Schools are not prohibited from adopting policies which include procedures for the reasonable use of physical force by certificated or support staff personnel in self-defense, defense of others and defense of property (A.R.S. 15-843, subsection b, paragraph 3.)

Threatened  an  Educational  Institution

Threatened an educational institution means to interfere with or disrupt an educational institution as found in A.R.S. 15-841 and 13-2911.  A student who is determined to have threatened an educational institution shall be expelled from school for at least one (1) year except that the District may modify this expulsion requirement for a pupil on a case-by-case basis and may reassign a pupil subject to expulsion to an alternative education program if the pupil participates in mediation, community service, restitution or other programs in which the pupil takes responsibility for the results of the threat.  The District may require the student's parent(s) to participate in mediation, community service, restitution or other programs with the student as a condition to the reassignment of the pupil to an alternative education program.

Information concerning a student's disciplinary record will be held in the strictest confidence.

Disciplinary actions taken will be recorded in an administrative log, and all types of suspensions or expulsions will be recorded in a separate file for each student.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-403 et seq.

13-2911
15-105

15-341
15-342
15-841
15-842
15-843
15-844

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
JIC - Student Conduct
JKA - Corporal Punishment
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students

JLDB - Restraint and Seclusion



Master Document: JK-R ©
Child Document: JK-RA

JK-RA  R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

A student may be subject to disciplinary action when the student

engages in misconduct.  Examples of such misconduct include but are not limited to the following:●  Conduct

:

A.  Engages in conduct that is disorderly, i.e., intentionally causing public inconvenience, annoyance, or alarm,

or recklessly

or recklessly creating a risk thereof, by:

■  Fighting

1.  Fighting or engaging in violent behavior.

■  Making

2.  Making unreasonable noise.

■  Using

3.  Using abusive or obscene language or gestures.

■  Obstructing

4.  Obstructing vehicular or pedestrian traffic.

■  Creating

5.  Creating a hazardous or physically offensive condition by any act that serves no legitimate purpose.

●  Conduct

B.  Engages in conduct that is insubordinate, i.e., failing to comply with the lawful directions of a teacher,

school administrator

school administrator, or other school employee in charge of the student.

●  Conduct that endangers

C.  Endangers the safety, morals, health, or welfare of others by any act, including but not limited to:

■  Selling

1.  Selling, using, or possessing alcohol, drugs, or other controlled substances or drug paraphernalia.

■  Selling

2.  Selling, using, or possessing weapons, fireworks, or other dangerous instruments or contraband.

■  Selling

3.  Selling, using, or possessing obscene materials.

■  Using

4.  Using profane, vulgar, or abusive language (including ethnic slurs).

■  Gambling

5.  Gambling.

■  Hazing

6.

■  Harassment or other forms of unlawful discrimination.

■  Lewd behavior.

●  Academic misconduct including but not limited to:

■  Lateness

 Hazing.

7.  Engaging in lewd behavior.

D.  Engages in any of the following forms of academic misconduct:

1.  Lateness for, missing, or leaving school or class without permission or excuse.

■  Cheating

2.  Cheating (including but not limited to copying, using unauthorized help sheets and the like,

illegally obtaining

illegally obtaining tests in advance, substituting for a test-taker, and other forms of unauthorized collusion).

■  Plagiarism

3.

●  Engages

 Plagiarism.

E.  Engages in conduct violative of the Board's rules and regulations for the maintenance of public order

on school

on school property.

●  Uses

F.  Uses personal portable electronic instruments, communication, and entertainment devices, including

but not

but not limited to cell phones, still and video cameras and equipment, recording/playback apparatus, and

other electronic

other electronic equipment which may be used for similar purposes, during the school day or during

directed student

directed student study time unless such use has been specifically authorized by the school administrator.

●  Has

G.  Has a record of excessive absenteeism.

●  Is

H.  Is believed to have or actually has committed a crime.

Reasonableness of use of physical force in self-defense, defense of others, and defense of property will be considered as a mitigating factor in determining penalties for misconduct.  The threat or use of physical force by a student is not reasonable (i) when made in response to verbal provocation alone, (ii) when assistance from a school staff member is a reasonable alternative, or (iii) when the degree of physical force used is disproportionate to the circumstances or exceeds that necessary to avoid injury to oneself or to others or to preserve property at risk.

Permissible  Penalties

The range of penalties that may be imposed for violations of student discipline rules include, but are not limited to, the following:

●  Verbal

A.  Verbal warning.

●  Written

B.  Written warning.

●  Written

C.  Written notification to parents.

●  Behavior contract

D.  Probation.

●  Detention

E.

●  Suspension

 Detention.

F.  Suspension from transportation.

●  Suspension

G.  Suspension from athletic participation.

●  Suspension

H.  Suspension from social or extracurricular activities.

●  Suspension

I.  Suspension of other privileges.

●  Exclusion

J.  Exclusion from a particular class.

●  In

K.  Confinement with implementation of mandatory provisions.

L.  In-school suspension.

●  Involuntary

M.  Involuntary transfer.

●  Community

N.  Community service.

●  Suspension

O.

●  Alternative

 Suspension.

P.  Alternative to Suspension Program.

●  Expulsion

Q.

●  Alternative

 Expulsion.

R.  Alternative to Expulsion Program.

Depending upon the nature of the violation, student discipline may be progressive, i.e., generally, a student's first violation should merit a lighter penalty than subsequent violations.  A District employee or agent should take into account all other relevant factors in determining an appropriate penalty.  The above penalties may be imposed either alone or in combination.

Student  Disciplinary  Proceeding

Each school will establish a procedure that at a minimum will provide the principal, or the designee of the school administrator, with documentation of the teacher's reason(s) for the temporary removal of a student from class.

Refusal to readmit per A.R.S. 15-841:

The Superintendent shall establish guidelines to implement Policy JK and this regulation.

~  The

A.  Upon discussion, by the administrator with the teacher, of disciplinary action implemented in conjunction with a temporary removal in accord with the rules established by the Board, the teacher will be required to state an intent to readmit or refuse to readmit the removed student.  If the teacher refuses to readmit the student, the reason shall be written by the teacher, explaining the conditions used to determine the removal, and shall be provided to the administrator by the next business day following the temporary removal.

B.  Either of the following conditions must exist for a temporary removal per A.R.S. 15-841:

1.  The teacher has documented that the pupil has repeatedly interfered with the teacher's ability

to communicate

to communicate effectively with the other pupils in the class or with the ability of the other pupils to learn.

2.  The teacher has determined that the pupil's behavior is so unruly, disruptive, or abusive that it seriously interferes with the teacher's ability to communicate effectively with the other pupils in the classroom or with the ability of the other pupils to learn.

●  The

C.  The matter will be referred to the school placement review committee (SPRC) constituted in accord

with statute

with statute if the conditions are consistent with those stated in A.R.S. 15-841.  Within three (3) business

days following

days following the date of temporary removal, the SPRC shall determine to either place the student in a

new class

new class or return the student to the existing class if that is the best or only practicable alternative.

●  If

D.  If the student is qualified for educational services under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA),

any

 any change in the student's individualized education program (IEP) shall be determined by the

individualized education

individualized education program (IEP) team in accord with federal regulations.

Any teacher, administrator, Board member, parent, or other person may report a violation of student disciplinary rules to an administrator.  The administrator will then make an investigation of the charges as deemed appropriate and will institute appropriate proceedings.

This information for the maintenance of public order on school property will be publicized and explained to all students and provided in writing to parents as requested.  In order to promote effectiveness of student discipline, the assistance of parents in enforcing rules for student discipline shall be invited and encouraged.

Involving  Staff  Members

The principal is responsible for involving staff members of the school in the development of a positive plan for student discipline.  All staff members are responsible for implementing the plan of student discipline for the school.



Master Document: JK-ED ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JK-ED ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

A GUIDE TO DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS

Displayed below is a guide to the probable disciplinary measures that may be taken in the event of student misbehavior.  Absence from the list of additional misbehaviors that may occur does not preclude disciplinary action from being taken on those misbehaviors, nor does it imply limitations to the disciplinary action.

The actual discipline determined for a given violation will be based upon consideration of a variety of factors, which will include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following elements: the age of the student; the frequency, type, and magnitude of previous misbehaviors by the student; aggravating circumstances associated with the incident; the relative severity of the event; whether the student's behavior violated civil or criminal laws; the degree to which the incident interferes with the educational process; the extent of endangerment to the student, other persons, and property created by the event; special intellectual, psychological, emotional, environmental, and physical characteristics of the student; the student's attitude concerning the event; and the expressed intent concerning the student's own future behavior.

Behaviors  that  May  Result 
in  Student  Discipline

Absenteeism. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Alcohol, use or under the influence of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Arson. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Bomb threat. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Cheating. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Defiance of authority. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Dishonesty. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Disruptive conduct. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Disturbing school meeting or activity. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Dress or appearance violation. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Drug possession. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Drug sale. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Drug use. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Endangerment. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Ethnic slurs. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Extortion. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


False alarm (emergency, fire, security, et cetera). 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


False information or identification, giving of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Fighting. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Firearm/explosive device/knife. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Forgery. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Gambling. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Harassment/threats/verbal abuse. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Hazardous or physically offensive condition, causing. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Hazing. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Improper sexual advances. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Insubordination. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Insult/verbal abuse of a faculty or staff member. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Lewd/lascivious behavior. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Littering. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Malicious mischief. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Obstructing an investigation. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Obstructing traffic, vehicular or pedestrian. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Physical assault. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Plagiarism. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Resisting authority. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Slander. 

Occurence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Tardiness. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Theft of property (school related). 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Tobacco product use. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Unauthorized departure from class, campus, or event. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Unauthorized entry/trespass/loitering. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Vandalism or destruction of property (school related). 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Violation of a Governing Board policy or school rule. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Violation of a local, state, or federal law. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   

Vulgar or obscene language, gestures, or symbols. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   


Weapon violation (not firearm/explosive device/knife). 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

 

 

Subsequent

   

 



Master Document: JKA-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JKA-R ©

REGULATION

CORPORAL  PUNISHMENT

In determining whether to use corporal punishment, the following considerations should be taken into account: the seriousness of the offense, the attitude and past behavior of the student, the age and strength of the student, and the availability of equally effective nonphysical means of discipline.

Prior to administering corporal punishment, the administrator will ensure that there are no medical or parental warning statements in the student's record that forbid corporal punishment.

Corporal punishment may not be administered for academic deficiency or conduct not related to the school.

Corporal punishment must be approved by the school administrator.  Corporal punishment may be administered by the school administrator or by educationally certificated employees designated by the school administrator.  Two (2) educationally certificated employees of the school shall be present to witness the spanking.  In a school with only one (1) certificated adult employee, one (1) additional adult shall be present as a witness.

Corporal punishment will be administered by spanking the buttocks of a student with a flat-surfaced paddle that will cause no more than temporary pain and not inflict permanent damage to the body.  No other form of corporal punishment is authorized.



Master Document: JK-EA ©
Child Document: JK-EA

JK-EA  EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

Each principal shall establish and retain complete records of student disciplinary actions and procedures.  Records regarding student disciplinary actions shall be retained for at least two (2) years after last attendance date.

The accounting for students subject to disciplinary action on discipline record card shall contain an entry of:

●  The

A.  The full name of the student.

●  The

B.  The racial/ethnic and sex designations of the student.

●  The

C.  The time, place, and date of the offense or offenses, or observed behavior.

●  Descriptions

D.  Descriptions and dates of other offenses or observed behaviors if not previously reported.

●  The

E.  The names of witnesses or others involved.

●  Specific

F.  Specific measures taken by person or persons reporting the offense or offenses to effect an adjustment,

including

 including the specialized help secured before referral, such as conferences with parents,

conferences with

conferences with the principal, and conferences with other school personnel.

●  The

G.  The name and title of the person or persons reporting the offense or offenses.

●  The

H.  The alternatives, if any, that were considered prior to the imposition of the disciplinary action taken by

the principal

the principal.

●  The

I.    The final disposition of the case.

● 

J.   The name and title of the person or persons imposing the action or actions.

The kinds of disciplinary actions for which an accounting should be kept shall include, but not be limited to:

●  Suspensions

A.  Suspensions and/or expulsion.

●  Corporal

B.  Corporal punishment.

●  Placement

C.  Placement in work room or detention (for disciplinary reasons).

●  Transfer

D.  Transfer to another class (for disciplinary reasons).

●  Transfer

E.  Transfer to another school (for disciplinary reasons).

●  Confinement

F.  Confinement with implementation of mandatory provisions.

●  Referrals

G.  Referrals of cases to police and juvenile authorities.

●  Others

H.  Others as required.

The school principal shall have the responsibility of maintaining the necessary discipline records to include:

●  Discipline

A.  Discipline record card (each reported incident).  Student discipline list (cumulative).

●  Log

B.  Log of corporal punishments (each incident).

●  Summary

C.  Summary of corporal punishments: monthly report, retained by the principal; yearly summary, copy to

the District

the District office.

●  Log

D.  Log of suspensions (cumulative).

●  Summary

E.  Summary of suspensions: monthly report, retained by the principal; yearly summary, copy to the District office.

●  Log

F.  Log of confinement with implementation of mandatory provisions.

●  Summary

G.  Summary of confinement with implementation of mandatory provisions: monthly report, retained by

the

the principal; yearly summary, copy to the District office.

●  Log

H.  Log of expulsions and referrals to courts (cumulative).

● 

I.   Log of Governing Board expulsions (each incident).

● 

J.   Summary of expulsions: monthly report, retained by the principal; yearly summary, copy to the District office.

●  Log

K.  Log of student withdrawals (cumulative).

●  Summary

L.  Summary of withdrawals: monthly report, retained by the principal; yearly summary, copy to the District office.

● 

M. Log of dropouts (cumulative): use only W5's as dropouts; use of this form is optional.

All monthly summary forms shall be completed at the close of each attendance month.



Master Document: JKA-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JKA-E ©

EXHIBIT

CORPORAL  PUNISHMENT

NOTICE OF CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

School ______________________   Grade level _____   Date _______________

Name of student ______________________________   Birthday _____________

Ethnicity of student  _________________________________________________

Address ______________________________________   Phone _____________

Referral by ____________________________________   Ethnicity ___________

Punishment administered by ______________________   Ethnicity ___________

How parents were notified _____________________   Date _________________

How parents responded _______________________   Date _________________

Reason for corporal punishment _______________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

Summary of previous disciplinary actions ________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

Follow-up action/resolution of problem __________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________

                                         
                                         ____________________________________
                                                  Signature of person administering
                                                             corporal punishment

1 copy to Superintendent
1 copy to school discipline file



Master Document: JK-EB ©
Child Document: JK-EB

JK-EB  EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

STEPS FOR TEACHERS TO FOLLOW WHEN STUDENTS

EXHIBIT INAPPROPRIATE CLASSROOM BEHAVIOR

The maintenance of an appropriate classroom environment is essential to promoting learning.  In every classroom the teacher establishes and maintains classroom procedures that are to be followed by the students.  Accordingly, in cases where student behavior is inappropriate, the following steps will be followed by District classroom teachers:

First Violation:

●  Teacher/Student Conference:  The teacher will notify the student if the student's behavior is inappropriate and assign disciplinary action, if necessary.

Second Violation:

●  Teacher/Student Disciplinary Action:  When necessary a teacher may assign disciplinary action in order to correct routine classroom behavior problems.  The assigning of before and after school detention is one (1) alternative for teacher-assigned disciplinary action.

Third Violation:

●  Parent Notification:  When the assigning of a minimum disciplinary action such as detention is ineffective, the teacher will contact the parents through a letter or phone call.

Fourth Violation:

●  Administrative Referral Pending Development of a Plan of Action:  When the assigning of disciplinary action by the teacher and the contact with parents have proved ineffective in correcting classroom behavior problems, the student will be withheld from class until the student has developed a satisfactory plan of action to correct behavior.

Fifth Violation:

●  Class Closure Pending Parent Conference:  This action may be taken to affect one (1) or more classes.  A student whose classes are closed pending a parent conference may be directed to a study hall.  In cases where parents are unable to meet with school officials expeditiously, they may make an appointment and the student may be returned to class pending the result of the scheduled conference.

Sixth Violation:

●  Class Closure With Loss of Credit:  This action may be taken to affect one (1) or more classes.  A student who is affected by this action may be placed in a mandatory study hall, released early from school, or be allowed to report to school at a later starting time.  In all cases, a student removed from class will lose credit for the semester in which the action occurs.

REFERRAL OF STUDENT TO PRINCIPAL

_________________  ________________  ____________  _____________

    Student's Name          Date/Time Sent          Teacher           Period/Room

Purpose for which the student is being referred _______________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

If the referral is for misconduct, have you previously referred this student for the same, or similar, reason(s)?  o Yes  o No

Do you desire to confer with the principal, or the principal's designee, before disciplinary action is taken?  o Yes  o No

Is it your intent to file a Notice to Principal of Refusal to Readmit Student? 

o Yes  o No  o Possibly   

REMINDER:  All documentation substantiating the reason(s) and condition(s) for a refusal to readmit the student following the student's temporary removal pursuant to A.R.S. 15-841 must be provided by the next business day following the temporary removal.

                                         

                                           ___________________________________

                                                             Teacher's Signature



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JJJ-R

JJJ-R  

REGULATION

EXTRACURRICULAR  ACTIVITY 
ELIGIBILITY

(Academic Requirements for
Participation in Extracurricular Activities)

Definition of Extracurricular Activities:

●  All interscholastic activities which are of a competitive nature, and involved more than one (1) school where a championship, winner, or rating is determined; and all those endeavors of a continuous and ongoing nature for which no credit is earned in meeting graduation or promotional requirements, and are organized, planned or sponsored by the District consistent with District policy.

●  Activities which are an integral part of a credit class, shall be exempted from the rule.  The Governing Board will designate and monitor certain activities that will require participation in various events in order to receive a passing grade for a class.  However, the academic requirements for eligibility shall pertain to all activities involving competition between schools or ratings or events for which an audition process leads to a music festival, including any activity that is on the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA) calendar or approved or sanctioned by the AIA.  Students may perform in other activities outside of this rule.

Scholarship Requirements:

●  Scholarship requirements:

■  Students shall be required to earn a passing grade in each course in which the student is enrolled in and maintain satisfactory progress toward graduation.

■  A student must be enrolled in and pass a minimum of five (5) subjects during the first six (6) semesters.

■  A senior must be enrolled in and pass a minimum of four (4) credit-earning subjects during the seventh (7th) and eighth (8th) semester.

■  Grade requirements:

⇒  Passing grades are determined by the teacher.  Please refer to the teacher course syllabus for grading information and the District grading scale.

■  A student shall have received a passing grade in a minimum of five (5) credit-earning subjects at the conclusion of each week for eligibility during the next week.

●  Requirements for students with disabilities:

■  The Governing Board has adopted the course of study as prescribed by the Arizona Board of Education.  Special education students for whom academic requirements should be modified shall have the appropriate requirements reflected in the individualized education program (IEP).  Students placed in special education will complete the course of study prescribed in their IEP.  Course work will be presented at a level commensurate with the student's ability.  The student's transcript shall identify which courses were completed through special education.  IEP teams have the responsibility to address how students with disabilities will have opportunities to participate with students without disabilities in extracurricular activities to the maximum extent appropriate.

Extracurricular Eligibility Grading Periods:

●  Interval Monitoring/Reporting:

■  In order to help students meet academic goals and maintain eligibility teachers will be required to upload grades through Infinite Campus on a weekly interval basis to monitor the academic performance of students.  While formal reporting will occur every week for all District schools no District procedures shall restrict a school from monitoring student progress more frequently.

●  Loss of Eligibility:

■  Students who have lost eligibility during the designated grading period will be ineligible for the indicated grade period or until the student is passing all classes.

■  Deficiencies may be made up in accordance with District and AIA guidelines.

■  Incompletes shall last until the grade or credit deficiency has been made up pursuant to District policy.

●  Change in Eligibility Status:

■  Eligibility status will occur no earlier than Monday following the last day of the previous grading period or until the work is completed satisfactorily and the teacher submits a grade change through the office of the Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources.

●  Student Attendance and Conduct:

■  Guidelines Students may be declared ineligible based on infractions of the designated guidelines.

Participation While Ineligible:

●  Students may participate in extracurricular practice sessions but will not participate in contests or performances.  Ineligible students may not miss class time to travel with the team.

Remediation Procedures:

●  Support services available:

■  Mastery Learning techniques

■  Peer Tutoring program

■  Guidance Department services

■  School-Within-A-School

■  After-school tutoring

■  Teacher availability before and after school

■  National Honor Society tutors

■  Departmental Learning Centers

■  Study halls for athletes by coaches

■  Night, summer and correspondence school classes

Ineligibility Notification of Students and Parents:

●  Communication system to notify coaches, students and parents:

■  Computer listings of ineligible students will be available for staff members.

■  Weekly reports.

■  Report cards.

■  Weekly reports and relevant information will be sent to parents of students who lose eligibility.

■  The activities office at each school will maintain a record of the number of students who:

⇒  were declared ineligible prior to participating in an extracurricular activity,

⇒  became ineligible during the school year, and

⇒  applied and were eligible for participation during the school year.



Master Document: JK-EC ©
Child Document: JK-EC

JK-EC  EC ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

A GUIDE TO DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS

Purpose

The Governing Board will provide students in the District the right to a quality education, free from unnecessary disruptions and distractions.  This occurs when an effective and appropriate learning environment and campus climate is maintained.  The purpose of this exhibit is to assist school administrators, teaching staff and other school personnel having the responsibility to determine when student behavior is inappropriate and disruptive or in violation of local school rules and Governing Board Policy. Included in this exhibit are the following:

●  A list of problem areas and action to be taken.

●  Definitions of problem areas.

●  Definitions of possible disciplinary actions.

●  Reporting procedures for sexual, racial, and other harassment.

The problem areas on the following chart correspond in sequence with the potential problem areas in Governing Board policy.  The chart shows the disciplinary action that will be taken for each problem area.  In each instance a minimum and a maximum action is listed, as well as an action for the first occurrence and one for repeated occurrences.

Behaviors  that  May  Result 

in  Student  Discipline

(Problem Areas and Action to be taken)

Alcohol, possession, sale, use, or under the influence of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Subsequent

Long-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Classroom disruptions. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Loss of credit

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Loss of credit

Controlled substances, possession, sale, use, or under the influence of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Subsequent

Long-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Destruction or theft of school property. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Expulsion

Restitution

Subsequent

Development of a plan of action

Expulsion

Restitution

Disruption of the educational process. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Expulsion

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Expulsion

Drugs, possession, use, or under the influence of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Subsequent

Long-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Drug paraphernalia, possession of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Subsequent

Long-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Electronic devices. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Formal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Short-term suspension

Fighting, mutual combat, intimidation. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Fireworks and explosive devices. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Immediate administrative referral

Immediate administrative referral

Subsequent

Expulsion

Expulsion

Gang association or activity. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

General student conduct, dress and appearance. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Formal conference

Immediate administrative referral

Subsequent

Development of a plan of action

Short-term suspension

Illegal substances, sale of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Long-term suspension

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Subsequent

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Expulsion

Report to local law enforcement

in all cases

Inappropriate language, gestures. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Development of a plan of action

Long-term suspension

Inciting to riot or demonstrating. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Insubordination. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Immediate administrative referral

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Short-term suspension

Loitering. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Development of a plan of action

Long-term suspension

Non-check out. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Immediate administrative referral

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Long-term suspension

Parking violations. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Immediate administrative referral

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Long-term suspension

Physical abuse of staff. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Long-term suspension

Expulsion

Subsequent

Expulsion

Expulsion

Plagiarism or failure to follow test-taking procedures. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Loss of credit for test/assignment

Loss of credit for test/assignment

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Loss of credit

Sexual misconduct. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Long-term suspension

Sexual, racial, or other harassment. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Formal conference

Expulsion

Subsequent

Development of a plan of action

Expulsion

Tobacco products, possession. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Long-term suspension

Tobacco products, use of. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Long-term suspension

Truancy. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Immediate administrative referral

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Long-term suspension

Vehicle operation violations. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Expulsion

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Expulsion

Verbal abuse of staff. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Violation of good neighbor conduct. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Informal conference

Short-term suspension

Subsequent

Immediate administrative referral

Expulsion

Weapons. 

Occurrence

Range of Minimum Disciplines

Range of Maximum Disciplines

First

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Subsequent

Short-term suspension

Expulsion

Definition  of  Problem  Areas

These definitions correspond in sequence to the chart above which show the disciplinary action that will be taken for each problem area.

Alcohol, Possession, Sale, Use or Being Under the Influence of.  Possessing, selling, using, or being under the influence of alcohol on school property or at school-sponsored events is prohibited.

Classroom Disruptions.  Students are responsible for contributing to a positive and appropriate learning environment.  Severe distractions to the continuation of the instructional process are prohibited.  Some examples considered classroom disruption are:

●  Students not performing assigned tasks.

●  Students exhibiting any behavior that interferes with the teacher's right to teach, or the students' right to learn.

●  Students speaking, or blurting out, at inappropriate times.

●  Students moving around the classroom inappropriately.

The faculty or staff member immediately responsible for the class will determine what constitutes disruptive or distracting behavior.

Controlled Substances, Possession, Sale, Use or Being Under the Influence of.  Possessing, selling, using, or being under the influence of controlled substances on school property or at school-sponsored events is prohibited. Students are also prohibited from selling or possessing imitation controlled substances on school property or at school-sponsored events.

Destruction or Theft of School Property.  The destruction, theft or vandalism of any school or personal property, including textbooks, is prohibited.  School personnel may use reasonable physical force to protect school and personal property.  [A.R.S. 15-843]

Disruption of the Educational Process.  Students may not by action or expression disrupt the educational processor interfere with the rights of others.  Students shall not cause or threaten to cause inconvenience to the operation or administration of the District.  This includes, but is not limited to, evacuation of a District building, place or District-sponsored function.

Drugs, Possession, Sale, Use or Being Under the Influence of.  Possessing, selling, using, or being under the influence of illegal drugs on school property or at school-sponsored events is prohibited.

Drug Paraphernalia, Possession, Sale, Use or Being Under the Influence of.  Possessing, selling, or using paraphernalia associated with drug use on school property or at school-sponsored events is prohibited.

Electronic Devices.  The use of electronic devices is not prohibited in District schools.  However, the disruption of the educational environment by the possession or use of radios, tape/compact disc players, beepers, cellular phones or other electronic devices is prohibited.

Fighting/Mutual Combat/Intimidation.  Students shall not fight, push, intimidate or otherwise abuse other students. For the purposes of reprimand, suspension and expulsion for fighting/mutual combat/intimidation shall include but not be limited to the following types of conduct:

●  Exhibiting behavior which intentionally, knowingly or recklessly causes any physical injury to another person;

●  Exhibiting behavior which intentionally places another person in reasonable apprehension of immediate physical injury;

●  Intending to injure, insult or provoke another person by knowingly touching him/her;

●  Acting together (two [2] or more students) in a way that recklessly uses force or violence or threatens to use force or violence which disturbs the normal operation of the District, any school-sponsored activity or threatens to create a disruption or injury to students, guests or employees of the District;

●  Engaging in fighting, violent or seriously disruptive behavior;

●  Making unreasonable noises, use of abusive or offensive language or gestures to another student in any manner likely to provoke physical retaliation;

●  Making protracted commotions, utterances or displays with the effect of preventing the orderly administration of the District or a District-sponsored function or sporting event;

●  Refusing to obey a reasonable order of an employee of the District to disburse which is issued to maintain public safety and to avoid injury or harm to persons or property;

●  Threatening by word or conduct to cause physical injury to another person or serious damage to property;

●  Threatening to use or using physical force against another in response to a verbal statement.

Fireworks and Explosive Devices.  Students are prohibited from possessing or using fireworks or explosive devices on school property.

Gang Association or Activity.  For the purposes of disciplinary action, a gang shall be defined as a group of three or more people who: 1) have a name; 2) claim a territory; 3) have rivals/enemies; 4) interact together to the exclusion of others; and 5) exhibit anti-social behavior often associated with crime or a threat to the community.  Behavior which initiates, advocates or promotes activities which threaten the safety or well-being of persons or property on school grounds or which disrupts the educational environment is strictly forbidden. Any student wearing carrying, or displaying gang clothing/paraphernalia or exhibiting behavior or gestures which symbolize gang membership, or causing and/or participating in activities which intimidate or adversely affect the educational activities of another student, or the orderly operation of the school, shall be subject to disciplinary action.

General Student Conduct Dress and Appearance.  Student conduct, dress, and personal appearance must be such that it is appropriate and meets reasonable safety, health and decency standards and that it will not disrupt or distract from the instructional procedure of the school nor tend to diminish the disciplinary control of the teacher.  Accordingly, students at school activities may not wear or carry symbols that endorse or imply the use of substances which are not legally available to minors or which have profane, violent, or sexual connotations.  [A.R.S. 13-2905(A)(5) and 13-2911]

Illegal Substances.  Possessing, selling, using, or being under the influence of illegal substances on school property or at school-sponsored events is prohibited.

Inappropriate Language/Gestures.  Students are prohibited from using vulgar, profane, and/or racist language or gestures.  Students are also prohibited from displaying obscene or inappropriate material.

Inciting to Riot or Demonstrating.  Students are not to incite to riot, or to demonstrate in a disorderly or unauthorized manner on or adjacent to school property.

Insubordination.  Students will comply with the reasonable requests of a staff member.  Failure to do so shall be considered an act of insubordination.

Loitering (To Remain in an Area for no Obvious Reason).  Students are prohibited from loitering in or around the school campus.  [A.R.S. 13-2905(A)(5)]

Non-Check Out.  Students may not leave campus without following the local school check out procedure.

Parking Violations.  All student vehicles are to be parked in the prescribed location in a safe and orderly manner as authorized by local school regulation.  Any vehicle parked inappropriately is subject to removal as provided in Governing Board policy and A.R.S. 15-842(A)(5).  Towing expenses, fines and accrued storage fees are the responsibility of the vehicle owner.

Physical Abuse of Staff.  Students shall not intimidate or physically abuse staff.  [A.R.S. 15-507] School personnel may use reasonable physical force to protect themselves, other personnel, students, school and personal property.  [A.R.S. 15-843]

Plagiarism or Failure To Follow Test-Taking Procedures.  The integrity of the instructional process must be maintained.  Therefore, a student's test/assignment may be disqualified without the right of make-up when plagiarism is evident or the teacher's test-taking procedures have not been followed.  In addition, the student may be subject to further discipline.

Sexual Misconduct.  Inappropriate public displays of affection or sexual misconduct is prohibited.

Sexual Harassment.  Sexual harassment of or by any student is prohibited.  Prohibited sexual harassment includes, but is not limited to, unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal, visual or physical conduct of a sexual nature.  (See reporting procedures)

Racial and Other Harassment.  Racial and other harassment based on race, color, religion, gender, national origin, age or disability is prohibited.  Harassment is defined to include, but is not limited to:  verbal or physical conduct that creates an intimidating hostile, or offensive school environment or that unreasonably interferes with a student's work performance.  (See reporting procedures)

Tobacco Products, Use of.  Students are not permitted to use tobacco products on or near school property or at school-sponsored events.

Tobacco Products, Possession of.  Students are not permitted to be in possession of tobacco products on campus or at school-sponsored events.

Truancy.  Truancy is defined as an unauthorized absence from class(es) and is considered to be a misconduct by students.

Vehicle Operation Violations.  All students bringing vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles, cars, trucks, et cetera, on campus will operate the vehicles in a safe, responsible and prudent manner at all times.

Verbal Abuse of Staff.  Students shall not insult or verbally abuse staff members.  [A.R.S. 15-507]

Violation of Good Neighbor Conduct.  The jurisdiction of the school is primarily limited to the school premises or at school-sponsored functions.  School rules and other reasonable expectations for acceptable student behavior are extended to include student conduct while going to and from school and off campus during the normal school day.  This includes a student's conduct during lunch hour or released periods.  Inclusive in this is loitering and smoking on adjacent property of the school.  Violations of conduct by students in this manner could result in disciplinary action.  [A.R.S. 13-2905(A)(5)]

Weapons (Instruments of Offensive or Defensive Combat; Something to Fight With).  Students shall not possess or use firearms, weapons, facsimiles of weapons, or any other instruments capable of harming a person or property.  Weapons include, but are not limited to, guns, bullets, chains, knives, clubs, brass knuckles or any other items that, when used as a weapon, can result in bodily harm or property damage.  [A.R.S. 15-341(A)(25) and A.R.S. 13-2911]

Definition of Possible Disciplinary Actions:

●  Informal Conference:  A school official (teacher, administrator, or staff member) will talk to the student and try to reach an agreement on how a student should behave.  This meeting may be recorded in an administrative log.

●  Confiscation:  A school official may confiscate any inappropriate item or material from a student.

●  Loss of Credit for Test or Assignment:  Plagiarism or violation of test taking; procedures may result in the student's loss of credit for the test or assignment.

●  Detention:  A school official may assign before or after school detention.

●  Immediate Administrative Referral:  Any student whose actions prohibit the continuation of the instructional process.

●  Parent Notification:  When the assigning of a minimum disciplinary action such as detention is ineffective, the school official will contact the parents through a letter or a phone call.

●  Development of a Plan of Action:  The Assistant Principal for Discipline and Attendance will outline appropriate behavior, and the student will develop a plan to correct inappropriate behavior.  The plan may include but is not limited to community service, work duty, or educational seminars.

●  Class Closure:  A student's class(es) may be closed upon administrative referral.

●  Restitution:  A student responsible for destruction or theft will be required to pay for its repair, replacement, and labor costs.

●  Referral to Social Agency:  School officials may refer students to social agencies.

●  Referral to Law Enforcement Agency:  Students may be referred to law enforcement agencies when school officials witness or receive information concerning criminal misconduct.

●  Loss of Credit:  A student may lose credit on one (1) or more classes.

●  Short-Term Suspension:  Following an informal hearing a student may be suspended up to ten (10) days.

●  Summary Suspension:  The student is immediately suspended for an indefinite period of time.  Suspensions of this type are only made when it is necessary to remove the student from school in order to eliminate a clear and present danger.

●  Long-Term Suspension:  A student may be suspended eleven (11) days or more up to four (4) semesters.  This suspension may be recommended by the local administration, but only imposed by a hearing officer appointed by the Governing Board.  All long-term suspensions may be appealed to the Governing Board, with hearing rights guaranteed.

●  Expulsion:  All conduct which will result in expulsion requires a formal hearing before the Governing Board.  The student will be allowed all rights as in a formal suspension hearing.  No student shall be expelled unless the Governing Board has determined that such punishment is applicable after the formal hearing.

Reporting  Procedure  for  Sexual, 

Racial  or  Other  Harassment

The Governing Board encourages and expects students to immediately report incidents of sexual, racial or other harassment to any teacher, counselor, or administrator at the school site.

Any teacher, counselor, or administrator who has received a report, verbally or in writing, from any student regarding harassment of that student or another student by a student or adult in the educational setting must forward that report to the Title VI Coordinator.  The Title VI Coordinator will report to the school principal and the assistant superintendent within twenty-four (24) hours, or within a reasonable extension of time thereafter for good cause.  All complaints of sexual, racial and other harassment will be investigated and resolved promptly and equitably.

The District prohibits retaliatory behavior against any complainant or any participant in the complaint process.  The initiation of a complaint of harassment will not reflect negatively on the student who initiates the complaint nor will it affect the student's academic standing, rights or privileges.

NOTICE TO PRINCIPAL OF

REFUSAL TO READMIT STUDENT

(Must be submitted by next business day following

temporary removal)

Teacher __________________________     Student ____________________

School ___________________________    Class ____________   Period ___

Under the provisions of A.R.S. 15-841, I am refusing to readmit the above-named student to the identified class.  The temporary removal was made under the following condition (one [1] of the two [2] conditions must be selected and substantiated):

o 1.  The pupil has repeatedly interfered with my ability to communicate effectively with the other pupils in the classroom or with the ability of the other pupils to learn.

o 2.  The pupil's behavior is so unruly, disruptive, or abusive that it seriously interferes with my ability to communicate effectively with the other pupils in the classroom or with the ability of the other pupils to learn.

Instructions: Describe the incidents that have prompted the decision to remove the student from the class.  It is important that complete and detailed information is provided, as it will be used 1) by the principal in determining the appropriate discipline management techniques, consistent with Governing Board rules, to be applied to this case, and 2) by the placement review committee to determine whether the student should be placed back in the class if the teacher and principal cannot reach consensus that acceptable corrective measures have been accomplished to effect the student's return to class.

To the extent possible, report literal disruptive remarks made by the student, and list contributing factors such as the student's facial or bodily expressions, gestures, sounds, and so forth.  Explain how the student attempted to divert the attention of other students, to encourage their participation in the misbehaviors, and to otherwise interfere with the classroom management, teaching, and learning processes.  State the techniques, both successful and unsuccessful, that have been attempted to restrain the student's misconduct, gain the student's cooperation, or otherwise control the situation.  List the dates of and summarize the communications and conferences with the student's parent(s) or other responsible adult(s) to elicit their assistance in resolving the difficulties with the student.

If the space on this form is inadequate, check the box on the following page and indicate the number of supplemental sheet(s) you are attaching to this notice.

       Date of misbehavior:    Description of incident:










 

       Techniques attempted:










 

       Parental conference held?  o Yes  o No  If yes, date held and summary of outcome.



 

       Date of misbehavior:    Description of incident:










 

       Techniques attempted:










 

       Parental conference held?  o Yes  o No  If yes, date held and summary of outcome.



 

       Date of misbehavior:    Description of incident:










 

       Techniques attempted:










 

       Parental conference held?  o Yes  o No  If yes, date held and summary of outcome.



 

     

o Additional space is needed.  ______ supplemental sheets are attached to this notice.

Express your opinion of the action(s) that will be most effective with the student and state your expectation for the outcome of your decision to remove the student from your class.

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________

______________________________      _______________________________

Teacher's Signature                                  Date notice submitted to principal


SUPPLEMENT TO


NOTICE TO PRINCIPAL OF REFUSAL TO READMIT STUDENT

Teacher ____________________   Student _______________   Date ________

School _____________________   Class  ________________   Period  ______

       Date of misbehavior:    Description of incident:










 

       Techniques attempted:










 

       Parental conference held?  o Yes  o No  If yes, date held and summary of outcome.




 

       Date of misbehavior:    Description of incident:










 

       Techniques attempted:










 

       Parental conference held?  o Yes  o No  If yes, date held and summary of outcome.




 

______ of ______ Supplemental Sheets



Master Document: JKB-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JKB-R ©

REGULATION

DETENTION  OF  STUDENTS

Teachers may keep students after school to make up work or for disciplinary reasons.  The names of students to be kept after school will be reported to the District office not later than _____ p.m. each day.

Students may be kept after school only if prior notice has been given to their parents, and only on days when the District provides a late bus.  Teachers are responsible to see that all students are released in time to board the late bus.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JK-RB ©

JK-RB ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

(Behavior Management and Discipline
of Students With Disabilities)

Practices and procedures for the behavior management and discipline of special needs students shall be determined and applied in accord with the following standards:

Behavior  Management  and  Discipline
of  Special  Needs  Students

Each school shall implement positive, evidence-based, safe, and timely plans and procedures for all special needs students including those who exhibit behaviors that interfere with learning or who place themselves or others in danger.  Administration, staff, parents and students are to be engaged in the development of the plans.  The purpose of the plan is to identify practices that are agreed upon and complied with and reinforced by members of the school community, including the Governing Board.  An objective of the plan is to provide consistency in the manner in which deviations from appropriate behavior are addressed.    The plans are to be submitted to the Superintendent. 

●  Plans are to be:

■  Proactive:  Students are to be taught the critical social skills needed for success.  Positive behavioral interventions and supports enable the school to set clear expectations for behavior, to acknowledge and reward appropriate behavior, and to implement a consistent continuum of consequences for challenging behavior.

■  Comprehensive:  Positive behavioral interventions and supports are to be employed uniformly throughout the school, including non-instructional areas such as the cafeteria, hallways, and buses.  School personnel are to be trained in positive behavioral interventions and supports, in data reporting, and receive support in implementation of the practices.  School personnel are to be trained in areas of crisis intervention such as use of restraints and seclusion.

■  Data driven:  The school is to rely on data for the development and modification of its positive behavioral interventions and supports approach.  The data is to be tracked through office referrals as well as from classroom reports, school-based intervention teams, and crisis intervention documentation.  Positive behavioral interventions and support teams are to use the data to design specific interventions to prevent challenging behaviors before they occur and to confirm the effectiveness of interventions.

●  Plans are to ensure that parents of students enrolled in the school have comprehensive information regarding behavioral expectations within the school and the planned responses should the expectations not be met.  Parents are to:

■  have ready access to the school plan, and

■  be informed how to provide input into the plan.

Response  to  Intervention

The plans are to provide for and the school is to have in place a multi-level approach to teaching students appropriate behaviors that provide progressively intense support for students according to need.

●  Interventions shall be consistent with plans for creating and maintaining a positive school climate.

●  Provide for small group direct instruction on a regular basis to those students who are experiencing difficulty understanding or abiding by the established standards of behavior.  Supports should include such strategies as increased and targeted social skills training, increased monitoring and reinforcement systems, self-management techniques, and family mentoring and involvement programs.

●  Provide a range of individualized interventions designed to address the specific behaviors continuing to cause the student difficulty.  These may include counseling, more intense direct instruction, behavioral contracts, specific behavioral consequences, alternative educational programming, consideration for a referral for an evaluation for special education, and other strategies agreed upon with the parents.  A functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and a behavior intervention plan (BIP) may be included and shall be required for students with disabilities when a manifestation determination is necessary.

■  The FBA must identify the triggers for the challenging behavior and what subsequent responses by staff or other students reinforce the continuation of the challenging behavior.

■  The BIP should be developed from a functional behavioral assessment and prescribe methods the staff will use to prevent, manage, replace, and monitor changes to the behavior.  The BIP must be based on evidence-based practices and support the goal of making the challenging behavior irrelevant, ineffective and inefficient.  The BIP must be implemented with integrity by staff trained to do so.

Crisis  Management

Crisis management in the context of behavior management is defined as the methods used by school personnel to respond to imminent danger to the student, other students or staff.  The two (2) most commonly used methods of crisis management are restraint (either physical or mechanical) or seclusion of the student.

●  Use of seclusion.  Seclusion for the purpose of the plan is the confinement of a student alone in any space from which the student is physically prevented from leaving.

Seclusion does not mean (a) time out when it is used for a limited or specified time, as a behavior management technique during which the student is placed in an environment where access to positive reinforcement is unavailable and the student's movement in not physically restricted, and (b) student self-imposed voluntary isolation or time out for the purpose of calming him/herself and the student is monitored by a staff member.

■  The use of seclusion is to be used only in an emergency to protect persons from imminent, serious physical harm.

■  Any area used for seclusion must be free of objects that could cause harm, must provide for adequate visual and audio supervision of the student, must provide adequate lighting and ventilation, and must not be locked.

■  Any area used for seclusion must comply with the State Fire Code.

■  School personnel must observe the student at all times during the seclusion period and reassess the child every thirty (30) minutes.  When seclusion continues beyond the second assessment, an administrator or the administrator's designee must review and approve continued seclusion.

■  The student must be released from seclusion as soon as the student regains self-control.

■  If seclusion is necessary, parents and administrators must be notified within the same school day and a written notice that includes the circumstances that preceded the behavior, the behavior, the length of time the student was secluded, the location of the seclusion, and the person who observed the student during the seclusion must follow.  When a student has been in seclusion for longer than one (1) hour, parent contact must be initiated immediately.

■  A debriefing with affected staff, parents, and, if appropriate, the student shall be conducted with forty-eight (48) hours.  During the debriefing, a determination must be made regarding the need for a functional behavior assessment (FBA).

■  Each incident must be recorded in the student management system.

■  A student who has required crisis management by the school staff more than three (3) times in a semester must have a functional behavior assessment (FBA) and, if appropriate, a behavior intervention plan (BIP) within a reasonable time following the third (3rd) incident.

■  The District and the school must have a strategy in  place to support teams in modifying a FBA and BIP when the existing plan is ineffective (e.g., continued instances of the need for crisis intervention).

●  Prohibited uses of seclusion: 

■  Seclusion is not to be used as punishment for violations of school rules, for repetitive behaviors, or because of teacher anger toward the student.

■  Seclusion is not to be harsh, severe, or out of proportion with the offense committed and the age and physical condition of the student.

■  Seclusion is not to be used to prohibit reasonable access for the care of the student's bodily needs.

■  Seclusion must not deny a free, appropriate public education to students with disabilities through excessive or extensive use.

■  The use of seclusion is not to be limited, by policy or practice, to students with disabilities.

●  Use of physical and mechanical restraints:  For the purposes of this regulation physical restraint is defined as the application of physical force by one (1) or more individuals that prevents or significantly restricts a student's movement.  Restraint is a last resort emergency safety intervention.

For the purposes of this regulation mechanical restraint is defined as the restriction of movement by devices such as straps, duct tape, cords, or garments.  Not to be included in this definition are:

Restraints used in schools for the purpose of providing support to students' orthopedic and assistive technology needs in order to permit them to learn and participate in school activities as identified in an individualized education program (IEP).

Restraints, such as weighted vests or blankets, identified by an IEP team as appropriate for a student to enhance participation in learning activities.

Vehicle safety restraints used in accordance with state and federal regulations.

Restraints employed by law enforcement officers in school settings that are used in accord with their policies and appropriate professional standards.  These instances are subject to the same reporting requirements by the school as restraints used by school personnel.

■  Physical restraint is to be a last resort emergency safety measure used only in an emergency situation when a student is imminently dangerous to him/herself or others.  Instances where reasonable and appropriate restraint may be used include, but are not limited to:

⇒  Breaking up a fight;

⇒  Taking a weapon away from a student;

⇒  Briefly holding a student to calm and comfort the student;

⇒  Applying minimum contact necessary to physically escort a student from one area to another;

⇒  Assisting a student in completing a task or response if the student does not resist or resistance in minimal in intensity or duration;

⇒  Momentarily holding a student in order to prevent an impulsive behavior that threatens the student's safety, the safety of others, or the destruction of property.

■  Personnel using the restraint must take extreme care to provide for the safety and comfort of the student during the restraint procedure.

■  Personnel authorized to use restraints must have been extensively and repeatedly trained by personnel who have maintained approval by a training program to provide training in:

⇒  Alternatives to restraint (e.g., de-escalation strategies, and problem- solving techniques);

⇒  The proper use of the restraint; and

⇒  Safety precautions and procedures for continuous monitoring of a student by a third party during restraint.

■  The student must be released from the restraint as soon as the student regains self- control.

■  Parents and administrators are notified as soon as possible within the same school day, followed by a written notice stating the circumstances that preceded the behavior, the behavior, the length of time the student was restrained, the location of the restraint and the person(s) who observed the student during the restraint.

■  A debriefing with affected staff and parents and, if appropriate, the student must be conducted within forty-eight (48) hours.  During the debriefing a determination will be made regarding the need for a functional behavioral assessment (FBA).

■  An incident report of the event must be recorded in the student management system.

■  A student who has required crisis management on the part of the school staff more than three (3) times in a semester must have a functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and, if appropriate, a behavior intervention plan (BIP) developed within a reasonable time following the third (3rd) critical incident.

■  The District and the school must have a strategy to support teams in modifying a FBA and BIP when the existing plan is ineffective (e.g., continued instances of the need for crisis intervention).

●  Prohibited uses of physical and mechanical restraints:

■  Physical and mechanical restraints, such as prone restraint, that places excess pressure on the chest or back or impedes the ability to breathe or communicate are prohibited.

■  The use of mechanical restraint by a staff member who has not been trained in the use of restraints is prohibited except when the case is one presenting extreme danger to the student or to others, and:

⇒  The restraint is not out of proportion to the danger, the age, and the physical condition of the student;

⇒  The restraint is not used to prohibit reasonable access for the care of the student's bodily needs.

■  Restraints that provide support to a student's orthopedic needs shall not used as a means of punishment for noncompliant behaviors.

■  No policy or practice shall limit the use of restraints to students with disabilities.

●  Training in uses of seclusion and restraint procedures:

■  Personnel who use seclusion and restraints procedures must have training in conflict prevention, crisis de-escalation, possible effects of seclusion, and any local or state regulations regarding the seclusion space and its use.

■  The training of personnel must be recurrent with annual updates appropriate to the type of school setting, to the age and developmental level of students.  The training must and include information about commonly accepted standards for the use of seclusion a restraint in the school setting.

■  The training must include content and skill development on the use of positive, instructional, and preventive methods for addressing student behavior.

■  The training must include information about the effects of medications students may be receiving and how seclusion and restraint procedures might affect the physical well being of the student during seclusion or restraint.

■  The training must include multiple methods for monitoring a student's well-being during a restraint.

■  The training must include certification in First Aid and cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) in the event of an emergency during seclusion.

■  The training must include the requirements for reporting to parents and administration.

●  Corporal punishment:  For the purposes of this regulation corporal punishment is defined as the deliberate infliction of pain intended to discipline or reform a person's bad attitude and/or behavior.

■  Corporal punishment is prohibited.



Master Document: JKA © CORPORAL PUNISHMENT
Child Document: JKA © CORPORAL PUNISHMENT

JKA © 

CORPORAL  PUNISHMENT

The Glendale Union High ________________________________ School District No. 205 does not allow ____ disallows corporal punishment.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-843

CROSS REF.: 
JK - Student Discipline
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students



Master Document: JKD-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JKD-EA © 

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  SUSPENSION

AGREEMENT ON CONDITION OF ASSIGNMENT
TO ALTERNATIVE TO SUSPENSION PROGRAM

Conditions

We, the undersigned student, parent or guardian, agree to the conditions as established in Board policy concerning assignment to the Alternative to Suspension Program.  We further affirm that we will abide by the protocols implemented by the administration of the school for accomplishment of the conditions of policy.

We acknowledge receipt of this admonition that the original suspension will be summarily reinstated should the student commit a violation of the conditions for assignment to the Alternative to Suspension Program or a criminal or civil violation reflecting on the school order.

______________________________________     __________________
Student Signature                                                    Date

______________________________________     __________________
Parent/Guardian Signature                                      Date



Master Document: JKB © DETENTION OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JKB © DETENTION OF STUDENTS

JKB ©
DETENTION  OF  STUDENTS

Reasonable detention before school, during break-time, noon, or at the close of the school or on Saturday day is permitted, provided that appropriate consideration is given to student transportation, weather, and other extenuating circumstances.  However, a student shall not be denied the privilege of eating.  Detention should not exceed three one (31) hours hour per day.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-843



Master Document: JKD-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JKD-EB © 

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  SUSPENSION

AGREEMENT ON CONDITION OF EARLY
READMISSION FOLLOWING LONG-TERM SUSPENSION

Readmission  Conditions

We the undersigned student and parent or guardian agree to the following conditions:

A.  Regular attendance – no unexcused absence.

B.  No violation of school rules or policies.

C.  Completion of all classroom tasks in a timely fashion, as directed.

D.  Limitation on the student's attendance or participation in after school activities, school sports, and extracurricular events or activities.

We acknowledge receipt of this admonition that the original suspension will be summarily reinstated should the student commit a violation of the conditions for readmission or a criminal or civil violation reflecting on the school order.

______________________________________     __________________
Student Signature                                                    Date

______________________________________     __________________
Parent/Guardian Signature                                      Date



Master Document: JKD © STUDENT SUSPENSION
Child Document: JKD STUDENT SUSPENSION

JKD ©
STUDENT  SUSPENSION

A student may be removed from contact with other students as a temporary measure.

The authority to suspend a student for up to ten (10) days, after an informal hearing is held, rests with the Superintendent.  If a danger to students or staff members is present, the Superintendent may immediately remove the student from school, with prior contact with the parents and with a notice and hearing following as soon as practicable.  Each suspension shall be reported to the Governing Board, within five (5) days, by the person imposing it.  [A.R.S. 15-843]

In all cases, except summary suspension where a clear and present danger is evident, the student shall remain in school until applicable due process procedures are instituted. 

In

In no

instance

 instance shall students be released early from school unless parents have been notified.

The Superintendent may designate a hearing officer for suspension hearings.

Regular  Education  Students

Suspension for ten days or less:

● 

A.  Step 1:

 

  The student will receive notice, written or oral, of the reason for suspension and the evidence

the school

the school authorities have of the alleged misconduct.

■  After

1.  After having received notice, the student will be asked for an explanation of the situation.

■  The

2.  The authorized District personnel shall make reasonable efforts to verify facts and

statements prior

statements prior to making a judgment.

● 

B.  Step 2:  Following Step 1:

■  Provided

1.  Provided that a written record of the action taken is kept on file, authorized District personnel may:

⇒  Suspend

a.  Suspend the student for up to ten (10) days.

⇒  Choose

b.  Choose other disciplinary alternatives.

⇒  Exonerate

c.  Exonerate the student.

⇒  Suspend

d.  Suspend the student for ten (10) days pending a recommendation that the student be given

a long

a long-term suspension or expulsion or both.

■  When

2.  When suspension is involved:

⇒  A

a.  A parent must be notified before the student is allowed to leave campus.  If no parent contact

can be

can be made, the student may be isolated until dismissal time and then given a written message to

the parents

the parents.

⇒  A

b.  A letter to the parents will be written within a reasonable time to explain the terms (including

the possibility

the possibility that a long-term suspension and/or expulsion is being recommended) and reasons

for the

for the suspension and to request a meeting to solicit their help.

3.  No appeal is available from a short-term suspension.

Suspension for over ten days:

● 

A.  Step 3:  If the offense is one that could result in a suspension of over ten (10) days, in addition to Step 1

and Step

and Step 2 a formal hearing will be arranged and conducted by a hearing officer or by the Superintendent.

● 

B.  Step 4:  A formal letter to the responsible parent or guardian will be mailed by certified mail with return

receipt requested

receipt requested or delivered by hand (with an adult witness present) at least five (5) working days prior to the

formal hearing

formal hearing.  A copy of this letter will remain on file, and the letter should contain the following information:

■  The

1.  The charges and the rule or regulation violated.

■  The

2.  The extent of the punishment to be considered.

■  The

3.  The date, time, and place of the formal hearing.

■  A

4.  A designation of the District's witnesses.

■  That

5.  That the student may present witnesses.

■  That

6.  That the student may be represented by counsel at student's expense.

■  If

7.  If a hearing officer has been designated, the name of the hearing officer.

● 

C.  Step 5:  A formal hearing will be held, during which the student will be informed of the following:

■  Nothing

1.  Nothing in these procedures shall be construed to prevent the students who are subject to the

action and

action and their parents or legal guardians and legal counsel from attending any executive (closed)

session pertaining

session pertaining to the proposed disciplinary action, or from having access to the minutes and testimony

of such

of such session or from recording such a session at the parent's or legal guardian's expense.

■  The

2.  The student is entitled to a statement of the charges and the rule or regulation violated.

■  The

3.  The student may be represented by counsel, without bias to the student.

■  The

4.  The student may present witnesses.

■  The

5.  The student or counsel may cross-examine witnesses presented by the District.

■  The

6.  The burden of proof of the offense lies with the District.

■  Either

7.  Either the hearing must be recorded on tape or an official record must be kept in some other

appropriate manner

appropriate manner.  In addition, parents are to be allowed to tape-record the hearing at their own expense.

■  The

8.  The District has the right to cross-examine witnesses, and may be represented by an attorney.

● 

D.  Step 6:  The decision and appeal procedure, if applicable, upon the conclusion of the hearing will be

as follows

as follows:

■  

1.  Upon the conclusion of a hearing by a hearing officer in which a decision of long-term suspension

is made

is made, the decision may be appealed to the Board.  To arrange such an appeal, the parent(s) of

the suspended

the suspended student or the student must deliver to the Superintendent a letter directed to the

Board within

Board within five (5) days after receiving written notice of the long-term suspension.  The letter

must describe in

must describe in detail any objections to the hearing or the decision rendered.

■  

2.  The appeal to the Board will be on the record of the hearing held by the hearing officer.  If the

Board determines

Board determines that the student was not afforded due process rights or that this policy was not followed

in all

in all substantive respects, the student shall be given another hearing.  If the Board determines that

the punishment

the punishment was not reasonable, they may modify the punishment.

■  

3.  The decision of the Board is final.

Special  Education  Students

Suspension for ten days or less.  Short-term suspension (ten [10] days or less) may be used for special education students for disciplinary reasons on the same basis as for a regular education student.  (It is not considered a change of placement.)

● 

A.  Step 1:

 

  The student will receive notice, written or oral, of the reason for suspension and the evidence

the school

the school authorities have of the alleged misconduct.

■  After

1.  After having received notice, the student will be asked for an explanation of the situation.

■  The

2.  The authorized District personnel involved shall make reasonable efforts to verify facts

and statements

and statements prior to making a judgment.

● 

B.  Step 2:  Following Step 1:

■  Provided

1.  Provided that a written record of the action taken is kept on file, authorized District personnel may:

⇒  Suspend

a.  Suspend the student for up to ten (10) days.

⇒  Choose

b.  Choose other disciplinary alternatives.

⇒  Exonerate

c.  Exonerate the student.

⇒  Suspend

d.  Suspend the student for ten (10) days pending a recommendation that the student be given

a long

a long-term suspension or expulsion or both.

■  When

2.  When suspension is involved:

⇒  A

a.  A parent must be notified before the student is allowed to leave campus.  If no parent contact

can be

can be made, the student may be isolated until dismissal time and then given a written message to

the parents

the parents.

⇒  A

b.  A letter to the parents will be written within a reasonable time to explain the terms (including

the possibility

the possibility that a long-term suspension and/or expulsion is being recommended) and reasons

for the

for the suspension and to request a meeting to solicit their help.

3.  No appeal is available from a short-term suspension.

Suspension for over ten days

If a special education student is recommended for a suspension of more than ten (10) days during the school year (a possible change in placement), a manifestation determination conference must be held.

● 

A.  Step 3:  A recommended suspension of a special education student for more than ten (10) consecutive days,

or

 or a series of suspensions totaling more than ten (10) days, may constitute a change of placement and

shall require

shall require a manifestation determination conference.  Such a conference shall be for the purpose of

determining whether

determining whether or not the offense is a manifestation of the student's disability.

● 

B.  Step 4:  If the offense is not a manifestation of the disability of the student, the student may be suspended

by following

by following the District policies for students in general, provided that educational services are continued

during the

during the period of disciplinary removal for a student with a disability qualified under the Individuals with

Disabilities Education

Disabilities Education Act (IDEA).  A student with a disability qualified for educational services under the Americans

with Disabilities

with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and not qualified under IDEA, may be suspended or expelled from school, and educational services may be ceased, if nondisabled students in

similar circumstances

similar circumstances do not continue to receive educational services.

● 

C.  Step 5:  If the behaviors are a manifestation of the disability of the student, the District may not extend

the suspension

the suspension of the student beyond the initial ten (10) school days.

An exception to the above allows for an IDEA qualified student to be given a change in placement to an interim alternative educational setting for not more than forty-five (45) days, in accord with federal law and regulation, if the removal is for IDEA defined drug or weapons offenses or is based upon a due process hearing officer's determination that injury to the child or another is substantially likely if current placement is maintained.

Any interim alternative educational setting must be selected so as to enable the child to continue to progress in the general curriculum, although in another setting, and to continue to receive those services and modifications, including those described in the child's current IEP; and include services and modifications which are designed to prevent the behaviors for which the placement was made from recurring.  (Caution: refer to IDEA statutes and regulations before implementing the exception.)

Alternative  to  Suspension

Protocols for implementation of the Alternative to Suspension Program may be established by the administrator at each location.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Students meeting the following requirements may participate in an alternative to suspension program described below at the determination of the Superintendent:

A.  Suspension from school has been determined as the punishment for an offense and any appeal has been denied.

B.  The immediate suspension was not due to:

1.  Fighting or engaging in violent behavior

2.  Threatening an educational institution

3.  Selling, using or possessing weapons, firearms, explosives, or dangerous instruments

4.  Making a bomb threat

5.  Engaging in arson

C.  The student has not served more than one (1) short-term suspension or alternative to suspension of ten (10) days or less during the current academic year.

D.  The student has admitted to or taken responsibility for the act upon which suspension was imposed in a written statement signed by the student and attested to by the student's parent or guardian.

E.  The student and parent or guardian has received a written admonition that the suspension as originally determined will be imposed summarily and in its entirety should the student violate the conditions or requirements of the Alternative to Suspension Program.  (Note: Follow appropriate dismissal procedures.)

F.  Parent(s) or guardian(s) shall agree to participate by:

1.  Providing transportation as necessary to and from the program location.

2.  Furnishing meals prepackaged or purchasing same for the student.

3.  Establishing and monitoring in consultation with the school a supervisory routine limiting the student's contact to that which is necessary with other students and friends during the program.

The Alternative to Suspension Program is to be one of social isolation.  It shall be discipline intensive, requiring academic work and as determined may involve community service, groundskeeping, and litter control.  Parents will participate by providing support and supervision.

A.  Students will be isolated from others by means of barriers or distance at a location determined by the District.  No participation in any school sponsored activity will be permitted during the program.

B.  Communication by students with others will be limited to adult District staff or as directed by the adult supervisor on duty.

C.  Ordered study time will be established for each student consistent with the number of classes in which the student is enrolled, divided proportionately through the academic day.

D.  Students are confined to their assigned areas and seats except as designated by the supervisor.  All personal maintenance will be planned and approved by the supervisor.

E.  Students are to bring all books, workbooks, paper and necessary instruments for each class in which they are enrolled to the program daily and take the same material home each day of the program.

F.  Protocols for implementation of the Alternative to Suspension Program following the requirements above may be established by the administrator at each location.

Procedures  and  Conditions  for

Readmission  of  Students  Suspended

for  More  Than  Ten  Days

Early readmission procedures

The Superintendent may authorize early readmission of a student suspended for more than ten (10) days.  The student shall be considered for readmission only upon completion of the major portion of the suspension (usually one [1] day more than half [1/2] with consideration for the grading period or academic division as necessary).  The following conditions must be met:

A.  A written request must be submitted to the Superintendent on behalf of the student by the student's parent or guardian asking for readmission and requesting a meeting to determine any requirements.

B.  Accompanying the written request shall be a summary of the student's activities and accomplishments during the suspension period written and signed by the student and signed and attested to by the parent or guardian.  (Parents of elementary grade students may prepare the summary.)

C.  The request shall include a signed statement from local law enforcement officials that there have been no infractions of local or state codes for which the student could have been charged during the period of the suspension.

D.  At the time of the meeting to review the request the student may be required to explain the incident or incidents leading up to the suspension.

E.  The determination to allow readmission may be based on, but not limited to, the following elements:

1.  The age of the student.

2.  The frequency, type, and relative magnitude of previous misbehavior by the student. 

3.  The relative severity of the event(s).

4.  Whether the student's behavior violated civil or criminal laws.

5.  The degree to which the incident(s) interfered with the educational process.

6.  The extent to which the event created endangerment to the student, others or property.

7.  Special intellectual, psychological, emotional, environmental and physical characteristics of the student.

8.  The student's attitude concerning the event(s).

9.  The expressed intent concerning the student's future behavior.

F.  Should early readmission be granted, the student, with parent or guardian affirmation, shall agree to the following conditions:

1.  Regular attendance—no unexcused absences.

2.  No violation of school rules or policies.

3.  Attendance at after school events for the remaining term of suspension only with prior approval of the administration.

4.  Completion of all class tasks in timely fashion, as directed.

5.  Student will receive supervision before and after school by parental arrangement, travel directly to school and from school, and report immediately to a supervisor for the balance of the term of the suspension.

G.  The student and parent or guardian shall receive a written admonition that failure in the conditions required for early readmission will mean summary imposition of the remainder of the suspension, and additional punishment if indicated by the disciplinary policies and procedures of the District.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-766
15-767
15-841
15-842
15-843
A.A.C. 
R7-2-401
R7-2-405
A.G.O. 
I78-103
I78-218
I80-055
I84-036
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 7151 et seq., The Gun-Free School Act of 1990
29 U.S.C. 794 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
JR - Student Records



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JK-RB ©

JK-RB ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE

(Behavior Management and Discipline
of Students 
with Special Needs/Disabilities)

REMOVED PER PA 549 - APRIL 2016

Regulation JK-RB has been deleted in its entirety.  This regulation was added by PA 371, February 2010, in response to the Task Force on Best Practices in Special Education and Behavior Management.  It was suggested by the Task Force but is not required by compliance and has been superseded by changes in statute. 

PA 371 included options for each district to select choices to comply with the legislative directive for district response to the Task Force recommendations. Items were to be accepted or rejected in total, or retained/modified as determined on an item-by-item basis as necessary to accommodate the needs and circumstances of the school district. 

The selection forms were to be completed by each district, submitted to ASBA Policy Services, and then replicated by ASBA in the district’s regulation.

Most districts adopted the selection forms in total without any modifications. 

With the deletion of the selection forms and language specific to students with special needs/disabilities in JK-RB, districts now have the opportunity to review and modify the deleted items in order to discard the contents or, as recommended by Policy Services, to update and retain desired items in a handbook or another easily accessible source available to staff after being reviewed and approved by the district’s legal counsel.



Master Document: JKDA © REMOVAL OF STUDENTS FROM SCHOOL - SPONSORED ACTIVITIES
Child Document: JKDA REMOVAL OF STUDENTS FROM SCHOOL - SPONSORED ACTIVITIES

JKDA ©
REMOVAL  OF  STUDENTS  FROM 
SCHOOL - SPONSORED  ACTIVITIES

The principal of a school may remove a student from a school-sponsored activity if the principal determines that the student has violated a provision of the student discipline policies, rules, and/or regulations or if the principal determines that such removal is in the best interest of the activity or in the best interest of the school as a whole.

The principal also may remove a student from a specific position, such as officer, editor, or captain of an activity, without removing the student from the entire activity.

The principal may remove a student pursuant to the preceding two (2) paragraphs, whether or not the student has been elected, appointed, or assigned to, or has volunteered for, the activity.

Before removing a student from an activity or position as a result of the student's violation of the student discipline policies, rules, and/or regulations, the principal shall provide the student with notice and the opportunity to respond.  The principal shall always provide must comply with the notice-and-hearing provisions of those policies, rules, and/or regulations.

Before removing a student from an activity or position for reasons other than a student's violation of the student discipline policies and/or regulations, the principal shall give written notice to the student.  The notice shall include the reason or reasons for the removal and the date that the removal is to become effective.  If the student disagrees with the principal's determination, the student may, within five (5) school days, request in writing a conference with the principal.  The conference shall be held as soon as practicable after the principal receives the written request.  At the conference, the student shall be given a full explanation of the reason or reasons for the action taken.  The student shall be given an opportunity to present an explanation of the events relating to the action.

If, after the conference, the principal determines that the decision to remove the student from the activity or position is correct, the removal shall become effective on the date indicated in the principal's notice.  If, after the conference, the principal determines that action of a less severe nature than removal is warranted, the principal may impose the less severe action.  If, after the conference, the principal determines that neither removal nor less severe action is warranted, the prior decision to remove the student shall be rescinded.

For purposes of this policy, activity is defined as:

●  Any A.  Any school-sponsored athletic activity; or● 

Any B.  Any school-sponsored club; or

●  Any C.  Any school-sponsored organization such as yearbook, newspaper, student government, drama, music, honor  honor society, or any other organization or class of a similar nature.

An activity includes activities as defined above, whether or not a student is receiving or may receive academic credit for the activity.

Adopted: December 1, 2010  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-766
15-767
15-841
15-842
15-843
A.A.C. 
R7-2-401
R7-2-405
A.G.O. 
I78-103
I78-218
I80-055
I84-036
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
29 U.S.C. 794 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
JR - Student Records



Master Document: JKE © EXPULSION OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JKE © EXPULSION OF STUDENTS

JKE ©
EXPULSION  OF  STUDENTS

A recommendation to expel shall be by the Superintendent.  The authority to expel rests only with the Board.  All expulsions requested shall have supporting data indicating the required due process procedure provided at the time of recommendation.

The Governing Board (Option A: will decide in executive session whether the Board will conduct an expulsion hearing or designate one (1) or more hearing officers to hear the evidence) OR (Option B: directs all expulsions hearings to be conducted by a hearing officer selected from a list of hearing officers approved by the Board)

Expulsion

Regular Education Students

Expulsion is the permanent exclusion of a student from school and school activities, unless the Governing Board reinstates the student's privileges to attend school.

●  A.  Step 1:  Each recommendation for expulsion shall be delivered to the Superintendent.  A recommendation for expulsion recommendation for expulsion may be made before, after or in conjunction with a long-term suspension hearing, if one is to be heldto be held.

●  B.  Step 2:  If the Superintendent concurs with the recommendation, the Superintendent shall (Option A: present the recommendation to the Governing Board) OR (Option B: present the recommendation for expulsion to the Governing Board.●  a hearing officer selected from a list of hearing officers approved by the Board).

C.  Step 3:  In each case in which a recommendation for expulsion receives approval by the Superintendent, (and the Board has not determined that all expulsion hearings are to be conducted by a hearing officer),

the

 the Governing Board will meet in executive session:

■  to

1.  to determine whether the nature of the accusations against the student justify an expulsion hearing,

■  to

2.  to determine whether the hearing will be held before the Governing Board or before a hearing officer,

■  to

3.  to designate a hearing officer if one will be used, and

■  if

4.  if the hearing will be conducted by the Governing Board to determine whether the hearing will

be conducted

be conducted in executive session.  Under normal circumstances, the Governing Board will not

review any

review any documents or other pertinent evidence during the initial executive session.

● 

D.  Step 4:  The expulsion hearing should be scheduled so it may be resolved, if reasonably possible, during

the period

the period of any suspension.

● 

E.  Step 5:  A formal letter to the responsible parent or guardian will be mailed by certified mail with return

receipt requested

receipt requested or delivered by hand (with an adult witness present) at least five (5) working days prior to the

formal hearing

formal hearing.  A copy of this letter will remain on file, and the letter should contain:

■  A

1.  A statement of the charges and the rule or regulation violated.

■  The

2.  The extent of the punishment to be considered.

■  The

3.  The date, time, and place of the formal hearing.

■  A

4.  A designation of the District's witnesses.

■  That

5.  That the student may present witnesses.

■  That

6.  That the student may be represented by counsel at the student's expense.

■  If

7.  If a hearing officer has been appointed, the name of the hearing officer and how the hearing officer

may be

may be contacted, or a statement that the Governing Board will preside at the hearing.

■  Copies

8.  Copies of this policy and A.R.S. 15-840

and

 and 15-843

unless

 unless previously provided in connection with

the same

the same infraction.

● 

F.  Step 6:  The parent, guardian or emancipated student shall be informed of the following:

■ 

1.   Nothing in these procedures shall be construed to prevent the students who are subject to the

action and

action and their parents or legal guardians and legal counsel from attending any executive (closed)

session pertaining

session pertaining to the proposed disciplinary action, or from having access to the minutes and testimony

of such

of such session or from recording such a session at the parent's or legal guardian's expense.

■ 

2.   The student is entitled to a statement of the charges and the rule or regulation violated.

■ 

3.   The student may be represented by counsel, without bias to the student.

■ 

4.   The student may present witnesses.

■ 

5.   The student or counsel may cross-examine witnesses presented by the District.

■ 

6.   The burden of proof of the offense lies with the District.

■ 

7.   Either the hearing must be recorded on tape or an official record must be kept in some

other appropriate

other appropriate manner.  In addition, parents are to be allowed to tape-record the hearing at

their own

their own expense.

■ 

8.   The District has the right to cross-examine witnesses, and may be represented by an attorney.

■ 

9.   If the hearing is held before a hearing officer, the hearing will be conducted in private with

the attendance

the attendance of only the hearing officer, administrative representatives, the student and parent(s),

counsel

 counsel for the parties, and witnesses necessary to the proceedings, unless the parent(s), guardian(s)

or

 or emancipated student requests in writing that the hearing be open to public attendance.

■ 

10. If the hearing is held before the Governing Board the Board will conduct the hearing in

executive session

executive session with the attendance of only the hearing officer, administrative representatives, the

student and

student and parent(s), counsel for the parties, and witnesses necessary to the proceedings, unless

the parent

the parent(s), guardian(s) or emancipated student requests in writing that the hearing be open to

public attendance

public attendance.

● 

G.  Step 7:  A formal hearing will be held:

■  When

1.  When a parent or legal guardian has disagreed that the hearing should be held in executive (closed)

session

 session, it shall be held in an open meeting unless:

⇒  If

a.  If only one (1) student is subject to the proposed action, and disagreement exists between

that student

that student's parents or legal guardians, then the Board (hearing officer), after consultation with

the student

the student's parents or legal guardians, shall decide in executive (closed) session whether

the hearing

the hearing will be in executive (closed) session.

⇒  If

b.  If more than one (1) student is subject to the proposed action and disagreement exists

between the

between the parents of different students, then separate hearings shall be held subject to the

provisions of

provisions of A.R.S. 15-843.

● 

H.  Step 8:  The decision and appeal procedure, if applicable, upon the conclusion of the hearing will be

as follows

as follows:

■  Upon

1.  Upon conclusion of a hearing conducted by a hearing officer, if a recommendation for expulsion is made,

the

 the decision may be appealed to the Board at the time the Board considers the recommendation.

  A formal

 A formal letter to the responsible parent or guardian will be mailed by certified mail with return

receipt requested

receipt requested or delivered by hand (with an adult witness present) indicating the recommendation

that will be

that will be made to the Board.  A copy of this letter will remain on file, and the letter should explain:

⇒  The

a.  The time and place of the Board meeting at which the recommendation will be made.

⇒  That

b.  That the recommendation may be appealed at the time the recommendation is made to the Board.

⇒  That

c.  That the appeal shall be in writing delivered to the Superintendent prior to the time of the

Board meeting

Board meeting.

⇒  That

d.  That the written appeal shall indicate a spokesperson on behalf of the student.

⇒  That

e.  That the spokesperson will be given time to speak to the Board on appeal.

⇒  The

f.  The Board may accept the hearing officer's recommendation or reject the recommendation

and impose

and impose a different disciplinary action including assignment to an alternative educational program.

  The

 The Board may grant a new hearing, take the matter under advisement, or take any further

action deemed

action deemed necessary.  If the Board decides to expel the student the expulsion shall become

effective the

effective the day after the Board's decision.  The decision of the Board is final.

■  

2.   Upon conclusion of a hearing on expulsion conducted by the Board, the decision of the Board is final.

Special  Education  Students

A student qualified under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) as revised in 2004 may not be expelled from school, unless as a result of a manifestation determination it has been determined that the student's behavior is unrelated to the child's disability.  The manifestation determination must be held within ten (10) school days of any decision to change the placement of a child with a disability because of a violation of a code of student conduct.  In compliance with federal law and regulation, the student may be given a change in placement in lieu of expulsion.  Expulsion may not result in termination of educational services for a student qualified under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act.  The individualized education program (IEP) team generally determines a change in placement of an IDEA qualified student.  During any change in placement the school must provide services to the extent necessary to enable the child to appropriately progress in the general curriculum and appropriately advance toward achieving the goals set out in the child's individualized education programs.

A student with a disability qualified under the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and not qualified under the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act as revised in 2004, may be suspended or expelled from school and education services may be ceased, if nondisabled students in similar circumstances do not continue to receive education services.

Readmittance procedure:

●  

A.  A student expelled from the District may request readmittance by making a written application to the Board.

  Readmission

 Readmission is at the discretion of the Governing Board.  In addition, it is the prerogative of the Board

to stipulate

to stipulate appropriate conditions for readmittance.  The application for readmittance shall occur no less

than nine

than nine (9) months after the date of the expulsion; however, the student may not be readmitted until at least

two

two (2) complete semesters have passed (the remainder of the semester in which the violation has occurred

and two

and two [2] additional semesters).  The application must:

■  Be

1.  Be written and be directed to the attention of the Governing Board.

■  Contain

2.  Contain all information that the student and parent(s) consider relevant to the Governing Board'

s determination

s determination as to whether or not to readmit the student.  This should include information indicating:

⇒  An

a.  An appreciation by the student of the severity and inappropriateness of the student'

s prior

s prior misconduct.

⇒  That

b.  That such misconduct or similar misconduct will not be repeated.

⇒  A

c.  A description of the student's activities since the expulsion.

⇒  Support

d.  Support of the student's application for readmission.

■  Be

3.  Be filed in the Superintendent's office.

●  The

B.  The Governing Board shall meet in executive session to consider an initial application for readmission.

  The student

 The student and parents have the right to be present in the executive session but do not have the

right to

right to make a presentation or address the Governing Board unless they are asked to do so by the

Governing Board

Governing Board.  For this reason, it is important that the application for readmission contain all information that

the Governing Board may

the Governing Board may deem important in determining whether to readmit the student.  The

Governing Board

Governing Board,

in

 in its sole discretion, shall determine whether the student should be readmitted, and, if so,

under what

under what restrictions

and conditions

and conditions.  The burden is on the student and parent(s) to convince the

Governing Board

Governing Board that readmission

is appropriate

is appropriate considering the interests of the expelled student, the District,

and the

and the interests of the

other students

other students and staff members.  The Governing Board's decision is final.

●  A

C.  A student may file more than one (1) application for readmission.  Applications subsequent to an

initial application

initial application, however, may not be filed more frequently than every ninety (90) days, and the

Governing Board

Governing Board shall meet to discuss and consider the application only if at least two (2) members of

the Governing

the Governing Board ask that the matter be placed on an agenda for discussion in executive session.

Readmittance conditions

As a condition for readmission from an expulsion, the student, with parent(s) or guardian affirmation, shall agree to the following conditions:

●  Regular

A.  Regular attendance – no unexcused absence.

●  No

B.  No violation of school rules or policies.

●  Completion

C.  Completion of all classroom tasks in a timely fashion, as directed.

●  Depending

D.  Depending upon the nature of the original violation for which the expulsion was provided, the student may

be limited

be limited as to attendance or participation in after school activities, school sports, and extracurricular events

or activities

or activities.

A student allowed readmission following expulsion shall receive a written admonition that the original expulsion will be summarily reinstated should the student commit a violation of the conditions for readmission or a criminal or civil violation reflecting on the school order.

Adopted:  November 5, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-766
15-767
15-841
15-842
15-843
A.A.C. 
R7-2-401
R7-2-405
A.G.O. 
I78-103
I78-218
I80-055
I84-036
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 7151 et seq., The Gun-Free School Act of 1990
29 U.S.C. 794 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
JR - Student Records



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JKD-R

JKD-R 

REGULATION

STUDENT  SUSPENSION

(Due Process)

Purpose

The purpose of this statement is to assure due process rights for students involved in disciplinary action in the District, as dictated by the United States Constitution as interpreted by the court.  Every student is entitled to due process before the student may be suspended or expelled.  Each school is to establish its due process procedure within the following guidelines.

Due Process

Any student whose behavior while on campus is alleged to be in violation of the school's rules may be referred to the administration.  In every incident, a written report of the alleged violation must be prepared in detail by the person(s) initiating the referral.  The report must include the time, place, observed behavior, names of witnesses, description of violation, et cetera, and be delivered to the administrator within five (5) school days of the referring person's first knowledge of the alleged violation.

Suspension:

●  When a student has been referred to an administrator for a violation of school regulations, the administrator must first determine the nature of the violation and the possible disciplinary action to be imposed if the charges are found to be accurate.  The administrator must decide whether the alleged violation would subject the student to the possibility of short-term suspension (one [1] to ten [10] days) or to long-term suspension (more than ten [10] days).

●  If responsibilities for the alleged violation could result in a short-term suspension, the student may have an informal hearing with the administrator to determine whether the charges are accurate.  The student will be informed of charges against him/her.  The hearing will consist of interviews with appropriate witnesses, interviews with the student, and an investigation into the facts.  After the hearing, the administrator will either suspend the student for up to ten (10) days or exonerate the student.  A record of the hearing shall be kept and parents/guardian shall be notified.

●  The student will be allowed to remain in school until after the informal hearing unless the student poses a clear and present danger to himself/herself or others or to school property; in which case, upon being charged the student may be suspended summarily and the informal hearing conducted within ten (10) school days of the violation.

●  If the offense is one which could result in a long-term suspension, the administrator must set up a formal hearing before a hearing officer who is appointed by the Governing Board.  If the student poses a clear and present danger to himself/herself or others or to school property, the student, upon being charged, may be suspended summarily and a formal hearing must be conducted as expeditiously as possible, but within ten (10) school days of the violation.

●  A formal hearing consists of the following minimum requirements:

■  Written notice of the hearing must be given to the student, and parents or guardians at least five (5) school days prior to the hearing.

■  The written notice shall contain specifics of the charge.

■  The student may be represented by counsel of his/her choice.

■  The student, the student's parent(s), guardian(s) or counsel may present witnesses and may cross-examine witnesses presented by the District.

■  The District has the burden of proving the offense.

■  The hearing must be recorded and record kept.

●  After the hearing, the hearing officer will render the decision within one (1) school day.

●  The decision must be written and sent to the parents of the student and to the Superintendent.

●  The suspension must be reported to the Governing Board within five (5) days.

Appeal Procedures:

●  If a parent/guardian/student wishes to appeal a decision rendered by the assistant principal (Level I hearing officer), a written appeal must be filed with the principal (Level II hearing officer) within one (1) school day after receipt of the initial decision.  The principal (Level II hearing officer) shall conduct an appeal hearing within five (5) school days of the time the principal receives the written appeal.  The principal (Level II hearing officer) shall rule on the appeal within one (1) school day following the appeal hearing.

●  If a parent/guardian/student wishes to appeal a decision rendered by the principal (Level II hearing officer), a written appeal must be filed with the Superintendent (Level III hearing officer) within three (3) school days after receipt of the principal's (Level II hearing officer) decision.  The Superintendent (Level III hearing officer) shall conduct an appeal hearing within five (5) school days of the time the Superintendent receives the written appeal.  The Superintendent or (Level III hearing officer) shall rule on the appeal within one (1) school day following the appeal hearing.

●  If a parent/guardian/student wishes to appeal a decision rendered by the Superintendent (Level III hearing officer), a written appeal must be filed with the Governing Board within three (3) school days after receipt of the Superintendent's (Level III hearing officer) decision.  The Governing Board shall review all documentation relevant to the appeal, and if it determines it appropriate, set a hearing date.  In cases where the Governing Board establishes a hearing, legal counsel will be permitted to represent the student/parent/ guardian.  In cases of long-term suspension, appeal hearing rights are guaranteed.

Expulsion:

●  In all action concerning the expulsion of a student, the Governing Board shall decide in executive session, whether to hold a hearing or to designate one (1) or more hearing officers to hold a hearing to hear the evidence, prepare a record and bring a recommendation to the Board for action.  Should the Governing Board determine that it will not designate a hearing officer it will also decide whether the hearing shall be held in executive session.  The Governing Board shall give written notice, at least five (5) working days prior to the hearing by the Governing Board or the hearing officer or officers designated by the Governing Board, to all pupils subject to expulsion and their parents or guardians of the date, time and place of the hearing.  If the Governing Board decides that the hearing is to be held in executive session, the written notice shall include a statement of the rights of the parents or legal guardians to indicate their objection to the Governing Board's decision to have the hearing held in executive session.  Objections shall be made in writing to the Governing Board.

●  No student shall be expelled unless the Governing Board has determined such punishment is applicable after a formal hearing is held by the Governing Board or a designated hearing officer.

●  The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) prohibits a school district from expelling a special education student until the Individualized Education Program (IEP) team has met.  If the IEP team determines that the student's misconduct was not caused by the student's disability, a special education student may be expelled and the District may cease all educational services.



Master Document: JKE-E ©
Child Document: JKE-E ©

JKE-E © 

EXHIBIT

EXPULSION  OF  STUDENTS

AGREEMENT ON CONDITION OF
READMISSION FOLLOWING EXPULSION

Readmission conditions

We the undersigned student and parent or guardian agree to the following conditions:

●  Regular A.  Regular attendance – no unexcused absence.

●  No B.  No violation of school rules or policies.

●  Completion C.  Completion of all classroom tasks in a timely fashion, as directed.

●  Limitation D.  Limitation on the student's attendance or participation in after school activities, school sports, and  and extracurricular events or activities.

We acknowledge receipt of this admonition that the original expulsion will be summarily reinstated should the student commit a violation of the conditions for readmission or a criminal or civil violation reflecting on the school order.

______________________________________

_

     __________________

Student

Signature                                                      Date

Signature                                                    Date

______________________________________

_

     __________________

Parent/Guardian

Signature                                        Date

Signature                                      Date



Master Document: JL-RB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JL-RB ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  WELLNESS

Physical  Activity  Goals

The primary goal for the District's physical activity component is to provide opportunities for every student to develop the knowledge and skills for specific physical activities, maintain physical fitness, regularly participate in physical activity, and understand the short- and long-term benefits of a physically active and healthy lifestyle.

A comprehensive physical activity program encompasses a variety of opportunities for students to be physically active, including physical education, recess, walk-to-school programs, after-school physical activity programs, health education that includes physical activity as a main component, and physical activity breaks within regular classrooms.

Physical education (high school graduation requirements): Students must, at the least, satisfy the state and District's physical education credit requirement.

Physical activity (time, frequency, and/or intensity):  Schools will ensure that students are moderately to vigorously active at least fifty percent (50%) of the time while participating in physical education classes.

Physical activity outside of physical education:  Schools may offer after-school intramural programs and/or physical activity clubs that meet the needs and interests of all students, including those who are not athletically involved or those with special health care needs.

Recess to promote physical activity:  Grades kindergarten (K) through six (6) will have recess or physical education classes daily.

A.  Each student in a kindergarten program and grades one (1) through five (5) shall have at least thirty (30) minutes of recess consisting of structured physical activity each day.

1.  The structured physical activity may take place outside or inside the classroom.

2.  Physical education classes may satisfy the recess requirement.

3.  Unstructured recess time occurring immediately after lunch periods does not satisfy the recess requirement.

Walking or biking to school to promote physical activity:  The District shall annually review safe routes for students who walk or bike to school.

Prohibition of use of punishment:  The District will discourage the use of physical activity as punishment, the withholding of participation in physical education class as punishment, or the use of physical education class time to complete assignments from other classes.

After-school programs:  The District shall encourage after-school programs to provide developmentally appropriate physical activity for participating children and reduce or eliminate the time spent in sedentary activities such as watching television or videos.

Community use:  The District shall encourage community access to, and student and community use of, the school's physical activity facilities outside the normal school day.



Master Document: JL © STUDENT WELLNESS
Child Document: JL STUDENT WELLNESS

JL ©
STUDENT  WELLNESS

Purpose

Nutrition and physical activity have a great impact on the health of students, which in turn, contribute to their academic success.  Proper nutrition has shown to help improve overall academic performance.  Regular physical activity has been shown to reduce disruptive behavior in the classroom, promoting better learning and concentration.  In accordance with district goals to continually improve student achievement, it is essential to support wellness, sound nutrition, and regular physical activity in our district.

Goals:

●  Nutrition education shall be integrated into the school environment to increase knowledge and develop a better understanding of healthy eating practices among the students and staff.

●  Nutrition guidelines shall be established in order to provide healthy food options and encourage students to make healthy nutritional choices on school campuses and during school-related activities.

●  Educational programs designed to develop the skills and knowledge that encourage participation in regular physical activity and promote a lifetime of physical activity and wellness.

●  Provide opportunities for students to be physically active on campus during and outside of regular school hours.

●  Establish District and local school Wellness Committees to ensure compliance, measure implementation and recommend improvements to the program.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

The School District strives to make a significant contribution to the general well being, mental and physical capacity, and learning ability of each student while affording them the opportunity to fully participate in the educational process. 

The District is committed to providing school environments that promote and protect children's health, well-being, and ability to learn by supporting healthy eating and physical activity.  Healthy eating is demonstrably linked to reduced risk for mortality and development of many chronic diseases as adults.

To ensure the health and well-being of all students, the Board shall promote and monitor student wellness in a manner that the Board determines is appropriate in the following areas:

A.  Nutrition Guidelines:  All foods available in each school during the day will have as a primary goal the promotion of student health and the reduction of childhood obesity.  All guidelines for reimbursable school meals shall not be less restrictive than regulations and guidance issued by the Secretary of Agriculture, as those regulations and guidance apply to schools.

B.  Nutrition Education:  The goal is to influence students' eating behaviors by providing nutrition education that is appropriate for students' ages; reflects students' cultures; is integrated into health education or core curricula; and provides opportunities for students to practice skills and have fun.

C.  Physical Activity:  The goals for physical activity are to provide opportunities for every student to develop the knowledge and skills for specific physical activities, to maintain students' physical fitness, to ensure students' regular participation in physical activity, and to teach students the short- and long-term benefits of a physically active and healthful lifestyle.

D.  Other School-Based Activities:  The goal is to create a total school environment that is conducive to healthy eating and physical activity.

E.  Evaluation/Implementation:  A primary goal will be to regularly (at least annually) evaluate the effectiveness of this policy in promoting healthy eating and changing the program as appropriate to increase its effectiveness.  Such evaluation will be measureable.  The results of each evaluation, including the extent to which schools are in compliance with District policy, the extent to which the District policy complies with federal regulations, and a description/summary of the progress made in attaining the goals of the District, shall be made available to the public.  Physical education teachers and school health professionals shall have an opportunity to participate in the evaluation and implementation of this policy.

F.  Parent, Community and Staff Involvement:  A primary goal will be to engage family members, students, and representatives of the school food authority, the Governing Board, school administrators, and the public in development and regular review of this school policy.

The Superintendent is directed to develop administrative regulations to implement this policy, including such provisions as may be necessary to address all food and beverages sold and/or served to students at school (i.e., competitive foods, snacks and beverages sold from vending machines, school stores, after-school programs, and funding-raising activities and refreshments that are made available at school parties, celebrations and meetings), including provisions for staff development, family and community involvement and program evaluation.  Regulations and exhibits created for the purpose of implementing this policy shall be considered, in effect, to be an extension of this policy subject to Governing Board review.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-108

15-242
42 U. S. C. 1751 et seq. (National School Lunch Act)
42 U. S. C. 1771 et seq. (Child Nutrition Act) Section 204 of Public Law 108-265

CROSS REF.: 
ABA - Community Involvement in Education
ABAA - Parental Involvement
BBA - Board Powers and Responsibilities
EF - Food Services
EFE - Competitive Food Sales/Vending Machines
IA - Instructional Goals and Objectives



Master Document: JL-RA ©
Child Document: JL-RA ©

JL-RA ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  WELLNESS

An annual report shall be made to the Board on the District's compliance with law and policies related to student wellness.  The report may include but not be limited to:

A.  Evaluation of the food services program.

B.  Recommendations for policy and/or program revisions.

C.  Review of all foods and beverages sold in schools for compliance with established nutrition guidelines.

D.  Assessment of school environment regarding student wellness issues.

E.  Listing activities and programs conducted to promote nutrition and physical activity.

F.  Providing feedback received from District staff, students, parents/ guardians, and community members.

In accordance with the National School Lunch Act (42 U. S. C. 1751 et seq.) and the Child Nutrition Act (42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq.), as amended, an assurance that District guidelines for reimbursable meals are not less restrictive than regulations and guidelines issued for schools in accordance with federal law shall be provided annually.  The Superintendent shall receive assurances from all appropriate administrators and supervisors prior to making the annual Board report.

Nutrition  Education

Nutrition education shall focus on students' eating behaviors, be based on theories and methods proven effective by research and be consistent with state and local District health education standards.  Nutrition education at all levels of the curriculum shall include, but not be limited to, the following essential components designed to help students learn:

A.  Age-appropriate nutritional knowledge, including the benefits of healthy eating, essential nutrients, nutritional deficiencies, principles of healthy weight management, the use and misuse of dietary supplements, safe food preparation, handling and storage and cultural diversity related to food and eating;

B.  Age-appropriate nutrition-related skills, including, but not limited to, planning a healthy meal, understanding and using food labels and critically evaluating nutrition information, misinformation and commercial food advertising; and

C.  How to assess one's personal eating habits, set goals for improvement and achieve those goals.

In order to reinforce and support nutrition education efforts, the guidelines will ensure that:

A.  Nutrition instruction provides sequential, comprehensive health education in accordance with the Arizona Department of Education curriculum regulations and academic standards;

B.  Cooperation with agencies and community organizations is encouraged to provide opportunities for appropriate student projects related to nutrition;

C.  Consistent nutrition messages are disseminated from the District throughout the schools, communities, homes and media; and

D.  Nutrition education is extended beyond the school environment by engaging and involving families and community.

Nutrition  Guidelines  and
Food  Services  Operations

All foods and beverages made available on a school campus serving any configuration of prekindergarten (PK) through eighth (8th) grade during the normal school day are to be consistent with the Arizona Nutrition Standards.  Guidelines for reimbursable school meals shall not be less restrictive than regulations and guidance issued by the Secretary of Agriculture pursuant to law.  The District will create procedures that address all foods (including Foods of Minimal Nutritional Value and Competitive Food Sales) available to students throughout the school day in the following areas:

A.  National School Lunch Program and School Breakfast Program Meals.

B.  Á la carte offerings in the food service program.

C.  Vending machines and school stores.

D.  Classroom parties, celebrations, fund-raisers, rewards and school events.

E.  Snacks served in after-school programs.

In keeping with the District's nutrition program goals, only food prepared or obtained by the District's food services program should be served.  This includes classroom reward or incentive programs involving food items as well as foods and beverages offered or sold at school-sponsored events during the regular school day.  Approval is required to ensure that the foods served meet the requirements of the District's nutrition policy and regulation (i.e., all foods served fit in a healthy diet and contribute to the development of lifelong healthy eating habits for the District's students).

A.R.S. 36-136 provides an exemption from rules promulgated by the Director of the Department of Health Services for a whole fruit or vegetable grown in a public school garden that is washed and cut on-site for immediate consumption.

Physical  Activity  

District schools shall strive to provide opportunities for developmentally appropriate physical activity during the school day for all students.

Other  School-Based  Activities

The goal for other school-based activities is to ensure whole-school integration with the wellness program.  The District will achieve the goal by addressing elements that include, but are not limited to, school meal times, dining environment, food as an incentive, marketing and advertising, skin cancer prevention and sun safety, staff wellness, and staff development and training. 

Program  Evaluation

In each school, the principal will ensure compliance with established District-wide student wellness goals and will report on the school's compliance to the Superintendent.

The District, and individual schools within the District, will, as necessary, revise the policy and develop action plans to facilitate their implementation.



Master Document: JLA © STUDENT INSURANCE PROGRAMS
Child Document: JLA STUDENT INSURANCE PROGRAMS

JLA ©
STUDENT  INSURANCE  PROGRAMS

(Athletic Insurance)

A student accident insurance policy must be purchased by students participating in athletics or a waiver, signed by the parents or legal guardians, must be presented and filed.

Varsity football is not covered by the student insurance policy and a rider policy covering football must be purchased.  The student pays a portion of the additional amount and the District pays the remainder of this premium.  A parent may sign a waiver of this insurance if a policy covering football is held.  Funds paid by the District shall come from the athletic funds which is a portion of the student activity funds.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

LEGAL REF.:  The Board may provide or make available a student health benefits insurance program for the District.  The program will be conducted at no expense to the District.  (The District cannot pay for health benefits plan insurance out of monies from the School District's maintenance and operation budget.)

The Superintendent will provide to parents or guardians information on student health benefits insurance if such insurance is available.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S. 
15-384

A.G.O. 

I86-095



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JL-R

JL-R 

REGULATION

STUDENT  WELLNESS

Goals:

●  Nutrition education shall be integrated into the school environment to increase knowledge and better understanding amongst students and staff.

■  Cafeterias will promote healthy food choices by providing nutrition facts for the foods made available.

■  The food service department will develop a nutritional pamphlet for all the schools that would provide nutrition education and promote healthy lifestyle choices.

■  Cafeterias will post signs that provide useful facts regarding nutrition.

■  The food service department will assist in developing healthy nutritional information for use by coaches, physical education teachers and counselors.

■  Schools will provide an annual Family Health Fair on the importance of student health, nutrition, and physical fitness.

●  Nutrition guidelines shall be established in order to provide healthy food options on school campuses and school-based activities.

■  Nutrition guidelines for reimbursable school meals shall not be less restrictive than those regulations established by the Secretary of Agriculture.

■  Established guidelines shall be directed to all foods made available in schools including the cafeterias, fund-raisers, vending machines, and school stores.

■  Coaches will include established nutritional guidelines geared toward fitness for the athletes and athletic programs.

●  Education and skills that encourage regular physical activity to assist in healthy lifestyles shall be made available as well as the opportunity to engage in physical activity.

■  Physical Education curriculum will incorporate a health related fitness unit to include the importance of physical activities in promoting healthy lifestyles.

■  Upper division physical education classes including advanced physical education and systematic conditioning will incorporate a unit on nutrition and healthy eating.

■  Schools will encourage participation in athletic and physical education programs.

■  Freshman students will be instructed in monitoring heart rate, developing a personalized fitness program, and in the evaluation of physical activity and fitness levels.

■  Facilities may be made available during lunch hours and/or after school to allow students the opportunity to participate in regular physical activity.

●  Development of a local school Wellness Committee to continually evaluate and recommend improvements to the program.

■  The committee will plan the annual Family Health Fair.

■  The committee will establish and implement a school wellness evaluation plan.

■  Schools may offer a school club designed for healthy life choices and physical fitness.

■  The local school and District administration will assist in supporting the efforts of the school health and fitness club.

■  Recommendations for committee membership representatives include:

⇒  The Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources

⇒  A physical education teacher or athletic coach

⇒  The athletic trainer

⇒  The school nurse

⇒  The school social worker

⇒  The food service manager or lead assistant

⇒  The health and fitness club sponsor

⇒  A faculty member at large

⇒  An upperclassman student

⇒  A parent

■  Methods for ensuring compliance and measuring implementation of the Wellness Policy shall be established through the school Wellness Committee.  Evaluation tools which may be used include:

⇒  The development of surveys.

⇒  The establishment of benchmarks.

⇒  Health and fitness screenings.



Master Document: JLC © STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES AND REQUIREMENTS
Child Document: JLC STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES AND REQUIREMENTS

JLC ©
STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICES 
AND  REQUIREMENTS

The District shall maintain and equip a student health center in each of the District's schools.

The District shall employ a school nurse in each of the District's schools.  The nurse will function under the supervision of the school principal.  The nurse will have charge of the operation of the school student health center and will carry out duties within the limitations of Governing Board policy and applicable health standards.

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for the student health services program in the District.  Such procedures will provide for:

●  Administration

A.  Administration of patent or proprietary medications (over-the-counter [OTC] medications) in compliance

with Arizona

with Arizona Revised Statutes and District policies.

●  Administration

B.  Administration of prescription medications in compliance with Arizona Revised Statutes and District policies.

●  Administration

C.  Administration of immunizations in conjunction with the County Health Department and in compliance

with Arizona

with Arizona Revised Statutes.

●  Providing D.  Providing preventive health information.

●  The E.  The treatment of school-related injuries/illnesses, and recommendation for follow-up care.

●  Screening F.  Screening clinics for selected physical impairments.

●  Cooperation with public health agencies in providing facilities and assistance for the provision of health tests, physical examinations, immunizations, et cetera, to those students with written parental consent for the services rendered.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-344



Master Document: JLCA © PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JLCA © PHYSICAL EXAMINATIONS OF STUDENTS

JLCA ©
PHYSICAL  EXAMINATIONS 
OF  STUDENTS

Each student participating in high school and junior high school interscholastic athletics is required to submit to a physical examination each year as when required by the Arizona Interscholastic Association or to submit evidence of being physically fit, as verified by competent medical personnel.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JLCB-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLCB-E ©

EXHIBIT

IMMUNIZATION  OF  STUDENTS

2016-2017 ARIZONA SCHOOL
IMMUNIZATION REQUIREMENTS

             
              Age

       Under          Age Seven (7)

        Seven (7)          through ten (10)              years

Eleven (11) years
      and older

 

          Grade

 Kindergarten (K)
     and above

   Kindergarten (K)    through fifth (5th)
         grades

      Sixth (6th)
  through twelfth
   (12th) grades

                                             Vaccines

DTaP / DTP / DT

    (Diphtheria,            tetanus,
      accellular             pertussis)

Four (4) to five (5)* doses.            
At least one (1) dose at four (4) years of age or older is required.

*A sixth (6th) dose is required if five (5) doses have been given before four (4) years of age.

Three (3) DTaP, DTP, DT, and/or Td doses are required if all doses were given after twelve (12) months of age.

            Or

Four (4) DTaP, DTP, DT, and/or Td doses are required if dose number one (1) was given before twelve (12) months of age

Tdap may be counted to meet the requirements above.  Tdap is not required for eleven (11) year olds until they enter sixth (6th) grade.

One (1) Tdap dose is required for students eleven (11) and older.

Exception:  students who have completed the primary series of at least three to four (3-4) doses of DTaP/DTP/DT/Td are not required to receive Tdap when until five (5) years have passed since their last doses of DTaP, DTP, DT, or Td.

Tdap doses given prior to age eleven (11) meet this requirement.

A Td booster is required ten (10) years after the Tdap dose.

            Td

 

          Tdap

 
 

   Meningococcal

 


Not required
Doses given at age ten (10) meet the requirement for eleven (11) year olds.

One (1) dose is required for students eleven (11) years and older.

 

Polio

                          Three (3) to Four (4) doses  

Three (3) doses meet the requirement if the third (3rd) dose was given at four plus (4+) years of age.

Four (4) doses meet the requirement even if all four (4) doses were given in the first (1st) year of life.

(Not required for age eighteen [18] and older.)

          MMR

       (Measles,
         mumps,
         rubella)

                                    Two (2) doses   

A third (3rd) dose will be required if dose number one (1) was given before more than four (4) days before the child's first (1st) birthday.  

      Hepatitis B

                                   Three (3) doses   

A fourth (4th) dose will be required if the third (3rd) dose was given before twenty-four (24) weeks of age.

      Varicella

   (Chickenpox) 

One (1) dose is required if the first (1st) dose was given before thirteen (13) years of age.

Two (2) doses are required if the first (1st) dose was given at thirteen (13) years of age or later.

Students attending school or preschool in Arizona
prior to 9/1/2011 with parental recall of chicken pox disease are allowed to continue attendance with
parental recall of disease.  Students enrolling in an Arizona preschool or school for the first time after 9/1/11 are required to present proof of varicella immunization
or a valid exemption for medical reasons, laboratory evidence of immunity or personal beliefs.

Exceptions  and  Additions
to  the  Rules

Parents whose religious beliefs do not allow immunization must sign a Religious Beliefs Exemption Form.  A medical exemption form must be signed by the child's doctor if there is lab evidence of immunity or a medical reason why the child cannot receive shots.  A copy of the lab results must be kept on file to prove the child's immunity.

1.  Students must have proof of all required immunizations, or valid exemption, in order to attend school.  Arizona law allows exemptions for medical reasons, lab evidence of immunity and personal beliefs.  Exemption forms are available from schools and at http://azdhs.gov/phs/immunization/school-childcare/ requirements.htm.  Homeless students are allowed a five (5)-day grace period.

2.  The immunization record for each vaccine dose must include the date and name of doctor or clinic.

3.  The statutes and rules governing school immunization requirements are:  Arizona Revised Statutes 15-871 - 15-874; Arizona Administrative Code, R9-6-701 - 708.

Note: Arizona Department of Health Services (ADHS) observes a four (4)-day grace period for vaccine ages and intervals, except for the space between two (2) live vaccines such as Varicella and MMR, which must be given at least twenty-eight (28) days apart if they are not administered on the same day.

Source:  Arizona Immunization Program Office



Master Document: JLCB © IMMUNIZATIONS OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JLCB © IMMUNIZATIONS OF STUDENTS

JLCB ©
IMMUNIZATIONS  OF  STUDENTS

Subject to the exemptions as provided by law, immunization against diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, poliomyelitis, rubeola (measles), mumps, rubella (German measles), hepatitis B, haemophilus influenzae b (Hib), and varicella is required for attendance of a student in a District school.  A student's immunization record must be submitted prior to attendance, although a student may be conditionally enrolled provided that necessary immunizations have been initiated and a schedule has been established for completion of the required immunizations.  The principal or the principal's designee school administrator shall review the school immunization record at least twice each school year until the pupil receives all of the required immunizations.  A student shall not be allowed to attend school without submitting documentary proof of compliance to the school administrator unless the student is exempted from immunization.  On enrollment, the school administrator shall suspend that student if the administrator does not have documentary proof of compliance and the student is not exempted from immunization.  A student who fails to comply with the immunization schedule shall be suspended from school attendance until documentary proof of compliance is provided to the school administrator, except that a homeless student shall not be suspended from attendance until the fifth (5th) calendar day after enrollment.

Any student with serologic confirmation of the presence of specific antibodies against a vaccine-preventable disease shall not be subject to immunization against that disease as a condition for attending school.

The District will cooperate with county and state health departments in programs of immunization.  Parents' permission must be secured before a student may participate in such immunization projects.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-871
15-872
15-873
15-874
A.A.C. 
R9-6-203
R9-6-313
R9-6-350
R9-6-353
R9-6-356
R9-6-365
R9-6-368
R9-6-372
R9-6-388
R9-6-701 through  through 707



Master Document: JLCB-R ©
Child Document: JLCB-R

JLCB-R ©

REGULATION

IMMUNIZATIONS  OF  STUDENTS

Subject to the exemptions in A.R.S. 15-873, immunization against each of the following diseases is required for attendance of a child in any school:

A.  Diphtheria;

B.  Tetanus;

C.  Hepatitis B;

D.  Pertussis;

E.  Poliomyelitis;

F.  Measles (rubeola);

G.  Mumps;

H.  Rubella (German measles);

I.   Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib);

J.   Varicella; and

K.  Meningococcal.

L.  Hepatitis A, for a child one (1) through five (5) years of age in a day care program in Maricopa County.

Unless exempt in accord with R9-6-706, the schedule for compliance with the requirement for immunization against varicella is:

          Grade student entering                                     as of September 1,

Kindergarten (K) through grade four (4)                               2008

and grades seven (7) through ten (10)

  Kindergarten (K) through grade five (5)                              2009

and grades seven (7) through eleven (11)

Kindergarten (K) through grade twelve (12)                         2010

Unless exempt in accord with R9-6-706, the schedule for compliance for a student eleven (11) years or older who has not previously received the meningococcal vaccine is:

          Grade student entering                                     as of September 1,

                Grade six (6)                                                         2008

      Grades six (6) and seven (7)                                          2009

     Grades six (6) through eight (8)                                       2010

     Grades six (6) through nine (9)                                        2011

     Grades six (6) through ten (10)                                        2012

    Grades six (6) through eleven (11)                                   2013

    Grades six (6) through twelve (12)                                   2014

The preceding schedules will remain in effect unless the school is notified by the Arizona Department of Health Services of a modification to one (1) or both of the schedules.

A child is in compliance with the requirements if the child has met the criteria of the appropriate immunization schedule as recommended by the Department of Health Services or is actively in the process of meeting such criteria as evidenced by having received one (1) dose of each of the required immunizations and has established a schedule for completion of the required immunizations.

A child shall not be allowed to attend school without submitting documentary proof to the school administrator unless the child is exempted from immunization pursuant to section 15-873.  Upon enrollment, schools shall forbid attendance or (suspend) a student not meeting the requirements for immunization or exemption from immunization.  Homeless students shall be referred to the liaison for homeless students and shall not be required to comply with the immunization requirements until the fifth (5th) calendar day after enrollment.

The admitting official shall deem the student to be in compliance with the requirements of this regulation if:

A.  The student's immunization record complies with the documentary proof required pursuant to A.A.C. R9-6-704, and the student has received or is in the process of receiving all required age-specific vaccine doses according to Exhibit JLCB-E; or

B.  An exemption from immunization is submitted in accordance with the procedures set forth in R9-6-706.

When the student's immunization record is not available at the time of enrollment, the school shall provide the responsible person with the following:

A.  Notification of the lack of compliance with the immunization requirements;

B.  A written notice that specifies when the required doses shall be completed, notes the availability of exemptions to immunization, and refers the student to a physician or local health department for review of the student's immunization history and provision of immunizations as needed; and

C.  Notification that the student is suspended in accordance with 15-872 until an acceptable immunization record that meets the standards of documentary proof is presented to the school.

When immunization records are presented that do not comply with the standards for documentary proof, the school shall:

A.  Notify the responsible person of the lack of compliance with the immunization requirements; and

B.  Obtain a review and verification of the student's immunization record by or in consultation with a certificated school nurse, a public health nurse, a licensed physician, or an authorized representative of a local health department.

If the admitting official is unable to verify the accuracy of the student's immunization record pursuant to the preceding paragraph, the school shall provide to the responsible person:

A.  A written referral to a physician or local health department for further review of the student's immunization history and provision of immunizations as needed; and

B.  Notification that the student is suspended until an immunization record that meets the standards of documentary proof is presented to the school.

Each school shall maintain a current list of students without evidence of immunization or immunity to the diseases listed in R9-6-702, which shall include the names of all students with incomplete immunization histories or exemptions for personal or medical reasons where evidence of immunity has not been provided.

Schools shall forbid attendance by a student lacking proof of immunization or immunity against any of the immunization-preventable diseases as determined by the State Department of Health Services or local health department during periods of outbreaks of the diseases for which immunity is lacking.  The announcement of an outbreak of disease and the length of the period of communicability shall be as declared by the state or local health department.

Standards  for  Documentary  Proof

Proof of immunity to the diseases listed in R9-6-702 shall be documented in accordance with R9-6-704.

Immunization records or statements of immunity shall be signed by a physician or authorized representative of a health agency.

Exemptions  to  Immunizations

Students who have reached their fifth (5th) birthday shall be exempt from the Hib immunization requirement.

Students who have reached their seventh (7th) birthday shall be exempt from the pertussis immunization requirement.

Any student with laboratory evidence of immunity shall not be subject to immunization against that disease as a condition for attending school, provided that such evidence is submitted to the school.

In accordance with A.R.S. 15-873, documentary proof is not required for a student to be admitted to school if one (1) of the following occurs:

A.  The parent or guardian of the student submits a signed statement to the school administrator stating that the parent or guardian has received information about immunizations provided by the Department of Health Services, understands the risks and benefits of immunizations and the potential risks of nonimmunization, and that, due to personal beliefs, the parent or guardian does not consent to the immunization of the student.

B.  The school administrator receives written certification, signed by the parent or guardian and by a physician, that states that one (1) or more of the required immunizations may be detrimental to the student's health and indicates the specific nature and probable duration of the medical condition or circumstance that precludes immunization.

An exemption pursuant to the preceding subparagraph is valid only during the duration of the circumstance or condition that precludes immunization.

If a medical exemption is granted in accordance with A.R.S. 15-873, it shall be defined by the grantor as either permanent or temporary.

A.  A permanent medical exemption may be provided for one (1) or more vaccines.

B.  A temporary medical exemption shall specify the date of its termination.  A student with a temporary medical exemption shall be allowed to attend school on the condition that the required immunizations are obtained at the termination of the exemption.  The responsible person shall be notified of the date by which the student shall complete all required immunizations.

Any exemption granted in accordance with A.R.S. 15-873 shall be recorded on the school immunization record in the student's permanent file.

Students who lack documentary proof of immunization shall not attend school during outbreak periods of communicable immunization-preventable diseases as determined by the Department of Health Services or local health department.  The Department of Health Services or local health department shall transmit notice of this determination to the school administrator responsible for the exclusion of the students.

Reporting  Communicable  Diseases

The administrator of a school shall submit by telephone a report to the local health department any case, suspected case, or outbreak of a communicable disease as follows:

●  Within

A.  Within twenty-four (24) hours after detecting a case or suspected case of:

■  Cryptosporidiosis

■  Enterohemorrhagic

B.  Cryptosporidiosis

C.  Enterohemorrhagic Escherichia coli

■ 

D.  Haemophilus influenzae: invasive disease

■  Hepatitis

E.  Hepatitis A

■  Measles

■  Meningococcal

F.  Measles

G.  Meningococcal invasive disease

■  Mumps

■ 

H.  Mumps

I.   Pertussis (whooping cough)

■ 

J.   Rubella (German measles)

■  Salmonellosis

■  Shigellosis

●  Within

K.  Salmonellosis

L.  Shigellosis

M.  Within twenty-four (24) hours after detecting an outbreak of:

■  Conjunctivitis

N.  Conjunctivitis: acute

■  Diarrhea

O.  Diarrhea, nausea, or vomiting

■  Scabies

■  Streptococcal

P.  Scabies

Q.  Streptococcal Group A infection

●  Within

R.  Within five (5) working days after detecting a case or a suspected case of:

■  Campylobacteriosis

■  Varicella

S.  Campylobacteriosis

T.  Varicella (chicken pox)

The report shall include:

●  The

A.  The name and address of the school

●  The

B.  The number of individuals having the disease, infestation, or symptoms

●  The

C.  The date and time the disease or infestation was detected or the symptoms began

●  The

D.  The number of rooms, grades, or classes affected and the name of each

●  Information

E.  Information about each affected individual to include:

■  Name

F.  Name,

■  Date

G.  Date of birth or age,

■  Residential

H.  Residential address and telephone number,

■ 

I.   Whether the individual is a staff member, student, child in care, or a resident,

● 

J.   The number of individuals attending or residing in the school, and

●  The

K.  The name, address, and telephone number of the person making the report.

Other  Required  Reports

By November 15 of each year, the Superintendent shall submit a report on the immunization status of students to the state or local health department on a form provided by the Department.

Each Superintendent of a school whose nurses are authorized to administer vaccines or immunizing agents shall submit monthly reports to the county health department in accordance with the procedures set forth

in

in R9-6-707.  Reports are due by the fifth (5th) day of the following month.

An immunization record shall be maintained for each student in the school.  Each immunization record shall include the following information:

●  Name

A.  Name of the student;

●  Date

B.  Date of birth;

●  The

C.  The date of the student's admission to the school;

●  The

D.  The month and year in which each vaccine was received, except for measles, mumps, and rubella, for

which the

which the day, month, and year are required;

●  The

E.  The type of immunizing agents administered to the student;

●  The

F.  The date each dose of immunizing agent is administered to the student; and

●  The

G.  The established schedule for completion of immunizations if the student is admitted to or allowed to

continue to

continue to attend a school pursuant to

section

section 15-872, subsection E.

By November 15 of each year, each administrator of a public-school-based day care program or preschool shall submit a report to the state or local health department on a form provided by the Department.

A school shall transfer an immunization record and signed requests for provision of immunizations, including any revocations thereof, with the mandatory permanent student record and provide at no charge, on request, a copy of the immunization record to the parent or guardian of the pupil.



Master Document: JLCC © COMMUNICABLE / INFECTIOUS DISEASES
Child Document: JLCC COMMUNICABLE / INFECTIOUS DISEASES

JLCC ©
COMMUNICABLE / INFECTIOUS  DISEASES

Any student with, or recovering from, a communicable disease will not be permitted in school until the period of contagion is passed or until a physician recommends a return, in accordance with A.R.S. 36-621 et seq., appropriate regulations of the State Department of Health Services, and policies of the County Health Department.

Parents will be requested to provide a history of the communicable diseases for each student, and such records will be kept and maintained by the District.

A student suffering from a communicable disease shall be excluded from school to protect the student's own welfare and also to protect other students from illness.  Early recognition of a communicable disease is of prime importance.  The administrator or county health director shall make the decision for exclusion and readmission.

Pediculosis  (Lice  Infestation)

Students with pediculosis shall be excluded from school until treatment specific for pediculosis has been initiatedtreated with a pediculocide.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-871
15-872
36-621

A.A.C. 
R9-6-202 et seq.

R9-6-301
R9-6-342
R9-6-355



Master Document: JLCD-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLCD-R ©

REGULATION

MEDICINES / ADMINISTERING 
MEDICINES  TO  STUDENTS

(Medication Procedures)

Prescription  Drugs

For occasions when it is necessary for a student to receive a prescription drug during the school day, the following procedure has been established to ensure the protection of the school and the student and to assure compliance with existing rules and regulations:

Administration by school personnel:

A.  The medication must be prescribed by a physician.

B.  The parent or guardian must provide written permission to administer the medicine to the student.  Appropriate forms are available from the school office.

C.  The medication must come to the school office in the prescription container as put up by the pharmacist.  Written directions from the physician or pharmacist must state the name of the patient, the name of the medicine, the dosage, and the time it is to be given.

D.  An administrator may designate a school employee to administer the medication.

E.  Any medication administration services specified in the child's diabetes medical management plan shall be provided.

F.  Two (2) or more school employees, subject to final approval by the student's parent or guardian, may volunteer to serve as diabetes care assistants.  Voluntary diabetes care assistants are allowed to administer insulin, assist the pupil with self-administration of insulin, administer glucagon in an emergency situation to a pupil or perform any combination of these actions if all of the following conditions exist:

1.  A school nurse or another health professional who is licensed pursuant to statute or a nurse practitioner who is licensed pursuant to statute is not immediately available to attend to the pupil at the time of the emergency.

2.  If the voluntary diabetes care assistant is authorized to administer glucagon, the parent or guardian must provide to the school an unexpired glucagon kit prescribed for the student by an appropriately licensed health care professional or nurse practitioner.

3.  The volunteer diabetes care assistant has provided to the school a written statement signed by an appropriately licensed health professional that the voluntary diabetes care assistant has received proper training in the administration of glucagon, including the training specified in A.R.S. 15-344.01.

4.  If the voluntary diabetes care assistant is authorized to administer insulin, the parent or guardian of the pupil has provided insulin and all equipment and supplies that are necessary for insulin administration by voluntary diabetes care assistants.

5.  The training provided by an appropriately licensed health professional must include all of the following:

a.  An overview of all types of diabetes.

b.  The symptoms and treatment of hyperglycemia and hypoglycemia.

c.  Techniques for determining the proper dose of insulin in a specific situation based on instructions provided in the orders submitted by the pupil's physician.

d.  Techniques for recognizing the symptoms that require the administration of glucagon.

e.  Techniques on administering glucagon.

6.  A District employee shall not be subject to any penalty or disciplinary action for refusing to serve as a voluntary diabetes care assistant.

7.  The District, employees of the District, and properly licensed volunteer health professionals and nurse practitioners are immune from civil liability for the consequences of the good faith adoption and implementation of policies and procedures pursuant to District policy and this regulation.

G.  Each administration of prescription drugs must be documented, making a record of the student having received the medication.

H.  Drugs must be kept in their original containers in a locked medicine cabinet.

Self-administration:

A.  When the physician feels it is necessary for the student to carry and self-administer the medication, the physician shall provide written recommendations, to be attached to the signed parent permission form except in the case of medication for diagnosed anaphylaxis and breathing disorders requiring handheld inhaler devices.  In these cases the student's name on the prescription label is sufficient for the physician's recommendation.

B.  The student's diabetes medical management plan provided by the parent or guardian shall be signed by the appropriately licensed health professional or nurse practitioner and shall state that the student is capable of self-monitoring blood glucose and shall list the medications, monitoring equipment, and nutritional needs that are medically appropriate for the pupil to self-administer and that have been prescribed or authorized for that student.  The student must be able to practice proper safety precautions for the handling and disposal of the equipment and medications that the student is authorized to use under these provisions.  The pupil's diabetes medical management plan shall specify a method to dispose of equipment and medications in a manner agreed on by the parent or guardian and the school.

C.  The parent or guardian must provide written permission for the student to self-administer and carry the medication.  Appropriate forms are available from the school office.

D.  The medication must come in the prescription container as put up by the pharmacist.

Over-the-Counter  Medication

When it is necessary for a student to receive a medicine that does not require a prescription order but is sold, offered, promoted, and advertised to the general public, the following procedure has been established to ensure the protection of the school and the student:

Administration by school personnel:

A.  Written permission must be provided by the parent or guardian for the administration of specific over-the-counter drugs.

B.  Any over-the-counter drug or medicine sent by the parent to be administered to a student must come to the school office in the original manufacturer's packaging with all directions, dosages, compound contents, and proportions clearly marked.

C.  An administrator may designate a school employee to administer a specific over-the-counter drug.

D.  Each instance of administration of an over-the-counter drug must be documented in the daily log.

E.  Over-the-counter drugs must be kept in their original containers in a locked medicine cabinet.

Self-administration:

A.  Written permission must be provided by the parent or guardian for the administration of specific over-the-counter drugs by the student.

B.  Over-the-counter drugs or medicine sent by the parent to be administered by the student must be kept by the student in the original manufacturer's packaging, with all directions, dosages, compound contents, and proportions clearly marked.

C.  Necessity for self-administration of an over-the-counter drug or medicine shall be determined by the student's physician and must be verified by a signed physician's statement attached to the parent or guardian permission form, indicating the specific drug or medicine.

Protection  of  Students

Use or administration of medication on school premises may be disallowed or strictly limited if it is determined by the Superintendent, in consultation with medical personnel, that a threat of abuse or misuse of the medicine may pose a risk of harm to a member of the student population.

The student shall take extraordinary precautions to keep secure any medication or drug, and under no circumstances shall make available, provide, or give the item to another person.  The student shall immediately report the loss or theft of any medication brought onto school campus.  Violation of this regulation may subject the student to disciplinary action.



Master Document: JLCCA © ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME AND HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS INFECTIONS
Child Document: JLCCA © ACQUIRED IMMUNE DEFICIENCY SYNDROME AND HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS INFECTIONS

JLCCA ©
ACQUIRED  IMMUNE  DEFICIENCY  SYNDROME 
AND  HUMAN  IMMUNODEFICIENCY
VIRUS  INFECTIONS

Students with human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS) have a right to receive a public education.  The Board has a responsibility to assure that the school provides a safe environment for all of its students and employees.

The Board directs that:

●  infected

A.  infected students receive a public education.

●  information

B.  information be provided for parents, faculty and staff members, and other concerned persons concerning

the actual

the actual and potential dangers of transmission of the disease.

●  decisions

C.  decisions concerning the educational placement of infected students be determined upon the best

medical knowledge

medical knowledge available and on a case-by-case basis.

●  restrictions

D.  restrictions be placed upon a student as required by Department of Health Services regulations, advice of

the County

the County Health Department, and advice of a physician selected by the District.

●  protection

E.  protection for the rights of privacy of each infected student be a primary consideration.

Decision(s) regarding the type of educational setting for the student who is infected with HIV virus shall be based upon the behavior, neurologic development, and physical and mental condition of the student.  Recommendations will be made upon consultation with public health personnel, school officials, the student's physician and parents, and, at the discretion of the District, a physician selected by the District.

Adopted:  October 16, 2013date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-716

15-871
15-872
A.A.C. 
R9-6-331
R9-6-702 et seq.

CROSS REF.: 
GBGC - Employee Assistance
GBGCB - Staff Health and Safety
IHAMB - Family Life Education
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
JHD - Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints, and Grievances
JR - Student Records
KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: JLCD-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLCD-E ©

EXHIBIT

MEDICINES / ADMINISTERING 
MEDICINES  TO  STUDENTS

REQUEST FOR GIVING MEDICINE AT SCHOOL

Name __________________________________  Grade _______________

Teacher ________________________________  School _______________

Medication ____________________________________________________

Diagnosis/reason for giving _______________________________________

Time to be given ____________ a.m.   Time to be given ____________ p.m.

Dates from  _________________________ to ________________________

Prescription medication must be in the original container as prepared by a pharmacist and labeled, including the patient name, name of medication, dosage, and time to be given.  An over-the-counter medication must be in the original packaging, with all directions, dosages, compound contents, and proportions clearly marked.  Student misuse of medication being self-administered may result in seizure and disciplinary action.

______________________________________     ____________________
            Parent's or Guardian's Signature                                 Date

A signed physician's statement indicating the necessity must accompany any request for self-administration of medicine, whether it is prescription or over-the-counter medicine except in the case of medication for diagnosed anaphylaxis including auto-injectable epinephrine and breathing disorders requiring handheld inhaler devices.  In these cases the student's name on the prescription label is sufficient for the physician's recommendation.



Master Document: JLCD © MEDICINES / ADMINISTERING MEDICINES TO STUDENTS
Child Document: JLCD MEDICINES / ADMINISTERING MEDICINES TO STUDENTS

JLCD ©
MEDICINES / ADMINISTERING 
MEDICINES  TO  STUDENTS

The safe and effective use of medication for the treatment of illness and disability may enable the student to attend school, improve or maintain their health status and/or improve their potential for learning.

Under certain circumstances, when it is necessary for a student to take medicine during school hours, the District will cooperate with the

healthcare provider

family physician and the parents if the following requirements are met:

●  There

A.  There must be a written order from

a healthcare provider

the physician stating the name of the

medication

medicine, the dosage, and

the time

the time it is to be given.

  The original prescription container shall serve as the health provider's order as the prescription is on file at the pharmacy.●  There

B.  There must be written permission

or authorization of a parent or legal guardian

from the parent to allow the school or the student to administer

the medicine

the medicine.  Appropriate forms are available from the school office.

●  The

C.  The medicine must come to the school office in the

original labeled

prescription container or, if it is over-the-

counter medication

counter medication, in the original container with all warnings and directions intact.

Exceptions:

●  Following completion of the appropriate permissions and with written health care provider instructions, students

The Governing Board directs the Superintendent to prescribe and enforce regulations and procedures for the emergency administration of auto-injectable epinephrine by a trained employee of the School District pursuant to section A.R.S. 15-157 and subsequent to the adoption of rules by the State Board of Education on or before January 1, 2014 pertaining to annual training in the administration of auto-injectable epinephrine, recognition of anaphylactic shock symptoms and the procedures to follow when anaphylactic shock occurs and the requirements of A.R.S. 15-203(A)(40).

The Governing Board recognizes that the prescribed annual training is optional during any fiscal year in which sufficient monies are not appropriated by the legislature during that fiscal year to provide for the purchase of two (2) juvenile doses and two (2) adult doses of auto-injectable epinephrine at each public school in this state and if the school does not stock two (2) juvenile doses and two (2) adult doses of auto-injectable epinephrine at the school during that fiscal year.

Exceptions:

A.  Students who have been diagnosed with anaphylaxis may carry and self-administer emergency

medications including

medications including auto-injectable epinephrine

.  The

provided the pupil's name

shall be

is on the

medication's

prescription label, on the

container

medication container or device

.  Annual

and annual written documentation

and permissions

from the pupil's

parents

parent or guardian

shall be

is provided

that authorizes

that authorizes possession and self-administration.  The student shall notify the school

nurse

office secretary as soon

as practicable

as practicable following the use of the medication;

●  For

B.  For breathing disorders, handheld inhaler devices may be carried for self administration provided the pupil'

s name

s name is on the prescription label, on the medication container, or on the handheld inhaler device

.  An annual written

and annual written documentation from the pupil's

parents

parent or guardian

shall be

is provided that authorizes possession and self-administration

;●  Students

.

C.  Students with diabetes who have a

Diabetes

diabetes medical management plan provided by the student's parent

or guardian

or guardian, signed by a licensed

healthcare provider

health professional or nurse practitioner as specified by A.R.S. 15-344.01,

may carry

 may carry appropriate medications and monitoring equipment and self-administer the

medications

medication.

District employees may volunteer to be a student's

diabetic

diabetes care assistant, subject to approval by the student's parent or guardian, in an emergency situation as described

in

in 15-344.01.  The Superintendent may develop regulations for implementing this provision.

The District reserves the right, in accordance with procedures established by the Superintendent, to circumscribe or disallow the use or administration of any medication on

the

school premises if the threat of abuse or misuse of the

medication

medicine may pose a risk of harm to a member or members of the student population.

The Governing Board directs the Superintendent to prescribe and enforce regulations and procedures for the emergency administration of naloxone hydrochloride or any other opioid antagonist approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration by an employee of a school district pursuant to Section 36-2267, Administration of opioid antagonist; exemption from civil liability; definition, which, in part states the following:

A.  A person may administer an opioid antagonist that is prescribed or dispensed pursuant to section 32-1979 or 36-2266 in accordance with the protocol specified by the physician, nurse practitioner, pharmacist or other health professional to a person who is experiencing an opioid-related overdose.

B.  A person who in good faith and without compensation administers an opioid antagonist to a person who is experiencing an opioid-related overdose is not liable for any civil or other damages as the result of any act or omission by the person rendering the care or as the result of any act or failure to act to arrange for further medical treatment or care for the person experiencing the overdose, unless the person while rendering the care acts with gross negligence, willful misconduct or intentional wrongdoing.

C.  "Person" includes an employee of a school district or charter school who is acting in the person's official capacity.

This policy and any related policies or amendments to such policies shall be forwarded to the District liability insurance carrier for review.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-157

15-341
15-344
15-344.01

32-1601
32-1901



Master Document: JLD © GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING
Child Document: Non Existing

JLD ©
GUIDANCE  AND  COUNSELING

The focus of the counseling and guidance program in the District is on the developmental needs of students.

Personnel involved in counseling will demonstrate respect for the dignity and worth of each individual, and encourage each student to develop individual responsibility and decision-making skills.  Personnel involved in counseling coordinate the school guidance program and involve all staff members in designing and implementing plans to meet three (3) major goals:

A.  Educational development.  Students may participate in planning their education.

B.  Personal/social development.  Students will develop appropriate behaviors for a variety of social settings.  Students will develop awareness of self and confidence in their own abilities in order to enhance their career options and development.

C.  Career development.  Students will develop career options consistent with their interests, abilities, and values.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JLDA © SCHOOL COUNSELORS AND PSYCHOLOGISTS
Child Document: JLDA SCHOOL COUNSELORS AND PSYCHOLOGISTS

JLDA ©
SCHOOL  COUNSELORS  AND 
PSYCHOLOGISTS

Psychological services, including testing, are available to students through the public schools.  Initial referrals for psychological evaluations may come from certificated staff members or parents, or from the student.

Prior written or oral consent of a parent or the legal guardian of a minor child must be obtained in the manner and as required by A.R.S. 36-2272 to procure, solicit to perform, arrange for the performance of or perform an evaluation mental health screening in a nonclinical setting or counseling as a related service mental health treatment on a minor.  Eligible student (age eighteen [18] years and beyond) authorization must be obtained prior to the referral or performance of a psychological mental health screening or counseling as a related service as mental health treatment as described above, except as otherwise provided by law or a court order.  These restrictions do not apply when an emergency exists that requires a person to perform mental health screening or provide mental health treatment to prevent serious injury to or save the life of a minor child.

A school psychologist shall administer preliminary tests to determine the need for psychological evaluations.

Referrals to outside agencies shall be made only with parental or eligible student 's written consentauthorization, except as otherwise provided by law or a court order.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
36-2272



Master Document: JLDA-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLDA-R ©

REGULATION

SCHOOL  COUNSELORS  AND 
PSYCHOLOGISTS

(Psychological Reports)

Psychological reports or case study evaluations are confidential.  Such information will be kept locked in the appropriate records location when not in use by authorized personnel.

Teachers may review a student's file under the cognizance of an administrator.

Psychological reports shall not be taken from the office of the department responsible for the preservation of records.



Master Document: JLDB © RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION
Child Document: JLDB © RESTRAINT AND SECLUSION

JLDB ©
RESTRAINT  AND  SECLUSION

Restraint and seclusion are not to be used as disciplinary consequences.

A school may permit the use of restraint or seclusion techniques on any pupil if both of the following apply:

A.  The pupil's behavior presents an imminent danger of bodily harm to the pupil or others.

B.  Less restrictive interventions appear insufficient to mitigate the imminent danger of bodily harm.

If a restraint or seclusion technique is used on a pupil:

A.  School personnel shall maintain continuous visual observation and monitoring of the pupil while the restraint or seclusion technique is in use.  

B.  The restraint or seclusion technique shall end when the pupil's behavior no longer presents an imminent danger to the pupil or others.

C.  The restraint or seclusion technique shall be used only by school personnel who are trained in the safe and effective use of restraint and seclusion techniques unless an emergency situation does not allow sufficient time to summon trained personnel.

D.  The restraint technique employed may not impede the pupil's ability to breathe.

E.  The restraint technique may not be out of proportion to the pupil's age or physical condition.

Schools may establish policies and procedures for the use of restraint or seclusion techniques in a school safety or crisis intervention plan if the plan is not specific to any individual pupil.

Schools shall establish reporting and documentation procedures to be followed when a restraint or seclusion technique has been used on a pupil.  The procedures shall include the following requirements:

A.  School personnel shall provide the pupil's parent or guardian with written or oral notice on the same day that the incident occurred, unless circumstances prevent same-day notification.  If the notice is not provided on the same day of the incident, notice shall be given within twenty-four (24) hours after the incident.  

B.  Within a reasonable time following the incident, school personnel shall provide the pupil's parent or guardian with written documentation that includes information about any persons, locations or activities that may have triggered the behavior, if known, and specific information about the behavior and its precursors, the type of restraint or seclusion technique used and the duration of its use.  

C.  Schools shall review strategies used to address a pupil's dangerous behavior if there has been repeated use of restraint or seclusion techniques for the pupil during a school year.  The review shall include a review of the incidents in which restraint or seclusion technique were used and an analysis of how future incidents may be avoided, including whether the pupil requires a functional behavioral assessment.

If a school district or charter school summons law enforcement instead of using a restraint or seclusion technique on a pupil, the school shall comply with the reporting, documentation and review procedures established under the paragraph above.  School resource officers are authorized to respond to situations that present the imminent danger of bodily harm according to protocols established by their law enforcement agency.

Schools are not prohibited from adopting policies which include procedures for the reasonable use of physical force by certificated or support staff personnel in self-defense, defense of others and defense of property (A.R.S. 15-843, subsection b, paragraph 3.)

The District authorizes the use of these definitions which are included in A.R.S. 15-105:

A.  "Restraint" means any method or device that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a pupil to move the pupil's torso, arms, legs or head freely, including physical force or mechanical devices.  Restraint does not include any of the following:

1.  Methods or devices implemented by trained school personnel or used by a pupil for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the method or device is designed and, if applicable, prescribed.

2.  The temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a pupil to comply with a reasonable request or to go to a safe location.

3.  The brief holding of a pupil by one adult for the purpose of calming or comforting the pupil.

4.  Physical force used to take a weapon away from a pupil or to separate and remove a pupil from another person when the pupil is engaged in a physical assault on another person.

B.  "School" means a school district, a charter school, a public or private special education school that provides services to pupils placed by a public school, the Arizona State Schools for the Deaf and the Blind and a private school.

C.  "Seclusion" means the involuntary confinement of a pupil alone in a room from which egress is prevented.  Seclusion does not include the use of a voluntary behavior management technique, including a timeout location, as part of a pupil's education plan, individual safety plan, behavioral plan or individualized education program that involves the pupil's separation from a larger group for purposes of calming.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-403 et seq.
13-2911
15-105
15-341
15-342
15-841
15-842
15-843
15-844

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
JIC - Student Conduct
JK - Student Discipline
JKA - Corporal Punishment
JKD - Student Suspension
JKE - Expulsion of Students



Master Document: JLDB-EA ©
Child Document: JLDB-EA ©

JLDB-EA © 

EXHIBIT

RESTRAINT  AND  SECLUSION

RESTRAINT/SECLUSION DOCUMENTATION

This form must be completed when school personnel have used a restraint or seclusion technique with a student.

Referral to Law Enforcement:  School personnel are required to comply with the reporting, documentation and review procedures required by A.R.S. 15-105

if

 if the school district summoned law enforcement instead of using a restraint or seclusion technique on the student.

Applicable Definitions:  For purposes of determining whether this form must be completed, the following definitions apply:

Restraint

Restraint means any method or device that immobilizes or reduces the ability of a student to move the student's torso, arms, legs or head freely, including physical force or mechanical devices.

Restraint

does not

does not include any of the following;

1.

 Methods

  Methods or devices implemented by trained school personnel or used by a student for the specific and approved therapeutic or safety purposes for which the method or device is designed and, if applicable, prescribed.

2.  The temporary touching or holding of the hand, wrist, arm, shoulder or back for the purpose of inducing a student to comply with a reasonable request or to go to 'a safe location.

3.

 The

  The brief holding of a student by one adult for the purpose of calming or comforting the student.

4.

 Physical

  Physical force used to take a weapon away from a student or to separate and remove a student from another person when the student is engaged in a physical assault on another person.

Seclusion

Seclusion means the involuntary confinement of a student alone in a room from which egress is prevented.

Seclusion

does not

does not include the use of a voluntary behavior management technique, including a timeout location, as part of a student's education plan, individual safety plan, behavioral plan or individualized education program (IEP) that involves the student's separation from a larger group for purposes of calming.

Notification to Parents:  Check the appropriate box.

◻

o  School personnel provided the student's parent/guardian with written or oral notice on the same day the incident occurred; or

◻

o 

 

Circumstances prevented same day notification to the student's parent/guardian of the incident.  Notice will provided within twenty-four (24) hours after the incident.

 

Student:

 

______________________________

_______

   Student ID:

 

__________

____

                 First                       Middle                      



              First                 Middle                  Last



Master Document: JLDB-EB ©
Child Document: JLDB-EB ©

JLDB-EB © 

EXHIBIT

RESTRAINT  AND  SECLUSION

RESTRAINT/SECLUSION DOCUMENTATION

Student:

 

____________________________

_________

     Student ID:

 

___________

___

Grade:

 

____

__   

   Age:

 

____

____   

   DOB:

 

_________

___   

   School:

 

_______________

_

Parent(s): __________________________________________________

_____________

Address:  __________________________________________________

______________

Phone: (w) ______________

____

  (h) ______________

_____

  (c) ______________

____

Date of Incident: _______________

___    Location

    Location: ____________________

__________

                               



                             Month/Day/Year

School personnel were permitted to use the restraint or seclusion technique because both of the following applied (check boxes to confirm that both conditions were met):

◻

o 

 

The student's behavior presented an imminent danger of bodily harm to the student or others;

◻

o 

 

Less restrictive interventions appeared insufficient to mitigate the imminent danger of bodily harm.

Description of the student's behavior that presented an imminent danger of bodily harm to the student or others:

__________________________________________________________

_____________

__________________________________________________________

_____________

Description of the less restrictive interventions that appeared insufficient to mitigate the danger of imminent danger of bodily harm:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

School personnel involved in the incident must check the boxes below and provide other information as needed.  If a box is not checked "True," school personnel must explain why the particular condition was not met.

1.

 School

  School personnel maintained continuous visual observation and monitoring of the student while the restraint or seclusion technique was used.   True 

◻

o    Not True 

◻

o

Personnel who observed and monitored the student:

_______________________________________________________

________________

_______________________________________________________

________________

2.

 The

  The restraint or seclusion ended when the student’s behavior no longer presented an imminent danger to the student or others.

  

   True 

◻

o    Not True 

◻

o

3.

 The

  The restraint or seclusion technique was used only by school personnel who are trained in the safe and effective use of restraint and seclusion techniques, unless an emergency situation did not allow sufficient time to summon trained personnel.

   True ◻

   True o    Not True 

◻

o 

4.

 If

  If an emergency existed that did not allow sufficient time to summon trained personnel, explain the emergency:

_______________________________________________________

_________________

5.

 The

  The restraint technique used did not impede the student’s ability to breathe.

   True ◻

   True o    Not True 

◻ 

o

6.

 The

  The restraint technique was not out of proportion to the student’s age or physical condition.

   True ◻

   True o    Not True 

◻ 

o

Information (if known) about any persons, locations or activities that may have triggered the student's behavior:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Specific information about the behavior and its precursors:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Type of restraint or seclusion technique used:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Duration of restraint or seclusion technique used:

 

____________ minutes

 

A review meeting is needed: 

Yes ◻   No ◻   A

Yes o   No o   A review meeting to review strategies used to address a student's dangerous

behavior

behavior must be scheduled if there has been repeated use of restraint or seclusion for the student during the school year.

 If

  If a review meeting is needed, it will be scheduled and separate documentation will be completed.

Person(s) Responsible for Completing Form:

 

________________________________________

_________    

    Date: ___________

____

 

________________________________________

_________    

    Date: ___________

____



Master Document: JLDB-EC ©
Child Document: JLDB-EC ©

JLDB-EC © 

EXHIBIT

RESTRAINT  AND  SECLUSION

RESTRAINT/SECLUSION DOCUMENTATION

(Same Day Oral/Written Notification to Parent/Guardian)

or within twenty-four (24) hours if

circumstances prevented same day notice

Date provided:  _____/_____/_____

                                         

                              Time:  ________: ___.m.

Method of Delivery:

◻

o  Oral

◻

o  Written

Hand-delivery (signature required)  _______________________

__________

Mailed:

  ◻ 1st

  o 1st Class Mail-Certificate of Mailing and/

or ◻ Certified

or o Certified Mail-Return Receipt Requested

E-mailed using address: ______________________________; maintain proof of electronic delivery

Name of Parent/Guardian Receiving Notice:

 

_______________________

____________

Person Providing Notice:

 

______________________________________

____________

Confirmation that a copy of this completed documentation was provided to the Parent/Guardian (provided within a reasonable time following the incident):

Date provided:  _____/_____/_____                                                                         Time:  ________: ___.m.

Method of Delivery:

◻o  Oral◻

o  Written

Hand-delivery (signature required)  _________________________________

Mailed:  ◻o 1st Class Mail-Certificate of Mailing and/or ◻o Certified Mail-Return Receipt Requested

E-mailed using address: ______________________________; maintain proof of electronic delivery

Name of Parent/Guardian Receiving Notice:   ___________________________________

Person Providing Notice:   __________________________________________________



Master Document: JLDB-ED ©
Child Document: JLDB-ED ©

JLDB-ED © 

EXHIBIT

RESTRAINT  AND  SECLUSION

RESTRAINT/SECLUSION DOCUMENTATION
(Review of Repeated Use of Restraint

or Seclusion Techniques)

A review meeting to review strategies used to address a student's dangerous

behavior

behavior must be scheduled if there has been repeated use of restraint or seclusion for the student during the school year, A.R.S. 15-105.

Student:   _____________________________________     Student ID:   ______________

Grade:   ______       Age:   ________       DOB:   ____________       School:   ________________

Parent(s): _______________________________________________________________

Address:  ________________________________________________________________

Phone: (w) __________________  (h) ___________________  (c) __________________

Date of Incident: __________________    Location    Location: ______________________________

                               Month

                             Month/Day/Year

Review current and previous incidents in which physical restraint/seclusion techniques were used:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Review strategies used to address the student's dangerous behavior:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

Analyze how future incidents may be avoided:

_______________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________________

The Team recommends a Functional Behavioral Assessment:

  Yes ◻    No ◻

    Yes o   No o

Name: ________________

____ Signature

Signature: ________________

________

Date: ______

_

Name: ________________

____ Signature

Signature: ________________

________

Date: ______

_

Name: ________________

____ Signature

Signature: ________________

________ Date

Date: ______

_

Name: ________________

____ Signature

Signature: ________________

________

Date: ______

_

Name: ________________

____ Signature

Signature: ________________

________

Date: ______

_

If parent(s) did not attend the meeting, explain other methods to ensure parent participation and/or child as appropriate (e.g., conference call,

 videoconference

videoconference,

home visit

home visit): __________________________________

___________________________



Master Document: JLF © REPORTING CHILD ABUSE / CHILD PROTECTION
Child Document: JLF © REPORTING CHILD ABUSE / CHILD PROTECTION

JLF ©
REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE / 
CHILD  PROTECTION

Any school personnel or any other person who has responsibility for the care or treatment of a minor and who reasonably believes that a minor is or has been the victim of physical injury, abuse, child abuse, a reportable offense or neglect that appears to have been inflicted upon the minor by other than accidental means or that is not explained by the available medical history as being accidental in nature or who reasonably believes there has been a denial or deprivation of necessary medical treatment or surgical care or nourishment with the intent to cause or allow the death of an infant who is protected under A.R.S. 36-2281 shall immediately report or cause reports to be made of such information to a peace officer or to the Department of Child Protective Services Safety (CPSDCS) of the Department of Economic Security, except if the report concerns a person who does not have care, custody, or control of the minor, the report shall be made to a peace officer only.  Such reports shall be made immediately either electronically or by telephone.

The Arizona Department of Economic Security, Division of Children, Youth and Families, has determined that all mandated reporters may now electronically submit non-emergency reports via a secure online reporting website.  Non-emergency reports are those in which a child is not at immediate risk of abuse or neglect that could result in serious harm.  Mandated reporters will be able to submit non-emergency reports twenty-four (24) hours a day without wait times.

All reports made via the online website will require the person making the report (reporting source) to provide contact information.  A representative from the Child Abuse Hotline may contact the source for additional information, if necessary.  This process will make it more convenient to meet the mandated reporting requirements and help ensure child safety.

All emergency situations where a child faces an immediate risk of abuse or neglect that could result in serious harm must still be reported by calling 911 or 1-888-SOS-CHILD (1-888-767-2445).  If a reporting source is unsure as to whether or not the report is an emergency situation, the reporting source should call the Child Abuse Hotline to make a report.

Any concerns for the safety of a child due to abuse, neglect or abandonment, must be reported, by:

Calling          Calling 1-888-SOS-CHILD (1-888-767-2445),

TDD         TDD: 602-530-1831 (1-800-530-1831), or

Submitting          Submitting non-emergency concerns via the Online Reporting Service for

         for Mandated Reporters at https://www.azdes.gov/dcyf/cps/mandated

         mandated_reporters/ (effective November 2013).

Pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3620, such reports shall contain, if known:

●  The

A.  The names and addresses of the minor, the parents, or the person or persons having custody of such minor,

if

 if known.

●  The

B.  The minor's age and the nature and extent of the minor's abuse, child abuse, or physical injuries or neglect,

including

 including any evidence of previous abuse, child abuse, physical injury or neglect.

●  Any

C.  Any other information that such person believes might be helpful in establishing the cause of the abuse,

child abuse

child abuse, physical injury or neglect.

A person who furnishes a report, information, or records required or authorized under Arizona Revised Statutes or a person who participates in a judicial or administrative proceeding or investigation resulting from a report, information or records required or authorized under Arizona Revised Statutes is immune from any civil or criminal liability by reason of that action unless such person has acted with malice or unless such person has been charged with or is suspected of abusing or neglecting the child or children in question.

A report is not required under A.R.S. 13-3620 for conduct prescribed by A.R.S. 13-1404 and 13-1405 if the conduct involves only minors who are fourteen (14), fifteen (15), sixteen (16) or seventeen (17) years of age and there is nothing to indicate that the conduct is other than consensual.

A report is not required if a minor is of elementary school age, the physical injury occurs accidentally in the course of typical playground activity during a school day, occurs on the premises of the school that the minor attends and is reported to the legal parent or guardian of the minor and the school maintains a written record of the incident.  The school will maintain a written record of the physical injury as part of the student's health file as required by Arizona State Library, Archives and Public Records (ASLAPR).

A person who fails to report abuse as provided in A.R.S. 13-3620 is guilty of a class 1 misdemeanor, except if the failure to report involves a reportable offense, the person is guilty of a class 6 felony.

Any certificated person or Governing Board member who reasonably suspects or receives a reasonable allegation that a person certificated by the Department of Education has engaged in conduct involving minors that would be subject to the reporting requirements of A.R.S. 13-3620 shall report or cause reports to be made to the Department of Education in writing as soon as is reasonably practicable but not later than three (3) business days after the person first suspects or receives an allegation of the conduct.

Any school employee who has orally reported to CPS DCS or a peace officer a reasonable belief of an offense to a minor must provide written notification to the principal of the oral report not later than the next workday following the making of the report.

Adopted:  November 5, 2014date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
8-201
13-1404 et seq. 

13-1410
13-3019
13-3212
13-3506
13-3506.01
13-3552
13-3553
13-3608
13-3619
13-3620
13-3623
15-514
46-451
46-454

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
GBEBB - Staff Conduct With Students
JKA - Corporal Punishment



Master Document: JLF-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLF-EA ©

EXHIBIT

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

SUSPECTED ABUSE, PHYSICAL INJURY, CHILD ABUSE,
REPORTABLE OFFENSE OR NEGLECT

To:  Department of Child Safety, D.E.S. (or law enforcement agency)

Student's                                                              Birth
name ________________________________   date __________   Sex ____

Address  ______________________________________________________

Names of parents/guardians _______________________________________

E-mail address  _________________________________________________

School _____________________   Grade _____   Teacher ______________

Description of suspected present or prior abuse, child abuse, physical injury,
or neglect (use additional page if necessary) __________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

          Symbols:                                                    Severity:

               A   =  Abrasion                                   (1)    =    Mild
              Bl   =  Blister                                        (2)    =    Moderate
              Bu  =  Burn                                          (3)    =    Severe
              Br   =  Bruise
              La  =   Laceration     
              Le  =   Lesions
               S   =   Scar
               R   =   Rash
               V   =   Vermin
               O   =  Other (describe)

________________________________________     __________________
 Signature and Title of Person Making the Report                     Date

Oral Report to:  Name ___________________________________________

Agency _____________________________     Position ________________

Date ________________________       Time _________________________

Written report to ___________________________     Date ______________

Copy filed in school nurse's office



Master Document: JLF-EB ©
Child Document: JLF-EB ©

JLF-EB ©

EXHIBIT

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

REQUEST FOR INTERVIEW AT SCHOOL
(CSO-1021A)

__________________________________________
Date

__________________________________________
Name of School

__________________________________________
Address (No., Street, Ste. No., City, State, ZIP)

RE: _____________________________________________________________
      (Child[ren] 's Name[s])

I am an investigator employed by the Arizona Department of Child Safety (DCS).  DCS is mandated by law to investigate allegations of child abuse and neglect.  [Title 8, Chapter 4 of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.)]  As part of my investigation, I need to speak with one or more children at this school.  Please provide me with immediate access to the above-named child(ren).

I am authorized by A.R.S. § 8-802(B), A.R.S. 8-471(E)(3), and A.A.C. R6-5-5508(C) to interview a child without notice to or consent of the parent, guardian or custodian.  See Arizona Attorney General Opinions (AG Opinions) I75-219, I75-234, I88-062, I04-003.  Do not contact, directly or indirectly, the parents, guardians or custodians of the above-named child(ren) unless specifically requested or authorized by me, the assigned DCS investigator.

Because of the sensitive and confidential nature of a DCS investigation, school personnel and others are not permitted to be present during the interview(s) of the child(ren) nor can they be informed of what was discussed.  See A.R.S. § 8-807, AG Opinion I98-008.

If at any time I determine, pursuant to A.R.S. § § 8-821, that temporary custody is clearly necessary to protect the child(ren) from abuse or neglect, I will provide you with a Notice of Removal (PS-058) and provide the parents, guardians, or custodians a Temporary Custody Notice (CPS-1000A) in accordance with A.R.S. § § 8-823.

Under state and federal law, any information you have or may obtain during this investigation is confidential, including this form and the fact that the above-named child(ren) have been contacted regarding allegations of abuse or neglect.  DO NOT disseminate this information to any person unless specifically authorized by applicable law or court order.

Thank you for your cooperation.

CPS Specialist 
NameAddress

DCS Representative's

Signature

    

DCS Representative's Name                Address (No., Street, Ste. No., City, State, ZIP) 

 
Phone No.

Fax No.

E               Phone No.                E-mail Address

 

CPS Specialist's Signature

 

EOE/ADA/LEP/GINA  Disclosures

Equal Opportunity Employer/Program • Under Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Title VI & VII), and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and Title II of the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act (GINA) of 2008; the Department prohibits discrimination in admissions, programs, services, activities, or employment based on race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, genetics and retaliation.  The Department must make a reasonable accommodation to allow a person with a disability to take part in a program, service or activity.  For example, this means if necessary, the Department must provide sign language interpreters for people who are deaf, a wheelchair accessible location, or enlarged print materials.  It also means that the Department will take any other reasonable action that allows you to take part in and understand a program or activity, including making reasonable changes to an activity.  If you believe that you will not be able to understand or take part in a program or activity because of your disability, please let us know of your disability needs in advance if at all possible.  To request this document in alternative format or for further information about this policy, contact your local office; TTY/TDD Services: 7-1-1. • Free language assistance for DES services is available upon request.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JLF-EC ©

JLF-EC ©

EXHIBIT

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

PLEASE REMOVE THIS DOCUMENT

 



Master Document: JLF-R ©
Child Document: JLF-R ©

JLF-R ©

REGULATION

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

Abuse means the infliction or allowing of physical injury, impairment of bodily function, or disfigurement, or the infliction of or allowing another person to cause serious emotional damage as evidenced by severe anxiety, depression, withdrawal, or untoward aggressive behavior, and which emotional damage is diagnosed by a medical doctor or psychologist pursuant to A.R.S. 8-821, and which is caused by the acts or omissions of an individual having care, custody, and control of a child.  Abuse shall include inflicting or allowing sexual abuse pursuant to A.R.S. 13-1404, sexual conduct with a minor pursuant to A.R.S. 13-1405, sexual assault pursuant to A.R.S. 13-1406, molestation of a child pursuant to A.R.S. 13-1410, commercial sexual exploitation of a minor pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3552, sexual exploitation of a minor pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3553, incest pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3608, or child prostitution pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3212.

Child, youth, or juvenile means an individual who is under the age of eighteen (18) years.

Abuses classified by statute as "reportable offenses" are:

●  Indecent

A.  Indecent exposure  [A.R.S. 13-1402]

●  Public

B.  Public sexual indecency to a minor  [A.R.S. 13-1403]

●  Sexual

C.  Sexual abuse  [A.R.S. 13-1404]

●  Sexual

D.  Sexual conduct with a minor  [A.R.S. 13-1405]

●  Sexual

E.  Sexual assault  [A.R.S. 13-1406]

●  Molestation

F.  Molestation of a child  [A.R.S. 13-1410]

●  Furnishing

G.  Furnishing items that are harmful to a minor via the

internet 

Internet  [A.R.S. 13-3506.01]

●  Surreptitious

H.  Surreptitious photographing, videotaping, filming, or digitally recording or viewing of a minor  [A.R.S. 13-3019]

●  Incest 

I.  Incest  [A.R.S. 13-3608]

●  Child

J.  Child prostitution  [A.R.S. 13-3212]

●  Commercial

K.  Commercial sexual exploitation of a minor  [A.R.S. 13-3552]

●  Sexual

L.  Sexual exploitation of a minor (concerning visual depiction of a minor engaged in exploitive exhibition

or other

or other sexual conduct)  [A.R.S. 13-3553]

●  Luring

M.  Luring a minor for sexual exploitation  [A.R.S. 13-3554]

●  Admitting

N.  Admitting a minor to public displays of sexual conduct  [A.R.S. 13-3558]



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JLF-ED ©

JLF-ED ©

EXHIBIT

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

 

PLEASE REMOVE THIS DOCUMENT

 



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JLF-E

JLF-E 

EXHIBIT

REPORTING  CHILD  ABUSE /
CHILD  PROTECTION

SUSPECTED CHILD ABUSE/NEGLECT REPORT FORM

Today's Date: __________________   Circle Day of Week:  M   Tu   W   Th   F

Child's Information

_____________________________________________________________________
Last Name                             First Name                             Middle Name                             AKA

_____________________________________________________________________
Social Security No.        Ethnicity        Date of Birth        Age        Grade        Height        Weight

_____________________________________________________________________
Home Address                               City                                             Zip                              Home Phone

Composition  of  Family
(who live in household)


Last Name


First Name


Gender

Relation to Student

Work Phone

Cell Phone

Ö If Alleged Perpetrator

       
       
       
       
       

Alleged Perpetrator(s) and/or Witness(es)
(if not listed above)


Last Name


First Name


Gender

Relation to Student

Work Phone

Cell Phone

Ö If Alleged Perpetrator

       
       
       
       
       

Nature of suspected abuse or neglect:  (Check all that apply)

o Physical Abuse       o Sexual Abuse       o Neglect       o Other

How and when did school/agency become aware of the situation (include name of personnel who first learned of abuse).

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

What were the child's responses to the following four (4) questions (use exact quotes and verbatim language).

1.  What happened? ___________________________________________________

2.  Who did it? ________________________________________________________

3.  When did it happen? ________________________________________________

4.  Where did it happen?  _______________________________________________

Additional information volunteered by the child (use exact quotes and verbatim language whenever possible).  Note: Please attach additional pages whenever needed. ______________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Observation of the child's injury(ies) (if any): ____________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Describe child's demeanor at time of disclosure and note recent changes observed: ____________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

Other information that might be helpful (such as the child's assessment of his/her risk): _________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

1.  Contact appropriate     Contact made with:  Other Agency, if any, notified:
     Police agency:  ________Police Dept.  ____________________________
     (Agency contacted)     (      )         -     (      )         -
          Officer ____________     Officer _____________________     
          Badge # ___________     Badge # ____________________     
          DR # ______________     DR # _______________________      

2. Contact Child Protective     1-888-767-2445
     Services (CPS):  CPS Intake Worker ______________________________     
          CPS Office Assigned _____________________________

3. Within 72 hours of
     receiving reports, mail
     a copy of this form to:  CPS Intake
          P.O. Box 44240
          Phoenix, AZ  85064-4240

_____________________________     Signature(s) of person(s) completing report
School/Agency Name

_____________________________     __________________________________________
Address          City           Zip      Name/Title     Date

_____________________________     __________________________________________
Phone      Name/Title     Date

_____________________________     __________________________________________
Name of Person who Received       Name/Title     Date
Disclosure

_____________________________     __________________________________________
Name of Coordinator      Name/Title     Date



Master Document: JLH © MISSING STUDENTS
Child Document: JLH © MISSING STUDENTS

JLH ©
MISSING  STUDENTS

Following proper notification, the records of each missing child will be flagged

electronically and

with a red sticker in the upper-right-hand corner of the cumulative folder.  When records are requested for missing children, the local law enforcement agency will be notified and no records will be sent.

The parent or surrogate of each new enrollee in the school, except homeless students, will be asked to produce one (1) of the following proofs:

● 

A.  A certified copy of the child's birth certificate.

●  Other

B.  Other reliable proof of the student's identity and age, including the student's baptismal certificate,

an application

 an application for a Social Security number, or original school registration

records and an affidavit explaining the inability

records and an affidavit explaining the inability to provide a copy of the birth certificate.

●  A

C.  A letter from the authorized representative of an agency having custody of the student (pursuant to statute)

certifying

 certifying that the student has been placed in the custody of the agency as prescribed by law.

The parent or surrogate will be given thirty (30) days to provide documentation requested as listed above.  If documentation is not provided, a second (2nd) letter will be sent to notify the parent or guardian that unless the documentation is provided within ten (10) days, the local law enforcement agency will be notified.

Nothing contained in this policy shall authorize the school to disclose to any person a student's educational record without prior parental consent unless the school makes a determination that disclosure of such records is necessary to protect the health and safety of the student.

Within five (5) days after enrolling a transfer student from a public school or from a private school, the school will request, directly from the previous school, a certified copy of the student's record.  When records are requested by another school, within ten (10) days the school will comply with the request unless the record has been flagged pursuant to A.R.S. 15-829

or

 or the request does not conform to the requirements related to proper release of records by an emancipated student or a parent or guardian.

For purposes of this policy:

●  Flag

A.  Flag means to mark or identify as pertaining to a missing child, or an indication identifying an item

as pertaining

as pertaining to a missing child.

● 

B.  Missing

child

child means a person who is under the age of eighteen (18) years, whose temporary or

permanent residence

permanent residence is in this state or is believed to be in this state, whose location has not been determined, and

who has

who has been reported as missing to a law enforcement agency.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-3620
15-824
15-828
15-829
32-1472

42 U.S.C. 11301, McKinney-Vento Homeless Assistance Act of 2001,

   as amended by the Every Student Succeeds Act (ESSA) of 2015

CROSS REF.: 
JF - Student Admissions
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JR - Student Records
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JLI © STUDENT SAFETY
Child Document: JLI © STUDENT SAFETY

JLI ©
STUDENT  SAFETY

Teachers will be responsible for their classes at all times.  At no time are students to be left unsupervised.  Students are not to be sent on errands from the school premises.

Teachers have the authority to prohibit the use of and/or to confiscate any article that is a hazard to a student or that may damage school property.  In the case of an emergency, the teacher will seek help from the principal.

Every student, teacher, and visitor shall wear appropriate protective eyewear while participating in or when observing vocational, technical, industrial arts, art, or laboratory science activities involving exposure to items as listed in A.R.S. 15-151.

The Superintendent will establish procedures covering the duty hours of crossing guards, the use of bicycles and automobiles to and from school and while they are at school, and the conduct of students going to and from school.  In addition, school buildings, groundsplaygrounds, and equipment will be regularly inspected for health, fire, and safety hazards.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-151
15-341



Master Document: JLIA © SUPERVISION OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JLIA © SUPERVISION OF STUDENTS

JLIA ©
SUPERVISION  OF  STUDENTS

When students are in school, engaging in school-sponsored activities, or traveling to and from school on school buses, they are expected to obey all school rules.  The District is required to provide reasonable supervision over all students engaged in school-sponsored activities.

Supervision shall include being within a reasonable proximity of the students.  Teachers shall exercise supervision as appropriate from the commencement of the school day, before classes begin, during class sessions, during lunch periods, between classes, and at any other time when performing teaching or related duties on behalf of the school.

If a teacher must leave the proximity of the students, then the teacher shall make a good faith effort to obtain a school employee to supervise the students.  In no case shall the teacher leave students unsupervised if there is a reasonable possibility that harm to students or property will result from the students being left unattended.

School administrators, teachers, and other staff members will ensure that anyone who wishes to contact a student during the school day is doing so for proper reasons.

Adopted:  May 4, 2016date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S.
15-341
15-502
15-521



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JLIA-R

JLIA-R  

REGULATION

SUPERVISION  OF  STUDENTS

Supervision:  All School District sanctioned athletic activities and extracurricular activities must be supervised by personnel employed and approved by the District.

School administration and the school coaching staff and sponsors must take reasonable care to use a sufficient number of adult supervisors given the nature of the particular activity being supervised and the number of participants involved in the activity.

Supervision of students includes the following:

●  Enforce and support the school rules and athletic guidelines regarding proper conduct and behavior at school or at any other public or private place where the students are considered guests.

●  The maintenance of student discipline and adherence to rules of the sport or contest.

●  The use of reasonable precautions against unsafe playing and unsafe "behavior of any kind" and at all times.

Schools and personnel must develop and adhere to a well organized plan for the supervision of all students regardless of location; i.e., non-playing field activities, including all of the areas and activities which are peripherally related to athletics.  This includes gymnasiums, locker rooms, storage areas, and playing fields.  This responsibility is described as general supervision.

Schools and personnel must exercise reasonable care in the supervision of student athletes when they are engaged in the activity itself.  This supervisory duty is described as specific supervision.  This includes:

●  Safe and proper instruction before the activity is undertaken.

●  Observation of the activity and instructing the participants of the "do's and don'ts" of the skills being coached.

●  Awareness of any physical disabilities, past or present, of those participating.

●  Awareness of how participants are matched physically, skill wise, and level of experience.

●  Coaches assigned to specific sports will be present at all games and practice sessions.

●  Individuals will not be given permission to use any school facilities or equipment without the proper supervision of a coach or instructor.

Locker  Room  Guidelines

A coach or assistant will be responsible for the supervision and conduct of his/her athletes in locker rooms, home or away.

Coaches are responsible for their team(s) leaving the school building following a practice session or contest.  Students should not be left alone.  Coaches or sponsors must assure that all students have a means of transportation home.  Coaches and sponsors should not leave until all students are picked up.

Lodging  Guidelines

If the team consists of both boys and girls, the rooms will be assigned according to gender.

Coaches and sponsors will have separate rooms according to gender and will select their quarters so that they are in a position for the best possible supervision of student quarters.

Coaches and sponsors should do frequent checks of the rooms before lights are to be shut off.  Coaches and sponsors should check the areas surrounding the student athletes' room an hour after lights are turned off.

A plan of supervision will be provided to the school administration prior to departure for any long distance travel that will require an overnight stay.  Included in the plan will be:

●  Location, address and phone number of lodging.

●  Number of students traveling.

●  Departure and return time from the contest site.

General  Guidelines

No student who is attending a school function away from his/her school will be unsupervised.  This includes attendance at restaurants or during free time activities.



Master Document: JLIB © STUDENT DISMISSAL PRECAUTIONS
Child Document: JLIB © STUDENT DISMISSAL PRECAUTIONS

JLIB ©
STUDENT  DISMISSAL  PRECAUTIONS

No student will be removed from the school grounds, from any school building, or from any school function during school hours except by a person authorized to do so by the student's parent or by a person who has legal custody of the student, except as A.R.S. 8-303, 8-304, and 8-802 shall apply.  Before a student is removed, the person seeking to remove the student must present, to the satisfaction of the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee, evidence of proper authority to remove the student.  If any police or court official requests the dismissal of a student during school hours, parents should be notified as soon as possible.

For purposes of the Arizona Medical Marijuana Act, no person may be denied custody of or visitation or parenting time with a minor, and there is no presumption of neglect or child endangerment for conduct allowed under the Act, unless the person's behavior creates an unreasonable danger to the safety of the minor as established by clear and convincing evidence.

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S.   
8-303
8-304
8-802
13-1302
36-2813

CROSS REF.: 
JIH - Student Interrogations, Searches, and Arrests



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JLIA-E

JLIA-E  

EXHIBIT

SUPERVISION  OF  STUDENTS

As a coach, sponsor or administrator, I agree to comply fully with the Glendale Union High School District (GUHSD) Policy JLIA Supervision of Students and the accompanying Regulation JLIA-R.

When students are in school, engaging in school-sponsored activities, or traveling to and from school in District vehicles, they are responsible to the school and the school is responsible to them.

Supervision:  All School District sanctioned athletic events and activities must be supervised by coaching personnel and/or sponsors employed and approved by the District.  Supervision shall include being within the physical presence and, whenever possible, within a line of vision of the students so that the school personnel will have a reasonable opportunity to control the behavior of and assist the students if necessary.

School administration and the school coaching staff and sponsors must take reasonable care to use a sufficient number of adult supervisors given the nature of the particular activity being supervised and the number of participants involved in the activity.

Students should not be left alone.  Coaches or sponsors must assure that all students have a means of transportation home.  Coaches and sponsors should not leave until all students are picked-up.

________________________________________     _____________________
            Coach/Sponsor's Signature                                               Date

________________________________________     _____________________
            Administrator's Signature                                                Date



Master Document: JLIB-R ©
Child Document: JLIB-R ©

JLIB-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  DISMISSAL  PRECAUTIONS

(Student Release Requirements)

At the time of school admission, the principal must complete the student's permanent record form, which will identify the student's legal name and the name, address, and telephone number of the student's lawful custodian(s).

Before releasing a student during the school day, the principal shall be responsible for the verification of the identity of any lawful custodian or any representative seeking release of a student.

If a lawful custodian, as indicated on the student's permanent record, is not recognized by sight, the principal shall require satisfactory identification before such release.  If there is a doubt, release may not be granted.

In the case of a written or verbal authorization by a lawful custodian of record, the principal shall require satisfactory verification of the message as being from the lawful custodian of record.  If there is a doubt, release may not be granted.

If an unauthorized person refuses to honor the decision of the principal, the principal shall call the local police authority.

If, in the granting of a release of a student, a change in the record of the student's lawful custodian(s) becomes apparent and is verified to the satisfaction of the principal, such change shall immediately be entered on the student's permanent record.

If any police or court official requests the release of a student during school hours, parents should be notified as soon as possible.



Master Document: JLIE © STUDENT AUTOMOBILE USE AND PARKING
Child Document: JLIE © STUDENT AUTOMOBILE USE AND PARKING

JLIE ©
STUDENT  AUTOMOBILE  USE  
AND  PARKING

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for registration, parking, and use of motorized vehicles and for searches for and seizures of illegal material contained therein.  In the establishment of such procedures the Superintendent will be guided by the following:

●  Students A.  Students will not bring any motorized vehicles on any campus in the District other than the high school campusschool campus.

●  All B.  All students will register their vehicles.

●  Registration C.  Registration stickers must be displayed on all student vehicles.

●  Vehicles D.  Vehicles may be towed away at student expense for failure to follow policy and procedures related to motorized to motorized vehicles.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
28-4836



Master Document: JLIE-R ©
Child Document: JLIE-R ©

JLIE-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  AUTOMOBILE  USE 
AND  PARKING

Registration

Students will register their vehicles if they intend to drive to school.  The registration will require that the owner of the vehicle sign the forms and acknowledgments.  Registration stickers will be affixed to the vehicles in a manner specified by the school administration.  Students who fail to register their vehicles or who fail to follow school policy and procedures related to use of vehicles may have their vehicles towed away.  Any expense related to such towing will be the responsibility of the student.  Under the conditions set out in A.R.S. 28-4836, the authorizing school personnel will notify the law enforcement agency of the jurisdiction of the school within one (1) hour of the time the vehicle is moved or towed.

Automobile  Searches

Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.  The school retains authority to conduct routine patrols of student parking lots and inspections of the exteriors of student automobiles on school property.  The interiors of student vehicles may be inspected whenever a school authority has reason to believe that illegal or unauthorized materials may be contained inside.  Such patrols and inspections may be conducted without notice, without student consent, and without a search warrant.

Seizure  of  Illegal  Materials

If a properly conducted search yields illegal or contraband materials, such findings shall be turned over to proper legal authorities for ultimate disposition.



Master Document: JLIE-E ©
Child Document: JLIE-E ©

JLIE-E ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  AUTOMOBILE  USE 
AND  PARKING

ACKNOWLEDGMENT CONCERNING USE OF
STUDENT PARKING LOTS

I acknowledge and understand that:

●  Students

A.  Students are permitted to park on school premises as a matter of privilege, not of right.

●  The

B.  The District retains authority to conduct routine patrols of student parking lots and inspections of the

exteriors of

exteriors of student automobiles on school property.

●  The

C.  The District may inspect the interiors of student automobiles whenever a school authority has

reasonable suspicion

reasonable suspicion to believe that illegal or unauthorized materials are contained inside the automobiles.

●  Such

D.  Such patrols and inspections may be conducted without notice, without student consent, and without a

search warrant

search warrant.

●  A

E.  A student who fails to provide access to the interior of the car upon request by a school official will be

subject to

subject to school disciplinary action.

●  If

F.  If the student fails to follow school policy and procedure related to use of vehicles, the vehicle may be

towed away

towed away and stored, at the owner's expense.

____________________________________________     __________________

Signature of the

Student                                                               Date

Student                                                                    Date

____________________________________________     __________________

Signature of the Parent/

Guardian                                               Date

Guardian                                                      Date

____________________________________________     __________________

Signature of the Vehicle

Owner                                                 

Owner                                                         Date

Vehicle license number:  ________________________

_



Master Document: JLIF-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLIF-R © 

REGULATION

SEX  OFFENDER  NOTIFICATION

(Sex Offender and Dangerous Juvenile Offender
Notification and Protective Measures) 

To fulfill the requirements of Policy JLIF the following procedures are to be implemented.

Registered  Sex  Offender
Community  Notification

When the local law enforcement agency notifies the District pursuant to A.R.S. 13-3825 and 13-3826 of a registered sex offender's presence in the community, the following actions shall occur:

A.  A copy of the notification flyer provided by the law enforcement agency, displaying the offender's photograph and disclosing the offender's exact address, status summary, and criminal background, is to be distributed to each school and department.

B.  The school principal or department supervisor shall post the notification flyer at locations where the flyer is readily accessible for viewing by staff members, students, and visitors.

C.  The principal or supervisor shall inform students and staff members that a new flyer has been posted.

D.  When the registered sex offender described in the notice is also a student within the District, then the provisions regarding juvenile (youthful) dangerous offenders and sex offenders shall also be followed, except that the restrictions against disclosure of information shall not apply to the information obtained in the community notification received from the local law enforcement agency.

===================================================================

Optional language:  The following statement (to the next double line) on notification is available for inclusion at the District's discretion.

Information is to also be communicated through media, such as newsletters, meal menus, press releases, and similar means to students, staff members, and parents/guardians advising them that listings of sex offenders in the area are available at the Arizona Department of Public Safety Sex Offender Infocenter, www.az.gov/webapp/offender, and at the United States Department of Justice National Sex Offender Public Registry, www.nsopr.gov/, as well as various other websites.

===================================================================

Optional language:  The following restrictions (to the next double line) on offenders are available for inclusion at the District's discretion.

District  Restrictions  on  Registered 
Sex  Offenders 

An adult registered sex offender may not be present on school property, including school buildings, grounds, and vehicles, except when:

A.  The offender is the parent or guardian of a student attending the school and the offender is:

1.  Attending a conference with school personnel to discuss the academic or social progress of the offender's child; or

2.  Participating in child review conferences in which special education evaluation and placement decisions may be made with respect to the offender's child; or

3.  Attending conferences to discuss other issues relating to the offender's child, such as student discipline, retention or promotion; or

B.  The offender has obtained prior written permission from the Superintendent.

When a registered sex offender is present on school property under any of the circumstances described above, the offender must comply with the following requirements:

A.  Notify the principal's office immediately upon arrival on school property;

B.  Remain at all times under the direct supervision of the principal or a person designated by the principal; and

C.  Notify the principal's office when the offender is departing from school property.

A staff member who observes a person or a situation that leads the staff member to a reasonable belief that the person may be a sex offender, or that a sexual assault or abuse might occur, is to promptly notify a school official of his or her belief.  The school official is to notify the Superintendent and, as appropriate, law enforcement of the staff member's belief.  When an individual appears to have been inappropriately contacted or approached, or has been assaulted, law enforcement is to be notified without delay.  The staff member is not to confront a suspected abuser; investigation and determination is to be left to proper authorities.

===================================================================

When the individual under suspicion is a student in the District, the Superintendent may, pursuant to A.R.S. 8-350, request from the juvenile court the criminal history of the student to determine if the student has been adjudicated delinquent for or convicted of a dangerous offense or a violation of A.R.S. 13-1405, 13-1406, 13-1410, or 13-1417.  If the criminal history provided by the court shows such an adjudication or conviction, then the District shall implement the procedures outlined below for juvenile (youthful) dangerous offenders and sex offenders.

===================================================================

Juvenile  (Youthful)  Dangerous
Offenders  and  Sex  Offenders

When the District is notified by a juvenile court pursuant to A.R.S. 8-350 that a student attending a school in the District has been adjudicated delinquent for or convicted of and placed on probation for a dangerous offense or sexual conduct with a minor, sexual assault, molestation of a child, or continual sexual abuse of a child the Superintendent shall promptly notify the principal of the school where the student is in membership.

The principal shall:

A.  Send notice to the student's teacher(s), and such other staff members as the principal determines appropriate to the circumstance, to contact the principal concerning a confidential matter.  The noticed staff members will be provided with the information received from the juvenile court, and be directed to comply with the student record confidentiality requirements prescribed in District Policy JR.  A staff member who improperly discloses confidential student information may be disciplined pursuant to District policy.

===================================================================

Optional language:  The following restrictions (to the end of this document) on juvenile offenders and instruction in protective measures are available for inclusion at the District's discretion.

B.  Confer with the student's probation officer to gather information on the student's offense, the conditions of probation, and assessment of the student as a risk factor where other students and staff members are concerned.

1.  Where a viable risk is perceived, the principal shall notify the Superintendent who, in consultation with legal counsel and the juvenile offender's parole officer, shall determine further steps to be taken.

C.  Meet without undue delay and to the extent reasonably possible, with the student's parent(s) or guardian(s), the student's teacher(s), and the student's counselor where available.  Advise the parties that the student juvenile offender:

1.  Cannot attend a school where a victim of the juvenile offender is in membership;

2.  Cannot attend a school where a sibling of a victim of the juvenile offender is in membership;

3.  Must refrain from contact with the victim of the juvenile offender or a sibling of the victim while on school property.

D.  Notify the parent(s) or guardian(s) of the juvenile offender's victim of the juvenile offender's membership in a District school.

E.  Upon request, make the notification information available to teachers, parents, guardians, or custodians.

Staff members are to be alert to and inform school officials of any behavior by a juvenile offender that creates an abnormal risk to members of the school community.  However, each circumstance involving a student probationary juvenile offender attending a District school shall be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.  Whenever possible without placing other students or adult members of the school community at risk, reasonable efforts should be made to continue the student's education, to provide supportive services, and to avoid any acts of harassment or vigilantism against the student.  Although federal and state laws and rules permit the release of information concerning a student registered sex offender, discretion should be exercised when discussing or disseminating information about the student.  Whenever possible, the school community should encourage and support timely and appropriate intervention toward the expected outcome that a juvenile offender's conduct will be rectified so the student will commit no further offense and will develop into a responsible, self-controlled adult.

Instruction  in  Protective  Measures

A committee including members of the District staff, the local law enforcement agency, and such other persons as the Superintendent may determine will convene to develop instruction in protective measures against sexual offenders.  These shall include, but not be limited to, techniques child sexual molesters use to charm adults and gain access to children and how sexual predators use the internet to entice students into dangerous situations.  The committee is to evaluate and select materials and strategies designed to deliver age-appropriate instruction that equips students in identifying, avoiding, fleeing from, and reporting assaults and attempted assaults by sexual offenders.

Instruction in protective measures is to be incorporated into the general curriculum.  Instances of the posting of a new notification of a registered sex offender in the community should be accompanied with repetition and reinforcement of protective measures students should know and apply as a defense against sexual predators.



Master Document: JLIF © SEX OFFENDER NOTIFICATION
Child Document: JLIF © SEX OFFENDER NOTIFICATION

JLIF ©
SEX  OFFENDER  NOTIFICATION

(Sex Offender and Dangerous Juvenile Offender
Notification and Protective Measures) 

Arizona statutes require law enforcement agencies to provide notification to the District regarding certain registered sex offenders and require courts to notify the District regarding juveniles adjudicated delinquent for "dangerous offenses" or certain sex offenses.

●  Arizona

A.  Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.) 13-3825

and

 and 13-3826

require

 require the local law enforcement agency to

notify the

notify the community, including area schools, of the presence of a registered sex offender in the community

when the

when the offender has been determined by the agency to be a "level two" (medium risk) or "level three" (high risk)

offender

 offender.

●  A

B.  A.R.S. 8-350

directs

 directs the court to notify the District when a student attending a school in the District has

been adjudicated

been adjudicated delinquent for or convicted of and placed on probation for a dangerous offense or sexual

conduct with

conduct with a minor, sexual assault, molestation of a child, or continual sexual abuse of a child.

 

  Dangerous

offense

offense is defined

in

in 8-350

as

 as "an offense involving the discharge, use or threatening exhibition of a deadly

weapon or

weapon or dangerous instrument or the intentional or knowing infliction of serious physical injury on another person."

●  A

C.  A.R.S. 13-3821

permits

 permits a juvenile court to require a juvenile who has been adjudicated delinquent for

certain sex

certain sex offenses to register as a sex offender until the person reaches the age of twenty-five (25), and A.R.S. 13-3825

permits

 permits a juvenile court to further require such juvenile registered sex offender to be subject to

the State

the State's community notification requirements.

It is the Governing Board's desire to create and maintain a safe environment for the District's students and staff members.  Therefore, the Superintendent is directed to develop procedures to disseminate the information received from the local law enforcement agency regarding adult and juvenile registered sex offenders present in the District and to provide teachers, parents, guardians, or custodians, upon request, information received from a court pursuant to A.R.S. 8-350 concerning a juvenile who has been adjudicated for or convicted of a dangerous offense or a specified sex offense.

District  Procedures

Procedures within the District shall encompass, but not necessarily be limited to:

●  Measures

A.  Measures to disseminate information received from the local law enforcement agency to staff members,

parents

 parents, guardians, or custodians when the District has been notified that a registered offender has

moved into

moved into the community.  When in the judgment of the Superintendent it is determined to be appropriate,

the measures

the measures will include disseminating the information to students.

●  Measures

B.  Measures to provide to teachers, parents, guardians, or custodians, upon request, information received

by the District

by the District under A.R.S. 8-350, regarding juveniles adjudicated delinquent of "dangerous offenses" or

sex offenses.Adopted:  December 1, 2010

sex offenses.

==================================================================

Optional language:  The following elements are available for inclusion at the District's discretion.

C.  District restrictions on and requirements of registered sex offenders.

D.  Assessment, enrollment, placement, and oversight of students about whom an A.R.S. 8-350 notification has been received.

E.  Student instruction in protective measures.

F.  Prohibitions against harassment of individuals or acts of vigilantism based upon information received by the District.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
8-208
8-321
8-350
8-371
13-1405
13-1406
13-1410
13-1417
13-3821
13-3825
13-3826
20 U.S.C. 1232g(b)(7)
42 U.S.C. 14071(d)

CROSS REF.: 
DJE - Bidding/Purchasing Procedures
EB - Environmental and Safety Program
GCF - Professional Staff Hiring
GDF - Support Staff Hiring
IJNDB - Use of Technology Resources in Instruction
JA - Student Policies Goals/Priority Objectives
JF - Student Admissions
JLI - Student Safety
JLF - Reporting Child Abuse/Child Protection
JR - Student Records



Master Document: JLIF-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JLIF-E © 

EXHIBIT

SEX  OFFENDER  NOTIFICATION

SEX OFFENDER AND DANGEROUS JUVENILE OFFENDER
NOTIFICATION AND PROTECTIVE MEASURES

Following is a checklist1 to help parents, teachers, and counselors spot an adult's possible sexual interest in children.

A.  Persons who promote and sustain a special one-on-one relationship with a particular child.

B.  Persons who spend an inordinate amount of time alone with children other than their own.

C.  Persons who take pictures of children other than their own.

D.  Teachers, coaches, activity providers, et cetera, who pursue and cultivate an intense ongoing relationship with a child or student who is not a member of the adult's group.

The checklist is provided only to aid school personnel and parents in the protection of students; it is not intended to be a finite or discriminatory listing.  Each potential concern should be carefully considered and evaluated on a case-by-case basis.

1Adapted from The Stop Child Molestation Book, What Ordinary People Can Do In Their Everyday Lives to Save Three Million Children, Gene G. Abel, M.D, and Nora Harlow, authors.



Master Document: JN © STUDENT VOLUNTEERS FOR SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE
Child Document: JN © STUDENT VOLUNTEERS FOR SCHOOL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE

JN ©
STUDENT  VOLUNTEERS  FOR 
SCHOOL  AND  COMMUNITY  SERVICE

The Board encourages the utilization of student volunteers in the educational program (e.g., student librarians, student office helpers, et cetera) and in useful community services.  However, student volunteers must be capable of carrying out the additional load without endangering their academic achievement.  Therefore, all student volunteers shall be expected to maintain their grades, attend all classes, and recognize that the activity to which they are volunteering their services is secondary to their primary goal of getting an education.

Teachers and members of the community are encouraged to check with a student's teacher and the principal before a student is sought for volunteer help, to make sure that the additional responsibility can be undertaken without endangering the student's academic achievement.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JO © EMPLOYMENT OF STUDENTS
Child Document: JO © EMPLOYMENT OF STUDENTS

JO ©
EMPLOYMENT  OF  STUDENTS

The Board places a high value on education and strongly urges students to do likewise.  All students, therefore, are encouraged to continue with their educational program until graduation from high school.

The Board is aware that many students, for various reasons, seek employment during the school year.  These students are reminded that school work and activities must not be neglected, nor shall such employment conflict with the school schedule.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-512
23-231
23-232
23-233
23-235



Master Document: JP © STUDENT DONATIONS AND GIFTS
Child Document: JP © STUDENT DONATIONS AND GIFTS

JP ©
STUDENT  DONATIONS  AND  GIFTS

Students shall be discouraged from collecting money, setting aside funds, or purchasing gifts for the school or for faculty members.

Gifts from groups of students to other student(s) shall be limited to small expressions of condolence, remembrance, or appreciation.  Guidelines for such remembrances shall be established by the Superintendent.

Solicitations by or of students are to be governed by the following policies:

●  Students

A.  Students shall not be solicited to purchase books or other merchandise, except for materials approved by

the District

the District for use in the classroom.

●  Solicitations

B.  Solicitations by students shall be limited to small contributions, i.e., expressions of condolence, remembrance,

or

 or appreciation.  Guidelines for such solicitations shall be established by the Superintendent.

●  No

C.  No other solicitations shall be made by or of students during school hours or on school premises.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JQ © STUDENT FEES, FINES, AND CHARGES
Child Document: JQ © STUDENT FEES, FINES, AND CHARGES

JQ ©
STUDENT  FEES,  FINES,  AND  CHARGES

The Board recognizes the need for student fees to fund certain school activities that are not financed by local, state, or federal funds.  It also recognizes that some students may not be able to pay these fees.  All fees shall contain a provision that allows the fees to be waived in the event of economic hardship to the pupil.  Non-payment of fees charged by the District, may not prevent a pupil from enrolling in, applying to or remaining enrolled in a public school.  No student will be denied an education as a result of inability to pay these supplementary charges.  This policy does not prohibit the District from charging tuition to a non-state resident pupil, as required by statute.

Students will not be required to supply specific types of school supplies or equipment as a prerequisite to successful completion of a required course or project.

Students will, however, be responsible and accountable for loss of or damage to school property, including textbooks and library books.

The Superintendent will establish procedures through which students may be held responsible and accountable for loss of or damage to school property, including textbooks and library books.

Authorization is granted for the acceptance of fees or cash contributions paid by a taxpayer for support of extracurricular activities and character education programs in schools of the District.  The Superintendent shall establish procedures to assure compliance with all requirements for reporting the receipt and expenditure of taxpayer contributions.

Adopted: 

November 5, 2014

date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-116

15-342
15-719
15-724
15-727
15-728
15-729
43-1088

43-1089

43-1089.01

43-1089.03

CROSS REF.: 
DKB - Salary Deductions
EDBA - Maintenance and Control of Instructional Materials



Master Document: JQ-R ©
Child Document: JQ-R

JQ-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  FEES,  FINES,  AND  CHARGES

(Tax Credit Contributions)

The receipt and expenditure of fees or cash contributions may be for "Extracurricular activities" as indicated in Pursuant to A.R.S. 43-1089.01 and 15-342 with contributions also used for "character education programs" as described , a taxpayer is allowed a credit for the amount of any fees or cash contributions made to a public school for the support of extracurricular activities or character education programs.  Donations are limited to the amounts of two hundred dollars ($200) for a single individual or a head of household and four hundred dollars ($400) for a married couple filing a joint return.  A contribution for which a credit is claimed and that is made on or before April 15 following the taxable year may be applied to either the preceding taxable year or to the current year.

"Extracurricular activities," as defined in A.R.S. 15-719.To comply with the requirements of 342 and A.R.S. 43-1089.01 concerning the receipt and expenditure of fees or cash contributions from taxpayers during the previous calendar year for support of extracurricular activities and character education programs of the District, annually not later than February 28 each school in the District shall provide the following information on , are any optional, noncredit, educational, or recreational activities that supplement the education program of the school, whether offered before, during, or after regular school hours.  They are school-sponsored activities that require enrolled students to pay a fee in order to participate.  At least some monetary amount must be levied to participate in an extracurricular activity in order for the tax credit to be available.  A blanket waiver of all activity fees would make the activity ineligible for the tax credit. Examples of extracurricular activities include paying fees for band uniforms, equipment or uniforms for varsity athletic activities, scientific laboratory materials, and in-state or out-of-state trips that are solely for competitive events. Extracurricular activities do not include any senior trips or events that are recreational, amusement, or tourist activities.

"Character education programs," as defined in A.R.S. 15-719, must include instruction in the definition and application of at least six (6) of the following character traits: truthfulness, responsibility, compassion, diligence, sincerity, trustworthiness, respect, attentiveness, obedience, orderliness, forgiveness, virtue, fairness, caring, citizenship, and integrity.  The course of study for each grade, kindergarten through twelfth (K-12), may be developed by the District. Activities, discussions, and visual media and literary presentations should be used to illustrate and reinforce the application of the character traits, and presentations should be made by teachers or mentors who demonstrate the character traits.

Using forms prescribed by the Arizona Department of Revenue:

●  Total number of fees and contribution payments received.

●  Total dollar amount received.

●  Total dollar amount spent by the school.

When a school has a school council, the school council shall determine how contributions , a recipient school of any contribution must provide the following information to the Department by February 28 of each year:

A.  The total number of fee and cash contribution payments received during the previous calendar year.

B.  The total dollar amount of fees and contributions received during the previous calendar year.

C.  The total dollar amount of fees and contributions spent by the school during the previous calendar year, categorized by specific extracurricular activity or character education program.

In addition to this report to the Department, schools should issue a receipt to the taxpayer for any fees or cash contributions received.  The receipt should include the public school name, school district name and number, taxpayer name and address, fees paid or amount contributed, date paid or contributed, and a description of the activity being supported.

The use of contributions that are not designated for a specific purpose are to be used at the school.  When a school does not have a school shall be determined by the site council of the public school that receives the contributions.  In the absence of a site council, the principal, director, or chief administrator of the school shall make the determination. If  If, at the end of a fiscal year a public school has , there remain any unspent contributions that were previously designated for a specific purpose or program, and that purpose or program has been discontinued or has not been used for two (2) consecutive fiscal years, these contributions shall be considered undesignated in the following fiscal year for the purposes of this subsection..

GUIDELINES FOR THE PUBLIC SCHOOL EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITY (ECA) TAX CREDIT - AZDOR Link: http://www.azdor.gov/LinkClick.aspx?fileticket=7tg5M2-Lvpw%3D&tabid=



Master Document: JQ-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

JQ-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  FEES,  FINES,  AND  CHARGES

FEES

Areas where fees may be charged include, but may not be limited to:

A.  Optional extracurricular activities, which are defined as any optional, noncredit, educational or recreational activity that supplements the education program of the school, whether offered before, during, or after regular school hours.

B.  Optional programs conducted when school is not in session.

C.  Fine arts courses (high school only).

D.  Vocational education courses (high school only).

E.  Other courses, fees for optional services, equipment, and materials offered to the students beyond those required to successfully complete the basic requirements of the course (high school only).

Pursuant to A.R.S. 15-342, a school district may charge fees for the activities described above if:

A.  The fees are reasonable.

B.  The fees do not exceed the actual costs of the activities, programs, services, equipment, or materials.

C.  A notice of the proposed fees is given to all parents of students enrolled at schools in the District before the Governing Board acts to adopt fees.

D.  The fees are then adopted by the Governing Board.

E.  The Governing Board includes in its action a grant of authority to the principals to waive the assessment of all or a part of any fee if it creates an economic hardship for a specific student.

F.  No fees are charged for students' access to or use of computers or related materials.



Master Document: JQ-EB ©
Child Document: JQ-EB ©

JQ-EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  FEES,  FINES,  AND  CHARGES

TAX CREDIT CONTRIBUTIONS

IS THIS A TAX CREDIT ELIGIBLE EXTRACURRICULAR ACTIVITY?

 In accordance with A.R.S. § 15-342(24) and § 43-1089.01(G)(2):

1. Is the activity sponsored by the district/school?                Yes    No

2. Is the activity for enrolled students?                                  Yes    No

3. Is the activity optional?                                                      Yes    No

4. Is the activity non-credit?                                                   Yes    No

5. Does the activity supplement the district/school’s educational program?    Yes    No                    Yes    No

    program?

6. Does the district/school charge a fee for participation in the activity?          Yes    No

7. Is the activity fee paid directly to the district/school?                                    Yes    No

8. Was the fee for this activity adopted by the Governing Board at a public

    public meeting after notice to all parents of

    enrolled of enrolled students?                                                                                        Yes    No

9. Has the Governing Board authorized the principal to waive all or part part 

    of the activity fee if it creates an economic

    hardship economic hardship for a student?                                                                                 Yes    No

If you answered NO to any of these questions, then the activity is not tax credit eligible.  If you are not certain how to answer any of the above questions, you should consult the school’s attorney before offering tax credits for the activity.

Frequently  Asked  Questions

1. How must extracurricular activity fees be adopted?  To be eligible for tax credits, extracurricular activity fees

    must be adopted fees must be adopted by the Governing Board at a public meeting after notice to all parents of students enrolled in

    the in the District.  [See A.R.S. § 15-342(24)].  Districts typically adopt a fee schedule near the beginning of the school

    year school year and may later publish supplementary fee schedules.  Best practice is for any extracurricular activity fees,

    including fees for field trips, to be included on the district’s District’s published fee schedules. Activity fees that have not

    been properly not been properly noticed or adopted by the Governing Board are not tax credit eligible.

2. Can the fees be paid directly to a third-party that is coordinating the activity?  Extracurricular activity fees

    must fees must be paid directly to the district or school.  Fees paid to third-parties do not qualify for tax credits.  [See Arizona

    Attorney Arizona Attorney General Opinions I03-008 and I98-007.]

3. Must the District waive all or part of an activity fee if it creates an economic hardship for a student?  The

    Governing The Governing Board must authorize a principal to waive all or part of an activity fee if it creates an economic hardship

    for hardship for a student.  [See A.R.S. § 15-342(24) and Arizona Attorney General Opinion I99-021.]  If a student does not raise

    enough raise enough money through tax credit donations and cannot otherwise afford to participate in an extracurricular activity,

    the  the student’s principal must be authorized to waive all or part of the fee.  In practice, this means the principal must

    find must find another funding source to pay for the student’s activity fee.  For example, the school’s site council may choose

    to choose to use undesignated tax credit donations to pay for the activity fees of students for whom payment would represent

    an represent an economic hardship. See A.R.S. § 43-1089.01(E).  Best practice is for a site council, at the beginning of the school

    yearschool year, to identify which activity fees it will cover and in what amounts.  If a school or district is unable to waive part or

    all or all of an activity fee for a student for whom the fee creates an economic hardship, then no fees may be charged for

    the for the activity and the activity would no longer be tax credit eligible. See A.R.S. § 15-342(24).

________________________________________________________________________________

Any fees charged must be no more than the actual costs of the activity. See A.R.S. § 15-342(24).

Arizona Department of Revenue, Office of Economic Research and Analysis, December 2014, Page 4.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: JQ-E ©

JQ-E ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  FEES,  FINES,  AND  CHARGES

FEES

Areas where fees may be charged include, but may not be limited to:

●  Optional extracurricular activities, which are defined as any optional, noncredit, educational or recreational activity that supplements the education program of the school, whether offered before, during, or after regular school hours.

●  Optional programs conducted when school is not in session.

●  Fine arts courses (high school only).

●  Vocational education courses (high school only).

●  Other courses, fees for optional services, equipment, and materials offered to the students beyond those required to successfully complete the basic requirements of the course (high school only).

Pursuant to A.R.S. 15-342, a school district may charge fees for the activities described above if:

●  The fees are reasonable.

●  The fees do not exceed the actual costs of the activities, programs, services, equipment, or materials.

●  A notice of the proposed fees is given to all parents of students enrolled at schools in the District before the Governing Board acts to adopt fees.

●  The fees are then adopted by the Governing Board.

●  The Governing Board includes in its action a grant of authority to the principals to waive the assessment of all or a part of any fee if it creates an economic hardship for a specific student.

●  No fees are charged for students' access to or use of computers or related materials.



Master Document: JR © STUDENT RECORDS
Child Document: JR © STUDENT RECORDS

JR ©
STUDENT  RECORDS

Required student records (regular and special education) will be prepared in a manner consistent with State state and federal laws, the requirements of the Arizona Uniform System of Financial Records (USFR) and those of the Arizona Department of Libraries, Archives and Public Records.  Retention periods and disposition of records shall be as specified in the USFR, the Arizona Department of Library Archives and Public Records and relevant federal statutes and regulations.

The District will comply with the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT ACT), and the No Child Left Behind Every Student Succeeds Act of 2001 2015 (NCLBESSA) in the establishment, maintenance, correction, and disposition of student records.

The Board directs the Superintendent to establish procedures for such compliance, including informing parents, students, and the public of the contents.  The Superintendent will implement procedures as required by law and will establish procedures for dealing with violations.

If a parent or eligible student believes that the District is violating the FERPA, that person has a right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education.  The address is:

                          

The Family Policy Compliance Office

                          

U.S. Department of Education

                          

400 Maryland Avenue, SW

                          

Washington, DC 20202-4605

                          

Telephone number: (202) 260-3887

In adopting this policy it is the intent of the Board that the policy and related procedures be implemented immediately.  Copies of the policy and procedures will be available for parent and eligible student review in the District office.

Confidentiality

The right to inspect and review education records and the release of or access to such records, other information, or instructional materials will be consistent with federal law in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, Title 20, United States Code, sections 1232g and 1232h, the USA PATRIOT ACT, NCLB, ESSA and with federal regulations issued pursuant to such act.

Annual  Notification

Within the first three (3) weeks of each school year, the District will publish in a District communication a notice to parents and eligible students of their rights under the FERPA and this procedure.  This notice will also be provided to each parent of new students enrolling after school begins [34 C.F.R. 99.7].  The District will arrange to provide translation of the notice to non-English-speaking parents in their native language or mode of communication [34 C.F.R. 300.9].  The notice shall inform the parents of:

●  The

A.  The right of the parent or an eligible student to inspect and review the student's education records.

●  The

B.  The intent of the District to limit the disclosure of personally identifiable information contained in a student'

s education

s education records, including disciplinary records, except by the prior written consent of the parent or

eligible student

eligible student or under certain limited circumstances as permitted by the FERPA, the USA PATRIOT Act or

the NCLB Act

the ESSA.

●  The

C.  The right of the parent or eligible student to seek to correct parts of the school education records that

the student

the student or the parent believes to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of student rights.  This

right includes

right includes the right to a hearing to present evidence that the record should be changed if the

District decides

District decides not to alter it according to the parent's or eligible student's request.

●  The

D.  The right of the parent or eligible student to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education if

they believe

they believe the District has violated the FERPA.

Parents and eligible students have the following rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and this procedure [34 C.F.R. 99.7 and  300.613].  The notice shall also include:

●  The

A.  The procedure for exercising the right to inspect and review education records.

●  The

B.  The procedure for requesting amendments of education records that the parent or eligible

student believe

student believe to be inaccurate, misleading or otherwise a violation of the student's privacy rights.

●  The

C.  The conditions when prior consent is not required, the criteria for determining who constitutes a

school official

school official and what constitutes a legitimate educational interest.

If the School District permits the release of directory information relating to pupils, the information shall be released on or before October 31 of each year.  The Superintendent shall develop procedures to communicate to students and their parents in a timely manner information relating to access to the Arizona Department of Education form which is designed to allow pupils to request that directory information not be released pursuant to the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (ESEA) as reauthorized by the No Child Left Behind (NCLB) Act of 2001Every Student Succeeds Act of 2015 (ESSA).

Adopted:  September 21, 2011date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-141

15-142
15-828
15-829
4125-1346et seq403.06

41-1354

44-1373
10 U.S.C. 503
20 U.S.C. 1232
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 6301 et seq.  Every Student Succeeds Act of 2015

20 U.S.C. 7908
34 C.F.R. 300

CROSS REF.: 
IHB - Special Instructional Programs
JF - Student Admissions
JFAB - Admission of Nonresident Students
JLH - Missing Students
JRCA - Request for Transfer of Records



Master Document: JR-R ©
Child Document: JR-R ©

JR-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  RECORDS

This procedure is designed to meet the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and the Individuals with Disabilities in Education Act (IDEA).  All personnel in the District are expected to fulfill the requirements of policy and the following procedures in order to protect the confidentiality of personally identifiable information at collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages [34 C.F.R. 300.612].

The Superintendent has the responsibility for ensuring the confidentiality of any personally identifiable information [34 C.F.R. 300.612].

All rights and protections given parents under the FERPA and this procedure transfer to the student upon reaching age eighteen (18) except where the student continues as a dependent under specified circumstances, or enrolling in a postsecondary school.  The student then becomes an "eligible student" [34 C.F.R. 99.5 and 300.625].

Definitions

For the purpose of the procedure, the District has used the following definitions of terms:

●  Student

A.  Student - Any person who attends or has attended a program of instruction sponsored by the District

and for whom

and for whom the District maintains education records.

● 

B.  Eligible

student

student - A student who has reached age eighteen (18) or is attending a postsecondary school.

●  Parent

C.  Parent - Either the natural parent of a student, unless the parent's rights under the FERPA have

been removed

been removed by a court order, statute, or other legal document, or a guardian, or an individual acting as

a parent

a parent or guardian in the absence of the student's parent or guardian.  The District may presume

that the

that the parent has the authority to inspect and review education records relating to his or her child

unless the

unless the District has been advised that the parent does not have authority under applicable law.

● 

D.  Education

records

records - Any information directly related to a student recorded in any way including, but

not limited to

not limited to, handwriting, print, computer media, video or audio tape, film, microfilm or microfiche, that

is maintained by the

is maintained by the District, an employee of the District, or any agent of the District except:

■  Personal

1.  Personal records kept by an employee of the District that meets the following tests:

⇒  It

a.  It is used only as a personal memory aid.

⇒  It

b.  It is kept in the personal possession of the individual who made it.

⇒  It

c.  It is not accessible and has never been revealed to any other person except

the employee

the employee's temporary substitute.

■  Medical

2.  Medical treatment records maintained for "eligible students."

■  Records

3.  Records collected and maintained by a law enforcement unit of the school.

■  Records

4.  Records containing only information about a person after that individual is no longer a student

in the

in the District.

■  An

5.  An employment record that is used only in relation to a student's employment by the District.  (Employment for this purpose does not include activities for which a student receives a

grade or

grade or credit in a course.)

■  Related

6.  Related alumni records after the student no longer attends classes provided by the District, and

the records

the records do not relate to the person as a student.

● 

E.  Personally identifiable

information

information - Any data or information that makes the subject of a record known. 

This includes

This includes the student's name, the name(s) of the student's parent(s) or other family member(s), the student'

s address

s address, the student's Social Security number, a student number, a list of personal characteristics, or

other information

other information that would make the student's identity easily traceable.

● 

F.  Signed and dated written consent - May include a record and signature in electronic form that:

■  Identifies

1.  Identifies and authenticates a particular person as the source of the electronic consent.

■  Indicates

2.  Indicates such person's approval of the information contained in the electronic consent.

Locations  of  Education  Records

A list of types and locations of education records collected, maintained, or used will be provided to the parents on request [34 C.F.R. 300.616].  See Exhibit JR-EA.

Procedure  to  Inspect 

Education  Records

Parents of a student, the designated representative of the parents, and an eligible student may inspect and review the student's education records that are collected, maintained, or used by the District [34 C.F.R. 300.501].  In some circumstances it may be mutually more convenient for the record custodian to provide copies of records.  Charges for the copies of records will be costs of copying unless the fee would effectively prevent the parent from exercising rights to inspect and review those records [34 C.F.R. 300.613 and 300.617].

Since a student's records may be maintained in several locations, the school principal will offer to collect copies of records or the records themselves from locations other than a student's school so they may be inspected at one (1) site.  However, if parents and eligible students wish to inspect records where they are maintained, the school's principal will make every effort to accommodate their wishes.

Parents, the designated representative of the parents, or the eligible student should submit to the student's school principal a signed and dated written request that identifies as precisely as possible the record or records wanted for inspection.  The District will respond to any request without unnecessary delay before any meeting regarding any individual education program or hearing relating to the identification, evaluation, placement of a student, or the provision of a free appropriate public education, and in no case more than forty-five (45) days after the request has been made [34 C.F.R. 300.613 and  99.10].  See Exhibit JR-ED.

The principal, or other education records custodian, will contact the parent of the student or the eligible student to discuss how access will be best arranged (e.g., copies, at the exact location, or records brought to a single site).

Parents have the right, upon reasonable request, for explanations and interpretations of the information contained in the records and a right to request copies of the records containing the information, if not in violation of stated policy of FERPA.  Parents have the right to have a representative of the parent to inspect and review the records [34 C.F.R. 300.613 and 99.10].

The principal, or other education records custodian, will make the needed arrangements as promptly as possible and notify the parent or eligible student of the time and place where the records may be inspected.  This procedure must be completed in forty-five (45) days or less after receipt of the request for access [34 C.F.R. 300.613].

If for any valid reason, such as working hours, distance between record location sites, or health, the parent or eligible student cannot personally inspect and review a student's education records, the District will arrange for the parent or eligible student to obtain copies of the record.  See below for information regarding fees for copies of records [34 C.F.R. 300.613 and 99.10].

When a record contains information about students other than a parent's child or the eligible student, the parent or eligible student may not inspect and review the records of the other students [34 C.F.R. 300.615, 99.5 and 99.12].

Fees  for  Copies  of  Records

All records subject to disclosure under this procedure shall be available for inspection free of charge.  If copies are desired, they shall be furnished by the District to the parent or eligible student on request and free of charge.  Additional copies may be sent to other schools or agencies without charge.  However, the District reserves the right to charge up to thirty-five cents (35¢) per page for multiple or excessive requests.  Copies of available records shall be produced as promptly as possible upon receipt of the request.  No fee will be charged for search and retrieval of records [34 C.F.R. 300.617 and 99.11].

The District will provide copies of records:

●  When

A.  When the refusal to provide copies effectively denies access to the records by the parent or eligible

student

student [34 C.F.R. 300.617].

●  At

B.  At the request of the parent or eligible student, when the District has provided the records to third parties

by the

by the prior consent of the parent or eligible student.

●  At

C.  At the request of the parent or eligible student when the District has forwarded the records to another

school where

school where the student seeks or intends to enroll.

Directory  Information

The District designates the following personally identifiable information contained in a student's education records as "directory information" and may disclose that information without prior written consent [20 U.S.C. 1232g(a)(5)(A)]:

●  The

A.  The student's name.

●  The

B.  The student's address.

●  The

C.  The student's telephone listing.

●  The

D.  The student's date and place of birth.

●  The

E.  The student's electronic mail address.

●  The

F.  The student's photograph.

●  The

G.  The student's grade level.

●  The

H.  The student's major field of study.

● 

I.   The student's dates of attendance.

● 

J.   The student's enrollment status (e.g., part time or full time).

●  The

K.  The student's participation in officially recognized activities and sports.

●  The

L.  The student's weight and height if a member of an athletic team.

● 

M. The student's honors and awards received.

●  The

N.  The student's most recently attended educational agency or institution.

Within the first three (3) weeks of each school year the District will publish in a District communication or send home with each student the above list, or a revised list, of the items of directory information designated as directory information.  For a student who enrolls after the notice is published, the list will be given to the parent or eligible student at the time and place of enrollment.  See Exhibit JR-EB.

After the parents or eligible student have been notified, they will have two (2) weeks to advise the District in writing (a letter to the Superintendent's office) of any or all of the items they refuse to permit the District to designate as directory information about that student.

According to state and federal law if the Governing Board permits the release of directory information relating to students to persons or organizations who inform students of educational or occupational opportunities, then the Governing Board shall provide access to directory information on the same basis to military official recruiting representatives for the purpose of informing students of educational and occupational opportunities available to them

,

.  Directory information shall be released on or before October 31 of each year unless the parent or eligible student requests in writing to the

District 

District (a letter to the Superintendent's office within two

(

[2

)

] weeks after notification) not to release directory information to any person or organization without prior signed and dated written consent.  The District shall distribute a form, separate from any other form, designed and provided to districts by the Arizona Department of Education allowing pupils to request that directory information not be released.  If the District distributes materials to pupils through electronic communication or on an internet website, the form may be distributed in the same manner.  A person who is wrongfully denied access to directory information or access to school buildings, school grounds or other property may notify the Department of Education, which shall report the alleged violation to the United States Department of Education.  If the parent or eligible student refuses to allow the release of directory information without prior signed and dated written consent, then the District will not provide military recruiters, upon request, directory information containing the student's name, addresses and telephone listings.

At the end of the two (2)-week period, if the parent or eligible student has not returned the form indicating refusal to allow the release of directory information, the District will assume it has their permission to release the above-mentioned information.  This designation will remain in effect until it is modified by the prior signed and dated written direction of the parent or eligible student.  The student's records will be appropriately marked by the records custodian to ensure compliance with the parents' or eligible student's request.

Use  of  Student  Education 

Records

To carry out their responsibilities, school officials will have access to student education records for legitimate educational purposes.  The District will use the following criteria to determine who are school officials [34 C.F.R. 99.31]:

● 

A.  A person duly elected to the Board (under limited circumstances).

●  A

B.  A person certificated by the state and appointed by the Board to an administrative or supervisory position.

●  A

C.  A person certificated by the state and under contract to the Board as an instructor.

●  A

D.  A person employed by the Board as a temporary substitute for administrative, supervisory, or

instructional personnel

instructional personnel for the period of such performance as a substitute.

●  A

E.  A person employed by or under contract to the Board to perform a special task, such as a secretary, a clerk,

the

 the Board attorney, or auditor, for the period of such performance as an employee or contractor.

School

District officials who meet the criteria listed above will have access to a student's records if they have a legitimate educational interest in doing so [34 C.F.R. 99.32].  A "legitimate educational interest" is the person's need to know in order to:

●  Perform

A.  Perform an administrative task required in the school employee's position description approved by the Board.

●  Perform

B.  Perform a supervisory or instructional task directly related to the student's education.

●  Perform

C.  Perform a service or benefit for the student or the student's family, such as health care, counseling,

student job

student job placement, or student financial aid.

Records of students placed in special educational programs will be under the direct supervision of the program administration.  All persons collecting or using personally identifiable information in records of students determined to be a student with a disability will receive training or instruction regarding Arizona's policies and procedures for the protection of these records at the collection, storage, disclosure, and destruction stages in accordance with FERPA and IDEA [34 C.F.R. 300.623].

The District will maintain for public inspection a current listing of the names and positions of employees who have access to personally identifiable information maintained on students placed in special education [34 C.F.R. 300.623].  When the information maintained in these records is no longer needed to provide educational services to the student, the District will notify the parents of their right to have the personally identifiable information destroyed [34 C.F.R. 300.624].  However a permanent record of a student's name, address, phone number, grades, attendance record, classes attended, grade level completed, and year completed will be maintained [34 C.F.R. 300.624].  Destruction of records will be accomplished in accordance with the requirements of Arizona law and regulations of the Department of Library, Archives, and Public Records [34 C.F.R. 300.623].

The District will release information from or permit access to a student's education records only with a parent's or eligible student's prior signed and dated written consent, except that the Superintendent or a person designated in writing by the Superintendent may permit disclosure [34 C.F.R. 99.30, 99.31, 99.34, and 99.37]:

●  When

A.  When a student seeks or intends to enroll in another school district or a postsecondary school the District

will not

will not further notify parents or eligible students prior to such a transfer of records.  Parents and student have

a right

a right to obtain copies of records transferred under this provision.  See Exhibit JR-EC.

●  When

B.  When certain federal and state officials need information in order to audit or enforce legal conditions

related to

related to federally supported education programs in the District.

●  To

C.  To parties who provide or may provide financial aid to a student to:

■  Establish

1.  Establish the student's eligibility for the aid.

■  Determine

2.  Determine the amount of financial aid.

■  Establish

3.  Establish the conditions for the receipt of the financial aid.

■  Enforce

4.  Enforce the agreement between the provider and the receiver of financial aid.

●  If

D.  If a state law adopted before November 19, 1974, required certain specific items of information to be

disclosed in

disclosed in personally identifiable form from student records to state or local officials.

●  If

E.  If a state law adopted before November 19, 1974, required certain specific items of information to be

disclosed in

disclosed in personally identifiable form from student records to state or local officials of the juvenile justice system

and the

and the officials certify in writing that the information will not be disclosed to any other party, except as

provided under

provided under state law, without prior signed and dated written consent of the parent or the eligible student.

●  When

F.  When the District has entered into a written agreement or contract for an organization to conduct studies

on the

on the District's behalf to develop tests, administer student aid, or improve instruction.

●  To

G.  To accrediting organizations to carry out their accrediting functions.

●  To

H.  To parents of an eligible student if the parents claim the student as a dependent as defined by the

Internal Revenue

Internal Revenue Code of 1954.

● 

I.   To comply with a judicial order or lawfully issued subpoena.  The District will make a reasonable effort to

notify the

notify the parent or the eligible student before making a disclosure under this provision unless directed otherwise

by a

by a court of competent jurisdiction.

● 

J.   To comply with

an

an ex parte

order

 order from a court of competent jurisdiction requiring the District to permit

the U

the U.S. Attorney General or U.S. Attorney General's designee to collect education records in the

possession of

possession of the District that are relevant to an authorized investigation or prosecution of an offense listed in 18 U.S.C.

2332b

 2332b(g)(5)(B) for an act of domestic or international terrorism as defined in 18 U.S.C. 2331. 

An

An ex

parte

parte order is an order issued by a court of competent jurisdiction without notice to the adverse party.  A

disclosure pursuant

disclosure pursuant to

an

an ex parte

order

 order will not be recorded as a disclosure of information from a student's

education records

education records by the District.

●  If

K.  If the District initiates legal action against a parent or student, the District may disclose to the court, without

a court

a court order or subpoena, the education records of the student that are relevant for the District to proceed

with the

with the legal action.

●  If

L.  If a parent or eligible student initiates legal action against the District, the District may, without a court order

or subpoena

or subpoena, disclose the student's education records that are relevant for the District to defend itself.

● 

M. To comply with the request of authorized law enforcement officials conducting an investigation of acts

of terrorism

of terrorism.

●  The

N.  The disclosure is in connection with a health or safety emergency.  Time is an important and limiting

factor in

factor in determining whether the disclosure is in connection with a health or safety emergency.  The District

will permit any

will permit any school official to make the needed disclosure from student education records in a health

or safety

or safety emergency if:

■  The

1.  The official deems the disclosure is warranted by the seriousness of the threat

to the

to the health

or safety

or safety of the student or other persons.

■  The

2.  The information is necessary and needed to address the emergency.

■  The

3.  The persons to whom the information is to be disclosed are qualified and in a position to

deal with

deal with the emergency.

●  The

O.  The District may release student attendance, disciplinary, and other education records to a law

enforcement agency

enforcement agency and county attorney pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement between the District,

the law

the law enforcement agency, the county attorney, and other state, local, or tribal government agencies

to create a local

to create a local or tribal juvenile justice network for the purpose of:

■  providing

1.  providing appropriate programs and services to intervene with juveniles currently involved in the

juvenile justice

juvenile justice system.

■  providing

2.  providing appropriate programs and services designed to deter at-risk juveniles from dropping out

of school

of school or other delinquent behavior.

■  increasing

3.  increasing the safety and security of the community and its children by reducing juvenile crime.

●  Education

P.  Education records provided pursuant to an intergovernmental agreement entered into in accord with

the above

the above provisions shall be used solely for the purposes of the agreement and shall not be disclosed

to any other party

to any other party, except as provided by law.

A District school official may release information from a student's education records, other than directory information, to a third party if the parent or the eligible student gives prior signed and dated written consent for the disclosure and the third party agrees that the information will not be disclosed to any other party without the prior consent of the parent or eligible student.  The signed and dated written consent must include at least:

● 

A.  A specification of the records to be released.

●  The

B.  The reasons for the disclosure.

●  The

C.  The person or the organization or the class of persons or organizations to whom the disclosure is to be made.

●  The

D.  The signature of the parent or eligible student.

●  The

E.  The date of the consent and, if appropriate, a date when the consent is to be terminated.

The parent or the eligible student may obtain a copy of any records disclosed under this provision, unless otherwise provided.

Records  of  Requests  for  Access 

and  Disclosures  Made  from 

Education  Records

The District will maintain an accurate record of all requests for it to disclose information from or to permit access to a student's education records, and of information it discloses and access it permits, with some exceptions as listed below.  This record will be kept with, but will not be a part of, each student's cumulative school records.  It will be available only to the record custodian, the eligible student, the parent of the student, or to federal, state, or local officials for the purpose of auditing or enforcing federally supported educational programs [34 C.F.R. 99.32].  See Exhibit JR-EE.

The record will include at least:

●  The

A.  The name of the person, organization or agency that made the request.

●  The

B.  The interest the person, organization or agency had in the information.

●  The

C.  The date the person, organization or agency made the request.

●  Whether

D.  Whether the request was granted and, if it was, the date access was permitted or the disclosure was made.

The District will maintain this record as long as it maintains the student's education records.  The record will not include requests for access or access granted to: 

●  the

A.  the parent or eligible student,

●  authorized

B.  authorized law enforcement officials conducting an investigation of acts of terrorism,

●  school

C.  school officials who have a legitimate educational interest in the student,

●  requests

D.  requests for or disclosures of information contained in the student's education records if the request

is accompanied

is accompanied by or authorized by the prior signed and dated written consent of the parent or

eligible student

eligible student, or

●  for

E.  for requests for or disclosures of directory information designated for that student.

Procedures  to  Seek  to  Correct 

Education  Records

[34 C.F.R. 99.20 and 99.21]

Parents of students and eligible students have a right to seek to change any part of the student's record they believe is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of student rights [34 C.F.R. 300.618 and 99.20].  (Note:  Under the FERPA, the District may decline to consider a request to change the grade a teacher assigns for a course.)

For the purpose of outlining the procedure to seek to correct education records, the

term incorrect

term incorrect will be used to describe a record that is inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of student rights.  The

term correct

term correct will be used to describe a record that is accurate, not misleading, and not in violation of student rights.  Also, in this section, the term

requester

 requester will be used to describe the parent of a student or the eligible student who is asking the District to correct a record.

To establish an orderly process to review and correct education records for a requester, the District may make a decision to comply with the request for change at several levels in the procedure [34 C.F.R. 300.618 and 99.20].

First-level decision.

 

  A parent of a student or an eligible student who finds an item in the student's education records that appears to be inaccurate, misleading, or in violation of student rights should immediately ask the record custodian to correct it.  If the record is incorrect because of an obvious error and it is a simple matter to make the record change at this level, the record custodian will make the correction.  However, if the record is changed at this level, the method and result must satisfy the requester.

If the custodian cannot change the record to the requester's satisfaction or the record does not appear to be obviously incorrect, the custodian will:

●  Provide

A.  Provide the requester a copy of the questioned record at no cost.

●  Ask

B.  Ask the requester to initiate a written request for the change.

●  Follow

C.  Follow the procedure for a second-level decision.

Second-level decision.

 

  The written request to correct a student's education records through the procedure at this level should specify the correction the requester wishes the District to make.  It should at least identify the item thought to be incorrect and state whether the requester believes the item:

●  Is

A.  Is inaccurate and why,

●  Is

B.  Is misleading and why, or

●  Violates

C.  Violates student rights and why.

The request will be dated and signed by the requester.

Within two (2) weeks after receiving a written request, the record custodian will study the request, discuss it with other school officials (the person who made the record or those who may have a professional concern about the District's response to the request), make a decision to comply or decline to comply with the request, and complete the appropriate steps to notify the requester or move the request to the next level for a decision.

If, as a result of this review and discussion, a decision is reached that the record should be corrected, the record custodian will affect the change and notify the requester, in writing, of that action.  Each such notice will include an invitation for the requester to inspect and review the student's education records to make certain the record is in order and the correction is satisfactory.

If a decision is reached that the record is correct, the custodian will make a written summary of any discussions with other officials and of the findings in the matter.  This summary and a copy of the written request will be transmitted to the Superintendent.

Third-level decision.

 

  The Superintendent will review the material provided by the record custodian and, if necessary, discuss the matter with other officials such as the school attorney or the Board (in executive session unless otherwise requested by parent[s]).  The Superintendent will then make a decision concerning the request and complete the steps at this decision level.  Ordinarily, this level of the procedure should be completed within two (2) weeks.  If it will take longer, the Superintendent will notify the requester in writing of the reasons for the delay and a date when the decision will be made.

If the Superintendent decides the record is incorrect and should be changed, the record custodian will be advised to make the changes.  The record custodian will advise the requester of the change.

If the Superintendent decides the record is correct, a letter to the requester will be prepared that will include [34 C.F.R. 300.619 and 99.20]:

●  The

A.  The District's decision that the record is correct and the basis for the decision.

●  A

B.  A notice to the requester explaining the requester's right to ask for a hearing to present evidence that

the record

the record is incorrect and that the District will grant such a hearing.

●  Instructions

C.  Instructions for the requester to contact the Superintendent to discuss acceptable hearing officers,

convenient times

convenient times, and a satisfactory site for the hearing.  (The District will not be bound by the requester's positions

on these

on these items but will, as far as possible, arrange the hearing as the requester wishes.)

●  Advice

D.  Advice that the requester may be represented or assisted in the hearing by other parties, including

an attorney

an attorney,

at

 at the requester's expense.

Fourth-level decision.  After the requester has submitted (orally or in writing) any wishes concerning the hearing officer and the time and place for the hearing, the Superintendent will, within one (1) week, notify the requester when and where the District will hold the hearing and whom it has designated as the hearing officer [34 C.F.R. 300.621, 99.21, 99.22, and 99.34].

At the hearing, the hearing officer will provide the requester a full and reasonable opportunity to present material evidence and testimony to demonstrate that the questioned part of the student's education records is incorrect as shown in the requester's written request for a change in the record (second level).

Within one (1) week after the hearing, the hearing officer will submit to the Superintendent a written summary of the evidence submitted at the hearing.  Along with the summary, the hearing officer will submit recommendations, based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing, that the record should be changed or should remain unchanged.

The Superintendent will prepare the District's decision within two (2) weeks after the hearing.  That decision will be based on the summary of the evidence presented at the hearing and on the hearing officer's recommendation.  However, the District's decision will be based solely on the evidence presented at the hearing.  Therefore, the Superintendent may overrule the hearing officer if the hearing officer's recommendation is deemed inconsistent with the evidence presented.  As a result of the District's decision, the Superintendent will take one (1) of the following actions:

●  If

A.  If the decision is that the District will change the record, the Superintendent will instruct the record custodian

to correct

to correct the record.  The record custodian will correct the record and notify the requester as at the second-

level decision

level decision [34 C.F.R. 300.620 and 99.21].

●  If

B.  If the decision is that the District will not change the record, the Superintendent will prepare a written notice

to the

to the requester that will include [34 C.F.R. 300.620 and 99.21]:

■  The

1.  The District's decision that the record is correct and will not be changed.

■  A

2.  A copy of a summary of the evidence presented at the hearing and a written statement of the

reasons for

reasons for the District's decision.

■  Advice

3.  Advice to the requester that an explanatory statement may be placed in the student's education

records stating

records stating the reasons for disagreement with the District's decision and/or the reasons for believing

the record

the record to be incorrect.

Final administrative step in the procedure.

 

  When the District receives an explanatory statement from a requester after a hearing, it will maintain that statement as part of the student's education records as long as it maintains the questioned part of the record.  The statement will be attached to the questioned part of the record and whenever the questioned part of the record is disclosed the explanatory statement will also be disclosed [34 C.F.R. 300.620 and 99.21].

Annual  Notification  to  Parents  Regarding 

Confidentiality  of  Student  Education 

Records [34 C.F.R. 300.612]

Dear Parent:

The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) affords parents and students over 18 years of age ("eligible students") certain rights with respect to the student's education records.  The Governing Board has established written policies regarding the collection, storage, retrieval, release, use, and transfer of student educational information collected and maintained pertinent to the education of all students to ensure the confidentiality of the information and to guarantee parents' and students' rights to privacy.  These policies and procedures are in compliance with:

The Family Education Rights and Privacy Act; Title 20, United States Code, Sections

1232g and

1232g and 1232h; and the Federal Regulations (34 C.F.R., Part 99) issued pursuant to such act;

Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to

Intercept and

Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA PATRIOT ACT);

No Child Left Behind

Every Student Succeeds Act of

2001

2015 (

NCLB

ESSA);

The Individuals with Disabilities in Education Act; 20 U.S.C. Chapter 33; and the

Federal Regulations

Federal Regulations (34 C.F.R. Part 300); and

Arizona Revised Statutes, Title 15, sections 141 and 142.

Student education records are collected and maintained to help in the instruction, guidance, and educational progress of the student, to provide information to parents and staff members, to provide a basis for the evaluation and improvement of school programs, and for legitimate educational research.  The students' records maintained by the District may include - but are not necessarily limited to, identifying data, report cards and transcripts of academic work completed, standardized achievement test scores, attendance data, reports of psychological testing, health data, teacher or counselor observations, and verified reports of serious or recurrent behavior patterns.

These records are maintained in the office of the District under the supervision of the school administrator and are available only to the teachers and staff members working with the student.  Upon request, the

School

District discloses education records, including disciplinary records, without consent to officials of another school district in which a student seeks or intends to enroll.  Otherwise, records are not released to most agencies, persons or organizations without prior signed and dated written consent of the parent [34 C.F.R. 99.7].  The signed and dated written consent may be in electronic form under certain conditions [34 C.F.R. 99.30].

You shall be informed when personally identifiable information collected, maintained, or used is no longer needed to provide educational services to your child.  The information must be maintained for two (2) years after the date your child was last enrolled in this school district.

You have the right to inspect and review any and all records related to your child within forty-five (45) days of the day of receiving a request for access, including a listing of persons or organizations who have reviewed or have received copies of the information [34 C.F.R. 99.7].  Parents who wish to review their children's records should contact the principal for an appointment or submit to the principal a written request that identifies the record(s) you wish to inspect. 

School

District personnel will make arrangements for access and notify you of the time and place where the records may be inspected. 

School

District personnel will be available to explain the contents of the records to you.  Copies of student education records will be made available to parents when it is not practicable for you to inspect and review the records at the school.  Charges for the copies of records will be costs of copying unless the fee prevents the parent from exercising rights to inspect and review those records.

You have the right to request that an amendment be made to the student's education records and to add comments of your own if you believe information in the record file is inaccurate or misleading [34 C.F.R. 99.7(a)(1)].  You should write the principal, clearly identify the part of the record you want changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading.  If the

School

District decides not to amend the record as requested by you, the

School

District will notify you of the decision and advise you of the right to a hearing regarding the request for amendment.  Additional information regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to you when notified of the right to a hearing.

You have the right to consent to disclosures of personally identifiable information contained in the student's education records, except to the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.  One exception, which permits disclosure without consent, is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests.  A school official is a person employed by the

School

District as an administrator, supervisor, instructor, or support staff member (including health or medical staff and law enforcement unit personnel); a person serving on the School Board; a person or company with whom the

School

District has contracted to perform a special task (such as an attorney, auditor, medical consultant, or therapist); or a parent or student serving on an official committee, such as a disciplinary or grievance committee, or assisting another school official in performing his or her tasks.  A school official has a legitimate educational interest if the official needs to review an education record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.

Copies of the District student education records confidentiality policies and procedures may be reviewed in the assigned office in each school [34 C.F.R. 99.7].  You have the right to file a complaint with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office in Washington, D.C., concerning alleged failures by the

School

District to comply with the requirements of FERPA [34 C.F.R. 99.7].  The name and address of the Office that administers FERPA are:

Family Policy Compliance Office

U.S. Department of Education

400 Maryland Avenue, SW

Washington, DC 20202-4605



Master Document: JR-EA ©
Child Document: JR-EA ©

JR-EA ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

LOCATIONS OF EDUCATION RECORDS

CustodianLocal schoolPrincipalLocal schoolPrincipalDistrict officeAssociate SuperintendentDistrict officeDirector of Transportation



teachers 

    Types

  Location

 Custodian

Cumulative school records

 

  

Cumulative school records

(former students)

 
 

Health records

Nurse's office

Nurse

Speech therapy records

District office

Director of Special Education

Psychological records

District office

Director of Special Education

 

 

 

Speech therapy records

 

 

 

Psychological records

 

 

 

Special test records

 

 

 

School transportation records

 

 

 

Occasional records: education records not identified above,

such as those in the Superintendent's office,

in the school attorney's office, or in the personal possession of

teachers (examples: discipline records, Honor awards)

The principal will collect

and make available at

the student's school

 

 



Master Document: JR-EB ©
Child Document: JR-EB ©

JR-EB ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

DESIGNATION OF DIRECTORY INFORMATION

During the school year, District staff members may compile nonconfidential student directory information specified below.

According to state and federal law the below-designated directory information may be publicly released to educational, occupational or military recruiting representatives without your permission.  If the Governing Board permits the release of the below-designated directory information to persons or organizations who inform students of educational or occupational opportunities, by law the District is required to provide the same access on the same basis to official military recruiting representatives for the purpose of informing students of educational and occupational opportunities available to them, unless you request in writing that the school not release the student's information without your prior signed and dated written consent.  If you do not object to the release of any and all of the below-designated information in writing, then the District must provide military recruiters, upon request, directory information containing the student's names, addresses and telephone listings.

If you do not want any or all of the below-designated information about your son/daughter to be released to any person or organization without your prior signed and dated written consent, you must notify the District in writing by checking off any or all of the rejected information, signing the form at the bottom of this page, and returning it to the Principal, within two (2) weeks of receiving this form.  If the School District does not receive this notification from you within the prescribed time, it will be assumed that your permission is given to release your son's/daughter's designated directory information.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TO:  Principal

I

do not

want

 want any or all

the

 the information I have þ below concerning (student's name) _________________________________ designated as directory information and released to any person or organization without my prior written consent:

◻ Name                                                   ◻ Address

◻ Telephone listing                                  ◻ Electronic mail address

◻ Date and place of birth                         ◻ Photograph

◻ Dates of attendance                            ◻ Grade level

◻ Honors and awards received               ◻ Major field of study

◻ Enrollment

o Name                                                  o Address

o Telephone listing                                 o Electronic mail address

o Date and place of birth                        o Photograph

o Dates of attendance                            o Grade level

o Honors and awards received              o Major field of study

o Enrollment status (e.g., part time or full time)

◻ Participation

o Participation in officially recognized activities and sports

◻ Weight

o Weight and height of members of athletic teams

◻ Most

o Most recent educational agency or institution attended


___________________________________     ________________________

            

            (Parent/guardian signature)

                                      

                                     (Date)



Master Document: JR-EC ©
Child Document: JR-EC ©

JR-EC ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

NOTIFICATION  TO  NEW  SCHOOL  OF  ATTENDANCE
OF  RECORDS  AVAILABLE  AT  PREVIOUS
SCHOOL  OF  ATTENDANCE

Dear Principal,

____________________________ has been attending District school(s) at ________________________, Arizona.  Records available at our school contain information that should be helpful to your staff in developing an educational program.  Our student education records policy permits forwarding copies of records to schools in which the student intends to enroll upon a formal request to receive them.

To expedite the transfer of the information, please review the enclosed Request for Student Education Records and check the records for which you are requesting a copy.

Return this form and the enclosed Request for Student Education Records to:


______________________________    ______________________________
                           (Records Custodian)                                                       (School District Name)


______________________________    ______________________________
                       (Date)                                                                        (Date)                                                   (Address)


Enclosed:  Request for Student Education Records



Master Document: JR-ED ©
Child Document: JR-ED ©

JR-ED ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

REQUEST FOR STUDENT EDUCATION RECORDS

Copy to

student


file

________________________________     _________________________________

                     Name of Agency                                                     

                  Name of Agency                                                   Address

Requester

________________________________     _________________________________

           

          Name of Authorized

Person                                             Phone

Person                                          Phone

__________________________________________________

Requested

from

________________________________     _________________________________

                     Name of Agency                                                      Address

                  Name of Agency                                                  Address

__________________________________________________

Student

________________________________     _________________________________

                        Student Name                                                       Address

                      Student Name                                                 Address

________________________________     _________________________________

                         Parent Name                                                        Address

                      Parent Name                                                   Address

_____________________    ______________________    _____________________

         Previous School                               Address                               Dates

        Previous School                            Address                           Dates Attended

______________________________________________

                        ◻ No information available about          ◻

____

                        o  No information available about        o  Need information to help

                             about previous school                             preparean educational program

                        ◻ Need assistance in understanding        

                              about previous school                            preparean educational program

                        
o  Need assistance in understanding         for the student

Purpose

for        

for            complex behavior and

needs            ◻ Need

needs          o  Need verification that the student

request                                                                                 

request                                                                                 has a disability

                        ◻ Need evaluation information              ◻

                        o  Need evaluation information            o  Other: ___________________

                             for immediate special                                        

                              for immediate special                                        ___________________

                             education placement                                         

                              education placement                                         ___________________

__________________________________________________

                            Permanent record data:

                      ◻ Basic

                   o   Basic identifying data,

                                                                                                   attendance data, and

                                                                                                   academic

                                                                                            attendance data, and

                                                                                            academic data

                            General cumulative data:

                    ◻ General administrative data

                                                                                                and

                o   General administrative data

                                                                                            and results of group tests


Type of in-

formation            Health data:                                         ◻ General medical data and

requested                                                                             

formation             Health data:                                      o  General medical data and

requested                                                                            reports

                            Specialized student data:

                   ◻ Individualized evaluation records

                                                                                               and specialized reports

                                                                                               (including reports from outside

                                                                                               agencies

                o   Individualized evaluation records

                                                                                            and specialized reports

                                                                                            (including reports from outside

                                                                                            agencies)

                            Special education place-

                    ◻ All

                 o   All records of placement if

                            ment records:

                                           special

                                         special education

                            Suspension and/or

expulsion             ◻ All

expulsion           o   All records of  suspension and/

                            records:

                                                     or

                                                  or expulsion

__________________________________________________

                            In making this request, the undersigned agrees that the

information re-

Assurance        

information 

Assurance           received will be used only by the professional school staff

members who

statement          

members 

statement            who are assigned to work with the student in the educational

program and will

and                     

program 

and                      and will not be released to any other party without the prior

written

written 

signatures           consent of

the

signatures         

the parent or eligible student.

                            __________________________      __________________________

                                           Date Requested                              

                                          Date Requested                           Authorized Signature

__________________________________________________

                            I, ____________________, as the parent of ___________________,

                                        

                                       (Parent Name)

                                                 

                                         (Student's Name)

Parental            

Parental              consent to the release of records listed above to the party

named

consent              above

named 

consent               above.   I am aware of my rights to review the records and receive

a



                           

                            copy at my expense, if I so request.

                            __________________________      __________________________

                                        Signature of Parent                                         

                                      Signature of Parent                                       Date



Master Document: JR-EE ©
Child Document: JR-EE ©

JR-EE ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

RECORD OF ACCESS

(To be Placed Inside the Student's Record File.)

or Date Records Request Filledcopy EexamineEducational PurposeDate Parents Notified
  Requester

  (Name
of       Agency)
   Date of

  Request
     Date


   Request

     Filled
    Records 

  Requested
  Method of       Access

   (C-
Copy,


 E-
Examine,   V-Verbal)
 Educational

  Interest or


   Purpose     Date

   Parents  

   Notified



















 

 



 

     


 

 

 

 



Master Document: JR-EF ©
Child Document: JR-EF ©

JR-EF ©

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

DESTRUCTION OF INFORMATION

                                                                               Date __________________

Dear

Dear             (parent or guardian)            ,

This is to advise you that District schools may destroy special education data and other information on a student who has been in a special education program whenever the student has been withdrawn, transferred, or graduated from the District for at least five (5) years or when the information is no longer needed to provide education services to

                                        ___________________________________

Student

                                                              Student's Name

However, information contained in these records may be needed for other purposes, such as documentation for eligibility for Social Security benefits.

Before these records are destroyed, you have the right to review the records and obtain copies of any information.  Please indicate your desire below and return this form to the School District before

                                        ___________________________________

                                                                       Date

Sincerely,

________________________________________

Signature and Title of District Official

I ◻

Do 

 Do  ◻

Do

 Do Not  wish to review the records

of

of _____________________

______________________________________________________________

_____________________________________    _______________________

Parent's or Guardian's

Signature                        Date

Signature                          Date

If you do not complete and return this form within 90 days, records will be destroyed in accordance with established policy.

LEGAL REF.: 
20 U.S.C. 1232(f)(a)
34 C.F.R. 80.42



Master Document: JR-EG ©
Child Document: JR-EG ©

JR-EG © 

EXHIBIT

STUDENT  RECORDS

TRANSCRIPT RELEASE

Request         

Request          _______________________    _________________________

for                                 Student  Name                 

for                                     Student  Name                         Identification Number    Class/year

_______________________________________________________

Transcripts may be released to those indicated below

Check             ◻   Postsecondary Institutions   ◻   United

Check             o  Postsecondary Institutions   o  United States Armed Forces

Those     

That                ◻

That                o  State Militia (National Guard)

  ◻

  o  Other:  _______________

_

Apply                                                                                



Apply                                                                                  _______________

_

                                                                                        



                                                                                           _______________

_

________________________________________________________

                       In making this request, the undersigned agrees that a transcript

Assurance     

Assurance      requested by a party meeting the description indicated above

statement       

statement        may be transmitted upon such party's request without further

and                

and                 authorization (per A.R.S. 15-142).

 

  The parent must sign this

signatures       request if the student is under 18 years of age.  Only the

                       student need sign if over 18 years of age.

                       ________________________

                                  Date

                                       Date Requested

Student          

Student           ________________________     ________________________

                                           Print  Name                        

                                                 Print  Name                               Authorized Signature and date

I, _________________________, as the parent of _____________________,

              

                 (Parent Name)

                                                          

                                                                  (Student's Name)

Parental         

Parental          consent to the release of transcripts to the party named above.  I

consent          

consent           am aware of my rights to review the records and receive a copy

statement        at my expense, if I so request __________________________.

                                                                                      

                                                                                             (Date)

Parent           

Parent            ________________________     ________________________

authorization

                   Print  Name                         Authorized

                     Print  Name                                Authorized Signature and date



Master Document: JRCA © REQUEST FOR TRANSFER OF RECORDS
Child Document: JRCA © REQUEST FOR TRANSFER OF RECORDS

JRCA ©
REQUEST  FOR  TRANSFER 
OF  RECORDS

The Superintendent shall develop procedures that comply with federal and Arizona law related to the request for, and the response to such request for, records of students who transfer into or out of the schools of the District from or to another school.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-141
15-828
15-829
41-1354

20 U.S.C. 1232



Master Document: JRCA-R ©
Child Document: JRCA-R ©

JRCA-R ©

REGULATION

REQUEST  FOR  TRANSFER
OF  RECORDS

Requesting  Records  of 
Transfer  Students

Upon enrollment of a transfer student from a private school or from a another public school in another district, the principal shall request that the student's parent or guardian (or an emancipated student) authorize consent for the request for the student's education records on form JR-ED.

Within five (5) school days after enrolling a transfer student from a private school or from a another public school in another district, the principal shall request, directly from the student's previous school, a certified copy of the student's record.

Responding  to  Requests 
for  Student  Records

Upon receiving a request for the records of a student who has withdrawn from school, the principal shall comply and forward the record within ten (10) days after receipt of the request, unless:

●  The A.  The record has been flagged pursuant to A.R.S. 15-829, in which case the record shall not be forwarded and law and law enforcement officials shall be notified.

●  The B.  The request does not conform to the requirements related to proper release of records by an emancipated student emancipated student or parent.

Until June 30, 2018 or extension by the Arizona legislature, if a pupil is enrolled in a school district and that pupil also participates in Arizona online instruction, the pupil's school shall release a copy of the pupil's transcript to the online course provider within ten (10) days after a valid request to release the pupil's transcript.  If the online course provider does not receive the pupil's transcript, after ten (10) days the online course provider shall notify the pupil's School District that the online course provider has not received the transcript and the pupil's transcript shall be released to the online course provider within ten (10) days.  Non-compliance may result in a penalty assessed for each day of violation per A.R.S. 15-701.01.

The penalty prescribed immediately above does not apply to requests that would violate the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (20 United States Code section 1232g).



Master Document: JRD © STUDENT PHOTOGRAPHS
Child Document: JRD © STUDENT PHOTOGRAPHS

JRD ©
STUDENT  PHOTOGRAPHS

The Superintendent shall establish procedures for selection of school photographers and collection of funds for school pictures.

In any circumstance where an agreement or arrangement for school photography requires prepayment by students prior to the receipt of services and products, the photography company shall provide a copy of a current commercial performance bond in an amount not less than the total projected receipts to be collected from students.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: JRD-R ©
Child Document: JRD-R

JRD-R ©

REGULATION

STUDENT  PHOTOGRAPHS

School pictures may be taken for individual or school purposes.

The selection of a school picture photographer shall be considered annually by the Board.  Specifications for photographic products and services must be drafted to serve as a standard for proposals that shall be solicited from qualified studios or individuals.  Proposals shall be solicited from qualified persons.  Proposals shall be evaluated according to the following criteria:

●  Ability A.  Ability to provide required services in a timely manner.

●  Quality B.  Quality of service and products.

●  Reliability C.  Reliability of contractor.

●  Contractor D.  Contractor experience and reputation.

●  Lowest E.  Lowest cost to students.

The Superintendent shall recommend a school photographer to the Board.

Procedures for collection of funds for school pictures shall be approved by the principal.

If an agreement or arrangement for school photography requires the students to prepay for their pictures, the photography company must provide a copy of their current commercial performance bond in an amount at least as great as the cumulative gross total amount of money to be collected from the students.



Master Document: JRE © STUDENT BIOMETRIC INFORMATION
Child Document: JRE © STUDENT BIOMETRIC INFORMATION

JRE ©
STUDENT  BIOMETRIC  INFORMATION

Student biometric information, i.e., noninvasive electronic measurement of physical characteristics of a person used to electronically identify that person, may be collected by a school only after the following requirements have been satisfied:

●  Written

A.  Written notice to the parents or guardians of the students of the intent to collect biometric information.

■  Provided

1.  Provided to the parents or guardians not less than thirty (30) days prior to commencing

collection of

collection of the information.

■  Shall

2.  Shall include a statement that the parent or guardian must give written permission to collect

the information

the information.

⇒ 

The statement shall be printed in not less than eighteen (18) point boldface type.

The Superintendent may develop regulations for determining the type of student biometric information to be collected, and for assuring that the requisite notice, the receipt and validation of parent and guardian permission, and the collection and use of student biometric information are appropriately accomplished.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-109

CROSS REF.: 
JLCA - Physical Examinations of Students
JR - Student Records
LC - Relations with Education Research Agencies



Master Document: JRR © STUDENT SURVEYS
Child Document: JRR © STUDENT SURVEYS

JRR ©
STUDENT  SURVEYS

Student surveys will be prepared, administered, retained, and communicated to parents and students in a manner consistent with state and federal laws.  The requirements of the Arizona Revised Statutes shall be as specified in the relevant statutes and subsequent regulations.

The District will comply with all statutes pertaining to surveys including the requirement that notwithstanding any other law, each school district and charter school shall obtain written informed consent from the parent of a pupil before administering any survey that is retained by a school district, a charter school or the department of education for longer than one (1) year and that solicits personal information about the pupil regarding a number any of characteristics the following which are listed in the statute A.R.S. 15-117.

1. Critical appraisals of another person with whom a pupil has a close relationship.

2. Gun or ammunition ownership.

3. Illegal, antisocial or self-incriminating behavior.

4. Income or other financial information.

5. Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as relationships with a lawyer, physician or member of the clergy.

6. Medical history or medical information.

7. Mental health history or mental health information.

8. Political affiliations, opinions or beliefs.

9. Pupil biometric information.

10. The quality of home interpersonal relationships.

11. Religious practices, affiliations or beliefs.

12. Self-sufficiency as it pertains to emergency, disaster and essential services interruption planning.

13. Sexual behavior or attitudes.

14. Voting history.

A parent of a pupil that has a reasonable belief that a school district or charter school has violated this section may file a complaint with the attorney general or the county attorney for the county in which an alleged violation of this section occurred.  The attorney general or the county attorney for the county in which an alleged violation of this section occurred may initiate a suit in the superior court in the county in which the school district or charter school is located for the purpose of complying with this section.  After receiving written notice of an alleged failure to comply with this section, a school district or charter school that determines that a violation has occurred is not subject to a penalty or cause of action under this section if the school district or charter school cures the violation.  For the purposes of this subsection, "cure" means to destroy any information gathered in violation of this section and to provide written instruction to the individual circulating the survey, to be kept on file for one (1) year after receipt of the written notice of the alleged failure to comply.

The District will comply with the provisions of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) and the Individuals , the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), and the Protection of Pupil Rights Act (PPRA).

If a parent or eligible student believes that the District is violating the FERPA, that person has a right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department of Education.  The address is:

The Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Telephone number: (202) 260-3887

Annual  Notification

At the beginning of every school year, every school district and charter school shall obtain written informed consent from the parent of a pupil to participate in any survey pursuant to A.R.S. 15-117 for the entire year.  A parent of a pupil may at any time revoke consent for the pupil to participate in any survey pursuant to subsection A of section 15-117.  For any pupil who is at least eighteen years of age, the permission or consent that would otherwise be required from the pupil's parent pursuant to this section is required only from the pupil.  All surveys conducted pursuant to subsection A of section 15-117 shall be approved and authorized by the school district or charter school.  The school district or charter school is subject to the penalties prescribed in subsection L of section 15-117.  A teacher or other school employee may not administer any survey pursuant to subsection A of section 15-117 without written authorization from the school district or charter school.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.:
A.R.S. 
15-101
15-102
15-104
15-117
15-141
15-142
15-249
15-741
20 U.S.C. 1232h 1232g, the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act

20 U.S.C. 1232h, the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment 
20 U.S.C. 1400 et seq., Individuals with Disabilities Education Act
20 U.S.C. 7908

34 C.F.R. 30098


34 C.F.R. 98300

CROSS REF.: 
JI - Student Rights and Responsibilities
JICEC - Freedom of Expression
JII - Student Concerns, Complaints, and Grievances
JR - Student Records

KB - Parental Involvement in Education



Master Document: KA © SCHOOL - COMMUNITY - HOME RELATIONS GOALS / PRIORITY OBJECTIVES
Child Document: Non Existing

KA ©
SCHOOL - COMMUNITY - HOME 
RELATIONS
GOALS / PRIORITY  OBJECTIVES

The Superintendent shall interpret the educational program to the people and invite discussions and suggestions on important educational issues, and shall attempt, at all times, to represent the entire community rather than any single group or section.  The District shall pursue the following school-community relations goals:

A.  To develop intelligent citizen understanding of the District in all aspects of its operation.

B.  To determine how the citizenry feels about the District and what it wishes the District to accomplish.

C.  To develop citizen understanding of the need for adequate financial support for a sound educational program.

D.  To help citizens assume a more direct responsibility for the quality of education the District provides.

E.  To earn the goodwill, respect, and confidence of the citizenry in the personnel and services of the District.

F.  To bring about citizen understanding of the need for the improvement and what must be done to facilitate essential change.

G.  To involve citizens in the work of the District and the solving of its educational problems.

H.  To invite the assistance, cooperation, and understanding of elected and appointed community officials and committees in the development of educational programs and facilities.

I.   To promote a genuine spirit of cooperation between the District and community in sharing leadership for the improvement of the community.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption



Master Document: KB © PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN EDUCATION
Child Document: KB © PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT IN EDUCATION

KB ©
PARENTAL  INVOLVEMENT 
IN  EDUCATION

The Superintendent, in consultation with parents, teachers, and administrators, shall develop procedures for parental involvement in the school(s).  These shall include:

A.  A plan for parent participation in the school designed to improve parent and teacher cooperation in such areas as homework, attendance, and discipline.  The plan shall provide for the administration of a parent-teacher satisfaction survey.

B.  A method by which parents may learn about the course of study for their children and review learning materials, including the source of any supplemental educational materials.

C.  A procedure by which parents who object to any learning material or activity on the basis that it is harmful may withdraw their children from the activity or from the class or program in which the material is used and request an alternative assignment.  Objection to a learning material or activity on the basis that it is harmful includes objection to a material or activity because it questions beliefs or practices in sex, morality, or religion or, because of sexual content, violent content, or profane or vulgar language.

D.  A procedure by which parents or guardians of students enrolled in the District shall have access in advance to the instructional materials, learning materials and activities currently used by, or being considered for use by, the District.

E.  A procedure by which the District shall obtain signed, written consent from a student's parent or guardian before using video, audio or electronic materials that may be inappropriate for the age of the student.

F.  Procedures to prohibit the School District from providing sex education instruction to a student unless the student's parent provides written permission for the student to participate in the sex education curricula if the School District offers any sex education curricula pursuant to A.R.S. 15-711 on the requirement to include instruction to student in grades seven (7) through twelve (12) on laws relating to sexual conduct with a minor or 15-716 concerning instruction on immune deficiency syndrome, or pursuant to any rules adopted by the State Board of Education.

G.  Procedures by which parents will be notified in advance of and given the opportunity to withdraw their children from any instruction or presentations regarding sexuality in courses other than formal sex education curricula.

H.  Procedures by which parents may learn about the nature and purpose of clubs and activities that are part of the school curriculum, extracurricular clubs, and activities that have been approved by the school.

I.  Procedures by which parents may learn about parental rights and responsibilities under the laws of this state, including the following:

1.    The right to opt in to a sex education curriculum if one is provided by the District.

2.    Open enrollment rights pursuant to A.R.S. 15-816.01, relating to the District policies on open enrollment.

3.    The right to opt out of assignments pursuant to A.R.S. 1-601, Parents Bill of Rights.  [See Exhibit KB-EB]

4.    The right to opt a child out of immunizations as authorized by A.R.S. 15-873, relating to an outbreak of a communicable disease.

5.    The promotion requirements prescribed in A.R.S. 15-701 for students in grades one (1) through eight (8).

6.    The minimum course of study and competency requirements for graduation from high school prescribed in A.R.S. 15-701.01.

7.    The right to opt out of instruction on the acquired immune deficiency syndrome as provided by A.R.S. 15-716.

8.    The right to review their child's standardized norm-referenced test results pursuant to A.R.S. 15-743.

9.    The right to participate in gifted programs pursuant as prescribed by A.R.S. 15-779.01.

10.  The right to access instructional materials as directed by A.R.S. 15-730.

11.  The right to receive the school's annual report card pursuant to A.R.S. 15-746.

12.  The school attendance and age requirements for children prescribed in A.R.S. 15-80215-803 and 15-821.

13.  The right to public review of courses of study and textbooks in the common schools (preschool programs through grade eight [8]), as prescribed in A.R.S. 15-721.

14.  The right to be excused from school attendance for religious purposes as described by A.R.S. 15-806.

15.  Policies related to parental involvement pursuant to A.R.S. 15-102 and set out herein.

16.  The right to seek membership on school councils pursuant to A.R.S. 15-351, describing the purpose, duties, and membership of a school council.  [Subject to the exemption of certain school districts exempted as described in A.R.S. 15-352.]

17.  The right to participate in a parental satisfaction survey to be distributed to the parent of every child enrolled at the school, pursuant to A.R.S. 15-353.

18.  Information about the student accountability information system (SAIS) as prescribed in section 15-1042.

19.  The right to access the failing schools tutoring fund pursuant to A.R.S. 15-241.

==================================================================

Optional language:  The following outlined items (to next double line) setting out the manner in which parents may be made aware of the District's Parental Involvement Policy are optional in whole or in part as determined by the local Governing Board.

The District plan under this policy may also include:

A.  Making parents aware of this District parental involvement policy, including:

1.  Rights under the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974, as revised (20 U.S.C. 1232g) relating to access to children's official records.

2.  The parent's right to inspect the District policies and curriculum.

B.  Efforts to encourage the development of parenting skills.

C.  The communication to parents of techniques designed to assist the student's learning experience in the home.

D.  Efforts to encourage access to community and support services for children and families.

E.  The promotion of communication between the school and parents concerning school programs and the academic progress of the parents' children.

F.  Identifying opportunities for parents to participate in and support classroom instruction at the school.

G.  Efforts to support, with appropriate training, parents as shared decision makers and to encourage membership on school councils.

H.  The recognition of the diversity of parents and the development of guidelines that promote widespread parental participation and involvement in the school at various levels.

I.  The development of preparation programs and specialized courses for certificated employees and administrators that promote parental involvement.

J.  The development of strategies and programmatic structures at schools to encourage and enable parents to participate actively in their children's education.

K.  Provide to parents the information in this policy in an electronic form.

==================================================================

Resumés of all current and former instructional personnel shall be maintained and available for inspection by parents and guardians of pupils enrolled.  The resumé shall include individual educational and teaching background and experience in a particular academic content subject area.

For the purposes of this policy parent means the natural or adoptive parent or legal guardian of a minor child.

When a parent submits a written request for information to the Superintendent or a school principal during regular business hours:

A.  The Superintendent or principal shall:

1.  Deliver the requested information to the parent within ten (10) calendar days, or

2.  Provide to the parent a written explanation for denial of the requested information.

B.  If the requested information is denied or is not received by the parent within fifteen (15) calendar days:

1.  The parent may submit to the Governing Board a request for the requested information, and

2.  The Governing Board shall consider the request at the next scheduled meeting of the Board on which the request can be properly noticed.  If the request cannot be properly noticed on the next scheduled meeting agenda, the Governing Board shall formally consider the request at the next subsequent public meeting of the Governing Board.

Adopted:  April 5, 2017date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
1-601
1-602
15-101
15-102
15-113
15-117
15-341

CROSS REF.: 
ABA - Community Involvement in Education
IHBD - Compensatory Education
IJ - Instructional Resources and Materials
IJND - Technology Resources
JHD - Exclusions and Exemptions from School Attendance
KDB - Public's Right to Know/Freedom of Information



Master Document: KB-R ©
Child Document: KB-R

KB-R ©

REGULATION

PARENTAL  INVOLVEMENT
IN  EDUCATION

Parent  and  Teacher  Cooperation  in
Homework,  Attendance,  and  Discipline

When homework, attendance, and discipline rules are being considered, a procedure similar to, but not limited to, the following shall be used:

●  An

A.  An ad hoc committee shall be appointed by the appropriate administrative officer under the

provisions of Board

provisions of Board policy.  The committee will study the issue and make recommendations to the

appointing administrator

appointing administrator.  The committee will be dissolved when the final report is submitted.

●  School

B.  School staff members, including teachers, will be appointed to study the issues and report to

the appointing administrator.

the appointing administrator.  The administrator will schedule hearings on the staff report, give parents sufficient notice, and conduct hearings to permit parent reaction to the staff report, copies of which shall be readily available for parent review.  Following the hearings, the administrator will prepare recommendations that give careful consideration to the views of teachers and parents.  Such recommendations will be submitted to the Superintendent unless the recommendations are prepared by the Superintendent, in which case the recommendations will be submitted to the Board.

Parents'  Access  to  Courses  of  Study 
and  Learning  Materials

Parents who wish to learn about the course of study for their children or to review learning materials shall do so under provisions of Board Policy IJ and supporting regulations.

Parental  Objections  to  Learning 
Activities  or  Materials

Parents who wish to object to any learning activities or learning materials may do so under provisions of Board Policy Policies IJ, KB and supporting regulations.

Availability  of  Instructional  
Employee  Resumés

The administration shall inform parents of the availability of each teaching employee's resumé and make that document available for inspection upon request of parents or guardians of pupils enrolled at a school.  Such information shall not include teacher address, salary, social security number, and telephone or other personally identifiable information as determined by the District.



Master Document: KB-EA ©
Child Document: KB-EA

KB-EA  EA ©

EXHIBIT

PARENTAL  INVOLVEMENT
IN  EDUCATION

RESUME RESUMÉ OUTLINE

ARIZONA HIGHLY QUALIFIED ATTESTATION FORM

MIDDLE, JUNIOR HIGH, HIGH SCHOOL, VISUAL ARTS, MUSIC

(Pursuant to regulations mandated by P.L. 107-110

No Child Left Behind Legislation)

To be completed by Visual Arts, Music, and Departmentalized Teachers in Grades 7-12 in the following Core Academic Areas: Middle Grades, Language Arts/Reading; Middle Grades Social Studies; English; Mathematics; Science (including General Science, Biology, Chemistry, Earth Science, Physical Science and Physics); Foreign Language; Economics; Political Science; History; Geography; Visual Arts and Music.

Name:

Instructor Identification

______________________________      District:   __________________________SSN (last 4 digits): _________________     School: ___________________________

Complete separate teacher attestation for each core academic subject area assigned to teach.

Please check where applicable:

_____     1.  Hold a bachelor's degree; and

_____     2.  Hold a valid Arizona teaching certificate (A.R.S. 15-502(B) - intern, provisional, reciprocal or standard (charter school teachers are exempt from this requirement).

a. _____      Elementary Certificate

b. _____     Secondary Certificate

c. _____      Foreign Teacher Certificate

d. _____     Special Education Certificate (List Disability Area[s]):

                         Name                                    Current teaching assignment(s)    

__________________________________________

Professional Preparation

Certificated to teach in current assignment   o yes  o no

Emergency or provisional status   o yes  o no

                                      Institution                                               Institution

o Bachelor Degree   ______________    o Masters Degree ______________

o Doctorate Degree ______________     o Other   ______________________________e.

                                                                  Education/_____     Teaching Intern Certificate; and3.  Teaching Assignment: ________________

                                                                  Training    __________________________     

                                                                                Grade(s)______________________________________     ________________________

                Core academic area             Periods taught

Please check only one (1) option below:

a. _____      Passed the Arizona Educator Proficiency Assessments (AEPA) Subject Knowledge Test (first available in 1999) in the core academic subject area; or

b. _____      Hold an advanced degree in the core academic subject area; or

c. _____      Hold National Board Certification in the core academic subject area (Generalist Certificates are not acceptable); or

d. _____      A major or twenty-four (24) credit hours in the core academic subject area; or

e. _____      Earned a minimum of one hundred (100) points on the AZ HOUSSE for Middle,  Junior High, High School, Visual Arts or Music Teachers prior to June 30, 2007 (documentation required).  You may continue to use the same rubric if you do not change content areas; or

f. _____      Earned a minimum of one hundred (100) points on the AZ HOUSSE for Veteran Teachers Returning to the Profession - Middle, Junior High, High School, Visual Arts, Music (documentation required); or

g. _____      Highly Qualified Teacher Reciprocity (must provide copy of comparable out-of-state test or out-of-state HOUSSE rubric with documentation).

If you checked 1, 2 and 3 (including 3a, 3b, 3c, 3d, 3e, 3f or 3g), under federal guidelines, you are considered highly qualified.

_____Highly Qualified Teacher     _____ Non-Highly Qualified Teacher

                                                                           (Individual Teacher Plan required)

I attest to the factual completion of this evaluation.

__________________________________________     ________________________

Signature of Teacher     Date

__________________________________________

Printed Name of Principal

__________________________________________     ________________________

Signature of Principal     Date

Professional Experience

Grade level or Academic Content Subject Area*

 

         Years Taught

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  

*Grade Level for self-contained classroom;

Subject Area for departmentalized courses.



Master Document: KB-EB ©
Child Document: KB-EB ©

KB-EB ©

EXHIBIT

PARENTAL  INVOLVEMENT
IN  EDUCATION

PARENTPARENTS' S BILL OF RIGHTS*

(Enacted by the 49th Arizona Legislature,
2nd Regular Session (2010)
Session Law SB1309, Chapter 307
Arizona Revised Statutes 1-601 and 1-602)

Parents'  Rights  Protected

The liberty of parents to direct the upbringing, education, health care and mental health of their children is a fundamental right.

This state, any political subdivision of this state or any other governmental entity shall not infringe on these rights without demonstrating that the compelling governmental interest as applied to the child involved is of the highest order, is narrowly tailored and is not otherwise served by a less restrictive means.

Parents'  Bill  of  Rights;  definition

All parental rights are reserved to a parent of a minor child without obstruction or interference from this state, any political subdivision of this state, any other governmental entity or any other institution, including, but not limited to, the following rights:

●  The

A.  The right to direct the education of the minor child.

●  All

B.  All rights of parents identified in Title 15, including the right to access and review all records relating to

the minor

the minor child.

●  The

C.  The right to direct the upbringing of the minor child.

●  The

D.  The right to direct the moral or religious training of the minor child.

●  The

E.  The right to make health care decisions for the minor child, including rights pursuant to

sections

sections 15-873, 36-2271

and

 and 36-2272, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

●  The

F.  The right to access and review all medical records of the minor child unless otherwise prohibited by law or

the parent

the parent is the subject of an investigation of a crime committed against the minor child and a law

enforcement official

enforcement official requests that the information not be released.

●  The

G.  The right to consent in writing before a biometric scan of the minor child is made pursuant to

section

section 15-109.

●  The

H.  The right to consent in writing before any record of the minor child's blood or deoxyribonucleic acid is created,

stored

 stored or shared, except as required by

section

section 36-694, or before any genetic testing is conducted on

the minor

the minor child pursuant to

section

section 12-2803

unless

 unless authorized pursuant to

section

section 13-610

or

 or a court order.

● 

I.   The right to consent in writing before the state or any of its political subdivisions makes a video or

voice recording

voice recording of the minor child, unless the video or voice recording is made during or as a part of a

court proceeding

court proceeding, during or as part of a forensic interview in a criminal or child protective services

investigation or

investigation or to be used solely for any of the following:

■ 

1.  Safety demonstrations, including the maintenance of order and discipline in the common areas

of a school

of a school or on pupil transportation vehicles.

■ 

2.  A purpose related to a legitimate academic or extracurricular activity.

■ 

3.  A purpose related to regular classroom instruction.

■ 

4.  Security or surveillance of buildings or grounds.

■ 

5.  A photo identification card.

● 

J.   The right to be notified promptly if an employee of this state, any political subdivision of this state, any

other governmental

other governmental entity or any other institution suspects that a criminal offense has been committed against

the minor

the minor child by someone other than a parent, unless the incident has first been reported to law

enforcement and

enforcement and notification of the parent would impede a law enforcement or child protective services investigation.

  This

 This paragraph does not create any new obligation for school districts and charter schools to report misconduct between students at school, such as fighting or aggressive play, that are routinely addressed

as student

as student disciplinary matters by the school.

●  The

K.  The right to obtain information about a child protective services investigation involving the parent pursuant

to section

to section 8-807.

●  This

L.  This section does not authorize or allow a parent to engage in conduct that is unlawful or to abuse or

neglect a child

neglect a child in violation of the laws of this state.  This section does not prohibit courts, law enforcement officers

or employees

or employees of a government agency responsible for child welfare from acting in their official capacity

within the scope

within the scope of their authority.  This section does not prohibit a court from issuing an order that is

otherwise permitted

otherwise permitted by law.

●  Any

M.  Any attempt to encourage or coerce a minor child to withhold information from the child's parent shall

be grounds

be grounds for discipline of an employee of this state, any political subdivision of this state or any

other governmental

other governmental entity, except for law enforcement personnel.

●  Unless

N.  Unless those rights have been legally waived or legally terminated, parents have inalienable rights that

are more

are more comprehensive than those listed in this section.  This chapter does not prescribe all rights of parents.

  Unless

 Unless otherwise required by law, the rights of parents of minor children shall not be limited or denied.

●  For

O.  For the purposes of this section, "parent" means the natural or adoptive parent or legal guardian of a

minor child

minor child.

*Note:  The literal language of the Parents' Bill of Rights is retained as enacted by the Legislature.  However, the layout and style has been modified to be consistent with that of the other documents in the District's Manual of Governing Board Policies and Administrative Regulations.  Where the term "section" appears it is to be understood as the identified section of the Arizona Revised Statutes (A.R.S.).



Master Document: KCCA © COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN BOND CAMPAIGNS
Child Document: KCCA COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT IN BOND CAMPAIGNS

KCCA ©
COMMUNITY  INVOLVEMENT 
IN  BOND  CAMPAIGNS

While the Board may, and should, provide information to the public on school building needs, it may not use District funds to advocate "yes" votes on bond issues.

It shall be the policy of the Board to use the input from a citizens' advisory committee in examining educational and building needs of the District.

As the need for a bond issue arises, a citizens' committee may encourage and promote the passage of the bond issue and collect funds needed for such promotion.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-491
15-492
15-493

A.G.O. 
I79-192
I83-117



Master Document: KCD © PUBLIC GIFTS / DONATIONS TO SCHOOLS
Child Document: KCD PUBLIC GIFTS / DONATIONS TO SCHOOLS

KCD ©
PUBLIC  GIFTS / DONATIONS 
TO  SCHOOLS

The Board has the authority to accept gifts and donations as may be made to the District or to any school in the District.

The Board reserves the right to refuse to accept donations any gift that does not contribute toward the achievement of the goals of this District and the ownership of which would tend to adversely affect the District.

Donation Any gift accepted by the Board shall become the property of the District, may not be returned without the approval of the Board, and is subject to the same controls and regulations as are other properties of the District.  The Board shall be responsible for the maintenance of donations any gift it accepts, unless otherwise stipulated.

The Board will make every effort to honor the intent of the donor in its use of the donationgift, but reserves the right to utilize donations any gift it accepts in the best interest of the educational program of the District.

In no case shall acceptance of a donation gift be considered to be an endorsement by the Board of a commercial product or business enterprise or institution of learning.

The Superintendent shall:

●  Encourage

A.  Encourage individuals and organizations considering contributions to the schools to consult

with the Superintendent

with the Superintendent on the appropriateness of any such

contribution

gifts.

●  Report

B.  Report to the Board

donations

all gifts that have been offered to the District, for their review and action.

●  Acknowledge

C.  Acknowledge the receipt and value of

donations

any gift accepted by the District, and prepare fitting means,

as appropriate

 as appropriate, for recognizing or memorializing

donations

gifts to the District.

Donations Gifts shall be recorded in appropriate inventory listing(s) and property records.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-393
15-1224
A.G.O. 
I80-156

CROSS REF.: 
DDA - Funding Sources Outside the School System



Master Document: KCD-R ©
Child Document: KCD-R

KCD-R ©

REGULATION

PUBLIC  GIFTS / DONATIONS  DONATIONS
TO  SCHOOLS

Schools are required to expend donated funds in accordance with the following:

●  State statutes

●  Governing Board policy and Donor intent

●  School District procurement rules

●  District equity guidelines

School administrators must provide cabinet with a budget and expenditure rationale for donated funds exceeding five thousand dollars ($5,000).  Cabinet approval must be received prior to encumbrance.

State  Statutes

A.R.S. 15-341 allows governing boards to accept gifts to be first expended consistent with the terms of the gifts, grants and devises given, and any balance remaining after expenditures for the intended purpose of the monies have been made shall be used for reduction of school district taxes.

Governing  Board  Policy

Policy KCD (K-0850); Public Gifts/Donations to Schools.

School  District  Procurement  Rules

Gift fund monies are considered District funds and are subject to all required procurement guidelines (quotes, bids, etc.) and purchasing rules.  Donated assets must be tagged and included in asset inventories.

District  Equity  Guidelines

It has been a long standing practice of the District to aim for equity across schools in all extracurricular activities.  At times there have been gifts such as scholarships, scoreboards, dugouts, etc., that are naturally applicable to only one (1) school based on donor intent.  However, the District does not allow gift funds to be used to create inequity in basic uniforms, athletic opportunities, salaries, staffing, etc.  Local administrators should seek Superintendent approval in advance for potential civic center or gift expenditures that might be deemed to create substantial inequity in this manner.To be acceptable, a gift must satisfy the following criteria:

A.  It will have a purpose consistent with those of the school.

B.  It will be offered by a donor acceptable to the Board.

C.  It will not begin a program that the Board would be unwilling to take over when the gift or grant funds are exhausted.

D.  It will not bring undesirable or hidden costs to the school system.

E.  It will place no restrictions on the school program.

F.  It will not imply endorsement of any business or product.

G.  It will not be in conflict with any provision of the school policy or public law.

All gifts, grants, and bequests shall become District property and subject to policies of the District.



Master Document: KD © PUBLIC INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS
Child Document: KD © PUBLIC INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATIONS

KD ©
PUBLIC  INFORMATION 
AND  COMMUNICATIONS

The Superintendent has the responsibility of keeping the public informed as to the purpose, goals, methods, and progress of the educational program.  Accuracy, reliability, and leadership in this area will develop confidence and understanding, creating better relationships between the District and the community.  All school personnel are responsible for good public relations.

All written notices, bulletins, newsletters, and matters pertaining to students are to be approved prior to release.  Matters that pertain to an individual school are to be approved by the principal prior to release.  Matters that pertain to the District are to be submitted for approval to the Superintendent prior to release.

Non-school-originated material of a commercial, political, or religious nature shall not be released through the students without the approval of the principal. 

This policy is not intended to interfere with the responsibility of District personnel to communicate directly with the parents or legal guardians of a particular student in areas affecting that student's progress at school.  It is intended to ensure that prompt, reliable, and accurate information is released to the parents and patrons of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
KHC - Distribution/Posting of Promotional Materials



Master Document: KDB © PUBLIC'S RIGHT TO KNOW / FREEDOM OF INFORMATION
Child Document: KDB © PUBLIC'S RIGHT TO KNOW / FREEDOM OF INFORMATION

KDB ©
PUBLIC'S  RIGHT  TO  KNOW / 
FREEDOM  OF  INFORMATION

The Board recognizes the right of the public to information concerning its actions, its policies, and the details of its educational and business operations.  The Board encourages study, discussion, and active participation by all concerned in the promotion of the best possible program of education in the community.  It is the practice of the Board to utilize the advice and assistance of interested individuals and groups in the solution of its educational and financial problems.

In recognizing the cooperating organizations in the District and by encouraging their active participation in educational policy making, the Board wishes to make it clear that in no way does it wish to escape its responsibility to the citizens of the community as the official governing body responsible for a final decision on all matters of policy and educational programs.  The Board accepts the following basic principles that are essential to a good public-relations program:

●  The

A.  The Board will transact all official business in open meetings (except as exempted by law), which the press,

the

 the public, and school employees are welcome to attend, and at which time communications, both oral

and written

and written, may be received and considered when placed on the agenda.

●  The

B.  The Board will function as speedily and as efficiently as circumstances permit, and always with due regard

for the

for the public interest.

●  Board

C.  Board members will familiarize themselves with the work of the school system in all major areas and

shall bring

shall bring to the schools the viewpoint, the knowledge, and the wisdom of the community.

●  The

D.  The Board will make provision for keeping a record of the proceedings of all meetings.  Minutes of all

Board meetings

Board meetings (except executive sessions) shall be considered matters of public record.

●  The

E.  The Board will keep in mind that maintaining the confidence and respect of the community is of

paramount importance

paramount importance to the success of the educational program of the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-431 to  to 38-431.09
39-101
39-103
39-121 to 39-121.03 et seq.

A.G.O. 
I83-006
I84-179
I85-023
I86-090
I91-004

I13-012 

CROSS REF.: 

EBC - Emergencies



Master Document: KDB-R ©
Child Document: KDB-R ©

KDB-R ©

REGULATION

PUBLIC'S  RIGHT  TO  KNOW /
FREEDOM  OF  INFORMATION

Public records of the District will be open for inspection by any person as provided by law.

Public record means any recorded information that is made, maintained, or kept by, or is in the possession of, the District.  Such records include minutes of the Governing Board, agendas, financial records, contracts, and statistical summaries.

The office of the Superintendent will be open to receive requests for records inspection or copying during normal business hours on Monday through Friday.

Requests for access to records shall be made in writing and directed to the office of the Superintendent.

All persons requesting inspection and/or copying of public records must attest that they have not requested the public records of the District for a commercial purpose.  If the records are requested for a commercial purpose, the requester must provide a statement, verified by the requester, setting forth the commercial purpose for which the materials will be used.

The above declaration will be made and signed on the official form provided by the District for requesting inspection and/or copying of public records.

The Superintendent may shall permit access to, or provide for the copying of, the records requested within a reasonable period of time following receipt of the signed promptly following the request or will provide an explanation of a cause for further delay and will give notification of the time the records will be available, or, if access is denied, the Superintendent will provide a written statement of the grounds for denial.

Requirements of access and inspection apply only to existing records and do not require creation of new records.  Public inspection of a document that otherwise would be a public record may be denied by the Superintendent if 1) the record is made confidential by statute, 2) the record involves the privacy interests of persons, or 3) disclosure would be detrimental to the best interests of the District.  If a public record contains material that is not subject to disclosure, the District will delete such material and make available to the requester such material in the record as is subject to disclosure.

Records contained on a computer will be provided only in the form in which the information can be made available using existing computer programs.

Copies of radio or recording tapes of discs, video or films, pictures, slides, graphics, illustrations, or similar audio or visual items or devices will not be furnished unless such items or devices have been shown or played at a public meeting of the Governing Board.

A fee shall be levied on each request to cover the cost of making copies, staff time, computer time, et cetera.  Fees .  The fee will be collected prior to releasing material.

The fees will be based upon the following:

●  Fifteen cents (15¢A.  ___________ (____) per copy for materials indicated as Board minutes, agendas, financial records, contracts, courses  courses of study, or statistical summaries.

●  Fifteen dollars ($15) per hour for retrieval of documents.

●  Actual B.  ___________ (____) per copy for materials not listed above.

C.  Actual cost, if available, will be assessed.

●  Free D.  Free copies shall be furnished if they are to be used in claims against the United States.

Commercial  Purpose

When a person requests copies, printouts or photographs of public records for a commercial purpose, the person shall provide a statement setting forth the commercial purpose for which the copies, printouts or photographs will be used.  Upon being furnished the statement the Superintendent may furnish reproductions of the such requested records.  The charge for such records shall include the following:

A.  A portion of the cost for the District to obtain the original or copies of the documents, printouts or photographs requested.

B.  A reasonable fee for the cost of time, materials, equipment and personnel in producing such reproduction.

C.  The value of the reproduction on the commercial market as best determined by the Superintendent.

If the Superintendent determines that the intended commercial use is a misuse of the requested public records or is an abuse of the right to receive public records, the Superintendent may apply to the Governor requesting that the Governor, by executive order, prohibit the furnishing of copies, printouts or photographs for such commercial purpose.  If the Governor determines that such public record shall not be provided for commercial purpose the Governor shall issue an executive order prohibiting the providing of the requested records for such commercial purpose.  If no order is issued within thirty days (30) of the date of application, the Superintendent shall provide reproductions of requested copies, printouts or photographs upon being paid the fee determined pursuant to this regulation.

The Superintendent shall advise the Board when District records are requested for commercial purposes.



Master Document: KDB-E ©
Child Document: KDB-E

KDB-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC'S  RIGHT  TO  KNOW /
FREEDOM  OF  INFORMATION

REQUEST FOR PUBLIC RECORDS OF

THE SCHOOL DISTRICT

Note:  It is not required by law that this form be filled out by a person requesting public records.  The District may request the document be filled out or the District may use the document internally as documentation of public records requests.

Name ___________________________________     ____     Date ________________

Address _______________________________________________________

                  (street)                          (city)                    (state)                _____

                 (street)                                          (city)                     (state)              (zip)

Phone:  Home ______________________   Work __    Work ________________________

E-mail address  ______________________________________________________

Nature of request:

  ◻  Opportunity   o   Opportunity to review records (no original record may leave the

                 the 

          custodian's office)

  ◻    o   Copies of records.

Please read and sign the following statement:

I have requested public records of the School District for a noncommercial purpose.  I understand that if the records should be used for a commercial purpose, a verified statement of the purpose must be submitted per A.R.S. 39-121.03.

____________________     __       _____________________________________

              (Date)                                                  ____

                (Date)                                                         (Signature)

Notice:  A fee will be charged for copying based upon actual cost for providing the information.

Records requested (please be as explicit as possible as to the records you desire):

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________



Master Document: KDC © SCHOOL - SPONSORED INFORMATION MEDIA
Child Document: KDC © SCHOOL - SPONSORED INFORMATION MEDIA

KDC ©
SCHOOL - SPONSORED
INFORMATION  MEDIA

Publications issued by and in the name of the schools of this District shall reflect a high quality of editorial content and format.  The exercise of appropriate economy in materials and production is expected as long as the main purpose is not jeopardized.

Articles circulated or submitted for publication by District employees in which the District, or employees of the District, are quoted mentioned directly or indirectly must be cleared by the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: KDCA © USE OF STUDENTS IN PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM
Child Document: KDCA © USE OF STUDENTS IN PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM

KDCA ©
USE  OF  STUDENTS  IN 
PUBLIC  INFORMATION  PROGRAM

The participation of students in interpreting the educational program of the schools to the community shall be encouraged with the understanding that:

●  Students A.  Students shall not be exploited for the benefit of any individual or group.

●  Students B.  Students shall participate only in appropriate situations.

●  The C.  The use of students shall always be evaluated in terms of the effect on the students.

●  Students D.  Students shall not solicit or promote District issues without approval by the Superintendent's office.

●  The E.  The best possible community relations grow from a superior teaching job in the classroom.  Enthusiastic Enthusiastic students with serious intentions, well directed by sympathetic and capable teachers, communicate positively with communicate positively with parents and the community.  This shall be the cornerstone of good community relations in the relations in the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: KDD © MEDIA RELATIONS
Child Document: KDD © MEDIA RELATIONS

KDD ©
MEDIA  RELATIONS

The Board recognizes its responsibility to provide information to the community and actively seeks to establish a good working relationship with local news media.

To promote a positive relationship between the District and the media, the Board shall provide information to the media concerning the programs and activities of the District as well as matters pending before the Board.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
KDC - School-Sponsored Information Media



Master Document: KDDA © PRESS RELEASES, CONFERENCES, AND INTERVIEWS
Child Document: KDDA © PRESS RELEASES, CONFERENCES, AND INTERVIEWS

KDDA ©
PRESS  RELEASES,  CONFERENCES,  
AND  INTERVIEWS

All communication with the news media for the purposes of seeking or arranging news coverage, providing official statements from the District, or responding to requests from the news media shall be channeled through the office of the Superintendent.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
KD - Public Information and Communications
KDC - School-Sponsored Information Media



Master Document: KE © PUBLIC CONCERNS AND COMPLAINTS
Child Document: KE © PUBLIC CONCERNS AND COMPLAINTS

KE ©
PUBLIC  CONCERNS  AND  COMPLAINTS

Whenever a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it will be referred to the school administration for study and resolution, if possible.

The administration will develop a procedure for courteously receiving complaints, and will take steps to make proper replies to complainants.  If resolution of a problem cannot be accomplished at the building level, either party may refer the matter to the Superintendent for review.

The Board will consider hearing citizen complaints when they have not been resolved by the administration. Matters referred to the Board as a whole must be in writing, should clearly identify the problem, and specifically state the desired action.  The Board will not consider or act on complaints that have not been explored at the appropriate administrative level or are anonymous.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

CROSS REF.: 

KEB - Public Concerns/Complaints about Personnel

KEC - Public Concerns/Complaints about Instructional Resources

KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services

date of Manual adoption



Master Document: KE-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KE-R ©

REGULATION

PUBLIC  CONCERNS  AND  COMPLAINTS

If a member of the community has a complaint, the following procedures are intended to assist in its resolution:

A.  If the matter relates to a student, and it is appropriate, talk with the student's teacher.  If the matter remains unresolved, talk with the school administrator.

B.  If resolution of a problem cannot be accomplished at the building level, either party may refer the matter to the Superintendent for review.

C.  When a complaint is made directly to the Board as a whole or to a Board member as an individual, it will be referred to the school administration for study and resolution, if possible.



Master Document: KE-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KE-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC  CONCERNS  AND  COMPLAINTS
(This Form to be Submitted to the Superintendent)

Person(s) or group filing complaint __________________________________

Complainant's address _________________________   Phone ___________

Complainant's E-mail address  _____________________________________

Date complaint is filed ____________________________________________

Has problem been discussed with the administration?

 Yes   No                   Date ______________________________________

Summary of the charges (description of incident or event, including date, place, time, additional persons, alleged problem, and suggested solution):

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Identification of other witnesses or persons with information about concern:

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The  Projected  Solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________      _____________________
Signature of complainant                                          Date

The administration shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: KEB © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT PERSONNEL
Child Document: KEB © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT PERSONNEL

KEB ©
PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS 
ABOUT  PERSONNEL

Trust in staff members and support for their actions should be such that employees are freed from unnecessary, spiteful, or negative criticisms and complaints.

In spite of this, criticisms and complaints may be forthcoming from the community.  These complaints are best handled starting at the school level and, when necessary, should proceed through the various administrative levels.

All complaints shall be referred to the Superintendent for investigation.  The employee involved shall be given an opportunity, at each administrative level at which the matter is reviewed, for explanation, comment, and presentation of facts, either formally or informally.  The employee will be afforded elements of due process as provided in Arizona law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
BBAA - Board Member Authority and Responsibilities
BEDH - Public Participation at Board Meetings KE - Public Concerns and Complaints

KEC - Public Concerns/Complaints about Instructional Resources

KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: KEB-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KEB-R ©

REGULATION

PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS
ABOUT  PERSONNEL

Required  Information

The following information concerning a complaint is required:

A.  The name(s) of the person(s) making the complaint.

B.  Whether the person(s) making the complaint represents an individual or a group.  If a group is represented, information shall be provided about the nature of the group and the manner in which the group has reviewed and taken a position on the matter.

C.  Whether the person(s) making the complaint has discussed the problem with the employee in question.

D.  A summary of the complaint(s) and of the above three (3) items.

Processing  of  Complaint(s)  Following 
Written  Summation

The complaint shall be presented to the employee toward whom it is directed, together with a suggested solution, personally and in writing, by the person(s) filing the complaint.  It is the responsibility of the employee's supervisor to keep the Superintendent informed as the matter is reviewed at the various administrative levels.

The employee will have a minimum of five (5) working days in which to reply to the complaint at each administrative level at which the matter is reviewed.

If the complaint is not resolved between the originator of the complaint and the employee, the complaint shall be reviewed by the employee's supervisor.  Until the matter is resolved, it may be reviewed at each successive administrative level.

The Superintendent shall be the final administrative level.

Following the decision of the Superintendent, if any of the parties concerned deem it necessary, the matter may be referred to the Board within ten (10) working days following the Superintendent's decision.

The Board shall consider all facts and provide the employee with all elements of due process in reaching a decision.



Master Document: KEC © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES
Child Document: KEC © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES

KEC ©
PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS 
ABOUT  INSTRUCTIONAL  RESOURCES

Occasional objections to the selection of instructional materials may be made by the public despite the care taken to select materials most valuable for the student and the teacher.  The complainant will be asked to complete the form "Citizen's Request for Reconsideration of Instructional Material."  Upon receipt of a request for reconsideration, the Superintendent will review the work in question.  After review by the Superintendent, copies of the request form and the report will be sent to the principal and the citizen.

If not satisfied with the decision contained in the report, the citizen may appeal the decision to the Board.

Should a complaint reach the Board, the Board may refer the matter back to the Superintendent for further review, or the Board may review the materials in question in the light of its policy establishing criteria for the selection of materials.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341

15-721

CROSS REF.: 

KE - Public Concerns and Complaints

KEB - Public Concerns/Complaints about Personnel

KED - Public Concerns/Complaints about Facilities or Services



Master Document: KEB-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KEB-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS
ABOUT  PERSONNEL

PUBLIC COMPLAINTS ABOUT SCHOOL PERSONNEL
(This Form to be Submitted to the Employee's Supervisor)

Person against whom the complaint is made __________________________

Employee's position __________________    School/dept. _______________

Person(s) or group filing complaint __________________________________

Complainant's address _________________________   Phone ___________

Complainant's E-mail address  _____________________________________

Date complaint is filed ____________________________________________

Has problem been discussed with the employee?

 Yes   No                   Date ______________________________________

Has problem been discussed with the employee's supervisor?

 Yes   No                   Date ______________________________________

Summary of the charges (description of incident or event, including date, place, time, additional persons, alleged improper conduct, and suggested solution):

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

The  Projected  Solution

Indicate what you think can and should be done to solve the problem.  Be as specific as possible.

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________      _____________________
Signature of complainant                                          Date

The administration shall give one (1) copy to the complainant and shall retain one (1) copy for the file.



Master Document: KED © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT FACILITIES AND SERVICES
Child Document: KED © PUBLIC CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS ABOUT FACILITIES AND SERVICES

KED ©
PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS 
ABOUT  FACILITIES  AND  SERVICES

The Superintendent shall establish procedures to be used by citizens of the District who have complaints about District facilities or services.  Such procedures shall provide for administrative review of such complaints and, further, shall provide for Board review at the request of the complainant if the matter is not resolved by administrative review.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-341
15-342
29 U.S.C. 794 Rehabilitation Act of 1973, (Section 504)

CROSS REF.: 

KE - Public Concerns and Complaints

KEB - Public Concerns/Complaints about Personnel

KEC - Public Concerns/Complaints about Instructional Resources



Master Document: KEC-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KEC-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS
ABOUT  INSTRUCTIONAL  RESOURCES

CITIZEN'S REQUEST FOR RECONSIDERATION
OF INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIAL

Author _______________ Hardcover ____ Paperback _____ Other media _____

Title ___________________________________   Copyright date ____________

Publisher (if known)  ________________________________________________

Request initiated by__________________________  Telephone _____________

Address  _________________________________________________________

Complainant's E-mail address  ________________________________________

Complainant
represents:         himself or herself

                           (name organization):  ________________________________

                           (identify other group): ________________________________

Please  use  the  reverse  side  for  additional 
space  or  comments

To what in the material do you object?  (Please be specific; cite pages.)
 

What do you feel might be the result of the use of this material?

 

For what age group would you recommend this material?

What do you feel is good about this material?

 

Did you review the entire material?______   What parts?

Are you aware of the judgment of this material by literary critics?

What do you believe is the theme of this material?

Are you aware of the instructional purpose in using this work?

What would you like the District to do about this material?

       Do not assign or recommend it to my child (children).
       Do not assign it to students.
       Withdraw it from all patrons of the library.
       Refer it to an official committee for reevaluation.

In its place, what material of equal literary quality would you recommend that would convey as valuable a picture and perspective?

 

 

________________________________________     _____________________
Signature of complainant                                             Date



Master Document: KF © COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES
Child Document: KF COMMUNITY USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

KF ©
COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

Leasing (renting)

School facilities and property may be leased to extended day resource programs and any person, group or organization for any lawful purpose in the interest of the community.  The purposes include but are not limited to the following:

●  recreational,                                 ~  scientific,

●  educational,                                  ~  social,

●  political,                                        ~  religious,

●  economic,                                     ~  other civic,

●  artistic,                                          ~  or governmental.

●  moralA.  recreational,                              G.  scientific,

B.  educational,                               H.  social,

C.  political,                                      I.   religious,

D.  economic,                                  J.   other civic,

E.  artistic,                                       K.   or governmental.

F.  moral,

A reasonable use fee shall be charged for the lease of school facilities and property and this fee may be offset by goods contributed or services rendered by the lessee.  "Reasonable use fee" means an amount that is at least equal to the cost for utilities, services, supplies or personnel provided to the lessee pursuant to the terms of the lease.

Uncompensated  Use

The Superintendent may permit the uncompensated use of facilities and property by any school related group, including student political organizations, or by any organization whose membership is open to the public and whose activities promote the educational function of the District.  "Education function" means uses that are directly related to the educational mission of the District as adopted by the Board and includes the educational mission related uses of parent - teacher organizations, youth organizations and school employee organizations.  Use of facilities or property by organizations indicated above that will require a substantial District cost for utilities, services, supplies and/or personnel may be permitted only if goods contributed, services rendered or payments are made to reimburse these costs to the District.

The mission of the District is found in section A of the policy manual (see cross referenced policies below).  The mission statement and the group's or organization's promotion of the educational function through the activity, as interpreted by the Superintendent in good faith, will be the basis upon which uncompensated use of District facilities and property shall be approved or denied.

Generally

The Superintendent shall annually recommend a fee schedule to the Board for the lease of school property and such schedule shall include a procedure for determining the value of goods and services being provided as compensation for the use of school property.  The schedule shall include a designation of those groups whose activities promote the educational function of the School District as determined in good faith by the Superintendent and presented for Board review.

Property not associated with the use of facilities is covered in section E of the policy manual (see cross referenced policies below).  The District will use its best efforts to avoid conflicts with approved use of the facilities and property but no lease or use provision shall be effective if the administrator of the facility finds that it would cause delay, cancellation, or rescheduling of a school-sponsored activity.

Proof of liability insurance shall be required for the use or lease of school property pursuant to A.R.S. 15-1105.  The School District and its Governing Board, employees, and agents shall be named an additional insured under the liability insurance policy during the use of the facilities and property.

The School District and its employees, including the Governing Board, Superintendent or Chief Administrative Officer, are immune from civil liability with respect to all decisions made and actions taken to allow the lease or use of school property, unless the School District or its employees are guilty of gross negligence or intentional misconduct.  This does not limit any other immunity provisions that are prescribed by law.

The Superintendent shall establish such rules and regulations as are needed to implement this policy as well as to assure the preservation of District property.

The lessee of school facilities must affirm knowledge of and enforce the requirements and restrictions set out in Chapter 28.1 of A.R.S. Title 36 related to medical marijuana.

The lessee of school facilities to be used for athletic activities must confirm knowledge of and compliance with the requirements and restrictions for such use as set out in Board Policy JJIB.

Adopted:  January 21, 2015 date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-511
15-1105
15-1141 to 15-1143
16-411
36-2801 et seq., Arizona Medical Marijuana Act

CROSS REF.: 
A - District Mission and Belief Statement
AC - Nondiscrimination/Equal Opportunity
EDC - Authorized Use of School-Owned Materials and Equipment
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: KF-RA ©
Child Document: KF-RA ©

KF-RA ©

REGULATION

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

The principal may deny a request to provide space for use as a polling place if within two (2) weeks after a request has been made the principal provides a written statement indicating a reason why the election cannot be held in the school that includes any of the following:

●  Space A.  Space is not available at the school.

●  The B.  The safety or welfare of the students would be jeopardized.



Master Document: KED-R ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KED-R ©

REGULATION

PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS
ABOUT  FACILITIES  AND  SERVICES

Citizens of the District who have complaints about District facilities or services may register such complaints with the site administrator.*

Required information concerning complaint:

A.  Name(s) of person(s) making the complaint.

B.  Whether the person(s) represents an individual or group.

C.  Whether the person(s) making the complaint has discussed the problem with the site administrator.

D.  A summary of the complaint and suggested solution.

Processing of complaint:*

A.  Level 1.  The complaint shall be presented in writing, with a suggested solution, to the site administrator.  Five (5) working days will be allowed for a reply.

B.  Level 2. If a satisfactory response is not received within five (5) working days, a copy of the complaint may be forwarded to the Superintendent, who will have ten (10) working days to reply.

C.  Level 3.  If a satisfactory response is not received within ten (10) working days, a copy of the complaint may be forwarded to the Governing Board for its consideration.  Consideration as to the disposition of the complaint will be given within thirty (30) days.

*If the matters of concern are eligibility and related procedures, procedural safeguards, or provision of a free and appropriate public education, the matter may be referred at any juncture in the procedure to the appropriate compliance coordinator.



Master Document: KF-RB ©
Child Document: KF-RB ©

KF-RB ©

REGULATION

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

(Filing Procedures for Use of
Equipment/Facilities)

A request is made at the campus on which the facility is located or the equipment is stored at least two (2) weeks before the requested use.

The principal of the campus involved shall review the submitted request form, checking to be sure the applicant has filled in all of the necessary information and has signed the form.  The principal shall note approval or non-approval, forwarding the request to the District office.  If approval is not recommended the request shall be forwarded with an explanation.

If given approval by the District office costs, evidence of insurance and other requirements are to be indicated and the requests returned as indicated below.

●  The A.  The request form is sent from the District office back to the principal once acted upon.  The principal is responsible is responsible for notifying the applicant of the approval, conditions (if any) imposed or denial of approval and approval and reasons.

●  If B.  If costs are involved, the principal asks the applicant to sign below the area specifying the fees and conditions.

Payment of projected fees are to be received in advance.  All liability insurance is to be secured by the applicant, with evidence being sent to the District office one (1) week before the date of use.  Failure to secure acceptable liability insurance will cancel the use agreement.  Any cost overruns for services or equipment will be billed to the lessee.



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: KF-ED

KF-ED 

EXHIBIT

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

RENTAL  AGREEMENT

For use of facilities located at: _________________________________________
                                                                      Name of High School

Date ___________, 20_____      _________________________________________
                                                                         Mailing Address

Glendale Union High School District, Maricopa County, Lessor, hereby agrees to lease:

________________________________       ________________________________
        Specific Facility to be Used                               Lessor Contact Person

To: _____________________________        ______________________________
         Name of Lessee of Organization                      Lessee Contact Person

________________________________       ________________________________
                 Mailing Address                                                  Phone

The following terms and conditions apply to this lease (Please read before signing):

1.  The leased premises are to be used by the Lessee for the following purposes only: ____________________________________________________

2.  No smoking is to be allowedNo alcoholic beverages allowed.  No refreshments are to be sold in the building.

3.  Administrators or caretakers are to have access to all facilities at any and all times.

4.  All properties are to be accounted for and left in as good condition as received.  Extra property is to be removed from the premises no later than twenty-four (24) hours after the performance.

5.  No lighting, wiring, or scenery is to be changed except by special permission from the principal of the school; and, when special permission is granted, such lighting, wiring, or scenery must be replaced as directed at the expense of the party requesting the change.

6.  The program of speakers, plays, or amusements to be produced must be submitted for approval before the rental agreement is signed.

7.  Any advertising for the promotion of this program, such as newspaper releases, posters, tickets, and handbills, must indicate the sponsoring agent.

8.  The lessor reserves the right to refund deposits paid in advance for rental of any facilities should the Governing Board decide the usage is not for the best interests of the lessor and cancel the use of the facility on the date or dates specified in this agreement by notifying in the following manner: by telephone, messenger, letter to address as given above, or inserting one advertisement in a daily newspaper in Phoenix, Arizona, at any time prior to any such performance.

9.  The parties agree that this contract may be cancelled for conflict of interest in accordance with A.R.S. 38-511.

10.  Liability insurance shall be provided by the Lessee and evidence of same (satisfactory to Lessor) filed with the Lessor at the time of signing this agreement.  This insurance shall be provided in the minimum limits of one million dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit for bodily injuries and property damage.  Lessee agrees to name the District as an "additional insured" on Lessee's liability policy as respects the use of District property.

11.  Lessee agrees to comply with all federal, state, and municipal laws, rules, ordinances, regulations, and orders with respect to the use and occupancy thereof.  Lessee, during the term of this permit, covenants and agrees to indemnify and to hold harm-less Lessor from each and every loss, cost, damage, and expense arising out of any accident or other occurrence causing injury to or death of persons or damage to property due to the conditions of the leased premises or the use or neglect thereof by Lessee.  Lessee agrees that it will pay for any unusual wear, tear, breakage, and damage to facility and/or equipment occurring from the public or principals representing the Lessee.  Subsequent to use of the facility, maintenance staff will inspect the premises to determine that no unusual wear, tear, breakage, or damage was done.  Should an inspection reveal damages, Lessee shall reimburse the Lessor for full costs necessary to restore facility to its condition prior to occupancy.  Lessee agrees to provide necessary security protection as prescribed by Lessor.

Usage

Date __________    Time:  From _______a.m. or p.m.    To _______a.m. or p.m.

Rent is payable in advance.  It is understood that all rates quoted, as well as other conditions stipulated, are a part of this agreement.

Base charge of facility to be used                                   $ ______________

Additional charges                                                         $ ______________

                                                                                    $ ______________

                                                                                    $ ______________

Make check payable to _____________________ Total $ ______________
                                          (Name of School)

This agreement is accepted upon the foregoing terms and conditions.  Please sign and return all copies to Asst. Principal/Activities.

______________________________  A signed copy will be returned to Lessee.
             (Name of School)

Note:  This agreement is not valid and facilities will not be made available until signed by the assistant principal in charge of activities and a certificate of insurance is filed with same.

For LessorFor Lessee:

Glendale Union High School       ____________________________________________
District No. 205                                                     Name of Lessee

By: _____________________________          By: _____________________________
                Assistant Principal  of                                         Signature and Title
               Operations/Resources

Insurance Certificate Received and Expiration Date: ____________________________

Glendale  Union  High  School  District 
Rental  Fee  Schedule

The base charges are set for a minimum of three (3) hours.  Utility costs are included if the usage is during normal periods of operation of the school, unless otherwise stated on the rental fee schedule.  Utility costs will be assessed at a minimum rate of fifty dollars ($50) per hour during periods when the school is not operating, such as summer or intersession periods.  Charges do not include costs of maintenance or technical support personnel.  The minimum hourly rate is listed on the fee schedule.  Charges on this schedule do not include any extra work involved in the setup, rearrangement or use of equipment.  Charges for these services will be extra from those listed below.

                                                            Base Charges                    Additional
Category                                           (3-Hour Minimum)                  Per Hour

Regular Classroom                                       $  50                               $  20

Specialty Areas                                            $  80                               $  30
(Choir Room, Multi-
   purpose room, etc.)

Cafeteria                                                      $200                               $  80

Cafeteria with Kitchen                                    $300                              $100

Auditorium                                                     $300                              $100
   with Specialty Sound and
   Lighting, add:                                 $100

Gymnasium                                                   $300                              $100
   With Locker room and
   Shower, add:                                 $100

Football Field with Stadium                             $300                              $100
With Locker Room and Shower, add   $100

With Field Lighting, add                      $50 per hour

Other Fields                                                  $150                              $  50
With Locker Room and Shower, add   $100

With Field Lighting, add                      $50 per hour

All organizations using Glendale Union High School District facilities are required to use District-approved maintenance/custodial or technical support.  The following chart contains the minimum hourly rates.

Adult Support                          $20 per hour
Student Technical Support        $10 per hour

All organizations must conform to the same adult supervision and police staffing standards as are required for school activities.

The above fee schedule applies to short-term rental agreements.  Local schools may modify the above rates to fit special circumstances and longer-term agreements as determined to be in the best interest of the school and District.  The rates listed apply to buildings only and do not include use of incidental equipment.  Separate charges may be assessed for specific use of school equipment.

All rental agreements are conditional upon the non-interference with the education program.



Master Document: KED-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

KED-E ©

EXHIBIT

PUBLIC  CONCERNS / COMPLAINTS
ABOUT  FACILITIES  AND  SERVICES

Complainant  ___________________________________________________

Representing ___________________________________________________

Date of presentation  _____________________________________________

School (if appropriate) ____________________________________________

Prior contacts with the site administrator or teacher _____________________

______________________________________________________________

______________________________________________________________

Statement of complaint:





 

Action requested:





 

Signature ______________________________________________________



Master Document: KF-EA ©
Child Document: KF-EA

KF-EA  EA ©

EXHIBIT

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

An applicant requesting the use of school facilities agrees to comply with the following rules and the District policy concerning conduct on school property if granted permission to use the requested school facilities.

●  All

A.  All community group activities, including preparations, must be conducted in such a manner that students

can continue

can continue their educational programs without undue interruption.

●  An

B.  An employee of the District must be on duty whenever a school building is used by an organization or

group unless

group unless prior approval for other arrangements has been granted.

●  The

C.  The applicant is held responsible for the preservation of order.  All children attending or participating in

the event

the event or activity must be supervised by responsible adults.

●  No

D.  No alcoholic liquors or beverages shall be brought to or consumed in the buildings or on the grounds.

●  Tobacco

E.  Tobacco and smoking is prohibited on school property.

●  Putting

F.  Putting up decorations or scenery or moving pianos or other major furniture is not allowed without

prior permission

prior permission.

●  Nothing

G.  Nothing shall be sold, given, exhibited, or displayed for sale without prior permission from the school.

  Any sales

 Any sales are prohibited unless the proceeds will be used for charitable or nonprofit educational purposes.

●  All

H.  Unless waived by the District when use is in conjunction with a District activity, groups must provide

the District

the District with documentary evidence of liability insurance

with a limit

of at least

ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for property damage and

one million dollars ($1,000,000)

for bodily injury

.

  Each

 Each group will be responsible for the repair or replacement of damaged equipment, furniture, or facility.

●  The District

I.  The School District and its employees, including the Governing Board, Superintendent or Chief Administrative Officer, are immune from civil liability with respect to all decisions made and actions taken to allow the lease or use of school property, unless the School District or its employees are guilty of gross negligence or intentional misconduct. This does not limit any other immunity provisions that are prescribed by law.

J.  The District reserves the right to require, if it should deem it necessary, a cash bond of five hundred

dollars

dollars ($500), or more to cover any damages that might be done to any equipment, furniture, or facility.

●  All

K.  All wages earned by District employees on duty for approved facilities use shall be paid by the District.

  ●  The

 No District employees shall be paid directly by any group using the facilities.

L.  The availability of cafeteria kitchens and other special subject or usage areas may be restricted to

specific times

specific times or activities.  Special fees may be charged for the use of those facilities.

●  When

M.  When more than one (1) applicant requests the use of a facility for the same time, the applicant filing first

shall be

shall be given first consideration.  If a school program or calendar changes, the school program shall take priority,

even

 even if the activity has been scheduled.  Every effort will be made to reschedule the activity as

conveniently as

conveniently as possible when such cancellation has occurred.

●  The

N.  The issuance of keys to facilities is to be discouraged.  However, if no alternative is suitable, it shall be

the principal

the principal's responsibility to issue and retrieve facility keys according to the District key-control procedures.

●  Permission

O.  Permission shall be denied for activities that would exceed the capacity of the facility or be in violation of

fire or

fire or safety regulations.  It shall be the responsibility of the applicant to make appropriate members familiar

with the

with the use of fire and other safety devices and procedures.

●  All activities

P.  Confirm knowledge of and commitment to comply with the requirements and restrictions for use of facilities for athletic activities as set out in Board Policy JJIB.

Q.  Comply with all applicable requirements of The Arizona Medical Marijuana Act.

R.  All activities must be conducted within the laws, rules and regulations of the State of Arizona and

applicable municipal

applicable municipal subdivisions.

●  Requests

S.  Requests for future use may be denied to an organization that fails to comply with established rules.



Master Document: KF-EB ©
Child Document: KF-EB

KF-EB  EB ©

EXHIBIT

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

REQUEST FOR USE OF SCHOOL FACILITIES

USER FEES

Facility

Please refer to Regulation KF-ED for facility usage and utility charges

Goods  and  Services  Contributed

A person, group or organization may contribute goods or render services as full or partial payment of the user fee.  The value of the goods will be determined by the District based upon established market price, trade in value, posted prices or where these methods prove impractical, appraisal or barter may be employed so long as the procedure is advantageous to the District.  The value of services rendered shall be based upon the hourly wages of a beginning employee of this or another Arizona School District performing similar functions as determined by the District.  Should disagreement between the contributor and the District occur as to the value of the goods or services offered, the District reserves the right to refuse to accept the offer.

                                                                                         Date ___________________, 20______

TO: ______________________________

We, _________________________________________________, request the use of a school building 

                              Name of organization/group                           

facility at __________________________________ School for the purpose of presenting the following

program:

__________________________________________________________________________________

Specific location requested  ___________________________________________________________

We wish the above facility on the following dates: (An attachment is acceptable.)

__________________________________________________________________________________

   Day(s) of week                        Month                         Date(s)                         Year                     Hours

If equipment, lighting, tables or chairs are required please specify and indicate any special arrangements needed on the form provided.

There ◻ (will) ◻ (will not) be an admission charge.  The admission will be ___________ for adults and 

___________ for children.  The proceeds will be used for: ___________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

The rental fee will include custodial or school personnel services, utility costs, and equipment usage fee, if applicable.  NOTE: Food services charges and technicians are paid separately.

Two (2) people the District may contact, if necessary, are:

Name ___________________________________     Address ________________________________

Phone: (work)___________ (home)____________     _______________________________________

                                                                                                                                                 Zip code

Name ___________________________________     Address ________________________________

Phone: (work)___________ (home)____________     _______________________________________

                                                                                                                                                 Zip code

We agree to become familiar with and abide by the printed rules and regulations of the District concerning the public use of school facilities and conduct on school grounds.

This request shall be submitted at least two (2) weeks prior to the requested date(s).

RENTAL IS PAYABLE IN ADVANCE TO  _________________________________________________

Remit to District Office, _______________________________________________________________

                                    Signatures and titles of organization representatives (2)

__________________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________

FOR DISTRICT USE ONLY

LEASE AGREEMENT (where applicable)

It is understood that all rates quoted, as well as other conditions stipulated, are a part of this agreement and that proof of liability insurance is required.

Base charge of facility to be used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      $____________

Additional charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $____________

                                                                                                              Total     $____________

                                                                                                         Classification of user (circle one)

                                                                                                                  I             II             III

Your application for school building usage has been:

Building Action

____  Recommended   ____ Not recommended for approval

Date: __________________       Principal  _______________________________________________

District Action

____ Denied or altered for the following reason(s):  _________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

____ Approved: _____________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________         _______________________________________

                   Business Administrator                                                        Superintendent

Date ______________________  20______

                                                                      Lessee Acknowledgement

Signature ___________________________________        Date ______________________  20______

Note:  All requests for use of property and/or equipment must be initiated with the campus principal to be involved in authorizing campus-level approval.  The request will be forwarded to the District office for final approval/disapproval.  In order to avoid conflict in use, please submit all requests at least fourteen (14) days prior to date of requested usage.

Checklist  of  Needs  (part of application)

o   Custodial services needed.

o   Cook needed.

o   Special equipment needed:

       o   Audiovisual equipment.

       o   Public address system.

       o   Scoreboard controls.

       o   Kitchen equipment.

       o   Concession stand equipment and keys.

       o   Stage equipment.

       o   Shop equipment.

       o   Special school personnel.

o   Keys for access to: _______________________________________

o   Custodial services:

       o   Open building.

       o   Close building.

       o   Extra time needed for extra cleanup needed ________________

       o   Custodial time needed to set up  _________________________

       Estimated number of hours ________________________________

       Total hours _____________________________________________



Master Document: KF-EC ©
Child Document: KF-EC

KF-EC  EC ©

EXHIBIT

COMMUNITY  USE  OF 
SCHOOL  FACILITIES

FACILITY  USAGE  AND  UTILITY  CHARGES

Utility  Charges

The use of District facilities may incur a utility charge depending upon usage.

Rentals

Beginning June 1, 2009, the Assistant Principal for Operations and Resources (APOR) must submit a comprehensive list of all local school facility rentals to the District Director of Business.  Based upon the District rental agreement form, local schools must reimburse the District at a rate of twenty percent (20%) of the base rental fee.

Facility                              3-hour base charge           Utility Cost per hour

Classroom                                   $  50.00                               $  3.50

Specialty Room                            $  80.00                               $  5.00

Cafeteria                                     $200.00                                $14.00

     w/ kitchen                               $300.00                                $20.00

Auditorium                                   $300.00                                $20.00

     w/ special light or sound          $400.00                                $27.00

Gymnasium                                 $300.00                                $20.00

     w/ locker room                       $400.00                                $27.00

Stadium                                      $300.00                                 $20.00

     w/ locker room                       $400.00                                 $27.00

Other Fields                                $150.00                                 $10.00

     w/ lights                                 $300.00                                 $20.00

Note(s):  The APOR's have the ability to negotiate rental fees, however, the utility reimbursement to the District must follow the table listed above.

Adjustments in temperature setting have been made for cafeteria kitchens and the auditorium.

Cafeteria Kitchen setting (when in use) will be at seventy-four degrees (74°).

Auditorium use for dress rehearsals and performances (with an audience), the temperature setting can be lowered to seventy-two degrees (72°), three (3) hours prior and one (1) hour after the activity.  Local maintenance supervisors and the District Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) Department should be notified of specific dates and times one (1) week prior to the activity.

Coaches/School Employees

District practice with regard to facility rental fees and utility costs for local coaches using school facilities outside of the season of sport is determined to be:

No charge if:

●  There is no participation cost to the participants or if there is a participation cost the funds collected are all deposited into the local school account as a fund-raiser for the students.

●  Coaches/school employees do not receive any paid stipend.

●  Facility usage is within the hours determined by the District utility reduction plan.

Utility fee imposed if:

●  There is no participation cost to the participants or if there is a participation cost the funds collected are all deposited into the local school account as a fund-raiser for the students.

●  Coaches/school employees do not receive any paid stipend.

●  Facility usage is outside the hours determined by the District utility reduction plan.

●  There is a cap of one hundred dollars ($100) per day.

Rental fee and Utility fee imposed if:

●  If the coach/school employee charges a fee for participation in a camp, clinic or league and any coach/employee are paid a stipend for running the event.

Note:  The utility cost listed above will be in effect beginning June 1, 2009.  The APOR's must submit a comprehensive list of all local school facility usage that would incur a cost, to the District Director of Business

SCHOOL FACILITIES USER FEES

Class I          Fees                             No charge for District Mission related use.

     School-sponsored activities                Teacher Organizations

     School Clubs                                       P.T.A. / Organizations

     Boy Scouts                                          Booster clubs

     Girl Scouts                                           Arizona Youth Soccer Organization

     Little League Program

Class II         Fees                             See below

     Community college                              Civic organizations

     Community concerts                            Educational organizations

     Churches                                             Government organizations

     Recitals                                                Service organizations

     Cultural organizations                          Extended day resource programs

Class III        Fees                             See below

Commercial or profit-making organizations

Facility                                      Class II                           Class III

Classroom-Standard               $X per hour                    $X per hour

                                                $X added hours             $X added hours

Computer lab/specialized       $X per hour                    $X per hour

classroom                               $X added hours             $X added hours

Auditorium                               $X per hour                   $X per hour

                                                $X added hours             $X added hours

Gymnasium - Primary             $X per hour                    $X per hour

                                                $X added hours             $X added hours

Gymnasium - Secondary        $X per hour                    $X per hour

                                                $X added hours             $X added hours

Cafeteria and kitchen             $X per hour                     $X per hour

                                               $X added hours              $X added hours

Cafeteria only                         $X per hour                    $X per hour

                                               $X added hours              $X added hours

Football stadium w/o lights    $X per hour                     $X per hour

                                               $X added hours              $X added hours

     with lights                          $X added hours              $X added hours

Outdoor playfield w/o lights   $X per hour                     $X per hour

                                               $X added hours              $X added hours

     with lights                          $X added hours              $X added hours

Goods  and  Services  Contributed

A person, group or organization may contribute goods or render services as full or partial payment of the user fee.  The value of the goods will be determined by the District based upon established market price, trade in value, posted prices or where these methods prove impractical, appraisal or barter may be employed so long as the procedure is advantageous to the District.  The value of services rendered shall be based upon the hourly wages of a beginning employee of this or another Arizona school district performing similar functions as determined by the District.  Should disagreement between the contributor and the District occur as to the value of the goods or services offered, the District reserves the right to refuse to accept the offer.



Master Document: KFA © PUBLIC CONDUCT ON SCHOOL PROPERTY
Child Document: KFA © PUBLIC CONDUCT ON SCHOOL PROPERTY

KFA ©
PUBLIC  CONDUCT  ON 
SCHOOL  PROPERTY

No person shall engage in conduct that may cause interference with or disruption of an educational institution.  Interference with or disruption of an educational institution includes any act that might reasonably lead to the evacuation or closure of any property of the educational institution or the postponement, cancellation or suspension of any class or other school activity.  For the purposes of this policy, an actual evacuation, closure, postponement, cancellation or suspension is not required for the act to be considered interference or disruption.

A person commits interference with or disruption of an educational institution by doing any of the following:

●  Intentionally

A.  Intentionally, knowingly or recklessly interfering with or disruption of the normal operations of an

educational institution

educational institution by either:

■  Threatening

1.  Threatening to cause physical injury to any employee or student of an educational institution or

any person

any person on the property of an educational institution.

■  Threatening

2.  Threatening to cause damage to the District, the property of the District, or the property of any

person attending

person attending the District.

●  Intentionally

B.  Intentionally or knowingly entering or remaining on the property of an educational institution for the purpose

of interfering

of interfering with or denying lawful use of the property to others.

●  Intentionally

C.  Intentionally or knowingly refusing to obey a lawful order given by the Superintendent or a person

designated to

designated to maintain order.

The above identified acts need not be directed at a specific individual, the District, or specific property of the District to constitute a violation of this policy.

Restitution for any financial loss caused by a violation of the policy may be required.  Furthermore, an individual who interferes with or disrupts an educational institution is subject to misdemeanor or felony charges as provided in A.R.S. 13-2911.

A person may also interfere with or disrupt the District function by committing any of the following:

●  Any

A.  Any conduct intended to obstruct, disrupt, or interfere with teaching, research, service, administrative,

or disciplinary

or disciplinary functions or any activity sponsored or approved by

this

the Board.

●  Physical

B.  Physical or verbal abuse or threat of harm to any person on property owned or controlled by the District

or at supervised

or at supervised functions sponsored by the District.

●  Forceful

C.  Forceful or unauthorized entry to or occupation of District facilities, including both buildings and grounds. 

●  Illicit

D.  Illicit use, possession, distribution, or sale of tobacco, alcohol, or drugs, other controlled substances, or

other illegal

other illegal contraband on District property or at school-sponsored functions.

●  Use

E.  Use of speech or language that is offensive or inappropriate to the limited forum of the public

school educational

school educational environment.

●  Failure

F.  Failure to comply with the lawful directions of District officials or of District security officers or other

law enforcement

law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties, and failure to identify oneself to such

officials or

officials or officers when lawfully requested to do so.

●  Knowing

G.  Knowing violation of a District rule and regulation.  Proof that an alleged violator has a reasonable

opportunity to

opportunity to become aware of such rules and regulations shall be sufficient proof that the violation was done knowingly.

●  Any

H.  Any conduct constituting an infraction of any federal, state, or city law or policy or regulation of the Board.

●  Carrying

I.  Carrying or possessing a weapon on school grounds unless the individual is a peace officer or has

obtained specific

obtained specific authorization from the appropriate school administrator.

Additional  Requirements 

of  the  General  Public

The definition

of

of general public

is

 is anyone who does not come under the definition of student, faculty member, staff member, or employee.

●  No

A.  No person shall visit or audit a classroom or other school activity, nor shall any person come upon or

remain upon

remain upon school premises, without approval by the principal or the principal's authorized representative. 

Nor shall

Nor shall any person conduct or attempt to conduct any activity on school premises without prior approval

by the Superintendent

by the Superintendent or the Superintendent's authorized representative.

●  Any

B.  Any member of the general public considered by the Superintendent, or a person authorized by

the Superintendent

the Superintendent, to be in violation of these rules shall be instructed to leave the property of the District.

  Failure

 Failure to obey the instruction may subject the person to criminal proceedings pursuant to A.R.S. 13-2911

and

 and to any other applicable civil or criminal proceedings, or to tribal ordinance.

●  Persons

C.  Persons attending special functions shall confine themselves to the specific part of the facility assigned in

the permit

the permit.

●  Persons

D.  Persons who engage in disorderly conduct of any kind may be subject to removal and exclusion from

the facility

the facility.

●  The

E.  The use of facilities shall be granted only for legitimate purposes.  Therefore, the permit holder shall

assume full

assume full responsibility for any unlawful act committed during the exercise of the permit.

●  No

F.  No person shall possess or engage in the use of medical marijuana on District property, at a District event,

or in

or in a District vehicle.

Adopted:  January 21, 2015date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2905
13-2911
13-3102
15-341
15-507
36-2801 et seq.
36-2802

CROSS REF.: 
GBEB - Staff Conduct
GCQF - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Professional

                   Staff Members
GDQD - Discipline, Suspension, and Dismissal of Support Staff Members
JIC - Student Conduct
JK - Student Discipline
KFAA - Smoking on School Premises at Public Functions KI - Visitors to Schools



Master Document: KFAA © SMOKING ON SCHOOL PREMISES AT PUBLIC FUNCTIONS
Child Document: KFAA © SMOKING ON SCHOOL PREMISES AT PUBLIC FUNCTIONS

KFAA ©
SMOKING  ON  SCHOOL  PREMISES 
AT  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS

The possession or use of tobacco products, tobacco substitutes, electronic cigarettes, other chemical inhalation devices, or vapor products is prohibited in the following locations:

●  School grounds.

●  School buildings.

●  School parking lots.

●  School playing fields.

●  School buses and other District vehicles.

●  Off-campus school-sponsored events.

Under the provisions of

(DELETE  POLICY)

REMOVED PER PA 565 - JULY 2016.  

A.R.S. 36-798601.03, a person who violates the prohibition is guilty of committing a petty offense.

The prohibitions do not apply to an adult when possession or use of the tobacco products are for demonstration purposes as a necessary instructional component of a tobacco prevention or cessation program that is:

~  Approved by the school.

~  Established in accord with Arizona Revised Statute 15-712.

No person shall smoke marijuana in any public place.

Adopted:  January 21, 2015

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 

13-3622

15-341

15-712

36-798.03

36-2802

20 U.S.C. 6083

20 U.S.C. 7181

20 U.S.C. 7183

CROSS REF.: 

GBED - Smoking by Staff Members

JICG - Tobacco Use by Students

KFA - Public Conduct on School Property

01, Smoke-free Arizona act, states that Smoking is prohibited in all public places and places of employment within the state of Arizona, with certain exceptions.  The primary objective of the law is to prohibit smoking in public places. 

Policy KFAA has, therefore, been removed from the ASBA Policy Manual as the more general and inclusive prohibition pertaining to smoking is codified under Title 36, Public Health and Safety, and is applicable in all public school facilities in Arizona.

http://azdhs.gov/preparedness/epidemiology-disease-control/smoke-free-arizona/index.php#rules



Master Document: KH © PUBLIC SALES ON SCHOOL PROPERTY
Child Document: KH © PUBLIC SALES ON SCHOOL PROPERTY

KH ©
PUBLIC  SALES  ON 
SCHOOL  PROPERTY

Sales by employees or outside vendors - e.g., Avon Products, Stanley Home Products, men's or women's wear, greeting cards, et cetera - shall not be conducted, nor shall deliveries be made, during working hours.  Use of District vehicles for this purpose is strictly forbidden.

Employees violating this policy are subject to disciplinary action.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
38-538 et seq.



Master Document: KHA © PUBLIC SOLICITATIONS IN SCHOOLS
Child Document: KHA © PUBLIC SOLICITATIONS IN SCHOOLS

KHA ©
PUBLIC  SOLICITATIONS  IN  SCHOOLS

A school employee's position in the District shall not be used to influence parents or students to purchase books or other merchandise, except for materials approved by the Superintendent for use in the classroom.

Solicitation of employees and/or students by any profit, nonprofit, or charitable groups, institutions, or organizations must have the approval of the Superintendent in advance.

Districts shall not use an automated system that plays recorded messages or sends text messages to solicit persons to purchase goods or services or requests survey information if the results are to be used directly for the purpose of soliciting persons to purchase goods or services unless the message was sent with prior express invitation or permission by the recipient or the recipient has an existing business relationship with the sender.

The District shall strive to safeguard the students and their parents from money-raising plans of outside organizations, commercial enterprises, and individuals.  This policy shall apply particularly to ticket sales and sales of articles or services except those directly sponsored by school authorities or school organizations.

Adopted:  January 21, 2015 date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-2919



Master Document: KHB © ADVERTISING IN SCHOOLS
Child Document: KHB ADVERTISING IN SCHOOLS

KHB ©
ADVERTISING  IN  SCHOOLS

No materials from outside of the school system used for propaganda purposes (ideas, facts, or allegations spread deliberately to further a cause or to damage an opposing cause) shall be permitted to be posted in school buildings or on school grounds or properties while students are present for instructional or recreational purposes.

School sponsored student government activities, mock elections and promotions are exempt from the prohibition against propaganda posting.

Unless otherwise prohibited by law nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the District or a District school from the sale of advertising space in accordance with A.R.S. 15-342, subject to the following conditions:

●  Such

A.  Such advertisements shall be age appropriate and not contain promotion of any substance that is illegal

for minors

for minors, such as alcohol, tobacco and drugs, or gambling.  Advertisements shall comply with the state

sex education

sex education policy of abstinence.

B.  Advertising approved by the Governing Board for the exterior of school buses may appear only on the sides of the bus in the following areas:

1.  The signs shall be below the seat level rub rail and not extend above the bottom of the side windows.

2.  The signs shall be at least three (3) inches from any required lettering, lamp, wheel well or reflector behind the service door or stop signal arm.

3.  The signs shall not extend from the body of the bus so as to allow a handhold or present a danger to pedestrians.

4.  The signs shall not interfere with the operation of any door or window.

5.  The signs shall not be placed on any emergency doors.

C.  The District shall establish an advertisement fund that is composed of revenues from the sale of advertising.  The monies in the advertisement fund are not subject to reversion.

Requests for advertising to promote the merit of any product by brand name or trademark shall be submitted to the Board.

The Governing Board has discretion to decline specific advertisements.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342

CROSS REF.: 
DFF - Income from School Sales and Services



Master Document: KHC © DISTRIBUTION / POSTING OF PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS
Child Document: KHC DISTRIBUTION / POSTING OF PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS

KHC ©
DISTRIBUTION / POSTING  OF
PROMOTIONAL  MATERIALS

(School-Related Organizations and Government Agencies)

As a community service, the Governing Board authorizes its schools to make available promotional material of school-related organizations and government agencies that is intended solely to notify students and their parents of the opportunity to participate in a youth-related program, activity or event that aims to improve the health, education or welfare of students or members of the school community (e.g., students' families, etc.).  Schools shall not make available material that 1) would conflict with students' enrollment and attendance in the Glendale Union High School District's schools, 2) would include non-District offered high school instruction, or other programming or activities which the District also provides, or 3) would occur at a site where such programming or activities are offered or promoted at any time.  Schools are not to make available communications submitted by organizations that contain advertisements and/or marketing material that the schools would otherwise be prohibited from posting as described in Policy KHB.

Definitions

For the purpose of this policy, promotional material means written material that is intended solely to notify students and their parents or other family members of the opportunity to participate in a youth-related program, activity or event that aims to improve the health, education or welfare of students or members of the school community.  Promotional materials may take the form of notices, announcements, brochures and flyers.

For the purpose of this policy, school-related organization means an organization whose activities support and promote the educational mission of the Glendale Union High School District.  School-related organizations may include parent organizations, booster clubs, school employee organizations, community-schools programs, and the Arizona Interscholastic Association (AIA).

For the purpose of this policy, government agencies may include but not be limited to universities, political subdivisions, state agencies, federal agencies, municipalities, and counties.

Guidelines  for  Distribution  or  Display

of  Promotional  Materials

So that communications of school-related organizations and government agencies are made available fairly and without creating an excessive burden on the District and its staff, the District will adhere to the following guidelines:

●  School-related organizations and government agencies are encouraged to review these guidelines and, if necessary, discuss with the Superintendent and/or the Superintendent's designee, the application of the guidelines.

●  Government agencies that wish to make available promotional material must complete a written form provided by the District or school, have a local representative sign the form, and send it along with a sample of the promotional material to the Superintendent or Superintendent's designee.  Upon approval of the promotional material, the Superintendent or Superintendent's designee will advise the organization of delivery of the communication to the schools.  School-related organizations, including but not limited to Parent-Teacher Organizations/Parent-Teacher Associations (PTO/PTA), AIA (after school sports, booster clubs that are providing information that pertains only to the school at which they are to be distributed, are not required to complete a form.  

●  Promotional material will be made available by inclusion of the communication among school announcements, posting the material on a designated bulletin board, or stacking the material at a designated location in each school.

●  The District and schools will not mail promotional material to students, parents or guardians or hand out promotional material in classrooms.  Outside organizations are not authorized to directly distribute promotional material to students or to their parents/guardians on school grounds without permission of the school principal.

●  School-related and government organizations are responsible for the cost of printing and delivering all communications.

●  The District and its schools may restrict availability of promotional materials at specific times of the school year or postpone distribution of such materials due to District or school priorities or special events. 

●  Promotional material shall be confined to one (1) sheet of paper no larger than eight and one half inches by eleven inches

Non-school promotional material is that material not under the control of the school which may be in a variety of mediums.  Without exhaustion this may include but is not limited to pictures, flyers, items with a visual or printed message, electronic representations, and other visual and auditory representations.

Nonprofit organizations providing activities and instruction for school age students shall be permitted limited display or posting of promotional material for those activities at an individual school site within the guidelines indicated.  Authorization shall be premised upon a written assurance and confirming material received by the distributing/posting school at least two (2) weeks prior to the instruction/activity that the organization will:

A.  Agree that any charges for the instruction/activities will be based on and not exceed the cost of providing the instruction/activities;

B.  Not use fighting words, obscenities, defamatory speech or encourage disruption of the educational environment;

C.  Not provide representations or visuals that are inappropriate as described in The Children's Internet Protection Act;

D.  Label all material with the name of the organization;

E.  Display the name, address and telephone number of the local representative for the organization prominently on the promotional material; and

F.  Have an authorized representative of the organization sign the written assurances.

The promotional material shall be provided to the school office at the same time as the assurance form to evidence compliance.  School personnel shall not use the viewpoint expressed in the material as justification for disallowing the authorization.

Manner of Display/Posting or Stacking

The manner of communication elected by each school shall be either:

A.  display of a representative item (posting on a bulletin board like structure); or

B.  stacking flyers or representative materials on a flat surface.

The material shall be located in an area on the school campus generally accessible to students.  Display/posting or stacking will be on a space- available basis. 

From a list of signed and dated assurance forms maintained in the school office, the school administrator shall determine the items to be granted permission for posting/displaying or stacking during a prescribed time period, limited to the available space designated for such purposes. 

Materials permitted for display/posting or stacking must be delivered to the approving school office by a person properly authorized to represent the entity providing the materials.  The material shall not be larger than a standard eight and one-half by eleven inch (8 1/2" x 11")

, but can contain print on both sides of the page.

●  Promotional material must prominently display the name of the school-related organization and the name and contact information of a local representative of the organization. 

●  The District and its schools will not display or make available promotional material of school-related organizations or government agencies that, in the judgment of the Superintendent or Superintendent's designee, would:

■  Cause the District to violate state or federal laws or its policies.

■  Promote illegal activity for minors.

■  Promote illegal discrimination on the basis of gender, race, color, national origin, religion, ethnicity, or disability.

■  Contain words, symbols or images that would be regarded as fighting words or lewd, obscene, vulgar or plainly offensive if communicated by a student on school grounds.

■  Threaten serious disruption of a school or school-sponsored activity.

●  When applicable and as required by federal law, the District will not deny an outside organization the opportunity to make available promotional material solely because the offered program, activity or event will be provided from a religious, philosophical or political perspective.  The District will not, however, permit distribution of promotional material that is aimed at converting students to a particular belief, contains direct exhortations to religious observance or proselytizing language, or otherwise is not in keeping with the limited public forum established by this policy for distribution of promotional materials of outside organizations.  Any program, activity or event offered from a political  perspective must not influence the outcome  of an election or advocate support for or opposition to pending or proposed legislation in accordance with A.R.S. § 15-511.

●  Promotional materials of outside, non-profit organizations will not include promotional or other materials of any for-profit organization, unless the promotional or other materials are an integral part of an activity of the non-profit organization.

●  The following disclaimer must be prominently displayed or affixed to promotional material from school related and government agencies:

"The Glendale Union High School District neither endorses nor sponsors the organization or activity represented in this material. The distribution of this material is provided as a community service."

●  School-related organizations and government agencies are encouraged to distribute versions of promotional materials in the languages spoken by the families of students who attend the school.

●  School-related organizations and government agencies are encouraged to offer scholarships or subsidized fees to low income families if fees are required for participation of students or their parents/guardians.

●  Material shall be removed not more than three weeks after it has been made available or one week after the activity begins, whichever is earlier.

Dispute  Resolution

The administration of the District and its schools shall apply this policy in good faith and in a non-discriminatory manner.  If the District refuses to distribute or display material because it is deemed to be nonconforming, the school-related organization will be given an opportunity to make necessary revisions and/or deletions and resubmit the material for approval.  An organization that believes that this policy has been applied improperly may request a meeting with the Superintendent or the Superintendent's designee and/or utilize the dispute resolution process referenced in A.R.S. § 15-110(6).

Limited  Public  Forum

Glendale Union High School District operates its schools as nonpublic forums.  This policy is intended to create a limited public forum for the distribution or display of communications of school-related organizations, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this policy and any regulations adopted by the Superintendent to implement this policy.  The Governing Board may redefine or close the limited public forum at any time.

Regulations

The Superintendent may adopt regulations as necessary to implement this policy.

Adopted:  March 4, 2015

LEGAL REF.: 

sheet of paper.  Where stacking of materials for pick up is permitted, the quantity of materials stacked at the designated location shall not exceed one hundred (100) copies at any given time.

Times and places for display/posting or stacking.  Display/posting or stacking of non-school promotional materials is prohibited in any school location except the designated area or surface for such materials.  Materials shall be removed on a date certain not more than one (1) month after it has been posted/stacked or five (5) days after the activity begins, whichever is earlier.

The display/posting and/or stacking location shall be available every day without regard to weather, to students who are in attendance.  A description and a map of this location will be posted at the administrative office of each school and made available in the District administrative offices.

Any challenge to a denial to distribute/post promotional materials shall utilize a simplified Alternative Dispute Resolution process as referenced in A.R.S. 15-110(G), Rights of students at public educational institutions; limitations; definition, which stipulates that a student or a student's parent shall not initiate legal action to enforce this section unless the student or the student's parent has done the following:

A.  The student or the student's parent shall submit a complaint in writing with the specific facts of the alleged violation to the principal of the school.  The principal shall investigate the complaint and respond in writing, including a description of any action taken to resolve the complaint, within fifteen (15) days of receiving the written complaint.

B.  If the complaint is not resolved, the written complaint specifying the facts of the alleged violation may be submitted by the parent or student to the Superintendent or designated administrator, who shall investigate the complaint and respond in writing, including a description of any action taken to resolve the complaint, within twenty-five (25) days of receiving the written complaint.

School District legal counsel shall be consulted at any time there is a substantive question or dilemma resulting from a request related to this policy.  Challenges originating from a source alleging viewpoint-based denial of authorization shall be referred immediately.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 

A.R.S. 

15-110

20 U.S.C. 9134, The Children's Internet Protection Act
47 U.S.C. 254, Communications Act of 1934 (The Children's Internet

                             Protection Act)

CROSS REF.: 
KD - Public Information and Communications



Master Document: KHC-E ©
Child Document: KHC-E ©

KHC-E ©

EXHIBIT

DISTRIBUTION / POSTING  OF 
PROMOTIONAL  MATERIALS

REQUEST TO DISPLAY/POST OR STACK MATERIALS

                                                                         Date                                                                                        Date ______________, 20____

_________________________________________________________________

                                      Name ____

                                             Name of organization / group

We wish to display/post or stack promotional materials on the following dates: (Not to exceed one [1] month.)

_________________________________________________________________

               Month                               ____

                 Month                                    Date(s)                                                                   Year 

There ◻ (will) ◻ (will not) be a charge for the instruction/activity. 

The person who may be contacted, if necessary, about the content of this literature, by the school, parent, or other recipient of information is:

Name    ______________________________________________________________

Address ______________________________________________________      ________

              __________________________________________________________

                                                             ____

                                                                    Zip code

E-mail address _________________________________________________________

Phone: (work) ____________________     ____     (home) _________________________

I/We hereby assure the school that the organization will:

●  Agree

A.  Agree that any charges for the instruction/activities will be based on and not exceed the cost of

providing the instruction

providing the instruction/activities;

●  Not

B.  Not use fighting words, obscenities, defamatory speech or encourage disruption of the

educational environment

educational environment;

●  Not

C.  Not provide representations or visuals that are inappropriate as described in The Children's

Internet Protection

Internet Protection Act;

●  Remove

D.  Remove the material on a date certain not more than one (1) month after it has been displayed/posted/stacked or five (5) days after the activity begins, whichever is earlier;

●  Label

E.  Label all material with the name of the sponsoring organization;

●  Provide

F.  Provide the name, address and telephone number of the local representative for the

organization prominently

organization prominently on the promotional material;

●  Have

G.  Have an authorized representative of the organization sign the written assurances.

The promotional material and assurance form affirming compliance shall be provided to the school office at the same time.

This request must be submitted to the school office at least two (2) weeks prior to the requested date(s).

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________

                     Signatures ________

                           Signatures and titles of organization representatives                  

FOR SCHOOL USE ONLY

Date: _________________      Principal __      Principal ___________________________________

Action

______  Denied or requested alteration for the following reason(s):

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

______ Approved



Master Document: KI © VISITORS TO SCHOOLS
Child Document: KI VISITORS TO SCHOOLS

KI ©
VISITORS  TO  SCHOOLS

The Superintendent shall establish school-visit procedures for the control of persons other than school personnel or students who enter District premises.  Such procedures shall permit full use of all legal means to ensure that students, employees, and District property are properly safeguarded.  No person, other than one who is a peace officer or one who has obtained specific authorization from the appropriate school administrator, shall carry or possess a weapon on school grounds. 

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
13-1302
13-2905
13-2911
15-341
15-507

CROSS REF.: 
AD - Educational Philosophy/School District Mission
KFA - Public Conduct on School Property



Master Document: KI-R ©
Child Document: KI-R ©

KI-R ©

REGULATION

VISITORS  TO  SCHOOLS

Parents are encouraged to visit the schools.

All visitors to any school must report to the school office upon arrival.

For those who wish to visit a classroom during the school day, it is preferred that the teacher and the principal must be contacted in advance to arrange a day and time for such visit so as to avoid any conflicts with the school schedule.

In visiting a classroom, parents must realize that the teacher's first responsibility is to the class as a whole, and the teacher will be unable to converse at any length with the visitor.  If a conference is desired, arrangements will be made by the teacher for an appointment with the parent either before or after school hours.

No person may enter onto school premises, including visits or audits to a classroom or other school activity, without approval by the principal.  Neither will any person be allowed to conduct or attempt to conduct any activity on school premises that has not had prior approval by the principal.

Anyone who is not a student or staff member of the District schools, and is in violation of this policy, may be asked to leave the property of the District.  Failure to comply with the lawful directions of District officials or of District security officers or any other law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties, and failure to identify oneself to such officials or officers when lawfully requested to do so, will be against District regulations.  Failure to obey such instructions may subject the person to criminal proceedings applicable under law.



Master Document: KJA © RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER ORGANIZATIONS
Child Document: KJA RELATIONS WITH BOOSTER ORGANIZATIONS

KJA ©
RELATIONS  WITH WITH 
BOOSTER  ORGANIZATIONS

Some of the strongest school support comes from parents or organizations having strong interests in specific students or school activities.  Support from booster organizations is encouraged wherever appropriate as a means of involving the public in the activities and goals of the District.  School personnel shall seek to strengthen and support booster organizations by cooperating in any way possible to provide assistance, materials, facilities, or other aid to assist them in helping the schools.

Each principal shall assume responsibility for the conduct of any organization approved by that principal for interaction with the students, staff, or program of the school.

The Superintendent shall develop procedures as necessary for the guidance of school personnel who are involved with booster organizations.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

Booster clubs shall function as organizations for the purpose of assisting and supporting all athletic activities in the District.

Membership in a booster club should be based on an interest in a quality sports program and willingness to donate labor or services, or to participate in fund raising.

Booster clubs will keep accurate and complete records of each fund-raising activity in accord with the county school uniform accounting system, recording the net receipts of each activity, keeping a current balance of all monies, and submitting an annual report, through the Superintendent, to the Board on July 1.

Booster clubs will present to the Superintendent, in writing, the recommended projects in order of priority for the year.  Likewise, each term, coaches will submit to the principal and to the Superintendent a list of needs in priority.  These will be followed by a meeting of the coaches, principal, and boosters so that a consolidated list is agreed upon.

The principal will recommend purchases to the Superintendent from the consolidated lists described above.

All projects involving expenditure of money, matching funds or not, will be submitted to the principal, with a copy to the Superintendent.  Board approval will be necessary before any project is undertaken or any purchase orders are written.

Any and all moneys donated by a booster club to a school will be for a purpose or need on the consolidated lists described above.  The principal will have invoices and statements for all expenditures, a copy of which will be provided the booster club before payment is made by the club treasurer.

Purchases of fifty dollars ($50) or more shall be approved only on the basis of three (3) or more bids, with one (1) from a local county bidder unless county businesses decline to bid on the items to be purchased.

Selection of athletic participants is the decision of the coaches who are responsible.  Individual or group interference will be considered highly improper by the District.

The Board has final authority over all phases of school operation and money raised for schools.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

CROSS REF.: 
JJE - Student Fund-Raising Activities



Master Document: Non Existing
Child Document: LC-R

LC-R 

REGULATION

RELATIONS  WITH  EDUCATION 
RESEARCH  AGENCIES

Decisions in connection with research involving students, teachers, or other employees will be influenced by the following factors:

●  The objectives of the research should be clearly stated and the design should produce valid and reliable results that will then be made available to the District.

●  The research should be expected to contribute to the improvement of education or the general welfare of students.

●  Data derived from school records, interviews, surveys or questionnaires that have potential for invasion of the privacy of students or their families must have advance written authorization of parents or guardians even though the collecting and reporting of data are to be conducted under conditions of anonymity.

●  Research proposals should be of sufficient scope and depth to justify the time and effort.

●  In general, instructional activities will not be interrupted unless there is a clear significance for the educational program of the schools.

●  Projects involving student researchers must have prior written approval by a faculty member of the institution in which the student is enrolled.  This faculty member must have direct responsibility related to the student's research.

The following activities require direct notification to parents of the specific or approximate dates when scheduled, if scheduled in accordance with the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment:

●  Activities involving the collection, disclosure, or use of personal information collected from students for the purpose of marketing or for selling that information (or otherwise providing that information to others for that purpose).

●  The administration of any survey containing one (1) or more items described below.

■  Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student's parent.

■  Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family.

■  Sex behavior or attitudes.

■  Illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior.

■  Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships.

■  Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians, and ministers.

■  Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or the student's parent.

■  Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

●  Any nonemergency, invasive physical examination or screening that is:

■  required as a condition of attendance;

■  administered by the school and scheduled by the school in advance; and

■  not necessary to protect the immediate health and safety of the student, or of other students.



Master Document: SECTION L - EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS
Child Document: SECTION L - EDUCATION AGENCY RELATIONS



Master Document: LB © RELATIONS WITH OTHER SCHOOLS AND SCHOOL SYSTEMS
Child Document: LB RELATIONS WITH OTHER SCHOOLS AND SCHOOL SYSTEMS

LB ©
RELATIONS  WITH  OTHER  SCHOOLS 
AND  SCHOOL  SYSTEMS

It shall be the policy of the District to cooperate with other schools and local and state regional agencies and organizations in the solution of educational problems of common concern.  The District may also cooperate with parochial and private schools in matters of mutual benefit where not expressly prohibited by law.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010

This cooperation shall extend to such areas as research, exchange of information and data, coordination of curriculum, coordination of school calendars and activities, and construction of facilities that may be efficiently utilized on a cooperative basis.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
11-952
15-141
15-205
15-342
15-365
15-1371



Master Document: KJG © RELATIONS WITH INDIAN TRIBAL COUNCILS
Child Document: Non Existing

KJG ©
RELATIONS  WITH  INDIAN 
TRIBAL  COUNCILS

The Superintendent will maintain formal and informal communication channels between Indian tribal councils and the District staff, will keep the Board fully informed of the effectiveness of this policy and will, when necessary, make recommendations for improving its effectiveness.

Once each year a status report based on public school performance measurements shall be made to each Indian Nation with tribal lands located within the school district boundaries and the Arizona Department of Education.  The contents of the status report shall be written in brief format,  as specified in A.R.S. 15-244, and may be subject to rules developed by the Arizona State Board of Education.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-244

CROSS REF.: 
IHBJ - Indian Education



Master Document: LBD © RELATIONS WITH CHARTER SCHOOLS
Child Document: LBD © RELATIONS WITH CHARTER SCHOOLS

LBD ©
RELATIONS  WITH  CHARTER  SCHOOLS


DELETE FROM MANUAL FEBRUARY 2017 - Authorizing statute has been rescinded.



Master Document: KJGA © RELATIONS WITH PARENTS OF CHILDREN EDUCATED PURSUANT TO FEDERAL IMPACT AID LAWS
Child Document: Non Existing

KJGA ©
RELATIONS  WITH  PARENTS  OF  CHILDREN 
EDUCATED  PURSUANT  TO  FEDERAL 
IMPACT  AID  LAWS

(Parental Involvement)

All students shall have the opportunity to participate in school programs on an equal basis, depending upon each student's individual ability and needs.

The District is governed according to state law by the local Board, which is elected by vote of the citizens residing within the District boundaries.  District policies require that 1) the meetings of the Board are open to the public, 2) the public is invited and encouraged to attend meetings, and 3) the public may, upon request, speak to the Board regarding their views and desires as they pertain to the education of the students who attend the District schools.  When it is deemed necessary and/or advisable, the Board has the authority to take steps that will promote an active role of the public.  The District promotes a willingness to involve Indian people in the educational process of their children.

The main groups of parents with children who are eligible under Impact Aid provisions are 1) parents who are certified as American Indians and 2) parents who live on federal land or who work for the federal government.

The provision will be made to ensure that parents are involved in schools in different ways because of the different needs involved.  The District will involve parents of Indian students.  The majority of the parents serving on such committees will be those who reside on Indian lands.  The purpose of such committees is to advise the District regarding the identification of special programs and services that are needed to help ensure that the educational and social development of all Indian students attending the District are as excellent and appropriate as possible.  Meetings with such parents will be held during each school year.  The dates of these meetings, as well as a record of the minutes, will be on file in the District office and will be available for inspection during normal office hours.  In addition, the names and addresses of parents who have participated on such committees throughout the years will be on file.  Normal business brought to such committees will include descriptions of regular District programs as well as programs designed specifically for Indian students.  Parents will serve in an advisory capacity, assisting the District in planning the best programs possible.  Included in such meetings will be public hearings designed for all parents of Indian students.  The public hearings will be widely advertised, and all Indian parents will be encouraged to attend.  These meetings will be designed to provide Indian parents the opportunity to advise the District regarding the education of Indian students.  In addition to these meetings, each year the District will conduct a formal needs-assessment program that encourages the participation of all parents in the identification of the educational needs of Indian students.  The District has not limited its activities, in the area of attempting to gain Indian involvement, solely through the use of meetings of formal needs-assessment procedures.  An administrator will serve as coordinator of all Indian education programs in the District.  An Indian resource staff will also be employed by the District.  Such personnel will work with Indian people to obtain their viewpoints regarding the programs that the District offers Indian students.  The District will take formal action to accept federal funds, utilizing the parent committees as part of that formal application procedure.  The Governing Board, in formally approving the project, gives its formal approval to the formation of the Indian parent committees.  Minutes of the Board will be available at the District office.  Written notices of the meetings will be sent to parents, and parents are also contacted personally by telephone.

All parents will be informed of Governing Board meetings through notices posted at the District office.  Parents may take an active role in attending Board meetings, in petitioning the Board, in filing and campaigning for a seat on the Board, and by serving on Board advisory committees that advise the Board and the administration.  Individual parents, students, or employees may ask to speak to the Board.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
20 U.S.C. 7701 et seq., Impact Aid Act



Master Document: LBD-E ©
Child Document: LBD-E ©

LBD-E ©

EXHIBIT

RELATIONS  WITH  CHARTER  SCHOOLS

CHARTER SCHOOL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

DELETE FROM MANUAL FEBRUARY 2017 - Authorizing statute has been rescinded.



Master Document: KL © RELATIONS WITH GOVERNMENT AUTHORITIES
Child Document: Non Existing

KL ©
RELATIONS  WITH 
GOVERNMENT  AUTHORITIES

The District shall seek to establish mutually beneficial relations with all local, county, state, and federal governmental agencies.  Governmental agencies are an integral part of the community, and their participation shall be sought in matters that affect the educational program and quality of life in the community.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-342
15-362
15-363
15-364



Master Document: LC © RELATIONS WITH EDUCATION RESEARCH AGENCIES
Child Document: LC RELATIONS WITH EDUCATION RESEARCH AGENCIES

LC ©
RELATIONS  WITH  EDUCATION 
RESEARCH  AGENCIES

The Superintendent is authorized to cooperate with colleges, universities, and other recognized research agencies in promoting potentially useful research.  Because of the requirements in the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment (20 U.S.C. 1232h) it may be necessary to limit the number and establish guidelines for the approval of studies.

The District will comply with all statutes pertaining to surveys including the requirement that notwithstanding any other law, each school district and charter school shall obtain written informed consent from the parent of a pupil before administering any survey that is retained by a school district, a charter school or the department of education for longer than one year and that solicits personal information about the pupil regarding a number of characteristics which are listed in the statute A.R.S. 15-117.

Decisions in connection with research involving students, teachers, or other employees will be influenced by the following factors:

A.  The objectives of the research should be clearly stated and the design should produce valid and reliable results that will then be made available to the District.

B.  The research should be expected to contribute to the improvement of education or the general welfare of students.

C.  Data derived from school records, interviews, surveys or questionnaires that have potential for invasion of the privacy of students or their families must have advance written authorization of parents or guardians even though the collecting and reporting of data are to be conducted under conditions of anonymity.

D.  Research proposals should be of sufficient scope and depth to justify the time and effort.

E.  In general, instructional activities will not be interrupted unless there is a clear significance for the educational program of the schools.

F.  Projects involving student researchers must have prior written approval by a faculty member of the institution in which the student is enrolled.  This faculty member must have direct responsibility related to the student's research.

The following activities require direct annual notification to parents at the beginning of the school year of the specific or approximate dates when scheduled, if scheduled in accordance with the Protection of Pupil Rights Amendment:

A.  Activities involving the collection, disclosure, or use of personal information collected from students for the purpose of marketing or for selling that information (or otherwise providing that information to others for that purpose).

B.  The administration of any survey containing one (1) or more items described below.

1.  Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or the student's parent.

2.  Mental or psychological problems of the student or the student's family.

3.  Sex behavior or attitudes.

4.  Illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior.

5.  Critical appraisals of other individuals with whom respondents have close family relationships.

6.  Legally recognized privileged or analogous relationships, such as those of lawyers, physicians, and ministers.

7.  Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or the student's parent.

8.  Income (other than that required by law to determine eligibility for participation in a program or for receiving financial assistance under such program).

C.  Any nonemergency, invasive physical examination or screening that is:

1.  required as a condition of attendance;

2.  administered by the school and scheduled by the school in advance; and

3.  not necessary to protect the immediate health and safety of the student, or of other students.

Adopted:  April 5, 2017date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-104
15-117
20 U.S.C. 1232h
34 C.F.R. 98

CROSS REF.: 
JRR - Student Surveys



Master Document: LD © RELATIONS WITH COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES
Child Document: LD © RELATIONS WITH COLLEGES AND UNIVERSITIES

LD ©
RELATIONS  WITH  COLLEGES 
AND  UNIVERSITIES

In order for staff members and students to benefit from the resources provided by colleges and universities, the Superintendent shall seek out and utilize the services of college and university faculty members or programs when they are compatible with the needs of the District.

Research involving student time shall be of benefit to the District.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption



Master Document: LDA © STUDENT TEACHING AND INTERNSHIPS
Child Document: LDA © STUDENT TEACHING AND INTERNSHIPS

LDA ©
STUDENT  TEACHING  AND 
INTERNSHIPS

The Board authorizes the Superintendent to arrange for the supervision and training of a reasonable number of student teachers each year and to establish procedures for such activity.

Before providing services directly to students, a person in a teacher preparation program who participates in a student teaching or other field experience shall obtain a fingerprint clearance card.

Adopted:  December 1, 2010date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-534
15-1640
15-1651

23-1361



Master Document: LH © RELATIONS WITH EDUCATION ACCREDITATION AGENCIES
Child Document: LH RELATIONS WITH EDUCATION ACCREDITATION AGENCIES

LH ©
RELATIONS  WITH  EDUCATION 
ACCREDITATION  AGENCIES

It shall be the policy of the Board to seek the highest status of membership for its schools in an accreditation agencyAdvancEd, cooperating in the agencyassociation's evaluations of the school system and considering its recommendations.

Adopted: 

December 1, 2010

date of Manual adoption



Master Document: LC-EA ©
Child Document: Non Existing

LC-EA ©

EXHIBIT

RELATIONS  WITH  EDUCATION 
RESEARCH  AGENCIES

MODEL NOTIFICATION OF RIGHTS UNDER
THE PROTECTION OF
PUPIL RIGHTS AMENDMENT (PPRA)

PPRA affords parents and students who are under age eighteen (18) or emancipated minors ("eligible students") certain rights regarding our conduct of surveys, collection and use of information for marketing purposes, and certain physical exams.  These include the right to:

A.  Consent before students are required to submit to a survey that concerns one (1) or more of the following protected areas:

1.  Political affiliations or beliefs of the student or student's parent;

2.  Mental or psychological problems of the student or student's family;

3.  Sex behavior or attitudes;

4.  Illegal, anti-social, self-incriminating, or demeaning behavior;

5.  Critical appraisals of others with whom respondents have close family relationships;

6.  Legally recognized privileged relationships, such as with lawyers, doctors, or ministers;

7.  Religious practices, affiliations, or beliefs of the student or parents; or

8.  Income other than as required by law to determine program eligibility.

B.  Receive notice and opportunity to opt a student out of:

1.  Any other protected information survey, regardless of funding;

2.  Any non-emergency, invasive physical exam or screening required as a condition of attendance, administered by the school or its agent, and not necessary to protect the immediate health and safety of a student, except for hearing, vision, or scoliosis screenings, or any physical exam or screening permitted or required under State law; and

3.  Activities involving collection, disclosure, or use of personal information obtained from students for marketing or to sell or otherwise distribute the information to others.

C.  Receive/Inspect, upon request and before administration or use:

1.  Protected information surveys of students;

2.  Instruments used to collect personal information from students for any of the above marketing, sales, or other distribution purposes; and

3.  Instructional material used as part of the educational curriculum.

School District will/has develop(ed) and adopt(ed) policies, in consultation with parents, regarding these rights, as well as arrangements to protect student privacy in the administration of protected surveys and the collection, disclosure, or use of personal information for marketing, sales, or other distribution purposes.

School District will directly notify parents and eligible students of these policies at least annually at the start of each school year and after any substantive changes.

School District will also directly notify parents and eligible students, such as through registration materials, the U.S. Mail or e-mail, at least annually at the start of each school year of the specific or approximate dates of the following activities and provide an opportunity to opt a student out of participating in:

A.  Collection, disclosure, or use of personal information for marketing, sales or other distribution.

B.  Administration of any protected information survey not funded in whole or in part by the U.S. Department of Education.

C.  Any non-emergency, invasive physical examination or screening as described above.

Parents/eligible students who believe their rights have been violated may file a complaint with:

Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
400 Maryland Avenue, SW
Washington, D.C. 20202-4605



Master Document: ©
Child Document: ©

©

SUGGESTED  MOTIONS  TO  ACCOMPLISH
POLICY   MANUAL  ADOPTION

Initial  Motion

"I move to rescind and nullify all current and past policies of the Glendale Union High __________________________________________ School District No. 205___."

If the initial motion carries, the Board should
proceed to act on
one of the following motionsmotion.

Subsequent  Motion  AMotion

"I move that we adopt the policy manual that has been Policy Manual developed with consulting assistance from the Arizona School Boards Association."

or

Subsequent  Motion  B

"I move that we adopt the policy manual that has been developed with consulting assistance from the Arizona School Boards Association, including the changes , containing selected retained documents from the predecessor Manual and new and modified documents hereby prescribed and approved by the Board."



Master Document: LC-EB ©
Child Document: Non Existing

LC-EB ©

EXHIBIT

RELATIONS  WITH  EDUCATION 
RESEARCH  AGENCIES

CONSENT FORM

                                                                                               Date ___________________

Dear _____________________________,
                     (parent or guardian)

This is to advise you that on _______________ at the ___________________________
                                                    mm/dd/yr                                  name location
the following program/survey/activity will be conducted:  (provide an explanation of the program/survey/activity)

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________

Please be advised that copies of the actual event documents can be inspected at

_______________________________________________________________________.
                     (enter the location name, address and contact person).

If you will allow your child to participate in the above described program please sign and

return this form to ________________________________________________________.
         (insert the name of the person and location for return of the permission form).

I give permission for my child to participate in the above indicated event.

____________________________________    _____________________    _________
Student's name                                                   School                                    Grade

____________________________________    ________________________________
Parent's or Guardian's Signature                        Date

____________________________________    ________________________________
Student's Signature (if age eighteen or older)     Date



Master Document: LF © RELATIONS WITH STATE EDUCATION AGENCIES
Child Document: Non Existing

LF ©
RELATIONS  WITH  STATE 
EDUCATION  AGENCIES

It shall be the policy of the District to cooperate with the state educational agencies in the attainment of educational goals and objectives.

Waiver  from  Administrative  Rules

A waiver from any administrative rule may be requested, in accord with A.A.C. R7-2-801, by submitting such request to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction for approval by the State Board of Education.  Such request shall include, at a minimum, the following:

A.  Evidence that the school or the District is currently in compliance with all state laws and State Board of Education rules.

B.  A statement identifying goals that will be accomplished and how the waiver will assist in enhancing school improvement.

C.  A three (3)-year plan for school improvement.

D.  Identification of the specific rules for which the waiver is requested.

E.  Evidence of a public hearing held by the school or the District that provided for parental and public involvement and input into the proposed three (3) year plan.

A school within the District, as represented by the principal, may request approval of a waiver by submitting to the District Superintendent a proposal containing the minimum requirements as indicated above.

Proposals submitted by a school will be forwarded by the Governing Board to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction within thirty (30) days.

A waiver approved by the State Board of Education may be renewed.

A completed renewal request may be submitted to the Superintendent.  The Governing Board will forward such renewal request to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction within thirty (30) days from receipt.

Adopted:  date of Manual adoption

LEGAL REF.: 
A.R.S. 
15-203
15-239
A.A.C. 
R7-2-801



Master Document: LF-E ©
Child Document: Non Existing

LF-E ©

EXHIBIT

RELATIONS  WITH  STATE 
EDUCATION  AGENCIES

Waiver  from  Administrative  Rules

A school or school district with a waiver approved by the State Board of Education shall document progress obtained as a result of the waiver and shall report on or before June 30 of each year to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.

A school district having a school with an approved waiver may report the effects that such waiver has had on the operation of the school district.  Reports shall be submitted on or before June 30 of each year to the State Superintendent of Public Instruction.